Precision Machine Components NSK

Precision Machine
Components
NSK Linear Guides
Components
Precision Machine
Ball Screws
Monocarriers
Monocarriers
Ball Screws
NSK Linear Guides
CAT. No. E3161d 2007 E-5 Printed in Japan©NSK Ltd. 2003
精機製品英文版／精機製品/表1-4-B E／2007/04/25
A1
NSK New Product Series ∼
A265
2~89
A. NSK Linear Rolling Guide Product

B1
∼
B553
B. Ball Screws
C1
∼
C77
C. MonocarrierTM
D. Other D1
∼
D23
E. Appendices and Product Index E1

∼
E31
Precision Machine
Components
NSK New Product Series
NSK Ball Screws for Standard stock
Compact FA Series 2
High-speed and Low-noise Ball Screw

BSS Series 18
High Dust-resistant Ball Screws

V1 Series 24
NSK Linear Guides™ Roller Guide RA Series 30
NSK Linear Guides™

Miniature PU Series/PE Series 46

High-Accuracy Series 58
New Type of Rolling Element Linear Motion Bearing

Translide ™ 70
NSK Linear Guides™ for Contaminated Environments

V1 Series 76
New Product Introduction
Table of Contents
1. NSK Ball Screws for Standard 2. High-speed and Low-noise 5. NSK Linear Guides™ Miniature 6. NSK Linear Guides™
Compact FA Series · · · · · · 2 Ball Screw BSS Series · · 18 PU Series/PE Series · · · · · · 46 High-Accuracy Series · · · 58
3. High Dust-resistant Ball Screws 4. NSK Linear Guides™ Roller 7. New Type of Rolling Element 8. NSK Linnear Guides™ for
V1 Series · · · · · · · · · · · · · 24 Guide RA Series · · · · · · · 30 Linear Motion Bearing Contaminated Environments
Translide™ · · · · · · · · · · · · 70 V1 Series · · · · · · · · · · · · · 76
NSK Ball Screws
for Standard Stock
Compact FA Series
New!
Next-generation compact ball screws offer quiet,
high speed operating performance.
A standard stock series assures immediate delivery. Patent Pending
BSS Series next-generation compact ball Compact FA Series
screws offer quiet, high-speed performance,
now available in standard stock. Comparison of conventional FA Series and Compact FA Series
BSS Series next-generation compact ball screws incorporate the new ball recirculation system and offer quiet, high- 13 mm more compact
(Shaft diameter 20, lead 10)
speed performance. In order to respond quickly to a wide range of needs, NSK keeps these ball screws in standard
stock as the Compact FA Series. The exceptionally high performance ball screws are ready for use in a variety of
fields such as semiconductor manufacturing equipment, LCD manufacturing equipment, chip mounting equipment,
measuring apparatus, and medical equipment.
Features
6 dB less noise
As much as 30% more compact 13 mm more compact
(Shaft diameter 20, lead 10)
The noise level of ball screws has been reduced by 6 dB, about half
of what is sensed by the ear. Ball screws subsequently produce a
quieter and gentler sound.
10%–30% more compact ball nut Specifications

The outside diameter of the ball nut is as much as 30% smaller than • Accuracy grade: C5 class is available.
those of NSK conventional products. This contributes to more
• Axial play: 0 (oversize ball preload)
compact design of all sorts of equipment and devices such as
Consult with NSK for information on surface treatment.
thinner XY tables.
High-speed operation of up to 5 000 min-1

The new ball screws offer 1.6 times faster rotational speed than
-1
conventional ball screws. They handle speeds up to 5 000 min .
Shaft diameter 25, lead 5
This capability dramatically expands the range of service conditions.
Note: Please refer to the dimension table for details of permissible
rotational speed.
Grease fitting provided as standard equipment

The new ball screws are standardly equipped with a grease fitting
(M5 × 0.8). Lubrication ports are provided in 2 places to facilitate
maintenance. The ball screws can be easily connected to an
integrated lubrication system. Conventional FA Series Compact FA Series
New type of contact seal

A new model high-performance contact seal minimizes grease Application: Combination of shaft diameter and lead are shown in the table.
dispersion and helps to maintain a clean work environment.
Stroke Recommended support unit
Low-profile design
The low-profile support units especially compatible with the compact
FA series are available for uniquely space-saving design.
Compact & Si ilent
lent Shaft
diameter
10
Lead
5
10
50
●
100 150 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 1 000 1 200 1 600 2 000
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Fixed side
support unit
Simple side
support unit
WBK08-01B WBK08S-01B
5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
Noise data
12
10 ● ● ● ● ● WBK08-01B WBK08S-01B
80 20 ● ● ● ● ●
Shaft diameter 25
Lead 50
30 ● ● ● ● ●
75
5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
15
10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● WBK12-01B
WBK12S-01B
Shaft diameter 15 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● WBK10-01B
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
70 Lead 10
Existing support unit ⇒ New low-profile support unit 30
Noise level dB (A)
5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
65 Shaft diameter 12 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Lead 5
20
20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● WBK15-01B WBK15S-01B
60
30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Example of
PSS 15 20 N1D 0561 40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
reference number: 60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
55
Conventional FA Series 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ball screw shaft length L3 (mm) Compact FA Series 10
Compact FA Series
Accuracy grade: C5 NSK control No.
50
25
20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● WBK20-01 WBK20S-01
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
5 10 20 30 40 50 100 200
Feeding speed, V (m/min)
25
Screw shaft diameter (mm) Lead (mm)
30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(Microphone was positioned at a distance of 400 mm 50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
for all noise measurements.)
Other support units are also available. See last page of catalog for details.
3 4
5
Screw shaft φ10
Lead 5, 10
0
0.018 A 0.012 A C G –0.2 0.018 A 0.010 E
2-high performance seal 10
(Synthetic plastic) 4-φ 4.5 drill thru
X φ 8 c’bore, 4.5 depth 30˚ 30˚
–0.007
–0.020
0
φ 23 g6
–0.06
M8×1.0 3
φ 5.7
D3
φ 11.5
PC
–0.008
φ 6 h6
φ6
–0.002
–0.010
φ8
–0.002
–0.008
φ 10
φ 43
14
+0.1
21
+0
0.8 9
A G 4
(8.1)
+0.1
F 0 E
6.8
0.010 A
(3)
6 (8.7) 30˚ 30˚
(7) Grease nipple 13 13
0.005 F 11 X 0.005 E (Oil hole, M5×0.8 tap) 26
L Plug
(Oil hole, M5×0.8 tap)
L 1 (quenching range) 5 (8) 27 10
9 L2 37 Cross-section X-X
L3
Ball screw specification Recommended support unit

Preload type Oversize ball preload (P-preload) WBK08-01B (square, fixed side)
Ball diameter/screw shaft root diameter 2.000/8.2 WBK08S-01B (square, simple side)
Accuracy grade/axial play C5/0 WBK08-11B (round, fixed side)
Factory pre-packed grease NSK grease PS2
Unit: mm
Screw Basic load ratings (N) Stroke Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Permissible rotational
shaft Nut
Lead Dynamic preload torque –1 ✽
Reference number diameter Dynamic Static Max. length Target value Error Variation Shaft runout, C ✽1
speed (min ) 2
Nominal L L1 L2 L3 (N·cm)
d Ca C0a L1-L T ep υu Fixed-Simple
PSS1005N1D0171 50 83 112 125 171 0.020 0.018 0.030 0.7 – 3.3
PSS1005N1D0221 100 133 162 175 221 0.020 0.018 0.045 0.7 – 3.3
PSS1005N1D0321 5 2 930 4 790 200 233 29 262 275 321 0.023 0.018 0.060 0.6 – 4.3 5 000
PSS1005N1D0421 300 333 362 375 421 0.025 0.020 0.070 0.6 – 4.3
PSS1005N1D0521 10 400 433 462 475 521 0 0.027 0.020 0.085 0.4 – 4.9
PSS1010N1D0221 100 130 162 175 221 0.020 0.018 0.045 0.7 – 3.3
PSS1010N1D0321 10 1 970 3 010 200 230 32 262 275 321 0.023 0.018 0.060 0.6 – 4.3 5 000
PSS1010N1D0421 300 330 362 375 421 0.025 0.020 0.070 0.6 – 4.3
PSS1010N1D0521 400 430 462 475 521 0.027 0.020 0.085 0.4 – 4.9
✽
1. Indicates ball screw preload control value. About 2.0 N·cm of torque is added due to high performance seal. ✽2. Contact NSK if permissible rotational speed is to be exceeded. ✽3. Service temperature range is -20˚C to 80˚C.
NSK Ball Screws for standard stock
Screw shaft φ12

Lead 5, 10, 20, 30
0
–0.2 4-φ 4.5drill thru
0.018 A 0.012 A C G 10 0.018 A 0.010 E 30˚ φ 8 c’bore, 4.5 depth
X 30˚
2-high performance seal
(Synthetic plastic)
M8×1.0
0
–0.06
4
D3
0
φ 11.5
–0.002
–0.008
φ 5.7
PC
–0.008
φ8
φ 6 h6
–0.007
–0.020
φ6
–0.002
–0.010
φ 12
φ 44
φ 24 g6
14.5
+0.1
0
21.5
0.8
+0.1 A G
(8.1)
6.8 0 6 4 E 9
F
30˚ 30˚
(3)
0.010 A 6 (8.7) X
0.005 F (7) Grease nipple
13.5 13.5
0.005 E (Oil hole, M5×0.8 tap)
11 27
L
Plug
L 1 (quenching range) L4 8 27 10 (Oil hole, M5×0.8 tap)
9 L2 37
Cross-section X-X
L3

Screw shaft: φ10 and 12
Accuracy grade/axial play C5/0 WBK08-11B (round, fixed side)
Factory pre-packed grease NSK grease PS2
Unit: mm
Screw Basic load ratings (N) Stroke Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Permissible rotational
shaft Nut Dynamic preload torque
Lead –1 ✽
Reference number diameter Dynamic Static Max. length Target value Error Variation Shaft runout, C ✽1 speed (min ) 2
Nominal L (N·cm)
d Ca C0a L1-L L1 L2 L3 L4 T ep υu Fixed-Simple
PSS1205N1D0171 50 80 110 125 171 0.020 0.018 0.030 0.7 – 3.3
PSS1205N1D0221 100 130 160 175 221 0.020 0.018 0.045 0.7 – 3.3
PSS1205N1D0321 200 230 260 275 321 0.023 0.018 0.060 0.6 – 4.3
5 3 200 5 860 30 7 5 000
PSS1205N1D0421 300 330 360 375 421 0.025 0.020 0.070 0.6 – 4.3
PSS1205N1D0521 400 430 460 475 521 0.027 0.020 0.085 0.6 – 4.3
PSS1205N1D0621 500 530 560 575 621 0.030 0.023 0.085 0.4 – 4.9
PSS1210N1D0221 100 117 160 175 221 0.020 0.018 0.045 0.7 – 3.3
PSS1210N1D0321 200 217 260 275 321 0.023 0.018 0.060 0.6 – 4.3
PSS1210N1D0421 10 3 200 5 860 300 317 43 360 375 421 7 0.025 0.020 0.070 0.6 – 4.3 5 000
PSS1210N1D0521 400 417 460 475 521 0.027 0.020 0.085 0.6 – 4.3
PSS1210N1D0621 12 500 517 560 575 621 0 0.030 0.023 0.085 0.4 – 4.9
PSS1220N1D0271 100 158 208 225 271 0.023 0.018 0.045 1.4 – 4.5
PSS1220N1D0371 200 258 308 325 371 0.023 0.018 0.060 0.9 – 4.9
5 000
PSS1220N1D0471 20 2 150 3 610 300 358 50 408 425 471 9 0.027 0.020 0.070 0.9 – 4.9
PSS1220N1D0571 400 458 508 525 571 0.030 0.023 0.085 0.6 – 5.9
PSS1220N1D0671 500 558 608 625 671 0.030 0.023 0.110 0.6 – 5.9 4 200
PSS1230N1D0271 100 133 203 225 271 0.023 0.018 0.045 1.4 – 4.5
PSS1230N1D0371 200 233 303 325 371 0.023 0.018 0.060 0.9 – 4.9
5 000
PSS1230N1D0471 30 2 150 3 610 300 333 70 403 425 471 14 0.027 0.020 0.070 0.9 – 4.9
PSS1230N1D0571 400 433 503 525 571 0.030 0.023 0.085 0.6 – 5.9
PSS1230N1D0671 500 533 603 625 671 0.030 0.023 0.110 0.6 – 5.9 4 300
Compact FA Series
✽
6
Screw shaft φ15
7
0.017 A
Lead 5, 10 L3
12
+0.1
0
0
9.15
–0.09
+0.14 C G 0.017 A 0.011 E
0 0
φ 9.6
1.15 0.012 A –0.25
2-high performance seal 12 30˚ 30˚
(Synthetic plastic)
X
4–φ 5.5 drill thru
–0.004
–0.012
Shape II
φ 10
φ 9.5 c’bore, 5.5 depth
M12×1.0
0
–0.009
F
39
φ 10 h6
PCD
–0.007
–0.020
–0.003
–0.011
φ 15
φ 12
φ 51
φ 15
φ 28 g6
0.017 A
0
18
25
–0.004
–0.012
φ 9.6–0.09
φ 10
A G E
(8.1)
Shape I
8 5 10
φ 14
30˚ 30˚
(3)
6 (8.7) X Grease nipple
M10×1.0 +0.14 0.010 A (7) (Oil hole, 15.5 15.5
0
1.15 0.005 E M5×0.8 tap) 31
F +0.1
11
0
10 9.15 6 L Plug
0.005 F L 1 (quenching range) L4 30 15 Cross-section X-X
30 L2 45
L3

Accuracy grade/axial play C5/0 WBK12-11 (round, fixed side)
✽
Factory pre-packed grease NSK grease LR3 4 WBK10-01B (square, fixed side)
WBK10-11 (round, fixed side)
Unit: mm
Screw Basic load ratings (N) Stroke Lead accuracy Permissible rotational
shaft Nut Screw shaft dimensions Left shaft end
Lead Shaft runout Dynamic preload torque –1 ✽
Reference number diameter Dynamic Static Max. length Target value Error Variation speed (min ) 2 (opposite
Nominal C (N·cm) ✽1
d Ca C0a L1-L L L1 L2 L3 L4 T ep υu Fixed-Simple Fixed-Fixed driven side)
PSS1505N1D0211 50 109 139 154 211 0.020 0.018 0.035 0.2 – 6.9
PSS1505N1D0261 100 159 189 204 261 0.020 0.018 0.035 0.2 – 6.9
PSS1505N1D0361 200 259 289 304 361 0.023 0.018 0.045 0.2 – 6.9
5 000
PSS1505N1D0461 5 5 460 10 200 300 359 30 389 404 461 15 0.025 0.020 0.050 0.4 – 9.8 – Shape II
PSS1505N1D0561 400 459 489 504 561 0.027 0.020 0.060 0.4 – 9.8
PSS1505N1D0661 500 559 589 604 661 0.030 0.023 0.075 0.4 – 9.8
PSS1505N1D0761 600 659 689 704 761 0.035 0.025 0.075 0.4 – 11.8 3 600
15 0
PSS1510N1D0261 100 146 189 204 261 0.020 0.018 0.035 0.6 – 7.4
PSS1510N1D0361 200 246 289 304 361 0.023 0.018 0.045 0.6 – 7.4
PSS1510N1D0461 300 346 389 404 461 0.025 0.020 0.050 0.4 – 9.8 5 000
– Shape II
PSS1510N1D0561 400 446 489 504 561 0.027 0.020 0.060 0.4 – 9.8
PSS1510N1D0661 10 5 460 10 200 500 546 43 589 604 661 15 0.030 0.023 0.075 0.4 – 9.8
PSS1510N1D0761 600 646 689 704 761 0.035 0.025 0.075 0.4 – 11.8 3 600
PSS1510N1D0879 700 746 789 804 879 0.035 0.025 0.095 0.4 – 11.8 2 700 3 400
PSS1510N1D0979 800 846 889 904 979 0.040 0.027 0.095 0.4 – 11.8 2 200 3 400 Shape I
PSS1510N1D1179 1 000 1 046 1 089 1 104 1 179 0.046 0.030 0.120 0.4 – 11.8 1 400 2 300
✽
1. Indicates ball screw preload control value. About 2.0 N·cm of torque is added due to high performance seal. ✽2. Contact NSK if permissible rotational speed is to be exceeded. ✽3. Service temperature range is -20˚C to 80˚C. ✽4. WBK 10-01B and WBK 10-11 are for shape I.
Screw shaft φ15 0.017 A

L3
12
Lead 20, 30 +0.1
+0
0
9.15
+0.14 0.012 A C G 0.017 A 0.011 E
0
φ 9.6–0.09
1.15 2-high performance seal 0

X 12–0.25 30˚ 30˚
(Synthetic plastic)
4-φ 5.5 drill thru
–0.004
–0.012
Shape II φ 9.5 c’bore, 5.5 depth

φ 10
M12×1.0
0
–0.009
F
43
φ 10 h6
PCD
–0.009
–0.025
–0.003
–0.011
φ 12
φ 15
φ 55
φ 15
φ 32 g6
0.017 A
0
20
27
–0.004
–0.012
φ 9.6 –0.09
φ 10
A G E
(8.1)
Shape I
8 5 10
φ 14
30˚ 30˚
0.010 A X
(3)
6 (8.7) Grease nipple

M10×1.0 +0.14 (Oil hole, 16.5 16.5
0 (7)
1.15 0.005 E M5×0.8 tap) 33
F
Screw shaft: φ15
+0.1 11
0
10 9.15 6 L Plug
0.005 F L 1 (quenching range) L4 30 15 Cross-section X-X
30 L2 45
L3

✽
Factory pre-packed grease NSK grease LR3 4 WBK10-01B (square, fixed side)
WBK10-11 (round, fixed side)
Unit: mm
Screw Basic load ratings (N) Stroke Nut Lead accuracy Permissible rotational Left shaft end
shaft Lead Screw shaft dimensions Shaft runout Dynamic preload torque –1 ✽
Reference number diameter Dynamic Static Max. length Target value Error Variation ✽
speed (min ) 2 (opposite
Nominal C (N·cm) 1
PSS1520N1D0261 100 135 186 204 261 0.020 0.018 0.035 0.8 – 8.8
PSS1520N1D0361 200 235 286 304 361 0.023 0.018 0.045 0.8 – 8.8
PSS1520N1D0461 300 335 386 404 461 0.025 0.020 0.050 0.8 – 10.8 5 000
– Shape II
PSS1520N1D0561 400 435 486 504 561 0.027 0.020 0.060 0.8 – 10.8
PSS1520N1D0661 20 5 070 8 730 500 535 51 586 604 661 18 0.030 0.023 0.075 0.8 – 10.8
PSS1520N1D0761 600 635 686 704 761 0.035 0.025 0.075 0.8 – 13.8 3 700
PSS1520N1D0879 700 735 786 804 879 0.035 0.025 0.095 0.8 – 13.8 2 900 4 200
PSS1520N1D0979 800 835 886 904 979 0.040 0.027 0.095 0.8 – 13.8 2 200 3 300 Shape I
PSS1520N1D1179 1 000 1 035 1 086 1 104 1 179 0.046 0.030 0.120 0.8 – 13.8 1 500 2 200
15 0
PSS1530N1D0311 100 159 230 254 311 0.023 0.018 0.035 1.2 – 9.3
PSS1530N1D0411 200 259 330 354 411 0.025 0.020 0.050 0.8 – 10.8
5 000
PSS1530N1D0511 300 359 430 454 511 0.027 0.020 0.060 0.8 – 10.8
– Shape II
PSS1530N1D0611 400 459 530 554 611 0.030 0.023 0.060 0.8 – 10.8
PSS1530N1D0711 30 5 070 8 730 500 559 71 630 654 711 24 0.030 0.023 0.075 0.8 – 13.8 4 500
PSS1530N1D0811 600 659 730 754 811 0.035 0.025 0.095 0.8 – 13.8 3 300
PSS1530N1D0929 700 759 830 854 929 0.040 0.027 0.095 0.8 – 13.8 2 600 3 800
PSS1530N1D1029 800 859 930 954 1 029 0.040 0.027 0.120 0.8 – 13.8 2 000 3 000 Shape I
PSS1530N1D1229 1 000 1 059 1 130 1 154 1 229 0.046 0.030 0.120 0.8 – 13.8 1 400 2 000
✽
1. Indicates ball screw preload control value. About 2.0 N·cm of torque is added due to high performance seal. ✽2. Contact NSK if permissible rotational speed is to be exceeded. ✽3. Service temperature range is -20˚C to 80˚C. ✽4. WBK 10-01B and WBK 10-11 are for shape I.
Compact FA Series
8
9
Screw shaft φ20
Lead 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 60
L3
0.017 A 13 +0.1
0
10.15
+0.14
0
0
–0.11
1.15
0
φ 14.3
–0.25 4-φ 6.6 drill thru
0.015 A C G 17 0.017 A 0.012 E φ 11 c’bore, 6.5 depth
2-high performance seal 30˚
X 30˚
–0.004
–0.012
Shape II (Synthetic plastic)
φ 15
M15×1.0
0
9
–0.011
F D4
PC
φ 12 h6
0.017 A
g6
–0.009
–0.004
–0.012
φ 15
φ 20
φ 62
φ 19.5
φ 36–0.025
M15×1.0
0
–0.11
23.5
–0.004
–0.012
φ 19.5
30.5
φ 14.3
φ 15
A G
15
(8.1)
E
Shape I 10 7
6 (8.7) X Grease nipple 30˚ 30˚
(3)
0.011 A (7) (Oil hole, 19 19
M5×0.8 tap)
15 F 13 0.005 E 38
0
1.15+0.14 7 Plug
L
+0.1 (Oil hole, M5×0.8 tap)
10.15 0
Cross-section X-X
0.005 F L 1 (quenching range) L4 40 20
40 L2 60
L3

Factory pre-packed grease NSK grease LR3
Unit: mm
Screw Basic load ratings (N) Stroke Lead accuracy Permissible rotational Left shaft end
shaft Nut Screw shaft dimensions
Lead Shaft runout Dynamic preload torque –1 ✽
Reference number diameter Dynamic Static Max. length Target value Error Variation speed (min ) 2 (opposite
Nominal C (N·cm) ✽1 driven side)
d Ca C0a L1-L L L1 L2 L3 L4 T ep υu Fixed-Simple Fixed-Fixed
PSS2005N1D0323 150 197 228 250 323 0.023 0.018 0.045 0.6 – 7.4
PSS2005N1D0373 200 247 278 300 373 0.023 0.018 0.045 0.6 – 7.4
PSS2005N1D0473 300 347 378 400 473 0.025 0.020 0.050 0.6 – 7.4
5 000
PSS2005N1D0573 400 447 478 500 573 0.027 0.020 0.060 0.4 – 9.8 – Shape II
5 8 790 18 500 31 22
PSS2005N1D0673 500 547 578 600 673 0.030 0.023 0.075 0.4 – 9.8
PSS2005N1D0773 600 647 678 700 773 0.035 0.025 0.075 0.4 – 9.8
PSS2005N1D0873 700 747 778 800 873 0.035 0.025 0.095 0.4 – 9.8 4 000
PSS2005N1D1000 800 847 878 900 1000 0.040 0.027 0.095 0.4 – 11.8 3 200 4 700 Shape I
PSS2010N1D0387 200 247 292 314 387 0.023 0.018 0.045 1.2 – 9.3
PSS2010N1D0487 300 347 392 414 487 0.025 0.020 0.050 1.2 – 9.3
PSS2010N1D0587 400 447 492 514 587 0.027 0.020 0.060 0.8 – 10.8 5 000
– Shape II
PSS2010N1D0687 500 547 592 614 687 0.030 0.023 0.075 0.8 – 10.8
PSS2010N1D0787 10 8 790 18 500 600 647 45 692 714 787 22 0.035 0.025 0.075 0.8 – 10.8
PSS2010N1D0887 700 747 792 814 887 0.035 0.025 0.095 0.8 – 10.8 4 000
Screw shaft: φ20
PSS2010N1D1014 800 847 892 914 1 014 0.040 0.027 0.120 0.8 – 13.8 3 100 4 600
PSS2010N1D1214 1 000 1047 1 092 1 114 1 214 0.046 0.030 0.120 0.8 – 13.8 2 100 3 100 Shape I
PSS2010N1D1414 1 200 1247 1 292 1 314 1 414 0.054 0.035 0.160 0.8 – 13.8 1 500 2 200
PSS2020N1D0508 300 359 413 435 508 0.027 0.020 0.060 1.4 – 11.8
PSS2020N1D0608 400 459 513 535 608 0.030 0.023 0.060 1.4 – 11.8
5 000
PSS2020N1D0708 500 559 613 635 708 0.030 0.023 0.075 1.4 – 11.8 – Shape II
PSS2020N1D0808 600 659 713 735 808 0.035 0.025 0.095 1.4 – 11.8
PSS2020N1D0908 20 5 900 11 700 700 759 54 813 835 908 22 0.040 0.027 0.095 0.8 – 13.8 3 700
PSS2020N1D1035 800 859 913 935 1 035 0.040 0.027 0.120 0.8 – 13.8 3 000 4 500
PSS2020N1D1235 1 000 1 059 1 113 1 135 1 235 0.046 0.030 0.120 0.8 – 13.8 2 000 3 000
Shape I
PSS2020N1D1435 1 200 1 259 1 313 1 335 1 435 0.054 0.035 0.160 0.8 – 13.8 1 400 2 100
PSS2020N1D1835 1 600 1 659 1 713 1 735 1 835 0.065 0.040 0.200 0.8 – 13.8 800 1 200
20 0
PSS2030N1D0408 200 234 308 335 408 0.023 0.018 0.050 1.6 – 9.8
PSS2030N1D0508 300 334 408 435 508 0.027 0.020 0.060 1.4 – 11.8
PSS2030N1D0608 400 434 508 535 608 0.030 0.023 0.060 1.4 – 11.8 5 000
– Shape II
PSS2030N1D0708 500 534 608 635 708 0.030 0.023 0.075 1.4 – 11.8
PSS2030N1D0808 30 5 900 11 700 600 634 74 708 735 808 27 0.035 0.025 0.095 1.4 – 11.8
PSS2030N1D0908 700 734 808 835 908 0.040 0.027 0.095 0.8 – 13.8 3 900
PSS2030N1D1035 800 834 908 935 1 035 0.040 0.027 0.120 0.8 – 13.8 3 100 4 600
PSS2030N1D1235 1 000 1 034 1 108 1 135 1 235 0.046 0.030 0.120 0.8 – 13.8 2 100 3 000 Shape I
PSS2030N1D1435 1 200 1 234 1 308 1 335 1 435 0.054 0.035 0.160 0.8 – 13.8 1 500 2 200
PSS2040N1D0658 400 461 553 585 658 0.030 0.023 0.075 2.2 – 12.8
PSS2040N1D0758 500 561 653 685 758 0.035 0.025 0.075 2.2 – 12.8 5 000
– Shape II
PSS2040N1D0858 600 661 753 785 858 0.035 0.025 0.095 2.2 – 12.8
PSS2040N1D0958 700 761 853 885 958 0.040 0.027 0.095 1.8 – 14.8 3 500
PSS2040N1D1085 40 5 900 11 700 800 861 92 953 985 1 085 32 0.040 0.027 0.120 1.8 – 14.8 2 800 4 200
PSS2040N1D1285 1 000 1 061 1 153 1 185 1 285 0.046 0.030 0.160 1.8 – 14.8 1 900 2 800
PSS2040N1D1485 1 200 1 261 1 353 1 385 1 485 0.054 0.035 0.160 1.8 – 14.8 1 400 2 000 Shape I
PSS2040N1D1885 1 600 1 661 1 753 1 785 1 885 0.065 0.040 0.200 1.8 – 14.8 800 1 200
PSS2040N1D2285 2 000 2 061 2 153 2 185 2 285 0.077 0.046 0.240 1.8 – 14.8 500 800
PSS2060N1D0708 400 464 593 635 708 0.030 0.023 0.075 2.7 – 13.8
5 000
PSS2060N1D0808 500 564 693 735 808 0.035 0.025 0.095 2.7 – 13.8
– Shape II
PSS2060N1D0908 600 664 793 835 908 0.035 0.025 0.095 2.7 – 13.8 4 200
PSS2060N1D1008 700 764 893 935 1 008 0.040 0.027 0.120 1.8 – 14.8 3 300
PSS2060N1D1135 60 5 900 11 700 800 864 129 993 1 035 1 135 42 0.040 0.027 0.120 1.8 – 14.8 2 600 3 900
PSS2060N1D1335 1 000 1 064 1 193 1 235 1 335 0.046 0.030 0.160 1.8 – 14.8 1 800 2 700
PSS2060N1D1535 1 200 1 264 1 393 1 435 1 535 0.054 0.035 0.160 1.8 – 14.8 1 300 1 900 Shape I
PSS2060N1D1935 1 600 1 664 1 793 1 835 1 935 0.065 0.040 0.200 1.8 – 14.8 800 1 100
PSS2060N1D2335 2 000 2 064 2 193 2 235 2 335 0.077 0.046 0.240 1.8 – 14.8 500 700
✽
Compact FA Series
10
11
Screw shaft φ25
Lead 5, 10, 20, 25, 30, 50
L3
19 +0.1 0
0.016 A 0 0.015 A C G –0.35 0.022 A 0.012 E
15.35 22
0
–0.21
0
1.35+0.14 2-high performance seal
φ 19
(Synthetic plastic)
6- φ 6.6drill thru
X 45˚
45˚
–0.005
–0.014
Shape II M20×1.0
φ 20
0
–0.011
φ 15 h6
F 1
PCD 5
5
–0.009
–0.025
–0.005
–0.014
0.016 A
30.
φ 62
φ 20
φ 25
φ 25
PCD
φ 40 g6
47
0
–0.21
–0.005
–0.014
φ 19
φ 20
Grease nipple
A G 16
12 10 (Oil hole,
(3)
(8.1)
Shape I 6 E M5×0.8 tap) 22.5˚
45˚
Plug 45˚
+0.14 0.011 A (7) (Oil hole, M5×0.8 tap)
0
1.35 (8.7) 24 24
M20×1.0 +0.1
16 0 48
F 15.35 12 X
L Cross-section X-X
0.005 F 0.005 E
L 1 (quenching range) L4 53 27
53 L2 80
L3

Preload type Oversize ball preload (P-preload) WBK20-01 (square, fixed side)
Ball diameter/screw shaft root diameter 3.175/22.2 WBK20S-01 (square, simple side)
Unit: mm
Screw Basic load ratings (N) Stroke Nut Lead accuracy Permissible rotational
shaft Screw shaft dimensions Shaft runout Dynamic preload torque –1 ✽
Left shaft end
Reference number Lead Dynamic Static Max. length Target value Error Variation speed (min ) 2
diameter (opposite
Nominal C (N·cm) ✽1
PSS2505N1D0349 150 191 223 250 349 0.023 0.018 0.035 1.2 – 9.3
PSS2505N1D0399 200 241 273 300 399 0.023 0.018 0.035 1.2 – 9.3
PSS2505N1D0499 300 341 373 400 499 0.025 0.020 0.040 1.2 – 9.3
PSS2505N1D0599 400 441 473 500 599 0.027 0.020 0.045 1.2 – 9.3 5 000 – Shape II
5 9 760 23 600 32 27
PSS2505N1D0699 500 541 573 600 699 0.030 0.023 0.055 0.8 – 10.8
PSS2505N1D0899 700 741 773 800 899 0.035 0.025 0.065 0.8 – 10.8
PSS2505N1D0999 800 841 873 900 999 0.040 0.027 0.065 0.8 – 10.8 4 100
PSS2505N1D1233 1 000 1 041 1 073 1 100 1 233 0.046 0.030 0.080 0.8 – 13.8 2 700 4 000 Shape I
PSS2510N1D0549 300 367 423 450 549 0.027 0.020 0.045 3.1 – 11.8
PSS2510N1D0649 400 467 523 550 649 0.030 0.023 0.055 2.2 – 12.8
PSS2510N1D0749 500 567 623 650 749 0.030 0.023 0.055 2.2 – 12.8 5 000
– Shape II
PSS2510N1D0849 600 667 723 750 849 0.035 0.025 0.065 2.2 – 12.8
Screw shaft: φ25
10 12 800 32 300 56 27
PSS2510N1D0949 700 767 823 850 949 0.040 0.027 0.065 2.2 – 12.8
PSS2510N1D1049 800 867 923 950 1 049 0.040 0.027 0.080 2.2 – 12.8 3 600
PSS2510N1D1283 1 000 1 067 1 123 1 150 1 283 0.046 0.030 0.100 1.8 – 14.8 2 500 3 700
Shape I
PSS2510N1D1883 1 600 1 667 1 723 1 750 1 883 0.065 0.040 0.130 1.8 – 14.8 1 000 1 600
PSS2520N1D0729 500 550 604 630 729 0.030 0.023 0.055 2.2 – 12.8
5 000
PSS2520N1D0829 600 650 704 730 829 0.035 0.025 0.065 2.2 – 12.8
– Shape II
PSS2520N1D0929 700 750 804 830 929 0.040 0.027 0.065 2.2 – 12.8 4 800
PSS2520N1D1029 800 850 904 930 1 029 0.040 0.027 0.080 2.2 – 12.8 3 800
20 6 560 14 600 54 26
PSS2520N1D1263 1 000 1 050 1 104 1 130 1 263 0.046 0.030 0.100 1.8 – 14.8 2 600 3 800
PSS2520N1D1463 1 200 1 250 1 304 1 330 1 463 0.054 0.035 0.100 1.8 – 14.8 1 800 2 700
Shape I
PSS2520N1D1863 1 600 1 650 1 704 1 730 1 863 0.065 0.040 0.130 1.8 – 14.8 1 100 1 600
PSS2520N1D2263 2 000 2 050 2 104 2 130 2 263 0.077 0.046 0.170 1.8 – 14.8 700 1 000
25 0
PSS2525N1D0779 500 587 650 680 779 0.035 0.025 0.055 2.7 – 13.8
5 000
PSS2525N1D0879 600 687 750 780 879 0.035 0.025 0.065 2.7 – 13.8
– Shape II
PSS2525N1D0979 700 787 850 880 979 0.040 0.027 0.065 2.7 – 13.8 4 300
PSS2525N1D1079 800 887 950 980 1 079 0.040 0.027 0.080 2.7 – 13.8 3 400
25 6 560 14 600 63 30
PSS2525N1D1313 1 000 1 087 1 150 1 180 1 313 0.046 0.030 0.100 1.8 – 14.8 2 300 3 500
PSS2525N1D1513 1 200 1 287 1 350 1 380 1 513 0.054 0.035 0.100 1.8 – 14.8 1 700 2 600
Shape I
PSS2525N1D1913 1 600 1 687 1 750 1 780 1 913 0.065 0.040 0.130 1.8 – 14.8 1 000 1 500
PSS2525N1D2313 2 000 2 087 2 150 2 180 2 313 0.077 0.046 0.170 1.8 – 14.8 700 1 000
PSS2530N1D0779 500 576 650 680 779 0.035 0.025 0.055 2.7 – 13.8
5 000
PSS2530N1D0879 600 676 750 780 879 0.035 0.025 0.065 2.7 – 13.8
– Shape II
PSS2530N1D0979 700 776 850 880 979 0.040 0.027 0.065 2.7 – 13.8 4 300
PSS2530N1D1079 800 876 950 980 1 079 0.040 0.027 0.080 2.7 – 13.8 3 400
30 6 560 14 600 74 30
PSS2530N1D1313 1 000 1 076 1 150 1 180 1 313 0.046 0.030 0.100 1.8 – 14.8 2 300 3 600
PSS2530N1D1513 1 200 1 276 1 350 1 380 1 513 0.054 0.035 0.100 1.8 – 14.8 1 700 2 600
Shape I
PSS2530N1D1913 1 600 1 676 1 750 1 780 1 913 0.065 0.040 0.130 1.8 – 14.8 1 000 1 500
PSS2530N1D2313 2 000 2 076 2 150 2 180 2 313 0.077 0.046 0.170 1.8 – 14.8 700 1 000
PSS2550N1D0829 500 576 690 730 829 0.035 0.025 0.065 5.4 – 17.6 5 000
PSS2550N1D0929 600 676 790 830 929 0.035 0.025 0.065 5.4 – 17.6 4 800
– Shape II
PSS2550N1D1029 700 776 890 930 1 029 0.040 0.027 0.080 5.4 – 17.6 3 800
PSS2550N1D1129 800 876 990 1 030 1 129 0.040 0.027 0.080 5.4 – 17.6 3 100
50 6 560 14 600 114 40
PSS2550N1D1363 1 000 1 076 1 190 1 230 1 363 0.046 0.030 0.100 4.1 – 19.6 2 200 3 400
PSS2550N1D1563 1 200 1 276 1 390 1 430 1 563 0.054 0.035 0.100 4.1 – 19.6 1 600 2 500
Shape I
PSS2550N1D1963 1 600 1 676 1 790 1 830 1 963 0.065 0.040 0.130 4.1 – 19.6 900 1 500
PSS2550N1D2363 2 000 2 076 2 190 2 230 2 363 0.077 0.046 0.170 4.1 – 19.6 600 1 000
✽
Compact FA Series
12
Low-profile Support Units for Compact FA Series
Precautions NSK has developed a series of low-profile support unit to be used with the ball screws of
compact FA series. A combination of the ball screw and the support unit offers a
Design compact design for downsizing of many kinds of machinery.
(1) If a ball screw of which left shaft end (opposite driven side) is the shape I, and is supported with the “fixed-fixed’’
supporting method, you should be aware that the operating life of support bearings may drop due to thermal
Features
expansion of the screw shaft, depending on usage conditions. In this case, you should consider a structure that The low-profile support units offer the low center height construction suited for the compact FA series ball screws.
can absorb thermal expansion of the screw shaft if necessary. Please consult with NSK for a detailed
examination.
Product configuration
(2) If using an NSK linear guide, the maximum speed of a linear guide of standard specifications under ordinary All parts required for ball screw mounting are provided as a set (see the table below). The bearing housing of support unit
conditions is limited to 100 m/min. A linear guide with high-speed specifications is available if higher operating
for fixed side contains a built-in angular contact ball bearings and oil seal and should not be disassembled.
speed is required. Contact NSK for further information.
(3) For general precautions concerning ball screws, please see NSK Catalog No. E3161 ‘‘Precision Machine Components.’’
Fixed side support unit

Usage and handling
Ball screws are precision products and should be treated as follows: ➅ ➄ ➀ ➁ ➂➃ Part No. Part
Bearing housing
Remarks (surface treatment, grease)
Triiron tetroxide film
[Lubrication] Angular contact ball bearing, PS2
(1) Compact FA Series ball screws are packed and coated with lubrication grease at the factory, 1
Oil seal
and require no further lubrication under ordinary circumstances. If the surface of the grease
Cover Triiron tetroxide film
becomes contaminated with dirt and metal powder under operation, clean it with white
2 Spacer
kerosene and replenish with new grease of the same kind through the oil hole (grease nipple)
3 Lock nut Triiron tetroxide film
on the ball nut. Avoid mixing different types of grease. Check lubrication
Setscrew Triiron tetroxide film
(2) Lubricant should be checked after the first 2 to 3 months of operation. If excessively dirty, we 4
recommend you wipe away the old grease and replenish with a generous quantity of grease. Set piece (pad)
After that, grease should be checked and replenished once a year under ordinary 5 Deep groove ball bearing Comes with support side, PS2
circumstances, but the period may vary depending upon the service environment. 6 Snap ring Triiron tetroxide film
[Handling] Other machine screws are either made of stainless steel or coated with
Simple side support unit triiron tetroxide film.
(1) Never disassemble the ball screw, otherwise dirt may contaminate the inside of the unit and
affect precision or result in equipment failure.
(2) Compact FA Series ball screws incorporate a new ball re-circulation system. Consequently,
➂➁ ➀
only NSK authorized plants should conduct disassembly and reassembly. If the nut
accidentally comes off the screw shaft or is dropped, NSK will check precision, problems or
perform repairs at your expense. Do not disassemble
(3) When the ball screw is erected upright, the screw shaft or nut could fall by force of its own Part No. Part Remarks (surface treatment, grease)
weight and result in injury. If dropped, the ball grooves could be dented or re-circulation parts 1 Bearing housing Triiron tetroxide film
damaged, resulting in loss of function. This would require the ball screw to be inspected by 2 Deep groove ball bearing PS2
NSK. If so, be sure to send the ball screw to NSK and we will check it for a fee. 3 Snap ring Triiron tetroxide film
[Usage] Beware of dropping
(1) Ball screws should be used in a clean environment. The ball screws should be provided with a
dust cover to prevent the entry of debris such as dust and metal powder. If foreign matter is
allowed to contaminate the ball screw, this could not only cause the ball screw to lose some
of its function, but also result in clogging and damaging the re-circulation system parts, or
cause the table to fall or a similar serious accident.
(2) Compact FA Series ball screws are designed to be used in a service temperature environment Dust control
of 80˚C or lower. Do not allow the service temperature limit to be exceeded. In some cases, Reference number
using ball screws in temperatures above 80˚C might lead to damage of re-circulation system 80˚C
parts or seal parts. Contact NSK if 80˚C must be exceeded. Max
Example: WBK 08 S - 01 B
Compact FA Series options Caution max. temperature No code or A: conventional standard support unit
Consult with NSK for information about optional specification not given in the catalog B: Low-profile support unit
such as shaft end machining, reverse direction ball nut, alternative grease, surface treatment, 01: Square type, 11: Round type
Support unit product code
and alternative preload. Mounting code
No code: Fixed side support unit
Nominal size code (internal bore of bearing)✽ S: Simple side support unit
✽
For simple side support units, please note that size codes of 12 or less do not represent internal bores of bearing.
13 14
Low-profile Support Units for Compact FA Series Square type and Round type Compact FA Series
Fixed side support unit (square type) Fixed side support unit (round type)
K L P Q 4-φ Xdrill thru

45˚ φ Y c’bore, depth Z
E PCD W
S F
φ D g6
φ d1
φ d1
U
B
D
C –0.05
0
M φC
N W
L A A M
J K H 2-φ Xdrill thru Q P Q 4-φ Xdrill thru H J J H N A/ 2 A/ 2
φ Y c’bore, depth Z φ Y c’bore, depth Z
E F A
Fixed side support unit Section S (WBK08–15) Section S (WBK20)
Mounting example 1 Mounting example 2
Unit: mm Unit: mm
Screw Fixed side support unit (square type) Screw Fixed side support unit (round type)
shaft shaft
diameter Reference number d1 A B C D E F H J K L N P Q W X Y Z M diameter Reference number d1 A C D E F H J K L N P Q U W X Y Z M
φ 10 WBK08-01A 8 52 32 17 26 25 14 11.5 23 7 — 4 — — 38 6.6 11 12 M8✕1 φ 10 WBK08-11 8 35 43 28 23 7 14 9 4 10 8 5 4 14 35 3.4 6.5 4 M8✕1
φ 12 WBK08-01B 8 62 31 15.5 — — 14 11 25.5 4.5 21.5 3.5 — — 46 9 14 18 M8✕1 φ 12 WBK08-11B 8 42 52 34 25.5 4.5 15.5 10 3.5 12 7 6 4 14 42 4.5 8 4 M8✕1
WBK10-01B✽ 10 70 38 20 — — 17 12 30 5.5 24 6 — — 52 9 14 19 M10✕1 φ 15 WBK10-11✽ 10 42 52 34 27 7.5 17 10 5 12 8.5 6 4 17 42 4.5 8 4 M10✕1
φ 15 WBK12-01A 12 70 43 25 35 36 19 12 30 5.5 24 6 — — 52 9 14 11 M12✕1 WBK12-11 12 44 54 36 27 7.5 17 10 5 12 8.5 6 4 19 44 4.5 8 4 M12✕1
WBK12-01B 12 70 38 20 — — 19 12 30 5.5 24 6 — — 52 9 14 19 M12✕1 φ 20 WBK15-11 15 52 63 40 32 12 17 15 6 11 14 8 7 22 50 5.5 9.5 6 M15✕1
WBK15-01A 15 80 50 30 40 41 22 12.5 31 12 25 5 — — 60 11 17 15 M15✕1 φ 25 WBK20-11 20 68 85 57 52 10 30 22 10 20 14 14 8 30 70 6.6 11 10 M15✕1
φ 20
✽
WBK15-01B 15 80 42 22 — — 22 12.5 31 12 25 5 — — 60 11 17 23 M15✕1 Use support unit for fixing side for opposite drive side of shaft diameter φ15.
φ 25 WBK20-01 20 95 58 30 45 56 30 — 52 10 42 10 22 10 75 11 17 15 M20✕1 Remarks 1. Tighten the setscrew after tightening the lock nut and adjusting.
✽
Use support unit for fixing side for opposite drive side of shaft diameter φ15. 2. Insert the set piece and then tighten the setscrew.
Remarks 1. Mount to the base using side A as the reference.
2. Tighten the setscrew after tightening the lock nut and adjusting.
3. Insert the set piece and then tighten the setscrew.
Simple side support unit
E
2-φ Xdrill thru
φ Y c’bore, depth Z
Specifications of support unit

φ d2
φ d1
B
D
Fixed side support unit Simple side support unit

–0.05
Screw Axial load

0
Maximum Tightening torque [N·cm] Radial load

C
shaft Support unit starting Support unit Bearing

diameter Basic load Load limit torque Basic load
reference number Lock nut Setscrew reference number number
ratings Ca [N] [N] [N·cm] ratings C [N]
W R/ 2 R/ 2 WBK08-01A (square type) WBK08S-01
B 4 400 1 450 0.88
A R φ 10 WBK08-11 (round type) —
φ 12 490 69 (M3) 606ZZ 2 260
WBK08-01B (square low-profile type) WBK08S-01B
Simple side support unit 6 600 2 730 1.9
WBK08-11B (round type) —
Unit: mm WBK10-01B (square low-profile type)✽ —
6 600 2 730 1.9 930 147 (M4)
Screw Simple side support unit WBK10-11 (round type) —
shaft
diameter Reference number d2 A B C D E R W X Y Z φ 15 WBK12-01A (square type) WBK12S-01 6000ZZ 4 550
φ 10 WBK08S-01 6 52 32 17 26 25 15 38 6.6 11 12 WBK12-01B (square low-profile type) 7 100 3 040 2.1 1 370 147 (M4) WBK12S-01B
φ 12 WBK08S-01B 6 62 31 15.5 — — 16 46 9 14 18 WBK12-11 (round type) —
WBK12S-01 10 70 43 25 35 36 20 52 9 14 11 WBK15-01A (square type) WBK15S-01
φ 15 φ 20
WBK12S-01B 10 70 38 20 — — 20 52 9 14 19 WBK15-01B (square low-profile type) 7 600 3 380 2.3 2 350 147 (M4) WBK15S-01B 6002ZZ 5 600
WBK15S-01 15 80 50 30 40 41 20 60 9 14 11 WBK15-11 (round type) —
φ 20
WBK15S-01B 15 80 42 22 — — 20 60 9 14 23 φ 25 WBK20-01 (square type) WBK20S-01
17 900 8 240 5.4 4 700 147 (M4) 6204ZZ 12 800
φ 25 WBK20S-01 20 95 58 30 45 56 26 75 11 17 15 WBK20-11 (round type) —
✽
Remarks 1. Mount to the base using side B as the reference. Use support unit for fixing side for opposite drive side of shaft diameter φ15.
15 16
High-speed and Low-noise
Ball Screws
BSS Series
Patent Pending
Quiet and compact, with unparalleled high
speed performance. Reduced-noise BSS Series
New
ball screws for an extensive range of uses, from development New!
machine tools to transportation equipment.
BSS Series—Next-generation ball screws with quiet, High-speed and Low-noise Ball Screws BSS Series
high-speed performance in a compact size, the result of
joining NSK’s advanced technology with an innovative
recirculation method 30% smaller
A new series has joined the NSK ball screws lineup that delivers unrivaled precision.
Developed with the advanced technology NSK has gained over years of earning customer trust
with proven performance, this series represents a groundbreaking achievement in reduced noise
and high-speed operation in an amazingly compact size. The quiet performance is especially
appreciated in machine tools, medical equipment, semiconductor-manufacturing equipment,
LCD manufacturing equipment, and chip mounting equipment.
Features
Quieter by 6 dB; nearly silent in typical applications Application

Combinations of shaft diameter and lead of the high-speed and low-noise
The average noise level is reduced by more than 6 dB compared with our conventional products. At low- ball screws are shown in the table.
speed rotation, the ball screws are nearly silent, while the lowest noise level is achieved at high-speed
Lead
rotation✽. Shaft
diameter 5 10 12 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 64 80 100
✽Noise level measured with a microphone at a distance of 400 mm.
10 ● ●
12 ● ● ● ●
High-speed operation of up to 220,000 dN 15 ● ● ● ●
Realizes high-speed operation at a maximum of dN 220,000—outstanding for ball screws and far surpassing 20 ● ● ● ● ● ●
the 135,000 dN maximum performance of conventional return tube type products. For high lead ball screws, High speed 25 ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
high-speed operation at over 200m/min is also possible. 36 ● ● ● ● ●
40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
30% smaller 45 ● ● ● ● ● ●
50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
The external diameter of the ball nut is 30% smaller than our conventional models. Compact configurations Low noise Compact
are possible for low-profile XY tables as well as for other devices and equipment.
Specifications
Grease fitting provided as standard equipment
Recirculation method
The ball screws with shaft diameters of less than φ25 are standardly equipped with a grease fitting (M5 × 0.8). A new internal ball recirculation method is applied for simpler, more
Lubrication ports are provided in 2 places to facilitate maintenance. The ball screws can be easily connected compact ball nuts.
to an integrated lubrication system. Preload and axial play
Adopts oversized ball preload, suitable for compact devices. Axial play
can be selected from less than or equal to 0.005 mm (code T), 0.020 mm
(code S), or 0.050 mm (code N). For more information, please see the
general catalog of precision machine components.
Noise Level Comparison Sealing

90 (microphone located at a distance of 400 mm) Adopts a new compact design high performance sealing.
Minimal grease scattering contributes to maintenance of a clean
environment.
85
Average value, Options

conventional NSK product
80 • Optional NSK K1™ lubrication unit, molded from resin and impregnated
with lubrication oil, supplies fresh oil onto ball rolling surfaces, ensuring
Noise level (dB)
long-term, maintenance-free usage. Please contact NSK when using

75 NSK K1.
• Please contact NSK about hollow shaft ball screws that are compatible
with the forced cooling of the shaft center, which are effective for
70 stabilizing positioning accuracy and shortening the warm-up period.
High-speed and Low-noise
65 Ball Screw
60
1.E+05 1.E+06
Dw·dm·N
19 20
Dimensions of BSS Series High-speed and Low-noise Ball Screws BSS Series
Plug 6-X Bolt hole M6×1.0 Tap hole L
(Oil hole, M5×0.8 tap) (7) (Oil hole)
10.5 B F
4-counterbored X bolt hole X
Grease nipple (8.7) 6
30˚ 30 ˚ Seals
(3)
(Oil hole, M5×0.8 tap) X
Seals (both ends)
(both ends)
45˚
45˚
(8.1)
22.5˚
PCD
V
W
φ D g6
T
φA
φd
φ Dg6
φA
φd
45˚
45˚
PC
D
X
W
X-X
30˚ 30˚ X
B F
H L Type III Flange
X-X
8-X Bolt hole M6×1.0 Tap hole L
Type I Flange
(Oil hole)
10.5 B F
X
Seals
(both ends)
30
Plug (7)
30
˚
6-X Bolt hole 30˚ (Oil hole, M5×0.8 tap)
30˚ (8.7) 6
30˚
G
22.5˚ X
(3)
Grease nipple Seals
15˚
15˚
φ D g6
(both ends)
φA
φd
(8.1)
15˚
15˚
PCD W
φ Dg6
˚
30
30
φA
φd
˚
V
T
PC
D
X
W
X-X
Type IV Flange
30˚
30˚ X
B F
H L
Screw shaft Effective
Basic load rating Axial Ball nut dimensions (mm)
Lead
X-X Model No. diameter turns Dynamic Static rigidity
d (mm) (mm) of balls Ca(N) Coa(N) (N/µm) D A L B F G TYPE W X
Type II Flange BSS3205-5E 5 5 17 500 52 900 672 60 12 37.5
BSS3210-6E 10 6 43 300 111 000 865 104 75.5
BSS3212-5E 12 5 36 700 90 800 716 103 74.5
BSS3216-5E 32 16 5 36 700 90 800 716 56 86 122 18 93.5 34 III 71 M8
BSS3220-5E 20 5 36 700 90 800 708 141 112.5
Basic load rating Ball nut dimensions (mm)
Screw shaft Effective Axial BSS3232-2E 32 2 15 300 32 400 261 94 65.5
Lead
Model No. diameter turns Dynamic Static rigidity BSS3264-2E 64 2 15 300 32 400 232 153 124.5
d (mm) (mm) of balls Ca(N) Coa(N) (N/µm) D A L B F H×V TYPE W X T
BSS3605-5E 5 5 18 400 59 500 740 60 12 37.5
BSS1005-3E 5 3 2 930 4 790 126 29 18 BSS3610-6E 10 6 55 200 142 000 970 109 76.5
10 23 43 11 26×21 I 33 M4 14
BSS1010-2E 10 2 1 970 3 010 77 32 21 BSS3612-6E 36 12 6 55 200 142 000 967 65 95 120 22 87.5 36 IV 80 M8
BSS1205-3E 5 3 3 200 5 860 146 30 19 BSS3616-6E 16 6 55 200 142 000 961 143 110.5
BSS3620-6E 20 6 55 200 142 000 959 166 133.5
BSS1210-3E 10 3 3 200 5 860 142 43 32
12 24 44 11 27×21.5 I 34 M4 14.5 BSS4010-6E 10 6 58 200 158 000 1 060 109 76.5
BSS1220-2E 20 2 2 150 3 610 83 50 39
BSS4012-6E 12 6 58 200 158 000 1 050 120 87.5
BSS1230-2E 30 2 2 150 3 610 75 70 59
BSS4016-6E 16 6 58 200 158 000 1 050 143 110.5
BSS1505-3E 5 3 5 460 10 200 183 30 19 BSS4020-6E 40 20 6 58 200 158 000 1 050 70 100 166 22 133.5 38.5 IV 85 M8
28 51 31×25 39 18
BSS1510-3E 10 3 5 460 10 200 181 43 32 BSS4025-4E 25 4 40 100 103 000 686 145 112.5
15 11 I M5
BSS1520-2E 20 2 5 070 8 730 127 51 40 BSS4030-3E 30 3 30 600 74 000 505 134 101.5
32 55 33×27 43 20
BSS1530-2E 30 2 5 070 8 730 116 71 60 BSS4040-2E 40 2 20 600 46 600 319 110 77.5
BSS2005-3E 5 3 8 790 18 500 268 31 18 BSS4080-2E 80 2 20 600 46 600 286 184 151.5
BSS2010-3E 10 3 8 790 18 500 268 45 32 BSS4510-6E 10 6 60 700 178 000 1 160 109 76.5
BSS2020-2E 20 2 5 900 11 700 167 54 41 BSS4512-6E 12 6 60 700 178 000 1 160 120 87.5
20 36 62 13 38×30.5 I 49 M6 23.5 BSS4516-6E 45 16 6 60 700 178 000 1 160 75 110 143 22 110.5 43 IV 93 M10
BSS2030-2E 30 2 5 900 11 700 159 74 61
BSS4520-6E 20 6 60 700 178 000 1 150 166 133.5
BSS2040-2E 40 2 5 900 11 700 147 92 79
BSS4525-5E 25 5 51 400 146 000 954 170 137.5
BSS2060-2E 60 2 5 900 11 700 128 129 116
BSS4530-4E 30 4 41 800 116 000 752 164 131.5
BSS2505-3E 5 3 9 760 23 600 325 32 20 BSS5010-6E 10 6 64 600 198 000 1 270 109 76.5
BSS2510-4E 10 4 12 800 32 300 437 56 44 BSS5012-6E 12 6 64 600 198 000 1 270 120 87.5
BSS2520-2E 20 2 6 560 14 600 203 54 42 BSS5016-6E 16 6 64 600 198 000 1 270 143 110.5
25 40 62 12 48×30.5 II 51 M6 23.5
BSS2525-2E 25 2 6 560 14 600 197 63 51 BSS5020-6E 50 20 6 64 600 198 000 1 260 82 118 166 22 133.5 46 IV 100 M10
BSS2530-2E 30 2 6 560 14 600 194 74 62 BSS5025-5E 25 5 54 700 164 000 1 040 170 137.5
BSS2550-2E 50 2 6 560 14 600 177 114 102 BSS5030-5E 30 5 54 700 164 000 1 040 194 161.5
BSS5050-2E 50 2 22 800 58 300 383 130 97.5
Note: Rigidity values in this table are theoretical values derived from elastic displacement between screw grooves and balls when axial load is applied to a ball nut for
which preload is set at 3% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca). BSS50100-2E 100 2 22 800 58 300 342 224 191.5
The shape and dimension of ball screws with shaft diameters less than φ25 are the same as NSK ball screws held in standard stock as the Compact FA Series.
Note: Rigidity values in this table are theoretical values derived from elastic displacement between screw grooves and balls when axial load is applied to a ball
21 nut for which preload is set at 3% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca).
22
High Dust-resistant Ball Screws
V1 Series
New!
NSK’s advanced, high performance seal delivers
more than four times longer service life under
contaminated environments than existing products. Patent Pending
With dramatically improved sealing performance, the V1 series High Dust-resistant Ball Screws V1 Series
delivers outstanding functionality and long operating life under
contaminated environments. Applications
A wide range of options enables users to select the ideal choice Laser cutting machines, Tire buffing machines
for specific application needs, from processing machinery to Woodworking machines, Chip mounter
Precision transporting equipments,
large-sized tables and conveyors. Positioning units, Robots, Welding lines, and others
Features Specifications
High Reduces particle penetration rate to less than 1/15
1. High performance seal
dust-resistance Specially profiled screw shaft grooves and high performance seals prevent the entry of fine contaminants.
Reduces particle penetration rate to less than 1/15 of existing standard products. High performance seal (Japan patents: 3646452, 3692203) with special
lip that contacts screw shaft cross-section and prevents entry of fine
contaminants.
Test conditions
Specimen : Shaft diameter 32 mm,
Penetration rate,
High performance seal Lead 32 mm
less than 1% : 100 min-1
Speed
Foreign matter: Iron particles mixed into grease 2. NSK K1™ lubrication unit
(particle size: less than 30µ m)
applied to the screw shaft Incorporates NSK K1™ lubrication unit to sufficiently lubricate the high
performance seal lip, reduce friction, and improve durability.
Standard seal Penetration rate,
more than 15%
Before passage through After passage through 3. Recirculation method

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 high performance seal high performance seal
Adopts end deflector recirculation method instead of conventional ball
Penetration rate, % All contaminants adhering to the screw shaft are swept away after
passage through high performance seals. recirculation method using a return tube; deflector mounted inside the
nut smoothly scoops up balls in their moving direction.
Fig. 1 Particle penetration rate Contamination before and after particle penetration test
4. Accuracy
More than four times longer service life under contaminated environments JIS C5 lead accuracy is available as standard.
Long life High performance seals extend ball screw durability under severely contaminated environments with For additional information about accuracy, please contact NSK.
iron powder.
Extreme durability tests under contaminated environments show the durability of the V1 series
extends more than four times longer than our existing series with a standard seal. 5. Preload and axial play
• Preloading … Adopts oversized ball preload, suitable for compact
™
devices.
NSK K1 lubrication unit
High performance seal Preload remained • Axial play … Axial play can be selected from less than or equal to
after approx. 3 000 km
Test conditions
0 (code Z), 0.005 mm (code T), or 0.02 mm (code S).
Specimen: Shaft diameter 32 mm
Lead 32 mm
Speed: 40 m/min
Standard seal
Preload revealed
after approx. 700 km Stroke: 700 mm
Load: 1.4 kN High performance seal
6. Screw shaft design
Lubrication: LRL 3 grease Ball screw shaft diameter on either shaft end should be less than or
equal to root diameter (dr in Table 1).
0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 2 500 3 000 3 500 4 000
Distance traveled, km
Fig. 2 Extreme durability test results using iron particles Protector

7. Protector (optional)
(optional) Non-contact metal protector that traces the ball screw grooves and
safeguards the seal against high-temperature foreign matter.
High-speed operation up to 150 000 d·n
High speed For ultimate smoothness of ball recirculation, the internal ball recirculation
method enables high-speed operation at a maximum of d·n 150 000. Large lead
specifications allow high-speeds of 150 m/min.
Note: Critical speed due to resonance of the screw shaft should be examined for individual Handling Precautions
strokes. To determine critical speed, refer to the NSK General Catalog of Precision
Machine Components (CAT No. E3161). Observe the following precautions to maintain the long-term efficiency of
these high performance seals:
1. Permissible
Quieter by 6 dB End deflector type ball nut temperature range …Maximum operating temperature: 50 ˚C
Low-noise Reduces noise level by more than 6 dB compared with our conventional Screw shaft
Maximum momentary operating temperature: 80 ˚C
Note: High performance seals may increase torque, which may in turn increase
tube-type ball screws, thereby providing low-noise and good noise tone features. (with specially profiled grooves)
temperature. Please consult with NSK prior to usage under severe service
conditions.
2. Chemical precautions …Never expose the ball screw to grease-removing
25% smaller diameter saves space organic solvents such as hexane or thinner. Never immerse the ball
Compact Ball nut external diameter is up to 25% smaller than our conventional models, screw in kerosene or rust preventive oils which contain kerosene.
size making possible compact configurations for low-profile XY tables as well as for
other devices and equipment.
25 26
High Dust-resistant Ball Screws V1 Series
V1 Series Dimensions
Specification number
Specification numbers may be used as a guide for customers and NSK prior to finalizing specifications. It is used when
requesting estimates or inquiring about specifications. Please provide a drawing to specify shaft end profile.
Example: VSS 32 16 - C5 Z 850 / 1234

VSS Total screw shaft length (mm)
(High dust-resistant ball screws V1 series)
Screw length (mm)
Screw shaft diameter (mm): 32, 40, 50
Axial play code (Z, T, S)
Lead (mm): 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 50 Accuracy grade code (C5)
6-X Bolt hole M6 × 1.0 tap 8-X Bolt hole M6 × 1.0 tap High performance seal + K1 + (Protector)
X
(Oil hole) (Oil hole) (Both ends)
30
˚
30
˚
45˚
45˚
30˚
G
22.5˚
G
15˚
15˚
φ D g6
φ dr
φd
φA
15˚
15˚
45˚
45˚
30
˚
30
˚
PC
PC
D VC
D
W
W
X–X X–X
X VC B F
Type I Flange Type II Flange L
Table 1 Dimensions
Basic load rating Nut dimensions (mm)

Screw shaft
Lead Root diameter Effective turns Axial rigidity∗1 Maximum shaft
Model No. diameter Dynamic Static length∗2
d (mm) (mm) dr (mm) of balls (N/µ m) D A L B F G VC TYPE W X (mm)
Ca (N) C0a (N)
VSS3210-6E 10 6 43 300 111 000 682 132 89.5
VSS3216-5E 16 5 36 700 90 800 563 150 107.5
32 27.2 56 86 18 34 24.5 I 71 M8 2 800
VSS3220-5E 20 5 36 700 90 800 561 169 126.5
VSS3232-4E 32 4 25 000 58 300 387 122 79.5
VSS4040-4E 40 40 34.4 4 33 600 83 900 472 70 100 144 22 94 38.5 27.5 II 85 M8 3 800
VSS5050-4E 50 50 44.4 4 37 300 105 000 559 82 118 164 22 114.5 46 27.5 II 100 M10 5 000
∗
1 Rigidity values in this table are theoretical values derived from elastic deformation between screw grooves and balls when axial load is applied to a ball nut for which
preload is set at 1.5% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca).
∗
2 Products with axial play may have a partially negative play (preloaded condition) depending on screw length. Refer to the NSK general catalog of Precision Machine
Components CAT. No. E3161: “Manufacturing range of effective screw length in combination of accuracy grade and axial play.”
27 28
NSK Linear GuidesTM
Roller Guide RA Series
A roller guide series employing advanced analysis technology offers Extended

super-high load capacity and rigidity. The RA series includes series
a complete lineup to handle a wide range of applications.
The fruits of comprehensive technology of NSK
RA series roller guides handle a diversity of applications Roller Guide RA Series
The RA series of roller guides is the product of a combination of NSK’s extensive experience in roller
bearings and linear guide technologies. The result is an optimal design that takes full advantage of NSK’s Optimal design through integration of NSK technologies
unique expertise to realize super-high load capacity, rigidity and motion accuracy, plus smooth motion.
Capable of handling a variety of applications, the RA series supports high machine performance. Roller Guide
RA series features support high machine performance
Super-long Life
RA Series
Super-high load capacity 45˚

Example of roller slide
NSK has realized super-high load capacity, now the highest deformation analysis
performance in the world, and achieved unprecedented 45˚
operating life.
Maintenance-free Smooth motion by use of retaining pieces Balanced four-directional
Installing an NSK K1™ lubrication unit assures long-term, iso-load specifications
maintenance-free operation.
NSK executed a comprehensive, detailed performance simulation of
Highly dust-proof roller guides by integrating its analysis technology and the tribology
The high performance seals as standard equipment completely technology that the company had been developing over many years.
block the entry of foreign matter and maintain primary Down to the dimensions and shapes of component details, we have Analysis example of
contact pressure
performance over the long term. attained an optimal design completely. distribution of rollers
Contribution
Contribution to
to High-precision
High-precision
Manufacturing
Manufacturing
Super-high rigidity
Super-high rigidity provides high-precision manufacturing.
Super-high motion accuracy
Coupled with NSK’s unique design approach, the vibration
caused by roller passage has been substantially reduced. This
will greatly contribute to improve machining quality.
Smooth motion
The installation of a retaining piece achieves smooth motion,
resulting in stable positioning accuracy.
Five sizes (RA15, RA20, RA25, RA30 and RA65) have been added to the
RA series. NSK also introduces a low-profile size (doesn’t apply to RA20 and RA65).
Used in Many Fields

Complete series
Series includes a full lineup from small to large, including low-profile sizes.
You can choose the model according to the application.
Interchangeable mounting dimensions
Outside dimensions and mounting dimensions conform to standard
dimensions for the market, so RA series roller guides can be used
without having to alter machine design. (See page 10 for mounting
surface dimensions)
Low friction
Uses rollers for rolling elements to hold down dynamic friction.
31 32
A variety of contributions to improve the performance of machine Roller Guide RA Series
NSK roller guide RA series exhibits the world’s highest load capacity and enhance the performance of machine
through a variety of features, including super-high rigidity, super-high motion accuracy, and low friction
variation.
Super-high motion accuracy
Features NSK has developed its own unique method of simulating rolling element passage vibration and method of
designing optimal roller slide specifications for damping roller passage vibration. These developments have
dramatically enhanced roller slide motion accuracy for the RA series.
Super-high load capacity
By installing rollers that are the largest possible diameter and length within the existing standard cross-section
dimension in a rational layout based on analysis technology, we have realized the world’s highest load capacity,✽
far superior to conventional roller guides. Super-long life is achieved and impact load can be sufficiently handled. Automatic collimator
Change of attitude (pitching) NSK RA35BN
✽ Compared with products of the same size, as of September 1, 2003, researched by NSK.
Displacement
Linear guide
1 m
350
140
NSK
NSK RA45BN Movement at a given speed
RA45BN Competitor’s products
120 300 Conversion to the overhang point of 100 mm
Competitor’s products
Competitor’s products 0 20 40 60 80 100
100
Co, kN 250 Distance of movement, mm
C, kN
80 Comparison of measured motion accuracy
200
60
0
0
Basic static load rating Smooth motion
Basic dynamic load rating
Installing a retaining piece between rollers and restraining the skew peculiar to roller bearings achieve smooth
motion. The reduction of friction variation provides stable tracking in the complicated trajectory control.
The basic load rating which is shown in the figures complies with ISO standards.
Standards for basic dynamic load rating: ISO14728-1
Standards for basic static load rating: ISO14728-2 Motion smoothness of RA series Motion smoothness of RA series
equivalent to competitor’s product
30 30
Direction of Retaining piece Roller Without retaining piece
tension With retaining piece
Friction force, N
Friction force, N
Direction of
20 20
Super-high rigidity compression
Recirculation can be
conducted smoothly
Using NSK’s advanced analysis technology, we pursued a complete, optimal design, by maintaining roller
attitude. 10 10
down to the detailed shape of roller slides and rails, thereby realizing super-high rigidity
superior to that of competitor’s roller guides.
Rail 0 0
0 200 400 600 0 200 400 600
Distance of movement, mm Distance of movement, mm
20 20
Measured motion smoothness
Direction of compression Direction of tension
15 15 Competitor’s products
Deformation, µm
Deformation, µm
Competitor’s products Mounting dimensions compatibility

10 10
The outer and mounting dimensions of RA series are based on market standards. RA series can be replaced
without altering equipment design. (See page 10 for mounting surface dimensions)
5 5
NSK RA45BN NSK RA45BN
0 0
0 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 0 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000
Load, N Load, N
Comparison of measured rigidity
33 34
Specifications
Low friction Measurement conditions 1. Roller Slide Types and Shapes

Using rollers for rolling elements helps minimize dynamic friction. ● Two types of roller slides are available in this series: one with a mounting flange and a square type with tapped
• Lubrication: Oil (VG68)
holes and no flange.
• Feeding speed: 1 m/min ● A compact, low-profile square type is now available.
● On the mounting hole of the flange type, the tapped part is used to fix the roller slide from the top surface, and
the minor diameter can be used as a bolt hole from the bottom. This provides mounting from both directions,
Conventional linear guide for machine tools #35; RA35AN; medium preload (Z3) top and bottom.
medium preload (Z3) ● Roller slide length can be specified by standard high load type or special long, super-high load type.
40 40 Fig. 1 Square type Roller slide shape code

30 30
20 20
Friction force, N
Friction force, N
10 10
AN
0 0
–10 –10 (High load)
–20 –20
–30 –30
–40 –40
0 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 0 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200
Distance of movement, mm Distance of movement, mm

BN
Comparison of measured dynamic friction force
(Super-high load)
Highly dust-proof and maintenance-free Fig. 2 Low-profile type

operation
Amount of foreign matter passing through, g
Roller slides include high performance seals as 0.060

standard equipment. The seal completely blocks the 0.050 AL
entry of foreign matter in to the rolling surface and
prevents loss of performance. In addition, rail covers 0.040 (High load)
are also available for severe operating conditions. (Rail 0.030
covers reduce the amount of foreign matter to 1/10 0.020
that of conventional linear guide for machine tools.)
0.010
The highly regarded NSK K1™ lubrication unit is also
available to satisfy customer needs for long-term, 0.000
Conventional linear guide RA series BL
maintenance-free operation. for machine tools with rail cover
(Super-high load)
Example results of foreign matter invasion test
Fig. 3 Flange type
Low noise
80
A retaining piece is provided between rollers to RA45BN
EM
75 Competitor’s
prevent collision of rollers to minimize noise. product
70 (High load)
Noise level, dB (A)
65
60
55
50
45
GM
40
10 100 1 000 (Super-high load)
Microphone position: 500 mm above rail Speed, m/min
Lubrication: Oil (VG68) Example measurement of noise test

35 36
2. Accuracy 3. Preload and Rigidity

Four accuracy grades are available: ultra super precision P3, super precision P4, high precision P5, and precision P6. Preload is set for the RA series by slightly changing the size of the roller used. Applying preload enhances rigidity
✽ : Difference in roller slides on the reference side roller guide. and minimizes elastic deformation.
With the characteristics of the roller guide, there is minimal variation in rigidity according to amount of preload.
Table 1 Accuracy standards Unit: mm
Because the RA series offers stable, high rigidity, only medium preload type Z3 (preload: 10% of C, where C is
Accuracy grades the basic dynamic load rating) is set. Typical measurements for preload and rigidity are as follows.
Accuracy standards Ultra super precision Super precision High precision Precision
P3 P4 P5 P6
Mounting height: Table 3 Preload and rigidity Fig. 5 Direction of load
±0.008 ±0.010 ±0.020 ±0.040
Dimensions in mounting height H
Preload (N)
Mounting width:
±0.010 ±0.015 ±0.025 ±0.050
Dimensions in mounting width W2 or W3 Medium preload (Z3)
Variation of mounting height dimension H 0.003 0.005 0.007 0.015 Model No.
High load capacity type Ultra high load capacity type Load in direction
Variation of mounting width dimension W2 or W3✽ 0.003 0.007 0.010 0.020 of compression
Running parallelism of face C against face A AL, AN, EM BL, BN, GM
Refer to Table 2
Running parallelism of face D against face B RA15 1 030 1 300
Table 2 Running parallelism Unit: µm RA20 1 920 2 400
RA25 2 920 3 540

Rail length Ultra super precision Super precision High precision Precision
(mm) P3 P4 P5 P6 RA30 3 890 4 760
Over – 50 or less 2 2 2 4.5 RA35 5 330 6 740
50 – 80 2 2 3 5
RA45 9 280 11 600
80 – 125 2 2 3.5 5.5
RA55 12 900 16 800
125 – 200 2 2 4 6
200 – 250 2 2.5 5 7 RA65 21 000 28 800
250 – 315 2 2.5 5 8

315 – 400 2 3 6 9
400 – 500 2 3 6 10 Fig. 6 Rigidity measurement data
500 – 630 2 3.5 7 12
630 – 800 2 4 8 14 25 25
800 – 1 000 2.5 4.5 9 16 RA30BN measurement values in compression direction RA35BN measurement values in compression direction
20 20
1 000 – 1 250 3 5 10 17
Deformation, µm
Deformation, µm
1 250 – 1 600 4 6 11 19 15 15
1 600 – 2 000 4.5 7 13 21

10 10
2 000 – 2 500 5 8 15 22
5 5
2 500 – 3 000 6 9.5 17 25
0 0
Fig. 4 Specifications of accuracy 0 5 000 10 000 0 5 000 10 000 15 000
Load, N Load, N
RA30BN RA35BN
C D C D
25 25
RA45BN measurement values in compression direction RA55BN measurement values in compression direction
20 20
Deformation, µm
Deformation, µm
H H 15 15
10 10
5 5
A B A B 0 0
0 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 0 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000
W2 W3 Load, N Load, N
Standard Semi-standard RA45BN RA55BN
37 38
4. Basic Load Rating and Rated Life 7. Installation

Basic dynamic load rating that expresses load capacity is established by ISO standards (ISO14728-1) for linear (1) Mounting tolerance
guides. With basic dynamic load rating, direction and size do not fluctuate so that rated fatigue life is 100 km.
Mounting tolerance results in harmful effects such as shortened operating life, deterioration in motion accuracy,
Load rating for NSK linear guides complies with ISO standards. With the RA series, dynamic load rating is the
and friction variation.
same in both the vertical and horizontal directions (4-way equal load specs.). Rated fatigue life L is calculated by
NSK particularly focuses on operating life, and sets an operating life value of more than 20 000 km calculated
the following formula when load F is applied to the roller slide in the horizontal or vertical direction only.
under the following conditions as mounting tolerance:
●The load per roller slide is 10% of basic dynamic load rating C.
● This life formula is different from that for linear guides with ball Table 3 Load factor fw
rolling elements. ●The rigidity of machine is infinite.
● fw is load factor. Refer to the respective value from the Impact and/or vibration Load factor
The tolerance in Fig. 10 is shown in the Table 6 as typical tolerance.
following table 4 as a guideline according to potential No impact and vibration from the outside 1.0 – 1.5
vibration and the impact of the machine in which the linear
With impact and/or vibration from the outside 1.5 – 2.0 Fig. 10 Mounting tolerance Table 6 Mounting tolerance of RA series Unit: µm
guide is used, and select the load factor.
With heavy impact and/or vibration from the outside 2.0 – 3.0 Model Parallelism tolerance of Height tolerance of
C 10 No. two roller guides e1 two roller guides e2
L = 100 ×
( fw• F ) 3 (km)
Fig. 7 Two directional load e1
RA15 5
RA20 7
R
RA25 9
● When load R in the horizontal direction and load S in the
vertical direction are simultaneously applied, use the following RA30 11
150 µ m / 500 mm
dynamic equivalent load F for the calculation:
RA35 13
S
>S)
F = R + 0.5S (R= RA45 17
F = S + 0.5R (R<S) RA55 19
e2 RA65 30
Fig. 8 Optional lubrication hole positions
500
5. Lubrication Specifications Lubrication hole on top
With standard specifications, grease fittings are
mounted on the side of the roller slide for the RA (2) Shoulder height and corner radius of mounting surface
series, but can also be mounted on the side of the end When using the shoulders, which rise perpendicularly to the mounting surface, for accurate installation of a roller
cap with optional specifications. A lubrication hole can guide, refer to Fig. 11 and Table 7 for the dimensions.
also be provided on the top of the end cap.
Openings are not provided on the top or side with
Table 7 Shoulder height and corner radius
standard specifications in order to prevent dust. Fig. 11 Datum face of roller guide and shoulder of attachment Unit: mm
Contact NSK for more information.
Grease fitting on side Shoulder Height Chamfer (maximum)
rb Model No.
H´ H´´ ra rb
Fig. 9 Rail cover ✽✽ Rail
RA15 3 4 0.5 0.5
6. Dust-proof H´
RA20 4 5 0.5 0.5
RA series is equipped with side, inner ✽ and bottom rb H˝
ra RA25 4 5 0.5 1.0
seals to prevent foreign matter from entering the inside ra Roller Slide RA30 5 6 1.0 1.0
of the roller slide. Under normal applications, the RA
series can be used without modification. RA35 5 6 1.0 1.0
For severe usage conditions, optional rail covers are RA45 6 8 1.5 1.0
available. Contact NSK for information on how to RA55 7 10 1.5 1.5
mount the cover. The linear guide can also be equipped RA65 11 11 1.5 1.5
with a lubrication unit (NSK K1 ™ ) that has already
proven its effectiveness with other NSK linear guides.
Handling Precautions
Table 5 Optional parts for dust-proofing
➀ If oil lubrication is used, the oil may not pervade the rolling surface according to the roller slide mounting
Name Objective
conditions such as upside down mounting and wall mounting. In these situations, consult with NSK.
NSK K1 Porous part containing oil enhances lubrication function.
Double seal Sealing effect is enhanced by using pairs of side seals. ➁ Operating temperature limits should normally be less than 80 ˚C.
Protector Removes large dust particles and protects side seals from hot and hard dust particles. ➂ If using NSK K1™, service temperature should not exceed 50 ˚C (or 80 ˚C instantaneously). Make sure the
Rail cover ✽✽ Covers top of rail to prevent foreign matter from getting in the rail mounting holes. unit does not come in contact with organic solvents with that can be used for degreasing. Do not place
Bolt hole cap Prevents foreign matter such as cutting dust from collecting in the rail mounting holes. the unit in a location exposed to white kerosene or rust prevention oil containing white kerosene.
✽ Inner seals for RA15 and RA20 are available as options. ✽✽ Rail cover is applicable to RA25 to 65.
39 40
Dimension table Roller Guide RA Series
Square type (tapped mounting holes)

RA–AL M YO
(High load type)
RA–AN
RA–BL
(Super-high load type)
RA–BN
Example of
specification number: RA 35 1000 AN C 2 ✽ ✽ P4 3 M RO M PO
∗ : two rails per axis

Series code (N ) L
No code: single-rail
W L1
Size No. Preload code Z3: Medium preload 6-M×Pitch Depth
B1 B J1 J
Accuracy grade (Without NSK K1): P3, P4, P5, P6
Rail length (mm)
(With NSK K1): K3, K4, K5, K6 T φD T1
Roller slide shape code AL, AN, BL, BN Design number ( )

H K
h
H1
Material and surface treatment code, C: Special carbon steel (NSK standard) Number of roller slides per rail
E B3 φd
∗Please note that the appropriate design number will be inserted into the reference number and the tag end code (–II) will be omitted.
W2 W1 F
G n×F (G )
L0
Assembly Roller slide Rail Basic load rating Weight

Model No. Height Width Length Tapped hole Grease nipple Rail width Rail height Bolt pitch Bolt hole G Maximum Dynamic Static Static moment (N • m) Bearing Rail
length
H E W2 W L B J M × Pitch× B1 L1 J1 K T Mounting hole T1 N W1 H1 F d ×D ×h B3 (recommended) L0max C (N) C0 (N) MR0 MP0 MY0 (kg) (kg/m)
RA15AL 24 M4× 0.7× 5.5 20 4 0.17
70 44.8 9.4 10 300 27 500 260 210 210
RA15AN 28 M4× 0.7× 6.0 24 8 60 ✽
0.21
4 9.5 34 26 26 4 8 φ3 3 15 16.3 4.5× 7.5× 5.3 7.5 20 2 000 1.6
RA15BL 24 M4× 0.7× 5.5 20 4 (30) 0.25
85.4 60.2 17.1 13 000 37 000 350 375 375
RA15BN 28 M4× 0.7× 6 24 8 0.30
✽
RA20AN 86.5 36 57.5 10.75 60 19 200 52 500 665 505 505 0.38
30 5 12 44 32 M5× 0.8× 6 6 25 12 φ3 4 3 20 20.8 6× 9.5× 8.5 10 20 3 000 2.6
RA20BN 106.3 50 77.3 13.65 (30) 24 000 70 000 890 900 900 0.50
RA25AL 36 M6× 1× 8 31 6 0.45
97.5 35 65.5 15.25 29 200 72 700 970 760 760
RA25AN 40 M6× 1× 9 35 10 0.60
5 12.5 48 35 6.5 12 M6× 0.75 11 23 24 30 7× 11× 9 11.5 20 3 000 3.4
RA25BL 36 M6× 1× 8 31 6 0.80
115.5 50 83.5 16.75 35 400 92 900 1 240 1 240 1 240
RA25BN 40 M6× 1× 9 35 10 0.91
RA30AL 42 35.5 7 0.85
110.8 40 74 17 38 900 93 500 1 670 1 140 1 140
RA30AN 45 38.5 10 1.0
6.5 16 60 40 M8× 1.25× 11 10 14 M6× 0.75 11 28 28 40 9× 14× 12 14 20 3 500 4.9
RA30BL 42 35.5 7 1.1
135.4 60 98.6 19.3 47 600 121 000 2 170 1 950 1 950
RA30BN 45 38.5 10 1.3
RA35AL 48 41.5 8 1.2
123.8 50 83.2 16.6 53 300 129 000 2 810 1 800 1 800
RA35AN 55 48.5 15 1.6
6.5 18 70 50 M8× 1.25× 12 10 15 M6× 0.75 11 34 31 40 9× 14× 12 17 20 3 500 6.8
RA35BL 48 41.5 8 1.7
152 72 111.4 19.7 67 400 175 000 3 810 3 250 3 250
RA35BN 55 48.5 15 2.1
RA45AL 60 M10× 1.5× 16 52 10 2.5
154 60 105.4 22.7 92 800 229 000 6 180 4 080 4 080
RA45AN 70 M10× 1.5× 17 62 20 3.0
8 20.5 86 60 13 17 RC1/8 14 45 38 52.5 14× 20× 17 22.5 22.5 3 500 10.9
RA45BL 60 M10× 1.5× 16 52 10 3.4
190 80 141.4 30.7 116 000 305 000 8 240 7 150 7 150
RA45BN 70 M10× 1.5× 17 62 20 4.1
RA55AL 70 61 11 4.1
184 75 128 26.5 129 000 330 000 10 200 7 060 7 060
RA55AN 80 71 21 4.9
9 23.5 100 75 M12× 1.75× 18 12.5 18 RC1/8 14 53 43.5 60 16× 23× 20 26.5 30 3 500 14.6
RA55BL 70 61 11 5.7
234 95 178 41.5 168 000 462 000 14 300 13 600 13 600
RA55BN 80 71 21 6.7
RA65AN 228.4 70 155.4 42.7 210 000 504 000 19 200 12 700 12 700 9.3
90 13 31.5 126 76 M16× 2× 20 25 77 22 RC1/8 19 14 63 55 75 18× 26× 22 31.5 35 3 500 22.0
RA65BN 302.5 120 229.5 54.75 288 000 756 000 28 700 28 600 28 600 12.2
✽ Either 60 mm or 30 mm of bolt pitch F is applicable for RA15 and RA20. ● The basic load rating complies with ISO standards (ISO14728-1, ISO14728-2).
60 mm bolt pitch will be provided if not specified. If the above basic dynamic load rating (100 km rating) is converted into 50 km rating, use the
following formula:
C50 km =1.23 × C100 km
● If the rail length exceeds the above limitation, you may be able to cope with the problem by
rails for butting connections. Contact NSK for more information.
41 42
Dimension table Roller Guide RA Series
Flange type (for both tapped and bolt mounting holes)

M YO
RA–EM (High load type)
J3 J2
RA–GM (Super-high load type)
Example of
specification number: RA 35 1000 EM C 2 ✽ ✽ P4 3
∗ : two rails per axis
Series code
No code: single-rail
Size No. Preload code Z3: Medium preload 2-M×Pitch

Accuracy grade (Without NSK K1): P3, P4, P5, P6
Rail length (mm) M RO M PO
(With NSK K1): K3, K4, K5, K6
Roller slide shape code EM, GM Design number W (N ) L

B1 B L1
Material and surface treatment code, C: Special carbon steel (NSK standard) Number of roller slides per rail
φQ 4-M×Pitch J1 J
( 2)
φD
∗Please note that the appropriate design number will be inserted into the reference number and the tag end code (–II) will be omitted. T 1
T1
H (K ) h
H1
E B3 φd
W2 W1 F
G n×F (G)
L0
Assembly Roller slide Rail Basic load rating Weight

Model No. Height Width Length Tapped hole, Fixing bolt Grease nipple Rail width Rail height Bolt pitch Bolt hole G Maximum Dynamic Static Static moment (N•m) Bearing Rail
length
H E W2 W L B J J2 M× Pitch× 1( 2) Q× 1( 2) B1 L1 J1 J3 K T Mounting hole T1 N W1 H1 F d× D×h B3 (recommended) L0max C (N) C0 (N) MR0 MP0 MY0 (kg) (kg/m)
✽
RA15EM 70 44.8 7.4 9.4 60 10 300 27 500 260 210 210 0.21
24 4 16 47 38 30 26 M5× 0.8× 8.5 (6.5) 4.4× 8.5 (6.5) 4.5 20 8 φ3 4 3 15 16.3 4.5× 7.5× 5.3 7.5 20 2 000 1.6
RA15GM 85.4 60.2 15.1 17.1 (30) 13 000 37 000 350 375 375 0.28
✽
RA20EM 86.5 57.5 8.75 11.25 60 19 200 52 500 665 505 505 0.45
30 5 21.5 63 53 40 35 M6× 1× 9.5 (8) 5.3× 9.5 (8) 5 25 10 φ3 4 3 20 20.8 6× 9.5× 8.5 10 20 3 000 2.6
RA20GM 106.3 77.3 18.65 21.15 (30) 24 000 70 000 890 900 900 0.65
RA25EM 97.5 65.5 10.25 12.75 29 200 72 700 970 760 760 0.80
36 5 23.5 70 57 45 40 M8× 1.25× 10 (11) 6.8× 10 (11) 6.5 31 11 M6× 0.75 6 11 23 24 30 7× 11× 9 11.5 20 3 000 3.4
RA25GM 115.5 83.5 19.25 21.75 35 400 92 900 1 240 1 240 1 240 1.1
RA30EM 110.8 74 11 15 38 900 93 500 1 670 1 140 1 140 1.3
42 6.5 31 90 72 52 44 M10× 1.5× 12 (12.5) 8.6× 12 (12.5) 9 35.5 11 M6× 0.75 7 11 28 28 40 9× 14× 12 14 20 3 500 4.9
RA30GM 135.4 98.6 23.3 27.3 47 600 121 000 2 170 1 950 1 950 1.7
RA35EM 123.8 83.2 10.6 15.6 53 300 129 000 2 810 1 800 1 800 1.7
48 6.5 33 100 82 62 52 M10× 1.5× 13 (7) 8.6× 13 (7) 9 41.5 12 M6× 0.75 8 11 34 31 40 9× 14× 12 17 20 3 500 6.8
RA35GM 152 111.4 24.7 29.7 67 400 175 000 3 810 3 250 3 250 2.3
RA45EM 154 105.4 12.7 22.7 92 800 229 000 6 180 4 080 4 080 3.2
60 8 37.5 120 100 80 60 M12× 1.75× 15 (10.5) 10.5× 15 (10.5) 10 52 13 RC1/8 10 14 45 38 52.5 14× 20× 17 22.5 22.5 3 500 10.9
RA45GM 190 141.4 30.7 40.7 116 000 305 000 8 240 7 150 7 150 4.3
RA55EM 184 128 16.5 29 129 000 330 000 10 200 7 060 7 060 5.4
70 9 43.5 140 116 95 70 M14× 2× 18 (13) 12.5× 18 (13) 12 61 15 RC1/8 11 14 53 43.5 60 16× 23× 20 26.5 30 3 500 14.6
RA55GM 234 178 41.5 54 168 000 462 000 14 300 13 600 13 600 7.5
RA65EM 228.4 155.4 22.7 36.7 210 000 504 000 19 200 12 700 12 700 12.2
90 13 53.5 170 142 110 82 M16× 2× 24 (18.5) 14.6× 24 (18.5) 14 77 22 RC1/8 19 14 63 55 75 18× 26× 22 31.5 35 3 500 22.0
RA65GM 302.5 229.5 59.75 73.75 288 000 756 000 28 700 28 600 28 600 16.5
✽ Either 60 mm or 30 mm of bolt pitch F is applicable for RA15 and RA20. ● The basic load rating complies with ISO standards (ISO14728-1, ISO14728-2).
60 mm bolt pitch will be provided if not specified. If the above basic dynamic load rating (100 km rating) is converted into 50 km rating, use the
following formula:
C50 km = 1.23 × C100 km
● If the rail length exceeds the above limitation, you may be able to cope with the problem by
rails for butting connections. Contact NSK for more information.
43 44
NSK Linear GuidesTM
Miniature PU Series/PE Series
Series of interchangeable products that enable Patent Pending

random matching between rails and ball slides.
Miniature PU and PE series support diverse New New
applications, from semiconductor manufacturing development product
devices to medical equipment.
Easy-to-handle, lightweight design. NSK Linear Guides Miniature PU Series/PE Series
NSK Miniature Linear Guide provides smoother motion
with unprecedented lightness.
Smoother motion
The new generation PU series/PE series inherit the outstanding lineage of the NSK miniature
linear guides LU series/LE series. Resin ball recirculation components improve dynamic The resin ball recirculation component creates an
optimal configuration allowing gentler contact with
friction characteristics and create smoother motion with reduced noise intensity. High
steel balls, resulting in improved dynamic friction
performance features enhanced dust-proofing, low dust generation, and high corrosion
characteristics and smoother motion.
resistance. The new design supports a wide variety of applications.
Test conditions: Oil lubrication (VG68)
Ergonomic, gentler tone and low dust generation. NSK Linear Guides Miniature PU Series Operating speed: 1,000 mm/min
(Interchangeable with the LU Series) Load cell rated capacity: 5N
Ideal for wide, single-rail applications. NSK Linear Guides Miniature PE Series
(Interchangeable with the LE Series) 1
Friction force, N
0.5
1 Features 0
–0.5
1. Motion performance –1
0 100 200 300 400
Newly designed recirculation component facilitates smooth circulation of steel balls. Movement distance, mm
2. Lightweight Fig. 1-1 Fluctuations in dynamic friction

The ball slide is fabricated to be approximately 20% lighter than conventional models✻
by the application of resin to a part of its body. ✻ Miniature LU series/LE series
Low dust generation
3. Reduced noise intensity The PU series/PE series, with resin ball
Resin components applied in ball circulating circuits reduce collision noise recirculation components, generates less dust than
between steel balls. a conventional ball recirculation hole that goes
right through the ball slide.
4. Low dust generation
The structure of the ball slide is designed to prevent dust generation. PU09TR Test conditions: Grease lubrication (LG2)
Operating speed: 600 mm/min
Stroke: 200 mm
5. Excellent dust-proofing PE09TR
The labyrinth structure adopted for the side of the rails and the inner walls of the ball slide
Particle diameter of 0.1 µm or more

10 000
allows effects equivalent to an under seal. PU15
LU15
(particles/0.02832 m3),
Dust generation rate
6. High corrosion resistance
High corrosion-resistant martensite stainless steel incorporated as a standard feature
1 000
provides excellent resistance to corrosion
7. Easy to handle
Safety design includes a retainer that prevents steel balls from dropping out of the ball slide
even when the slide is removed from the rail. 100
0 20 40 60 80 100
Time, hr
8. Long-term maintenance-free
™
Equipped with NSK K1 Lubrication unit realizes long-term, maintenance-free use. Fig. 1-2 Dust generation rate
9. Fast delivery
Lineup of interchangeable rails and ball slides in the series supports random matching and
facilitates fast delivery. Ball slide body
Smoother motion with resin recirculation circuits.

New Gentler tone and low dust generation.
NSK Linear Guides Miniature

PU Series PU15
Molded resin ball
PE Series
recirculation
component Labyrinth structure
Cut model Fig. 2 Cross sectional front view
47 48
For cutting-edge precision positioning table, from
semiconductor manufacturing devices to medical equipment. NSK Linear Guides Miniature PU Series/PE Series
—NSK Linear Guides Miniature PU Series/PE Series (3) Reference number for rail of interchangeable type
2 Reference number
Reference numbers will be used as reference before finalizing all specifications. These numbers indicate outline Example: P1 U 15 0470 R K N ✽✽ PC T
specifications. Please specify the reference number, except design serial number, to identify the product when
Single rail code Preload code T: Fine clearance compatible (ZT)
ordering, requesting estimates, or inquiring about specifications from NSK. The reference number is a set number for a Accuracy grade PC: Normal
Series name U: PU, E: PE (with NSK K1) KC: Normal
single rail. For multiple rails, at least two sets of reference numbers are required.
Size Design serial number
2.1 Preloaded assembly type
Rail length (mm) Joint rail code (✻) N: non-jointed rails, L: joint rails
Rail shape code Material/surface treatment K: Stainless steel
S: PU09·12, R: PU05 ·15 PE05·07·09·12, P: PE15 H: Stainless steel + surface treatment
Example: PU 15 0470 AL K 2 ✽✽ P5 1 II
Series name No end code: Single rail, -II: Two rails (✽) (✽) Please contact with NSK for more details regarding joint rails.
Size Preload code 0: Fine clearance (Z0), 1: Slight preload (Z1)

Accuracy grade PN: Normal, P6: Precision, P5: High precision, P4: Super precision
Rail length (mm) (with NSK K1) KN: Normal, K6: Precision, K5: High precision, K4: Super precision
Ball slide shape code Design serial number

3 Accuracy standard
Material/surface treatment K: Stainless steel We offer the following product accuracy grades: Super precision grade P4, High precision grade P5, Precision
H: Stainless steel + surface treatment Number of ball slides per rail
grade P6, and Normal grade PN for preloaded assembly type, and Normal grade PC for interchangeable type.
(✽) Please note that the appropriate design number will be inserted into the reference number and the tag end code (-II) will be omitted.
Table 1 Accuracy standard for preloaded assembly types Unit: µm Table 3 Running parallelism tolerance Unit: µm
Accuracy grade Interchangeable
Accuracy grade Super High Precision Normal Rail length (mm) Preloaded assembly type type
precision precision
2.2 Interchangeable type Item P4 P5 P6 PN over or less P4 P5 P6 PN PC
(1) Reference number for rail and ball slide assembly Mounting height H ±10 ±15 ±20 ±40 50 2 2 4.5 6 6
Variation of Mounting height H 5 7 15 25 50 ~ 80 2 3 5 6 6

(All ball slides on a pair of rails) 80 ~ 125 2 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5
Mounting width dimension W2 or W3 ±15 ±20 ±30 ±50
Example: PU 15 0470 AL K 2 ✽✽ PC T II Variation of Mounting width dimension 7 10 20 30
125 ~ 200 2 4 6 7 7
W2 or W3 (All ball slides on datum rails) 200 ~ 250 2.5 5 7 8 8

Series name No end code: Single rail, -II: Two rails (✽) 250 ~ 315 2.5 5 8 9 9
Running parallelism of face C
against face A 315 ~ 400 3 6 9 11 11
Size Preload code T: Fine clearance compatible (ZT) Refer to Table 3, Fig. 3, Fig. 4
Running parallelism of face D 400 ~ 500 3 6 10 12 12
Accuracy grade PC: Normal
against face B
Rail length (mm) (with NSK K1) KC: Normal
500 ~ 630 3.5 7 12 14 14
630 ~ 800 4.5 8 14 16 16
Ball slide shape code Design serial number
Table 2 Accuracy standard for interchangeable type 800 ~ 1000 5 9 16 18 18
Material/surface treatment K: Stainless steel Unit: µm
H: Stainless steel + surface treatment Number of ball slides per rail 1000 ~ 1250 6 10 17 20 20
Accuracy grade Normal
Item PC
(✽) Please note that the appropriate design number will be inserted into the reference number and the tag end code (-II) will be omitted.
Mounting height H ±20
Variation of Mounting height H (one rail) 15
Variation of Mounting height H (multiple rails) 30
(2) Reference number for ball slide of interchangeable type Mounting width dimension W2 or W3 ±20
Variation of Mounting width dimension 20
W2 or W3 (All ball slides on datum rails)
Running parallelism of face C
against face A Refer to Table 3,
Running parallelism of face D
Example: PA U 15 AL S K against face B
Fig. 3, Fig. 4
Single ball slide code Option code -K: products with NSK K1
Series name U: PU, E: PE Material code S: Stainless steel

C D C D
Size Ball slide shape code
H H
A W2 A W3
B B
Fig. 3 Drawing for accuracy standard Fig. 4 Drawing for accuracy standard
(Mounting width W2) (Mounting width W3)
49 50
NSK Linear Guides Miniature PU Series/PE Series
4 Preload and rigidity 7 Lubrication
We offer three levels of preload: Slight preload (Z1) and Fine clearance (Z0), along with interchangeable types of Selection of grease: Table 10 below shows grease that is suitable for the PU series/PE series. We specify
Fine clearance (ZT). Values for preload and rigidity of the preloaded assembly types are shown in Tables 4 and 5. PS2 as the standard grease for NSK miniature linear guides.
Table 4 Preload and rigidity of preloaded Table 5 Preload and rigidity of preloaded Table 10 Grease list
assembly of PU series assembly of PE series
Base oil kinematic Temperature range
Preload (N) Rigidity (N /µm) Preload (N) Rigidity (N /µm) Grease Thickener Base oil Characteristic Application
viscosity
Model No. Model No. code for use (ºC)
Slight preload (Z1) Slight preload (Z1) Slight preload (Z1) Slight preload (Z1) mm2/s (40ºc)
PS2 Lithium type Synthetic oil + 15 -50 to 110 • Better low temperature and dynamic characteristics
PU05TR 0~ 3 17 PE05AR 0 ~ 28 45 Mineral oil • Suitable for high speed and light load application
LG2 Lithium type Mineral oil + 30 -10 to 80 • Low duct emission grease for clean room application
PU07AR 0~ 8 22 PE07TR 0 ~ 29 46 Synthetic hydrocarbon oil
LGU Diurea type Synthetic hydrocarbon oil 100 -30 to 120 • Low dust emission grease for high temperature,
PU09TR 0 ~ 10 30 PE09TR 0 ~ 37 61 clean room application
PU12TR 0 ~ 17 33 PE12AR 0 ~ 40 63
PU15AL 0 ~ 33 45 PE15AR 0 ~ 49 66
Clearance of fine clearance Z0 is 0-3 µm. Therefore, preload is zero. 8 Dust proofing
Clearance values of the interchangeable types are shown in Tables 6 and 7.
Side seal: Provided to both sides of the ball slide as a standard feature.
Table 6 Clearance of interchangeable Table 7 Clearance of interchangeable
type of PU series Unit: µm type of PE series Unit: µm Bottom seal function: A labyrinth structure of the ball slide bottom face functions as sealing effect.
™ ™
Fine clearance Fine clearance

NSK K1 : Lubrication unit. Tables 11 and 12 shows the related dimensions when attaching NSK K1 .
Model No. Model No.
ZT ZT Table 11 Dimensions when attaching NSK K1 (PU series) Table 12 Dimensions when attaching NSK K1 (PE series)
PU05TR PE05AR Unit: mm Unit: mm
Ball slide length Thickness of Thickness of Ball slide length Thickness of Thickness of
PU07AR PE07TR Model No. when attaching Model No. when attaching
single NSK K1, V1 protection cover, V2 single NSK K1, V1 protection cover, V2
two NSK K1s, L two NSK K1s, L
PU09TR Less than 3 PE09TR Less than 3
PU05TR 24.4 2 0.5 PE05AR 28.9 2 0.4
PU12TR PE12AR
PU07AR 29.4 2.5 0.5 PE07TR 37.1 2.5 0.5
PU15AL PE15AR
PU09TR 36.4 2.7 0.5 PE09TR 46.8 3 0.5
PU12TR 42 3 0.5 PE12AR 53 3.5 0.5
5 Applications PU15AL 51.2 3.5 0.6 PE15AR 66.2 4 0.8
● Smoother motion and low dust generation ✽
Ball slide length when attaching NSK K1 = (“Standard ball slide length”) + (“Thickness of single NSK K1, V1 × Numbers of NSK K1s) + (“Thickness of protection cover”, V2 × 2)
Liquid crystal manufacturing and printed circuit board manufacturing devices
● Lightweight and low dust generation
Semiconductor manufacturing devices (mounter, die bonder, and exposure device)
● Gentler tone and excellent dust proof features
Medical machinery and various precision devices
6 Height and corner configuration of the mount face

Figs. 5, 6 and Tables 8, 9 show the shoulder height and corner radius dimensions, when fixing the linear guide
horizontally by pushing it onto the shoulder (projected portion from the mount face) of the bed or table.
rb
H' rb
H"
ra
ra
Fig. 5 Rail datum face Fig. 6 Ball slide datum face
Table 8 Shoulder height and corner radius Table 9 Shoulder height and corner radius
of the mount face (PU series) Unit: mm of the mount face (PE series) Unit: mm
Corner radius (Maximum) Shoulder height Corner radius (Maximum) Shoulder height
Model No. Model No.
ra rb H’ H”(✽) ra rb H’ H”(✽)
PU05TR 0.2 0.2 0.7 2.3 PE05AR 0.2 0.2 1.1 2.5
PU07AR 0.2 0.3 1.2 2.5 PE07TR 0.2 0.3 1.7 3
PU09TR 0.3 0.3 1.9 2.6 PE09TR 0.3 0.3 3.5 2.8
PU12TR 0.3 0.3 2.5 3.4 PE12AR 0.3 0.3 3.5 3.2
PU15AL 0.3 0.5 3.5 4.4 PE15AR 0.3 0.5 3.5 4.1
(✽)H” is the minimum recommended value based on the (✽)H” is the minimum recommended value based on the
dimension T in Table 13. dimension T in Table 14.
51 52
9 Dimensions
9.1 Rail and ball slide assembly (preloaded type, interchangeable type)
M PO
M PO
L L
Please refer to Table 13 for each part dimension. Please refer to Table 14 for each part dimension.
L1 L1
J1 J1
PU05 PE05
M RO M PO M RO M PO
L L
W L1 W 4-M × L1
B1 B 4-M × J1 J B1 B J1 J
φD φD
T T
K
M YO H K h M YO H h
H1 H1
E φd E B3 φd
B3
W2 W1 F W2 W1 F
G n ×F (G)
G n ×F (G ) PE05, 07, 09, 12
PU05, 07, 09, 12 L0
L0
PE07, 09, 12
M RO M PO PU07, 09, 12 M RO M PO
(N ) L
(N) L
W L1
W 4-M × L1
B1 B 4-M × J1 J B1 B J1 J
φD T1 T1
φD
T
K K
M YO H h M YO H h
H1 H1
E B3 φd E B3 B2 φd
W2 W1 F W2 W1 F
G n ×F (G ) PE15 G n ×F (G)
PU15 L0
L0
PE15
PU15
Fig. 7 Assembly (PU series) Fig. 8 Assembly (PE series)
Table 10 Dimensions (PU series) Unit: mm
Assembly Ball slide Rail Basic load rating (✽) Ball diameter Weight
Model No. Height Width Length Mounting tap hole Grease fitting Width Height Pitch Mounting bolt hole G Maximum Dynamic Static Static moment (N •m) Ball slide Rail
length
H E W2 W L B J M × Pitch× B1 L1 J1 K T Port diameter T1 N W1 H1 F d ×D ×h B3 (recommended) L0max C(N) C0(N) MR0 MP0 MY0 DW (g) (g/100mm)
PU05TR 6 1 3.5 12 19.4 8 — M2× 0.4× 1.5 2 11.4 5.7 5 2.3 — — — 5 3.2 15 2.3× 3.3× 0.8 2.5 5 210 520 775 2 1 1 1 4 11
PU07AR 8 1.5 5 17 23.4 12 8 M2× 0.4× 2.4 2.5 13.3 2.65 6.5 2.45 — — — 7 4.7 15 2.4× 4.2× 2.3 3.5 5 375 1 090 1 370 5 3 3 1.5875 8 23
PU09TR 10 2.2 5.5 20 30 15 10 M3× 0.5× 3 2.5 19.6 4.8 7.8 2.6 — — — 9 5.5 20 3.5× 6× 4.5 4.5 7.5 600 1 490 2 150 10 6 6 1.5875 16 35
PU12TR 13 3 7.5 27 35 20 15 M3× 0.5× 3.5 3.5 20.4 2.7 10 3.4 — — — 12 7.5 25 3.5× 6× 4.5 6 10 800 2 830 3 500 21 11 11 2.3812 32 65
PU15AL 16 4 8.5 32 43 25 20 M3× 0.5× 5 3.5 26.2 3.1 12 4.4 φ3 3.2 (3.3) 15 9.5 40 3.5× 6× 4.5 7.5 15 1 000 5 550 6 600 50 26 26 3.175 59 105
(✽)The basic load rating complies with ISO standards.
Table 11 Dimensions (PE series) Unit: mm
Assembly Ball slide Rail Basic load rating (✽) Ball diameter Weight
Model No. Height Width Length Mounting tap hole Grease fitting Width Height Pitch Mounting bolt hole G Maximum Dynamic Static Static moment (N •m) Ball slide Rail
length
H E W2 W L B J M × Pitch× B1 L1 J1 K T Port diameter T1 N W1 H1 B2 F d ×D ×h B3 (recommended) L0max C(N) C0(N) MR0 MP0 MY0 DW (g) (g/100mm)
PE05AR 6.5 1.4 3.5 17 24.1 13 — M2.5× 0.45× 1.5 2 16.4 8.2 5.1 2.5 — — — 10 4 — 20 3× 5× 1.6 5 7.5 150 690 1 160 6 3 3 1 7 34
PE07TR 9 2 5.5 25 31.1 19 10 M3× 0.5× 2.8 3 20.8 5.4 7 3 — — — 14 5.2 — 30 3.5× 6× 3.2 7 10 600 1 580 2 350 17 7 7 1.5875 19 55
PE09TR 12 4 6 30 39.8 21 12 M3× 0.5× 3 4.5 26.6 7.3 8 2.8 — — — 18 7.5 — 30 3.5× 6× 4.5 9 10 800 3 000 4 500 37 17 17 2 35 95
PE12AR 14 4 8 40 45 28 15 M3× 0.5× 4 6 31 8 10 3.2 — — — 24 8.5 — 40 4.5× 8× 4.5 12 15 1 000 4 350 6 350 71 29 29 2.3812 66 140
PE15AR 16 4 9 60 56.6 45 20 M4× 0.7× 4.5 7.5 38.4 9.2 12 4.1 φ3 3.2 (3.3) 42 9.5 23 40 4.5× 8× 4.5 9.5 15 1 200 7 600 10 400 207 59 59 3.175 140 275
(✽)The basic load rating complies with ISO standards.
53 54
9.2 Interchangeable type
(1) Ball slide of interchangeable types (2) Rail of interchangeable types
Please refer to Table 13 for each part dimension.

Please refer to Table 13 for each part dimension. M PO
L φD
L1
J1 h
H1
B3 φd
PU05 W1 F
G n ×F (G )
PU05, 07, 09, 12, 15 L0
M RO M PO
L
W L1
B1 B 4-M × J1 J Fig. 11 Rail of interchangeable types (PU series)
T
M YO H K
E W2 W1 PU05, 07, 09, 12 PU07, 09, 12
M RO M PO
(N ) L
W L1
B1 B 4-M × J1 J
T1
T
B3
K
M YO H W1
E
PE05, 07, 09, 12
W2 W1 PU15 PU15 φD
h
Fig. 9 Ball slide of interchangeable types (PU series) H1
B3 B2 φd
W1 F
G n ×F (G )
PE15 L0

M PO
L Fig. 12 Rail of interchangeable types (PE series)

L1
J1
PE05
10 Interchangeability with LU series/LE series
M RO M PO
The PU series/PE series is designed to be interchangeable with the LU series/LE series for its mounting
L
dimensions and load ratings(✽).
W L1 Refer to Figs. 7, 8 and Tables 13, 14 for more details.
B1 B 4-M × J1 J
(✽) Not including load rating of PU05 and PE05.
T
K
M YO H
E
W2 W1 PE05, 07, 09, 12 PE07, 09, 12
11 Handling precautions
M RO M PO (1) Resin parts such as the end cap may become damaged when struck or hit.
(2) Maximum operating temperature must be 80˚C or below. Exceeding this limit may damage resin parts.
(N ) L
W 4-M × L1 (3) Maximum operating temperature must be 50˚C (max. momentary 80˚C) when attaching NSK K1TM. Also, avoid
B1 B J1 J exposure to organic solvents with a degreasing effect. Do not immerse in kerosene or rust preventative oil (with
T1
kerosene ingredients).
K
M YO H (4) Handing of interchangeable types
E ➀ Interchangeable ball slide will be delivered with a provisional rail (inserting fixture).
W2 W1 PE15 PE15
➁ Be sure to use the provisional rail when removing ball slide(s) from a rail.
➂ Do not remove the ball slide from provisional rail until inserting into a rail.
Fig. 10 Ball slide of interchangeable types (PE series)
55 56
High-Accuracy Series
Suitable for equipment ranging from machine tools to

high-precision instruments—high-performance linear
guides with premier motion accuracy Patent Pending
Realizing outstanding motion accuracy with high rigidity and High-Accuracy Series
load capacity—High-Accuracy Series high-performance linear
guides, HA Type and HS Type
Trends toward higher performance and enhanced quality of electronics equipment and precision instruments have been High-performance linear guides, High-Accuracy Series
accelerating. At the same time, demand has been growing for highly precise production systems that manufacture such
equipment and instruments. NSK strives to always stay ahead of competition by providing the industry with products
that keep pace with trends and needs of the times. Part of these products are the high-performance linear guides, High-
Accuracy Series. The innovative design makes full use of NSK’s world-class proprietary technologies to achieve high
motion accuracy, high rigidity and high load capacity while reducing frictional resistance.
The High-Accuracy Series is available for machine tools such as machining centers and high-precision lathes, as well as
for high-precision instruments for manufacturing semi-conductors and liquid crystal displays, among other applications,
all of which are required to meet the ever-increasing demand for higher accuracy. These linear
guides are therefore well-suited for a broad variety of machinery and equipment that are
expected to deliver high-level performance. ● Dust proof seals
Highly dust-tight end seals, bottom
seals, and inner seals are built-in as
standard features, facilitating long-term
Features machining capability with high accuracy.
Fig. 1 Fitting positions of each seal
Inner seals
1. High motion accuracy

High motion accuracy is achieved in both narrow and wide ranges by End seals
adopting ultra-long ball slides and optimum design features for the ball
recirculation component.
Bottom seals
HA Type applications
2. Ball passage vibration reduced to one-third
The HA Type linear guides feature improved dust resistance and are
of our conventional models ideal for such machines as machining centers, high-precision lathes
Tests show ball passage vibration has been reduced to one-third of our and grinding machines, for which higher motion accuracy is required.
conventional models, dramatically improving table straightness. In addition, they are suitable for discharge machines because of their
low friction and high rigidity.
3. Installation of rail with greater accuracy
Increased counterbore depth of the rail mounting hole reduces rail
deflection, which is caused by bolt tightening when fixing the rail to the
base component, to 50% or less. This feature restrains the pitching
motion of ball slide whose frequency matches to the mounting hole pitch.
In addition, the length of mounting hole pitch has been reduced by one-
half of the conventional models, so the rail can be more accurately
installed in position.
4. High rigidity and load capacity with lower friction

● Low friction, compact size
High rigidity, high load capacity and low friction are achieved by
● Stainless steel models are also available
increasing the number of balls.
In order to flexibly meet a variety of needs,
stainless steel models that are highly resistant
5. Compact design to corrosion are also optionally available.
Reduced body size enables more compact machinery.
HS Type applications
The HS Type linear guides place special emphasis on lower frictional
resistance and compactness and are therefore best suited for dicers,
Table 1 Examples of High-Accuracy Series applications (based on actual results) slicers and various manufacturing devices for semi-conductors and
Application Adverse effects from ball passage vibration Advantages of High-Accuracy Series
liquid crystal displays, for which high-grade accurate surface finish
operations are required, including measuring instruments for making
Machining center, grinding ● Ultra-long ball slides control posture changes in highly accurate measurements.
Poor finish of worked surface
machine, dicer, and slicer bearing which may be caused by ball passage
vibration and rail waviness.
Coater (linear motion type) Uneven coated surface of resist ● Optimum design of ball recirculation components
enables the ball to move smoothly and restrain
Flaw nearly twice as large as ball diameter ball passage vibration.
Plastics processing equipment
in pitch occurs in worked surface ● Deep counterbore of mounting hole for rail
contributes to reducing possible rail deformation
High-precision table Deterioration in motion accuracy of table and restricting ball slide pitching motion.
59 60
High-Accuracy Series
Test results of ball passage vibration High rigidity and high load capacity with low friction
Ball passage vibration can translate into posture changes in the ball slide which result from ball passage (circulation). Substantially increasing the number of balls in both HA Type and HS Type achieves higher rigidity and load
In the High-Accuracy Series, this vibration has been substantially reduced to one-third of conventional models. capacity as well as reduced frictional resistance, compared to our conventional models.
HA Type HS Type
t 380
p oin For example, compared with LA35, the following HA models For example, compared with LS30, the following HS models
ent feature: feature:
em
a sur 460 ● the same dynamic load rating, at one size smaller (HA30)
Me ● the same dynamic load rating, at one size smaller (HS25)
● the same rigidity, at two sizes smaller (HA25) ● the same rigidity, at three sizes smaller (HS15)
● 120% higher rigidity with one-sixth friction (HA35) ● 110% higher rigidity with one-fifth friction (HS30)
Fig. 5 Comparisons of dynamic load rating Fig. 8 Comparisons of dynamic load rating
200 000 80 000 LS
LA
500
HA HS
70 000
Dynamic load rating C [N]
Dynamic load rating C [N]

160 000
60 000
240
50 000
120 000 One size smaller
One size smaller 40 000
Fig. 2 Schematic view of measurement of ball passage vibration 80 000 30 000
20 000
40 000
HA Type HA Type 10 000
four ball slides 0.12 m
0 0
25 30 35 45 55 15 20 25 30 35
Model No.: HA30 Straightness Model No. Model No.
Preload: Z3
Table dimensions: 460mm × 380mm
Fig. 6 Comparisons of rigidity Fig. 9 Comparisons of rigidity
Strokes: 200mm
2 500 LA 1 200 LS
The same table is used.
HA HS
Conventional models 1 000
0.37 m
2 000 Three sizes smaller
Two sizes smaller
Rigidity [N/ m]
Rigidity [N/ m]
800
Model No.: LA30 1 500
Straightness
Preload: Z3 600
Table dimensions: 460mm × 380mm 1 000
Conventional model 400
eight ball slides Strokes: 200mm
500
200
Fig. 3 Measurement results of HA Type and conventional models
0 0
25 30 35 45 55 15 20 25 30 35
HS Type HS Type Model No. Model No.
four ball slides 0.12 m
Model No.: HS30

Straightness Fig. 7 Comparisons of dynamic friction force and rigidity Fig. 10 Comparisons of dynamic friction force and rigidity
Preload: Z1 80 8
1 600 Z3 rigidity for LA Z3 dynamic friction force for LA 800 Z3 rigidity for LS Z3 dynamic friction force for LS
Table dimensions: 460mm × 380mm Z1 rigidity for HA Z1 dynamic friction force for HA 70 Z1 rigidity for HS Z1 dynamic friction force for HS 7
1 400 700
Dynamic friction force [N]
Dynamic friction force [N]

One-sixth of dynamic friction
Strokes: 200mm 60 6
1 200 force while improving 600 One-fifth of dynamic friction
Rigidity [N/ m]
Rigidity [N/ m]
50 force while improving 5
1 000 rigidity to 120% 500
Conventional models rigidity to 110%
40 4
0.36 m 800 400
30 3
Model No.: LS30 600 300
Straightness 20 2
Preload: Z1 400 200
10 1
Table dimensions: 460mm × 380mm 200 100
Conventional model 0 0
eight ball slides Strokes: 200mm 0 0
25 30 35 45 55 15 20 25 30 35
Fig. 4 Measurement results of HS Type and conventional models Model No. Model No.
61 62
Extensive selection of accuracy grades Option for higher functionality High-Accuracy Series
Accuracy standard and preload

Long-term, maintenance-free operation l
Three accuracy grades are available: ultra super precision P3, super precision P4, and high precision P5. iona
Opt
Slight preload Z1 and medium preload Z3 are available for preload, which can be selected for specific applications. The NSK K1 lubrication unit can be installed to ensure long-term, maintenance-free
operation.
Table 2 Accuracy standard unit: µm
Fig. 11 Mounting width (W2) and running parallelism
Accuracy grade Ultra super Super High
precision precision precision Table 5 Dimensions of linear guides equipped with NSK K1 lubrication unit
Items P3 P4 P5 C D HA Type HS Type
unit: mm unit: mm
Assembly height H ±10 ±10 ±20
Variation of assembly height H 3 5 7 Ball slide length Thickness of Ball slide length Thickness of
Thickness of Thickness of
(All slides on a pair of rails) Model No. equipped with protection Model No. equipped with protection
NSK K1, V1 NSK K1, V1
two NSK K1, L cover, V2 two NSK K1, L cover, V2
Mounting width W2 or W3 ±15 ±15 ±25
H
Variation of mounting width W2 or W3 3 7 10 HA25 159.8 5.0 1.0 HS15 115.6 4.0 0.8
(All slides on datum rails)
Running parallelism of face C against face A Refer to Table 3 for tolerance. HA30 190.2 5.5 1.0 HS20 130.3 4.5 0.8
Running parallelism of face D against face B See Fig. 11 and Fig.12.
W2 HA35 216.6 5.5 1.0 HS25 158.6 4.5 0.8
Table 3 Running parallelism tolerance unit: µm
B HA45 248.4 6.5 1.0 HS30 188.1 5.0 1.0
Accuracy grade
Total rail length (mm) P3 P4 P5 HA55 299.4 6.5 1.0 HS35 216.6 5.5 1.0
Over—200 or less00 2 2 4 Fig. 12 Mounting width (W3) and running parallelism
200—25000 2 2.5 5
250—31500 2 2.5 5 C D L
315—40000 2 3 6 V1 V2 V2 V1 End seal
400—50000 2 3 6
500—63000 2 3.5 7
630—80000 2 4.5 8
H
800—1 000 2.5 5 9
1 000—1 250 3 6 10
1 250—1 600 4 7 11
1 600—2 000 4.5 8 13
W3 Protection cover NSK K1
2 000—2 500 5 10 15
2 500—3 150 6 11 17 B Fig. 13 Ball slide equipped with NSK K1
3 150—4 000 9 16 23
● Ball slide length equipped with NSK K1 = (Standard bearing length) + (Thickness of NSK K1, V1 × Number of NSK K1) + (Thickness of
Table 4 Preload and rigidity protection cover, V2 × 2)
HA Type HS Type
Preload (N) Rigidity (N/µm) Preload (N) Rigidity (N/µm)
Model No. Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload Model No. Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload
(Z1) (Z3) (Z1) (Z3) (Z1) (Z3) (Z1) (Z3)
HA25 735 2 990 635 1 030 HS15 98 785 260 530 l
iona
HA30 1 030 4 400 880 1 270 HS20 147 1 030 305 600
Pioneering in the industry with super-finished ball groove feature Opt
HA35 1 470 6 100 1 030 1 620 HS25 245 1 620 385 735
HA45 1 960 8 150 1 230 2 060 HS30 390 2 550 505 965 The super-finished ball groove with a super-precision rolling groove is also available as an option for even
HA55 3 150 13 100 1 520 2 450 HS35 590 3 550 610 1 140 higher accuracy.
(The super-finished ball groove can be applied for the ultra super precision P3 grade.)
The specification number indicates main specifications through numbers and codes. The specification number is
used until the final reference number, indicated in a specification drawing, is assigned upon confirming
specifications with the user. The reference number consists of the specification code, the design serial number,
and additional information as applicable.
Example: HS 30 1000 AL C 2 - ✽ ✽ K5 1 -
Series code No code : One rail
II : Two rails (*2) Precautions for proper use and handling
Size No.
Preload code
Rail length, mm 1: Slight preload 2: Medium preload
● Balls will fall out if a bearing is removed from the rail. Also, remember the bearing may shift and fall out if the rail is
Ball slide shape code Accuracy grade
AN: Square, AL: Low square, EM: Flange Without K1 P3: Ultra super precision, P4: Super precision, tilted without a stopper.
P5: High precision
(✽1) Material and surface treatment code With K1 K3: Ultra super precision, K4: Super precision, ● Take appropriate safety measures against falling loads when mounting the bearing upside down (e.g., when using
C: Special high-carbon steel K5: High precision
K: Stainless steel the bearing facing downward from a ceiling-mounted rail).
(✽2) Design serial number
D: Special high-carbon steel + Surface treatment
H: Stainless steel + Surface treatment Number of ball slides per rail ● Ensure that ambient temperature does not exceed 50˚C (80˚C, instantaneous) when installing NSK K1. In addition,
(✽1) Surface treatment is provided by low-temperature black chrome plating (black surface coating by electrolytic protection against corrosion).
Optional low-temperature chrome plating treatment that further improves anticorrosion properties by means of fluorocarbon resin coating is also available. do not allow the unit to come into contact with degreasing organic solvents.
(✽2) Design serial number is appended to delivery reference number (model number), which in turn does not reflect the final number.
63 64
Dimensions of HA Type High-Accuracy Series
Three HA Type linear guides are available in the High-Accuracy Series: AN Type, AL Type, and EM Type, any of Fig. 15 AL Type
which can be selected for specific applications. M RO M PO
L
W L1
B1 B 8-M× J1 J
J2
T φD T1
K
M YO H
h
H1
E
Fig. 14 AN Type
B3 φd
W2 W1 F
M RO M PO G n×F (G)
L0
L
W L1
B1 B 8-M× J1 J
J2
φD
T1
T
K
M YO H h
H1
E Fig. 16 EM Type
B3 φd
F M RO M PO
W2 W1 G n×F (G)
L0
W L
8-M× L1
B1 B J1 J
(Diameter Q2) φD J2
T T1
K
M YO H h
H1
E
φd
B3 F
W2 W1 G n×F (G)
L0
Table 6 Assembly dimensions for AN Type and AL Type

Assembly dimension Ball slide dimension Rail dimension Basic load rating Ball diameter Weight
Model No. Hole position Tapped hole Grease nipple Rail Rail Bolt Maximum Dynamic Static Static moment (N•m) Ball
Height Width Length width height pitch Bolt hole Rail
G length slide
H E W2 W L B J J2 M × pitch × B1 L1 J1 K T Mounting hole T1 N W1 H1 F d× D× h B3 (recommended) L0max C (N) C0 (N) MRO MPO MYO DW (kg) (kg/m)
HA25AN 40 5.5 12.5 48 147.8 35 100 50 M6 ×1.0 × 10 6.5 126 13 34.5 12 M6× 0.75 10 11 23 22 30 7 × 11× 16.5 11.5 20 3 960 54 000 115 000 670 2 060 2 060 3.968 1.2 3.7
HA30AN 45 7.5 16 60 177.2 40 120 60 M8 × 1.25 × 11 10 149 14.5 37.5 14 M6× 0.75 9.5 11 28 28 40 9 × 14 × 21 14 20 4 000 79 500 166 000 1 140 3 550 3 550 4.762 1.8 5.8
HA35AN 55 47.5 15 3.0
7.5 18 70 203.6 50 140 70 M8 × 1.25 × 12 10 173 16.5 15 M6× 0.75 11 34 30.8 40 9 ×14 ×23.5 17 20 4 000 111 000 226 000 1 950 5 650 5 650 5.556 7.7
HA35AL 48 40.5 8 2.6
HA45AN 70 20 6.0
10 20.5 86 233.4 60 160 80 M10 × 1.5 × 16 13 197 18.5 60 17 Rc1/8 13 45 36 52.5 14 ×20 ×27 22.5 22.5 3 990 147 000 295 000 3 700 8 450 8 450 6.350 12.0
HA45AL 60 10 5.0
HA55AN 80 21 9.4
12 23.5 100 284.4 75 206 103 M12 × 1.75 × 18 12.5 245 19.5 68 18 Rc1/8 13 53 43.2 60 16 ×23 ×32.5 26.5 30 3 960 232 000 445 000 6 500 15 400 15 400 7.937 17.2
HA55AL 70 11 7.8
Table 7 Assembly dimensions for EM Type

Model No. Hole position Tapped hole Drill hole Grease nipple Rail Rail Bolt Maximum Dynamic Static Static moment (N•m) Ball
G length slide
H E W2 W L B J J2 M × pitch × Diameter Q2 B1 L1 J1 K T Mounting hole T1 N W1 H1 F d× D× h B3 (recommended) L0max C (N) C0 (N) MRO MPO MYO DW (kg) (kg/m)
HA25EM 36 5.5 23.5 70 147.8 57 100 50 M8 × 1.25× 10 6.8 6.5 126 13 30.5 11 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22 30 7 × 11 × 16.5 11.5 20 3 960 54 000 11 500 670 2 060 2 060 3.968 1.6 3.7
HA30EM 42 7.5 31 90 177.2 72 120 60 M10 × 1.5× 12 8.6 9 149 14.5 34.5 11 M6×0.75 6.5 11 28 28 40 9 × 14 × 21 14 20 4 000 79 500 166 000 1 140 3 550 3 550 4.762 2.6 5.8
HA35EM 48 7.5 33 100 203.6 82 140 70 M10 × 1.5× 13 8.6 9 173 16.5 40.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 34 30.8 40 9 × 14 × 23.5 17 20 4 000 111 000 226 000 1 950 5 650 5 650 5.556 3.8 7.7
HA45EM 60 10 37.5 120 233.4 100 160 80 M12 × 1.75× 15 10.5 10 197 18.5 50 13 Rc1/8 10 13 45 36 52.5 14 × 20 × 27 22.5 22.5 3 990 147 000 295 000 3 700 8 450 8 450 6.350 6.6 12.0
HA55EM 70 12 43.5 140 284.4 116 206 103 M14 × 2 × 21 12.5 12 245 19.5 58 15 Rc1/8 11 13 53 43.2 60 16 × 23 × 32.5 26.5 30 3 960 232 000 445 000 6 500 15 400 15 400 7.937 11 17.2
65 66
Dimensions of HS Type High-Accuracy Series
Two HS Type linear guides are available in the High-Accuracy Series: AL Type and EM Type, any of which can be
selected for specific applications.
Fig. 17 AL Type Fig. 18 EM Type
M PO M PO
M RO M RO
L L
W L1 W L1
B1 B 6-M× J1 J B1 B 6-M× J1 J
J2 (Diameter Q2) J2
φD T1 φD T1
T T
K K
M YO H M YO H
h h
H1 H1
E E
B3 φd B3 φd
W2 W1 F W2 W1 F
G n×F (G) G n×F (G)
L0 L0
Table 8 Assembly dimensions for AL Type

Model No. Hole position Tapped hole Grease nipple Rail Rail Bolt Maximum Dynamic Static Static moment (N•m) Ball
G length slide
H E W2 W L B J J2 M × pitch × B1 L1 J1 K T Mounting hole T1 N W1 H1 F d× D× h B3 (recommended) L0max C (N) C0 (N) MRO MPO MYO DW (kg) (kg/m)
(✽) 3.5× 6× 8.5 2 000

HS15AL 24 4.6 9.5 34 106 26 60 30 M4× 0.7× 6 4 89.2 14.6 19.4 10 φ3 6 3 15 12.5 30 7.5 20 15 300 40 000 199 395 335 2.778 0.34 1.4
4.5× 7.5× 8.5 (1 700)
3 960
HS20AL 28 6 11 42 119.7 32 80 40 M5× 0.8× 7 5 102.5 11.25 22 12 M6× 0.75 5.5 11 20 15.5 30 6× 9.5× 10.5 10 20 20 400 52 000 350 590 495 3.175 0.52 2.3
(3 500)
3 960
HS25AL 33 7 12.5 48 148 35 100 50 M6× 1× 9 6.5 126.4 13.2 26 12 M6× 0.75 7 11 23 18 30 7× 11× 12 11.5 20 32 000 78 000 605 1 090 910 3.968 0.85 3.1
(3 500)
4 000
HS30AL 42 9 16 60 176.1 40 120 60 M8× 1.25× 12 10 150.7 15.35 33 13 M6× 0.75 8 11 28 23 40 7× 11× 16 14 20 51 500 127 000 1 190 2 120 1 780 4.762 1.7 4.8
(3 500)
4 000
HS35AL 48 10.5 18 70 203.6 50 140 70 M8× 1.25× 12 10 175.6 17.8 37.5 14 M6× 0.75 8.5 11 34 27.5 40 9× 14× 20 17 20 71 500 172 000 1 980 3 350 2 820 5.556 2.5 7.0
(3 500)
✽
( ) The standard rail mounting bolt hole for HS15 is specified as the hole for M3 (3.5×6×8.5). Please contact us to request a different hole for M4 (4.5×7.5×8.5).
Table 9 Assembly dimensions for EM Type Dimensions in parentheses apply to stainless steel models.
Model No. Hole position Tapped hole Drill hole Grease nipple Rail Rail Bolt Maximum Dynamic Static Static moment (N•m) Ball
G length slide
H E W2 W L B J J2 M × pitch × Diameter Q2 B1 L1 J1 K T Mounting Hole T1 N W1 H1 F d× D× h B3 (recommended) L0max C (N) C0 (N) MRO MPO MYO DW (kg) (kg/m)
(✽) 3.5× 6× 8.5 2 000

HS15EM 24 4.6 18.5 52 106 41 60 30 M5×0.8×7 4.4 5.5 89.2 14.6 19.4 8 φ3 6 3 15 12.5 30 7.5 20 15 300 40 000 199 395 335 2.778 0.45 1.4
4.5× 7.5× 8.5 (1 700)
M6×1.0×9 3 960
HS20EM 28 6 19.5 59 119.7 49 80 40 5.3 5 102.5 11.25 22 10 M6× 0.75 5.5 11 20 15.5 30 6× 9.5× 10.5 10 20 20 400 52 000 350 590 495 3.175 0.67 2.3
(M6×1.0×9.5) (3 500)
M8×1.25×10 11 3 960
HS25EM 33 7 25 73 148 60 100 50 6.8 6.5 126.4 13.2 26 M6× 0.75 7 11 23 18 30 7× 11× 12 11.5 20 32 000 78 000 605 1 090 910 3.968 1.3 3.1
(M8×1.25×11.5) (12) (3 500)
M10×1.5×12 11 4 000
HS30EM 42 9 31 90 176.1 72 120 60 8.6 9 150.7 15.35 33 M6× 0.75 8 11 28 23 40 7× 11× 16 14 20 51 500 127 000 1 190 2 120 1 780 4.762 2.4 4.8
(M10×1.5×14.5) (15) (3 500)
M10×1.5×13 12 4 000
HS35EM 48 10.5 33 100 203.6 82 140 70 8.6 9 175.6 17.8 37.5 M6× 0.75 8.5 11 34 27.5 40 9× 14× 20 17 20 71 500 172 000 1 980 3 350 2 820 5.556 3.4 7.0
(M10×1.5×14.5) (15) (3 500)
(✽) The standard rail mounting bolt hole for HS15 is specified as the hole for M3 (3.5×6×8.5). Please contact us to request a different hole for M4 (4.5×7.5×8.5).
Dimensions in parentheses apply to stainless steel models.
67 68
New Type of Rolling Element
Linear Motion Bearing
Translide ™
Extended lineup with individual parts for rails and

Patent Pending
sliders available for purchase. Innovative rolling
element linear motion bearing achieves superior cost
effectiveness. Standard features include NSK K1™ Extended
lubrication unit and high performance seal; Lineup
especially suitable for transport equipment.
Inexpensive linear guide realized through Extended lineup to answer various
an unprecedented manufacturing process market demands
New Type of Rolling Element Linear Motion Bearing—Translide TM

5 Reference Number
Translide , a new type of rolling element linear motion bearing, is well suited to transportation
™ Reference numbers are assigned to identify a Translide after finalizing all specifications. These reference
equipment; for example, manufacturing lines of automobiles, automobile parts, and the like. It numbers will be shown on a specification drawing. Please specify the reference number to identify the
defies all traditional understanding within the industry in every aspect, and is surely a landmark product when ordering.
in the progress of linear motion bearing technology.
5.1 Assembled Type
1 Features
Example: TS 30 2400 AN P 2 - KL S
Inexpensive • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Newly developed manufacturing process of rail, and design review of ball slide
contribute to substantial cost reductions. Preload code S: Clearance of 60 m or less
High capacity • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Optimum ball diameter for higher capacity design. Translide Accuracy grade KL: Normal grade for transportation
High dust proof capability • • • • • • • Dust-tight high performance end seals, bottom seals, and inner seals are built-in
as a standard feature. (Optional protector is available for protection against hot Design serial number
debris such as welding spatters or hard contamination.) Model number
Maintenance free • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • NSK K1™ lubrication unit is equipped as a standard specification for long-term Number of ball sliders assembled to a rail
maintenance-free operation.
Rail length (mm) Surface treatment/Rails design code
Rust prevention • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • NSK provides a lineup of products with antirust surface treatment for
corrosive environments. P: No surface treatment/Counterbores on a rail top face (Type I)
V: No surface treatment/Tapped holes on a rail bottom face (Type II)
Interchangeable rails and • • • • • • • • Launched interchangeable type of rails and ball slides for random matching. Shape code of ball slide
ball slides (New product) R: Fluoride low temperature chrome plating/Counterbores on the
top face of rail (Type I)
W: Fluoride low temperature chrome plating/Tapped holes on the
bottom face of rail (Type II)
2 Structure
Enhanced dustproof design and simple structure has contributed toward longer life. (Refer to Fig. 1)
Inner seal
5.2 Interchangeable
(1) Interchangeable ball slide
Example: TAS 30 AN - F
Translide: Interchangeable ball slide
Bottom seal
No code: No surface treatment + AV2 Grease
Model number
F: Fluoride low temperature chrome plating + AV2 Grease
Shape code of ball slide F50: Fluoride low temperature chrome plating + LG2 Grease
End seal (2) Interchangeable rail

(high performance seal) NSK K1™ lubrication unit
Fig. 1 Structure
Example: T1S 30 2400 L P N T PL S
Balls are glued to the tracks in order to take this picture.
Translide: Interchangeable rail Clearance code S: Clearance of 60 m or less

3 Accuracy and Clearance Model number
Accuracy grade PL: Normal grade for transportation
Rail length (mm)
Accuracy grade: Normal grade for transportation Running parallelism: 100 µm or less Clearance: 60 µm or less
Design serial number
Surface treatment/Rail design code
P: No surface treatment/Counterbores on a rail top face (Type I)
V: No surface treatment/Tapped holes on a rail bottom face (Type II)
4 Application R: Fluoride low temperature chrome plating/Counterbores on a rail
Butting rail code
N: No butting
top face (Type I)
Suitable for transporting equipment •••••• Automobile manufacturing, machine tools (loader/un-loader), W: Fluoride low temperature chrome plating/Tapped holes on a rail
L: Rail for butting
tire manufacturing equipment, woodworking machines, bottom face (Type II)
automatic doors, and the like.
71 72
Availability of separate rails and sliders reflects
users’ purchase needs New Type of Rolling Element Linear Motion Bearing Translide™
6 Dimensions 7 Result of Endurance Test

Deterioration in surface roughness is not observed on ball tracks of a rail after running the
6.1 Assembled Type distance of the estimated life. (Refer to Fig. 2)
Dimensions are shown in Table 1.
Before the test
M PO
M RO
L
W L1
B 4-M 1 × 1 N J
Rail design: Type I
φD T1
M YO H K hh JAPAN
H1
E
φd
W1
F
G n×F (G)
Rail design: Type II

After the test
M2 × Note: Alvania No.2 (AV2) grease is

F 2
packed in the ball slides.
Ball track testing point
6.2 Interchangeable Type

(1) Interchangeable ball slide
Refer to Table 1 for details of dimensions.

M PO
M RO
L
W L1 Fig. 2 Comparison of surface roughness before and after the test
B N J
T1 Precautions for using Translide™

M YO H K Please follow the precautions below for your safety.
E ● Ambient temperature: 50˚C maximum (80˚C, instantaneous), Maximum speed: 200 m/min.
W1 ● Allowable mounting accuracy: Parallelism of two sets: 100 µm, Height variation of two sets: 500 µm/500 mm.
● Consult with NSK when using a Translide in a single rail configuration.
● Be sure to take safety measures against falling loads if you mount a Translide upside down.
(2) Interchangeable rail ● Never use in an environment where degreasing solvents are present.
● Balls fall out if a ball slide is removed from a rail. Use a provisional rail if you need to dismount a ball slide
from a rail. NSK assembles interchangeable ball slides on provisional rails for shipping. Take great care when
Refer to 6.1 Assembled Type for rail type, and Table 1 for details of dimensions. inserting a ball slide in a rail.
Table 1 Dimensions Unit: mm

Assembly Ball slide Rail Basic load rating Ball diameter Mass
Allowable static
Model number Height Width Length Tapped hole Grease fitting Width Height Pitch Type I Type II G Max. length Dynamic Static moment load (N•m) Ball slide Rail
Dw
H ±0.1 E W L B J M1 × Pitch × 1 L1 K Screw size T1 N W1 H1 F d×D×h M2 × Pitch × 2 (Recommended) L0max✽ C (N) C0 (N) MR0 MP0 MY0 (kg) (kg/m)
TS15AN 28 3 34 72.2 26 26 M4 × 0.7 × 6 39 25 3 6.5 (5) 15 14 120 4.5 × 7.5 × 5.3 M4 × 0.7 × 6 20 1 960 9 800 11 800 92 64 64 3.968 0.21 1.5
TS20AN 30 3 44 87 32 36 M5 × 0.8 × 8 50 27 M6 × 0.75 6.5 (14) 20 15 120 6 × 9.5 × 8.5 M5 × 0.8 × 8 20 2 920 15 700 19 100 196 137 137 4.762 0.37 2.1
TS25AN 40 4 48 100 35 35 M6 × 1 × 9 58 36 M6 × 0.75 9.5 (14) 23 20 120 7 × 11 × 9 M6 × 1 × 9 20 4 000 21 800 26 000 320 217 217 5.556 0.47 3.4
TS30AN 45 6.5 60 115 40 40 M8 × 1.25 × 10 70 38.5 M6 × 0.75 9.5 (14) 28 25 160 9 × 14 × 12 M8 × 1.25 × 12 20 4 040✽✽ 31 000 37 500 565 395 395 6.350 0.77 5.3
TS35AN 55 8 70 135.8 50 50 M8 × 1.25 × 12 81.8 47 M6 × 0.75 12 (14) 34 30 160 9 × 14 × 12 M8 × 1.25 × 12 20 4 040✽✽ 46 500 53 000 970 635 635 7.937 1.3 7.7
✽ Fora rail over the maximum length, rails for butting connection are available. Please consult with NSK. The basic dynamic load rating C is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide
✽✽ The maximum length of fluoride low temperature chrome plated products is 4 000 (G=80). mounting surface. To convert C to C100 for a 100 km fatigue life, divide C by 1.26.
73 74
NSK Linear GuidesTM for
Contaminated Environments
V1 Series
NSK’s advanced, high-performance seal dramatically

reduces the entry of fine contaminants to less than
one-tenth of existing products and provides five-times
longer service life. Patent Pending
75
With dramatically improved sealing performance, NSK Linear Guides for Contaminated Environments V1 Series
the V1 Series delivers outstanding functionality and
long operating life under contaminated environments. Applications High-performance end seal
Protector NSK K1
(optional)
NSK V1 Series linear guides are designed to dramatically improve sealing capability for machinery such as equipment used for Woodworking machines
woodworking and graphite milling, which is exposed to fine particles and requires protection against the entry of fine contaminants. Graphite milling machines
By adopting high-performance seals and the proven NSK K1, the V1 Series reduces the entry of fine contaminants into ball slides to
less than one-tenth of existing products and realizes outstanding lubrication performance. Operating life is five times longer in dusty Buff polishers for tires
environments.
As a result, the V1 Series linear guides are extremely reliable and demonstrate excellent capability in contaminated environments. Laser cutting machines
Welding lines
Conveyers and others Structure of V1 Series
Features
Comparison with NSK standard products:
Specifications
Less
Less than
than 1/10 the
the level
level of
of fine
fine contaminants
contaminants
1. High-performance end seals
Results of dust-proof tests reveal that the entry of fine NSK K1™ High-performance side seals with a multi-lip structure prevent the
contaminants is reduced to less than one-tenth of entry of various foreign matters.
existing standard series due to improvements in sealing
capability. V1 Series
2. NSK K1™ lubrication unit (standard)
Test conditions Outstanding lubrication support of NSK K1™ further improves
Specimen VH30AN sealing capability and durability. Additional NSK K1™ units can be
Standard mounted for specific usage conditions and environments.
Speed 16.7 mm/sec
Note: Two K1™ units, one at each end, are mounted as standard equipment on
Graphite powder (average grain size: each ball slide of the V1 Series.
Foreign matter
0.037 mm) and Grease 0 0.02 0.04 0.06
Penetration of foreign matter, g 3. Caps for rail mounting holes enhance
Operating
Operating life
life under
under contaminated
contaminated environments
environments is
is
sealing performance
Sealing the holes for mounting bolts to eliminate the accumulation
more
more than
than
5
times
times longer
longer
of foreign matter prevents the entry of contaminants into ball slides.
Note: Bolt hole caps are packed in linear guides prior to delivery.
Durability test with rubber fragments
Extreme durability tests under contaminated environments 4. Surface treatment
using rubber fragments show that durability of the V1 Two types of surface treatment that are optimum for linear guides
Series extended more than five times longer than the are available: low-temperature chrome plating and low-temperature
existing standard series, as shown in the graph.
V1 Series High-performance end seal fluorinated chrome plating.
Test conditions
VH30AN, preload with Z1
5. Protector (optional)
Specimen Non-contact metal protectors can be installed on the exterior of the
(preload of 245 N)
Rail orientation Horizontal (wall mount) Standard
end seal to protect the seal from heat and hard dust particles.
Speed 500 mm/sec
Lubrication Grease (charged only at the beginning) 6. Tapped holes on a rail bottom face (optional)
Foreign matter Rubber fragments 0 250 500 750 1 000 1 250 1 500 In addition to standard mounting bolt holes (counterbores on a rail
Running distance, km
top face), a specification for tapped holes on a rail bottom face for
enhanced sealing capability is available for the V1 Series.
Durability test with fine wood particles Before passage of ball slide After passage of ball slide
Extreme durability tests in a contaminated environment using (Significant foreign matter remains (All foreign matter is swept away) Notes:
fine wood particles show that durability of the V1 Series is after passage of the slider)
● Accuracy grade is compatible with high grade (K6) and normal grades (KN
more than doubled compared to the standard series, as Because poor sealing capability allows foreign matter to enter the slider,
and KC)
shown in the graph. foreign matter remains on the rail after the slider passes.
V1 Series ● Minimum rail length for production is 400 mm.
Test conditions ● Tapping pitch is the same as the pitch for regular mounting bolt holes.
Please refer to the dimensions provided in Table 10–12.
VH30AN, preload with Z1
Specimen
(preload of 3 200 N) ● Estimate the length of the bolt by adding 2–5 mm extra length to the
Rail orientation Horizontal (wall mount) Standard effective depth of tapping.
Feed rate 400 mm/sec
Lubrication Grease (charged only at the beginning)
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Foreign matter Fine wood particles
Running distance, km
77 78
Selection Many variations are available for different environments and applications. Please refer to the following lists of
products, mounting methods, and material and surface treatment to determine the specifications for your needs. NSK Linear Guides for Contaminated Environments V1 Series
Reference number Accuracy

The reference number may be used as a guide prior to finalizing specifications. The components of the reference number
Table 7 Accuracy standard for preloaded assembly types
represent particular specifications; therefore when requesting estimates or inquiring about specifications, please refer to the Unit: µm
reference number, except the design number. The reference numbers also identify single rail specifications. At least two sets Accuracy Grade Ultra super precision Super precision High precision Precision Normal
of reference numbers are required for multiple rails. Item K3 K4 K5 K6 KN
Mounting height H ±10 ±10 ±20 ±40 ±80
Example: VH 30 1000 AN C 2 - K5 1 - Variations of mounting height H 3 5 7 15 25

(All ball slides on a pair of rails)
No code: single rail Mounting width dimensions W2 or W3 ±15 ±15 ±25 ±50 ±100
Series name II: two rails✻
Variation of mounting width dimensions W2 or W3 3 7 10 20 30
Size No. Preload code: refer to Table 5
(All ball slides on datum rails)
Rail length (mm) Accuracy grade code: refer to Table 4

Running parallelism of face C against face A
Refer to Table 9, Fig. 1 and Fig. 2
Running parallelism of face D against face B
Ball slide shape code: refer to Table 1 Design serial number
Material/surface treatment code: refer to Table 3 Number of ball slides per rail
Table 8 Accuracy standard for interchangeable type
Unit: µm
* Please note that the appropriate design number will be inserted into the reference number and the end code (-II) will be omitted.
Normal
Accuracy grade
KC
Table 1 V1 Series product line Types
VH15, 20, 25, 30, 35 VH45, 55
Ball slide shape code/mounting code Item
Assembly Square type Flange type Mounting H ±20 ±30
Length of ball slides
height For both tapped and
Tapped mounting holes Tapped mounting holes Bolt mounting hole Variation of mounting height H (one rail) 15 20
bolt mounting holes
Variation of mounting height H (multiple rails) 30 35
Standard (high load) AN — — —
High type Mounting width dimension W2 or W3 ±30 ±35
Long (super high load) BN — — —
Variation of mounting width dimension W2 or W3 25 30
Standard (high load) AL EL FL EM
Low type Running parallelism of face C against face A
Long (super high load) BL GL HL GM Refer to Table 9, Fig. 1 and Fig. 2
Table 2 Ball slide mounting methods
Square type Flange type Table 9 Running parallelism tolerance Unit: µm
Fig. 1 Drawing for accuracy standard (mounting with W2)
For both tapped and Accuracy grade Interchangeable
Tapped mounting holes Tapped mounting holes Bolt mounting hole C D Preloaded assembly types type
bolt mounting holes Rail length (mm)
over or less K3 K4 K5 K6 KN KC
50 2 2 2 4.5 6 6
H 50—0 080 2 2 3 5 6 6
80— 0125 2 2 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5
125—0 200 2 2 4 6 7 7
W2
200—0 250 2 2.5 5 7 8 8
B 250—0 315 2 2.5 5 8 9 9
315—0 400 2 3 6 9 11 11
Table 3 Material and surface treatment Fig. 2 Drawing for accuracy standard (mounting with W3) 400—0 500 2 3 6 10 12 12
500—0 630 2 3.5 7 12 14 14
Code Content Code Content C D
630—0 800 2 4.5 8 14 16 16
C Special carbon steel (NSK standard) + counterbores on a rail top face V Special carbon steel (NSK standard) + tapped holes on a rail bottom face
800—1 000 2.5 5 9 16 18 18
K Stainless steel + counterbores on a rail top face J Stainless steel + tapped holes on a rail bottom face 1 000—1 250 3 6 10 17 20 20
H
D Special carbon steel + surface treatment + counterbores on a rail top face W Special carbon steel + surface treatment + tapped holes on a rail bottom face 1 250—1 600 4 7 11 19 23 23
H Stainless steel + surface treatment + counterbores on a rail top face S Stainless steel + surface treatment + tapped holes on a rail bottom face 1 600—2 000 4.5 8 13 21 26 26
Z Others, special Only VH15, 20, 25 and 30 are available with stainless steel. 2 000—2 500 5 10 15 22 29 29
W3
2 500—3 150 6 11 17 25 32 32
Table 4 Accuracy grade Table 5 Preload types B
3 150—4 000 9 16 23 30 34 34
Preloaded assembly types Interchangeable Preloaded assembly types Interchangeable type
types Handling Precautions
Ultra super Super High Precision Normal Normal Medium Slight Fine Slight Normal
precision precision precision preload preload clearance preload ● Observe the following precautions to maintain the long-term efficiency of the high performance seals:
K3 K4 K5 K6 KN KC Z3 Z1 Z0 ZZ ZT 1. Permissible temperature range Maximum operating temperature: 50°C
Z is omitted in the reference number. Maximum instantaneous peak temperature: 80°C
Unit: mm
2. Chemical precautions Never leave the linear guide near grease-removing organic solvents such as hexane or thinner. Never
Table 6 Range of rail production Size
15 20 25 30 35 45 55 immerse the the linear guide in kerosene or rust preventive oils which contain kerosene.
Material
● Carefully remove ball slides from the rails, as the balls can fall out. When the rails are tilted without the stopper, the ball slides may move
Special carbon steel 2 000 3 960 3 960 4 000 4 000 3 990 3 960 along the rail and fall out.
Stainless steel 1 800 3 500 3 500 3 500 — — — ● When ball slides are used upside down (for example, when the rails are attached to the ceiling with the ball slides down), take special
precautions such as installing a safety device to prevent the ball slides from falling.
Rails for butting connections may be used for rail lengths that exceed the above limitation. Please consult with NSK.
79 80
V1 Series Dimensions NSK Linear Guides for Contaminated Environments V1 Series
VH-AL (high load/low type) Example: VH 30 1000 AN C 2 - K5 1 -

VH-AN (high load/high type)
No code: single rail
VH-BL (super high load/low type) Series name II: two rails✻
VH-BN (super high load/high type) Size No. Preload code: refer to Table 5
● Without protector ● With protector

L L
L L L1 K1 NSK K1 W L1 K1 NSK K1
4–M 1× 1
Specification for counterbores L1 K1 NSK K1 W 4–M 1×
K1 NSK K1 N J1 J End seal B1 B N J1 J End seal
1
on a rail top face N J1 J End seal B1 B N J1 J End seal Spacer Spacer
Protector Protector
T1 T T1
øD T1 T T1
K K
H H
h
H1
E E
ød B3 B3
F
G n×F (G) W2 W1
W2 W1
L0
Specification for tapped holes on a

rail bottom face AL, AN type BL, BN type AL, AN type BL, BN type
M 2× 2 F

Assembly Roller slide Rail Basic load rating Ball diameter Weight
Height Width Length Tapped mounting hole Grease nipple Rail width Rail height Pitch Counterbore Tapped hole G Maximum Dynamic Static Static moment (N·m) Ball slide Rail
Model No. length
H E W2 W L B J M1 ×Pitch× 1 B1 L1 J1 K T K1 Mounting hole T1 N W1 H1 F d ×D ×h M2 ×Pitch × 2 B3 (recommended) L0max C (N) C0 (N) MR0 M P0 MY0 DW (kg) (kg/m)
VH15AN 70.6 〈077〉 39 6.5 2 000 10 800 20 700 108 95 80 0.18
28 4.6 9.5 34 26 26 M4×0.7×6 4 23.4 8 4.5 φ3 8.5 1 〈08.2〉 15 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 M5×0.8×8 7.5 20 3.175 1.6
VH15BN 89.6 〈096〉 58 16 [1 800] 14 600 32 000 166 216 181 0.26
VH20AN 87.4 〈094.2〉 36 50 7 3 960 17 400 32 500 219 185 155 0.33
30 5 12 44 32 M5×0.8×6 6 25 12 4.5 M6×0.75 5 11.1 〈12.3〉 20 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 M6×1×10 10 20 3.968 2.6
VH20BN 109.4 〈116.2〉 50 72 11 [3 500] 23 500 50 500 340 420 355 0.48
VH25AL 36 M6×1×6 29 6 0.46
97 〈104.4〉 35 58 11.5 25 600 46 000 360 320 267
VH25AN 40 M6×1×9 33 10 3 960 0.55
7 12.5 48 35 6.5 12 5 M6×0.75 9.6 〈12.9〉 23 22 60 7×11×9 M6×1×12 11.5 20 4.762 3.6
VH25BL 36 M6×1×6 29 6 [3 500] 0.69
125 〈132.4〉 50 86 18 34 500 71 000 555 725 610
VH25BN 40 M6×1×9 33 10 0.82
VH30AL 42 M8×1.25×8 33 7 0.69
104.4 〈114.8〉 46 59 9.5 31 000 51 500 490 350 292
VH30AN 45 M8×1.25×10 36 10 4 000 0.77
9 16 60 40 10 14 5 M6×0.75 11.4 〈14.2〉 28 26 80 9×14×12 M8×1.25×15 14 20 5.556 5.2
VH30BL 42 M8×1.25×8 33 7 [3 500] 1.16
143.4 〈153.8〉 60 98 19 46 000 91 500 870 1 030 865
VH30BN 40 M8×1.25×10 36 10 1.3
VH35AL 48 M8×1.25×8 38.5 8 1.2
128.8 〈139.2〉 50 80 15 47 500 80 500 950 755 630
VH35AN 55 M8×1.25×12 45.5 15 1.5
9.5 18 70 50 10 15 5.5 M6×0.75 10.9 〈13.7〉 34 29 80 9×14×12 M8×1.25×17 17 20 4 000 6.350 7.2
VH35BL 48 M8×1.25×8 38.5 8 1.7
162.8 〈173.2〉 72 114 21 61 500 117 000 1 380 1 530 1 280
VH35BN 55 M8×1.25×12 45.5 15 2.1
VH45AL 60 M10×1.5×13 46 10 2.2
161.4 〈174.2〉 60 105 22.5 81 000 140 000 2 140 1 740 1 460
VH45AN 70 M10×1.5×17 56 20 3.0
14 20.5 86 60 13 17 6.5 Rc1/8 12.5 〈14.1〉 45 38 105 14×20×17 M12×1.75×24 22.5 22.5 3 990 7.937 12.3
VH45BL 60 M10×1.5×13 46 10 2.9
193.4 〈206.2〉 80 137 28.5 99 000 187 000 2 860 3 000 2 520
VH45BN 70 M10×1.5×17 56 20 3.9
VH55AL 70 M12×1.75×12 55 11 3.7
185.4 〈198.2〉 75 126 25.5 119 000 198 000 3 600 3 000 2 510
VH55AN 80 M12×1.75×18 65 21 4.7
15 23.5 100 75 12.5 18 6.5 Rc1/8 12.5 〈14.1〉 53 44 120 16×23×20 M14×2×24 26.5 30 3 960 9.525 16.9
VH55BL 70 M12×1.75×12 55 11 4.7
223.4 〈236.2〉 95 164 34.5 146 000 264 000 4 850 51 500 4 350
VH55BN 80 M12×1.75×18 65 21 6.1
Figure inside < > is the dimension when equipped with the protector.
Figure inside [ ] is applied to stainless products.
81 82
VH-EL (high load/low type) Example: VH 30 1000 EL C 2 - K5 1 -

VH-GL (super high load/low type)
Series name II: two rails✻
Size No. Preload code: refer to Table 5
L
L1 K1 NSK K1
● Without protector N J1 J End seal ● With protector L NSK K1
L1 K1 End seal
N J1 J Spacer
øD T1 Protector
h T1
Specification for counterbores H1
on a rail top face
ød
F
G n× F (G)
L0
EL type EL type
Specification for tapped holes

on a rail bottom face
M 2× 2 F
L L
NSK K1
W L1 K1 NSK K1 W 4–M 1× L1 K1
1 End seal
B1 B 4–M 1× 1 N J1 J End seal B1 B N J1 J
Spacer
Protector
T T1 T T1
K K
H H
H1
E E
B3 B3
GL type GL type
W2 W1 W2 W1
Table 11 Dimensions
Unit: mm
Model No. length
H E W2 W L B J M1×Pitch× 1 B1 L1 J1 K T K1 Mounting hole T1 N W1 H1 F d×D×h M2×Pitch× 2 B3 (recommended) L0max C (N) C0(N) MR0 M P0 MY0 DW (kg) (kg/m)
VH15EL 70.6 〈077〉 39 4.5 2 000 10 800 20 700 108 95 80 0.17
24 4.6 16 47 38 30 M5×0.8×8 4.5 19.4 08 4.5 φ3 4.5 1 〈08.2〉 15 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 M5×0.8×8 7.5 20 3.175 1.6
VH15GL 89.6 〈096〉 58 14 [1 800] 14 600 32 000 166 216 181 0.25
VH20EL 87.4 〈094.2〉 50 5 3 960 17 400 32 500 219 185 155 0.45
30 5 21.5 63 53 40 M6×1×10 5 25 10 4.5 M6×0.75 5 11.1 〈12.3〉 20 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 M6×1×10 10 20 3.968 2.6
VH20GL 109.4 〈116.2〉 72 16 [3 500] 23 500 50 500 340 420 355 0.65
VH25EL 97 〈104.4〉 M8×1.25×16 58 6.5 11 3 960 25 600 46 000 360 320 267 0.63
36 7 23.5 70 57 45 6.5 29 5 M6×0.75 6 9.6 〈12.9〉 23 22 60 7×11×9 M6×1×12 11.5 20 4.762 3.6
VH25GL 125 〈132.4〉 [M8×1.25×12] 86 20.5 [12] [3 500] 34 500 71 000 555 725 610 0.93
VH30EL 117.4 〈127.8〉 M10×1.5×18 72 10 11 4 000 35 500 63 000 600 505 425 1.2
42 9 31 90 72 52 9 33 5 M6×0.75 7 11.4 〈14.2〉 28 26 80 9×14×12 M8×1.25×15 14 20 5.556 5.2
VH30GL 143.4 〈153.8〉 [M10×1.5×15] 98 23 [15] [3 500] 46 000 91 500 870 1 030 865 1.6
VH35EL 128.8 〈139.2〉 80 9 47 500 80 500 950 755 630 1.7
48 9.5 33 100 82 62 M10×1.5×20 9 38.5 12 5.5 M6×0.75 8 10.9 〈13.7〉 34 29 80 9×14×12 M8×1.25×17 17 20 4 000 6.350 7.2
VH35GL 162.8 〈173.2〉 114 26 61 500 117 000 1 380 1 530 1 280 2.4
VH45EL 161.4 〈174.2〉 105 12.5 81 000 140 000 2 140 1 740 1 460 3.0
60 14 37.5 120 100 80 M12×1.75×24 10 46 13 6.5 Rc1/8 10 12.5 〈14.1〉 45 38 105 14×20×17 M12×1.75×24 22.5 22.5 3 990 7.937 12.3
VH45GL 193.4 〈206.2〉 137 28.5 99 000 187 000 2 860 3 000 2 520 3.9
VH55EL 185.4 〈198.2〉 126 15.5 119 000 198 000 3 600 3 000 2 510 5.0
70 15 43.5 140 116 95 M14×2×28 12 55 15 6.5 Rc1/8 11 12.5 〈14.1〉 53 44 120 16×23×20 M14×2×24 26.5 30 3 960 9.525 16.9
VH55GL 223.4 〈236.2〉 164 34.5 146 000 264 000 4 850 5 150 4 350 6.5
Figure inside < > is the dimension when equipped with the protector.
Figure inside [ ] is applied to stainless products.
83 84
VH-FL (high load/low type) Example: VH 30 1000 FL C 2 - K5 1 -

VH-EM (high load/low type)
VH-HL (super high load/low type) Series name II: two rails✻
VH-GM (super high load/low type) Size No. Preload code: refer to Table 5
● Without protector ● With protector

L
Specification for counterbores L1 K1 NSK K1
on a rail top face L NSK K1
N J1 J End seal
W 4–øQ 1 drill W 4–(M 1× 1 ) W W L1 K1 End seal
B1 B B1 B (Diameter Q 2) B1 B 4-øQ 1 drill B1 B 4–(M 1× 1 ) N J1 J Spacer
øD T1 (Diameter Q 2)
Protector
T T h T1
1 1 T 1 T 1
H1
K K K K
H H H H
ød
E E F E E
G n× F (G)
B3 L0
B3 B3 B3
W2 W1 W2 W1 Specification for tapped holes on a rail bottom face W2 W1 W2 W1
EM, GM type FL, HL type FL, HL type EM, GM type
M 2× 2 F

Model No. length
Q1× 1
H E W2 W L B J M1×Pitch× 1 Q2 B1 L1 J1 K T K1 Mounting hole T1 N W1 H1 F d×D×h M2×Pitch× 2 B3 (recommended) L0max C (N) C0(N) MR0 M P0 MY0 DW (kg) (kg/m)
VH15FL 4.5×7 —
70.6 〈 77〉 39 4.5
VH15EM M5×0.8×7 4.4 2 000 10 800 20 700 108 95 80 0.17
24 4.6 16 47 38 30 4.5 19.4 8 4.5 φ3 4.5 1 〈08.2〉 15 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 M5×0.8×8 7.5 20 3.175 1.6
VH15HL 4.5×7 — [1 800] 14 600 32 000 166 216 181 0.25
89.6 〈 96〉 58 14
VH15GM M5×0.8×7 4.4
VH20FL 6×9.5 —
87.4 〈 94.2〉 50 5 17 400 32 500 219 185 155 0.45
VH20EM M6×1.0×9.5 5.3 3 960
30 5 21.5 63 53 40 5 25 10 4.5 M6×0.75 5 11.1 〈12.3〉 20 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 M6×1×10 10 20 3.968 2.6
VH20HL 6×9.5 — [3 500]
109.4 〈116.2〉 72 16 23 500 50 500 340 420 355 0.65
VH20GM M6×1.0×9.5 5.3
VH25FL 7×10 [7×11.5]
97 〈104.4〉 M8×1.25×10 — 58 6.5 25 600 46 000 360 320 267 0.63
VH25EM [M8×1.25×11.5] 6.8 11 5 3 960
36 7 23.5 70 57 45 6.5 29 M6×0.75 6 9.6 〈12.9〉 23 22 60 7×11×9 M6×1×12 11.5 20 4.762 3.6
125 〈132.4〉 7×10 [7×11.5] — [12] [3 500]
34 500 71 000 555 725 610 0.93
VH25HL
M8×1.25×10 6.8 86 20.5
VH25GM [M8×1.25×11.5]
VH30FL 9×12 [9×14.5]
117.4 〈127.8〉 M10×1.5×12 — 72 10 35 500 63 000 600 505 425 1.2
VH30EM [M10×1.5×14.5]
42 9 31 90 72 52 8.6 9 33 11 5 M6×0.75 7 11.4 〈14.2〉 28 26 80 9×14×12 M8×1.25×15 14 20 4 000 5.556 5.2
VH30HL 143.4 〈153.8〉 9×12 [9×14.5] — [15] [3 500]
46 000 91 500 870 1 030 865 1.6
M10×1.5×12 8.6 98 23
VH30GM
[M10×1.5×14.5]
VH35FL 9×13 —
128.8 〈139.2〉 80 9 47 500 80 500 950 755 630 1.7
VH35EM M10×1.5×13 8.6
48 9.5 33 100 82 62 9 38.5 12 5.5 M6×0.75 8 10.9 〈13.7〉 34 29 80 9×14×12 M8×1.25×17 17 20 4 000 6.350 7.2
VH35HL 9×13 —
162.8 〈173.2〉 114 26 61 500 117 000 1 380 1 530 1 280 2.4
VH35GM M10×1.5×13 8.6
VH45FL 11×15 —
161.4 〈174.2〉 105 12.5 81 000 140 000 2 140 1 740 1 460 3.0
VH45EM M12×1.75×15 10.5
60 14 37.5 120 100 80 10 46 13 6.5 Rc1/8 10 12.5 〈14.1〉 45 38 105 14×20×17 M12×1.75×24 22.5 22.5 3 990 7.937 12.3
VH45HL 11×15 —
193.4 〈206.2〉 137 28.5 99 000 187 000 2 860 3 000 2 520 3.9
VH45GM M12×1.75×15 10.5
VH55FL 14×18 —
185.4 〈198.2〉 126 15.5 119 000 198 000 3 600 3 000 2 510 5.0
VH55EM M12×2.0×18 12.5
70 15 43.5 140 116 95 12 55 15 6.5 Rc1/8 11 12.5 〈14.1〉 53 44 120 16×23×20 M14×2×24 26.5 30 3 960 9.525 16.9
VH55HL 14×18 —
223.4 〈236.2〉 164 34.5 146 000 264 000 4 850 5 150 4 350 6.5
VH55GM M14×2.0×18 12.5
Figure inside < > is the dimension when equipped with the protector. Figure inside [ ] is applied to stainless products.
85 86
MEMO MEMO
87 88
MEMO
89
Precision Machine
Components
CAT.No.E3161d
Preface
It is our pleasure to announce the publication of a new catalogue
which contains all NSK linear motion products. We believe this
publication is one way to show our deep appreciation of your
patronage.
Market demand for more sophisticated and diversified machines and

equipment is rapidly escalating. NSK precision products are not only
used widely in these machines, but also are crucial elements.
In response to this trend, ball screws and NSK linear guides, which
are crucial mechanical components of these machines, are required
to be highly reliable, maintenance-free, smaller in size and
lightweight. They also are expected to heighten efficiency and satisfy
uses in special environment.
Publishing a catalogue to introduce our entire product line is

especially meaningful under such circumstances. This is an
improved version of the previous catalogue; products are
categorized, and each product category has two sections. The first
section contains an explanation of products and dimension tables for
easy selection. The second half is a technical explanation including
results of the latest experiments and research to assist thorough
technological discussion. Last, “Other,” whose pages are in color,
explains special environments and lubrications such as grease,
It is the principal policy of NSK Ltd. not to export products or technologies which are subject to export prohibition
which are general issues for NSK precision products.
under the Foreign Exchange Law, Foreign Trade Control Law, and other export-related regulations.
Please consult your local NSK representative prior to exporting our product by the unit.
We hope abundant NSK products in the new catalogue will be your
Please give your inquiry NSK representative for the specifications and dimensions of the product shown in this aide in selecting the most suitable products for your purpose.
catalog to avoid mistakes caused by the reasons below.
* Specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. We solicit your continued patronage.
* Though every care has been taken to ensure accuracy of the data contained in this catalogue, some errors or
omissions may be involved.
Contents
A. NSK Linear Rolling B. Ball Screws C. MonocarrierTM D. Other

Guide
Characteristics of NSK Linear Rolling Guides B-I Selection Guide to NSK Ball Screw C-I MonocarrierTM 1 Special Environments
A1 1. Features of NSK Ball Screws B1 1. Features C1 1. Specifications for Special Environments
Types of NSK Linear Rolling Guides A2 2. Structure of a Ball Screw B3 2. Classifications and Series C3 D1
A-I Selection Guide to NSK Linear Guides 3. Ball Screw Classification and Series B7 3. Optional Components C5 2. Lubrication and Materials D3
1. Structure of NSK Linear Guides A7 4. Procedures to Select Ball Screw B16 4. Selection of Monocarrier 3. Rust Prevention and Surface Treatment D5
2. Characteristics of NSK Linear Guides A7 5. When Placing Orders B31 4. Measures against Special Environments
4.1. Procedures for Selecting Monocarrier C6
3. Procedures for Selecting Linear Guide A16 6. Dimension Table and Reference Number of
4.2. Rigidity C6 D7
4. When Placing Orders A26 Standard Stock Ball Screws B37
4.3. Maximum Rotational Speed C7 5. Table to Cope with Special Environments
5. Model Number and Dimension Table 7. Custom Made Ball Screw Series:
4.4. Accuracy Grade C9 D11
of NSK Linear Guides A28 Dimension Table and Model Number B307
4.5. Stroke and Ball Screw Lead C9 6. Precautions for Handling D12
6. NSK S1TM Series Precision Linear Guides A103 8. Special Ball Screws:
7. MF Series Equipped with NSK K1TM 4.6. Basic Load Rating C11
Dimension Table and Model Numbers B417
Lubrication Unit A125 4.7. Estimation of Life Expectancy C13 2 Lubrication
9. Guide to Technical Services B496
8. Linear Guide New Series A137 10. Precautions When Handling Ball 4.8. Example of Life Estimation C15 1. Grease Lubrication D13
9. Guide to Technical Services A149 Screws B497 5. Maintenance 2. Oil lubrication D18
10. Handling Precautions A150 5.1. Maintenance Method C16 3. NSK Grease Unit D19
I Technical Description of Ball Screws
B-I 5.2. NSK K1TM Lubrication Unit C17
I Technical Description of NSK
A-I 1. Accuracy B499 6. NSK Clean Grease LG2 Specification C18
Linear Guides 2. Static Load Limitation B505 7. Characteristics and Evaluation Method
1. Accuracy A151
E. Appendices: Tables and
3. Permissible Rotational Speed B509 7.1. Positioning Accuracy C18
2. Preload and Rigidity A155 4. Supporting Conditions for Calculation of 7.2. Repeatability C18
Product Index
3. Rating Life A163 Buckling Load and Critical Speed B513 8. Sensor Specification 1 Tables
4. Lubrication A178 5. Life (dynamic load limitation) B515 8.1. Proximity Switch C19 1. Conversion from International Systems of
5. Dust Proof of Linear Guide A180 6. Preload and Rigidity B518 8.2. Photo Sensor C20 Units (SI) E1
6. Rust Prevention and Surface Treatment A193 7. Friction Torque and Drive Torque B523 2. Conversion table between N and kgf E3
7. Linear Guides for Special Environment A194 8. Lubrication of Ball Screw B525 I MCM Series
C-I 3. Conversion table between kg and lb E4
8. Noise A195 9. Dust Prevention for Ball Screw B526
1. MCM Series Reference Number Coding C23 4. Hardness conversion table E5
9. Arrangement and Mounting of Linear 10. Rust Prevention and Surface
2. MCM Series Dimension Table of 5. Variations of shaft used in common fits E7
Guide A196 Treatment of Ball Screws B526
Standard Products C24 6. Variations of housing holes in common fits
10. Drills to Select Linear Guide A208 11. Ball Screw Specifications for Special
3. MCM Series Option Part C35 E9
11. Reference A221 Environment B527
2 Product index E11
12. Noise and Vibration B529
I
A-II Other Linear Rolling Guide Products 13. Installation of Ball Screw B531 I
C-II MCH Series
1. Linear Rolling Bushing A223 14. Precautions for Designing Ball Screw B538 1. MCH Series Reference Number Coding
2. Crossed Roller Guide A234 15. Drills for Selecting Ball Screw B540 C59
3. Roller Pack A240 16. Reference B550 2. MCH Series Dimension Table of
4. Linear Roller Bearings A247 Standard Products C60
5. Cam Follower A252 3. MCH Series Option Part C67
6. Roller Follower A259
A1
A BLOCK NSK Linear Rolling Guide

A-I Selection Guide to NSK Linear Guides
1. Structure of NSK Linear Guides
A7
A7
-150
A151
-221
2. Characteristics of NSK Linear Guides A7
2.1 Types and Characteristics of NSK Linear Guides A9
2.2 Models in Each Series and Ball Slide Models A15
3. Procedures for Selecting Linear Guide A16 A-II Technical Description of NSK Linear Guides A151 A223
3.1 Flow Chart for Selection
3.2 Selection of Linear Guide Size (Model number)
A16
A17
1. Accuracy
1.1 Accuracy Standard
A151
A151
-264
3.3 Examples of Linear Guide Selection Size (Model number) A21 1.2 Running Parallelism of Ball Slide A152
3.4 Accuracy and Preload A22 1.3 Accuracy Standard in Each Series A153
(1) Accuracy grades and types of preload A22 2. Preload and Rigidity A155
(2) Application examples of accuracy grade and preload A24 2.1 Preload and Rigidity A155
3.5 Available Length of Rail (Single rail) A25 2.2 Preload and Rigidity of Each Series A156
4. Coding for Reference Number of Linear Guides A26 2.3 Calculating Friction Force by Preload A163 A-III Other Linear Rolling
4.1 Preloaded assembly A26 3. Rating Life A163 Guide Products A223
4.2 Interchangeable type A26 3.1 Rating Life and Basic Load Rating A163 1. Linear Rolling Bushing
5. Model Number and Dimension Table of NSK Linear Guides A28 3.2 How to Calculate Life A166 A223
5.1 LH Series A28 4. Lubrication A178 2. Crossed Roller Guide
LH Series (Interchangeable part) A35 4.1 Lubrication Accessories A178 A234
5.2 LS Series A42 5. Dust Proof of Linear Guide A180 3. Roller Pack A240
LS Series (Interchangeable part) A49 5.1 Standard Specification A180 4. Linear Roller Bearings
5.3 LA Series A56 5.2 NSK K1TM Lubrication Unit A181 A247
5.4 LY Series A66 5.3 Dust Proof Components A181 5. Cam Follower A252
5.5 LW Series A76 (1) Double seal A182 6. Roller Follower A259
LW Series (Interchangeable part) A79 (2) Protector A183
5.6 LE Series A82 (3) Cap to cover the bolt hole for rail mounting A184
LE Series (Interchangeable part) A89 (4) Inner seal A185
5.7 LU Series (Miniature type) A92 (5) Bellows A185
LU Series (Interchangeable part) A97 6. Rust Prevention and Surface Treatment A193
5.8 LL Series A100 7. Linear Guides for Special Environment A194
6. NSK S1TM Series Precision Linear Guides A103 8. Noise A195
7. MF Series Equipped with NSK K1TM Lubrication Unit A125 9. Arrangement and Mounting of Linear Guide A196
(Preloaded assembly and Interchangeable part) 9.1 Arrangement A196
8. Guide to Technical Services A149 9.2 Mounting Accuracy A198
(1) CAD drawing data 9.3 Installation A201
(2) Technical support 9.4 Assemble Interchangeable Linear Guide A206
9. Handling Precautions A150 9.5 Mark for Butting Rails A206
9.6 Handling Preloaded Assembly A207
10. Drills to Select Linear Guide A208
10.1 Single Axis Material Handling System A208
10.2 Machining Center A213
11. Reference A221
Characteristics of NSK Linear Types of NSK Linear Rolling Guides A
2
Rolling Guides Product Appearance Features Major applications
The following describes comparative characteristics of rolling and slide guide way, which are the most MF Series ®
“NSK K1 ” is • Automobile manufacturing equipment
commonly used. (equipped with lubrication Unit ”NSK K1®”) • Semiconductor, liquid crystal display
equipped.
Comparative characteristics of rolling and sliding guide way
NSK Linear Guide

main tenance free series manufacturing equipment
Lubricating oil seeps
• Industrial robots
Function Rolling guide Sliding guide from the special • Printing, book binding, paper
Friction • Friction coefficient: 0.01 or lower • Friction is great. resin, maintaining manufacturing machines
smooth operation. • Woodworking and construction
• Difference between static and dynamic • Static and dynamic friction vary greatly. machines
NSK K1 can be
friction is small. • Optic and glass production machines
installed in all
• Change by speed is slight. • Food and medical equipment
series listed • Machine tools
Positioning accuracy • Lost motion is slight. • Lost motion is great. below. • Electric and communication systems
• Stick-slip is slight. • Stick-slip at low speed is great. Page A125

• Easy to acheive sub-micron positioning • Difficult to achieve sub-micron
positioning
Rigidity ; G : Superb F : Fare a : Low
Life • Possible to estimate life • Difficult to estimate life
Product Appearance Rolling Rigidity Major applications
Static rigidity • Generally high • Rigidity is great against load from a single element, etc.
direction. LH Series Page A28 • Industrial robots
• No play because of preload • There is mechanical play. SH Series Page A103 • Materials handling
• Electric discharge machines
• Easy-to estimate rigidity • Difficult to estimate rigidity • Woodworking machines
• Laser processing machines
Speed • Wide range of use from low to high speed. • Unsuitable for extremely low and high • Semiconductor
speed
Maintenance, reliability • Long life through simple maintenance • Precision is lost greatly by deteriorated
F manufacturing equipment
• Precision measuring
guide surface. equipment
• Packaging/packing
Balls
NSK Linear Guide

machines
• Food processing machines
In response to the demand for guide with high- Characteristics of the NSK linear rolling • Medical equipment
speed, high-precision, high-quality, as well as to the guides are: Infinite • Tool grinders
demand for easy maintenance, rolling guides which stroke • Flat surface grinders
have above features are becoming prevalent. • Designs are simple and economic. This LS Series Page A42 • Industrial robots
contributes to high precision and low cost. • Materials handling
Utilizing the technology we sharpened in anti-friction SS Series Page A103 • Electric discharge
rotating bearings, NSK makes various types of linear Guided by machines
guides which are highly accurate and reliable. • Ultra-high purity of materials and superb rail • Woodworking machines
processing technology assure reliability. • Laser processing machines
• Semiconductor
• Prompt delivery thanks to interchangeable F manufacturing equipment
• Precision measuring
components and abundant stock. equipment
• Packaging/packing
• The user can select the most suitable guide machines
• Food processing machines
from a wide choice. • Medical equipment
• Pneumatic components
A1 A2
A
Rigidity ; G : Superb F : Fare a : Low Rigidity ; G : Superb F : Fare a : Low 4
Rolling Rolling
Product Appearance Rigidity Major applications Product Appearance element, etc. Rigidity Major applications
element, etc.
LA Series • Machining centers LU Series • Semiconductor
• NC lathes manufacturing equipment
• Heavy cutting machine • Liquid crystal display
tools manufacturing equipment
• Grinders • Medical equipment
• Gear cutting machines • Optical stage
G • Press a • Microscope XY stage
• Electric discharge • Transporting optical fiber
machines
NSK Linear Guides

Balls • Small robots
• Computer peripheral
equipment
Infinite • Pneumatic equipment
Page A56 Page A92
stroke
LY Series • Machining centers LL Series • Knitting machines
• NC lathes • Computer peripheral
• Heavy cutting machine equipment
Guided
tools by rail • Pneumatic equipment
• Grinders • Office equipment
• Gear cutters
G a
NSK Linear Guides
Balls
Page A66 Infinite Page A100

stroke
LW Series • Semiconductor • Materials handling
manufacturing equipment
• Materials handling Balls • Packaging machines
Guided by • Measuring/Test equipment Infinite
Linear • Medical equipment
rail • Electric discharge stroke
machines
rolling
bushing
Round a • Pneumatic equipment
F • Punch press
• Industrial robots
guide • Office equipment
shaft
• Assembling machines
Page A223
• Precision stage
Page A76 • Measuring equipment
LE Series • Semiconductor Rollers
manufacturing equipment • Test equipment
Crossed Limited
• Liquid crystal display
roller guide stroke F • Printed circuit board
• Medical equipment Rail guide assembly
• Optical stage
a • Microscope XY stage
• Transporting optical fiber
Page A234
• Small robots
Page A82
A3 A4
A
Rigidity ; G : Superb F : Fare a : Low 6
Product Appearance Rolling Rigidity Major applications
element, etc.
• Large machine tools
• Conveyor system for
heavy objects (guide for
heavy load )
Roller pack G
Page A240
Roller
Infinite
Linear
stroke
roller
bearing
Flat G
surface
guide
Page A247
• Conveyor systems
• Packaging machines
Cam-
follower/ • Pallet changers
roller- a • Office equipment
follower
Page A252
Page A259
• Automotiue manufacturing
equipment
balls • Peripheral equipment of
Infinite machine tool
Translide stroke
Guided by
F • Tire molding machine
rail • wood working machine
• Automatic doors etc.
A5 A6
A
A-I Selection Guide to NSK LA Series Ball slide
8
Linear Guides a
b
c2
e
b
c2 End cap
c1
A-I-1 Structure of NSK Linear Guides d
By avoiding structural complexity, and by reducing the number of components, we not only enhanced the
precision of linear guides, but also are able to keep costs low. We have added NSK's patented unique structural
feature to the original invention (Fig. I-1-1). This contributes to higher precision and lower prices.
NSK linear guide consists of a rail and a ball slide (Fig. I-1.2). The balls roll on the grooves on the rail and the Rail
ball slide, and scooped up by the end caps attached to both ends of the ball slide. Then, the balls go through the a c LH•LS Series
opening made in the ball slide, and circulate back to the other end. b
c1 b
c2 e
A-I-2 Characteristics of NSK Linear Guides d
The use of a unique offset gothic arch groove (Fig. I-1•3) allows the NSK linear guides to satisfy groove designs
required for specific purposes.
Fig. I-1•1 • French Patent in 1932.
The precise measurement of the ball groove leads to stable production of highly accurate linear guides and
• Inventor : Gretsh (German)
interchangeable linear guides.
(Fig. I-1•4).
NSK added its patented technology to the
Such technologies eusure the feature of NSK linear guides outlined below. Fig. I-1•2 Structure of NSK linear guides
invention in Fig. I-1-1, and improved the linear
guide structure and realized low cost design.
(1) Abundant in type for any purpose
* Various series are available, and their ball slide models and size categories are standardized to satisfy any W
requirement. Our technology, polished by abundant experience in the use of special materials and surface Master roller
treatments, meets the customer’s most demanding expectations.

h
(2) High precision and quality
* High precision and quality come from our superb production and measuring technologies, strengthened by Offset Grinding wheel
extensive experience in antifriction rotary bearings and ball screw production. Our quality assurance extends to Grinding of datum surface Measuring accuracy
the smallest components. and ball grooves of ball grooves
D
1
(3) High reliability and durability Clearance
D
2
Master roller
* Logical simplicity in shape, along with stable processing, maintains high precision and reliability. Load ball (Larger diameter than load ball)
* Super-clean materials, our advanced heat treatment and processing technologies increase product durability.
Non-differential slip
2
(4) Component compatibility shortens delivery time Easy to hold the master
roller for measuring.
* Interchangeable parts: The adoption of the gothic-arch groove which makes measuring easy, and a new Fig. I-1•3 Offset gothic-arch groove Clearance
In the use Measuring accuracy
reliable quality control method has made random-matching of the rails and the ball slides possible. The parts
are stocked as standard products, thereby reducing delivery time. Fig. I-1•4 Processing and measuring grooves
Normal load Impact load
Supported Supported Measuring grooves is easy, and you can obtain
(5) Patented static load carrying capacity (shock-resistance) by 2 rows by 4 rows highly accurate results for all types of NSK
* When a super-high load (impact) is applied, our gothic-arch groove spreads the load to surfaces which usually series. This is why you can purchase rail and
do not come into contact. This increases shock resistance (Fig. I-1•5). ball slide separately (interchangeability ).
Deformation Deformation
Fig. I-1•5 Shock-resistance
A7 A8
A-I-2.1 Types and Characteristics of NSK
A
Linear Guides 10
We have abundant types of linear guide for any 2. Long ball slide with super-high load carrying
purpose to accommodate the most special needs of capacity;
the users. 3. Short ball slide for mid-level load carrying
(1) Types of series and classification by capacity.
feature A Four-row ball grooves linear guide has two types:
A There are two types of NSK linear guide: 1. Self-aligning capability- which absorbs certain
1. Rigidity and load carrying capacity against the amount of installation error;
vertical direction are greater than the rigidity 2. High moment carrying type with great moment
and load carrying capacity against the load from rigidity.
the lateral direction (high vertical load carrying A Two-row ball grooves linear guide has mid-level
capacity type); moment rigidity.
2. Load is equally distributed to four directions ( A Interchangeable parts: Thanks to the ease of
four-directional iso-load carrying capacity type) measuring gothic-arch groove, we can precisely
manufacture rails and ball slides, and thus, you
A There are three types of NSK linear guide by the can purchase the rails and the ball slides
length of the ball slide individually and assemble them randomly.
1. Standard length ball slide with high-load A Stainless steel is also available as standard
carrying capacity; material for some series.
Table I-2.1 Classification of NSK linear guides
Ball slide
Category Series model Shape/installation method Load direction/capacity Ball groove structure Characteristics Applications Page
A High load capacity type. • Cartesian type robots

AL A The contact angle between the ball and ball • Robots that remove plastic molds
AN raceway is set at 50 degrees. The load carrying from injection machine
BN capacity against the vertical directions, which is • Material hardling
BL prevalent in most operations, increases by this • Food processing machines
design.
• Packaging/packing machines
High vertical load carrying capacity type
A The DF contact structure greatly absorbs the • Printing machines

error in the perpendicular direction to rail at the
• Woodworking machines
time of installation.
EL • Paper machines
A Balls make contacts at two points thanks to the
GL
Self-aligning type
• Measuring equipment
offset Gothic-arch groove. This keeps friction to
50 ° a minimum. • Inspecting equipment
LH • Semiconductor manufacturing A42
A Structural resistance against shock load.
SH equipment A111
A Gothic-arch groove renders measuring of ball
5 0°
grooves accurate and easy. • Liquid crystal display

FL A Standardized interchangeable assemblies manufacturing equipment
HL allows separate purchase of rails and ball • Medical equipment
slides. • Electric discharge machines
A Stainless steel type is also available for small • Laser cutting machines
sizes ( - #30). • Press
• Tool grinders
Characteristics of SH series • Flat surface grinders
EM
GM A Lower noise and gentler tone. • NC lathes
A Smoother motion. • Machining centers
A Low dust generation. • ATC
A9 A10
A
12
Ball slide
Category Series model Shape/installation method Load direction/capacity Ball groove structure Characteristics Applications Page
A Compact, low in height • Cartesian type robots

A The contact angle between the ball and the • Robots that remove plastic molds
AL raceway is set at 50 degrees. The load
carrying capacity against vertical directions, from injection machine
CL
which is prevalent in most operations, • Material handling
increases by this design. • Food processing machines
High vertical load carrying capacity type
A The DF contact structure greatly absorbs the

• Packaging/packing machines
error in the perpendicular direction of rail at
time of installation. • Printing machines
EL A Thanks to the offset gothic arch groove, balls • Woodworking machines
JL make contacts at two points. This keeps
Self-aligning type
• Paper machines
friction small. A42
• Measuring equipment
5 0°
A Great resistance against shock load. A119
LS A Gothic arch groove renders measuring groove • Inspection equipment
SS accurate and easy. • Semiconductor manufacturing
5 0°
A Standardized interchangeablility allows
equipment
FL separate purchase of rails and ball slide.
A Some are standardized stainless steel type. • Liquid crystal display
KL
A Low-noise type manufacturing equipment
• Medical equipment
SS series
A Lower noise and gentler tone. • Electric discharge machines
A Smoother motion. • Laser cutting machines
A Low dust generation. • Press
EM
JM • Machining centers
A The contact angle between the ball and the
• NC lathes
raceway is set at 45 degrees. This makes load
• Heavy cutting machine tools
carrying capacity and rigidity equal in vertical
• Gear cutters
AN and lateral directions.
• Electric discharge machines
BN A Six-row ball grooves support load from
Four-directional iso-load carrying type
AL • Press
vertical and lateral directions, enhancing
BL • Grinders
rigidity and increasing load carrying capacity.
A Appropriate friction
Super-rigid type
A Best for machine tools.

45°
A56
45°
EL
LA
GL
45°
45°
FL
HL
A11 A12
A
14
Category Series Ball slide Shape/installation method Load direction/capacity Ball groove structur Characteristics Applications Page
model
A The contact angle between the ball and the raceway is set • Machining centers
AN
Four-directional iso-load carrying type
at 45 degrees. Therefore, load carrying capacity and • NC lathes

BN
45°
AL rigidity are equal in vertical and lateral directions. • Heavy cutting machine tools
BL A Balls contact at four points during high preload. The four-
45°
• Gear cutters
row ball groove supports the load from vertical and lateral
High rigidity type
At time of light preload directions. This makes the linear guide highly rigid.
A Rigidity against moment load is great due to the DB
EL contact (at time of light preload) or the four-point contact
LY A66
GL
(at time of high preload)
45°
A Sliding resistance slightly increases, absorbing vibration to
45°
the rail longitudinal direction due to the four-point contact
at time of high preload.
FL A Ideal for heavy cutting machine tools.
HL A Strong against shock load
At time of high preload
A The contact angle between the ball and the raceway is set • Semiconductor manufacturing
at 50 degrees. The load carrying capacity against vertical
High moment capacity type
High vertical load carrying
directions, which is prevalent in most operations, increases equipment

with this design
• Liquid crystal display
A The rail is wide. This contributes to a high rolling moment
capacity type
50°
carrying capacity and to great moment rigidity when only
single linear guide is in use • Conveyor systems
LW EL A76
50°
A Balls contact at two points in the offset gothic arch groove, • Inspection equipment
keeping friction small. • Punch press
A High resistance against shock load
A Standardized interchangeable assemblies allows separate
purchase of rails and ball slides.
AL
A Extremely thin, and wide in shape. This is ideal in use of • Semiconductor manufacturing
High moment
capacity type
TL
Miniature
BL only single linear guide. equipment

LE UL A Available in standardized stainless steel • Liquid crystal display
CL
A82
A Standardized series with ball retainer. manufacturing equipment
SL
AR A Standardized interchangeability allows separate purchase
• Medical equipment
TR of rails and ball slide.
• Optical stage
AL A Super-small size
• Microscope XY stage
A Stainless steel is standard as the material.
Miniature
TL
45°
• Conveying optical fiber

BL A Series with a ball retainer is standardized.
LU • Small robots A92
UL
45°
A Interchangeability is standardized, allowing separate

AR purchase of rails and ball slide. • Computer peripheral equipment
TR • Pneumatic equipment
A Light-weight and compact • Knitting machines
Lightweight
A Stainless steel as standard material is available.

miniature
• Hard disk carriage damper

LL PL A100
A13 A14
A
A-I-3 Procedures for Selecting Linear Guide
16
A-I-2.2 Models in Each Series and Ball Slide Shape A-I-3.1 Flow Chart for Selection
• "Model" refers to a combination of the linear guide The flow chart below shows general steps for selection.
series and its size number with the shape code and
height code of the ball slide. Ball slide codes for
shape and height are sometimes omitted. • Machine structure • Required life, rigidity and
Set conditions for use • Guide installation space accuracy
Example of a model: • Installation position • Frequency of use (duty
• Stroke length cycle)
LH
———
3 0 (–—
–——
A N)
–—
Codes in parentheses are
sometimes omitted.
• Load to be imposed • Use environment (consider
• Speed material, lubricant, and
Series name Height code surface treatment first for
special environment)
Size number Ball slide shape code
Select model TTTPage A9
Note: Height code R of LE and LU series refers to low type with ball retainer.
• The combination of ball slide shape and height are shown in table I-2•2
Table I-2•2 Ball slide shape and height codes

• Select based on the
Series Height Ball slide length Square type Flanged type Select size number installation space TTTPage A17
Dual use for tap • Select through experience
Mounting tap Mounting tap Mounting bolt hole and bolt holes
• Use simple calculation
Standard AN
High
LH Long BN
SH Standard AL EL FL EM Calculate life
Low TTTPage A166
Long BL GL HL GM
LS Standard AL EL FL EM
SS Low
Short CL JL KL JM
Standard AN Select preload TTTPage A22,
High 155
Long BN
LA
Standard AL EL FL
Low
Long BL GL HL
Select accuracy grade TTTPage A22,
Standard AN
High 151
Long BN
LY
Standard AL EL FL
Low
Long BL GL HL Lubrication, • Select lubricant and
LW Low Standard EL dust protection, lubrication method TTTPage A178
surface treatment • Dust prevention design (seal,
Standard AL, TL, AR, TR
bellows)
LE Low Long BL, UL • Rust prevention, surface
Short CL, SL treatment
Standard AL, TL, AR, TR Selection completed
LU Low
Long BL, UL
LL Low Standard PL
A15 A16
A
18
A-I-3.2 Selection of Linear Guide Size (Model number) Z Z
Position of load action point Position of load action point
Y0 X0
To select a linear guide of satisfactory durability; it is (A) When load is vertical Y X
a standard practice to calculate its expected life. Prior (Fig. I-3•1)
to calculating the linear guide's life expectancy, select Load F Load F
an appropriate size of the linear guide. X 0 Y0
Kp = +
Below is an easy selection method. After selecting Lb Lr
the size by this method, check the life by using the
"A-II-3.2: Calculation of Life Expectancy." (B) When the load is in the axial direction
(Fig. I-3•2)
(1) Select the size based on the space to be
used. Z 1 Y1
Kp = +
Select a linear guide which matches the space in L b Lb Span of rails Lr Span of ball slides Lb
which it is used. Select directly from the "A-I-5:
Model Number and Dimension Table." (C) When the load is lateral to the rail Fig. I-3•1 Load from vertical direction
(Fig. I-3•3)
(2) Select the size based on the ball screw
X0 Z0 Z Z
size. Kp = + Position of load action point
Always select a linear guide which matches the size Lb Lr Y1
Y X
of the screw shaft diameter, or the size closest to it, The load position is normally the coordinate position. Load F
Position of load action point

e.g., when the ball screw shaft diameter is 32, select Load F
Disregard + or - symbols, and use absolute values.
linear guide type LH30, or LH35.
Upon obtaining the load value P per ball slide by
(3) Select the size based on the estimated
Z1
using the above position coefficient Kp in (3.1), select
load on one ball slider.
the matching size (model number) from Fig. I-3•4.
Most linear guides are table-shaped and have two
Because the above calculation formula is a simple Centerline of driving mechanism
rails and four ball slides for an axis.
one, the load obtained by the above formula may be
Assuming the linear guide is this type, calculate a Center of driving mechanism
larger than the actual case if the value of Kp is over 1,
rough load per ball slide using the formula below: Span of rails Lr Span of ball slides Lb
or in the case three patterns (A), (B), and (C) are
F K ⋅F
P =∑ +∑ p (3.1) combined. In such case, the size to be selected (
Fig. I-3•2 Load to the axis direction
4 2 model number) should be larger; however, the life
P : Load per ball slide will be longer.
Kp : Load position coefficient
Z Z
F : Load Position of load action point
X0
Load position coefficient Kp should be found for each Y X
Load F
Position of load action point

load by the proportion of the distance between ball
slide span and load point, and the distance between
Load F
rail span and load point.
Z0
Span of rails Lr Span of ball slides Lb
Fig. I-3•3 Load from lateral direction
A17 A18
A
20
90 70
85 65
80
60
75 LA, LY (larger than 35)
LS, SS, LH, SH, LY 55
70
65 50
60 45
LA ultra high load type,
Size number
55 40 LY ultra high load type
Size number
50 LH, SH, LY (smaller than 35) (larger than 35)

35
45 LS, SS LW
LW LH super high load type 30
40 LS, SS medium load type
LY super high load type 25
35
30 20 LH, SH ultra high load type,
LA super high load type LU high load type LY ultra high load type
25 15 (smaller than 35)
LU
20 10
LU, LE LA LE LE high load type
15
5
10 LE medium load type
0
5 0.1 1 10 100 1000
LU high load type
0 Moment load (N-m) per ball slide from rolling direction
10 100 1000 10000 100000
Load per ball slide (N) Fig.I-3•8 Selection based on the moment load, rolling direction
Fig.I-3•4 Selection based on the load

70
(4) Selection based on the moment load per direction, select the value of the direction which
65
ball slide applies the largest moment load. LA
• In cases shown in Fig.I-3•5 to •6, •7, it is necessary • Select the size (model number) based on the 60
LH, SH
to consider the moment load applied to the ball moment load per ball slide referring to either Fig.I- 55
LY LY ultra high load type
slide. 3•8 or Fig.I-3•9. 50
• Moment directions that have to be taken into • Consult NSK when: moment load and vertical load LW
45
account are only those shown by the arrow in the are applied at the same time; or moment load and LA ultra high load type
Size number
40
Figures. horizontal load are applied at the same time. LS, SS medium load type
• When the load is applied from more than one 35
30
LS, SS
25
20
LU/LE medium load type
15
10
LE high load type
5
LE/LU high load type
0
0.1 1 10 100 1000 10000
Moment load (N-m) per ball slide from pitching or yawing direction
Fig.I-3•9 Selection based on the moment load, pitching or yawing direction
• Loads applied to the types recommended in Fig.I-3•4, I-3•8, and I-3•9 are equivalent to 8% of the basic
Fig.I-3•5 Pitching and yawing Fig.I-3•6 Rolling direction Fig.I-3•7 Pitching, rolling
dynamic load rating of the linear guide. This contributes to select a size numfer with a longer life.
direction and yawing directions
A19 A20
A-I-3.4 Accuracy and Preload
A
22
A-I-3.3 Example of Linear Guide Selection (Model number) (1) Accuracy grades and types of preload
The selection below used "A-I-3.2 (3) Selection F K ⋅F 1 Accuracy grades series.
based on load per ball slide." P =∑ +∑ p • The accuracy grade which matches the • Refer to "(2) Application examples of accuracy
4 2
In this example, let us select a linear guide for a characteristic of each series is set for NSK linear grades and preload" which shows cases of
W + F1 + F2 K p 0 ⋅W + K p1 ⋅ F1 + K p 2 ⋅ F2
single axis table as illustrated below. = + guides. appropriate accuracy grade and preload type for
Use LH-AN type in LH Series which is selected based 4 2 • Table I-3•1 shows accuracy grade set for each specific purpose.
on "A-I-2.1 Types and Characteristics of NSK Linear 500 + 2500 + 1000 series.
=
Guides." 4 • See Page A153 for accuracy specifications of each
0 × 500 + 0.73 × 2500 + 0.6 × 1000
+ Table I-3•1 Accuracy grades and applicable series
Z 2
= 2212.5 (N )
Interchangeable
X Y W 30
0 Preloaded assembly (non-interchangeable) assembly
F1 The appropriate size is around 30 for LH, LS, and LY Ultra precision Super precision High precision Precision Normal grade Normal grade
F2 types according to Fig. I-3.4. Confirm the size (Model
number) in " A-I-5 Model Number and Dimension Series P3 P4 P5 P6 PN PC
Table." The correct linear guide size is LH30AN. LH, SH a a a a a a
Calculate the life expectancy using "A-II-3.2 How to
12 0 LS, SS a a a a a a
0 10 0 Calculate Life."
30
18 LA a a a a
0
LY a a a a
LW a a a a
Weight and coordinates of Table W : 3
 f ⋅C 
500N, ( 0, 0, —) L = 50 ×  H  LE a a a a
Weight and coordinates of Weight F1:  f W ⋅ Fm 
3 LU a a a a a
2500N, ( 100, 120, —)  1 × 31000 
= 50 ×   LL a
Weight and coordinates of Weight F2: 1.2 × 2212.5 
1000N, ( 0, 180, —) = 79590 km
Since the above is all vertical load, we do not
consider Z axis coordinates. Under the condition that:
Therefore, the formula "(A) When vertical load is fH : Hardness coefficient –– 1
applied" is.: fW : Load coefficient –– 1.2
C : Basic dynamic load rating –– LH30AN=31000N
X 0 Y0 0 0
Kp0 = + = + =0 Fm : P=2212.5N
Lb Lr 300 300
100 120
(1) Also K p1 = + = 0.73
300 300
0 180
K p2 = + = 0.6
300 300
obtain the load per ball slide P using formula (3.1) as
follows.
A21 A22
A
24
2 Preload • Radial clearance, preload, and rigidity of each series (2) Application examples of accuracy grade and preload
• Several types of preload that match the are shown in Page A155.
• "(2) Application examples of accuracy grade and Table I-3.4 shows examples of accuracy grade and Refer to this table when selecting accuracy grade and
characteristic of each series are set for NSK linear
preload" show cases of appropriate preload and preload" of NSK linear guides for specific purposes. preload type for your application.
guides.
• Types of preload for each series are shown in Table accuracy grades for specific purposes.
I-3•2. Table I-3•4 Examples of accuracy grade and preload for specific purpose
Accuracy grade Preload
machine
Type of
Table I-3.2 Classification of preload Ultra Super High Precision Normal Heavy Medium Light Slight Fine
Application
precision precision precision grade preload preload preload preload clearance
Preloaded assembly (non-interchangeable) Interchangeable assembly P3 P4 P5 P6 PN, PC Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1, ZZ Z0, ZT
Heavy preload Medium preload Light preload Slight preload Fine clearance Slight preload Fine clearance • Machining centers a a a a a
• Grinders a a a a a a
Machine tools
Series Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0 ZZ ZT • Lathes a a a a a
• Milling machines a a a a a
LH, LS a a a a a • Drilling machines a a a a
• Boring machines a a a a a
SH, SS a a a a • Gear cutters a a a a a a
LA a a • Diesinking machine a a a a a a
• Laser cutting machine a a a a a a
LY a a a a a • Electric discharge machine a a a a a
• Punch press a a a a a
Industrial machines and equipment

LW (a) a a a a • Press machine a a a a
LE a a a • Welding machine a a a a a a
• Painting machine a a a a
LU a a a • Textile machine a a a a
• Coil winder a a a a a
LL a • Woodworking machine a a a a a a a
• Glass processing machine a a a a
Note: • Z3 preload types for LW Series are LW35, 50 only. • Stone cutting machine a a a a
• "Z" is omitted from the specification number (See A-I-4.1). • Tire forming machine a a a
3 Combinations of accuracy grade and preload • ATC a a a a
• Industrial robot a a a a a a a
• Combinations of accuracy grade and preload are • Materials handling a a a a
• Packing machine a a a a
shown in Table I-3•3.
• Construction machine a a
• Prober
Semiconductor facilities
a a a
• Wire bonder a a a a a
Table I-3•3 Combinations of accuracy grade and preload type • PCB driller a a a a a
• Slicer a a a
Accuracy grade Preload • Dicer a a a
• Chip mounter a a a a a
P3~P6 Z4~Z0 • IC handler a a a
Preloaded assembly
PN Z1, Z0 • Scanner a a a
• Lithographic machine a a a a a
Interchangeable assembly PC ZZ, ZT • Measuring / inspection equipment a a a a a
Others • Three-dimensional measuring equipment a a a a a a a
• Medical equipment a a a a a
• OA equipment a a a a
• Railway cars a a a
• Stage systems a a
• Pneumatic equipment a a a a
Only "slight preload (Z1, ZZ)" and "fine clearance (Z0, ZT)" are available for normal grade (PN and PC).
For interchangeable type, only accuracy grade "PC," and preload (ZZ) and (ZT) are available.
Refer to Page A151 for the explanation of accuracy grade and preload.
A23 A24
A
A-I-4 Coding for Reference Number of Linear Guides
26
A-I-3.5 Available Length of Rail (single rail) When inquiring about or ordering linear guide products from the catalog, please use the reference number of
• Table I-3•5 and Table I-3•6 show the limitations of rail length (maximum length). the coding system detailed below. Please omit the design serial number (-**) as this is an internal NSK code
However, the limitations vary by accuracy grade. that is assigned after a design is created for an application. Once an order is placed, the product reference
number and design serial number are combined into the final part number.
Table-I-3•5 Limitations of rail length (single rail) A matched set of assemblies is a set of rails and slider blocks where the rails and slider blocks are ground
Unit : mm simultaneously to ensure matching assembly height tolerances depending on the accuracy grade required. If
Series Size you would like to order a matched set, be sure to indicate as such by including the "-II" with your reference
number.
Material 05 07 09 12 15 20 25 30 35 45 55 65 85
Special high 2000 3960 3960 4000 4000 3990 3960 3900 2520
LH carbon steel 1. Preloaded assembly
SH Stainless steel 1800 3500 3500 3500
LS
Special high
carbon steel 2000 3960 3960 4000 4000 L
——
H 30
— ——
1 2——
— ——
0——
0 ——
A–—
NC 2 –**
— — ——
P 5 Z 3 – –—
–— —— —— ——
II
*-II: Set of two guides for an axis
SS Stainless steel 1800 3500 3500 3500 3500 Series Default: One guide
Special high
LA carbon steel 3960 4000 4000 3990 3960 3900 Size Preload code (See Table I-3•2 in page A23)
Special high
LY carbon steel 2000 2000 2200 3000 3000 3700 3000 3000 Accuracy grade code (See Table I-3•2 and I-4•2 in page A22)
Rail length (mm)
LE Stainless steel 150 600 800 1000 1200
Ball slide shape code (See Table I-2•2 in page A15) *Design serial number
Special high
carbon steel 1200 1800 2000
LU Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1 in page A27) Number of the ball slide per rail
Stainless steel 210 375 600 800 1000
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code (I I) that indicates a use of
two rails as a set to finalize the reference number as product identification.
Table-I-3•6 Length limitations of LW Series rails

Unit : mm 2. Interchangeable type
Interchangeable rails and ball slides for random matching are available for LH, LS, SH, SS, LE, LU, and LW
Series Size
series. The rails and ball slides may be purchased separately.
Material 17 21 27 35 50
(1) Reference number coding for assembled rail and ball slide
Special high
LW carbon steel 1000 1600 2000 2400 3000
L
——
H 30
— ——
1 2——
— ——
0——
0 ——
A–—
NC 2 –**
— — ——
P 5 Z 3 – –—
–— —— —— ——
II
*-II: Set of two guides for an axis
• Rails can be butted if user requirement exceeds the Series Default: One guide
rail length shown in the Table. Please consult NSK. Preload code (See Table I-3•2)
Size
• Rails for butting connection are available for LH and
LS interchangeable rails. Please consult with NSK. Rail length (mm) Accuracy code (See Table I-3•2 and I-4•2)
*Design number
Ball slide shape code (See Table I-2•2 in page A15) T: Domestic standard
K and J: Domestic semi-standard
Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1 in page A27) B and D: International user standard
Number of the ball slide per rail
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code (I I) that indicates a use of
two rails as a set to finalize the reference number as product identification.
A25 A26
(2) Reference number coding for interchangeable ball slide A
A-I-5 Model Number and Dimension Table of
NSK Linear Guides 28
L A H 3 5 A N S Z - –—
——— — ——
— —–— — –—
K
A-I-5.1 LH Series
Interchangeable ball slide code Option code
-K: Equipped with standard NSK K1
Series -F: Fluoride low temperature chrome
platin + standard grease
Size -F50: Fluoride low temperature
chrome platin + LG2 grease
Ball slide shape code (See Table I-2•2)
Preload code
Default: Fine clearance
Z: Slight preload
Material code Fig. I-5.1 LH Series

Default Standard material
S: Stainless steel
(1) High self-aligning capability (rolling direction) M
Same as the DF combination in angular contact bearings,
Contact stress
(3) Reference number coding for interchangeable rail self-aligning capability is high because the cross point of
the contact lines of balls and grooves comes inside,
reducing moment rigidity.
L 1 H 3 0 1 2 0 0 L C N T ** P C Z
Q
——
— —
— ——
— ——
———
— — — — ——
–—— ——— —— This increases the capacity to absorb the error of
B
Interchangeable rail code Preload code installation.
T: Fine clearance (2) High load carrying capacity to vertical
Z: Slight preload
Series direction
Accuracy code: PC The contact angle is set at 50 degrees, increasing load
Size (PC grade is only available) carrying capacity as well as rigidity in vertical direction.
Fig. I-5.2 Enlarged illustration of the offset
Rail length (mm) *Design serial number (3) High resistance against impact load gothic-arch groove
T: Domestic standard The bottom ball groove is formed in gothic-arch and the
Shape code K: Domestic semi-standard
B: International user standard center of the top and bottom grooves are offset as shown
L: standard
R: LU09, LU12 and LE standard equipped with ball retainer in Fig.I-5•2. The vertical load is generally carried by the
*Butting rail specification
S: LU09 and LU12 M3 with ball retainer and bolt holes for M3 top rows, at where balls are contacting at two points. Normal load Impact load
N: Non-butting
T: LS15 with bolt holes for M4 L: Butting specification Because of this design, the bottom rows will carry load Supported by 2 rows Supported by 4 rows
Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1) when a large impact load is applied vertically as shown in
Fig.I-5•3. This assures high resistance to the impact load.
* Please consult with NSK for butting rail specification. (4) High accuracy
I-5.4, fixing the master rollers is easy thanks to the
Table I-4•1 Material/surface treatment code Table I-4•2 Accuracy code gothic-arch groove. This makes easy and accurate
Code Description accuracy Non NSK K1 with NSK K1 measuring of ball grooves.
(5) Easy to handle, and designed with safety in Fig. I-5.3 When load is applied
P Special high carbon steel + high performance seal Ultra precision grade P3 K3
mind.
Special high carbon steel + surface treatment Super precision grade P4 K4
R Balls are retained in the retainer, therefore they do not
W
+ high performance seal High precision grade P5 K5 fall out when the ball slider is withdrawn from the rail.
Master roller
T Stainless steel + high performance seal Precision grade P6 K6 (6) Abundant models and sizes
U Stainless steel + surface treatment + high performance seal Normal grade PN KN Each series has various models of ball slides, rendering
C Special high carbon steel (NSK standard) Normal interchan geade PC KC the linear guide available for numerous uses. h
® (7) Interchangeable series is available (prompt
K Stainless steel Note: Refer to Page A125 for NSK K1 lubrication unit.
delivery) Grinding wheel
D Special high carbon steel with surface treatment The series enables random matching of rails and ball Grinding of datum surface Measuring accuracy
H Stainless steel with surface treatment slides (interchangeability) for prompt delivery. and ball grooves of ball grooves
Z Other, special
Fig. I-5.4 Rail grinding and measuring
A27 A28
LH Series (preloaded assembly)
A
Dimensions of LH Series (Preloaded assembly)
30
LH-AL, AN (High load type) BN type AN type
LH-BL, BN (Super high load type) M PO
M RO
L H –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
AN —C—
2 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–—
L L
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. W 4-M × l L1
L1
Size Default: One rail use B1 B N J1 J N J1 J
Rail length (mm) Preload code 0: Z0

1: Z1 T T1 jD T1
Ball slide shape code 3: Z3(See page A23) K
M YO H
Material/surface treatment code Accuracy code h
H1
(See Page A26) (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) E
C: Standard (Special high carbon steel)
K: Stainless steel (Applicable only LH15-30) * Design serial number B3 jd
W2 W1 F
Number of ball slides per rail G n ×F (G)
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code (II) that indicates L0
a use of two rails as a set to finalize the reference number as product identification.
Table. I-5•1 Unit: mm
Assembly Ball slide Rail Basic load rating Ball dia. Weight
Height Width Length Mounting hole Grease fitting Width Height Pitch Mounting G Max. Dynamic Static Static moment Ball Rail
Model No. bolt hole length
L . C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW slide
(recomm ( 0max
) for
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 F d×D×h B3 ended) stainless (N) (N·m) (kg) (kg/m)
LH15AN 55 39 6.5 10800 20700 108 95 80 0.18

2000
28 4.6 9.5 34 26 26 M4×0.7×6 4 23.4 8 j3 8.5 3.3 15 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 3.175 1.6
(1800)
LH15BN 74 58 16 14600 32000 166 216 181 0.26
LH20AN 69.8 36 50 7 17400 32500 219 185 155 0.33

3960
30 5 12 44 32 M5×0.8×6 6 25 12 M6×0.75 5 11 20 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 3.968 2.6
(3500)
LH20BN 91.8 50 72 11 23500 50500 340 420 355 0.48
LH25AL 36 M6×1×6 29 6 0.46

79 35 58 11.5 25600 46000 360 320 267
LH25AN 40 M6×1×9 33 10 3960 0.55
7 12.5 48 35 6.5 12 M6×0.75 11 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 4.762 3.6
LH25BL 36 M6×1×6 29 6 (3500) 0.69
107 50 86 18 34500 71000 555 725 610
LH25BN 40 M6×1×9 33 10 0.82
LH30AL 42 M8×1.25×8 33 7 0.69

85.6 40 59 9.5 31000 51500 490 350 292
LH30AN 45 M8×1.25×10 36 10 4000 0.77
9 16 60 40 10 14 M6×0.75 11 28 26 80 9×14×12 14 20 5.556 5.2
LH30BL 42 M8×1.25×8 33 7 (3500) 1.16
124.6 60 98 19 46000 91500 870 1030 865
LH30BN 45 M8×1.25×10 36 10 1.3
LH35AL 48 M8×1.25×8 38.5 8 1.2

109 50 80 15 47500 80500 950 755 630
LH35AN 55 M8×1.25×12 45.5 15 1.5
9.5 18 70 50 10 15 M6×0.75 11 34 29 80 9×14×12 17 20 4000 6.350 7.2
LH35BL 48 M8×1.25×8 38.5 8 1.7
143 72 114 21 61500 117000 1380 1530 1280
LH35BN 55 M8×1.25×12 45.5 15 2.1
LH45AN 139 60 105 22.5 81000 140000 2140 1740 1460 3.0
70 14 20.5 86 60 M10×1.5×17 13 56 17 Rc1/8 20 13 45 38 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3990 7.937 12.3
LH45BN 171 80 137 28.5 99000 187000 2860 3000 2520 3.9
LH55AN 163 75 126 25.5 119000 198000 3600 3000 2510 4.7
80 15 23.5 100 75 M12×1.75×18 12.5 65 18 Rc1/8 21 13 53 44 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3960 9.525 16.9
LH55BN 201 95 164 34.5 146000 264000 4850 5150 4350 6.1
LH65AN 193 70 147 38.5 181000 281000 6150 4950 4150 7.7
90 16 31.5 126 76 M16×2×20 25 74 23 Rc1/8 19 13 63 53 150 18×26×22 31.5 35 3900 11.906 24.3
LH65BN 253 120 207 43.5 235000 410000 8950 10100 8450 10.8
The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide
mounting surface.
When converting the basic dynamic load rating C to the dynamic load rating C100 for 100 km rating fatigue life, divide the C by 1.26
A29 A30
A
32
LH-EL (High load type) GL type EL type
LH-GL (Super high load type)
M PO
L H –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
EL —C—
2 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–— M RO
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. L L
Size Default: One rail use W 4-M × l L1 L1

B1 B N J1 J N J1 J
1: Z1 T1
jD
T1
Ball slide shape code 3: Z3(See page A23) T
K
Material/surface treatment code Accuracy code M YO H h
H1
(See Page A26) (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) E
W2 W1 F
Number of ball slides per rail G n ×F (G )
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code (II) that indicates L0
a use of two rails as a set to finalize the reference number as product identification.

C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW slide
(recomm L0max.
d×D×h ( ) for
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 F B3 ended) stainless (N) (N·m) (kg) (kg/m)
LH15EL 55 39 4.5 10800 20700 108 95 80 0.17

2000
24 4.6 16 47 38 30 M5×0.8×8 4.5 19.4 8 j3 4.5 3.3 15 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 (1800) 3.175 1.6
LH15GL 74 58 14 14600 32000 166 216 181 0.25
LH20EL 69.8 50 5 17400 32500 219 185 155 0.45

3960
30 5 21.5 63 53 40 M6×1×10 5 25 10 M6×0.75 5 11 20 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 (3500) 3.968 2.6
LH20GL 91.8 72 16 23500 50500 340 420 355 0.65
LH25EL 79 58 6.5 25600 46000 360 320 267 0.63

3960
36 7 23.5 70 57 45 M8×1.25×16 6.5 29 11 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 (3500) 4.762 3.6
LH25GL 107 (M8×1.25×12) 86 20.5 (12) 34500 71000 555 725 610 0.93
LH30EL 98.6 72 10 4000 35500 63000 600 505 425 1.2

42 9 31 90 72 52 M10×1.5×18 9 33 11 M6×0.75 7 11 28 26 80 9×14×12 14 20 (3500) 5.556 5.2
LH30GL 124.6 (M10×1.5×15) 98 23 (15) 46000 91500 870 1030 865 1.6
LH35EL 109 80 9 47500 80500 950 755 630 1.7

48 9.5 33 100 82 62 M10×1.5×20 9 38.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 34 29 80 9×14×12 17 20 4000 6.350 7.2
LH35GL 143 114 26 61500 117000 1380 1530 1280 2.4
LH45EL 139 105 12.5 81000 140000 2140 1740 1460 3.0
60 14 37.5 120 100 80 M12×1.75×24 10 46 13 Rc1/8 10 13 45 38 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3990 7.937 12.3
LH45GL 171 137 28.5 99000 187000 2860 3000 2520 3.9
LH55EL 163 126 15.5 119000 198000 3600 3000 2510 5.0
70 15 43.5 140 116 95 M14×2×28 12 55 15 Rc1/8 11 13 53 44 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3960 9.525 16.9
LH55GL 201 164 34.5 146000 264000 4850 5150 4350 6.5
LH65EL 193 147 18.5 181000 281000 6150 4950 4150 10.0
90 16 53.5 170 142 110 M16×2×24 14 74 23 Rc1/8 19 13 63 53 150 18×26×22 31.5 35 3900 11.906 24.3
LH65GL 253 207 48.5 235000 410000 8950 10100 8450 14.1
LH85GL 110 18 65 215 303 185 140 M20×2.5×30 15 243 51.5 92 30 Rc1/8 23 13 85 65 180 24×35×28 42.5 45 2520 345000 585000 17300 17400 14600 14.287 24.5 38.3
gDimensions in parenthesis are for items made of stainless steel. The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide
gLH85 is the item on order. mounting surface.
gThe external appearance of stainless steel ball slides differs from those of standard material ball slide. When converting the basic dynamic load rating C to the dynamic load rating C100 for 100 km rating fatigue life, divide the C by 1.26
A31 A32
LH-EM
M RO A
(High load type) 4- M × l
LH-FL B1
W
B (jQ 2 pilot drill) 34
LH-GM
(Super high load type)
LH-HL T l
K M PO
L H –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
FL —C—
2 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–— M YO H
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. E

L
Size Default: One rail use B3 L1

EM• GM type N J1 J
W2 W1
1: Z1 jD
T1
Ball slide shape code 3: Z3(See page A23) M RO
Material/surface treatment code Accuracy code h
W 4-jQ1 drill thru H1
(See Page A26) (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) B1 B
K: Stainless steel (Applicable only LH15-30) * Design serial number jd
T l F
Number of ball slides per rail G n×F (G)
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code M YO K
H L0
(II) that indicates a use of two rails as a set to finalize the reference
number as product identification. E
B3
W2 W1 FL• HL type

Height Width Length Mounting hole Grease fitting Width Height Pitch Mounting G aMax. Dynamic Static Static moment Ball Rail
Q1 × l C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW slide
(recomm L0max.
d×D×h ( ) for
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l Q2 B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 F B3 ended) stainless (N) (N·m) (kg) (kg/m)
LH15FL 55 4.5×7 — 39 4.5 10800 20700 108 95 80 0.17
LH15EM 24 4.6 16 47 38 30 M5×0.8×7 4.4 4.5 19.4 8 j3 4.5 3.3 15 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 2000 3.175 1.6
LH15HL 4.5×7 — (1800)
LH15GM 74 M5×0.8×7 4.4 58 14 14600 32000 166 216 181 0.25
LH20FL 69.8 6×9.5 — 50 5
LH20EM M6×1.0×9.5 5.3 3960 17400 32500 219 185 155 0.45
LH20HL 30 5 21.5 63 91.8
53 40 6×9.5 — 5
72 16
25 10 M6×0.75 5 11 20 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 (3500) 23500 50500 340 420 355
3.968
0.65
2.6
LH20GM M6×1×9.5 5.3
LH25FL 7×10 (7×11.5) —
LH25EM 79 M8×1.25×10 6.8 58 6.5 25600 46000 360 320 267 0.63
(M8×1.25×11.5) 11 3960
36 7 23.5 70 57 45 6.5 29 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 4.762 3.6
LH25HL 7×10 (7×11.5) — (12) (3500)
LH25GM 107 M8×1.25×10 6.8 86 20.5 34500 71000 555 725 610 0.93
(M8×1.25×11.5)
LH30FL 9×12 (9×14.5) —
98.6 M10×1.5×12 72 10 35500 63000 600 505 425 1.2
LH30EM (M10×1.5×14.5) 8.6 11
28 26 80 9×14×12 14 20 4000 5.556 5.2
42 9 31 90 72 52 9 33 M6×0.75 7 11 (3500)
LH30HL 9×12(9×14.5) — (15)
124.6 M10×1.5×12 98 23 46000 91500 870 1030 865 1.6
LH30GM (M10×1.5×14.5 8.6
LH35FL 109 9×13 — 80 9 47500 80500 950 755 630 1.7
LH35EM M10×1.5×13 8.6
LH35HL 48 9.5 33 100 82 62 9×13 — 9 38.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 34 29 80 9×14×12 17 20 4000 6.35 7.2
143 114 26 61500 117000 1380 1530 1280 2.4
LH35GM M10×1.5×13 8.6
LH45FL 11×15 —
LH45EM 139 M12×1.75×15 10.5 105 12.5 81000 140000 2140 1740 1460 3
60 14 37.5 120 100 80 10 46 13 Rc1/8 10 13 45 38 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3990 7.937 12.3
LH45HL 171 11×15 — 137 28.5 99000 187000 2860 3000 2520 3.9
LH45GM M12×1.75×15 10.5
LH55FL 163 14×18 — 126 15.5 119000 198000 3600 3000 2510 5
LH55EM M14×2×18 12.5
LH55HL 70 15 43.5 140 116 95 14×18 — 12 55 15 Rc1/8 11 13 53 44 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3990 9.525 16.9
201 164 34.5 146000 264000 4850 5150 4350 6.5
LH55GM M14×2×18 12.5
LH65FL 16×24 —
LH65EM 193 M16×2×24 146 147 18.5 181000 281000 6150 4950 4150 10
90 16 53.5 170 142 110 14 74 23 Rc1/8 19 13 63 53 150 18×26×22 31.5 35 3900 11.906 24.3
LH65HL 253 16×24 — 207 48.5 235000 410000 8950 10100 8450 14.1
LH65GM M16×2×24 14.6
LH85HL 110 18 65 215 303 185 140 18×30 — 15 243 51.5 92 30 Rc1/8 23 13 85 65 180 24×35×28 42.5 45 2520 345000 585000 17300 17400 14600 14.287 24.5 38.3
gLH85 is the item on order. mounting surface.
gThe external appearance of stainless steel ball slides differs from those of standard material ball slide. When converting the basic dynamic load rating C to the dynamic load rating C100 for 100 km rating fatigue life,
A33 divide the C by 1.26 A34
LH Series (interchangeable part)
A
Dimensions of LH Series (Interchangeable ball slide)
AL type BL type 36
LAH-AN (High load type) AN type BN type Standard
LAH-BN (Super high load type)
MPO
stock
MRO
N L N L
• See Page A27 Reference Number of each interchangeable part.
W 4-M × l L1 L1
LA —
—– H –—
30 A
—–N—
S —
Z –—
K B1 B J1 J J1 J
Interchangeable Option code
ball slide code -K: Equipped with standard NSK K1 T1 T1
T
Series -F: Fluoride low temperature
chrome platin + standard grease K MYO
H
Ball slide shape code chrome platin + LG2 grease
E
(See Table I-2•2) Preload code
Default: Fine clearance W2 W1
Material code
Default Standard material Z: Slight preload
S: Stainless steel
(Applicable only LH15-30)

Assembly Ball slide Basic load rating Ball dia. Weight
Height Width Length Mounting hole Grease fitting Dynamic Static Static moment Ball slide
Model No.
C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N (N) (N·m) (kg)
LAH15AN 55 39 6.5 10800 20700 108 95 80 0.18

28 4.6 9.5 34 26 26 M4×0.7×6 4 23.4 8 j3 8.5 3.3 3.175
LAH15BN 74 58 16 14600 32000 166 216 181 0.26
LAH20AN 69.8 36 50 7 17400 32500 219 185 155 0.33

30 5 12 44 32 M5×0.8×6 6 25 12 M6×0.75 5 11 3.968
LAH20BN 91.8 50 72 11 23500 50500 340 420 355 0.48
LAH25AL 36 M6×1×6 29 6 0.46

79 35 58 11.5 25600 46000 360 320 267
LAH25AN 40 M6×1×9 33 10 0.55
7 12.5 48 35 6.5 12 M6×0.75 11 4.762
LAH25BL 36 M6×1×6 29 6 0.69
107 50 86 18 34500 71000 555 725 610
LAH25BN 40 M6×1×9 33 10 0.82
LAH30AL 42 M8×1.25×8 33 7 0.69

85.6 40 59 9.5 31000 51500 490 350 292
LAH30AN 45 M8×1.25×10 36 10 0.77
9 16 60 40 10 14 M6×0.75 11 5.556
LAH30BL 42 M8×1.25×8 33 7 1.16
124.6 60 98 19 46000 91500 870 1030 865
LAH30BN 45 M8×1.25×10 36 10 1.3
LAH35AL 48 M8×1.25×8 38.5 8 1.2

109 50 80 15 47500 80500 950 755 630
LAH35AN 55 M8×1.25×12 45.5 15 1.5
9.5 18 70 50 10 15 M6×0.75 11 6.350
LAH35BL 48 M8×1.25×8 38.5 8 1.7
143 72 114 21 61500 117000 1380 1530 1280
LAH35BN 55 M8×1.25×12 45.5 15 2.1
LAH45AN 139 60 105 22.5 81000 140000 2140 1740 1460 3.0
70 14 20.5 86 60 M10×1.5×17 13 56 17 Rc1/8 20 13 7.937
LAH45BN 171 80 137 28.5 99000 187000 2860 3000 2520 3.9
LAH55AN 163 75 126 25.5 119000 198000 3600 3000 2510 4.7
80 15 23.5 100 75 M12×1.75×18 12.5 65 18 Rc1/8 21 13 9.525
LAH55BN 201 95 164 34.5 146000 264000 4850 5150 4350 6.1
LAH65AN 193 70 147 38.5 181000 281000 6150 4950 4150 7.7
90 16 31.5 126 76 M16×2×20 25 74 23 Rc1/8 19 13 11.906
LAH65BN 253 120 207 43.5 235000 410000 8950 10100 8450 10.8
The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide mounting surface.
A35 When converting the basic dynamic load rating C to the dynamic load rating C100 for 100 km rating fatigue life, divide the C by 1.26 A36
A
38
LAH-EL (High load type) Standard
LAH-GL (Super high load type) EL type GL type stock
MPO
• See Page A27 Reference Number of each interchangeable part. MRO
LA —
—– H –—
3 0 —–
EL —
S —
Z –—
K N L N L
Interchangeable Option code W 4-M × l L1 L1

ball slide code -K: Equipped with standard NSK K1 B1 B J1 J J1 J

chrome platin + standard grease T1 T1
T MYO
Size -F50: Fluoride low temperature K
Ball slide shape code chrome platin + LG2 grease H
E
Material code Default: Fine clearance
Default Standard material Z: Slight preload W2 W1
S: Stainless steel
(Applicable only LH15-30)

Model No.
C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N (N) (N·m) (kg)
LAH15EL 55 39 4.5 10800 20700 108 95 80 0.17

24 4.6 16 47 38 30 M5×0.8×8 4.5 19.4 8 j3 4.5 3.3 3.175
LAH15GL 74 58 14 14600 32000 166 216 181 0.25
LAH20EL 69.8 50 5 17400 32500 219 185 155 0.45

30 5 21.5 63 53 40 M6×1×10 5 25 10 M6×0.75 5 11 3.968
LAH20GL 91.8 72 16 23500 50500 340 420 355 0.65
LAH25EL 79 58 6.5 25600 46000 360 320 267 0.63

36 7 23.5 70 57 45 M8×1.25×16 6.5 29 11 M6×0.75 6 11 4.762
LAH25GL 107 (M8×1.25×12) 86 20.5 (12) 34500 71000 555 725 610 0.93
LAH30EL 98.6 72 10 35500 63000 490 505 425 1.2

42 9 31 90 72 52 M10×1.5×18 9 33 11 M6×0.75 7 11 5.556
LAH30GL 124.6 (M10×1.5×15) 98 23 (15) 46000 91500 870 1030 865 1.6
LAH35EL 109 80 9 47500 80500 950 755 630 1.7

48 9.5 33 100 82 62 M10×1.5×20 9 38.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 6.350
LAH35GL 143 114 26 61500 117000 1380 1530 1280 2.4
LAH45EL 139 105 12.5 81000 140000 2140 1740 1460 3.0
60 14 37.5 120 100 80 M12×1.75×24 10 46 13 Rc1/8 10 13 7.937
LAH45GL 171 137 28.5 99000 187000 2860 3000 2520 3.9
LAH55EL 163 126 15.5 119000 198000 3600 3000 2510 5.0
70 15 43.5 140 116 95 M14×2×28 12 55 15 Rc1/8 11 13 9.525
LAH55GL 201 164 34.5 146000 264000 4850 5150 4350 6.5
LAH65EL 193 147 18.5 181000 281000 6150 4950 4150 10.0
90 16 53.5 170 142 110 M16×2×24 14 74 23 Rc1/8 19 13 11.906
LAH65GL 253 207 48.5 235000 410000 8950 10100 8450 14.1
gThe external appearance of stainless steel ball slides differs from those of standard material ball slide. mounting surface.
When converting the basic dynamic load rating C to the dynamic load rating C100 for 100 km rating fatigue life,
A37 divide the C by 1.26 A38
MRO A
LAH-EM W 4-M × l 40
LAH-FL (High load type) B1 B
(jQ2 pilot drill) Standard
LAH-HL stock
LAH-GM (Super high load type)
T
MYO
• See Page A27 Reference Number of each interchangeable part. H
K N L
LA —
H –—
3 0 —–
FL —
S —
Z –—
K L1
—– E J1 J
Interchangeable Option code EM• GM type
ball slide code -K: Equipped with standard NSK K1 W2 W1
T1
MRO
chrome platin + standard grease
Size -F50: Fluoride low temperature W 4-jQ1 × l
Ball slide shape code chrome platin + LG2 grease B1 B
Material code Default: Fine clearance T
Default Standard material Z: Slight preload MYO
K
S: Stainless steel H
(Applicable only LH15-30) E

W2 W1 FL • HL type
Model No.
Q1 × l C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l Q2 B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N (N) (N·m) (kg)
LAH15FL 55 4.5×7 — 39 4.5 10800 20700 108 95 80 0.17
LAH15EM M5×0.8×7 4.4
LAH15HL 24 4.6 16 47 38 30 4.5×7 — 4.5 19.4 8 j3 4.5 3.3 3.175
74 58 14 14600 32000 166 216 181 0.25
LAH15GM M5×0.8×7 4.4
LAH20FL 6×9.5 —
LAH20EM 69.8 M6×1×9.5 5.3 50 5 17400 32500 219 185 155 0.45
30 5 21.5 63 53 40 5 25 10 M6×0.75 5 11 3.968
LAH20HL 91.8 6×9.5 — 72 16 23500 50500 340 420 355 0.65
LAH20GM M6×1×9.5 5.3
LAH25FL 7×10 (7×11.5) —
79 M8×1.25×10 58 6.5 25600 46000 360 320 267 0.63
LAH25EM (M8×1.25×11.5) 6.8 11
36 7 23.5 70 57 45 6.5 29 M6×0.75 6 11 4.762
LAH25HL 7×10 (7×11.5) — (12)
LAH25GM 107 M8×1.25×10 6.8 86 20.5 34500 71000 555 725 610 0.93
(M8×1.25×11.5)
LAH30FL 9×12 (9×14.5) —
98.6 M10×1.5×12 35500 63000 600 505 425 1.2
LAH30EM (M10×1.5×14.5) 8.6 72 10 11
42 9 31 90 72 52 9 33 M6×0.75 7 11 5.556
LAH30HL 9×12 (9×14.5) — (15)
LAH30GM 124.6 M10×1.5×12 8.6 98 23 46000 91500 870 1030 865 1.6
(M10×1.5×14.5)
LAH35FL 9×13 —
LAH35EM 109 M10×1.5×13 8.6 80 9 47500 80500 950 755 630 1.7
48 9.5 33 100 82 62 9 38.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 6.35
LAH35HL 143 9×13 — 114 26 61500 117000 1380 1530 1280 2.4
LAH35GM M10×1.5×13 8.6
LAH45FL 139 11×15 — 105 12.5 81000 140000 2140 1740 1460 3
LAH45EM M12×1.75×15 10.5
LAH45HL 60 14 37.5 120 100 80 11×15 — 10 46 13 Rc1/8 10 13 7.937
171 137 28.5 99000 187000 2860 3000 2520 3.9
LAH45GM M12×1.75×15 10.5
LAH55FL 14×18 —
LAH55EM 163 M14×2×18 12.5 12 126 15.5 119000 198000 3600 3000 2510 5
70 15 43.5 140 116 95 55 15 Rc1/8 11 13 9.525
LAH55HL 201 14×18 — 164 34.5 146000 264000 4850 5150 4350 6.5
LAH55GM M14×2×18 12.5
LAH65FL 193 16×24 — 147 18.5
LAH65EM M16×2×24 146 14 181000 281000 6150 4950 4150 10
LAH65HL 90 16 53.5 170 142 110 16×24 — 74 23 Rc1/8 19 13 11.906
LAH65GM 253 M16×2×24 14.6 207 48.5 235000 410000 8950 10100 8450 14.1
A39 A40
A
42
Dimensions of LH Series (Interchangeable rail) Standard A-I-5.2 LS Series
stock
Example of reference number
Regular rail (non-butting rail)
L1 —
—– H –—
3 0 —––—
1200 —
L —
C —
NT PC —
** —–
—–– Z
interchangeable rail code Preload code
Series code T: Fine clearance
Z: Slight preload
Size code
Accuracy code: PC
Rail length (mm) (PC grade is only available)
Fig. I-5•5 LS Series
Shape code (L: Standard) *Design serial number
Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1) T: Domestic standard (1) High self aligning capability (rolling direction)
K: Domestic semi-standard M
*Butting rail specification Same as the DF combination in angular contact bearings,
B: International user standard
N: Non-butting self-aligning capability is high because the cross point of
L: Butting specification Contact stress
the contact lines of balls and grooves comes inside,
* Please consult with NSK for butting rail specification.
reducing moment rigidity. This increases the capacity to
absorb the error of installation.
φD (2) High load carrying capacity to vertical
Q
A
B
direction
The contact angle is set at 50 degrees, increasing load
h
H1 carrying capacity as well as rigidity against the load in
vertical direction.
(3) High resistance against impact load
B3 φd
The bottom ball groove is formed in gothic-arch and the Fig. I-5•6 Enlarged illustration: Offset gothic-
W1 F center of the top and bottom grooves are offset as shown arch
G n ×F (G) in Fig. I-5•6. The vertical load is usually carried by top 2
L0
rows at where balls are contacting at two points. Because
of this design, the bottom rows will carry the load when a
Normal load Impact load
large impact load is applied as shown in Fig. I-5•7. This
assures high resistance to the impact load. Supported by 2 rows Supported by 4 rows
Table I-5•7 Unit: mm

(4) High accuracy
As shown in Fig. I-5•8, fixing the measuring rollers is
Rail Weight
simple thanks to the gothic-arch groove. This makes easy
Model No. Width Height Pitch Mounting bolt hole G Max. length Rail
L 0MAX and accurate measuring of ball- grooves.
W1 H1 F d×D×h B3 Recommended ( )for stainless (Kg / m) (5) Easy to handle, and designed with safety in
L1H15 15 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 2000 (1800) 1.6 mind.
Balls are retained in the retainer and do not fall out when Fig. I-5•7 When load is applied
L1H20 20 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 3960 (3500) 2.6 the ball slide is withdrawn from the rail.
L1H25 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3960 (3500) 3.6 (6) Abundant models and sizes come in series.
Each series have several ball slide models, rendering the W
L1H30 28 26 80 9×14×12 14 20 4000 (3500) 5.2 linear guide available for numerous uses. The LS Series Master roller
L1H35 34 29 80 9×14×12 17 20 4000 7.2 also has standardized long stainless- steel rail (maximum:
3 500 mm).
L1H45 45 38 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3990 12.3 (7) Interchangeable series is available (short h
L1H55 53 44 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3960 16.9 delivery time)

The series enables random matching of rails and ball Grinding wheel
L1H65 63 53 150 18×26×22 31.5 35 3900 24.3
slides (interchangeability) for prompt delivery. Grinding of datum surface Measuring accuracy
0
and ball grooves of ball grooves
G dimension is 1/2F-0.5 for butting rail.
Fig. I-5•8 Rail-grinding and measuring
A41 A42
LS Series (preloaded assembly)
A
Dimensions of LS Series (Preloaded assembly)
44
CL type AL type
LS-CL (Medium load type)
LS-AL (High load type) M RO
M RO
L S –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
AL —C—
2 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–—
L N L
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. W L1 2-M × l L1 4-M × l
Size Default: One rail use B1 B J1 J1 J

1: Z1 T1
Ball slide shape code 3: Z3(See page A23) T jD
M YO K
Material/surface treatment code Accuracy code H
h
(See Page A27) (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) H1
C: Standard (Special high carbon steel) E
K: Stainless steel (Applicable only LH15-30) * Design serial number
B3 jd
Number of ball slides per rail
W2 W1 F
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code
G n ×F (G )
L0
number as product identification.

(recomm L0max.
d×D×h ( ) for
g
LS15CL 40.4 — 23.6 11.8 5400 9100 46 25 21 0.14
3.5×6×4.5 2000
24 4.6 9.5 34 26 M4×0.7×6 4 19.4 10 φ3 6 3 15 12.5 60 7.5 20 2.778 1.4
4.5×7.5×5.3 (1700)
LS15AL 56.8 26 40 7 8350 16900 85 77 65 0.20
LS20CL 47.2 — 30 15 7900 13400 92 47 39 0.19

3960
28 6 11 42 32 M5×0.8×7 5 22 12 M6×0.75 5.5 11 20 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 3.175 2.3
(3500)
LS20AL 65.2 32 48 8 11700 23500 160 133 111 0.28
LS25CL 59.6 — 38 19 12700 20800 164 91 76 0.34

3960
33 7 12.5 48 35 M6×1×9 6.5 26 12 M6×0.75 7 11 23 18 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3.968 3.1
(3500)
LS25AL 81.6 35 60 12.5 18800 36500 286 258 217 0.51
LS30CL 67.4 — 42 21 18700 29600 282 139 116 0.58

4000
42 9 16 60 40 M8×1.25×12 10 33 13 M6×0.75 8 11 28 23 80 7×11×9 14 20 4.762 4.8
(3500)
LS30AL 96.4 40 71 15.5 28800 55000 520 435 365 0.85
LS35CL 77 — 49 24.5 26000 40000 465 220 185 0.86

4000
48 10.5 18 70 50 M8×1.25×12 10 37.5 14 M6×0.75 8.5 11 34 27.5 80 9×14×12 17 20 5.556 7.0
(3500)
LS35AL 108 50 80 15 40000 74500 865 695 580 1.3
gStandard mounting hole of LS15 rail is for M3 bolts (Hole size: 3.5×6×4.5). The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide
If you require the mounting hole for M4 bolts (Hole size: 4.5×7.5×5.3), please specify it when ordering. mounting surface.
A43 A44
A
46
LS-JL (Medium load type) JL type EL type
LS-EL (High load type)
L S –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
EL —C—
2 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–— M RO
M RO
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. N L N L
Size Default: One rail use W 4-M × l

L1
L1
B1 B 2-M × l 4-M × l
J1 J
Rail length (mm) Preload code 0: Z0 J1
1: Z1 T1
Ball slide shape code 3: Z3(See page A23) T T1
jD
M YO K
Material/surface treatment code Accuracy code H
h
(See Page A27) (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) H1
E
Number of ball slides per rail W2 W1

F
G n ×F (G)
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code L0

(recomm L0max.
d×D×h ( ) for
g
LS15JL 40.4 — 23.6 11.8 3.5×6×4.5 2000 5400 9100 46 25 21 0.17
24 4.6 18.5 52 41 M5×0.8×8 5.5 19.4 8 φ3 6 3 15 12.5 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 (1700) 2.778 1.4
LS15EL 56.8 26 40 7 8350 16900 85 77 65 0.26
LS20JL 47.2 — 30 15 3960 7900 13400 92 47 39 0.24

28 6 19.5 59 49 M6×1×10 5 22 10 M6×0.75 5.5 11 20 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 3.175 2.3
(3500)
LS20EL 65.2 32 48 8 11700 23500 160 133 111 0.35
LS25JL 59.6 — 38 19 3960 12700 20800 164 91 76 0.44

33 7 25 73 60 M8×1.25×12 6.5 26 11 M6×0.75 7 11 23 18 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3.968 3.1
(3500)
LS25EL 81.6 35 60 12.5 (12) 18800 36500 286 258 217 0.66
LS30JL 67.4 — 42 21 4000 18700 29600 282 139 116 0.76

42 9 31 90 72 M10×1.5×18 9 33 11 M6×0.75 8 11 28 23 80 7×11×9 14 20 4.762 4.8
(3500)
LS30EL 96.4 40 (M10×1.5×15) 71 15.5 (15) 28800 55000 520 435 365 1.2
LS35JL 77 — 49 24.5 4000 26000 40000 465 220 185 1.2

48 10.5 33 100 82 M10×1.5×20 9 37.5 12 M6×0.75 8.5 11 34 27.5 80 9×14×12 17 20 5.556 7.0
(3500)
LS35EL 108 50 (M10×1.5×15) 80 15 (15) 40000 74500 865 695 580 1.7
A45 A46
EM type
JM type Mpo A
L
L1 2-M × l
N L
L1 4-M × l
48
LS-KL (Medium load type) J1 (jQ2 pilot drill)
J1 J (jQ2 pilot drill)
LS-FL (High load type)
T1
L S –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
FL —C—
2 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–—
MRO
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set.
Size Default: One rail use W
Rail length (mm) Preload code 0: Z0 B1 B
FL type
1: Z1 KL type Mpo
Ball slide shape code 3: Z3(See page A23)
T L
Material/surface treatment code N L
Accuracy code MYO K L1 2-jQ 1 × l
L1 4-jQ 1 × l
(See Page A27) (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) H J1
J1 J
K: Stainless steel (Applicable only LH15-30) * Design serial number E
T1
Number of ball slides per rail B3 jD
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code W2 W1
(II) that indicates a use of two rails as a set to finalize the reference h
H1
jd
F
G n×F (G )
L0
(recomm L0max.
d×D×h ( ) for
H E W2 W L B J Q1 × l Q2 B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 F B3 ended) stainless (N) (N·m) (kg) (kg/m)
LS15KL 40.4 — 4.5×7 — 23.6 11.8 g 5400 9100 46 25 21 0.17 1.4
LS15JM M5×0.8×7 4.4 3.5×6×4.5 2000
LS15FL 24 4.6 18.5 52 41 4.5×7 — 5.5 40 19.4 8 φ3 6 3 15 12.5 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 (1700) 2.778
56.8 26 7 8350 16900 85 77 65 0.26
LS15EM M5×0.8×7 4.4
LS20KL 5.5×9 (5.5×9.5) —
LS20JM 47.2 — M6×1×9 5.3 30 15 7900 13400 92 47 39 0.24
(M6×1×9.5) 3960
28 6 19.5 59 49 5 22 10 M6×0.75 5.5 11 20 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 3.175 2.3
LS20FL 5.5×9 (5.5×9.5) — (3500)
65.2 32 M6×1×9 48 8 11700 23500 160 133 111 0.35
LS20EM (M6×1×9.5) 5.3
LS25KL 7×10 (7×11.5) —
LS25JM 59.6 — M8×1.25×10 6.8 38 19 12700 20800 164 91 76 0.44
33 7 25 73 60 (M8×1.25×11.5) 6.5 26 11 M6×0.75 7 11 23 18 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3960 3.968 3.1
LS25FL 7×10 (7×11.5) — (12) (3500)
81.6 35 M8×1.25×10 60 12.5 18800 36500 286 258 217 0.66
LS25EM (M8×1.25×11.5) 6.8
LS30KL 9×12 (9×14.5) —
LS30JM 67.4 — M10×1.5×12 8.6 42 21 18700 29600 282 139 116 0.76
42 9 31 90 72 (M10×1.5×14.5) 9 33 11 M6×0.75 8 11 28 23 80 7×11×9 14 20 4000 4.762 4.8
LS30FL 9×12 (9×14.5) — (15) (3500)
LS30EM 96.4 40 M10×1.5×12 8.6 71 15.5 28800 55000 520 435 365 1.2
(M10×1.5×14.5)
LS35KL 9×13 (9×14.5) —
77 — M10×1.5×13 49 24.5 26000 40000 465 220 185 1.2
LS35JM (M10×1.5×14.5) 8.6
48 10.5 33 100 82 9 37.5 12 M6×0.75 8.5 11 34 27.5 80 9×14×12 17 20 4000 5.556 7
LS35FL 9×13 (9×14.5) — (15) (3500)
LS35EM 108 50 M10×1.5×13 8.6 80 15 40000 74500 865 695 580 1.7
(M10×1.5×14.5)
A47 A48
LS Series (interchangeable part)
A
Dimensions of LS Series (Interchangeable ball slide)
50
LAS-CL (Medium load type)
CL type AL type Standard
LAS-AL (High load type) MPO stock
MRO
N L N L
LA —
S –—
3 0 —–
AL —
S —
Z –—
K 2-M × l 4-M × l
—– W L1 L1
Interchangeable Option code B1 B J1 J1 J
ball slide code -K: Equipped with standard NSK K1
Size T
-F50: Fluoride low temperature K MYO
Default: Fine clearance E
Material code
S: Stainless steel

Height Width Length Mounting hole Grease fitting Dynamic Static Static moment
Model No. Ball slide
C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
(kg)
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N (N) (N·m)
LAS15CL 40.4 — 23.6 11.8 5400 9100 46 25 21 0.14

24 4.6 9.5 34 26 M4×0.7×6 4 19.4 10 φ 3 6 3 2.778
LAS15AL 56.8 26 40 7 8350 16900 85 77 65 0.20
LAS20CL 47.2 — 30 15 7900 13400 92 47 39 0.19

28 6 11 42 32 M5×0.8×7 5 22 12 M6×0.75 5.5 11 3.175
LAS20AL 65.2 32 48 8 11700 23500 160 133 111 0.28
LAS25CL 59.6 — 38 19 12700 20800 164 91 76 0.34

33 7 12.5 48 35 M6×1×9 6.5 26 12 M6×0.75 7 11 3.968
LAS25AL 81.6 35 60 12.5 18800 36500 286 258 217 0.51
LAS30CL 67.4 — 42 21 18700 29600 282 139 116 0.58

42 9 16 60 40 M8×1.25×12 10 33 13 M6×0.75 8 11 4.762
LAS30AL 96.4 40 71 15.5 28800 55000 520 435 365 0.85
LAS35CL 77 — 49 24.5 26000 40000 465 220 185 0.86

48 10.5 18 70 50 M8×1.25×12 10 37.5 14 M6×0.75 8.5 11 5.556
LAS35AL 108 50 80 15 40000 74500 865 695 580 1.3
mounting surface.
A49 A50
LAS-EL (High load type)

A
LAS-EM 52
• See Page A27 Reference Number of each interchangeable part. Standard
LA —
S –—
3 0 —–
EL —
S —
Z –—
K stock
—–
chrome platin + standard grease
Ball slide shape code chrome platin + LG2 grease
Material code Default: Fine clearance
Default Standard material Z: Slight preload
S: Stainless steel M PO MPO
M RO MRO
N L N L
W W 4-M × l L1 L1
4-M × l
B1 B (jQ2 pilot drill) B1 B J1 J J1 J
T1 T1
T T
M YO K MYO
K
H H
E E
W2 W1 W2 W1
EM type EL type EM type EL type

C C0 MRO MPO MYO
(kg)
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l Q2 B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N (N) (N·m) DW
LAS15EL M5×0.8×8 —
24 4.6 18.5 52 56.8 41 26 5.5 40 7 19.4 8 φ 3 6 3 8350 16900 85 77 65 2.778 0.26
LAS15EM M5×0.8×7 4.4
LAS20EL M6×1×10 —
28 6 19.5 59 65.2 49 32 5 48 8 22 10 M6×0.75 5.5 11 11700 23500 160 133 111 3.175 0.35
M6×1×9
LAS20EM 5.3
(M6×1×9.5)
LAS25EL M8×1.25×12 —
33 7 25 73 81.6 60 35 6.5 60 12.5 26 11 M6×0.75 7 11 18800 36500 286 258 217 3.968 0.66
M8×1.25×10
LAS25EM 6.8
(M8×1.25×11.5)
M10×1.5×18
LAS30EL —
(M10×1.5×15) 9 71 15.5 33 11
42 9 31 90 96.4 72 40 M6×0.75 8 11 28800 55000 520 435 365 4.762 1.2
M10×1.5×12 (15)
LAS30EM 8.6
(M10×1.5×14.5)
M10×1.5×20
LAS35EL —
(M10×1.5×15) 12
48 10.5 33 100 108 82 50 9 80 15 37.5 M6×0.75 8.5 11 40000 74500 865 695 580 5.556 1.7
M10×1.5×13 (15)
LAS35EM 8.6
(M10×1.5×14.5)
gDimensions in parenthesis are for items made of stainless steel. The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide mounting surface.
A51 A52
A
54
LAS-KL (Medium load type) KL type FL type Standard
LAS-FL (High load type) M PO stock
M RO
N L N L
LA —S –—
3 0 —–
FL —S —
Z –—
K 2-φ Q1×l 4-φ Q1×l
—– W L1 L1
Interchangeable Option code B1 J1
B J1 J
Size T
-F50: Fluoride low temperature K M YO
Default: Fine clearance E
Material code
S: Stainless steel

C C0 MR0 MP0 MY0 DW
(kg)
H E W2 W L B J Q1×l B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N (N) (N · m)
LAS15KL 40.4 — 23.6 11.8 5400 9100 46 25 21 0.17

24 4.6 18.5 52 41 4.5×7 5.5 19.4 8 φ 3 6 3 2.778
LAS15FL 56.8 26 40 7 8350 16900 85 77 65 0.26
LAS20KL 47.2 — 30 15 7900 13400 92 47 39 0.24

28 6 19.5 59 49 5.5×9 5 22 10 M6×0.75 5.5 11 3.175
LAS20FL 65.2 32 (5.5×9.5) 48 8 11700 23500 160 133 111 0.35
LAS25KL 59.6 — 38 19 12700 20800 164 91 76 0.44

33 7 25 73 60 7×10 6.5 26 11 M6×0.75 7 11 3.968
LAS25FL 81.6 35 (7×11.5) 60 12.5 (12) 18800 36500 286 258 217 0.66
LAS30KL 67.4 — 42 21 18700 29600 282 139 116 0.76

42 9 31 90 72 9×12 9 33 11 M6×0.75 8 11 4.762
LAS30FL 96.4 40 (9×14.5) 71 15.5 (15) 28800 55000 520 435 365 1.2
LAS35KL 77 — 49 24.5 26000 40000 465 220 185 1.2

48 10.5 33 100 82 9×13 9 37.5 12 M6×0.75 8.5 11 5.556
LAS35FL 108 50 (9×14.5) 80 15 (15) 40000 74500 865 695 580 1.7
A53 A54
A
56
Dimensions of LS Series (Interchangeable rail) A-I-5.3 LA Series
Standard
Example of reference number stock
L1 —
—– S –—
1 5 —––—
1000 —
L —
C —
NT PC —
** —–
—–– Z
Z: Slight preload
Size code
Accuracy code: PC
Rail length (mm) (PC grade is only available) Fig. I-5•9 LA Series
Shape code (See page 27) *Design serial number
(L : standard, LS15 mouting hole for M3 specification T:LS15 mouting hole for M4 specification) T: Domestic standard (1) High rigidity and high load carrying
Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1) K: Domestic semi-standard capacity
*Butting rail specification A set of three ball grooves is made on both sides.
N: Non-butting
45°
This contributes to the increased rigidity and load
L: Butting specification
carrying capacity. The top and bottom groove are
45°
φD formed in the circular arc with a closer radius of
45°
ball, which ensures great rigidity and load carrying
capacity. With the gothic-arch center groove, rigidity
45°
h
H1 and load carrying capacity are further increased.
(2) Moderate friction
φd
A well-balanced combination of 2-point contacts at
B3
the top and bottom grooves and 4 points contact at Fig. I-5•10 Super rigidity design
W1 F
the center groove provides moderate friction while
G n ×F (G)
ensuring rigidity by appropriate preload.
L0 (3) Load distribution four directions
Contact angle is set at 45 degrees in all grooves,
Table I-5•14 Unit: mm dispersing the load to four rows irrespective of load
Rail Weight direction. This realizes equal rigidity and load
Model No. Width Height Mounting bolt hole G Max. length carrying capacity in vertical and lateral directions
Pitch Rail
L 0MAX. and provides well-balanced design.
W1 H1 F d ×D ×h B3 Recommended ( ) for stainless (Kg / m)
(4) Strong against shock load
3.5×6×4.5* 2000
L1S15 15 12.5 60
4.5×7.5×5.3
7.5 20
(1700)
1.4 Load from any direction, vertical and lateral, is Grinding wheel
3960 received by four rows at all times. The number of
L1S20 20 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 2.3
(3500) the row which receives the load is larger than in
3960 other linear guides, making this series stronger Fig. I-5•11 Rail grinding
L1S25 23 18 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3.1
(3500)
against shock load.
4000 W
L1S30 28 23 80 7×11×9 14 20
(3500)
4.8 (5) High accuracy
4000 Fixing the measuring rollers is easy thanks to the
L1S35 34 27.5 80 9×14×12 17 20
(3500)
7.0
gothic-arch groove. Ball-groove measuring is Master roller
0
-0.5
accurate and simple. This benefits a highly precise
G dimension is 1/2F for butting rail.
and stable manufacturing.
* Standard mounting hole of LS15 rail is for M3 bolts (Hole size: 3.5×6×4.5).
If you require the mounting hole for M4 bolts (Hole size: 4.5×7.5×5.3), please specify it when ordering. (6) The dust protection design h
The rail's cross section is designed as simple as
possible. Furthermore, the improved seal enhances
the sealing function. Inner seal is available as an
option.
Fig. I-5•12 Measuring groove accuracy
A55 A56
LA Series (preloaded assembly)
A
58
Dimensions of LA Series (Preloaded assembly)
LA-AL (High load type) AL type BL type
LA-BL (Super high load type)
M PO
L A –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
AL —C—
2 –—–– P6 —
** —– 3 —II
–— M RO
N L N L
W 4-M ×l L1 L1
Size Default: One rail use
B1 B J1 J J1 J
φD
4: Z4(See page A23) T
T1 T1
Ball slide shape code
Accuracy code H
K M YO h
Material/surface treatment code (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) H1
(See Page A27) E
* Design serial number
B3 φd
Number of ball slides per rail W2 W1 F
G n ×F (G)
L0

Model No. bolt hole length slide
C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
(recomm
H E W2 W L B J M ×pitch×l B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 F d ×D ×h B3 ended) L0max (N) (N · m) (kg) (kg/m)
LA25AL 79.8 35 58 11.5 30000 50000 290 410 410 0.5

36 5.5 12.5 48 35 M6×1×7 6.5 30.5 8 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3960 3.968 3.7
LA25BL 107.8 50 86 18 40500 77000 445 935 935 0.8
LA30AL 100.2 40 72 16 47000 77500 535 820 820 0.8

42 7.5 16 60 40 M8×1.25×10 10 34.5 11 M6×0.75 6.5 11 28 28 80 9×14×12 14 20 4000 4.762 5.8
LA30BL 126.2 60 98 19 58000 105000 725 1470 1470 1.2
LA35AL 110.6 50 80 15 61500 98000 845 1130 1130 1.3

48 7.5 18 70 50 M8×1.25×10 10 40.5 15 M6×0.75 8 11 34 30.8 80 9×14×12 17 20 4000 5.556 7.7
LA35BL 144.6 72 114 21 80500 143000 1240 2330 2330 1.6
LA45AL 141.4 60 105 22.5 91000 148000 1840 2210 2210 2.5
60 10 20.5 86 60 M10×1.5×16 13 50 17 Rc1/8 10 13 45 36 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3990 6.350 12.0
LA45BL 173.4 80 137 28.5 111000 197000 2460 3850 3850 3.2
LA55AL 165.4 75 126 25.5 139000 215000 3150 3800 3800 3.9
70 12 23.5 100 75 M12×1.75×16 12.5 58 18 Rc1/8 11 13 53 43.2 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3960 7.937 17.2
LA55BL 203.4 95 164 34.5 172000 292000 4250 6800 6800 5.1
LA Series does not have a ball retainer. Be aware that balls fall out when the ball slider is withdrawn from the rail. The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide
** LA25AL, BL and LA30AL, BL are the items on order. Please consult with NSK. mounting surface.
A57 A58
A
60
LA-AN (High load type)

LA-BN (Super high load type) AN type BN type
M PO
L A –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
AN —C—
2 –—–– P6 —
** —– 3 —II
–— M RO
N L N L
W 4-M ×l L1 L1
B1 B J1 J J1 J

4: Z4(See page A23) T T1 φD T1
Accuracy code K
M YO
Material/surface treatment code (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2)
H h
(See Page A27) H1
* Design serial number E
Number of ball slides per rail B3 φd

W2 W1 F
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code G n ×F (G)
(II) that indicates a use of two rails as a set to finalize the reference L0

(recomm C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
H E W2 W L B J M ×pitch×l B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 F d ×D×h B3 ended) L0max (N[kgf]) (N · m[kgf · m]) (kg) (kg/m)
LA25AN 79.8 35 58 11.5 30000 50000 290 410 410 0.6

40 5.5 12.5 48 35 M6×1×10 6.5 34.5 12 M6×0.75 10 11 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3960 3.968 3.7
LA25BN 107.8 50 86 18 40500 77000 445 935 935 0.9
LA30AN 100.2 40 72 16 47000 77500 535 820 820 0.9

45 7.5 16 60 40 M8×1.25×11 10 37.5 14 M6×0.75 9.511 28 28 80 9×14×12 14 20 4000 4.762 5.8
LA30BN 126.2 60 98 19 58000 105000 725 1470 1470 1.3
LA35AN 110.6 50 80 15 61500 98000 845 1130 1130 1.5

55 7.5 18 70 50 M8×1.25×12 10 47.5 15 M6×0.75 15 11 34 30.8 80 9×14×12 17 20 4000 5.556 7.7
LA35BN 144.6 72 114 21 80500 143000 1240 2330 2330 2.1
LA45AN 141.4 60 105 22.5 91000 148000 1840 2210 2210 3.0
70 10 20.5 86 60 M10×1.5×16 13 60 17 Rc1/8 20 13 45 36 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3990 6.350 12.0
LA45BN 173.4 80 137 28.5 111000 197000 2460 3850 3850 3.9
LA55AN 165.4 75 126 25.5 139000 215000 3150 3800 3800 4.7
80 12 23.5 100 75 M12×1.75×18 12.5 68 18 Rc1/8 21 13 53 43.2 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3960 7.937 17.2
LA55BN 203.4 95 164 34.5 172000 292000 4250 6800 6800 6.1
LA65AN 196.2 70 147 38.5 260000 420000 7300 9050 9050 7.7
90 14 31.5 126 76 M16×2×19 25 76 22 Rc1/8 19 13 63 55 150 18×26×22 31.5 35 3900 10.318 25.9
LA65BN 256.2 120 207 43.5 340000 615000 10700 18700 18700 10.8
mounting surface.
A59 A60
A
62
LA-EL (High load type) EL type GL type

LA-GL (Super high load type)
M PO
L A –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
EL —C—
2 –—–– P6 —
** —– 3 —II
–— M RO
N L N L
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. W 4-M ×l L1 L1
Size Default: One rail use B1 B J1 J J1 J
Rail length (mm) Preload code 3: Z3 φD

T1 T1
4: Z4(See page A23) T
Ball slide shape code K M YO
Accuracy code H h
Material/surface treatment code (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) H1
(See Page A27) E
* Design serial number B3 φd
Number of ball slides per rail W2 W1 F
G n ×F (G)

(recomm C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
LA25EL 79.8 58 6.5 30000 50000 290 410 410 0.8

36 5.5 23.5 70 57 45 M8×1.25×12 6.5 30.5 11 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3960 3.968 3.7
LA25GL 107.8 86 20.5 40500 77000 445 935 935 1.1
LA30EL 100.2 72 10 47000 77500 535 820 820 1.3

42 7.5 31 90 72 52 M10×1.5×16 9 34.5 11 M6×0.75 6.511 28 28 80 9×14×12 14 20 4000 4.762 5.8
LA30GL 126.2 98 23 58000 105000 725 1470 1470 1.8
LA35EL 110.6 80 9 61500 98000 845 1130 1130 1.9

48 7.5 33 100 82 62 M10×1.5×15 9 40.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 34 30.8 80 9×14×12 17 20 4000 5.556 7.7
LA35GL 144.6 114 26 80500 143000 1240 2330 2330 2.6
LA45EL 141.4 105 12.5 91000 148000 1840 2210 2210 3.3
60 10 37.5 120 100 80 M12×1.75×18 10 50 13 Rc1/8 10 13 45 36 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3990 6.350 12.0
LA45GL 173.4 137 28.5 111000 197000 2460 3850 3850 4.3
LA55EL 165.4 126 15.5 139000 215000 3150 3800 3800 5.5
70 12 43.5 140 116 95 M14×2×21 12 58 15 Rc1/8 11 13 53 43.2 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3960 7.937 17.2
LA55GL 203.4 164 34.5 172000 292000 4250 6800 6800 7.2
LA65EL 196.2 147 18.5 260000 420000 7300 9050 9050 11.0
90 14 53.5 170 142 110 M16×2×24 14 76 22 Rc1/8 19 13 63 55 150 18×26×22 31.5 35 3900 10.318 25.9
LA65GL 256.2 207 48.5 340000 615000 10700 18700 18700 15.5
mounting surface.
A61 A62
A
64
LA-FL (High load type) FL type HL type

LA-HL (Super high load type)
M PO
L A –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
FL —C—
2 –—–– P6 —
** —– 3 —II
–—
M RO
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. N L N L
Size Default: One rail use W 4-φ Q 1×l L1 L1
Preload code 3: Z3 B1 B J1 J J1 J
Rail length (mm)
4: Z4(See page A23) T1 φD T1
Ball slide shape code T
Accuracy code K M YO
Material/surface treatment code (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) H h
H1
(See Page A27)
* Design serial number E
B3 φd
W2 W1 F
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code G n ×F (G)
(II) that indicates a use of two rails as a set to finalize the reference L0

C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
(recomm
H E W2 W L B J Q 1×l B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 F d ×D ×h B3 ended) L0max (N) (N · m) (kg) (kg/m)
LA25FL 79.8 58 6.5 30000 50000 290 410 410 0.8

36 5.5 23.5 70 57 45 7×10 6.5 30.5 11 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3960 3.968 3.7
LA25HL 107.8 86 20.5 40500 77000 445 935 935 11
LA30FL 100.2 72 10 47000 77500 535 820 820 1.3

42 7.5 31 90 72 52 9×12 9 34.5 11 M6×0.75 6.5 11 28 28 80 9×14×12 14 20 4000 4.762 5.8
LA30HL 126.2 98 23 58000 105000 725 1470 1470 1.8
LA35FL 110.6 80 9 61500 98000 845 1130 1130 1.9

48 7.5 33 100 82 62 9×13 9 40.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 34 30.8 80 9×14×12 17 20 4000 5.556 7.7
LA35HL 144.6 114 26 80500 143000 1240 2330 2330 2.6
LA45FL 141.4 105 12.5 91000 148000 1840 2210 2210 3.3
60 10 37.5 120 100 80 11×15 10 50 13 Rc1/8 10 13 45 36 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3990 6.350 12.0
LA45HL 173.4 137 28.5 111000 197000 2460 3850 3850 4.3
LA55FL 165.4 126 15.5 139000 215000 3150 3800 3800 5.5
70 12 43.5 140 116 95 14×18 12 58 15 Rc1/8 11 13 53 43.2 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3960 7.937 17.2
LA55HL 203.4 164 34.5 172000 292000 4250 6800 6800 7.2
LA65FL 196.2 147 18.5 260000 420000 7300 9050 9050 11.0
90 14 53.5 170 142 110 16×23 14 76 22 Rc1/8 19 13 63 55 150 18×26×22 31.5 35 3900 10.318 25.9
LA65HL 256.2 207 48.5 340000 615000 10700 18700 18700 15.5
mounting surface.
A63 A64
A
A-I-5.4 LY Series
66
Fig. I-5•13 LY Series
(1) Equal load carrying capacity in four

directions.
Contact angle is set at 45 degrees. Therefore,
45°
rigidity and load carrying capacity are equal in
2
2
vertical and lateral directions.
(2) High rigidity Q
B
All four grooves are of gothic-arch. The center of the
top and bottom grooves are offset.
45°
It is designed in such way that the contact lines of
balls in top and bottom grooves cross outside as
shown in Fig.I-5•14 (DB combination). This
increases moment rigidity. Fig. I-5•14 High rigidity design (DB combination)
With preload higher than medium level (Z3, Z4), ball
contact is made at four points as shown in Fig.I-
5•15. The increase in contact points enhances both
rigidity and load carrying capacity.
45°
(3) High resistance against shock load A
Four rows support the load when a high load, such B
as shock, is applied. Q
(4) Absorbs vibration (higher than medium
preload).
45°
The contact point becomes four under the preload
which is higher than medium level (Z3, Z4). This
slightly increases the friction coefficient, and
enhances vibration-absorbing capacity. Fig. I-5•15 Ball contact under high preload
(5) Detects abnormal level of error in
installation.
When the error in installation is too large, unlike W
other series, the friction to the four-groove gothic-
arch suddenly becomes large. Thus the abnormality Master roller
is detected and a warning is signaled.
(6) Easy to handle, and designed with safety h
in mind.
Grinding wheel
Balls are retained in the retainer and do not fall out Grinding of datum face and ball grooves Measuring accuracy of ball grooves
when a ball slide is withdrawn from the rail.
(7) High accuracy
As shown in Fig. I-5•16, fixing the master rollers to Fig. I-5•16 Rail grinding and measuring
the groove is easy thanks to the gothic-arch groove.
This makes groove measuring accurate.
A65 A66
LY Series (preloaded assembly)
A
Dimensions of LY Series (Preloaded assembly)
BL type AL type 68
LY-AL (High load type)
LY-BL (Super high load type)
M PO
M RO
L L
W 4-M × L1 L1
L Y –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
AL —C—
2 –—–– P6 —
** —– 0 —II
–— B1 B J1 J N J1 J
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. φD

T1
Size Default: One rail use T
K h
Rail length (mm) Preload code 0: Z0, 1: Z1, 2: Z2, M YO H
H1
3: Z3, 4: Z4(See page A23)
Ball slide shape code φd
Accuracy code E
B3
Material/surface treatment code (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) W2 W1
F
(See Page A27) G n ×F (G )

* Design serial number L0


C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
(recomm
LY15AL 24 4.5 9.5 34 55 26 26 M4×0.7×6 4 39 6.5 19.5 10 φ3 5 3 15 14 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 2000 7100 9400 71 50 50 3.175 0.16 1.6
LY20AL 69.4 36 50 7 11500 14700 147 96 96 0.3

30 7 12 44 32 M5×0.8×8 6 23 12 φ3 5 3 20 19 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 2000 3.968 2.9
LY20BL 85.4 50 66 8 14500 20600 206 181 181 0.41
LY25AL 80.8 35 58 11.5 22400 38000 355 315 315 0.49

36 5.5 12.5 48 35 M6×1×10 6.5 30.5 10 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22.5 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 2200 3.968 3.9
LY25BL 102.8 50 80 15 29100 56000 515 650 650 0.66
LY30AL 95.2 40 68 33000 55000 615 545 545 0.82

42 7.5 16 60 40 M8×1.25×11 10 14 34.5 11 M6×0.75 6.5 11 28 27.5 80 9×14×12 14 20 3000 4.762 5.8
LY30BL 115.2 60 88 39500 72000 805 910 910 1.0
LY35AL 110.4 50 80 15 46000 75000 1020 865 865 1.3

48 7.5 18 70 50 M8×1.25×12 10 40.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 34 31 80 9×14×12 17 20 3000 5.556 7.9
LY35BL 133.4 72 103 15.5 55000 98000 1340 1440 1440 1.6
LY45AL 137 60 102 21 67000 113000 2080 1690 1690 2.5

60 10 20.5 86 60 M10×1.5×16 13 50 13 Rc1/8 10 13 45 37.5 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3000 6.350 12.7
LY45BL 169 80 134 27 82500 151000 2770 2940 2940 3.2
LY55AL 160 75 120 22.5 103000 165000 3550 2900 2900 3.9
70 13 23.5 100 75 M12×1.75×18 12.5 57 15 Rc1/8 11 13 53 45 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3000 7.937 17.9
LY55BL 200 95 160 32.5 128000 224000 4800 5200 5200 5.1
LY15 and 20 have a single row of balls on each right and left side. The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide mounting surface.
A
BN type AN type 70
LY-AN (High load type)
LY-BN (Super high load type) M PO
M RO
L L
W 4-M × L1 L1
L Y –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
AN —C—
2 –—–– P6 —
** —– 0 —II
–— B1 B J1 J N J1 J
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. φD T1
Size Default: One rail use T

K
M YO H h
Rail length (mm) Preload code 0: Z0, 1: Z1, 2: Z2, H1
3: Z3, 4: Z4(See page A23)
Ball slide shape code E φd
Accuracy code B3
F
Material/surface treatment code (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) W2 W1
G n ×F (G )
(See Page A27)
* Design serial number L0


C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
(recomm
LY15AN 28 4.5 9.5 34 55 26 26 M4×0.7×6 4 39 6.5 23.5 11 φ3 9 3 15 14 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 2000 7100 9400 71 50 50 3.175 0.2 1.6
LY25AN 80.8 35 58 11.5 22400 38000 355 315 315 0.58

40 5.5 12.5 48 35 M6×1×10 6.5 34.5 12 M6×0.75 10 11 23 22.5 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 2200 3.968 3.9
LY25BN 102.8 50 80 15 29100 56000 515 650 650 0.78
LY30AN 95.2 40 68 33000 55000 615 545 545 0.91

45 7.5 16 60 40 M8×1.25×11 10 14 37.5 14 M6×0.75 9.511 28 27.5 80 9×14×12 14 20 3000 4.762 5.8
LY30BN 115.2 60 88 39500 72000 805 910 910 1.1
LY35AN 110.4 50 80 15 46000 75000 1020 865 865 1.6

55 7.5 18 70 50 M8×1.25×12 10 47.5 15 M6×0.75 15 11 34 31 80 9×14×12 17 20 3000 5.556 7.9
LY35BN 133.4 72 103 15.5 55000 98000 1340 1440 1440 2.0
LY45AN 137 60 102 21 67000 113000 2080 1690 1690 3.2

70 10 20.5 86 60 M10×1.5×16 13 60 17 Rc1/8 20 13 45 37.5 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3000 6.350 12.7
LY45BN 169 80 134 27 82500 151000 2770 2940 2940 4.1
LY55AN 160 75 120 22.5 103000 165000 3550 2900 2900 4.8
80 13 23.5 100 75 M12×1.75×18 12.5 67 18 Rc1/8 21 13 53 45 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3000 7.937 17.9
LY55BN 200 95 160 32.5 128000 224000 4800 5200 5200 6.3
LY65AN 184.6 70 137 33.5 212000 340000 8600 6800 6800 8.0
90 14 31.5 126 76 M16×2×23 25 76 23 Rc1/8 19 13 63 53 150 18×26×22 31.5 35 3000 10.318 25.1
LY65BN 244.6 120 197 38.5 282000 515000 12900 14800 14800 11.2
LY15 has a single row of balls on each right and left side. Remarks: There are no LY20AN or LY20BN. LY20AL is equivalent to LY20AN. LY20BL is equivalent to LY20BN. (See Page A67)
A
LY-EL (High load type) GL type EL, TL type 72
LY-GL (Super high load type)
LY-TL (High-load type, small mounting tap hole)
M PO
M RO
L L
4-M ×
L Y –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
EL —C—
2 –—–– P6 —
** —– 0 —II
–— W L1
L1
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. B1 B J1 J N J1 J

φD T1
Rail length (mm) Preload code 0: Z0, 1: Z1, 2: Z2, T
3: Z3, 4: Z4(See page A23) M YO H
K
h
Ball slide shape code H1
Accuracy code
Material/surface treatment code (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) E
B3 φd
(See Page A27)
* Design serial number W2 W1
F
G n ×F (G)
L0

C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
(recomm
LY15EL 24 4.5 16 47 55 38 30 M5×0.8×8 4.5 39 4.5 19.5 8 φ3 5 3 15 14 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 2000 7100 9400 71 50 50 3.175 0.2 1.6
LY20EL 69.4 50 5 11500 14700 147 96 96 0.37

30 7 21.5 63 53 40 M6×1×10 5 23 10 φ3 5 3 20 19 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 2000 3.968 2.9
LY20GL 85.4 66 13 14500 20600 206 181 181 0.51
LY25EL 80.8 58 6.5 22400 38000 355 315 315 0.66

36 5.5 23.5 70 57 45 M8×1.25×16 6.5 30.5 11 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22.5 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 2200 3.968 3.9
LY25GL 102.8 80 17.5 29100 56000 515 650 650 0.83
LY30EL 95.2 M10×1.5×18 68 8 33000 55000 615 545 545 1.1
LY30GL 42 7.5 31 90 115.2 72 52 M10×1.5×18 9 88 18 34.5 11 M6×0.75 6.511 28 27.5 80 9×14×12 14 20 3000 39500 72000 805 910 910 4.762 1.3 5.8
LY30TL 95.2 M8×1.25×18 68 8 33000 55000 615 545 545 1.1
LY35EL 110.4 80 9 46000 75000 1020 865 865 1.7

48 7.5 33 100 82 62 M10×1.5×20 9 40.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 34 31 80 9×14×12 17 20 3000 5.556 7.9
LY35GL 133.4 103 20.5 55000 98000 1340 1440 1440 2.0
LY45EL 137 102 11 67000 113000 2080 1690 1690 3.2

60 10 37.5 120 100 80 M12×1.75×24 10 50 13 Rc1/8 10 13 45 37.5 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3000 6.350 12.7
LY45GL 169 134 27 82500 151000 2770 2940 2940 3.9
LY55EL 160 120 12.5 103000 165000 3550 2900 2900 4.9
70 13 43.5 140 116 95 M14×2×28 12 57 14 Rc1/8 11 13 53 45 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3000 7.937 17.9
LY55GL 200 160 32.5 128000 224000 4800 5200 5200 6.1
LY65EL 184.6 137 13.5 212000 340000 8600 6800 6800 9.3
90 14 53.5 170 142 110 M16×2×37 14 76 23 Rc1/8 19 13 63 53 150 18×26×22 31.5 35 3000 10.318 25.1
LY65GL 244.6 197 43.5 282000 515000 12900 14800 14800 12.3
A
HL type FL type 74
LY-FL (High load type)
LY-HL (Super high load type) M PO
L
M RO
L1
L Y –—
—– 3 5 —––—
0 8 4 0 —––
FL —C—
2 –—–– P6 —
** —– 0 —II
–— 4-φ Q1 drill thru
L
N J1 J
W L1
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. B1 B J1 J
φD T1

T h
Rail length (mm) Preload code 0: Z0, 1: Z1, 2: Z2, H1
3: Z3, 4: Z4(See page A23) M YO H
K
Ball slide shape code φd

Accuracy code F
Material/surface treatment code (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) E
B3 G n ×F (G )
(See Page A27)
* Design serial number W2 W1 L0


C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
(recomm
H E W2 W L B J Q 1×l B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 F d ×D ×h B3 ended) L0max (N) (N · m) (kg) (kg/m)
LY15FL 24 4.5 16 47 55 38 30 4.5×7 4.5 39 4.5 19.5 8 φ3 5 3 15 14 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 2000 7100 9400 71 50 50 3.175 0.2 1.6
LY20FL 69.4 50 5 11500 14700 147 96 96 0.37

30 7 21.5 63 53 40 6×9 5 23 10 φ3 5 3 20 19 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 2000 3.968 2.9
LY20HL 85.4 66 13 14500 20600 206 181 181 0.51
LY25FL 80.8 58 6.5 22400 38000 355 315 315 0.66

36 5.5 23.5 70 57 45 7×10 6.5 30.5 11 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22.5 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 2200 3.968 3.9
LY25HL 102.8 80 17.5 29100 56000 515 650 650 0.83
LY30FL 95.2 68 8 33000 55000 615 545 545 1.1

42 7.5 31 90 72 52 9×12 9 34.5 11 M6×0.75 6.511 28 27.5 80 9×14×12 14 20 3000 4.762 5.8
LY30HL 115.2 88 18 39500 72000 805 910 910 1.3
LY35FL 110.4 80 9 46000 75000 1020 865 865 1.7

48 7.5 33 100 82 62 9×13 9 40.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 34 31 80 9×14×12 17 20 3000 5.556 7.9
LY35HL 133.4 103 20.5 55000 98000 1340 1440 1440 2.0
LY45FL 137 102 11 67000 113000 2080 1690 1690 3.2

60 10 37.5 120 100 80 11×15 10 50 13 Rc1/8 10 13 45 37.5 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3000 6.350 12.7
LY45HL 169 134 27 82500 151000 2770 2940 2940 3.9
LY55FL 160 120 12.5 103000 165000 3550 2900 2900 4.9
70 13 43.5 140 116 95 14×17 12 57 14 Rc1/8 11 13 53 45 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3000 7.937 17.9
LY55HL 200 160 32.5 128000 224000 4800 5200 5200 6.1
LY65FL 184.6 137 13.5 212000 340000 8600 6800 6800 9.3
90 14 53.5 170 142 110 16×23 14 76 23 Rc1/8 19 13 63 53 150 18×26×22 31.5 35 3000 10.318 25.1
LY65HL 244.6 197 43.5 282000 515000 12900 14800 14800 12.3
A73 A74
A
76
A-I-5.5 LW Series (Wide rail type)
JAPAN
Fig. I-5•17 LW Series
(1) Ideal for use of single rail

Thanks to the wide rail, rigidity and load carrying
capacity are high against moment load from rolling
50°
direction. This makes LW linear guides ideal in use
of single rail as the guide way bearing.
(2) Large load carrying capacity against
50°
vertical direction
Contact angle is set at 50 degrees. This enhances
load carrying capacity from vertical direction as well
as rigidity.
(3) High resistance to impact load Fig. I-5•18 Balls in contact
Same as the LH and LS series, the offset gothic-arch
grooves support a large load, such as an impact, by
four rows.
(4) High accuracy
Fixing master rollers is easy thanks to the gothic-
arch groove. This makes easy and accurate
measuring of ball grooves.
(5) Easy to handle, and designed with safety
in mind.
Balls are retained in the retainer and do not fall out
when a ball slide is withdrawn from the rail.
(6) Interchangeable series is available (short
delivery time)
The series enables random matching of rails and
ball slides (interchangeability) for prompt delivery.
A75 A76
LW Series (preloaded assembly)
A
Dimensions of LW Series (Preloaded assembly)
78
LW-EL (Wide rail type) Standard
stock
M RO M PO
L
L—–
W –—
3 5 —––—
1 0 0 0 —––
EL —C—
2 –—–– P6 —
** —– 1 —II
–— W 4-M × l
B1 B (jQ 2 pilot drill) L1
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. 2-M (jQ 2pilot drill) N J1 J
Size Default: One rail use jD
T l2 T1
Rail length (mm) Preload code 0: Z0 H K M YO
1: Z1(See page A23) h
H1
Accuracy code E B3 B2 jd
Material/surface treatment code (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) W2 W1 F
(See Page A27)
* Design serial number G n×F (G )
Number of ball slides per rail L0

C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
(recomm
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l l2 Q2 B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 B2 F d×D×h B3 ended) L0max (N) (N·m) (kg) (kg/m)
LW17EL 17 2.5 13.5 60 51.4 53 26 M4×0.7×6 3.2 3.3 3.5 35 4.5 14.5 6 φ3 4 3 33 8.7 18 40 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 15 1000 5600 11300 135 44 37 2.381 0.2 2.1
LW21EL 21 3 15.5 68 58.8 60 29 M5×0.8×8 3.7 4.4 4 41 6 18 8 M6×0.75 4.5 11 37 10.5 22 50 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 15 1600 6450 13900 185 66 55 2.381 0.3 2.9
LW27EL 27 4 19 80 74 70 40 M6×1×10 6 5.3 5 56 8 23 10 M6×0.75 6 11 42 15 24 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 9 20 2000 12800 26900 400 171 143 3.175 0.5 4.7
LW35EL 35 4 25.5 120 108 107 60 M8×1.25×14 9 6.8 6.5 84 12 31 14 M6×0.75 8 11 69 19 40 80 7×11×9 14.5 20 2400 33000 66500 1690 645 545 4.762 1.5 9.6
LW50EL 50 4.5 36 162 140.6 144 80 M10×1.5×18 14 8.6 9 108 14 45.5 18 Rc1/8 14 14 90 24 60 80 9×14×12 15 20 3000 61500 117000 3900 1530 1280 6.350 4.0 15.8
mounting surface.
A77 A78
LW Series (interchangeable parts)
A
80
Dimensions of LW Series (Interchangeable ball slide) Standard
stock
LAW-EL (Wide rail type)
LA W
—– 1 7 —–
— –— EL —
Z –—
K M RO M PO
ball slide code -K: Equipped with standard NSK K1 W 4-M × l N L
(jQ 2 pilot drill)
Series Preload code B1 B L1
Size Default: Fine clearance 2-M tap J1 J
S: Slight preload (jQ 2 pilot drill)
l2 T1
(See Table I-2•2) T
H K M YO
E W2 W1

Model No.
C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l l2 Q2 B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N (N) (N·m) (kg)
LAW17EL 17 2.5 13.5 60 51.4 53 26 M4×0.7×6 3.2 3.3 3.5 35 4.5 14.5 6 φ 3 4 3 5600 11300 135 44 37 2.381 0.2
LAW21EL 21 3 15.5 68 58.8 60 29 M5×0.8×8 3.7 4.4 4 41 6 18 8 M6×0.75 4.5 11 6450 13900 185 66 55 2.381 0.3
LAW27EL 27 4 19 80 74 70 40 M6×1×10 6 5.3 5 56 8 23 10 M6×0.75 6 11 12800 26900 400 171 143 3.175 0.5
LAW35EL 35 4 25.5 120 108 107 60 M8×1.25×14 9 6.8 6.5 84 12 31 14 M6×0.75 8 11 33000 66500 1690 645 545 4.762 1.5
LAW50EL 50 4.5 36 162 140.6 144 80 M10×1.5×18 14 8.6 9 108 14 45.5 18 Rc1/8 14 14 61500 117000 3900 1530 1280 6.350 4.0
mounting surface.
A79 A80
LW Series (interchangeable parts)
A
Dimensions of LW Series (Interchangeable ball slide)
82
Standard A-I-5.6 LE Series
Example of reference number stock (Miniature wide rail type)
L1 W
—– 1 7 —––—
— –— 0950 —
L —
C —
NT—–– PC —
** —– Z
Z: Slight preload
Size code
Accuracy code: PC
Rail length (mm) (PC grade is only available)
Shape code (See page 27) *Design serial number
Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1) T: Domestic standard
K: Domestic semi-standard Table I-5•19 LE Series
N: Non-butting
(1) Ideal for use of single rail
45°
jD LE Series linear guides are miniature, wide rail type.
Thanks to the wide rail, load carrying capacity is
h high against moment load from rolling direction.
H1
(2) Equal load carrying capacity in vertical
45
B3 B2 jd and lateral directions
°
W1 F Contact angle is set at 45 degrees, equally
G n×F (G) dispersing the load from vertical and lateral
L0 directions. This also provides equal rigidity in the
Table I-5•20 Balls in contact
two directions.
(3) Guides are super-thin.
Super-thin guides owe their design to the single ball
groove on right and left sides (gothic-arch).
(4) High accuracy
Fixing the master rollers is easy thanks to the
Rail
Mounting bolt gothic-arc groove. Groove measuring is accurate
Model No. Width Height Pitch G Max. length Weight
hole and easy.
W1 H1 B2 F d×D×h B3 (recommended) L0max (Kg / m)
(5) Stainless steel is standard.
L1W17 33 8.7 18 40 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 15 1000 2.1 Rails and ball slides are made of martensitic
stainless steel.
L1W21 37 10.5 22 50 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 15 1600 2.9 (6) Ball retainer is available in some series.
L1W27 42 15 24 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 9 20 2000 4.7 Some series come with a ball retainer (ball slide
model: AR and TR). Balls are retained in the retainer
L1W35 69 19 40 80 7×11×9 14.5 20 2400 9.6 and do not fall out when a ball slide is withdrawn
from the rail (interchangeable ball slides come with
L1W50 90 24 60 80 9×14×12 15 20 3000 15.8
a ball retainer).
(7) Interchangeable series is available (short
delivery time).
The series enables random matching of rails and
ball slides (interchangeability) for prompt delivery.
A81 A82
LE Series (Preloaded Assembly)
A
Dimensions of LE Series
84
LE-AL (Wide rail, miniature)
L
Standard
LE-TL (Wide rail, miniature, large mounting tap hole) stock
LE-AR (Wide rail, miniature, with ball retainer) L1
LE-TR (Wide rail, miniature, large mounting tap hole, with ball retainer) J1
L E –—
—– 1 5 —––—
0 3 1 0 —––
AL —K—
2 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–—
1: Z1(See page A23)
Accuracy code LE05
(See Page A27)
* Design serial number M PO
(II) that indicates a use of two rails as a set to finalize the reference N L
L1
jD J1 J
M RO
W 4-M × l
W 4-M × l T1
B1 B B1 B
h
H1
K K M YO jd
H H
E F
E
B3 B3 B2
G n×F (G )
W2 W1
W2 W1
L0
LE05, 07, 09, 12 LE15

Assembly Ball slide Grease fitting Rail Basic load rating Ball dia. Weight
Height Width Length Mounting hole Width Height Pitch Mounting bolt G Max. Dynamic Static Static moment Ball Rail
Model No. hole length slide
C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
Hole (recomm
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K size T1 N W1 H1 B2 F d×D×h B3 ended) L0max (N) (N·m) (g) (g/100mm)
LE05AL 6.5 1.4 3.5 17 24 13 — M2.5×0.45×2 2 17 8.5 5.1 — — — 10 4 — 20 3×5×1.6 5 7.5 150 725 1110 5.7 2.6 2.6 1.200 11 34
LE07TL 9 2 5.5 25 31 19 10 M3×0.5×3 3 21.2 5.6 7 — — — 14 5.2 — 30 3.5×6×3.2 7 10 600 1580 2350 17 7.2 7.2 1.587 25 55
LE09AL M2.6×0.45×3
12 4 6 30 39 21 12 4.5 27.6 7.8 8 — — — 18 7.5 — 30 3.5×6×4.5 9 10 800 3000 4500 36 17 17 2.000 40 95
LE09TL M3×0.5×3
LE09AR M2.6×0.45×3
12 4 6 30 39.8 21 12 4.5 27.6 7.8 8 — — — 18 7.5 — 30 3.5×6×4.5 9 10 800 3000 4500 36 17 17 2.000 40 95
LE09TR M3×0.5×3
LE12AL 44
14 4 8 40 28 15 M3×0.5×4 6 31 8 10 — — — 24 8.5 — 40 4.5×8×4.5 12 15 1000 4350 6350 71 29 29 2.381 75 140
LE12AR 45
LE15AL 55 — — —
16 4 9 60 45 20 M4×0.7×4.5 7.5 38.4 9.2 12 42 9.5 23 40 4.5×8×4.5 9.5 15 1200 7600 10400 207 59 59 3.175 150 275
LE15AR 56.6 φ 3 3.2 3
LE has only two mounting tap holes. The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide
mounting surface.
For fixing a rail of LE05AL, use cross-recessed pan head machine screw for precision instruments M2.5x045 (JCIS 10-70 : Japan
Camera Industry Association, No.0, class 3).
A83 A84
A
86
LE-BL (High load type, wide rail, miniature)
LE-UL (High load type, wide rail, miniature, large mounting tap hole)
L E –—
—– 1 5 —––—
0 3 1 0 —––
BL —K—
2 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–—
1: Z1(See page A23)
Accuracy code
Material/surface treatment code (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) M PO
(See Page A27)
Number of ball slides per rail L
number as product identification. jD J1 J
M RO
W 4-M × l h
H1
W 4-M × l
B1 B
B1 B jd
K K M YO G n×F (G )
H H
L0
E
E
B3
B3 B2
W2 W1
W2 W1
LE07, 09, 12
LE15

C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
(recomm
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K W1 H1 B2 F d×D×h B3 ended) L0max (N) (N·m) (g) (g/100mm)
LE07UL 9 2 5.5 25 42 19 19 M3×0.5×3 3 32.2 6.6 7 14 5.2 — 30 3.5×6×3.2 7 10 600 2180 3700 26 17 17 1.587 39 55
LE09BL M2.6×0.45×3 7.5

12 4 6 30 50.4 23 24 3.5 39 8 18 7.5 — 30 3.5×6×4.5 9 10 800 4000 6700 54 38 38 2.000 58 95
LE09UL M3×0.5×3 7.5
LE12BL 14 4 8 40 59 28 28 M3×0.5×4 6 46 9 10 24 8.5 — 40 4.5×8×4.5 12 15 1000 5800 9550 106 63 63 2.381 115 140
LE15BL 16 4 9 60 74.5 45 35 M4×0.7×4.5 7.5 57.8 11.4 12 42 9.5 23 40 4.5×8×4.5 9.5 15 1200 10300 16000 320 135 135 3.175 235 275
mounting surface.
A85 A86
A
88
LE-CL (Medium load type, wide rail, miniature)
LE-SL (Medium load type, wide rail, miniature, large mounting tap hole)
L E –—
—– 1 5 —––—
0 3 1 0 —––
CL —K—
2 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–—
1: Z1(See page A23)
Accuracy code
(See Page A27)
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code M PO
number as product identification. M RO
L
W 2-M × l
L1
W 2-M × l
B1 B jD J1
B1 B
K K M YO
H H h
H1
E
E
B3 jd
B3 B2
W2 W1 F
LE05, 07, 09, 12 W2 W1

G n×F (G )
LE15 L0

C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
(recomm
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K W1 H1 B2 F d×D×h B3 ended) L0max (N) (N·m) (g) (g/100mm)
LE05CL 6.5 1.4 3.5 17 20 13 — M2.5×0.45×2 2 13 6.5 5.1 10 4 — 20 3×5×1.6 5 7.5 150 595 835 4.3 1.5 1.5 1.200 8 34
LE07SL 9 2 5.5 25 22.5 19 — M3×0.5×3 3 12.6 6.3 7 14 5.2 — 30 3.5×6×3.2 7 10 600 980 1170 8.3 2.0 2.0 1.587 17 55
LE09CL M2.6×0.45×3
12 4 6 30 26.4 21 — 4.5 15 7.5 8 18 7.5 — 30 3.5×6×4.5 9 10 800 1860 2240 18 4.8 4.8 2.000 25 95
LE09SL M3×0.5×3
LE12CL 14 4 8 40 30.5 28 — M3×0.5×4 6 17.5 8.75 10 24 8.5 — 40 4.5×8×4.5 12 15 1000 2700 3150 35 8.2 8.2 2.381 50 140
LE15CL 16 4 9 60 41.4 45 — M4×0.7×4.5 7.5 24.8 12.4 12 42 9.5 23 40 4.5×8×4.5 9.5 15 1200 5000 5650 113 19 19 3.175 110 275
CL and SL types have only two mounting tap holes in the center. The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide mounting surface.
For fixing a rail of LE05CL, use cross-recessed pan head machine screw for precision instruments M2.5x045 (JCIS 10-70 : Japan
A87 Camera Industry Association, No.0, class 3). A88
LE Series (interchangeable parts)
A
Dimensions of LE Series (Interchangeable ball slide)
90
LAE-AR (miniature, with ball retainer) Standard
LAE-TR (miniature, large mounting tap hole, with ball retainer) stock
LA —
—– E –—
15 A
—–R—
S –—
K
Series Material code
Size S: Stainless steel
(See Table I-2•2)
M PO
M RO
N L
W 4-M × l L1
B1 B J1 J
T1
K M YO
H
E
W2 W1

Assembly Ball slide Greaase fitting Basic load rating Ball dia. Weight
Height Width Length Mounting hole Dynamic Static Static moment Ball slide
Model No.
C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K Hole size T1 N (N) (N·m) (g)
LAE09AR M2.6×0.45×3 — — —
12 4 6 30 39.8 21 12 4.5 27.6 7.8 8 3000 4500 36 17 17 2.000 40
LAE09TR M3×0.5×3 — — —
LAE12AR 14 4 8 40 45 28 15 M3×0.5×4 6 31 8 10 — — — 4350 6350 71 29 29 2.381 75
LAE15AR 16 4 9 60 56.6 45 20 M4×0.7×4.5 7.5 38.4 9.2 12 ∅3 3.2 3 7600 10400 207 59 59 3.175 150
LE Series (interchangeable parts)
A
Table of rail size for LE Series (Interchangeable rail)
92
Standard A-I-5.7 LU Series (Miniature type)
Regular rail (non-butting rail) with fine clearance
L1 —
—– E –—
0 9 —––—
0380 —
R —
K —
NT PC —
** —–
—–– T
Size code Accuracy code: PC
(PC grade is only available)
Rail length (mm)
*Design serial number
Shape code (See page 27) T: Domestic standard
R: LU09, LU12 and LE standard equipped with ball retainer K: Domestic semi-standard
Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1) B: International user standard Fig. I-5•21 LU Series
N: Non-butting
* Please consult with NSK for butting rail specification. (1) Super-small type.
This compact guide owes its design to the single ball
groove on both right and left sides (gothic-arch) .
45
(2) Equal load carrying capacity in vertical
°
and lateral directions
B3 Contact angle is set at 45 degrees, equally load
W1 carrying capacity in vertical and lateral directions.
45
°
This also provides equal rigidity in both directions.
jD (3) Stainless steel is also standardized.
Items made of the martensitic stainless steel are
h Fig. I-5•22 Balls are in contact.
H1 available as standard.
B3 B2 jd (4) Some series have a ball retainer.
W1 F
Ball slide types AR and TR come with a ball retainer.
G n×F (G)
Balls are retained in the retainer and do not fall out
L0
when the bearing is withdrawn from the rail. (Ball
slides of interchangeable parts as well as LU15
come with ball retainer.)
Table. I-5•30
Unit: mm (5) Interchangeable series is available (short
Rail Weight delivery time)
Width Height Mounting bolt hole G The series enables random matching of rails and
Model No. Max.
length ball slides (interchangeability) for prompt delivery.
W1 H1 F B2 B3 d×D×h (recommended) L0max (g/100mm)
L1E09 18 7.5 30 — 9 3.5×6×4.5 10 800 95
L1E12 24 8.5 40 — 12 4.5×8×4.5 15 1000 140
L1E15 42 9.5 40 23 9.5 4.5×8×4.5 15 1200 275
A91 A92
LU Series (Preloaded Assembly)
A
Dimensions of LU Series L
M RO LU05TL L1 2-M × l 94
LU-AL (Miniature, LU15 is equipped with ball retainer) J1 Standard
LU-TL (Miniature, large mounting tap hole) W stock
LU-AR (Miniature, with ball retainer) B1 B
LU-TR (Miniature, large mounting tap hole,

with ball retainer) K
M PO
H M YO
L
L U –—
—– 1 2 —––—
0 2 7 0 —––
AL —C—
2 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–— E L1 4-M × l
B3
Series *-II: Use two rails as a set. J1 J
Default: One rail use W2 W1
Size jD
LU07AL
Rail length (mm) Preload code 0: Z0 LU05TL, LU07AL LU09AL, LU09TL
1: Z1(See page A23) h
Ball slide shape code LU09AL, LU09TL H1
L: standard Accuracy code
R: LU09 and LU12 standard (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) jd
equipped with ball retainer F
* Design serial number M RO G n×F (G )
Material/surface treatment code
Number of ball slides per rail L0
(See Page A27)
W
M PO
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code B1 B
(II) that indicates a use of two rails as a set to finalize the reference L
L1 4-M × l
K M YO J1 J
H
LU09AR, TR jD
LU12AL, TL, AR, TR
E
B3 LU15AL h
H1
W2 W1
jd
LU09AR, TR F
LU12AL, TL, AR, TR G n×F (G )
L0
LU15AL
Model No. hole length
L 0MAX. C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW slide
(recomme ( ) for
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K W1 H1 F d×D×h B3 nded) stainless (N) (N·m) (g) (g/100mm)
—
LU05TL 6 1 3.5 12 18 8 — M2×0.4×1.5 2 12 6 5 5 3.2 15 2.3×3.3×1.5 2.5 5 545 740 1.9 1.2 1.2 1.2 4 11
(210)
—
LU07AL 8 1.5 5 17 20.4 12 08 M2×0.4×2.4 2.5 13.6 2.8 6.5 7 4.7 15 2.4×4.2×2.3 3.5 5 1090 1370 4.9 2.7 2.7 1.587 10 23
(375)
LU09AL 13 M2×0.4×2.5 2.5 2.6×4.5×3 1200
10 2.2 5.5 20 26.8 15 2.5 18 7.8 9 5.5 20 4.5 7.5 1760 2220 10 6.1 6.1 2 17 35
LU09TL 10 M3×0.5×3 4 3.5×6×4.5 (600)
LU09AR 13 M2×0.4×2.5 3.5 2.6×4.5×3 —
10 2.2 5.5 20 30 15 2.5 20 7.8 9 5.5 20 4.5 7.5 1490 2150 9.9 6.1 6.1 1.587 19 35
LU09TR 10 M3×0.5×3 5 3.5×6×4.5 (600)
LU12AL M2.5×0.45×3 3×5.5×3.5 1800
13 3 7.5 27 34 20 15 3.5 21.8 3.4 10 12 7.5 25 6 10 2830 3500 21 11 11 2.381 38 65
LU12TL M3×0.5×3.5 3.5×6×4.5 (800)
LU12AR M2.5×0.45×3 3×5.5×3.5 —
13 3 7.5 27 35.2 20 15 3.5 21.8 3.4 10 12 7.5 25 6 10 2830 3500 21 11 11 2.381 38 65
LU12TR M3×0.5×3.5 3.5×6×4.5 (800)
2000
LU15AL 16 4 8.5 32 43.6 25 20 M3×0.5×4 3.5 27 3.5 12 15 9.5 40 3.5×6×4.5 7.5 15 5550 6600 49 26 26 3.175 70 105
(1000)
LU05TL, LU07AL, LU09TL, LU09AR, LU09TR, LU12AR and LU12TR come in stainless steel only.
To fix rail of LU05TL, use M2 x 0.4 cross-recessed pan head machine screw for precision instrument.
LU05TL has only two mounting tap holes in the center.
(JCIS 10-70 No. 0 pan head machine screw No.1.)
Side seals of LU05TL, LU07AL, LU09AL and LU09TL are available on request.
(JCIS : Japanese Camera Industrial Standard.)
LU Series (Preloaded Assembly)
A
96
LU-BL (High load type, miniature)
LU-UL (High load type, miniature, large mounting tap hole)
L U –—
—– 1 2 —––—
0 2 7 0 —––
BL —C—
2 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–—
1: Z1(See page A23)
Accuracy code
(See Page A27)
M RO
M PO
W L
B1 B 4-M × l L1
J1 J
jD
K M YO
H
h
H1
E jd
B3
F
W2 W1 G n×F (G )
L0

Model No. hole length
L . C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW slide
(recomme ( )0MAX
for
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K W1 H1 F d×D×h B3 nded) stainless (N) (N·m) (g) (g/100mm)
LU09BL M2×0.4×2.5 2.6×4.5×3

1200
10 2.2 5.5 20 41 15 16 2.5 31.2 7.6 7.8 9 5.5 20 4.5 7.5 (600) 2600 3900 18 17 17 2 29 35
LU09UL M3×0.5×3 3.5×6×4.5
LU12BL M2.5×0.45×3 3×5.5×3.5

1800
13 3 7.5 27 47.5 20 20 3.5 35.3 7.65 10 12 7.5 25 6 10 (800) 4000 5700 34 28 28 2.381 59 65
LU12UL M3×0.5×3.5 3.5×6×4.5
2000
LU15BL 16 4 8.5 32 61 25 25 M3×0.5×4 3.5 44.4 9.7 12 15 9.5 40 3.5×6×4.5 7.5 15 (1000) 8100 11300 85 69 69 3.175 107 105
LU09UL is available only in stainless steel. The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide mounting surface.
LU15BL is equipped with ball retainer. When converting the basic dynamic load rating C to the dynamic load rating C100 for 100 km rating fatigue life, divide the C by 1.26
A95 A96
LU Series (interchangeable parts)
A
Dimensions of LU Series (Interchangeable ball slide)
98
LAU-AR (Miniature, with ball retainer) Standard
LAU-TR (Miniature, large mounting tap hole, with ball retainer) stock
LAU-AL (LAU15 is equipped with ball retainer)
LA —
—– U –—
1 5 —–
AL —
S –—
K
Series Material code
Size Default Standard material
(Special high carbon steel)
Ball slide shape code S: Stainless steel
(See Table I-2•2)
MPO
M RO
L
W 4-M × l L1
B1 B J1 J
K M YO
H
E W2

Height Width Length Mounting hole Dynamic Static Static moment Ball slide
Model No.
C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW
H E W2 W L B J M × pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K (N) (N·m) (g)
LAU09AR 13 M2×0.4×2.5 3.5

10 2.2 5.5 20 30 15 2.5 20 7.8 1490 2150 9.9 6.1 6.1 1.587 19
LAU09TR 10 M3×0.5×3 5
LAU12AR M2.5×0.45×3
13 3 7.5 27 35.2 20 15 3.5 21.8 3.4 10 2830 3500 21 11 11 2.381 38
LAU12TR M3×0.5×3.5
LAU15AL 16 4 8.5 32 43.6 25 20 M3×0.5×4 3.5 27 3.5 12 5550 6600 49 26 26 3.175 70
LAU09 and 12 are available only in stainless steel. The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide
LAU15AL is equipped with ball retainer. mounting surface.
A97 A98
LU Series (interchangeable parts)
A
Dimensions of LU Series (Interchangeable rail)
100
Standard A-I-5.8 LL Series
Regular rail (non-butting) with fine clearance
L1 —
—– U –—
0 9 —––—
0115 —
R —
K —
NT PC —
** —–
—–– T
(PC grade is only available)
Rail length (mm)
*Design serial number
Shape code (See page 27) T: Domestic standard
L: standard K: Domestic semi-standard
R: LU09 and LU12 standard B: International user standard Fig. I-5•23 LL Series
equipped with ball retainer
S: LU09 and LU12 with ball *Butting rail specification
retainer and bolt holes for M3 N: Non-butting
Material/surface treatment code (See TableI-4•1) (1) Super light-weight, and compact
* Please consult with NSK for butting rail specification. This compact guide has a single ball groove on both Ball slide plate
jD right and left sides (gothic arch). Rails and ball

slides are made of stainless steel plate, therefore
h they are lightweight.
H1
Also, the ball groove is made outside the ball slide
Circulator
B3 jd to reduce overall size and to obtain high speed.
W1 F (2) Stainless steel is standard.
G n×F (G) Rails and bearings are made of martensitic
L0 stainless steel.
Rail

Rail Weight
Width Height Mounting bolt hole G Max.
Model No. length Fig. I-5•24 LL Series structure
WB3 L 0MAX.
( ) for
W1 H1 F d×D×h (recommended) stainless (g/100mm)
2.6×4.5×3
L1U09 9 5.5 20 4.5 7.5 (600) 35
3.5×6×4.5
3×5.5×3.5
L1U12 12 7.5 25 6 10 (800) 65
3.5×6×4.5
L1U15 15 9.5 40 7.5 3.5×6×4.5 15 2000 105

(1000)
A99 A100
LL Series
A
Dimensions of LL Series
102
LL (Miniature, light-weight)
L L –—
—– 1 5 —––—
0 0 6 0 —––
PL —K—
1 –—–– PN —
** —– 0 —II
–—
(See page A23)
Accuracy code * Please note that we assign the design
Material/surface treatment code (See tableI-3·1 andI-4·2) number, and omit the last code (II) that l 2-M × P tap, MT deep
(See Page A27) indicates a use of two rails as a set to
finalize the reference number as product J1 J (J 1) d×D×h
Number of ball slides per rail identification.
W1 W
B3
G
F
NH
G
G N×F=L (G)
H1 (K)
L0
G
H

Height Width Length Mounting hole Height Pitch Mounting bolt Rail length Dynamic Static Static moment Ball Rail
Model No. hole slide
C C0 MRO MPO MYOW DW
H W1 W l J M × pitch MT J1 K H1 F N d×D×h NH B3 G L0 (N) (N·m) (g) (g)
30 1 5 40 9
40 1 10 60 11
LL15 6.5 15 10.6 27 13 M3×0.5 1.2 7 1.5 5 30 2 2.4×5×0.4 1.2 7.5 7.5 75 880 785 7 3 3 2 6 13
40 2 5 90 16
50 2 10 120 21
Remarks:
1. LL Series does not have a ball retainer. Be aware that the balls fall out when a bearing is withdrawn from the rail.
2. Seal Is not available. Please provide the dust-prevention measures on the equipment.
3. Do not use an installation screw on the ball slide which exceeds MT (maximum screw depth allowance) in the dimension table.
4. Use “No.0 of Machine screw 1” of “cross recessed machine screw for precision machinery (Japan Camera Industry
Association standard: JCIS 10-70).”
A101 A102
NSK S1™ Series Precision Linear Guides
(2) Smoother motion Fig.I-6•4 Comparison in smooth motion between LH30 and SH30 A
A-I-6 NSK S1™ Series Precision Linear Guides
Improved steel ball circulation stability, free of 104
The popular series has been updated and expanded interference between the balls improves dynamic
Conventional design
into a complete lineup with a friction characteristics, resulting in smooth and stable
10
Dynamic friction force, N

new series of interchangeable products! motion, which is especially effective for low speed
The NSK S1 Series Linear Guide features resin motion.
5
retainers between the balls to prevent collision and
rubbing. Test model: NSK LH30 slight preload
0
Ball groove construction is standard in the LH and LS Evaluation conditions: Grease lubrication, Operating
Series. speed of 1 m/min –5
Resin retaining piece
A-I-6.1 Feature –10
(1) Lower noise and gentler tone Fig.I-6•1
Incorporating a retainer piece and optimizing the Noise level comparison between LH30 and SH30
circulation path enables steel ball circulation stability 80
and the prevention of ball collision, resulting in noise 75
LH30 LH30 NSK S1™ Series
SH30
Noise level, dB (A)

reduction by 5 dB (A) or more than that of 70
conventional NSK products. In addition, contributing 10

65
to sound improvement (human-friendly sound 60
quality) with lower noise levels, especially in the 5
55
high-frequency range.
50
SH30 0
45
0.1 1 10
Test conditions : Oil lubrication (VG68) Operating speed, m/s –5
Locate a microphone at
500 mm above the sample Fig.I-6•2 –10
(both for LH30 and LS20) Noise level comparison between LS20 and SS20
*Noise level depends on the microphone 80
LS20
location. 75 SS20
Fig.I-6•5 Comparison of dust generation
Noise level, dB (A)
Noise level drops by approximately 70

LS20 (3) Low dust generation
6 dB (A) when the distance from the microphone 65 A resin retaining piece, which prevents steel balls 10 000
Dust generation rate, 0.1 µm or more

is doubled. 60 collision, features effective low dust generation
55 characteristics compared to conventional products. 1 000
SS20
50
45 100
0.1 1 10
Operating speed, m/s
10
LS20+LG2
SS20+LG2
Fig.I-6•3 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Sound intensity level comparison between LS20 and SS20
Time, hr
LS20
SS20
Sound intensity level
(4) Fast delivery

Lineup of interchangeable rails and ball slides in the
series supports random matching and facilitates fast
delivery.
0 2 000 4 000 6 000 8 000 10 000 12 000

Frequency, Hz
A103 A104
(5) Accuracy
A
The preloaded assembly types products have four accuracy grades; Ultra precision P3, Super precision P4, High TableI-6•3 Running parallelism tolerance 106
precision P5 and Precision P6, while the interchangeable types have a regular class PC. Rail length Preload assembly types Interchangeable types
Table 1 shows the accuracy standard for the preloaded assembly type of the SH Series and SS Series, while
(mm) Ultra precision Super precision High precision Precision Normal interchangeable type
Table 2 shows the accuracy standard for the interchangeable types.
over or less P3 P4 P5 P6 PC
~ 50 2 2 2 4.5 6
TableI-6•1 Accuracy grade for the preloaded assembly type 50~80 2 2 3 5 6
Accuracy grade Ultra precision Super precision High precision Precision 80~125 2 2 3.5 5.5 6.5
Item P3 P4 P5 P6 125~200 2 2 4 6 7
Mounting height: H ±10 ±10 ±20 ±40 200~250 2 2.5 5 7 8
Variation of mounting height: H 3 5 7 15 250~315 2 2.5 5 8 9
(All slides on a pair or rails) 315~400 2 3 6 9 11
Mounting width dimension: W2 or: W3 ±15 ±15 ±25 ±50 400~500 2 3 6 10 12
Variation of mounting width dimension: W2(s) or: W3(s) 3 7 10 20 500~630 2 3.5 7 12 14
(All slides on datum rails) 630~800 2 4.5 8 14 16
Running parallelism of face C against face A 800~1 000 2.5 5 9 16 18
Shown in Table I-6 · 3
Running parallelism of face D against face B 1 000~1 250 3 6 10 17 20
1 250~1 600 4 7 11 19 23
1 600~2 000 4.5 8 13 21 26
2 000~2 500 5 10 15 22 29
TableI-6•2 Accuracy grade for the interchangeable type 2 500~3 150 6 11 17 25 32
Accuracy grade Normal interchangeable types 3 150~4 000 9 16 23 30 34
Item PC
Mounting height: H ±20
Variation of mounting height: H (one rail) 15
Variation of mounting height: H (multiple rails) 30
Fig.I-6•6 Assembly dimentions
Assembly width dimension: W2 or : W3 ±30
Variation of assembly width dimension: W2(s) or: W3(s) 25 D D
(All slides on datum rails) C C
Running parallelism of face C against face A
Shown in Table I-6 · 3
H H
Groove mark
for datum face Groove mark
KL mark for datum face
A Reference rail of A
(Marked on either
preloaded assembly lateral or bottom
Groove mark type only KL mark W3
for datum face B surface for a rail)
W2 Reference rail of preloaded
(Marked on either assembly type only
lateral or bottom B
surface for a rail)
A105 A106
Fig.I-6•7 Running parallelism TableI-6•4 Preload and rigidity of the SH Series A

yo
f Rigidity (N/µm)
Preload (N)
108
rac
ccu face Model Vertical direction Lateral direction
a op
ing t Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload
nn ide
Ru all sl (Z1) (Z3) (Z1) (Z3) (Z1) (Z3)
b
SH15 AN,EL,FL,EM 78 441 127 215 88 166
Ultra high load capacity type High load capacity type

SH20 AN,EL,FL,EM 147 784 157 274 127 225
SH25 AN,AL,EL,FL,EM 196 1180 186 343 137 255
SH30 AN,AL 245 1470 196 363 137 265
SH30 EL,FL,EM 294 1670 245 441 176 323
MAX
SH35 AN,AL,EL,FL,EM 390 2160 294 529 205 382
SH45 AN,EL,FL,EM 635 3700 397 727 283 529
SH55 AN,EL,FL,EM 930 5600 482 891 336 635
MIN
SH15 BN,GL,HL,GM 98 637 186 333 137 264

cy
ura SH20 BN,GL,HL,GM 196 1080 235 421 186 343
g acc o f
i n m SH25 BN,BL,GL,HL,GM 245 1570 284 529 196 382
nn atu
Ru d e d
ra i
l f s i ide SH30 BN,BL,GL,HL,GM 343 2160 333 627 235 451
of o l
m ll s
tu ba SH35 BN,BL,GL,HL,GM 490 2840 411 755 284 529
da
m SH45 BN,GL,HL,GM 785 4600 515 944 367 686
tt o MA
Bo X
SH55 BN,GL,HL,GM 1180 6750 631 1148 440 817
Note: Because the clearance value for Fine clearance (Z0) is 0 – 3µm, the preload value is zero.
MI
N
TableI-6•5 Preload and rigidity of the SS Series
Rigidity (N/µm)
Preload (N)
ra il Model Vertical direction Lateral direction
of
tu m Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload
e da
S id (Z1) (Z3) (Z1) (Z3) (Z1) (Z3)
Medium load capacity type High load capacity type

SS15 AL,EL,FL,EM 69 392 118 216 88 157
A-I-6.2 Preload and ridigity SS20 AL,EL,FL,EM 88 490 147 255 108 186
We offer three levels of preload: Medium preload (Z3), Slight preload (Z1) and Fine clearance (Z0), along with SS25 AL,EL,FL,EM 147 833 196 353 137 255
interchangeable types of Fine clearance (ZZ). Values for preload and rigidity of the SH and SS Series are shown SS30 AL,EL,FL,EM 245 1370 245 441 176 323
in Tables 4 and 5. SS35 AL,EL,FL,EM 294 1860 284 539 205 392
SS15 CL,JL,KL,JM 39 245 69 127 49 88
SS20 CL,JL,KL,JM 59 343 88 157 59 118
SS25 CL,JL,KL,JM 98 588 108 206 78 147
SS30 CL,JL,KL,JM 147 882 127 235 98 176
SS35 CL,JL,KL,JM 196 1180 166 304 117 225
Note: Because the clearance value for Fine clearance (Z0) is 0 – 3µm, the preload value is zero.
TableI-6•6 Preload and rigidity of the interchangeable types unit: µm

Slight preload Slight preload
Model Model
ZZ ZZ
SH15 –4~0 SS15 –4~0
SH20 –5~0 SS20 –4~0
SH25 –5~0 SS25 –5~0
SH30 –7~0 SS30 –5~0
SH35 –7~0 SS35 –6~0
SH45 –7~0
SH55 –8~0
Negative values indicate preload volume (elastic deformation of balls).
A107 A108
A-I-6.3 Reference number

A
(2) Reference number for interchangeable types 110
This number comprises codes and numbers which indicate key specifications, and is generated when the
customer and NSK have defined specifications.
Example: S A H 30 AN S Z
— — — —— ——— — —
Interchangeable ball slide Preload Z: Slight preload
Example: S H 3 0 1 0 0 0 A N C 2 - ** P C Z –II
——— —— ———— ——— — — —— ——— — ——— Series name S: Stainless steel
Series name *-II: Use two rails as a set No code: Special carbon steel (NSK standard)
Default: One rail use Size
Size Ball slide shape/height
Preload (See page A107)
Rail length (mm)
Ball slide shape/height (See Table I-2 · 2 in page A15)

Accuracy grade (See page A105) L1 S 15 1000 L C N T** PC Z
—— — —— ————— — — — ———— ——— —
* Design serial number Interchangeable rail Preload code
Material/surface treatment (T: Fine clearance, Z: Slight preload)
C: Special carbon steel (NSK standard) Number of ball slides per rail Series name
K: Stainless steel Accuracy code: PC
D: Special carbon steel + Surface treatment * Please note that we assign the design number, and omit Size (PC grade is only available)
H: Stainless steel + Surface treatment(See Table I-4 · 1 in page A27) the last code (II) that indicates a use of two rails as a set
to finalize the reference number as product identification. Design serial number
Rail length (mm) (T: Domestic standard, K: Domestic semi-standard, B: International user standard)
Shape code *Butting rail specification

(1) Combination of accuracy and preload (N: Non-butting, L: Butting specification)
(L : standard, LS15 mouting hole for M3 specification T:LS15 mouting hole for M4 specification)
TableI-6•7
Accuracy grade Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4 · 1 in page A27)
Ultra super precision Super precision Precision High Normal interchangeable type
Without NSK K1 lubrication unit P3 P4 P5 P6 PC
A-I-6.4 Application examples
With NSK K1 lubrication unit K3 K4 K5 K6 KC
Fine clearance
a a a a — A Applications that require lower noise levels and a lower level of vibration
Z0
Instruments, printers, medical equipment, office machines, etc.
Slight preload
a a a a —
Preload
Z1
A Applications that require smoother motion
Medium preload
a a a a — Electric wire cutting discharge machines, scanners and pattern generators and
Z3
steppers.
Interchangeable preload
— — — — a
ZZ
Handling Precautions
1. Temperature range • • • • • Maximum operating temperature: 50°C
Maximum momentary temperature: 80°C
2. Usage conditions • • • • • • We recommend using “NSK S1™ Series” products in a clean
environment in
order to utilize their full range of capabilities.
3. Handling of interchangeable types
1 Interchangeable ball slide will be delivered with a provisional rail (inserting fixture).
2 Do not remove the ball slide from provisional rail until inserting into a rail.
3 Be sure to use the provisional rail when removing ball slide(s) form a rail.
A109 A110
SH Series
A
Dimensions of SH Series
SH-AN (High load type) Reference number for rail of interchangeable types 112
SH-BN (Super high load type) For regular rails (non-jointed rail)
SH —
—–– 3— 50 8 4 0 —––
—––— AN — C—
2 – —–
** P
—–N—0 –— II Example: L1 —
—– H –—
3 0 —––—
1200 —
L —
C —
NT PC —
** —–
—–– Z
Series name *-II: Use two rails as a set
Size Default: One rail use Z: Slight preload
Series code
Rail length (mm) Preload code · 0 : Z0 Accuracy code: PC
Size code
· 1 : Z1 (PC grade is only available)
Ball slide shape/height Rail length (mm)
· 3 : Z3 *Design serial number
Material/surface treatment Shape code (L: Standard) T: Domestic standard
C: Special carbon steel (NSK standard) (See page A107) Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1) K: Domestic semi-standard
Accuracy code (See page A105) B: International user standard
K: Stainless steel (SH15 to SH30 only) *Butting rail specification
* Design serial number N: Non-butting
Number of ball slides per rail L: Butting specification * Please consult with NSK for butting rail specification.
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit the last code (II) that indicates a
jD
use of two rails as a set to finalize the reference number as product identification.
h
Front view of AN and BN types Side view of AN type M PO H1
M RO
L B3 jd
W 4-M × L1 W1 F
B1 B N J1 J G n×F (G )
L0
T jD T1
K
Reference number for ball slide of interchangeable types
M YO H
h
H1
Example:
E —S —
A —
H —
3—
0A N—
—— S —
Z
B3 jd Interchangeable ball slide Preload Z: Slight preload
W2 W1 F
Series name S: Stainless steel
G n×F (G)
No code: Special carbon steel (NSK standard)
L0 Size
Ball slide shape/height
Side view of BN type
L
M RO
AN type M PO BN type
L1
N J1 J N L N L
W 4-M ×
L1 L1
B1 B
J1 J J1 J
T1 T T1 T1
K M YO
H
E
W2 W1
Assembly Ball slide Rail Basic load rating Ball diameter Weight
Height Width Length Mounting hole Grease fitting Width Height Pitch Mounting G Max. length Dynamic Static Static moment Ball Rail
Model No.
bolt hole (recomm L0max C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW slide
H E W2 W L B J M×pitch×l B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 F d ×D ×h B3 ended) ( ) for stainless (N) (N) (N·m) (N·m) (N·m) (kg) (kg/m)
SH15AN SAH15AN 55 39 6.5 10 2 000 100 18 800 98 87 73 0.18
28 4.6 9.5 34 26 26 M4×0.7×6 4 23.4 8 φ3 8.5 3.3 15 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 3.175 1.6
SH15BN SAH15BN 74 58 16 13 (1 800) 400 28 200 147 193 162 0.26
SH20AN SAH20AN 69.8 36 50 7 16 3 960 300 29 600 199 167 141 0.33
30 5 12 44 32 M5×0.8×6 6 25 12 M6×0.75 5 11 20 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 3.968 2.6
SH20BN SAH20BN 91.8 50 72 11 21 (3 500) 600 44 500 298 360 305 0.48
SH25AN SAH25AN 79 35 58 11.5 22 3 960 400 37 500 295 246 207 0.55
40 7 12.5 48 35 M6×1×9 6.5 33 12 M6×0.75 10 11 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 4.762 3.6
SH25BN SAH25BN 107 50 86 18 32 (3 500) 000 62 500 490 615 515 0.82
SH30AN SAH30AN 85.6 40 59 9.5 31 4 000 000 51 500 490 365 305 0.77
45 9 16 60 40 M8×1.25×10 10 36 14 M6×0.75 10 11 28 26 80 9×14×12 14 20 5.556 5.2
SH30BN SAH30BN 124.6 60 98 19 46 (3 500) 000 91 500 870 1 060 885 1.3
SH35AN SAH35AN 109 50 80 15 47 500 80 500 950 780 655 1.5
55 9.5 18 70 50 M8×1.25×12 10 45.5 15 M6×0.75 15 11 34 29 80 9×14×12 17 20 4 000 6.35 7.2
SH35BN SAH35BN 143 72 114 21 61 500 117 000 1 380 1 600 1 340 2.1
SH45AN SAH45AN 139 60 105 22.5 76 500 128 000 1 970 1 550 1 300 3.0
70 14 20.5 86 60 M10×1.5×17 13 56 17 Rc1/8 20 13 45 38 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3990 7.937 12.3
SH45BN SAH45BN 171 80 137 28.5 94 500 175 000 2 680 2 760 2 320 3.9
SH55AN SAH55AN 163 75 126 25.5 113 000 181 000 3 300 2 640 2 210 4.7
80 15 23.5 100 75 M12×1.75×18 12.5 65 18 Rc1/8 21 13 53 44 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3960 9.525 16.9
SH55BN SAH55BN 201 95 164 34.5 140 000 247 000 4 550 4 800 4 050 6.1
SH Series
A
SH-AL (High load type) Reference number for rail of interchangeable types 114
SH-BL (Super high load type) For regular rails (non-jointed rail)
SH —
—–– 3— 50 8 4 0 —––
—––— AL — C—
2 – —–
** P
—– H –—
3 0 —––—
1200 —
L —
C —
NT PC —
** —–
—–– Z
Series code
Size code
jD
h
H1
Front view of AL and BL types Side view of AL type
M PO
M RO B3 jd
L W1 F
W 4-M × L1 G n×F (G )
B1 B N J1 J
L0
jD
T T1
K
M YO H h Example:
H1
—S —
A —
H —
3—
0—A—
L—S —
Z
E
B3 jd
W2 W1 G
F
n×F (G )
L0 No code: Special carbon steel (NSK standard)
Size
L AL type N L BL type N L
Side view of BL type L1 L1 L1
N J1 J J1 J J1 J
T1 T1
T1
Model No.
SH25AL SAH25AL 79 35 58 11.5 3 960
22 400 37 500 295 246 207 0.46
36 7 12.5 48 35 M6×1×6 6.5 29 12 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 4.762 3.6
SH25BL SAH25BL 107 50 86 18 (3 500)
32 000 62 500 490 615 515 0.69
SH30AL SAH30AL 85.6 40 59 9.5 4 000
31 000 51 500 490 365 305 0.69
42 9 16 60 40 M8×1.25×8 10 33 14 M6×0.75 7 11 28 26 80 9×14×12 14 20 5.556 5.2
SH30BL SAH30BL 124.6 60 98 19 (3 500)
46 000 91 500 870 1 060 885 1.16
SH35AL SAH35AL 109 50 80 15 47 500 80 500 950 780 655 1.2
48 9.5 18 70 50 M8×1.25×8 10 38.5 15 M6×0.75 8 11 34 29 80 9×14×12 17 20 4 000 6.35 7.2
SH35BL SAH35BL 143 72 114 21 61 500 117 000 1 380 1 600 1 340 1.7
mounting surface.
A113 A114
SH Series
A
SH-EL (High load type) Reference number for rail of interchangeable types 116
SH-GL (Super high load type) For regular rails (non-jointed rail)
SH —
—–– 3— 50 8 4 0 —––
—––— EL — C—
2 – —–
** P
—– H –—
3 0 —––—
1200 —
L —
C —
NT PC —
** —–
—–– Z
Series code
Size code
jD
h
Front view of EL and GL types Side view of EL type M PO H1
M RO
B3 jd
L
W 4-M ×
W1 F
L1
B1 B N J1 J
G n×F (G )
L0
jD
T T1
K
M YO H h
H1
Example:
E —S —
A —
H —
3—
0—E—
L —
S —
Z
W2 W1 F
G n×F (G)
L0 Size
Side view of GL type L EL type M PO GL type
M RO
L1
N L N L
N J1 J W 4-M × L1 L1
B1 B J1 J J1 J
T1 T1 T1
T M YO
K
H
E
W2 W1
Model No.
SH15EL SAH15EL 55 39 4.5 10 2 000 100 18 800 98 87 73 0.17
24 4.6 16 47 38 30 M5×0.8×8 4.5 19.4 8 φ3 4.5 3.3 15 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 3.175 1.6
SH15GL SAH15GL 74 58 14 13 (1 800) 400 28 200 147 193 162 0.25
SH20EL SAH20EL 69.8 50 5 16 3 960 300 29 600 199 167 141 0.45
30 5 21.5 63 53 40 M6×1×10 5 25 10 M6×0.75 5 11 20 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 3.968 2.6
SH20GL SAH20GL 91.8 72 16 21 (3 500) 600 44 500 298 360 305 0.65
SH25EL SAH25EL 79 M8×1.25×16 58 6.5 11 22 3 960 400 37 500 295 246 207 0.63
36 7 23.5 70 57 45 6.5 29 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 4.762 3.6
SH25GL SAH25GL 107 (M8×1.25×12) 86 20.5 (12) 32 (3 500) 000 62 500 490 615 515 0.93
SH30EL SAH30EL 98.6 M10×1.5×18 72 10 11 35 4 000 500 63 000 600 540 450 1.2
42 9 31 90 72 52 9 33 M6×0.75 7 11 28 26 80 9×14×12 14 20 5.556 5.2
SH30GL SAH30GL 124.6 (M10×1.5×15) 98 23 (15) 46 (3 500) 000 91 500 870 1 060 885 1.6
SH35EL SAH35EL 109 80 9 47 4 000 500 80 500 950 780 655 1.7
48 9.5 33 100 82 62 M10×1.5×20 9 38.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 34 29 80 9×14×12 17 20 6.35 7.2
SH35GL SAH35GL 143 114 26 61 500 117 000 1 380 1 600 1 340 2.4
SH45EL SAH45EL 139 105 12.5 76 500 128 000 1 970 1 550 1 300 3.0
60 14 37.5 120 100 80 M12×1.75×24 10 46 13 Rc1/8 10 13 45 38 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3 990 7.937 12.3
SH45GL SAH45EL 171 137 28.5 94 500 175 000 2 680 2 760 2 320 3.9
SH55EL SAH55EL 163 126 15.5 113 000 181 000 3 300 2 640 2 210 5.0
70 15 43.5 140 116 95 M14×2×28 12 55 15 Rc1/8 11 13 53 44 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3 960 9.525 16.9
SH55GL SAH55GL 201 164 34.5 140 000 247 000 4 550 4 800 4 050 6.5
gDimensions in ( ) are applicable to stainless steel products. The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide mounting surface.
A115 gThe external appearance of stainless steel ball slides differs from those of standard material ball slide. When converting the basic dynamic load rating C to the dynamic load rating C100 for 100 km rating fatigue life, divide the C by 1.26 A116
SH Series
SH-EM
SH-FL
(High load type) Reference number for rail of interchangeable types A
SH-HL For regular rails (non-jointed rail)
(Super high load type)
SH-GM
Example: L1 —
H –—
3 0 —––—
1200 —
L —
C —
NT PC —
Z
118
S H 3 5 0 8 4 0 F L C 2 – ** P N 0 – II —– ** —–
—––
—–– — — —––— —–– — — —– —– — —
Series name *-II: Use two rails as a set interchangeable rail code Preload code
Series code Z: Slight preload
Rail length (mm) Preload code · 0 : Z0 (PC grade is only available)
· 1 : Z1 Rail length (mm)
Ball slide shape/height *Design serial number
· 3 : Z3 Shape code (L: Standard) T: Domestic standard
Material/surface treatment K: Domestic semi-standard
Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1)
C: Special carbon steel (NSK standard) (See page A107) * Please note that we assign the design number, and B: International user standard
K: Stainless steel (SH15 to SH30 only) Accuracy code (See page A105) omit the last code (II) that indicates a use of two N: Non-butting
rails as a set to finalize the reference number as
Number of ball slides per rail * Design serial number product identification. L: Butting specification * Please consult with NSK for butting rail specification.
jD
h
H1
B3 jd
W1 F
M RO
G n×F (G )
W 4-M × l L0
B1 B (jQ 2 pilot drill)
M PO Reference number for ball slide of interchangeable types
T l Example:
M YO H
K L
—S —
A —
H —
3—
0—F—
L —
S —
Z
L1
E
N J1 J Interchangeable ball slide Preload Z: Slight preload
B3 jD
T1 Series name S: Stainless steel
W2 W1 EM · GM type
H1
h
Size
M RO Ball slide shape/height
jd MRO MRO
W 4-jQ1 drill thru
B1 B
F N L
G n×F (G) W 4-M × l W 4-jQ1 × l
(jQ2 pilot drill) L1
L0 B1 B B1 B
T l J1 J
K
M YO H
T T T1
MYO MYO
E K K
H H
B3
W2 W1 FL · HL type E E
W2 W1 EM · GM type W2 W1 FL · HL type
Model No.
Q1×l bolt hole (recomm L0max C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW slide
H E W2 W L B J M×pitch×l Q2 B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 F d ×D ×h B3 ended) ( ) for stainless (N) (N) (N·m) (N·m) (N·m) (kg) (kg/m)
SH15FL SAH15FL 4.5×7 –
SH15EM SAH15EM 24 55 M5×0.8×7 4.4 4.5 39 4.5 19.4 8 2000 10100 18800 98 87 73 0.17
SH15HL SAH15HL
4.6 16 47 38 30
4.5×7 –
φ3 4.5 3.3 15 15 60 4.5×7.5×5.3 7.5 20 3.175 1.6
74 58 14 (1800) 13400 28200 147 193 162 0.25
SH15GM SAH15GM M5×0.8×7 4.4
SH20FL SAH20FL 69.8 6×9.5 – 50 5 3960 16300 29600 199 167 141 0.45
SH20EM SAH20EM 30 5 21.5 63 53 40 M6×1×9.5 5.3 5 25 10 M6×0.75 5 11 20 18 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 3.968 2.6
SH20HL SAH20HL 91.8 6×9.5 – 72 16 (3500) 21600 44500 298 360 305 0.65
SH20GM SAH20GM M6×1×9.5 5.3
SH25FL SAH25FL 7×10(7×11.5) –
79 M8×1.25×10 58 6.5 22400 37500 295 246 207 0.63
SH25EM SAH25EM
36 7 23.5 70 57 45
(M8×1.25×11.5) 6.8 6.5 11
29 (12) M6×0.75 6 11 23 22 60 7×11×9 11.5 20
3960
4.762 3.6
SH25HL SAH25HL 7×10(7×11.5) –
107 M8×1.25×10 86 20.5 (3500) 32000 62500 490 615 515 0.93
SH25GM SAH25GM (M8×1.25×11.5) 6.8
9×12(9×14.5) –
SH30FL SAH30FL M10×1.5×12
98.6 72 10 35500 63000 600 540 450 1.2
SH30EM SAH30EM
42 9 31 90 72 52 (M10×1.5×14.5) 8.6 9 33 11 M6×0.75 7 11 28 26 80 9×14×12 14 20
4000
5.556 5.2
SH30HL SAH30HL 9×12(9×14.5) – (15) (3500)
124.6 M10×1.5×12 8.6 98 23 46000 91500 870 1060 885 1.6
SH30GM SAH30GM (M10×1.5×14.5)
SH35FL SAH35FL 109 9×13 – 80 9 47500 80500 950 780 655 1.7
SH35EM SAH35EM 48 9.5 33 100 82 62 M10×1.5×13 8.6 9 38.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 34 29 80 9×14×12 17 20 4000 6.35 7.2
SH35HL SAH35HL 143 9×13 – 114 26 61500 117000 1380 1600 1340 2.4
SH35GM SAH35GM M10×1.5×13 8.6
SH45FL SAH45FL 11×15 –
SH45EM SAH45EM 139 M12×1.75×15 10.5 105 12.5 76500 128000 1970 1550 1300 3
SH45HL SAH45HL 60 14 37.5 120 100 80 11×15 – 10 46 13 Rc1/8 10 13 45 38 105 14×20×17 22.5 22.5 3990 7.937 12.3
SH45GM SAH45GM 171 M12×1.75×15 10.5 137 28.5 94500 175000 2680 2760 2320 3.9
SH55FL SAH55FL 14×18 –
SH55EM SAH55EM 163 M14×2×18 12.5 12 126 15.5 55 15 Rc1/8 11 13 113000 181000 3000 2640 2210 5
70 15 43.5 140 116 95 53 44 120 16×23×20 26.5 30 3990 9.525 16.9
SH55HL SAH55HL 201 14×18 – 164 34.5 140000 247000 4550 4800 4050 6.5
SH55GM SAH55GM M14×2×18 12.5
A117 gDimensions in ( ) are applicable to stainless steel products. When converting the basic dynamic load rating C to the dynamic load rating C100 for 100 km rating fatigue life, divide the C by 1.26 A118
gThe external appearance of stainless steel ball slides differs from those of standard material ball slide.
SS Series
SS-AL (High load type) A
SS-CL (Medium load type)
Reference number for rail of interchangeable types 120
SS —
—–– 3— 50 8 4 0 —––
—––— AL — C—
2 – —–
** P
—–N—0 –— II For regular rails (non-jointed rail)
Example:
Size Default: One rail use L –1– —
S—1—
51 000—L—
C—N T**
— —––— —— P C—
—— Z
Rail length (mm) Preload code · 0 : Z0 Interchangeable ball slide Preload code
(Z: Slight preload)
Ball slide shape/height · 1 : Z1 Series name
Accuracy code: PC
Material/surface treatment · 3 : Z3 Size (PC grade is only available)
C: Special carbon steel (NSK standard) (See page A108) * Please note that we assign the design number, and Rail length (mm) Design serial number
K: Stainless steel Accuracy code (See page A105) omit the last code (II) that indicates a use of two Shape code
(T: Domestic standard, K: Domestic semi-standard,
rails as a set to finalize the reference number as B: International user standard)
* Design serial number product identification. (L: Standard, LS15 mounting hole for M3 specification
Number of ball slides per rail T: LS15 mounting hole for M4 specification) *Butting rail specification * Please consult with NSK for
Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1) butting rail specification.
(N: Non-butting, L: Butting specification)
jD
Front view of AL and CL types Side view of AL type M PO
M RO h
H1
N L
W L1 4-M ×
B3 jd
B1 B J1 J
W1 F
G n×F (G )
T1 L0
T jD
K
M YO H
h
H1 Example:
E
—S —
A —
S —
3—
0—A—
L—S —
Z
W2 W1 F
G n×F (G ) Series name S: Stainless steel
L0 No code: Special carbon steel (NSK standard)
Size
Side view of CL type L
L1 2-M × AL type M PO CL type
M RO
J1 N L 2-M ×
N L 4-M ×
W L1 L1
B1 B J1 J J1
T1 T1
T
K M YO
H
E
W2 W1
Model No.
SS15CL SAS15CL 40.4 – 23.6 11.8 g3.5×6×4.5 2 000 4 900 7 800 39 21 18 0.14
24 4.6 9.5 34 26 M4×0.7×6 4 19.4 10 φ3 6 3 15 12.5 60 7.5 20 2.778 1.4
SS15AL SAS15AL 56.8 26 40 7 4.5×7.5×5.3 (1 700) 7 900 15 600 78 74 62 0.2
SS20CL SAS20CL 47.2 – 30 15 3 960 7 250 11 800 80 40 34 0.19
28 6 11 42 32 M5×0.8×7 5 22 12 M6×0.75 5.5 11 20 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 3.175 2.3
SS20AL SAS20AL 65.2 32 48 8 (3 500) 11 100 21 800 149 124 104 0.28
SS25CL SAS25CL 59.6 – 38 19 3 960 12 700 20 800 164 96 81 0.34
33 7 12.5 48 35 M6×1×9 6.5 26 12 M6×0.75 7 11 23 18 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3.968 3.1
SS25AL SAS25AL 81.6 35 60 12.5 (3 500) 17 900 33 500 266 242 203 0.51
SS30CL SAS30CL 67.4 – 42 21 4 000 18 700 29 600 282 153 128 0.58
42 9 16 60 40 M8×1.25×12 10 33 13 M6×0.75 8 11 28 23 80 7×11×9 14 20 4.762 4.8
SS30AL SAS30AL 96.4 40 71 15.5 (3 500) 27 300 50 500 480 415 350 0.85
SS35CL SAS35CL 77 – 49 24.5 4 000 26 000 40 000 465 234 196 0.86
48 10.5 18 70 50 M8×1.25×12 10 37.5 14 M6×0.75 8.5 11 34 27.5 80 9×14×12 17 20 5.556 7
SS35AL SAS35AL 108 50 80 15 (3 500) 38 000 68 500 800 620 520 1.3
g Standard mounting hole of SS15 rail is for M3 bolts (Hole size: 3.5×6×4.5).
If you require the mounting hole for M4 bolts (Hole size: 4.5×7.5×5.3), please specify it when ordering.
mounting surface.
A119 A120
SS Series
SS-EL (High load type)

A
SS-JL (Medium load type) Reference number for rail of interchangeable types 122
For regular rails (non-jointed rail)
SS —
—–– 3— 50 8 4 0 —––
—––— EL — C—
2 – —–
** P
—–N—0 –— II
Series name *-II: Use two rails as a set Example:
L –1– —
— S—1—
51 000—
—––— L—
C—N T**
—— P C—
—— Z
Size Default: One rail use Interchangeable ball slide Preload code
Preload code · 0 : Z0 (Z: Slight preload)
Rail length (mm) Series name
· 1 : Z1 Accuracy code: PC
Ball slide shape/height Size (PC grade is only available)
Material/surface treatment · 3 : Z3
Rail length (mm) Design serial number
C: Special carbon steel (NSK standard) (See page A108) * Please note that we assign the design number, and (T: Domestic standard, K: Domestic semi-standard,
Shape code
K: Stainless steel Accuracy code (See page A105) omit the last code (II) that indicates a use of two (L: Standard, LS15 mounting hole for M3 specification
B: International user standard)
rails as a set to finalize the reference number as
* Design serial number product identification. T: LS15 mounting hole for M4 specification) *Butting rail specification * Please consult with NSK for
Number of ball slides per rail Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1) butting rail specification.
(N: Non-butting, L: Butting specification)
jD
h
Front view of EL and JL types Side view of EL type H1
M PO
M RO
B3 jd
N L
W W1 F
L1 4-M ×
B1 B G n×F (G )
J1 J
L0
T1
T
jD Reference number for ball slide of interchangeable types
K
M YO H Example:
h
H1
—S —
A —
S —
3—
0—E—
L —
S —
Z
E
B3 jd
F Series name S: Stainless steel
W2 W1
G n×F (G) No code: Special carbon steel (NSK standard)
Size
L0
Side view of JL type EL type
M RO
N L 2-M × M PO
L1 W 4-M × N L
J1 B1 B L1
J1 J
T1 T
T1
M YO
K
H
E
W2 W1
Model No.
g
SS15JL 40.4 – 23.6 11.8 2 000 4 900 7 800 39 21 18 0.17
24 4.6 18.5 52 41 M5×0.8×6 5.5 19.4 8 φ3 6 3 15 12.5 60 3.5×6×4.5 7.5 20 2.778 1.4
SS15EL SAS15EL 56.8 26 40 7 (1 700) 7 900 15 600 78 74 62 0.26
4.5×7.5×5.3
SS20JL 47.2 – 30 15 3 960 7 250 11 800 80 40 34 0.24
28 6 19.5 59 49 M6×1×10 5 22 10 M6×0.75 5.5 11 20 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 3.175 2.3
SS20EL SAS20EL 65.2 32 48 8 (3 500) 11 100 21 800 149 124 104 0.35
SS25JL 59.6 – 38 19 11 M6×0.75 7 11 3 960 12 700 20 800 164 96 81 0.44
33 7 25 73 60 M8×1.25×12 6.5 26 23 18 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3.968 3.1
SS25EL SAS25EL 81.6 35 60 12.5 (12) (3 500) 17 900 33 500 266 242 203 0.66
SS30JL 67.4 – M10×1.5×18 42 21 11 4 000 18 700 29 600 282 153 128 0.76
42 9 31 90 72 9 33 M6×0.75 8 11 28 23 80 7×11×9 14 20 4.762 4.8
SS30EL SAS30EL 96.4 40 (M10×1.5×15) 71 15.5 (15) (3 500) 27 300 50 500 480 415 350 1.2
SS35JL 77 – M10×1.5×20 49 24.5 12 4 000 26 000 40 000 465 234 196 1.2
48 10.5 33 100 82 9 37.5 M6×0.75 8.5 11 34 27.5 80 9×14×12 17 20 5.556 7
SS35EL SAS35EL 108 50 (M10×1.5×15) 80 15 (15) (3 500) 38 000 68 500 800 620 520 1.7
gDimensions in ( ) are applicable to stainless steel products. g Standard mounting hole of SS15 rail is for M3 bolts (Hole size: 3.5×6×4.5).
gThe external appearance of stainless steel ball slides differs from those of standard material ball slide. If you require the mounting hole for M4 bolts (Hole size: 4.5×7.5×5.3), please specify it when ordering.
mounting surface.
A121 A122
SS Series
SS-FL (High load type) Reference number for rail of interchangeable types A
SS-KL (Medium load type) For regular rails (non-jointed rail)
S S 3 5 0 8 4 0 F L C 2 – ** P N 0 – II Example: 124
—–– — — —––— —–– — — —– —– — — L –1– —
— S—1—
51 000—
—––— L—
C—N T**
—— P —— C— Z
Series name *-II: Use two rails as a set Interchangeable ball slide Preload code
Size Default: One rail use Series name (Z: Slight preload)

Size (PC grade is only available)
Ball slide shape/height · 1 : Z1 Rail length (mm) Design serial number
Material/surface treatment · 3 : Z3 Shape code (T: Domestic standard, K: Domestic semi-standard,
(L: Standard, LS15 mounting hole for M3 specification B: International user standard)
C: Special carbon steel (NSK standard) (See page A108) * Please note that we assign the design number, and T: LS15 mounting hole for M4 specification) *Butting rail specification * Please consult with NSK for
K: Stainless steel Accuracy code (See page A105) omit the last code (II) that indicates a use of two Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1) (N: Non-butting, L: Butting specification)
butting rail specification.
rails as a set to finalize the reference number as jD
Number of ball slides per rail * Design serial number product identification.
h
H1
Mpo
JM type EM type B3 jd
W1 F
N L
L1 4-M × l G n×F (G )
L L0
J1 J (jQ2 pilot drill)
L1 2-M × l
J1 (jQ2 pilot drill)
T1 Reference number for ball slide of interchangeable types M RO
MRO Example: W
—S —
A —
S —
3—
0—F—
L —
S —
Z B1 B
W
B1 B Interchangeable ball slide Preload Z: Slight preload
T
FL type Mpo Series name S: Stainless steel H
K M YO
MYO K
T
KL type N L
Size No code: Special carbon steel (NSK standard) E
H L1 4-jQ 1 × l
L
L1 2-jQ 1 × l
J1 J Ball slide shape/height W2 W1
E J1 M PO M PO
T1
B3 jD
W2 W1 N L N L N L
h 2-φQ1×l 4-φQ1×l 4-M × l
H1 L1 L1 L1
(φQ2 pilot drill)
J1 J1 J J1 J
jd
T1 T1 T1
F
G n×F (G )
L0
KL type FL type EM type

Model No.
Q1×l bolt hole (recomm L0max C C0 MRO MPO MYO DW slide
H E W2 W L B J M×pitch×l Q 2 B1 L1 J1 K T Hole size T1 N W1 H1 F d ×D ×h B3 ended) ( ) for stainless (N) (N) (N·m) (N·m) (N·m) (kg) (kg/m)
SS15KL SAS15KL 4.5×7 – ※
40.4 23.6 11.8 2000 4900 7800 39 21 18 0.17
SS15JM –
M5×0.8×7 4.4 3.5×6×4.5
24 4.6 18.5 52 41 5.5 19.4 8 φ3 6 3 15 12.5 60 7.5 20 2.778 1.4
SS15FL SAS15FL 56.8 26
4.5×7 – 40 7 4.5×7.5×5.3 (1700) 7900 15600 78 74 62 0.26
SS15EM SAS15EM M5×0.8×7 4.4
SS20KL SAS20KL 5.5×9(5.5×9.5) –
47.2 M6×1×9 30 15 7250 11800 80 40 34 0.24
SS20JM 5.3 3960
– (M6×1×9.5)
28 6 19.5 59 49 5 22 10 M6×0.75 5.5 11 20 15.5 60 6×9.5×8.5 10 20 3.175 2.3
SS20FL SAS20FL 32 5.5×9(5.5×9.5) – (3500)
65.2 M6×1×9 48 8 11100 21800 149 124 104 0.35
SS20EM SAS20EM 5.3
(M6×1×9.5)
SS25KL SAS25KL 7×10(7×11.5) –
59.6 M8×1.25×10 38 19 12700 20800 164 96 81 0.44
SS25JM 6.8 3960
– (M8×1.25×11.5) 11
33 7 25 73 60 6.5 26 M6×0.75 7 11 23 18 60 7×11×9 11.5 20 3.968 3.1
SS25FL SAS25FL 35 7×10(7×11.5) – (12)
(3500)
81.6 M8×1.25×10 60 12.5 17900 33500 266 242 203 0.66
SS25EM SAS25EM (M8×1.25×11.5) 6.8
SS30KL SAS30KL 9×12(9×14.5) –
67.4 M10×1.5×12 42 21 18700 29600 282 153 128 0.76
SS30JM 8.6 4000
– (M10×1.5×14.5) 11
42 9 31 90 72 9 33 M6×0.75 8 11 28 23 80 7×11×9 14 20 4.762 4.8
SS30FL SAS30FL 40 9×12(9×14.5) – (15)
(3500)
96.4 M10×1.5×12 71 15.5 27300 50500 480 415 350 1.2
SS30EM SAS30EM 8.6
(M10×1.5×14.5)
SS35KL SAS35KL 9×13(9×14.5) –
77 M10×1.5×13 49 24.5 26000 40000 465 234 196 1.2
SS35JM 8.6 4000
– (M10×1.5×14.5) 12
48 10.5 33 100 82 9 37.5 M6×0.75 8.5 11 34 27.5 80 9×14×12 17 20 5.556 7
SS35FL SAS35FL 50 9×13(9×14.5) – (15) (3500)
108 M10×1.5×13 80 15 38000 68500 800 620 520 1.7
SS35EM SAS35EM (M10×1.5×14.5) 8.6
gDimensions in ( ) are applicable to stainless steel products. g Standard mounting hole of SS15 rail is for M3 bolts (Hole size: 3.5×6×4.5).
gThe external appearance of stainless steel ball slides differs from those of standard material ball slide. If you require the mounting hole for M4 bolts (Hole size: 4.5×7.5×5.3), please specify it when ordering.
A123 The basic dynamic load rating is a load that furnishes 50 km rating fatigue life; it is a vertical and constant load to the ball slide mounting surface. A124
TM
MF Series (equipped with "NSK K1 " Lubrication Unit )
A
A-I-7 MF Series
TM
126
A-I-7.1 NSK Linear Guides Equipped with "NSK K1 " Lubrication Unit.
TM 1) Features
"NSK K1 " lowers machine operation cost, and
reduces impact on the environment. K1 Seal comprises a part of the compact and efficient
lubrication unit.
What is "long-term, maintenance-free" operation?
Ball screws and linear guides which are equipped 1 Maintenance is required only infrequently 3 Fits right in the environment where
lubricant is washed away
with "NSK K1" do not require maintenance for five
years or up to 10,000 km operational distance. Used with grease, and maintains lubrication function Used with grease, life of the machine is prolonged even
for a long period of time. Ideal for systems/environments when the machine is washed entirely by water, or in an
TM which make replenishment difficult. environment where the machine is exposed to rain or wind.
What is "NSK K1 " Lubrication Unit?
"NSK K1" is a lubrication device which combines oil
and resin in a single unit. The porous resin contains a For automotive component processing lines, etc. Food processing equipment, housing/construction
machines, etc.
large amount of lubrication oil. Equipped closely to
the rail, "NSK K1" constantly supplies fresh oil which 2 Does not pollute the environment 4 Maintains efficiency in dusty
seeps from the resin, lubricating the rail surface. environment
A very small volume of grease combined with NSK In environment where oil- and grease-absorbing dust
K1 can provide sufficient lubrication in the is produced, long-term efficiency in lubrication and
environment where grease is undesirable as well as in prevention from foreign inclusions are maintained by
Polyolefin the environment where high cleanliness is required. using the "NSK K1" in combination with grease.
Unlike vinyl chloride products, polyolefin does not produce dioxin.
Polyolefin is also gaining use at supermarkets for food wrapping.
Food processing/medical equipment, liquid crystal Woodworking machines, etc.
display/semiconductor manufacturing equipment, etc.
Lubrication oil *Stainless steel linear guides and ball screws should be
It is mineral oil-based. The oil has a viscosity of 100cSt. considered for use in corrosive environments or other
Enlarged surface of "NSK K1" 100µm 2) Functions environments where rusting is a potential problem.
Lubrication Unit
NSK K1 has various superb functions. NSK's ample

Remarkable sealing capacity with new test data and field performances confirm K1 Seal's
TM Ball slide
material: NSK K1 Lubrication Unit abilities.
information
A NSK K1 lubrication unit (referred to NSK K1
NSK K1 1 Durability test at high speed, with no
hereafter) to be equipped with NSK linear guide is other lubrication
outstanding new lubrication material.
A Newly developed "porous synthetic resin" contains Graph 1 shows test results under these conditions. Graph 1 Durability test at high speed, with no
large volume of lubricant oil, and it seeps out The linear guide operated with no lubricant is unable lubrication (lubricated by NSK K1 only)
enhancing lubricating function. to travel after a short period because breakage
A Simply install NSK K1 inside the standard end seal occurs. Equipped with NSK K1, the linear guide easily
(rubber). End cap travels 25000 km. Unlubricated damaged at 79km
End seal (rubber) Conditions: Sample LH30AN (preload Z1)

Travel speed 200 m/min
Rail Stroke 1800 mm K1 Seal
No lubricant: Completely degreased, no lubrication

NSK K1: Completely void of grease, no 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000
lubrication + NSK K1 Distance traveled, km
A125 A126
TM
3) Application examples
A
2 Durability test immersed in water 3 Durability test with wood chips
• Semiconductors/liquid crystal display processing 128
machines
Graph 2 shows test results after the linear guide is Wood chips absorb lubricant. Maintaining lubrication Because of its excellent features and functions, the
• LCD substrates polishing machine
immersed in water once per week for 24 hours at a in such environment is extremely difficult. Graph 2 use of NSK K1 Seal is increasingly growing in various
• LCD glass substrates transporting machine
time, then traveled for 2700 km. Without NSK K1, the shows that the life when NSK K1 is added to a fields. Effects of VA, VE, and cost down are
• LCD glass substrate testing equipment
ball groove worn out in early stage and broke. With standard seal is two times longer than the life when particularly highly regarded.
(transporting section)
NSK K1, the wear was reduced to about 1/3 (Table 1). two seals are combined (double seal -- current • Thin film processing equipment for semiconductors
This test proves the effect of NSK K1. product). Machines using grease lubricant • Washing machine
Conditions: Sample LS30 Stainless(pre-load Z1) Conditions: Sample LH30AN (pre-load Z1) • Full automatic wafer mounter
Travel speed 24 m/min Travel speed 24 m/min • Washing section of the wafer polishing machine
Stroke 400 mm Stroke 400 mm Can abolish lubricant supply pipe
Extensive intervals between maintenance • Carrier arm section of logic handler
Load 4700N/Brg Load 490N/Brg
Lubricant Fully packed with dedicated Seal specifications/lubricant:
grease (*) for food machines Standard W Seal • • Standard W Seal + Machines using oil lubricant
• Robot systems
• Electric actuator
Immersing condition: AV2 Grease • Robot that removes molded plastic work from
Immersed and traveled once per NSK K1 • • • • • • • • • • • NSK K1 + Standard plastic injection machine
week for 24 hours at a time. seal + AV2 Grease Can reduce oil supply
* Grease made in U.S.A. Wood chip conditions: Can switch to grease lubrication (abolishing
Characteristic 1 • • • • • • Large volume of wood chips
oil supply system) • Printing, book-binding and paper making machines
• Printer
Consistency: 280 2 • • • • • • Medium volume of wood chips • Screen printer
Base oil viscosity: 580 (cSt) For equipment whose maintenance is • Label printer
Graph 3 Durability test with wood chips
burdensome task • Driving mechanism of photograph developing unit
Table 1 Comparison in wear of grooves and steel balls (2700 km) NSK K1 1 damaged at 2500km
(large qty. of wood chips)
(Unit:µm)
Lubricating condition Ball slide groove Rail groove Steel balls No need for frequent maintenance • Woodworking, lumbering and construction machines
Standard W seal 1
(large qty. of wood chips)
damaged at 1000km • Router
With NSK K1 16~18 2~3 6~8 damaged at 5900km • Lumber cutting, groove making machines
Without NSK K1 30~45 9~11 17~25 NSK K1 1 For equipment which is used in strict • Pre-cutting machine
(medium qty. of wood chips)
Graph 2 Durability test immersed in water environment • Unmanned lumbering machine

Standard W seal 2
damaged at 2800km
(medium qty. of wood chips)
Wear occurs Worn, end cap damaged
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Easy to take measures against oil leak, oil
• Optic and glass production machines
Standard Distance traveled, km • Flat glass making machine
double seal spattering and pollution. • Lens handling equipment
Failed at 2700km
NSK K1
+
• Food and medical equipment
standard seal • Meat conveyor
2700km completed
A Main Applications
Wear occurs • Dental chair slide drive section
0 500 1000 1500 2000
(continued running possible)
2500 3000
• For automotive production facilities
• Ham wrapping machine
Graph 4 Comparison of dust emission • Lifter and carrier
Distance traveled, km
• Multi-tier stock system
• Machine tools and related machines
Dust count (0.5 µ m or larger), particles / 28.3l
100000 • Engine/chassis decking system

4 Dust emission • Telescopic cover for horizontal machining center
NSK K1 + ordinary grease • Underbody line welding machine
• Laser processing machine (X, Y axes)
10000 • Body line conveyor system
Graph 4 is a comparison of NSK K1 dust emissions. • Pallet changer
• Marking machine
The combination of NSK K1 and NSK Clean Grease • Water jet cutter
• Material handling system
LG2 (low dust grease) generates as little dust as 1000
• Sorting system
fluorine grease. NSK K1 + LG2
• Assembly vibration tester • Electric/communication systems
100 • Magnetic tape library
• Assembly machine
Conditions: Sample LS20 Vacuum grease
• Differential gear grinding machine
Travel speed 36 m/min
10
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
• Other machines
Time, h
A127 A128
TM
4) Specifications 7) Dimension tables

A
ALinear guides equipped with Lubrication Unit "NSK K1" 130
(1) Applicable series and sizes (2) Standard specifications
1 Can be installed in the preloaded assemblies of 1 Install NSK K1 Seal between the end seal and end (1) LH, LS Series
LH, LS, LW, LU, LE, LY and LA Series, and LH, LS, cap. (Double-seal specification, and specification
N L
LW, LU and LE Series interchangeable ball slide with protector are also available on request.) V1 V2 V2 V1 End-seal
assemblies. 2 NSK standard grease is packed inside the ball
2 Can be used with stainless steel materials and slide.
surface-treated items. LH, LS, LA, LY, LW Series: AS2 Grease is sealed.
JAPAN
LU, LE Series: PS2 Grease is sealed.
(Volume of grease, type of grease on request.)
3 Accuracy and preload are the same as standard
Protective cover NSK K1
items. (Dynamic friction increases slightly due to
K1 Seal.)
Table I-7•1 (Unit:mm)
Linear guide Ball slide Standard ball Ball slide length Per NSK K1 Protection cover Protruding area of
Ball slide model installed with two thickness the grease fitting
model length slide length NSK K1 L thickness V2 N
V1
5) Reference number STANDARD AN,
EL,
FL,
EM 55 65.6
LH15 4.5 0.8 (5)
LONG BN,
GL,
HL,
GM 74 84.6
L
——
H 30
— ——
1 2——
— ——
0——
0 ——
A–—
NC 2 –**
— — ——
P 5 Z 3 – –—
–— —— —— ——
II LH20
STANDARD AN,
EL,
FL,EM 69.8 80.4
4.5 0.8 (14)
*-II: Set of two guides for an axis LONG BN,
GL,
HL,
GM 91.8 102.4
Series Default: One guide
STANDARD AL,AN,EL,FL,EM 79.0 90.6
LH25 5.0 0.8 (14)
Size Preload code (See Table I-3•2) LONG BL,BN,GL,HL,GM 107 118.6
STANDARD AL,
AN 85.6 97.6
Rail length (mm) Accuracy grade code (See Table I-3•2 and I-4•2)
LH30 FLANGE TYPE EL,
FL,EM 98.6 110.6 5.0 1.0 (14)
Ball slide shape code (See Table I-2•2) *Design serial number LONG BL,BN,GL,HL,GM 124.6 136.6
STANDARD AL,AN,EL,FL,EM 109 122
Material/surface treatment code (See Table I-4•1) Number of the ball slide per rail LH35 5.5 1.0 (14)
LONG BL,BN,GL,HL,GM 143 156
STANDARD AN,
EL,
FL,EM 139 154
* Pleas note thet we assign the design number, and omit the last code (I I) that indicates a use of two LH45 6.5 1.0 (15)
LONG BN,
GL,
HL,
GM 171 186
rails as a set to finalize the reference number as product identification.
STANDARD AN,
EL,
FL,EM 163 178
LH55 6.5 1.0 (15)
LONG BN,
GL,
HL,
GM 201 216
6) Number of installed NSK K1 STANDARD AN,

EL,
FL,EM 193 211
LH65 8.0 1.0 (16)
LONG BN,
GL,
HL,
GM 253 271
Normally, one NSK K1 should be installed on both sides of ball slide of NSK linear guides.
STANDARD AL,EL,
FL,EM 56.8 66.4
However, more NSK K1 may be required under more stringent drive and environment of the linear guide. Please LS15 4.0 0.8 (5)
SHORT JL,
CL,KL,
JM 40.4 50
consult NSK for details.
STANDARD AL,EL,
FL,EM 65.2 75.8
The length of the ball slides installed with NSK K1 is: LS20 4.5 0.8 (14)
SHORT JL,
CL,KL,
JM 47.2 57.8
"Standard ball slide length" + "Thickness of each NSK K1" (V1 x the number of NSK K1) + Thickness of protection STANDARD AL,EL,
FL,EM 81.6 92.2
LS25 4.5 0.8 (14)
cover (V2 x 2) SHORT JL,
CL,KL,
JM 59.6 70.2
Note: Thickness of the end-seal is not included in "Standard ball slide length" for LU05TL, LU07AL, LU09AL, and STANDARD AL,EL,
FL,EM 96.4 108.4
LS30 5.0 1.0 (14)
LU09TL. Add the following value to the obtained value from above for these series. SHORT JL,
CL,KL,
JM 67.4 79.4
STANDARD AL,EL,
FL,EM 108 121
(Side-seal thickness : 1.5mm x 2) – (Screw head length LU05TL: 0.8mm x 2; LU07AL: none; LU09AL and LU09TL: LS35 5.5 1.0 (14)
SHORT JL,
CL,KL,
JM 77 90
1mm x 2)]
A129 A130
TM
A
132
(2) LY, LA Series (3) LE, LU Series

N L N L
V1 V2 V2 V1 End-seal V1 V2 V2 V1 End-seal
JAPAN
Table I-7•2 (Unit:mm) Table I-7•3 (Unit:mm)

Linear guide Ball slide Standard ball Ball slide length Per NSK K1 Protection cover Protruding area of Linear guide Ball slide Standard ball Ball slide length Per NSK K1 Protection cover Protruding area of
Ball slide model installed with two thickness the grease fitting Ball slide model installed with two thickness the grease fitting
model length slide length NSK K1 L thickness V2 N model length slide length NSK K1 L thickness V2 N
V1 V1
LY15 STANDARD AL,
AN,EL,
FL 55 64.6 4 0.8 (3) STANDARD TL 31 37
STANDARD AL,EL,
FL 69.4 80 LE07 LONG UL 42 48 2.5 0.5 —
LY20 4.5 0.8 (5)
LONG BL,
GL,
HL 85.4 96 SHORT SL 22.4 28.4
STANDARD AN,
AL,
EL,FL 80.8 92.4 LE09 STANDARD AR,TR 39.8 46.8 3.0 0.5 —
LY25 5.0 0.8 (14)
LONG BN,
BL,
GL,
HL 102.8 114.4 LE12 STANDARD AR 45 53 3.5 0.5 —
STANDARD AN,
AL,
EL,
HL,
TL 95.2 108.2 STANDARD AR 56.6 66.2 (5)
LY30 5.5 1.0 (14)
LONG BN,
BL,
GL,
HL 115.2 128.2 STANDARD AL 55.0 64.6
LE15 4.0 0.8
STANDARD AN,
AL,
EL,FL 110.4 123.4 LONG BL 74.4 84 —
LY35 5.5 1.0 (14)
LONG BN,
BL,
GL,
HL 133.4 146.4 SHORT CL 41.4 51
STANDARD AN,
AL,
EL,FL 137 152 LU05 STANDARD TL 18* 24.4 2.0 0.5 —
LY45 6.5 1.0 (15)
LONG BN,
BL,
GL,
HL 169 184 LU07 STANDARD AL 20.4* 29.4 2.5 0.5 —
STANDARD AN,
AL,
EL,FL 160 175 STANDARD AR,TR 30 36.4
LY55 6.5 1.0 (15)
LONG BN,
BL,
GL,
HL 200 215 LU09 STANDARD AL,TL 26.8* 34.2 2.7 0.5 —
STANDARD AN,
EL,FL 184.6 202.6 LONG BL,UL 41 47.4
LY65 8.0 1.0 (16)
LONG BN,
BL,
GL,
HL 244.6 262.6 STANDARD AR 35.2 42.2
STANDARD AN,
EL,FL 79.8 91.8 LU12 STANDARD AL,TL 34 41 3.0 0.5 —
LA25 5.0 1.0 (14)
LONG BN,
GL,
HL 107.8 119.8 LONG BL,UL 47.5 54.5
STANDARD AN,
EL,FL 100.2 113.2 STANDARD AL 43.6 51.8
LA30 5.5 1.0 (14) LU15 3.5 0.6 —
LONG BN,
GL,
HL 126.2 139.2 LONG BL 61 69.2
STANDARD AN,
AL,
EL,FL 110.6 123.6
LA35 5.5 1.0 (14) * Standard ball slide length of LU05TL, LU07AL, LU09AL and LU09TL does not include thickness of
LONG BN,
BL,
GL,
HL 144.6 157.6
the side-seal (1.5mm). However, it includes the length of the screw head for end cap installation
STANDARD AN,
AL,
EL,FL 141.4 156.4
LA45 6.5 1.0 (15) (Included length – LU05: 0.8mm; LU07: no projection; LU09: 1mm)
LONG BN,
BL,
GL,
HL 173.4 188.4
STANDARD AN,
AL,
EL,FL 165.4 180.4
LA55 6.5 1.0 (15)
LONG BN,
BL,
GL,
HL 203.4 218.4
STANDARD AN,
EL,FL 196.2 214.2
LA65 8.0 1.0 (16)
LONG BN,
GL,
HL 256.2 274.2
A131 A132
TM
A
A-I-7•2 Interchangeable Ball Slide Series Equipped with NSK K1 Lubrication Unit
134
Linear guides which use NSK K1 lubrication unit now come in interchangeable ball
(4) LW Series slide. They are standard in stock for immediate delivery.
N L
V1 V2 V2 V1 End-seal
(1) Features
1. Easy to handle Rails and ball slides are

randomly matched.
2. Ball slides can be purchased as single item Purchase only when

necessary.
3. Standard in stock Delivery time is
markedly short.
Table I-7•4 (Unit:mm)
Linear guide Ball slide Standard ball Ball slide length Per NSK K1 Protection cover Protruding area of
4. Comes with a cage Balls do not fall
length
Ball slide model installed with two thickness the grease fitting out of the ball slide.
model slide length NSK K1 L V1 thickness V2 N
LW17 STANDARD EL 51.4 61.6 4.5 0.6 (5) (2) Reference number
LW21 STANDARD EL 58.8 71.4 5.5 0.8 (13)
LW27 STANDARD EL 74 86.6 5.5 0.8 (13) L A H 3 5 A N S Z - –—
——— — ——
— —–— — –—
K
LW35 STANDARD EL 108 123 6.5 1.0 (13)
interchangeable ball slide code Option code
LW50 STANDARD EL 140.6 155.6 6.5 1.0 (14) -K: Equipped with standard NSK K1
Series -F: Fluoride low temperature chrome
platin + standard grease
chrome platin + LG2 grease
Ball slide shape code (See Table I-2•2)
Material code Preload code
Default: Fine clearance Z: Slight preload
Precautions for handling Default: Standard (Special high carbon steel)
S: Stainless steel
To extend high functions of NSK K1 Seal, please observe the following precautions.
1. Temperature range for use: Maximum temperature for use: 50°C (3) Accuracy and pre-load
Momentary maximum temperature in use: 80°C Accuracy of random-matching is normal grade (PC).
Tables I-7•5 show preload value when assembled
2. Chemicals that should not come to contact:
with rail.
Do not leave K1 Seal in organic solvent, white kerosene such Table I-7•5 Clearance and preload value
as hexane, thinner which removes oil, and rust preventive oil µm
which contains white kerosene. Series/model No. Slight clearance (ZT) Slight preload (ZZ)
LH15 15~ – 4 0~ – 4
Note: Water-type cutting oil, oil-type cutting oil, grease such as mineral-type AV2 and ester-type
LH20,25 15~ – 5 0~ – 5
PS2 do not damage K1 Seal.
LH30,35,45 15~ – 5 0~ – 7
LH55,65 15~ – 5 0~ – 9
LS15,20 15~ – 4 0~ – 4
LS25,30 15~ – 5 0~ – 5
LS35 15~ – 5 0~ – 6
LW17,21 15~ – 3 0~ – 3.5
LW27 15~ – 4 0~ – 4
LW35 15~ – 5 0~ – 5
LW50 15~ – 5 0~ – 7
LU,LE 15~ 0 —
A133 A134
TM
MF Series Interchangeable ball slides equipped with "NSK K1 " Lubrication Unit
A
Table I-7•6
Interchangeable Ball Ball slide Provisional Protruding area of 136
Standard ball slide slide Ball slide shape code length rail length the grease
stock model number length L (mm) L R (mm) fitting
Fig. I-7•1 LH Series Reference number (example): LAH30AN(Z)-K Standard AN EL FL EM 65.6
LAH15 130 (5)
Long BN GL HL GM 84.6
LS Series Reference number (example): LAS30AL(Z)-K
Standard AN EL FL EM 80.4
L NSK K1seal LAH20 137 (14)
Long BN GL HL GM 102.4
End seal
Standard AL AN EL FL EM 90.6
Provisinal rail LAH25 152 (14)
Long BL BN GL HL GM 118.6
Standard AL AN 97.6
LAH30 Flange EM EL FL 110.6 170 (14)
Long BL BN GL HL GM 136.6
Standard AL AN EL FL EM 122
LAH35 191 (14)
Long BL BN GL HL GM 156
LR
Standard AN EL FL EM 154
Protective cover LAH45 226 (15)
Long BN GL HL GM 186
LAH55 256 (15)
LAH65 326 (16)
Standard AL EL FL EM 66.4
Fig. I-7•2 LW Series Reference numbler (example): LAW17EL(Z)-K LAS15 100 (5)
Short CL KL 50
NSK K1 seal Standard AL EL FL EM 75.8
LAS20 110 (14)
L End seal Short CL KL 57.8
Provisinal rail Standard AL EL FL EM 92.2
LAS25 126 (14)
Short CL KL 70.2
Standard AL EL FL EM 108.4
LAS30 142 (14)
Short CL KL 79.4
Standard AL EL FL EM 121
LAS35 155 (14)
Short CL KL 90
LAW17 Standard EL 61.6 120 (5)
LR LAW21 Standard EL 71.4 130 (13)
Protective cover
LAW35 Standard EL 123 178 (13)
Fig. I-7•3 LE Series Reference number (example): LAE09AR-K
LAE09 Standard AR TR 46.8 87 ––
LU Series Reference number (example): LAU09AR-K LAE12 Standard AR 53 106 ––
NSK K1 seal LAE15 Standard AR 66.2 120 (5)
L End seal LAU09 Standard AR TR 36.4 76 ––
Provisinal rail LAU12 Standard AR TR 42.2 82 ––
LAU15 Standard AL 51.8 92 ––
Precautions for handling
LR
Please observe the following precautions to exhibit the superb high functions of the linear guides
Protective cover for a long time.
Ball slide is assembled to a plastic provisional rail when delivered.

•Wipe off the rust prevention oil from the seal.
•NSK standard grease is sealed inside the ball slide. You may use it without lubricating.
•Lightly press the provisional rail against the rail and insert the ball slide to the rail.
A135 A136
NSK Linear Guides Miniature LH Series
(4) Accuracy Standard

A
A-I-8 Linear Guides New Series
Four accuracy grades are available: super precision P4, high precision P5, precision P6, and 138
A-I-8.1 NSK Linear Guides Miniature LH Series normal PN.
Table I-8 · 3. Running parallelism of ball slide
(1) Features Table I-8 · 2. Accuracy standard Unit: µm
Unit: µm
A Large self-aligning property Capable of high mounting error absorption. Accuracy grade P4 P5 P6 PN
Accuracy gradeSuper precision High precision Precision Normal
A High vertical load capacity 50° contact angle enlarges vertical load capacity and rigidity. Total rail length (mm)
Items P4 P5 P6 PN
A Withstands high impact load Offset Gothic arch groove enables high impact resistance. Over~below 50 2 2 4.5 6
Assembly height H ±10 ±20 ±40 ±80
A High corrosion resistance High corrosion resistant martensitic stainless steel is used as 50~80 2 3 5 6
Variation of assembly height H 3 5 7 15
standard material. 80~125 2 3.5 5.5 6.5
(All slides on a pair of rails)
A Easy handling Ball retainer prevents balls from falling off the ball slide, even 125~200 2 4 6 7
Assembly width dimension W2 or W3 ±10 ±15 ±25 ±50
if a ball slide is taken out from the rail (#10 and 12). 200~250 2.5 5 7 8
Variation of assembly width dimension W2 or W3 5 7 10 20
A Long term, maintenance Optional NSK K1
TM
lubrication unit supports long term, 250~315 2.5 5 8 9
(All slides on datum rails)
maintenance-free operation. 315~400 3 6 9 11
Running parallelism of face C against face A See Fig. I-8 · 1. and Fig. I-8 · 2.
400~500 3 6 10 12
Running parallelism of face D against face B Refer to Table I-8 · 3. for tolerance
(2) Specification Number 500~630 3.5 7 12 14
when making inquiries about liner guides of which specifications are not finalized yet, you may 630~800 4.5 8 14 16
use the reference number coding system excluding the design serial number described below.
The coding system finalizing the reference number as the product identificaation, we assign the W W
design serial number and omit the last cod (II) which refers to use two linear guides as a set for a C D C D
motion axis. Please be advised that the reference number is only to identify the linear guide with
one rail. When you use two linear guides as a set, order two identical linear guides in one
reference number or specify reference numbers of each linear guide.
H H
LH 12 0800 AN K 2 - ** P5 1 - II A
W2
A
W3
Series code I
I: Two rails, B B
Size No. No code: One rail
Preload code Z0: Precise clearance Fig. I-8 · 1. Mounting width W2 Fig. I-8 · 2. Mounting width W3
Rail length (mm) (Standard) (Semi-standard)
Z1: Very light preload
Ball slide shape code Table I-8 · 4. preload and rigidity
Accuracy grade PN: Normal
(5) Preload and Clearance
Material and surface treatment code Preload rigidity (N/µm)
P6: Precision This product is available with a slight preload,
K: Stainless steel (N) Vertical direction Lateral direction
P5: High precision Z1, or a slight clearance, Z0 (0-3 microns of
Number of ball slides per rail P4: Super precision Slight preload Slight preload Slight preload
clearance for all accuracy grades except PN
Z1 Z1 Z1
Clearance symbol which has 0-5 microns of clearance).
* Please note that we assign the design number, and omit
LH08 5 33 23
the last code (II) that indicates a use of two rails as a set LH10 9 44 31
to finalize the reference number as product identification.
LH12 22 68 47
(3) Rail Length
Table I-8 · 1. Maximum rail length Table I-8 · 5. Dimension of linear guides
The maximum single rail length is shown in (6) Option equipped with NSK K1
TM
Unit: µm
Unit: mm
the following table. Two rails must be The NSK K1
TM
lubrication unit is available as Model No. Ball slide length equipped with two NSK K1s
Size No. 08 10 12
butted for longer lengths. an option. Refer to Table I-8 · 5 for dimension LH08 31
Maximum rail length 375 600 800
TM
of linear guides equipped with the NSK K1 . LH10 40
LH12 54
A137 A138
NSK Linear Guides Miniature LH Series
(7) Dimensions of LH Series

A
140
M P0
MP0
MR0
M R0
L L
W 4-M × L1
L1
W 4-M × B1 B N J1 J
J1 J
B1 B
jD T
jD T1
T K
M Y0 H K h
M Y0 H
h
H1 H1
E
E
B3 jd B3 jd
W2 W1 F W2 W1 F
G n×F (G ) G n×F (G )
L0
L0
LH08AN, LH10AN LH12AN
Table I-8 · 6 Unit: mm
Assembly dimension Ball slide dimension Rail dimension Basic load rating Ball diameter
Weight
Model No. Height Width Length Mounting hole Grease fitting Rail width Rail height Bolt pitch Bolt hole G Maximum length Dynamic Static Static moment (N · m) Bearing Rail
H E W2 W L B J M × Pitch × l B1 L1 J1 K T Mounting hole T1 N W1 H1 F d×D×h B3 (std.) L0max C(N) CO(N) MRO MPO MYO DW (g) (g/100mm)
LH08AN 11 2.1 4 16 24 10 10 M2 × 0.4 × 2.5 3 15 2.5 8.9 – – – – 8 5.5 20 2.4 × 4.2 × 2.3 4 7.5 375 1 240 2 630 7.3 4.5 3.8 1.2000 13 31
LH10AN 13 2.4 5 20 31 13 12 M2.6 × 0.45 × 3 3.5 20.2 4.1 10.6 6 – – – 10 6.5 25 3.5 × 6 × 3.5 5 10 600 2 250 4 500 16 10 8.8 1.5875 26 44
LH12AN 20 3.2 7.5 27 45 15 15 M4 × 0.7 × 5 6 31 8 16.8 6 φ3 5 4 12 10.5 40 3.5 × 6 × 4.5 6 15 800 5 650 11 300 47 42 35 2.3812 82 88
Note : LH10 and LH12 are constructed with a ball retainer which prevents balls from falling out even if the
bearing is taken out from the rail.
A139 A140
NSK Linear GuidesTM HA Series
A-I-8.2 NSK Linear Guides HA Series (3) Mechanism of the vibration caused by ball passage
A
By extending the effective ball slide length, NSK has minimized posture changes in ball slide 142
due to the vibration caused by ball passage. In addition, the vibration has been substantially
Unparalleled motion accuracy, rigidity, and load
reduced by adopting an optimally designed crowning shape.
capacity—new HA Series Linear Guides open up
new possibilities for machine tools.
The HA Series is a new member of NSK’s linear
guide product line, long respected for its
HA Series HA Series four ball slides
outstanding accuracy and reliability. NSK’s
exclusive design achieves the highest level of Model No.: HA30
motion accuracy. High rigidity and high load Preload: Z3 0.12µm
capacity have also been achieved, leading to Displacementnt
Table dimensions:
significant improvement in machine tool
460×380mm
quality.
Strokes:200
Strokes: 200 mm
mm
Conventional models 0.37µm

Displacementnt
(1) Features (2) Application Model No.: LA30
AHigh motion accuracy The series is most suitable for machining Preload: Z3
High motion accuracy is achieved in both centers, high-precision lathes, and grinding Table dimensions: Standard model eight ball slides Strokes:200
200 mm
mm
Strokes:
narrow and wide ranges by adopting ultra- machines due to its high motion accuracy. In 460×380mm
long ball slides and new design features. addition, it is also suitable for discharge
AVibration caused by ball passage machines because of its low friction and high (4) High rigidity and load capacity with Fig. I-8 · 3. Comparisons of dynamic load
reduced to rigidity. low friction rating of HA and LA Series
one-third of our conventional models High rigidity and high load capacity are 200000 LA
HA
The ultra-long ball slides and new design realized by a substantial increase in the
Dynamic load rating C, N

160000
have reduced the vibration caused by ball number of balls.
passage to one-third of our conventional For instance, compared with LA35, the HA30 120000
One size smaller
models, contributing to improved features: 80000
straightness of the table (based on the A the same dynamic load rating, while
being one size smaller 40000
accuracy measurement of narrow range
motion, compared with our conventional A the same rigidity, while being two sizes 0
25 30 35 45 55
models). smaller Model No.
AHigh rigidity and load capacity with A 120% higher rigidity with one-sixth
low friction friction of LA35
High rigidity, high load capacity, and low
Fig. I-8 · 4. Comparisons of rigidity of HA Fig. I-8 · 5. Comparisons of dynamic
friction are achieved by increasing the and LA Series friction force and rigidity
number of balls. 2 500 LA
1 600 Z3 rigidity for LA Friction force for LA
80
Z1 rigidity for HA Friction force for HA
ADust proof seals HA
1 400
70

Dust-tight high performance end seals, 2 000 Two sizes smaller 1 200
One-sixth of dynamic friction 60
force while improving 50
Rigidity, N/µm
bottom seals, and inner seals are built-in as
Rigidity, N/µm
1 000
1 500 rigidity to 120% 40
standard features, facilitating long-term 800
1 000 30
machining capability with high accuracy. 600
20
400
500 10
200
0
0 0
25 30 35 45 55 25 30 35 45 55
Model No. Model No.
A141 A142
(5) High dust proofing capability (7) Accuracy standard and preload
A
Fig. I-8 · 6. View of linear guides with dust-
Dust-tight high performance end seals, proof seals Four accuracy grades are available: ultra super precision P3, super precision P4, high precision P5, 144
bottom seals, and inner seals are built-in as and precision P6. Slight preload Z1 and medium preload Z3 are available for preload, which can be
Inner seal
standard features, as shown in Fig. I-8 · 6. selected for specific applications.
The design enables long-term machining Table I-8 · 8. Accuracy standard Table I-8 · 9. Running parallelism tolerance
capability with high accuracy. Unit: µm Unit: µm
Accuracy grade Ultra super Super High Precision Accuracy grade
End seal P3 P4 P5 P6
precision precision precision Total rail length (mm)
Items P3 P4 P5 P6 Over~200 or less 2 2 4 6
200~250 2 2.5 5 7
Assembly height H ±10 ±10 ±20 ±40 250~315 2 2.5 5 8
Bottom seal
Variation of assembly height H 3 5 7 15 315~400 2 3 6 9
(All slides on a pair of rails)
400~500 2 3 6 10
500~630 2 3.5 7 12
630~800 2 4.5 8 14
Mounting width W2 or W3 ±15 ±15 ±25 ±50
800~1 000 2.5 5 9 16
Variation of mounting widthW2 or W3 3 7 10 20
(All slides on datum rails) 1 000~1 250 3 6 10 17
(6) Long-term, maintenance-free 1 250~1 600 4 7 11 19
operation Table I-8 · 7. Dimension of® linear guides equipped 1 600~2 000 4.5 8 13 21
The NSK K1 lubrication unit (optional) can be with NSK K1 lubrication unit Running parallelism of face C against face A Refer to Table I-8 · 9, 2 000~2 500 — 10 15 22
unit: mm
installed to ensure long-term, maintenance- Running parallelism of face D against face B Fig. I-8 · 6 and Fig. I-8 · 7. 2 500~3 150 — 11 17 25
free operation. Ball slide length equipped Thickness of Thickness of 3 150~4 000 — 16 23 30
Model No.
with two NSK K1 s L NSK K1, V1 protection cover, V2
Pioneering in the industry HA25 159.8 5.0 1.0
Super-finished ball groove feature Fig. I-8 · 6. Mounting width (W2) and Fig. I-8 · 7. Mounting width (W3) and
HA30 190.2 5.5 1.0 running parallelism running parallelism
The super-finished ball groove with a super-
HA35 216.6 5.5 1.0 C D
precision C D
rolling groove is also available for even HA45 248.4 6.5 1.0
higher accuracy (optional). HA55 299.4 6.5 1.0
(The super-finished ball groove can be
•Ball slide length equipped with NSK K1=
applied for the ultra-high precision P3 grade.) H H
(Standard bearing length)+(Thickness of NSK
K1, V1×Number of NSK K1)+
(Thickness of the protection cover V2 ×2)
W2 W1 W3
A A
B B
Table I-8 · 10. Preload and rigidity

unit: mm
Preload (N) Rigidity (N/µm)
Model No.
Slight preload (Z1) Medium preload (Z3) Slight preload (Z1) Medium preload (Z3)
HA25 735 2 990 635 1 030
HA30 1 030 4 400 880 1 270
HA35 1 470 6 100 1 030 1 620
HA45 1 960 8 150 1 230 2 060
HA55 3 150 13 100 1 520 2 450
A143 A144
(8) Dimensions of HA senies Three types of HA Series linear guides are available: AN Type, AL Type,
A
AN Type and EM Type, all of which can be selected for specific applications. Specification number 146
AL Type The specification number indicates the main specifications through numbers and codes. It is used
until the final reference number (indicated in a specification drawing) is assigned upon confirming
Example: : H
—–A
–—3—
0 —––—
0850 A
——N—
C—2 - **
———P—
3— -I
1 —I
— specifications with the user. The reference number consists of the specification number, the
Series code *-II: Two rails, design serial number, and additional information.
Rail length, mm Cautions
Preload code
Ball slide shape code Z1: Slight preload • Balls will fall out if a bearing is removed from the rail. A bearing may shift and fall out if the rail
AN: Square, AL: Low square, EM: Flange Z3: Medium preload •
is tilted without using a stopper. Be sure to take appropriate safety measures against falling
Material and surface treatment code loads when mounting a bearing upside down (e.g., when using a bearing facing downward from a
Accuracy grade
C: Special high-carbon steel P6: Precision P5: High precision TM
•
ceiling-mounted rail). Be sure that ambient temperature does not exceed 50°C (80°C,
P4: Super precision P3: Ultra super precision instantaneous) when installing NSK K1 . In addition, do not allow the unit to come into contact
with degreasing organic solvents.
Three types of HA Series linear guides are available: AN Type, AL Type, and EM Type, all of which
can be selected for specific applications.
Fig. I-8 · 8 AN Type Fig. I-8 · 9 AL Type
M RO M PO M RO M PO
W L
W L
L1
B1 B 8-M × B1 B 8-M × L1
J1 J
J1 J
J2
J2
φD
T φD T1 T1
T
M YO H K M YO H
K
h h
H1 H1
E E
B3 φd B3 φd
W2 W1 F F
G n ×F (G ) W2 W1 G n ×F (G )
L0 L0
Table I-8 · 10 unit: mm
Model No. Height Width Length Mounting hole Grease fitting Rail width Rail height Bolt pitch Bolt hole G (reco- Maximum length Dynamic Static Static moment (N · m) Bearing Rail
H E W2 W L B J J2 M×pitch×l B1 L1 J1 K T Mounting hole T1 N W1 H1 Fg d×D×h g B3 mmended) L0max C(N) CO(N) MRO MPO MYO DW (g) (g/100mm)
HA25AN 40 5.5 12.5 48 147.8 35 100 50 M6×1×10 6.5 126 13 34.5 12 M6×0.75 10 11 23 22 30/60 7×11×16.5/9 11.5 20 3 960 54 000 115 000 670 2 060 2 060 3.968 1.2 3.7
HA30AN 45 7.5 16 60 177.2 40 120 60 M8×1.25×11 10 149 14.5 37.5 14 M6×0.75 9.5 11 28 28 40/80 9×14×23.5/12 14 20 4 000 79 500 166 000 1 140 3 550 3 550 4.762 1.8 5.8
HA35AN 55 47.5 15 3.0
7.5 18 70 203.6 50 140 70 M8×1.25×12 10 173 16.5 15 M6×0.75 11 34 30.8 40/80 9×14×23.5/12 17 20 4 000 111 000 226 000 1 950 5 650 5 650 5.556 2.6 7.7
HA35AL 48 40.5 8
HA45AN 70 20 6.0
10 20.5 86 233.4 60 160 80 M10×1.5×16 13 197 18.5 60 17 Rc1/8 13 45 36 52.5/105 14×20×27/17 22.5 22.5 3 990 147 000 295 000 3 700 8 450 8 450 6.350 5.0 12.0
HA45AL 60 10
HA55AN 80 21 9.4
12 23.5 100 284.4 75 206 103 M12×1.75×18 12.5 245 19.5 68 18 Rc1/8 13 53 43.2 60/120 16×23×32.5/20 26.5 30 3 960 232 000 445 000 6 500 15 40015 400 7.937 7.8 17.2
HA55AL 70 11
* Select either one of the dimensions for F and h (pitch of holes for rail fixing bolt).
(The left is for standard types, while the right is for semi-standard types.)
A145 A146
A
EM Type 148
The specification number indicates the main specifications through numbers and codes. It is used
until the final reference number (indicated in a specification drawing) is assigned upon confirming
Example: : H
—–A
–—3—
0 —––—
0850 A
——N—
C—2 - **
———P—
3— -I
1 —I
— specifications with the user. The reference number consists of the specification number, the
Series code *-II: Two rails, design serial number, and additional information.
Rail length, mm Cautions
Preload code
Ball slide shape code Z1: Slight preload • Balls will fall out if a bearing is removed from the rail. A bearing may shift and fall out if the rail
AN: Square, AL: Low square, EM: Flange Z3: Medium preload •
is tilted without using a stopper. Be sure to take appropriate safety measures against falling
Material and surface treatment code loads when mounting a bearing upside down (e.g., when using a bearing facing downward from a
Accuracy grade
C: Special high-carbon steel P6: Precision P5: High precision •
ceiling-mounted rail). Be sure that ambient temperature does not exceed 50°C (80°C,
TM
P4: Super precision P3: Ultra super precision instantaneous) when installing NSK K1 . In addition, do not allow the unit to come into contact
with degreasing organic solvents.
•Mounting holes for ball slides of EM type are for both taps and drills.
Fig. I-8 · 10 EM Type
M RO M PO
W L
8-M × L1
B1 B
(φ Q2 pilot drill) J1 J
φD J2
T T1
K
M YO H h
H1
E
φd
B3 F
W2 W1 G n ×F (G )
L0
Table I-8 · 10 unit: mm
Model No. Height Width Length Mounting hole Grease fitting Rail width Rail height Bolt pitch Bolt hole G (reco- Maximum length Dynamic Static Static moment (N · m) Bearing Rail
H E W2 W L B J J2 M×pitch×l Q2 B1 L1 J1 K T Mounting hole T1 N W1 H1 Fg d×D×h g B3 mmended) L0max C(N) CO(N) MRO MPO MYO DW (kg) (kg/100mm)
HA25EM 36 5.5 23.5 70 147.8 57 100 50 M8×1.25×10 6.8 6.5 126 13 30.5 11 M6×0.75 6 11 23 22 30/60 7×11×16.5/9 11.5 20 3 960 54 000 115 000 670 2 060 2 060 3.968 1.6 3.7
HA30EM 42 7.5 31 90 177.2 72 120 60 M10×1.5×12 8.6 9 149 14.5 34.5 11 M6×0.75 6.5 11 28 28 40/80 9×14×21/12 14 20 4 000 79 500 166 000 1 140 3 550 3 550 4.762 2.6 5.8
HA35EM 48 7.5 33 100 203.6 82 140 70 M10×1.5×13 8.6 9 173 16.5 40.5 12 M6×0.75 8 11 34 30.8 40/80 9×14×23.5/12 17 20 4 000 111 000 226 000 1 950 5 650 5 650 5.556 3.8 7.7
HA45EM 60 10 37.5 120 233.4 100 160 80 M12×1.75×15 10.5 10 197 18.5 50 13 Rc1/8 10 13 45 36 52.5/105 14×20×27/17 22.5 22.5 3 990 147 000 295 000 3 700 8 450 8 450 6.350 6.6 12.0
HA55EM 70 12 43.5 140 284.4 116 206 103 M14×2×21 12.5 12 245 19.5 58 15 Rc1/8 11 13 53 43.2 60/120 16×23×32.5/20 26.5 30 3 960 232 000 445 000 6 500 15 40015 400 7.937 11 17.2
* Select either one of the dimensions for F and h (pitch of holes for rail fixing bolt).
(The left is for standard types, while the right is for semi-standard types.)
A147 A148
A
A-I-9 Guide to Technical Services A-I-10 Linear Guide: Handling Precautions
150
NSK linear guides are high quality and are easy to (3) Precautions in use
CAD drawing data use. NSK places importance on safety in design. For
NSK offers CAD data for linear guides. Please maximum safety, please follow precautions as
downlode it from the homepage of NSK. outlined below.
NSK homepage http://www.jp.nsk.com
(1) Lubrication
Do not contaminate. Do not hang upside down.
• Data in drawings are filed in the actual size (some
parts are simplified). You can use these data
without processing.
• Drawings are three-views projection.
• Dimension lines are omitted to render the data as
Confirm lubrication.
standard drawing for database.
a. If your linear guide is rust prevention specification, Temperature limitation.
Data offered by CAD thoroughly wipe the rust prevention oil, and put
NSK linear guides lubricant inside of ball slide before using. a. Make every effort not to allow dust and foreign
LH Series b. If you are using oil as lubricant, the oil may not objects to enter.
LS Series reach the ball groove depending on how the ball b. Please apply splash guard or bellows to the linear
LA Series slide is installed. Consult NSK in such case. guide to prevent sticking resolvent or coolant when
LY Series it contains corrosive material.
LW Series (2) Handling c. The temperature of the place where linear guides
LE Series are used should not exceed 80°C (excluding heat-
LU Series resistant type linear guides). A higher temperature
RA Series may damage the plastic end cap.
Translide d. If the user cuts the rail, thoroughly remove burrs
and sharp edges on the cut surface.
Handle with care. Do not disassemble. e. When hanging upside-down (e.g. the rail is
installed upside-down on the ceiling in which the
ball slide faces downward), should the end cap be
damaged, causing the balls to fall out, the ball slide
may be detached from the rail and fall. For such
use, take measures including installing a safety
device.
Do not drop. Do not give impact.
a. Interchangeable ball slides (randomly matching (4) Storage

types between rail and ball slide) are installed to the
provisional rail when they leave the factory. Handle
the ball slide with care during installation to the rail.
b. Do not disassemble the guide unless absolutely
necessary. Not only does it allow dust to enter, but
it lessens precision. Store in the correct position.
c. Ball slide may move by simply leaning the rail. a. Linear guide may bend if the rail is stored in
Make sure that the ball slide does not disengage inappropriate position. Place it on a suitable surface,
from the rail. and store it in a flat position.
d. Standard end cap is made of plastic. Beating it or
hitting it against an object may cause damage.
A149 A150
ITechnical Description of
A-I
NSK Linear Guides Mounting width: W 2, W 3
• Mounting width differs depending on the slide on the reference linear guide (indicated as KL
I-1 Accuracy
A-I arrangement of the datum faces of the rail and ball on the rail). (Fig. II-1•3 and Fig. II-1•4)
A-II-1.1 Accuracy Standard A

• Table II-1•1, Figure II-1•1 and Figure II-1•2 show accuracy characteristics. 152
Adjusting side Reference side Adjusting side Reference side
Table I
I-1•1 Definition of accuracy
Characteristics Definition (Figures I

I-1•1, I
I-1•2) G G
KL mark KL
Mounting height H Distance from A (rail bottom datum face) to C (ball slide top face) mark
Variation of H Variation of H in ball slides assembled to the rails

W2 W3
of a set of linear guide
Mounting width Distance from B (rail side datum face) to D (ball slide side datum face).
W 2 or W 3 Applicable only to the reference linear guide. Fig. I
I-1•3 Mounting width W 2 Fig. I
I-1•4 Mounting width W 3
Variation of W 2 or W 3 Difference of the width (W2 or W3) between the assembled ball slides
which are installed in the same rail. Applicable only to the reference A-II-1.2 Running Parallelism of Ball Slide
linear guide.
• Running parallelism of ball slide is common in all However, applicable accuracy grades differ by
Running parallelism of Variation of C (ball slide top face) to A (rail bottom datum face) when
series. Specifications of all accuracy grades are series. Please refer to "Table I-3.1 Accuracy grade
ball slide, face C to face A ball slide is moving.
shown in Table II-1•2. and applicable series" on page A22.
Running parallelism of Variation of D (ball slide side datum face) to B (rail side datum face)
ball slide, face D to face B when a ball slide is moving.
Table I
I-1•2 Running parallelism of ball slide Unit: µm
Interchangeable
D Preloaded assembly (Non-interchangeable) type
C Rail over all
length (mm) Ultra Super High Precision Normal grade Normal grade
precision P3 precision P4 precision P5 grade P6 PN PC
over or less
H ~50 2 2 2 4.5 6 6
rac
yo
f 50~80 2 2 3 5 6 6
ccu ce
g a p fa
unnin de To
R ll s li 80~125 2 2 3.5 5.5 6.5 6.5
KL mark ba
A (Reference rail of
125~200 2 2 4 6 7 7
Groove mark preloaded assembly type) 200~250 2 2.5 5 7 8 8
for datum face(1) W2
MAX
(Marked on either 250~315 2 2.5 5 8 9 9

lateral or bottom B
surface for a rail) 315~400 2 3 6 9 11 11
MIN
f
yo e
rac slid
ccu all
g a of b
400~500 2 3 6 10 12 12
D nin m
Run e datu
C mo
f ra
il
sid 500~630 2 3.5 7 12 14 14
datu
Bott
om MA
X 630~800 2 4.5 8 14 16 16
MIN 800~1000 2.5 5 9 16 18 18
1000~1250 3 6 10 17 20 20
H f ra
il
atu
mo 1250~1600 4 7 11 19 23 23
ed
Sid
1600~2000 4.5 8 13 21 26 26
Groove mark
Groove mark for datum face 2000~2500 5 10 15 22 29 29
for datum face A (Marked on either 2500~3150 6 11 17 25 32 32
lateral or bottom
KL mark surface for a rail) 3150~4000 9 16 23 30 34 34
W3
(Reference rail of preloaded B
assembly type)
Fig. I
I-1.1 Assembled accuracy (Height and width) Fig. I
I-1.2 Running parallelism of ball slide
A151 A152
A-II-1.3 Accuracy Standard in Each Series
LE, LU Series
LH, LS, LA, LY, LW Series Table II-1•6 shows tolerance of preloaded assembly in LE and LU Series. Table II-1•7 shows tolerance of LE and
Table II-1.3 shows accuracy standards of the Series interchangeable type. Table II-1•5 shows LU Series interchangeable type.
preloaded assembly in LH, LS, LA, LY and LW accuracy standards of LS and LW Series Table I
I-1•6 Tolerance of preloaded assembly in LE and LU Series
Series. Table II-1.4 shows accuracy standards of LH interchangeable type.
Unit: µm A
Accuracy grade Super precision High precision Precision grade Normal grade
Table I
I-1•3 Tolerance of preloaded assembly in LH, LS, LA, LY and LW Series Unit: µm Characteristic P4 P5 P6 PN 154
Accuracy grade Ultra precision Super High precision Precision Normal Mounting height H ±10 ±15 ±20 ±40
Characteristic P3 precision P4 P5 grade P6 grade PN Variation of H (all ball slides installed in rails 5 7 15 25
for a set of linear guides)
Mounting height H ±10 ±10 ±20 ±40 ±80
Variation of H (all ball slides installed in rails 3 5 7 15 25 Mounting width W 2 or W 3 ±15 ±20 ±30 ±50
for a set of linear guides) Variation of W 2 or W 3 7 10 20 30
(all ball slides on the reference linear guide)
Mounting width W 2 or W 3 ±15 ±15 ±25 ±50 ±100
Variation of W 2 or W 3 3 7 10 20 30 Running parallelism of ball slide, face C to face A Refer to Table I
I-1•2, Figure I
I-1•7 and Figure I
I-1•8
(all ball slides on the reference linear guide) Running parallelism of ball slide, face D to face B
Running parallelism of ball slide, face C to face A Refer to Figure I
I-1•1 and Table I
I-1•2
Running parallelism of ball slide, face D to face B Table I
I-1•7 Tolerance of interchangeable type in LE and
LU Series Normal grade (PC) Unit: µm
Table I
I-1•4 Tolerance of LH Series interchangeable type: Normal grade PC Unit: µm
Model No. LU09, 12, 15
Model No. LH15, 20, 25, 30, 35 LH45, 55, 65 Characteristic LE09, 12, 15
Characteristics Mounting height H ±20
Mounting height H ±20 ±30 Variation of H
type with preload type with clearance
40
Variation of mounting height H 151 201
Interchangeable
Mounting width W 2 or W 3 ±20

302 352 Variation of width W 2 or W 3 40
Mounting width W2 or W3 ±30 ±35 Running parallelism of ball slide, face C to face A Refer to Table I-1•2,
Variation of mounting width W2 or W3 25 30 Running parallelism of ball slide, face D to face B Fig.II-1•7 and Fig. II-1•8
Running parallelism of ball slide, face A to face C
See Fig. I I-1•2.
I-1·1 and Table I
Running parallelism of ball slide, face B to face D
Mounting height H ±20 ±30
Interchangeable
Variation of mounting height H 151 201

302 352
W W
Mounting width W2 or W3 ±30 ±35 C D C D
Variation of mounting width W2 or W3 25 30
See Fig. I I-1•2.
I-1·1 and Table I
H H
Table II-1•5 Tolerance of LS and LW Series interchangeable type: Normal grade PC Unit: µm Note:
1 Variation on the same
Model No. LS15, 20, 25, 30, 35 Standard
rail W2 Semi-standard
Characteristics LW17, 21, 27, 35, 50 A A W3
2 Variation on multiple B B
Mounting height H ±20
rails
Variation of mounting height H 151 Fig. I
I-1•7 Mounting width (W 2) Fig. I
I-1•8 Mounting width (W 3)
302
Mounting width W2 or W3
±30
Table I
I-1.8 Indication of rail datum face in LE and LU Series
Variation of mounting width W2 or W3 25 Model No. LU05, 07, 09 LU12, 15 LE05, 15

Material LE07, 09, 12 LE09,12 (with a ball retainer)
See Fig. II-1•1 and Table II-1•2.
Indication of rail datum face in LH, LS, LA, LY and LW series.
Special high
carbon steel
B
Groove mark
for datum face B B
(Marked on either Stainless steel
lateral or bottom
B B B
B
surface for a rail) LH · LS series LA · LY · LW series LH · LS series
I-1·5 For special high carbon steel (NSK standard material)
Fig.I I-1·6 For stainless steel
Fig.I
A153 A154
LL Series C D
G
Table II-1•9 shows tolerance of LL Series.
Table I
I-1•9 Tolerance of LL Series H
Normal grade (PN) Unit: µm
Model No. LL15 G
G
Characteristic A A
Mounting height ±20 B 2 rails, 2 ball slides 1 rail, 2 ball slides 1 rail, 1 ball slide
Running parallelism, face C to face A 20 156
Running parallelism, face D to face B (See Fig.II-1•9) Fig. I
I-1•9 Standard LL Fig. I
I-2•5 Pitching and yawing Fig. I
I-2•6 Rolling direction Fig. I
I-2•7 All directions
direction
Deformation (non-preloaded)
I-2 Preload and Rigidity

A-I A-II-2.2 Preload and Rigidity of Each Series
Deformation (preloaded)
Deformation
LH Series (Preloaded assembly)
A-II-2.1 Preload and rigidity
Table II-2•1 shows preload and rigidity of preloaded assembly of LH Series.
• In NSK linear guides, slight size changes of balls,
which are going to be inserted in the ball slide, Table I
I-2•1 Preload and rigidity of preloaded assembly of LH Series
controls clearance and amount of preload. P 2÷ 2 P Preload Rigidity (N/µm)
• In NSK linear guide, rigidity is further increased and Preload Load to cancel preload (N) Vertical directions Lateral direction
elastic deformation is reduced by applying preload. Model No.
Fig. I
I-2•1 Elastic deformation Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload
• In general, a load range in which the preload is Z1 Z3 Z1 Z3 Z1 Z3
effective becomes about 2.8 times of the preload
(Fig. II-2•1). 32 LH15 AN,EL,FL,EM 78 490 137 226 98 186
Z0
Deformation of ball slide ( m)
• Fig.II-2•2 shows the relationship of ball slide 28

Z1 LH20 AN,EL,FL,EM 147 835 186 335 137 245
deformation by external vertical load and preload. 24
Z2
LY35 is used as a case. 20
Z3
LH25 AN,EL,FL,EM 196 1270 206 380 147 284
High load type

• The following show the definition of linear guide 16 Z4
12
LH30 AN,AL 245 1570 216 400 157 294
rigidity.
1) Radial rigidity: Rigidity of vertical and lateral 8 LH30 EL,FL 294 1770 265 480 186 355
directions -- up/down and right/left (Fig. II-2•3). 4
0
LH35 AL,AN,EL,FL,EM 390 2350 305 560 216 390
2) Moment rigidity: Three moment directions -- 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
pitching, rolling, and yawing (Fig. II-2•4). Load (KN)
LH45 AN,EL,FL,EM 635 3900 400 745 284 540
LH55 AN,EL,FL,EM 980 5900 490 910 345 645

Fig. I
I-2•2 Rigidity of LY35, downward direction
load (example) LH65 AN,EL,FL,EM 1470 8900 580 1070 400 755
Downward
Pitching LH15 BN,GL,HL,GM 98 685 196 345 137 284
Rolling
LH20 BN,GL,HL,GM 196 1080 265 480 196 355
Super high load type

LH25 BL,BN,GL,HL,GM 245 1570 294 560 216 400
Lateral
Yawing LH30 BL,BN,GL,HL,GM 390 2260 360 665 265 480
LH35 BL,BN,GL,HL,GM 490 2940 430 795 305 570

Upward Upward
LH45 BN,GL,HL,GM 785 4800 520 960 370 695
Fig. I
I-2•3 Radial rigidity Fig. I
I-2•4 Moment rigidity
LH55 BN,GL,HL,GM 1180 7050 635 1170 440 835
• Since two rails and four ball slides are used in • However, in cases as shown in Fig. II-2•5, Fig. II-2•6
LH65 BN,GL,HL,GM 1860 11300 805 1480 550 1040
general as a pair, considering only the radial and Fig. II-2•7, it is necessary to take into account
rigidity is sufficient. the moment rigidity in addition to the radial rigidity. LH85 BN,GL,HL 2840 16800 1020 1870 695 1300
Clearance for fine clearance Z0 is 0 ~ 3µm. Therefore, preload is zero.

Howener, Z0 of PN Grade is 0 ~ 15µm.
A155 A156
LH Series (Interchangeable type) LS Series (Interchangeable type)
Table II-2•2 shows clearance and preload of interchangeable in LH Series. Table II-2•4 shows clearance of interchangeable type of LS Series.
Table I
I-2•2 Clearance and preload of Table II-2•4 Preload and clearance of
interchangeable type in LH Series Unit: µm interchangeable type of LS Series Unit: µm
A
Model No. Fine clearance Slight preload Model No. Fine clearance Slight preload
158
ZT ZZ ZT ZZ
LH15 –4~15 –4~0 LS15 –4~15 –4~0
LH20 –5~0
LS20 –4~15 –4~0
LH25 –5~0
LH30 –7~0 LS25 –5~15 –5~0
LH35 –5~15 –7~0 LS30 –5~15 –5~0
LH45 –7~0
LS35 –5~15 –6~0
LH55 –9~0
LH65 –9~0 Minus sign denotes that a value is an amount of preload (elastic deformation of balls).
Minus sign denotes that a value is an amount of preload (elastic deformation of balls).
LA Series
LS Series (Preloaded assembly)
Table II-2•5 shows preload and rigidity of LA Series.
Table II-2•3 shows preload and rigidity o of LS Series. LA Series has two types of preload Z3 (medium preload) and Z4 (heavy preload).
Table I
I-2•3 Preload and rigidity of preloaded assembly in LS Series
Table I
I-2•5 Preload and rigidity of LA Series
Preload Rigidity (N/µm)
Preload Rigidity
(N) Vertical directions Lateral direction (N) (N/µm)
Model No. Model No.
Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload Medium preload Heavy preload Medium preload Heavy preload
Z1 Z3 Z1 Z3 Z1 Z3 Z3 Z4 Z3 Z4
LS15 AL,EL,FL,EM 69 390 127 226 88 167 LA25 AL, AN, EL, FL 1670 2110 475 550
High load type
High load type

LA45 AL, AN, EL, FL 5050 6350 1100 1240

LS30 AL,EL,FL,EM 245 1370 255 460 186 345
LA55 AL, AN, EL, FL 8100 10200 1400 1540
LS35 AL,EL,FL,EM 345 1960 305 550 216 400
LA65 AN, EL, FL 13800 18800 1730 2030
LS15 CL,JL,KL,JM 49 294 78 147 59 108
LA25 BL, BN, GL, HL 2260 2840 700 820
Medium load type

LS20 CL,JL,KL,JM 69 390 108 186 78 137 LA30 BL, BN, GL, HL 3250 4050 1000 1180
LA55 BL, BN, GL, HL 9550 12100 1840 2020

LS35 CL,JL,KL,JM 245 1370 186 335 137 245
LA65 BN, GL, HL 18000 24400 2450 2840
Clearance for fine clearance Z0 is 0 ~3µm. Therefore, preload is zero.
However, Z0 of PN grade is 0 ~15µm.
A157 A158
LY Series LW Series (Preloaded assembly)
Table II-2•6 shows preload and rigidity of LY Series. Table II-2•7 shows preload and rigidity of preloaded assembly of LW Series.
Rigidities are for the median of the preload range.
Table I
I-2•6 Preload and rigidity of LY Series
Table I
I-2•7 Preload and rigidity of LW Series
Preload Rigidity A
(N) (N/µm) Preload Rigidity(N/µm)
Model No.
Slight preload Light preload Medium preload Heavy preload Slight preload Light preload Medium preload Heavy preload (N)
160
Vertical directions Lateral direction
Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Model No.
Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload Slight preload Medium preload
LY15 AL,AN,EL,FL 59 147 294 – 98 137 167 – Z1 Z3 Z1 Z3 Z1 Z3
LW17 EL 0~245 – 156 – 112 –

LY20 AL, EL,FL 98 245 490 – 127 167 216 –
LW21 EL 0~294 – 181 – 130 –
LY25 AL,AN,EL,FL 147 440 835 1180 167 284 390 460
High load type
LW27 EL 0~390 – 226 – 167 –

LY30 AL,AN,EL,FL 245 635 1270 1770 196 325 480 580
LW35 EL 0~490 785 295 440 213 315
LY35 AL,AN,EL,FL 345 880 1770 2450 245 360 580 655
LW50 EL 0~590 1470 345 600 246 425
LY45 AL,AN,EL,FL 490 1270 2550 3600 315 500 735 860
Clearance of fine clearance Z0 is 0 ~3µm. Therefore, preload is zero.
LY55 AL,AN,EL,FL 785 1960 3900 5600 370 600 880 1020 However, Z0 of PN Grade is 0 ~15µm.
LY65 AN,EL,FL 1670 4200 8450 11800 560 910 1340 1560
LY20 BL, GL,HL 98 294 590 – 147 216 275 – LW Series (Interchangeable type)
LY25 BL,BN,GL,HL 196 540 1080 1570 226 360 540 645 Clearance and preload of LW Series interchangeable type are shown in Table II-2•8.
Table II-2•8 Preload and clearance of

LY30 BL,BN,GL,HL 294 785 1570 2160 245 400 610 695 interchangeable type of LW Series Unit: µm
Fine clearance Slight preload
LY35 BL,BN,GL,HL 440 1080 2160 2940 305 450 685 805 Model No.
ZT ZZ
LY45 BL,BN,GL,HL 635 1570 3150 4400 400 625 940 1100 LW17 –3~15 –3.5~0
LW21 –3~15 –3.5~0
LY55 BL,BN,GL,HL 980 2450 5000 6950 470 755 1140 1340
LW27 –4~15 –4~0
LY65 BN,GL,HL 2260 5600 11300 15700 805 1280 1920 2230
LW35 –5~15 –5~0
Clearance for fine clearance Z0 is 0 ~ 3µm. Therefore, preload is zero. LW50 –5~15 –7~0
However, Z0 of PN Grade is 8 ~ 18µm.
Minus sign denotes that a value is an amount of preload (elastic deformation of balls).
A159 A160
LE Series (Preloaded assembly) LU Series (Preloaded assembly)
Table II-2•9 shows preload and rigidity of preloaded assembly of LE Series. Rigidities are for the median of the Table II-2•11 shows preload and rigidity of preloaded assembly of LU Series.
preload range. Rigidities are for the median of the preload range.
A
Table I
I-2•9 Preload and rigidity of LE Series
Table I
I-2•11 Preload and rigidity of LU Series 162
Preload Rigidity
(N) (N/µm) Preload Rigidity
Model No. (N) (N/µm)
Slight preload Slight preload Model No.
Z1 Z1 Slight preload Slight preload
Z1 Z1
LE05 AL 0~23 36
High load type
LU05 TL 0~3 15
LE07 TL 0~29 46
LE09 AL,TL LU07 AL 0~8 22
0~37 61
LE09 AR,TR
LE12 AL
0~40 63
High load type

LE12 AR LU09 AL,TL 0~12 26
LE15 AL,AR 0~49 66
LU09 AR,TR 0~10 30
LE05 CL 0~18 29
Medium load type
LU12 AL,TL 0~17 33

LE07 SL 0~16 28
LE09 CL,SL 0~21 33 LU12 AR,TR 0~17 33
LE12 CL 0~23 36 LU15 AL 0~33 45

LE15 CL 0~29 44
Super high load

LU09 BL,UL 0~17 43
Super high load
LE07 UL 0~43 71
type
LU12 BL,UL 0~25 52
LE09 BL,UL 0~54 86
type
LE12 BL 0~59 97 LU15 BL 0~51 75
LE15 BL 0~75 114 Clearance of fine clearance Z0 is 0 ~3µm. Therefore, preload is zero.
Clearance of fine clearance Z0 is 0 ~3µm. Therefore, preload is zero.
LU Series (Interchangeable type) LL Series

LE Series (Interchangeable type) Table II-2•12 shows clearance of interchangeable Table II-2•13 shows clearance of LL Series
type of LU Series
Table II-2•10 shows clearance of interchangeable type of LE Series.
Table I I-2•12 Clearance of interchangeable Table I
I-2•13 Radial clearance
Table I
I-2•10 Clearance of interchangeable type of LU Series
type of LE Series Unit: µm Unit: µm
Unit: µm
Fine clearance Model No. Clearance
Fine clearance Model No.
Model No. ZT LL15 0~10
ZT
LE09 LU09
LE12 0~15 LU12 0~15

LE15 LU15
A161 A162
I-3 Rating Life
A-I
A-II-2.3 Calculating Friction Force by Preload A-II-3.1 Rating Life and Basic Load Rating
• Dynamic friction force per one ball slide of the linear (1) Life (4) Basic dynamic load rating (6) Dynamic equivalent load
guide can be calculated from preload vlue. Although used in appropriate conditions, the linear • Basic dynamic load rating, which indicates load • Load applied to the linear guide (ball slide load)
• The followings is a simple calculation to obtain the guide deteriorates after a certain period of carrying capacity of the linear guide, is a load comes from various directions up/down and A
criterion of dynamic friction force. operation, and eventually becomes unusable. In whose direction and volume do not change, and right/left directions and/or as moment load. 164
For slight preload ZZ of interchangeable type with broad definition, the period until the linear guide which furnishes 50 km of rating fatigue life. Sometimes more than one type of load is applied
preload , use preload volume of slight preload Z1 of becomes unusable is called "life." There are "fatigue • In case of linear guide, it is a constant load applied simultaneously. Sometimes volume and direction of
preloaded assembly. life " caused by flaking, and "life of accuracy to downward direction to the center of the ball slide. the load may change.
deterioration" which is caused by wear. • Value of basic dynamic load rating C is shown in Varying load cannot be used as it is to calculate life
F = iP "Selection Guide to Linear Guides A-I-5 Model of linear guide. Therefore, it is necessary to use a
F : Dynamic friction force(N) (2) Rating fatigue life Number and Dimension Table." hypothetical load to ball slide with a constant
P : Preload (N) When the linear guide runs under load, the balls • NSK defines the basic dynamic load rating as the volume which would generate a value equivalent to
i : Contact coefficient and the rolling contact surface of the grooves are load that furnishes 50 km of rated fatigue life. an actual fatigue life. This is called "dynamic
exposed to repetitive load. This brings about fatigue However some linear guide manufacturers in equivalent load." For actual calculation, refer to "A-
Use the following contact coefficient values ( i ). to the material, and generates flaking. Flaking is Europe and the United States define the load for the II-3.2 (4) How to calculate dynamic equivalent load."
LH/LS, LW Series : 0.004 scale-like damage to the surface of the ball groove. basic fatigue life of 100 km as the basic dynamic
LA, HA Series : 0.010 Total running distance until first appearance of load ratings. (7) Basic static load rating
LY, LE, LU Series : 0.026 flaking is called "fatigue life." This is "life" in the • When an excessive load or a momentary large
• The starting friction force when the ball slide begins narrow sense. Fatigue life varies significantly even • The following formula may be used to convert the impact is applied to the linear guide, local
to move depends on lubrication condition. Roughly in linear guides produced in the same lot, and even basic dynamic load rating C50 the dynamic load permanent deformation takes place to the balls and
estimate it at 1.5 to 2 times of the dynamic friction when they are operated under the same conditions. rating for 100 km rated fatigue life. to the rolling contact surface. After exceeding a
obtained by the above method. This is attributable to the inherent variation of the certain level, the deformation hampers smooth
Calculation example fatigue of the material itself. For balls as rolling element : C100=C/1.26 (N) linear guide operation.
In case of LH35AN - Z3 "Rating fatigue life" is the total running distance For rollers as rolling element : C100=C/1.23 (N) • Basic static load rating is a static load when:
i = 0.004 which allows 90% of the group of linear guides of [Permanent deformation of the balls] + [permanent
P = 2350 (N) (from Table II-2•1) the same reference number to run without causing (5) Calculation of rating fatigue life deformation of the rolling contact surfaces]
F = iP flaking when they are independently run under the • In general, rating fatigue life "L" can be calculated becomes approximately 0.0001 times of the ball
= 0.004 x 2350 = 9.4 (N) same conditions. Rating fatigue life is sometimes from basic dynamic load rating "C" and the load "F" diameter.
Therefore, the criteria of the dynamic friction indicated by total operating hours when the linear to ball slide using the following formula. • In case of linear guide, it is a load which is applied
L=50× — 
3
force of LH35AN - Z3 is 9.4 N. guides run at a certain speed. C downward direction to the center of the ball slide.
For balls as rolling element
For seal friction, refer to "A-II-5 Dust Proof of Linear F  • Values of basic static load rating C0 are shown in
L=50× —  3
Guide." (3) Revised basic load ratings in compliance For rollers as rolling element
C 10 "Selection Guide to Linear Guide A-I-5 Model
with ISO standard F  Number and Dimension Table."
NSK has revised the basic load ratings in compliance L: Rating fatigue life (km) • In compliance with ISO 14728-2 standard for the
with ISO. C: Basic dynamic load rating (N) (50km) basic static load rating, we have revised the C0 of
The basic load ratings as listed in this catalog F: Load to a ball slide (N) the NSK linear guides, which are approximately 1.0
comply with the following ISO standards. (dynamic equivalent load) to 1.5 times higher than conventional values.
• Basic dynamic load rating : ISO/FDIS 14728-1
• Basic static load rating : ISO/FDIS 14728-2 • The rating fatigue life L for 100 km can be obtained
from the following formulas using the dynamic load
rating C100..
L=100×—— 
3
C100
For balls as rolling element :
 F 
For rollers as rolling element : L=100×——  3
C100 10
 F 
L : Rating fatigue life(km)
C100 : Dynamic load rating for 100 km (N)
F : Load to ball slide(dynamic equivalent load) (N)
A163 A164
A-II-3.2 How to Calculate Life
(8) Basic static moment load rating (1) Flow chart to calculate life
• Generally, NSK linear guide uses a set of two rails
and four ball slides for the guide way of one axis. A
Under some operating condition, static moment
Setting operating conditions
166
load should be taken into account. Refer to Section (2) •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Page A167
"M0," which is the limit of static moment load in
such use is shown in "Selection Guide to Linear Set operating conditions such as volume of load to the linear guide,
Guide A-I-5 Model Number and Dimension Table." installation method, set up of axes, number of ball slide, etc.
(9) Basic load rating by load direction Calculating load which applies to each bearing Refer to Section (3) ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Page A167
• The basic load rating is considered to be a
downward load to the ball slide and is indicated in
the dimension tables as the dynamic load rating C Calculate up/down, right/left direction loads and moment load of the
and the static load rating C0 respectively. However, linear guide.
the load may be applied to a ball slide in upward or
lateral directions in actual use. In such a case the
basic load rating shall be compensated as shown in Calculating dynamic equivalent load Refer to Section (4) ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Page A171
Table II-3•1. The basic dynamic load rating of the
LY Series is the same in C and C 0 for all load Calculate dynamic equivalent load based on the load from each
directions, up, down and lateral, while the LH Series
direction which are applied to each linear guide.
has different basic load ratings by the load direction
as shown in the table.
Calculating mean effective load Refer to Section (5)••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Page A173
Table I
I-3•1 Basic load ratings by load direction
Load rating Basic dynamic load rating Basic static load rating
Load Calculate mean effective load based on the dynamic equivalent load
direction Downward Upward Lateral Downward Upward Lateral
Series
which changes by the stroke position.
LH,LS,LW C C 0.84C C0 0.78C0 0.65C0
LA,HA,LY,
LE,LU,LL C C C C0 C0 C0 Determining load factor Refer to Section (6)••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Page A174
Determine load factor to satisfy operating conditions.
Calculating rating life Refer to Section (7) ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Page A176
Calculate running distance from the life formula.
Checking static load Refer to Section (8) ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Page A176
Confirm that static load is within permissible range.
Completion
A165 A166
(2) Setting operating condition of linear
guide Table I
I-3•2 Loads applied to the ball slides
• First, set operating conditions to determine whether
the temporarily selected model satisfies the Pattern Arrangement of ball slides Load to ball slide and deformation at Point A
required life. n n
• Major operating conditions are as follows. Set all

Z
Fr1 = ∑ Fzk , Fs1 = ∑ Fyj A
Fz(Xz,Yz,Zz) k =1 j =1
values to calculate applied loads to each ball slide Y
n n
168
Mr1 = ∑ ( Fyj ⋅ Zyj ) + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Yzk )
Mp1
Fy(Xy,Yy,Zy)
Fr1
(Refer to Table II-3•2). Mr1
My1 Fx(Xx,Yx,Zx)
Fs1 Fr1 j =1 k =1
1 0 Y 0 X
n n
Axis set up : Horizontal, vertical ViewU Fs1
U
Mp1 = ∑ {Fxi ⋅ ( Zxi − Zb)} + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Xzk )
i =1 k =1
Rail combination : Single rail, multiple Center line of driving mechanism n n
My1 = − ∑ {Fxi ⋅ (Yxi − Yb)} + ∑ ( Fyj ⋅ Xyj )
Center of driving mechanism
rail Fr (Xb,Yb,Zb)
i =1 j =1
Applying loads : F x, F y and F z (N) Mr
Ball slide span : l (mm)
Z
Rail span : L (mm) Fs Fz(Xz,Yz,Zz)
Position of load action point : X, Y, Z (mm) n n
∑ Fz ∑ Fz
Fr1
Fr2 k k
Center of driving mechanism : Xb, Yb, Zb (mm) Fs1 M2 M2
Fs2 Fr1 = k =1
+ , Fr 2 = k =1
−
Operating speed : V (mm/sec) 0 Y 2 l 2 l
n n
Time in acceleration : t (sec)
Operating frequency (duty cycle)
ViewU
∑ Fy M3
j ∑ Fy j
M3
Fs1 = j =1 + , Fs 2 = j =1
−
Mp Center of driving mechanism
(Xb,Yb,Zb)
2 l 2 l
(3) Calculating load to a ball slide Mr1 =
M1
, Mr 2 =
M1
2 2 2
• Table II-3•2 shows a formula to calculate loads that Y
n n
are going to be applied to each assembled ball slide Fy(Xy,Yy,Zy) M1 = ∑ ( Fyj ⋅ Zyj ) + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Yzk )
into a machine. Mr
Fx(Xx,Yx,Zx)
j =1 k =1
Fr2 Fr1 n n
The Table shows six typical patterns of linear guide 0 X M 2 = ∑ {Fxi ⋅ ( Zxi − Zb)} + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Xzk )
installing structure. My i =1 k =1
n n
• In the Tables, directions indicated by arrows denote Fs2 Fs1
M 3 = − ∑ {Fxi ⋅ (Yxi − Yb)} + ∑ ( Fyj ⋅ Xyj )
"plus" for the applied loads (F x, F y, F z) and the loads U i =1 j =1
which is applied to the ball slide. (F r, F s, Mr, Mp, My). Center line of driving mechanism
• Codes in the Tables are as follows: l
F r : Vertical loads to the ball slide (N) Z
F s : Lateral loads to the ball slide (N) n n
Mr : Rolling moment to the ball slide (N · mm)

Fig. II-3•1 Fr2
Fz(Xz,Yz,Zz)
Fr1 ∑ Fz k
M1 ∑ Fz k
M1
Fr1 = k =1
+ , Fr 2 = k =1
−
Mp : Pitching moment to the ball slide (N · mm) 2 L 2 L
Fs2 0
My : Yawing moment to the ball slide (N · mm) Y n
Suffixes (1, 2, ...) to the above F r ~ My : Ball slide number

Fs1
ViewU
∑ Fy
j =1
j
Fs1 = Fs 2 =
F xi : Load applied in X direction (i = 1~n; n is the number of loads applied in X 2
direction) (N) M2 M3
3
(Xb,Yb,Zb) Mp1 = Mp2 = , My1 = My 2 =
F yj : Load applied in Y direction (j = 1~n; n is the number of loads applied in Y Y 2 2
Mp n n
Fy(Xy,Yy,Zy)
direction) (N) Fx(Xx,Yx,Zx) M1 = ∑ ( Fyj ⋅ Zyj ) + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Yzk )
F zk : Load applied in Z direction (k = 1~n; n is the number of loads applied in Z Fr1 j =1 k =1
n n
direction) (N) Fs1 M 2 = ∑ {Fxi ⋅ ( Zxi − Zb)} + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Xzk )
0 My X
Coordinates (Xxi, Yxi, Zxi): Point where load F xi (mm) is applied.
L
i =1 k =1
n n
Coordinates (Xyj, Yyj, Zyj): Point where load F yj (mm) is applied. Fr2
U
Coordinates (Xzk, Yzk, Zzk): Point where load F zk (mm) is applied. Fs2 i =1 j =1
Center line of driving mechanism
l: Ball slide span (mm)
L: Rail span (mm)
Coordinates (Xb, Yb, Zb): Center of driving mechanism
A167 A168
Pattern Arrangement of ball slides Load to ball slide and deformation at Point A Pattern Arrangement of ball slides Load to ball slide and deformation at Point A
Z n n
∑ Fz k
M1 M 2 ∑ Fz k
M1 M 2
Fz(Xz,Yz,Zz) Fr1 = k =1
+ + , Fr 2 = k =1
+ − n
Fr3 Fr1 δy 4 2 L 2l 4 2 L 2l ∑ Fz k
M1 M2 ⋅ l′ A
n n
Fr1 = k =1
+ +
Fr4 Fr2 A(Xd,Yd,Zd) ∑ Fz k ∑ Fz k 8 4 L 2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
0
δz Fr 3 = k =1
−
M1 M 2
+ , Fr 4 = k =1
−
M1 M 2
− n 170
Fs3
Y 4
n
2 L 2l 4
n
2 L 2l
∑ Fz k
M1 M2 ⋅ l
Fr 2 = k =1
+ +
Fs4 Fs1
Fs2 ViewU
∑ Fyj =1
j
M3
∑ Fy
j =1
j
M3 Z Fz(Xz,Yz,Zz) 8 4 L 2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
Fs1 = Fs3 = + , Fs 2 = Fs 4 = − n
4 2l 4 2l Fr5 Fr1
n n
Fr6 Fr2 δy ∑ Fz k
M1 M2 ⋅ l
Center of driving mechanism M1 = ∑ ( Fyj ⋅ Zyj ) + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Yzk ) Fr 3 = k =1
+ −
(Xb,Yb,Zb) j =1 k =1
Fr7 Fr3
A(Xd,Yd,Zd) 8 4 L 2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
Fr8 Fr4
4 n n n
Y M 2 = ∑ {Fxi( Zxi − Zb)} + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Xzk ) δz ∑ Fz k
δy i =1 k =1 0 M1 M2 ⋅ l′
Y Fr 4 = k =1
+ −
4 L 2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
Fy(Xy,Yy,Zy)
δx n n
Fs5 8
M 3 = − ∑ {Fxi(Yxi − Yb)} + ∑ ( Fyj ⋅ Xyj )
A(Xd,Yd,Zd)
Fr2 Fr1
Fx(Xx,Yx,Zx)
Fs6 Fs1 n
∑ Fz
i =1 j =1
Fs7 Fs2 ViewU k
Fs 2 − Fs1 Fr1 − Fr 2 Fs3 M1 M2 ⋅ l′
δx = Yd ⋅ + Zd ⋅ Fs8 Fr 5 = k =1
− +
Fs2 Fs1
X
l ⋅ Ks l ⋅ Kr Fs4 8 4 L 2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
0
L
∑ Fy
n
Fr4 Fr3
j =1
j
Fs1 − Fs 2 Fr1 − Fr 3
(Xb,Yb,Zb) ∑ Fz k
M1 M2 ⋅ l
δy = + Xd ⋅ + Zd ⋅ Fr 6 = k =1
− +
U 4 ⋅ Ks l ⋅ Ks L ⋅ Kr 8 4 L 2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
Fs4 Fs3 n
Center line of driving
mechanism ∑ Fz k
Fr1 − Fr 2 Fr1 − Fr 3 ∑ Fz
n
k
δz = k =1
+ Xd ⋅ + Yd ⋅ M1 M2 ⋅ l
4 ⋅ Kr l ⋅ Kr L ⋅ Kr Fr 7 = k =1
− −
l
8 4 L 2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
n
n n
∑ Fz k
∑ Fz k ∑ Fz k
Fr 8 = k =1
−
M1
−
M2 ⋅ l′
Fr1 = k =1
+
M1 M 2
+ , Fr 2 = k =1
+
M1 8 4 L 2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
Z 6 3L 2l 6 3L n
Fz(Xz,Yz,Zz) n n 6 ∑ Fyj
Fr4 Fr1
δy ∑ Fz k ∑ Fz k
Fs1 = Fs 5 = j =1
+
M3 ⋅ l′
2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
Fr5 Fr2 M1 M 2 M1 M 2
Fr6 Fr3 Fr 3 = k =1
+ − , Fr 4 = k =1
− + 8
A(Xd,Yd,Zd) 6 3L 2l 6 3L 2l n
δz n n
∑ Fy
∑ Fz ∑ Fz
j
0 Y k k M3 ⋅ l
j =1
Fs4 M1 M1 M 2 Fs 2 = Fs 6 = +
Fs5 Fs1 Fr 5 = k =1
− , Fr 6 = k =1
− − 8 2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
Fs2 ViewU 6 3L 6 3L 2l
Fs6 n
Fs3
∑ Fy
n
j ∑ Fy
n
j δy
Y ∑ Fyj =1
j
M3 ⋅ l
M3 Fs3 = Fs 7 = −
2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
j =1 j =1 Fy(Xy,Yy,Zy)
Center of driving mechanism Fs1 = Fs 4 = + , Fs 2 = Fs 5 = δx 8
(Xb,Yb,Zb) 6 2l 6 Fx(Xx,Yx,Zx)
A(Xd,Yd,Zd) n
n Fr4 Fr3 Fr2 Fr1
∑ Fy
∑ Fy
j
j j =1 M3 ⋅ l′
Fs 4 = Fs8 = −
2 ⋅ (l 2 + l ′ 2 )
j =1 M3
Fs3 = Fs 6 = − 8
5 6 2l Fs4 Fs3 Fs2 Fs1 n n
n n 0 X
M1 = ∑ ( Fyj ⋅ Zyj ) + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Yzk )
M1 = ∑ ( Fyj ⋅ Zyj ) + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Yzk )
L
δy Y
j =1 k =1
j =1 k =1 n n
δx Fr8 Fr7 Fr6 Fr5
Fy(Xy,Yy,Zy) n n M 2 = ∑ {Fxi ⋅ ( Zxi − Zb)} + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Xzk )
A(Xd,Yd,Zd) M 2 = ∑ {Fxi ⋅ ( Zxi − Zb)} + ∑ ( Fzk ⋅ Xzk ) U i =1 k =1
Fx(Xx,Yx,Zx) Center line of driving
i =1 k =1 n n
Fr3 Fr2 Fr1
n n
Fs8 Fs7 Fs6 Fs5 mechanism
M 3 = − ∑ {Fxi ⋅ (Yxi − Yb)} + ∑ ( Fyj ⋅ Xyj ) i =1 j =1
i =1 j =1 Fs 4 − Fs1 Fr1 − Fr 4
Fs3 Fs2 Fs1 l δx = Yd ⋅ + Zd ⋅
Fs3 − Fs1 Fr1 − Fr 3 l 2 ⋅ Ks l 2 ⋅ Kr
0 X
δx = Yd ⋅ + Zd ⋅
L
n
l ⋅ Ks l ⋅ Kr
n
l’ ∑ Fy
j =1
j
Fs1 − Fs 4 Fr1 − Fr 5
Fr6 Fr5 Fr4 δy = + Xd ⋅ + Zd ⋅
U
∑ Fyj
j =1 Fs1 − Fs3 Fr1 − Fr 4
8 ⋅ Ks l 2 ⋅ Ks L ⋅ Kr
Center line of driving δy = + Xd ⋅ + Zd ⋅ n
Fs6 Fs5 Fs4 mechanism 6 ⋅ Ks l ⋅ Ks L ⋅ Kr ∑ Fz k

Fr1 − Fr 4 Fr1 − Fr 5
n δz = k =1
+ Xd ⋅ + Yd ⋅
∑ Fzk Fr1 − Fr 3 Fr1 − Fr 4

8 ⋅ Kr l 2 ⋅ Kr L ⋅ Kr
δz = k =1
+ Xd ⋅ + Yd ⋅
l 6 ⋅ Kr l ⋅ Kr L ⋅ Kr
A169 A170
• Use dynamic equivalent coefficient ε in the table • Coefficient of each moment direction is as follows.
below for easy conversion of moment load to ε r : Rolling direction
(4) Calculation of (Rolling) dynamic equivalent load dynamic equivalent load. ε p : Pitching direction
· For calculation of dynamic equivalent load, use the load in Table II-3•2 which matches the intended use of the ε y : Yawing direction
linear guide. Table I
I-3•4 Dynamic equivalent coefficients Unit:1/m
A
Model
number εr εp εy Model
number εr εp εy Model
number εr εp εy
LH15 188 111 132 SS15 177 97 115 LW17 66 125 149 172
LH15L 188 72 86 SS15S 177 176 210 LW21 59 108 129
Fr My LH20 142 81 97 SS20 127 87 104 LW27 53 76 91
Mr Mp LH20L
LH25
142
123
57
68
68
81
SS20S
SS25
127
111
138
70
164
83
LW35
LW50
32
25
51
38
61
46
LH25L 123 51 61 SS25S 111 115 137
Fs LH30A
LH30EF
98
98
70
58
83
69
SS30
SS30S
94
94
57
106
68
126
LE05
LE05S
196
196
248
323
248
323
LH30L 98 44 52 SS35 76 42 50 LE07 141 188 188
LH35 78 51 61 SS35S 76 94 112 LE07S 141 349 349
LH35L 78 36 43 LE07L 141 122 122
LH45 60 38 45 LA25 122 76 76 LE09 123 149 149
LH45L 60 30 36 LA25L 122 47 47 LE09S 123 277 277
Fig. I
I-3•2 LH55 51 31 37 LA30 105 63 63 LE09L 123 102 102
LH55L 51 25 30 LA30L 105 43 43 LE12 90 125 125
Table I
I-3•3 Loads in the arrangement of linear guides LH65 43 27 32 LA35 84 54 54 LE12S 90 233 233
LH65L 43 20 24 LA35L 84 37 37 LE12L 90 86 86
Loads necessary to calculate dynamic equivalent load LH85L 33 17 20 LA45 60 41 41 LE15 50 102 102
Arrangement of linear Dynamic equivalent LA45L 60 31 31 LE15S 50 174 174
Pattern Load Moment load SH15 188 112 133 LA55 51 33 33 LE15L 50 68 68
guide load SH15L 188 68 81 LA55L 51 26 26
Up/down Right/left
Rolling Pitching Yawing SH20 142 82 98 LA65 43 29 29 LU05 385 359 359
(vertical) (lateral)
SH20L 142 56 67 LA65L 43 20 20 LU07 286 305 305
SH25 123 66 78 LU09 217 242 242
SH25L 123 47 56 LY15 133 111 111 LU09L 217 138 138
1 Fr Fs Mr Mp My SH30A 98 74 89 LY20 100 89 89 LU09R 217 203 203
SH30EF 98 60 71 LY20L 100 65 65 LU12 167 204 204
SH30L 98 42 50 LY25 90 75 75 LU12L 167 116 116
Fr=Fr SH35 78 54 64 LY25L 90 51 51 LU15 133 174 174
Fse=Fs · tanα SH35L 78 36 43 LY30 74 63 63 LU15L 133 94 94
Fre=εr · Mr
LY30L 74 48 48
LS15 177 116 138 LY35 61 54 54
2 Fr Fs Mr Fpe=εp · Mp LS15S 177 174 208 LY35L 61 41 41
Fye=εy · My LS20 127 94 112 LY45 46 41 41
LS20S 127 136 162 LY45L 46 30 30
LS25 111 70 83 LY55 39 35 35
α : Contact angle LS25S 111 108 129 LY55L 39 26 26
LS30 94 63 75 LY65 33 31 31
3 Fr Fs Mp My LH,LS,LW Series LS30S 94 102 121 LY65L 33 21 21
α =50° LS35 76 54 64
LS35S 76 87 104
LA,LY,LU,LE Series
Definitions of codes appearing at the end of the model number in Table I
I-3•4:
α =45°
L : Super-high load type LH45L
4 Fr Fs S : Medium load type LS25S
No code : High load type LY45
A : Ball slide shape is square LH30A (only LH30 and SH30)
EF : Ball slide shape is flanged type (EL, FL type) LH30EF (only LH30 and SH30)
R : Miniature Series with ball retainer LU09R
A171 A172
• Formula is determined by the relationship of loads in terms of volume. Full dynamic equivalent load can be 2 When load changes almost lineally (Fig. II-3•4)
easily obtained by using each coefficient. Approximate mean effective load Fm can be
F max
After obtaining the dynamic equivalent load of the necessary load directions from Table II-3•3, use the obtained by the following formula.
formulas below to calculate full dynamic equivalent loads. Fm
1
Fm H — (Fmin+Fmax) A
3
F
• When F r is the largest load : F e=F r+0.5F se+0.5F re+0.5F pe+0.5F ye
Fmin : Minimum value of dynamic 174
• When F se is the largest load : F e=0.5F r+F se+0.5F re+0.5F pe+0.5F ye
• When F re is the largest load : F e=0.5F r+0.5F se+F re+0.5F pe+0.5F ye equivalent load (N)
• When F pe is the largest load : F e=0.5F r+0.5F se+0.5F re+F pe+0.5F ye Fmax : Maximum value of dynamic F min
• When F ye is the largest load : F e=0.5F r+0.5F se+0.5F re+0.5F pe+F ye equivalent load (N) 0
For the values of each dynamic equivalent load in the formulas above, disregard load directions and take the L
absolute value. 3 When load changes in sinusoidol pattern Running distance
(Fig. I-3•5)
Fig. I
I-3•5 Linear load change
(5) Calculation of mean effective load At time of (a): Fm = 0.65 Fmax
When the load to the ball slide deviates, obtain a mean effective load which becomes equal to the life of ball At time of (b): Fm = 0.75 Fmax
slide under variable load conditions. If the load does not vary, use the dynamic equivalent load as it is.
F max F max
1 When load and running distance vary stepwise (Fig. II-3•3)
Fm
Fm
F
F
F1
F2 Fm 0 0
F L L
Running distance Running distance
(a) (b)
Fn
0 Fig. I
I-3•5 Load that changes in sinusoidal pattern
L1 L2 Ln
Running distance
(6) Various coefficients Table I
I-3•5 Load factor f w
Fig. I
I-3•3 Stepwise load change
1 Load factors
Impact/Vibration Load factor
• Although a load applied to the ball slide can be
Running distance while dynamic equivalent load F 1 is applied: L1 No external impact/
calculated, the actual load becomes larger than the 1.0~1.5
Running distance while dynamic equivalent load F 2 is applied: L2 vibration
calculated value due to the machine's vibration and
Running distance while dynamic equivalent load F 3 is applied: L3 impact. There is impact/
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Therefore, calculation of load on the ball slide 1.5~2.0
Running distance while dynamic equivalent load Fn is applied: Ln vibration from outside.
should take into consideration the load factors in
There is significant
Table II-3•5. 2.0~3.0
From the above, mean effective load Fm can be obtained by the following impact / vibration.
formula.
Fm =
1
3
√
3 3 3
— (F1 L1+F2 L2+........+Fn Ln)
L
Fm: Mean effective load of the deviating load (N)
L : Running distance (ΣLn)
A173 A174
2 Hardness coefficient (7) Calculation of rating life If tensile load and lateral load are combined
• For linear guides, in order to function optimally, P0=1.34F r+1.59F s
both the balls and the rolling contact surface must Life calculating formula in the stroke movement For LA, LY, LU, LE Series:
have a hardness of HRC58 to 62 to an appropriate with normal lubrication, the following relationships
P0=F r+F s A
depth. exist between ball slide mean effective load Fm (N),
• The table below shows guidelines of fs for general
• The hardness of NSK linear guide fully satisfies basic dynamic load rating to load application
industrial use. 176
HRC58 to 62. Therefore, in most cases it is not direction C (N), and rating fatigue life L (km).
necessary to consider hardness. If the linear guide is
( f wf ⋅⋅FCm ) (km)
n
H
made of a special material by a customer's request, L=50×
as the material hardness is lower than HRC58, use Table I
I-3•6
Ball linear guide bearing which uses balls n= 3
the following formula for adjustment. Roller linear guide bearing which uses rollers n=10/3 Use conditions fs
f H : Hardness coefficient Under normal operating conditions 1~2
CH = f H • C f W : Load factor
C OH = f H' • C o Operating under vibration/impact 1.5~3
Fm : Mean effective load
C H : Basic dynamic load rating adjusted by • Basic static load rating is not a destructive force to
hardness coefficient Use basic dynamic load rating C to calculate the life.
the balls, rails, or ball slide. The balls can withstand
f H : Hardness coefficient (Refer to Fig. II-3.6) Note: Do not use basic static load rating Co, basic a load more than seven times larger than the basic
C OH : Basic static load rating adjusted by hardness static moment rating M R0, M P0 or M Y0. static load rating . It is sufficient as a safety factor to
coefficient the destruction load designed for general machines.
Life as an entire guide way system
f H' : Static hardness coefficient (Refer to Fig.II-3.6) • However, when the linear guide is mounted upside
In those cases when several ball slides comprise a
1.0 single guide way system (such as a single-axis down, the strength of the bolt which secures rail
table), the life of the ball and ball slide affects the strength of the entire
0.8 system. Strength of the bolt and its material should
Coefficient of hardness
slide to which the most

strenuous condition is A B
be considered.
0.6
applied is considered to be C D
fH the life of the entire system. 2 Examining from static moment load rating
0.4 • Also examine static permissible load Mo from basic
For example, in Fig. II-3•7, if
f H' "Ball slide A" is the ball slide Fig. I static moment load Mpo and static permissible load
0.2 I-3•7 Life of
which receives the largest a system factor f s.
mean effective load, or if "Ball slide A" is the one M p0
Rockwell C 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 M 0=
which has the shortest life, the life of the system is fs
Vickers considered to be the life of "Ball slide A." If more than one moment load in any direction is
700 600 500 400 300
Hardness combined, please consult NSK.
(8) Examination of static load
Fig. I
I-3.6 Hardness coefficient 1 Examine from basic static load rating Pitching M PO
• Examine static equivalent load P0, which is applied
3 Reliability coefficient to the ball slide, from basic static load rating C0 and M RO Rolling
• In general, a reliability of 90% is customary. In this static permissible load factor f s.
case, reliability coefficient is 1. Therefore, the C0
reliability coefficient does not have to be included in f S=
P0
calculation.
When static equivalent load P 0 is a combination of
M YO
vertical loads Fr and lateral load Fs, calculate using Yawing
formulas below.
For LH, LS, LW Series:
If compressed load and lateral load are combined
P0=F r+1.59F s Fig. I
I-3•8 Moment load directions
A175 A176
I-4 Lubrication
A-I
(9) Precautions for the design in examining • Refer to Page D13 for linear guide lubrication. Table I
I-4•2 Location of the grease fitting (LH Series)
the life
Low type High type Tap Depth
The following points must be heeded in examining When an extraordinary large Rail width code
the life. load is applied during stroke T2 T2 S L
20 5 5 M3×0.5 8 A
A-II-4.1 Lubrication Accessories
25 6 9 M6×0.75 8 178
• If an extraordinary large load is applied at certain
In case of oscillating stroke position of the stroke, calculate not only the life
(1) Types of lubrication accessories 30 7 9.5 M6×0.75 8
based on the mean effective load, but also the life 35 8 15 M6×0.75 8
• Fig. II-4•1 and II-4•2 show linear guide grease fittings
based on the load in this range.
• If the balls do not rotate all the way, but only and tube fittings. 45 10 20 Rp1/8 11
halfway, and if this minute stroke is repeated, • Grease fitting is put on an end of ball slide as standard 55 11 21 Rp1/8 11
lubricant disappears from the contact surface of position. However, it is possible to put grease fitting
When calculated life is in a side of the end cap as an option for LH and LS 65 19 19 Rp1/8 11
balls and grooves. This generates "fretting," a
extraordinarily short Series, LW27 to 50, LA25 to 65, and LY25 to 65. Unit: mm
premature wear. Fretting cannot be entirely
(Less than 3000 km in calculated Please consult with NSK for details.
prevented, but it can be mitigated. life.)
• A grease which prevents fretting is recommended • It is possible to put grease fitting on the side of ball
Table I
I-4•3 Location of the grease fitting (LS Series)
for oscillating stroke operations. Using a standard slide body as another option for LY15 and 20. Refer to
• In such case, the contact pressure to the balls and Figures II-4•3, II-4•4, and Tables II-4•1. Low type High type Tap Depth
grease, life can be markedly prolonged by adding a
the rolling contact surface is extraordinarily high. • When using a piping accessory with M6 x1 screw, Rail width code
normal stroke travel (about the ball slide length) T2 T2 S L
• Operated under such state continually, the life is which is a piping standard screw, a connector is
once every several thousand cycles.
significantly affected by the loss of lubrication and required to connect to the grease fitting hole on the 15 5 — M3×0.5 8
the presence of dust, and the actual life becomes ball slide, whose installation hole is M6 x 0.75. The 20 5.5 — M3×0.5 8
shorter than calculated. connector is available at NSK.
25 5.5 — M6×0.75 8
• It is necessary to reconsider arrangement, the
number of ball slide, and the type of model in order 30 8 — M6×0.75 8
When applying pitching or
yawing moment to reduce the load to the ball slide. 35 8.5 — M6×0.75 8
Table I
I-4•1 Location of the grease fitting (LY Series)
Unit: mm
Low type High type Tap Depth
• Load applied to the ball rows inside the ball slide is Rail width code
inconsistent if pitching or yawing moment load is T2 T2 S L
Application at high speed
applied. Loads are heavy on the balls on each end LY15 4.5 8.5 M6×0.75 8
of the row.
LY20 5 — M6×0.75 8
• In such case, a heavy load lubricant grease or oil are
Unit: mm
recommended. Another countermeasure is using • The standard maximum allowable speed of a linear
one size larger model of linear guide to reduce the guide under normal conditions is 100 m/min.
load per ball. However, the maximum allowable speed can be
• Moment load is insignificant for 2-rail, 4--ball slides affected by accuracy of installation, temperature,
combination which is commonly used. extemal loading etc.
• The end cap with high speed specification must be
used when operating speed exceeds the permissible
speed. Please consult NSK.
A177 A178
I-5 Dust Proof of Linear Guide
A-I
(2) Changing assembly direction of the A-II-5.1 Standard Specification
3
lubrication accessory
End seal
1 Changing direction of the grease fitting or tube • To keep foreign matters from entering inside the
M6×0.75 or R1/8
fitting ball slide, NSK linear guide has an end seal on both
Drive-in type A type B type C type Follow the procedures below. ends, and an bottom seal at the bottom. A
Fig. I
I-4•1 Shapes of grease fitting Remove the grease fitting with a spanner. • Table II-5•1 shows seals for standard specification 180
for each series. Bottom seal
Wrap the fitting screw section with some sealing
LF type tape, flax yarn, or the like.
c12 c12 Put the grease fitting back into the opening, and
tighten it. If the torque becomes too large before
the grease fitting turns to the desired direction, Table I
I-5•1 Standard seals Fig. I
I-5•1
12
pull it out. Adjust the thickness of sealing tape,
12
20.5
End Bottom
29
flax yarn or the like, then try again.
seal seal
3.5
Rc1/8 Rc1/8
Note: The component where the grease fitting is LH, SH Series a a
9 M6×0.75 R1/8 10 inserted is made of plastic. Excessive tightening of
LS, SS Series a a
Reference No.: Reference No.: the grease fitting damages the plastic.
L80206021-301 L80200029-302 LA Series a a
2 Move the grease fitting to the other side of ball LY Series a a
SF type
Rc1/8 slide LW Series a a
c12
c12 Follow the procedures below. LE Series a —
See Fig. II-4•5: Using a spanner, remove the blind
LU LU12,15 a —
12
plug in the grease fitting installation hole on Face

12
20.5
B. Series LU05,07,09 b —
25.5
Rc1/8 a: Installed as standard

Remove the grease fitting on Face A. Insert the
3.5
grease fitting in the installation hole on Face B. b: Installed on request

M6×0.75 9
R1/8 11 Take the same steps as the above 1 for adjusting. • Seal friction per standard ball slide is shown in
Reference No.: Reference No.: Insert the blind plug in the grease fitting
L80106021-301 L80100025-301 Table I
I-5•2.
installation hole on Face A.
Table I
I-5•2 Seal friction per ball slide (maximum value) Unit: N
Fig. I
I-4•2 Linear guide tube fitting Face B
R a il Series 15 20 25 30 35 45 55 65 85
End cap
5
e L H2 LH, SH Series 8 9 10 10 12 17 22 29 30
End cap lid
ll s
Ba
LS, SS Series 8 9 9 9 10 — — — —
Standard location
Provisional rail H2 LA Series — — 11 11 12 17 17 23 —
(plastic) 5
Optional location LY Series 2 2 8 8 10 12 12 13 —
Grease fitting may be provided on the side of end cap as
an option for series of LH and LS, and LW27, 35, LA25~65 and LY25~65.
Face A
Grease fitting Series 17 21 27 35 50
Fig. I
I-4•3 Location of grease fitting
Fig. I
I-4•5 Grease fitting installation LW Series 6 8 12 16 20
T2 S tap, L deep
(3) Switching the grease fitting to the side of
ball slide Series 05 07 09 12 15
LU Series 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.5
Consult NSK to install the grease fitting to the side
LE Series — 0.4 0.8 1.0 1.2
of the end cap or the ball slide. This is optional
Fig. I
I-4•4 Optional position of grease fitting
service.
A179 A180
TM
A-II-5.2 “NSK K1 ” Lubrication Unit (1) Double seal
• A combination of two end seals to enhance seal • For LA Series, double-seal set can be installed only
(1) What is K1 Lubrication Unit Ball slide
function. before shipping from the factory.
• This is a lubrication unit made of porous plastic • When a double seal is installed, the end seal section
(polyurethane) which contains a large volume of becomes thicker than the standard item by the size A
Spring ring
lubrication oil, and is formed into seal. NSK K1 shown in Table II-5•4. Take this thickness into 182
• NSK K1 Lubrication Unit is not a simple dust consideration in determining the stroke and the size
prevention seal. This remarkable seal also serves as End seal of section in which a ball slide is going to be Protector (Steel)
a lubrication unit by seeping oil from the plastic. End cap

installed. V1 Side seal
Double seal
• Along with the protection plate, an NSK K1 Protector plate • Double-seal set: Can be installed to a completed (2 side seals)
V2
Lubrication Unit is installed between the end cap standard item later on request. It comprises two end
Rail
and the end seal at both ends of the linear guide seals, a collar, and a small screw for installation
(Fig. II-5•2). K1 Lubrication Unit is already equipped (Fig. II-5•4).
at the time of delivery. • When attaching a grease fitting to the end cap after
the double seal is equipped, you require a
Fig. I
I-5•2
connector shown in Figure II-5•5. Please specify the
connector set when ordering linear guides.
(2) Functions of NSK K1 Lubrication Unit Fig. I
I-5•3
This unit is markedly effective as a lubrication oil cup in the following occasions.
• Use it when sealed lubricant runs out • • • • • • • • • • • • • For production line system (maintenance-free) Table I
I-5•4 Double-seal set Unit: mm
• When only a small amount of oil is allowed • • • • • • For clean facility, medical equipment, food processing
machines Reference No. Increased Reference No. Increased
Model No. Model No.
• When oil-absorbing dust is present • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • For woodworking machines Without connector With connector thicknessV2 Without connector With connector thicknessV2
LH15 LH15WS-01 *** 2.5 LY15 LY15WS-01 *** 3.3
See MF Series NSK Linear Guide on Page A125 for details. LH20 LH20WS-01 LH20WSC-01 2.5 LY20 LY20WS-01 *** 3.3
LH25 LH25WS-01 LH25WSC-01 2.8 LY25 LY25WS-02** LY25WSC-02** 2.8
A-II-5.3 Dust proof components
LH30 LH30WS-01 LH30WSC-01 3.6 LY30 LY30WS-03** LY30WSC-03** 3.6
NSK has the following items. Select a suitable type LH35 LH35WS-01 LH35WSC-01 3.6 LY35 LY35WS-03** LY35WSC-03** 3.6
for the operating environment. LH45 LH45WS-01 LH45WSC-01 4.3 LY45 LY45WS-03** LY45WSC-03** 4.3
LH55 LH55WS-01 LH55WSC-01 4.3 LY55 LY55WS-02* LY55WSC-02* 4.3
Table I
I-5•3 Optional dust proof components LH65 LH65WS-01 LH65WSC-01 4.9 LY65 LY65WS-02** LY65WSC-02** 4.3
Name Purpose Reference page LS15 LS15WS-01 *** 2.8 LW17 LW17WS-01 *** 2.6
LS20 LS20WS-01 LS20WSC-01 2.5 LW21 LW21WS-01 LW21WSC-01 2.8
NSK K1 Made of oil impregnated resin. Enhances lubricating functions. A125~136
lubrication unit
LS30 LS30WS-01 LS25WSC-01 3.6 LW35 LW35WS-01 LW35WSC-01 3
Double seal Combines two end seals, enhancing sealing function. A182
Protector Protect end seal from hot and hard contamination. A183
*) Can be used with a new type of seal. (seal flat type, installed on the stepped rail top face)
Rail cap Prevents foreign matters such as swarf generated in cutting A184
**) Can be used with a new type of seal. (seal flat type, flat top face)
operation from clogging the rail-mounting hole. Please consult NSK when installing an old type seal.
Inner seal Installed inside a ball slide, and prevents foreign matters from A185 ***) Consult with NSK when attaching a connector to a drive-in type grease fitting.
entering the rolling contact surface.

Bellows Covers linear guide and feed screw. A185~192
A181 A182
(3) Cap to cover the bolt hole for rail
End cap
End seal mounting
Double seal
• After the rail is mounted to the machine base, a cap
End seal Collar
is used to cover the bolt hole to prevent foreign
matters from clogging up the hole or from entering A
Connector into the ball slide (Fig. II-5•6). 184
• The cap for the bolt hole is made of synthetic resin
Ball slide
Grease fitting which is superb in its resistance to oil and wear.
• Table II-5•6 shows sizes of the bolts for the each
model number as well as reference number of the
cap.
Protector
• To insert a cap into the rail bolt hole, use a flat tool
(Fig. II-5•7). Pound the cap gradually until its height
Fig. I
I-5•4 Fig. I
I-5•5 Connector
becomes flush with the rail top face.
Fig. I
I-5•6
(2) Protector
• A protector is usually installed outside the end seal available as a set.
to prevent high-temperature fine particles such as • When attaching a grease fitting to the end cap after
welding spatter and other hard foreign matters from the protector is equipped, you require a connector
entering the ball slide. shown in Figure II-5•5. Please specify the connector
• Same as the case with a double seal, when a set when ordering linear guides.
protector is installed, the ball slide becomes longer • For LA Series, protector can be installed only before
by the size shown in Table II-5.5. Protector is shipping from the factory.
Table I
I-5•5 Protector set Unit: mm
Reference No. Increased Reference No. Increased

Model No. Model No.
Without connector With connector thicknessV1 Without connector With connector thicknessV1
LH15 LH15PT-01 *** 2.7 LY15 LY15PT-01 *** 4.1
LH20 LH20PT-01 LH20PTC-01 2.9 LY20 LY20PT-01 *** 4.1 Fig. I
I-5•7
LH25 LH25PT-01 LH25PTC-01 3.2 LY25 LY25PT-02** LY25PTC-02** 3.6
LH30 LH30PT-01 LH30PTC-01 4.2 LY30 LY30PT-03** LY30PTC-03** 4.2 Table I
I-5•6 Caps to cover rail bolt hole
LH35 LH35PT-01 LH35PTC-01 4.2 LY35 LY35PT-03** LY35PTC-03** 4.2 Model No. Bolt to Cap Quantity
LH45 LH45PT-01 LH45PTC-01 4.9 LY45 LY45PT-03** LY45PTC-03** 4.9 secure rail reference No. /case
LH55 LH55PT-01 LH55PTC-01 4.9 LY55 LY55PT-02* LY55PTC-02* 4.9 SS15(for M3) LS15(for M3)
LH65 LH65PT-01 LH65PTC-01 5.5 LY65 LY65PT-02** LY65PTC-02** 5.5 LU09(TR, TL, UL) LU12(TR, TL, UL) LU15 M3 LG-CAP/M3 20
LS15 LS15PT-01 *** 3 LW17 LW17PT-01 *** 3.2 LE09(TR, TL, UL) PU09 PU12 PU15
LS20 LS20PT-01 LS20PTC-01 2.7 LW21 LW21PT-01 LW21PTC-01 3.2 SH15 SS15(for M4) LH15 LS15(for M4) LY15 LW17 LW21 LW27 TS15 M4 LG-CAP/M4 20
LS25 LS25PT-01 LS25PTC-01 3.2 LW27 LW27PT-01 LW27PTC-01 2.9 SH20 SS20 LH20 LS20 LY20 TS20 M5 LG-CAP/M5 20
LS30 LS30PT-01 LS30PTC-01 4.2 LW35 LW35PT-01 LW35PTC-01 3.6 SH25 SS25 SS30 LH25 LS25 LS30 LA25 LY25 LW35 TS25 M6 LG-CAP/M6 20
LS35 LS35PT-01 LS35PTC-01 4.2 LW50 LW50PT-01 LW50PTC-01 4.2 SH30 SH35 SS35 LH30 LH35 LS35 LA30 LA35 LY30 LY35 LW50 TS30 TS35 M8 LG-CAP/M8 20
LH45 LA45 LY45 M12 LG-CAP/M12 20
*) Can be used with a new type of seal. (seal flat type, installed on the stepped rail top face)
**) Can be used with a new type of seal. (seal flat type, flat top face) LH55 LA55 LY55 M14 LG-CAP/M14 20
Please consult NSK when installing old type seal. LH65 LA65 LY65 M16 LG-CAP/M16 20
***) Consult with NSK when attaching a connector to a drive-in type grease fitting.
A183 A184
1 LH and LS Series * Installation in the rail
* Installation in the ball slide (Fig. II-5•9) • To install bellows for LH Series and LS Series,
(4) Inner seal (5) Bellows • Remove two machine screws (M2) which secure the lightly knock a fastener exclusively for bellows to
• The end seal installed on both ends of the ball slide • Bellows covers entire linear guide and ball screw. It end seals to the end of the ball slide (Fig. II-5•9). the end of the rail (Fig. II-5•9). Then secure the
cannot arrest entire foreign matters, though the has been used widely as a way of protection in an • Then place a spacer to the hole for securing end mounting plate at the end of the bellows through
missed amount is negligible. An inner seal protects environment where foreign matters are prevalent. seal. Fasten the mounting plate at the end of the the tap hole of the fastener.
the ball contact surface from such foreign matters • NSK has bellows exclusively for LH, LS, LA, LY and • As described above, a bellows can be easily
A
bellows to the ball slide with a slightly longer
which entered inside the ball slide (Fig. II-5•8). LW Series. They have a middle bellows and a machine screws (provided with the bellows). installed in the end of the rail without creating a tap 186
• Inner seal is installed inside the ball slide. Therefore, bellows at both ends. For LY and LH Series, there hole on the end of the rail.
the appearance in size and the shape are the same are low and high type bellows which are in
Bellows fastener
as standard ball slide. (Inner seal is already installed compliance with their ball slide types. Lmax Ball slide
before shipped from the factory. • The high type is used for AN and BN types. The low a Lmin
• It is strongly recommended to use a bellows and a type is used for FL, EL, HL, GL, AL and BL types. By
double seal, along with an inner seal, to maintain combining, the top of the bellows is slightly lower
precision of the linear guide. than the top face of the ball slide.
• When a high type bellows is installed to the ball
slide with the height code L (such as FL), the top of P
M1 Mounting plate M 2 Mounting plate Spacer
the bellows becomes higher than the ball slide. But
it is advantageous for stroke because the pitch of Fig. I
I-5•9
the bellows becomes larger.
Inner seal
• Special bellows are required for installing the linear Bellows fastener kit
guide vertically, or hanging it from a ceiling. Please LH series LS series Specify the reference number of the bellows fastener
consult NSK. Model No. Kit reference No. Model No. Kit reference No. kit when ordering it.
• When a bellows is used, please be advised that we LH20 LH20FS-01 LS15 LS15FS-01 Contents of the kit : Bellows fastener ×1
LH25 LH25FS-01 LS20 LS20FS-01 Set screw for the ball slide side×2
cannot put a grease fitting on the end of ball slide to
LH30 LH30FS-01 LS25 LS25FS-01
which the bellows is attached. (See Fig. II-4•2 for Set screw for the rail side ×2
LH35 LH35FS-01 LS30 LS30FS-01
standard position of grease fittings.) If you require LH45 LH45FS-01 LS35 LS35FS-01 Spacer ×2
the grease fitting, it shall be put on the side of end LH55 LH55FS-01
cap or ball slide body. Consult NSK for details. LH65 LH65FS-01
Fig. I
I-5•8 Inner seal when installed
2 LY Series
* Installation in the ball slide (Fig. II-5•10) * Installation in the rail
Linear guide which can use inner seal
• Remove only two machine screws which secure the • Put tap holes to the rail end face. Install the bellows
Inner seal can be manufactured for linear guides
end seal. (Remove top two screws when four mounting plate to the rail through the tap hole. Use
shown in Table II-5•7.
screws are used.) Then, to secure the bellows, drive a machine screw. NSK processes the tap holes to
a slightly longer machine screw (provided with the the rail end face upon request.
Table I
I-5•7 bellows) into the smaller hole of the mounting plate
Series Model No. into the holes from which two machine screws were
removed.
LH Series LH20, LH25, LH30, LH35, LH45, LH55, LH65, LH85
LS Series LS20, LS25, LS30, LS35
W Lmax Bellows Ball slide
LA Series LA25, LA30, LA35, LA45, LA55, LA65 Lmin
LY Series LY30, LY35, LY45, LY55 a M 1mm
h1
H
b
E
Fig. I
I-5•10
A185 A186
3 LA and LW Series * Installation in the rail Dimension tables of bellows
* Installation to the ball slide (Fig. II-5•11 and Fig. II-5•12) • Same as the case for LY Series, make tap holes to LH Series
• Remove two machine screws which secure the end the rail end face. Fix the bellows mounting plate to W Lmax Ball slide Bellows refernce number
the rail end face through these tap holes. Use a a Lmin
seal. (For LW17 and 21, hold the end cap by hand. J —
A —
H –—
20 —
N –—
08
Otherwise, the end cap is detached from the ball machine screw. NSK processes a tap hole to the rail —
Bellows
slide, and the balls inside may spill out.) end face when ordered with a linear guide. h1 Number of N
H A: Bellows for the ends (fold number) A
• Place a spacer in the securing hole of the end seal, b
B: Middle bellows N: High type L: Low type
fasten the mounting plate on the end of the bellows E 188
P Bellows for LH series Size number of linear guide
using a slightly longer machine screw (provided M1 M2
with the bellows).
Fig. I
I-5•14 Dimensions of bellows
W Lmax Table I
I-5•8 Dimensions of bellows Unit: mm
Lmin Bellows Ball slide
Model No. H h1 E W P a b BL minimum length M1Tap x depth M2Tap x depth
a M 1mm JAH20N 29.5 24.5 5 48 10 13 22 17 M3×5 M2.5×16
JAH25L 35 28 51 10
7 16 26 17 M3×5 M3×18
JAH25N 39 32 61 15
h1
H JAH30L 41 32 60 12
9 18 31 17 M4×6 M4×22
b JAH30N 44 35 66 15
E JAH35L 47 37.5 72 15
9.5 24 34 17 M4×6 M4×23
JAH35N 54 44.5 82 20
JAH45L 59 45 83 15
14 32 44.5 17 M5×8 M5×28
Fig. I
I-5•11 JAH45N 69 55 103 25
JAH55L 69 54 101 20
15 40 50.5 17 M5×8 M5×30
JAH55N 79 64 121 30
W L max Bellows JAH65N 89 73 16 131 30 48 61 17 M6×8 M6×35
L min JAH85N
g
108 90 18 173 40 54
g
51
g
17 M6×8 M8×40
a M Ball slide
gBellows is fixed to the tap hole at the rail end for LH85.
H h1
Table I
I-5•9 Numbers of folds (BL) and lengths of bellows Unit: mm
b
Number of BL 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Model No.
E
Spacer Lmin 34 68 102 136 170 204 238 272 306 340
Stroke 106 212 318 424 530 636 742 848 954 1060
JAH20N
Lmax 140 280 420 560 700 840 980 1120 1260 1400
Fig. I
I-5•12 Stroke 106 212 318 424 530 636 742 848 954 1060
JAH25L
Lmax 140 280 420 560 700 840 980 1120 1260 1400
Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760
Calculating length of bellows JAH25N
• Length when stretched to maximum size : Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100
• Formula is as follows. Lmax = 7 x P x Number of BL Stroke 134 268 402 536 670 804 938 1072 1206 1340
JAH30L
Lmax 168 336 504 672 840 1008 1176 1344 1512 1680
• A bellows forms one block (BL) with six folds as • Length when contracted to minimum size : Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760
shown in Fig. II-5•13. Stroke is determined by JAH30N
Lmin = 17 x Number of BL Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100
multiplying by an integer of this BL. • Stroke : St = Lmax – Lmin Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760
JAH35L
Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100
Stroke 246 492 738 984 1230 1476 1722 1968 2214 2460
JAH35N
Lmax Lmin Lmax 280 560 840 1120 1400 1680 1960 2240 2520 2800
1BL (6 folds) Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1058 1232 1408 1584 1760
JAH45L
Lmin Stroke St Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100
P Stroke 316 632 948 1264 1580 1896 2212 2528 2844 3160
JAH45N
Lmax 350 700 1050 1400 1750 2100 2450 2800 3150 3500
Stroke 246 492 738 984 1230 1476 1722 1968 2214 2460
JAH55L
Lmax 280 560 840 1120 1400 1680 1960 2240 2520 2800
Stroke 386 772 1158 1544 1930 2316 2702 3088 3474 3860
JAH55N
Lmax 420 840 1260 1680 2100 2520 2940 3360 3780 4200
Mounting plate Sliding plate Mounting plate The span of ball slides Ls Stroke 386 772 1158 1544 1930 2316 2702 3088 3474 3860
(Steel) (Plastic) (Steel) JAH65N
Lmax 420 840 1260 1680 2100 2520 2940 3360 3780 4200
L
Stroke 526 1052 1578 2104 2630 3156 3682 4208 4734 5260
JAH85Ng
Lmax 560 1120 1680 2240 2800 3360 3920 4480 5040 5600
Fig. I
I-5•13 Remarks: Values of odd numbers BL (3, 5, 7, ...) can be obtained by adding two values of
even number BLs on both sides, then dividing the sum by two.
A187 A188
LS Series LA Series
W Lmax Ball slide Bellows refernce number Bellows refernce number
a Lmin
J —
— A —
S –—
15 —
L –—
08 W Lmax
Lmin Bellows Ball slide J —
— A —
A –—
30 —
L –—
08
Bellows a M Bellows
1mm
h1 Number of N Number of N
H
b
A: Bellows for the ends (fold number)
b H
h1 A: Bellows for the ends (fold number) A
B: Middle bellows Low type B: Middle bellows N: High type L: Low type
E E
190
P Bellows for LS series Size number of linear guide Bellows for LA series Size number of linear guide
M1 M2
Fig. I
I-5•16 An installed bellows
Fig. I
I-5•15 Dimension of bellows
Table I
I-5•12 Dimensions of bellow Unit: mm
Table I
Model number Length Tap
Model No. H h1 E W P a b BL minimum length M1Tap x depth M2Tap x depth H h1 E W P a b
of bellows of BL (M) xdepth
JAS15L 23.5 18.9 4.6 43 10 8 16.5 17 M3×5 M3×14 JAA25L 35 29.5 5.5 55 12 12 13.8 17 M3×5
JAA25N 39 33.5 5.5 61 15 12 13.8 17 M3×5
JAS20L 27 21 6 48 10 13 19.7 17 M3×5 M2.5×14
JAA30L 41 33.5 7.5 60 12 14 17.5 17 M4×6
JAS25L 32 25 7 51 10 15 23.2 17 M3×5 M3×18 JAA30N 44 36.5 7.5 66 15 14 17.5 17 M4×6
JAA35L 47 39.5 7.5 72 15 15 18.8 17 M4×6
JAS30L 41 32 9 66 15 16 29 17 M4×6 M4×19 JAA35N 54 46.5 7.5 82 20 15 18.8 17 M4×6
JAA45L 59 49 10 93 20 25 22.5 17 M5×8
JAS35L 47 36.5 10.5 72 15 22 33.5 17 M4×6 M4×22
JAA45N 69 59 10 113 30 25 22.5 17 M5×8
JAA55L 69 57 12 101 20 35 27.1 17 M5×8
JAA55N 79 67 12 121 30 35 27.1 17 M5×8
JAA65N 89 75 14 131 30 40 33.3 17 M6×12
Table I
I-5•11 Numbers of folds (BL) and lengths of bellows Unit: mm
Number of BL 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Table I
I-5•13 Numbers of folds (BL) and length of bellows Unit: mm
Model No.
Lmin 34 68 102 136 170 204 238 272 306 340 Model number Length of BL 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Type
of bellows Lmin 34 68 102 136 170 204 238 272 306 340
Stroke 106 212 318 424 530 636 742 848 954 1060 Stroke 134 268 402 536 670 804 938 1072 1206 1340
JAS15L Low type JAA25L
Lmax 140 280 420 560 700 840 980 1120 1260 1400 Lmax 168 336 504 672 840 1008 1176 1344 1512 1680
Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760
High type JAA25N
Stroke 106 212 318 424 530 636 742 848 954 1060 Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100
JAS20L Stroke 134 268 402 536 670 804 938 1072 1206 1340
Lmax 140 280 420 560 700 840 980 1120 1260 1400 Low type JAA30L
Lmax 168 336 504 672 840 1008 1176 1344 1512 1680
Stroke 106 212 318 424 530 636 742 848 954 1060 Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760
High type JAA30N
JAS25L Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100
Lmax 140 280 420 560 700 840 980 1120 1260 1400 Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760
Low type JAA35L
Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100
Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760
JAS30L Stroke 246 492 738 984 1230 1476 1722 1968 2214 2460
High type JAA35N
Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100 Lmax 280 560 840 1120 1400 1680 1960 2240 2520 2800
Stroke 246 492 738 984 1230 1476 1722 1968 2214 2460
Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760 Low type JAA45L
Lmax 280 560 840 1120 1400 1680 1960 2240 2520 2800
JAS35L
Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100 Stroke 386 772 1158 1544 1930 2316 2702 3088 3474 3860
High type JAA45N
Lmax 420 840 1260 1680 2100 2520 2940 3360 3780 4200
Remarks: Values of odd number BL (3, 5, 7, ...) can be obtained by adding two values of Stroke 246 492 738 984 1230 1476 1722 1968 2214 2460
even number BLs on both side, then dividing the sum by two. Low type JAA55L
Lmax 280 560 840 1120 1400 1680 1960 2240 2520 2800
Stroke 386 772 1158 1544 1930 2316 2702 3088 3474 3860
High type JAA55N
Lmax 420 840 1260 1680 2100 2520 2940 3360 3780 4200
Low/high Stroke 386 772 1158 1544 1930 2316 2702 3088 3474 3860
type JAA65N
Lmax 420 840 1260 1680 2100 2520 2940 3360 3780 4200
(1)
Note Bellows for LA65 is for both low and high types.
Remarks :Values of odd number BLs are obtained by adding values of the even number BLs on both sides,
then dividing the sum by two.
A189 A190
LY Series LW Series
Bellows refernce number Bellows refernce number

W Lmax Bellows Ball slide J —
— A —
Y –—
25 —
L –—
08 W L max
L min
Bellows
Ball slide
J —
— A W 21 —
— –— L –—
08
Lmin
a M 1mm Bellows Bellows
Number of N a M
H h1
Number of N
H
h1 A: Bellows for the ends (fold number)
b
A: Bellows for the ends (fold number) A
b B: Middle bellows N: High type L: Low type B: Middle bellows N: High type L: Low type
E
E
Spacer
192
Bellows for LY series Size number of linear guide Bellows for LW series Size number of linear guide
Fig. I
I-5•17 An installed bellows
Fig. I
I-5•18
Table I
Model number Length Tap Table I
I-5•16 Dimensions of bellows
H h1 E W P a b
of bellows of BL (M) xdepth
Unit: mm
JAY25L,JBY25L 35 28 51 10
7 12 15.25 17 M3×6 Model number Length Tap
JAY25N,JBY25N 39 32 61 15 H h1 E W P a b
JAY30L,JBY30L 41 32 60 12 of bellows of BL (M) xdepth
9 14 19 17 M4×8 JAW17N 25.5 23 2.5 68 15 22 6 17 M3×6
JAY30N,JBY30N 44 35 66 15
JAY35L,JBY35L 47 37.5 72 15 JAW21N 29 26 3 75 17 26 7 17 M3×6
9.5 15 21 17 M4×8
JAY35N,JBY35N 54 44.5 82 20 JAW27N 37 33 4 85 20 28 10 17 M3×6
JAY45L,JBY45L 59 47 93 20
12 25 25 17 M5×8 JAW35L 34 30
4
100 14
48 12 17 M4×8
JAY45N,JBY45N 69 57 113 30
JAW35N 41 37 115 20
JAY55L,JBY55L 69 54 101 20
15 35 30.5 17 M5×8 JAW50L 46.5 42 135 20
JAY55N,JBY55N 79 64 121 30 4.5 70 14 17 M4×8
JAY65N,JBY65N 89 75 14 141 35 40 34.25 17 M6×12 JAW50N 56.5 52 160 30
Table I
I-5•15 Numbers of folds (BL) and length of bellows Unit: mm
Table I
I-5•17 Numbers of folds (BL) and length of bellows
Model number Length of BL 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Unit: mm
Type
of bellows Lmin 34 68 102 136 170 204 238 272 306 340 Number of BL 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Model No.
JAY25L Stroke 106 212 318 424 530 636 742 848 954 1060 Lmin 34 68 102 136 170 204 238 272 306 340
Low type Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760
JBY25L Lmax 140 280 420 560 700 840 980 1120 1260 1400 JAW17N
Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100
JAY25N Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760
High type Stroke 204 408 612 816 1020 1224 1428 1632 1836 2040
JBY25N Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100 JAW21N
Lmax 238 476 714 952 1190 1428 1666 1904 2142 2380
JAY30L Stroke 134 268 402 536 670 804 938 1072 1206 1340 Stroke 246 492 738 984 1230 1476 1722 1968 2214 2460
Low type JAW27N
JBY30L Lmax 168 336 504 672 840 1008 1176 1344 1512 1680 Lmax 280 560 840 1120 1400 1680 1960 2240 2520 2800
JAY30N Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760 Stroke 162 324 486 648 810 972 1134 1296 1458 1620
High type JAW35L
JBY30N Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100 Lmax 196 392 588 784 980 1176 1372 1568 1764 1960
Stroke 218 436 654 872 1090 1308 1526 1744 1962 2180
JAY35L Stroke 176 352 528 704 880 1056 1232 1408 1584 1760 JAW35N
Low type Lmax 252 504 756 1008 1260 1512 1764 2016 2268 2520
JBY35L Lmax 210 420 630 840 1050 1260 1470 1680 1890 2100 Stroke 246 492 738 984 1230 1476 1722 1968 2214 2460
JAW50L
JAY35N Stroke 246 492 738 984 1230 1476 1722 1968 2214 2460 Lmax 280 560 840 1120 1400 1680 1960 2240 2520 2800
High type Stroke 386 772 1158 1544 1930 2316 2702 3088 3474 3860
JBY35N Lmax 280 560 840 1120 1400 1680 1960 2240 2520 2800 JAW50N
JAY45L Stroke 246 492 738 984 1230 1476 1722 1968 2214 2460 Lmax 420 840 1260 1680 2100 2520 2940 3360 3780 4200
Low type
JBY45L Lmax 280 560 840 1120 1400 1680 1960 2240 2520 2800 Remarks: Values of odd numbers BL (3, 5, 7, ...) can be obtained by adding two values of
JAY45N Stroke 386 772 1158 1544 1930 2316 2702 3088 3474 3860 even number BLs on both sides, then dividing the sum by two.
High type
JBY45N Lmax 420 840 1260 1680 2100 2520 2940 3360 3780 4200
JAY55L Stroke 246 492 738 984 1230 1476 1722 1968 2214 2460
Low type
JBY55L Lmax 280 560 840 1120 1400 1680 1960 2240 2520 2800
JAY55N Stroke 386 772 1158 1544 1930 2316 2702 3088 3474 3860
High type
JBY55N Lmax 420 840 1260 1680 2100 2520 2940 3360 3780 4200
Low/high JAY65N Stroke 456 912 1368 1824 2280 2736 3192 3648 4104 4560
(1)
type JBY65N Lmax 490 980 1470 1960 2450 2940 3430 3920 4410 4900
(1)
Note Bellows for LY65 is for both low and high types.
Remarks :Values of odd number BLs are obtained by adding values of the even number BLs on both sides,
then dividing the sum by two.
A191 A192
I-6 Rust Prevention and Surface Treatment
A-I I-7 Linear Guides for Special Environment
A-I
A-II-6.1 Rust Prevention (Stainless steel) (2) Recommended surface treatment A-II-7.1 Heat-resistant Specifications
Among the surface treatments mentioned above, we
NSK linear guide is available in stainless steel recommend “electrolytic rust prevention black film • Standard linear guides use plastic for ball • Use linear guide with heat-resistant specifications
standard series. treatment” and “fluoride low temperature chrome recirculation component. The environmental under temperatures that exceed this limit.
aStainless steel standard series plating” for rust prevention because of the result of maximum temperature of standard linear guides is A
LH Series humidity chamber test for antirust characteristics and 80°C. 194
LS Series their cost-effectiveness. Table II-7•1 Comparison of materials: Standard and heat-resistant specifications
LE Series However, never apply any organic solvent for
Component Standard specification Heat-resistant specification
LU Series degreasing because it has adverse effect on antirust
LL Series characteristics. Rail Special high carbon steel (equivalent to SUS440C/JIS) Special high carbon steel (equivalent to SUS440C/JIS)
Refer to Page D5 for the results of humidity chamber Ball slide Special high carbon steel (equivalent to SUS440C/JIS) Special high carbon steel (equivalent to SUS440C/JIS)
Select from the above when using in the environment test. Balls SUJ2,SUS440C SUJ2,SUS440C
which invites rust.
Ball retainer Polyacetals SUS304
Ball retaining wire SUS304 SUS304
End cap Polyacetals SUS316L
A-II-6.2 Surface Treatment Return guide Polyacetals SUS316L
End seal Acrylonitril-butadiene rubber, spc and staainless steel Fluorine rubber, spc and staainless steel
(1) Types of surface treatment
Bottom seal Acrylonitril-butadiene rubber, spc and staainless steel Fluorine rubber, spc and staainless steel
The following are common types of treatment.
Heat resistant linear guides
aLow temperature chrome plating (Electrolytic rust
LH Series A-II-7.2 Vacuum and Clean Specifications
prevention black treatment)
• Used to prevent corrosion and light reflection, and LS Series
• Due to its abundant experience and technology,
for cosmetic purpose. LW Series NSK manufactures linear guides that can be used in
aFluoride low temperature chrome plating LE Series a vacuum or in clean environment. Please consult
• Fluoroplastic coating is provided following the low LU Series NSK.
temperature chrome plating. • Linear guide specifications vary for environmental
• Resistance to corrosion is higher than electrolytic conditions.
rust prevention film treatment. Bottom seal For example, "all stainless steel plus special grease,
Rubber : fluoro rubber
aChrome plating for industrial use (Hard chrome or solid film lubricant" for vacuum environment.
Ball retainer • NSK has low-dust generating grease "LG2" which is
plating) Stainless steel
ideal for clean environment.
• Has high hardness. Increases resistance to both
Ball slide body Refer to Page D8 for details.
wear and corrosion.
aElectroless nickel plating
• Creates a film of consistent thickness on complex
shaped items.
• For corrosion prevention.
aPhosphate coating
• For corrosion prevention: usually applied prior to End cap
Stainless steel
painting because this treatment creates porous
surface. End seal
Rubber : fluoro rubber
aBlack oxide treatment (Irontetraxcide film
treatment) Fig. I
I-7•1
• Creates irontetraxide film on the surface. For
cosmetic purposes.
A194
A193
I-8 Noise
A-I I-9 Arrangement and Mounting of Linear Guide
A-I
• Appropriate design and highly accurate processing • The plot indicates that the noise levels remain A-II-9.1 Arrangement Example of arrangement
technology contribute to reducing noise of NSK within a narrow straight belt irrespective of the • Arrangement of the linear guide must be
linear guides. linear guide type (LH25 through LH65 are plotted • For NSK linear guide, the datum face of the rail and determined taking into account the table position,
• Fig. II-8•1 is a noise-level data plot. The product of here). of the ball slide are marked with either an "datum its direction (horizontal, vertical, inclined, hanging
Dw (mm) ball diameter of linear guide and travel • Noise level can be estimated; find the ball diameter face groove" or with an "arrow." from the ceiling), stroke, the size of bed and the A
speed V (m/min) is shown on the abscissa. The from the linear guide model number, then • In case that two or more linear guides are used table in the equipment as a whole. Table II-9.2 196
noise level is shown on the ordinate. incorporate a travel speed. together, one linear guide is designated as a shows a common arrangement examples, and
reference side guide, and the rest is adjusting side features/precautions for each case.
guide(s). The reference side rail has its reference
number, serial number, and "KL" mark on the
100 Measuring distance 500mm
opposite side of the datum face (Fig. II-9•1).
Linear guide LH25# Adjusting side Reference side
LH30# • When the datum faces of the reference side rail and
LH35# ball slides are pressed to their mounting datum
90 LH45# faces respectively, the variation of distance G
KL mark
LH55# (mounting width W2 or W3) between the datum faces

LH65# of the rails and that of the ball slides must be a W2
Maximum noise level of linear guide minimum and therefore, it is specified as the
80 Mean noise level of linear guide standard.
(Fig. II-9•2 and II-9•3)
Fig. I
I-9•2 Most common setting of the
• The ways to indicate the datum faces of LE and LU
Noise level dB (A)
reference side rail

70 Series are shown in Table II-9•1.
Groove mark Groove mark
for datum face for datum face
Adjusting side Reference side
60
G
KL
mark
KL mark
Groove mark Groove mark
for datum face for datum face
50 (Marked on either (Marked on either W3
lateral or bottom lateral or bottom
surface for a rail) surface for a rail)
Reference side rail Adjusting side rail
Fig. I
I-9•3 Setting of the reference side rail in
40 Fig. I
I-9•1 certain occasions
Table I
I-9.1 Marks on the rail datum faces in LE, LU Series
Model No. LU05, 07, 09 LU12, 15 LE15

100 1000 Material LE05, 07, 09, 12 LE09, 12 (with a ball retainer)
D w·V mm × m/min
Fig. I
I-8•1 Noise levels of linear guides Special high
carbon steel
Example of estimate B
LS30, and the travel speed is 100 m/min.
Dw = 4.762; V = 100 m/min B
B
Therefore,
Dw • V= 4.762 x 100 = 476.2 Stainless steel
Therefore, from Fig. II-8•1, the noise level is 66 ~ 72dB (A). B
A195 A196
Table I
I-9•2 Arrangement example A-II-9.2 Mounting Accuracy
Arrangement Features/Precautions
(1) Accuracy of the mounting base of
Mounting datum face
machine
• Mounting accuracy of linear guide usually copies A
Table
• Easy in highly-accurate installation (recommended the accuracy of the machine base. 198
KL mark
arrangement) • However, when two or more ball slides are
Bed
Adjusting side Stroke
Datum face
Reference side
(Fixed side)
assembled to each rail, the table stroke becomes
W2 shorter than the mounting surface. This, along with Straightness
of table
the fact that the mounting error is evenly spread,
Adjusting
contributes to a higher table accuracy than the

side
Straightness of
mounting face accuracy, reducing the error to about mounting surface
• Easy in highly-accurate installation 1/3 in average (Fig. II-9•4).

• Lubricant oil may not be supplied to ball slide.
(2) Installation error Length of mounting surface
Precaution is required in the oil supply design.
• Mounting error affects mainly three factors: life,
Reference
friction and accuracy (Table II-9•3).

side
W3
Fig. I
I-9•4
Shim
• Slightly difficult for highly-accurate installation Table I
I-9•3 Influence of mounting error
• Life of linear guide is affected by mounting Factor Influence
accuracy.
W3 W3
• When oil lubricant is used, precaution is required in
Adjusting side Reference side oil supply design. Ball slide
• Large mounting error generates a force which
Shim
twists the ball slide and reduces its life.
Life
Rail
• It also distorts the contact point of the ball and the
groove and changes contact angle, lowering
• Difficult for highly-accurate installation
Adjusting
Deviation rigidity.
side • For a linear guide mounted in sideways, precaution
is required in oil supply design if oil lubricant is
used. • LH and LS Series are affected very little by mounting error
60
Reference
thanks to their small friction. (self alignment)

side
Dynamic friction force

(sliding resistance) N
W3 50
40 • However, because of off-set gothic arch grooves, their
Friction
30 5
LY3 friction suddenly soars once the mounting error exceeds
Mounting datum of ball slide 20 r 35
acture
manuf 5 a certain level.
KL mark 10 Other , LS3
Datum side • Rather easy in highly-accurate installation LH35
Table 0
(Fixed side)
• When oil lubricant is used, precaution is required in 20 40 60 80 100 120 • Mounting error severely affects friction of LY Series with
W2 Parallelism ( m)
Bed Mounting datum of rail oil supply design. heavy preload.
Adjusting side
• Easy in highly-accurate installation if the linear e1 • When rigidity of four ball slides are equal, the
W2 Mounting datum of rail p p 2
Datum side guide is installed to the machine base first, then
Accuracy
(Fixed side) Adjusting side theoretical straightness becomes 1/2 of the

Bed hang upside down along with the machine base.
KL mark
e1 installation error e1.
• Ball slide may detach from the rail and fall down if
• However, this value becomes slightly larger due to
the linear guide is damaged and all the balls in the
Table
ball slide fall out. It is necessary to take preventive p p deformation of the rail and the machine base.
Mounting datum of ball slide
measures against the falling of the ball slide.
A197 A198
(3) Permissible values of mounting error (4) Running accuracy and the influence of
• Of the three major factors which are affected by the • Load volume per ball slide is 8% of the basic even-off effect
mounting error, NSK focuses on life. By the NSK dynamic load rating C. • When installed in a machine base, the linear guide generated by the shorter stroke, compared to rail
standard, permissible values of mounting error are • Rigidity of the machine base is infinite. is affected by the flatness of the mounting face of length, as well as by interaction between the rails,
the values which allows 5000 km or longer life • Fig. II-9•5 and II-9•6 are representing the mounting the machine base. However, in the case of two- and ball slides. A
under the following conditions. errors. Their permissible values of mounting error rails/four-ball slides specification, which is most • Fig. II-9•9 shows an actually measured straightness 200
are shown in Table II-9•4 to II-9•7. widely used, the straightness as a table unit is of the table which uses NSK linear guide. In this
generally less than the straightness as a single case, the final straightness of the table is about 1/5
component. This is due to the even-off effect of the straightness of the mounting face.
e1 Mounting datum face Pitching

Yawing
e2
500 Table
Fig. I
I-9•5 Fig. I
I-9•6 Bed KL mark
Adjusting side Reference side
Table I
I-9•4 Permissible values of parallelism for LH and SH Series Unit: µ m Datum face (Fixed side)
W2
Model No.
Value Preload
H15 H20 H25 H30 H35 H45 H55 H65 H85 Fig. I
I-9•7 Fig. I
I-9•8
Z0, ZT 22 30 40 45 55 65 80 110 120
Permissible values of
Z1, ZZ 18 20 25 30 35 45 55 70 90
parallelism in two rails e1 Fig. I
I-9•9 Straightness of the table equipped with linear guide
Z3 13 15 20 25 30 40 45 60 70
Permissible values of Z0, ZT 375µ m/500mm
parallelism (height) in two rails e2 Z1, ZZ, Z3 330µ m/500mm Straightness in yawing direction Straightness in pitching direction
(×100 mm) (×100 mm)
Table I
I-9•5 Permissible values of parallelism Table I
I-9•6 Permissible values of parallelism ( m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ( m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
0 0
for LS and SS Series Unit: µ m for LA Series Datum side,
Unit: µ m –1 –2.5
mounting surface
Model No. –2 –5.0
Model No. –3.1 m –7.1 m
Value Preload Value Preload –3
S15 S20 S25 S30 S35 LA25 LA30 LA35 LA45 LA55 LA65
Z0, ZT 20 22 30 35 40 Permissible values of Z3 15 17 20 25 30 40 ( m) ( m) (×100 mm)
1.6 m
Permissible values of parallelism in two rails e1 Z4 13 15 17 20 25 30 1.0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Z1, ZZ 15 17 20 25 30 0
parallelism in two rails e1 Adjusting side,
0.5 –2
Z3 12 15 15 20 25 Permissible values of mounting surface –6.2 m
parallelism (height) in two rails e 185µ m/500mm 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
–4
2
Permissible values of Z0, ZT 375µ m/500mm (×100 mm) –6
parallelism (height) in two rails e2 Z1, ZZ, Z3 330µ m/500mm
(×100 mm) (×100 mm)
( m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ( m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Table I
I-9•7 Permissible values of parallelism for LY Series Unit: µ m Datum side,
0 0
Linear guide –0.5 –2
Model No. –1.3 m –5.4 m
–1.0 –4
Value Preload
LY15 LY20 LY25 LY30 LY35 LY45 LY55 LY65
Z0 20 25 25 25 30 40 50 60 (×100 mm)
( m) 0.8 m ( m)
Z1 20 25 20 25 30 35 45 50 –0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Permissible values of 0
Z2 15 20 20 20 25 30 40 45 Adjusting side, –1
parallelism in two rails e1 Linear guide 0 –2 –4.6 m
Z3 15 20 15 20 20 25 35 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 –3
–0.5 (×100 mm) –4
Z4 — — 15 15 20 25 30 35
Permissible values of (×100 mm) (×100 mm)
185µ m/500mm ( m) ( m)
parallelism (height) in two rails e2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 0
Table accuracy –0.1
Table I
I-9•8 Permissible values of parallelism for LU, LE and LW Series –0.5
Unit: µ m (assembled result) –0.2 –0.4 m –1.5 m
–0.3 –1.0
LU LE LW –0.4 –1.5
Preload
05 07 09 12 15 05 07 09 12 15 17 21 27 35 50
Z0, ZT 10 12 15 20 25 10 12 15 18 22 20 20 25 38 50
e1 Z1 7 10 13 15 21 5 7 10 13 17 9 9 13 23 34
規格
Z0, ZT 150µ m/200mm 50µ m/200mm 100µ m/500mm
e2 Z1 90µ m/200mm 35µ m/200mm 45µ m/500mm
A199 A200
A-II-9.3 Installation
rb
(1) Shoulder height of the mounting face of A Highly accurate installation
the machine base and corner radius r H' a Rail installation procedures
• Fig. II-9•10, II-9•11, Table II-9•9 and II-9•10 show
r b H'' a-1) Machine base has a shoulder on the side where
shoulder height of the mounting face of the ra the reference side rail is installed.
machine base and the size of corner r. These figures
ra 1 Confirm that the rail is reference side rail, and the A
datum face of the rail comes to face to face with the
are relevant when the linear guide is pressed to the 202
shoulder of the bed. Keep the ball slides on the rail,
shoulder of the bed or table (the raised section from
Fig. II-9•10 Shoulder for the rail Fig. II-9•11 Shoulder for the ball and carefully place the rail on the bed on its
where the mounting face begins), and horizontally Shoulder plate
datum face slide datum face mounting face. Temporarily tighten the bolts.
secured to it.
Table II-9•9 Height of the shoulder and corner radius of the mounting face At this time, press the rail from sideways to make
• The shoulder should be thick (wide) enough, so it is the rail tightly contact to the shoulder of the bed.
(LH, LS, LA and LY Series) Unit: mm
not deformed by the pressing force. Apply tightening torque to the bolt in Table II-9•7
Rail width Corner radius (maximum) Shoulder height for the rail
when tightening a shoulder plate (Fig. II-9•13).
(2) Tightening torque of the bolt ra rb H' H"
15 0.5 0.5 4.0 4 Refer to "(4) Various methods to press linear guide Fig. I
I-9•13 Pressing the rail from sideways
• Table II-9•8 shows tightening torque of the bolt sideways."
20 0.5 0.5 4.5 5
when the rail is secured to the fixture of ball groove 25 0.5 0.5 5.0 5 2 For final tightening of the bolts to secure the rail, Opposite side
grinding machine. 30 0.5 0.5 6.0 6 tighten the bolt on either end of the rail, then
proceed to other end.
Fastening direction of bolts

• Apply same torque in this table when securing the 35 0.5 0.5 6.0 6
rail to the machine base. Equal accuracy at the time 45 0.7 0.7 8.0 8 If the datum face is on the left side as shown in Fig.
of grinding can be obtained. 55 0.7 0.7 10.0 10 II-9•14, tighten the bolt at the farthest end first,
65 1.0 1.0 11.0 11 then proceed to near end.
Table I
I-9•8 Bolt tightening torque (Bolt material: 85 1.5 1.5 15.0 15 This way, a bolt rotating force presses the rail
High carbon chromium steel)
against the shoulder. (Therefore, the rail is pressed
Unit: N · m Table II-9•10 Height of the shoulder and corner radius of the mounting face
(LU, LE and LW Series) sufficiently tight against the shoulder by merely
Unit: mm
Bolt size Tightening torque Bolt size Tightening torque pressing the rail by hand. But if there is a possibility
Rail width Corner radius (maximum) Shoulder height for the rail applying a lateral impact load, it is necessary to use
M2.3 0.38 M10 43 ra rb H' H" a shoulder plate to prevent the rail from slipping.)
M2.5 0.58 M12 76 LU05 0.2 0.2 0.7 2
3 If the mounting face of the bed where the adjusting
M3 1.06 M14 122 LU07 0.2 0.3 1.2 3 Front side
side rail is installed also has a shoulder, repeat the
M4 2.5 M16 196 LU09 0.3 0.3 1.9 3
LU12 0.3 0.3 2.5 4 steps 1 - 2.
M5 5.1 M18 265 4 If there is no shoulder on the mounting face of the
LU15 0.3 0.5 3.5 5
M6 8.6 M22 520 LE05 0.2 0.2 1.1 2 bed for the adjusting side rail: Secure a measuring
M8 22 — — LE07 0.2 0.3 1.7 3 table to the ball slides of the reference side rail (Fig.
LE09 0.3 0.3 3.5 3 II-9•15). Use this to adjust the parallelism of the Fig. I
I-9•14 Rail installation
(3) Installation procedures LE12 0.3 0.3 3.5 4 adjusting side rail. Check parallelism of the
• There are two installation ways depending on the LE15 0.3 0.5 3.5 5 adjusting side rail with a dial gauge from one end
accuracy requirement. LW17 0.3 0.3 2.2 4 of the rail, tightening the bolts one by one.
LW21 0.3 0.3 2.5 5 The measuring table is more stable if secured to
a. Installation with high accuracy
LW27 0.5 0.5 3.5 5 two bearings, but one bearing is sufficient.
b. Accuracy is not high, but easy to install LW35 0.5 0.8 3.5 5 Parallelism between two rails can also be checked Measuring table
• For both methods, wipe off the rust preventive oil LW50 0.8 0.8 4.0 6
by the same method in Fig. II-9•15 when there is a
applied to the linear guide. Remove burrs and small
shoulder on the face where the adjusting side rail is
bumps on the bed and table mounting face with an installed.
oilstone (Fig. II-9•12).
Apply machine oil or similar oil with low viscosity to
the mounting face to increase the rust preventive
effect.
• Linear guide is a precision product. Handle with Oil stone
Fig. I
I-9•15 Measuring parallelism
care.
Fig. I
I-9•12
A201 A202
a-2) When machine base does not have a shoulder on 3 Then, further tighten the bolts for ball slides on the B Easy installation
the side where the reference side rail is installed adjusting side rail. 1 Carefully place the reference side rail on the bed.
1 Carefully place the reference side rail on the bed Move the table by hand to confirm that there is no Then tighten the bolts for installation with
on its mounting face. Temporarily tighten the abnormality such as excessive friction force specified torque.
bolts. Do not tighten the bolts all the way, but stop during stroking. (This confirms that the correct 2 Temporarily tighten the bolts on the adjusting side A
tightening when the bolt enters halfway into the
installation steps were taken.) rail. 204
bolt hole. This makes the proceeding steps easier.
4 Finally, tighten all bolts with standard torque. 3 Tighten the ball slides on the reference side rail
2 Place the straight edge almost parallel to the
and one ball slide on the adjustment side rail with
reference side rail which is temporarily secured by
bolts. (At the both ends of the rail and straight b-2) When table does not have a shoulder specified torque. Leave the rest of the ball slide on
edge, the distance between them shall be almost 1 Arrange the ball slides so that locations match to the adjusting side rail temporarily tightened (Fig.
same.) their mounting section of the table. Carefully place II-9•18).
3 Once the position of the straight edge is the table on the ball slides. Temporarily tighten 4 While moving the table with each pitch of the bolt
determined, use it as the reference. With a dial bolts to secure ball slides. for rail: With specified torque, tighten the rail
gauge, check parallelism with the rail, and adjust 2 Since the table does not have a shoulder, mounting bolt which is located immediately
the rail if necessary. Then tighten the bolts. immediately tighten the bolts further to secure adjacent to the ball slide on the adjusting side rail
Ensure that the straight edge does not move while ball slides. that had been finally tightened.
the bolts are being tightened. 3 Move the table by hand to confirm that there is no Take this procedure from one end to the other.
This procedure should be carried out starting from abnormality. Finally, tighten all bolts with 5 Return the table to the original position once. Then
one end of the rail to the other end. (Fig. II-9•16). standard torque. with standard torque, tighten the rest of the ball
4 Finally tighten all bolts with specified torque. slides on the adjusting side. Then, by the same
5 There are two ways for installation of adjusting
procedure as in 4, tighten the rest of the rail
side rail:
mounting bolts with standard torque. Move the
1. Based on the straight edge which is used for
table to check any abnormality such as large
reference side rail installation
2. Based on the reference side rail which is friction force.
installed prior to the adjusting side rail.
In both way, use a dial gauge to measure Fig. I
I-9•16
parallelism. Loosely fixed Fasten to specified torque
Other procedures are the same as 1~4, and the
4 for case where there is a shoulder on the
machine base. Fastened to specified torque Fasten to specified torque
b Procedures of ball slide installation

b-1) When table has a shoulder
1 Arrange the ball slides so that locations match to Fastening
their mounting section of the table. Carefully place
the table on the ball slides. Temporarily tighten all Shoulder plate
bolts.
2 While pressing the table from sideways, further
Rail of datum side
tighten the bolts which secure the ball slides on
the reference side, so the table shoulder and the
ball slide's mounting datum face are sufficiently
tightly pressed.
If a shoulder plate is provided, first tighten the Fig. I
I-9•17 Pressing ball slide from sideways
bolts of the plate, then further tighten the bolts to
the ball slides (Fig. II-9•17).
Fig. I
I-9•18 Easy installation
A203 A204
(4) Various methods to press linear guide sideways A-II-9.4 Assemble Interchangeable Linear A-II-9.5 Butting Rail Specification
Guide
• This method is most widely used, and generally • Interchangeable ball slide is assembled on a • A rail which requires the length that exceeds
Table recommended. The ball slide and the rail should provisinal rail (an inserting tool) when it is delivered manufactured maximum length comes in butting
protrude slightly from the sides of table and bed. (Fig. II-9•23). specification. A
The shoulder plate should have a recess, so the • NSK standard grease is packed into the ball slide, • The rail with butting specification are marked with 206
corners of the rail and ball slide do not touch the allowing immediate use. alphabet (A, B, C ...) and an arrow on the opposite
shoulder plate. side of the mounting datum face. Use the alphabets
Shoulder plate Assembly procedures of interchangeable linear guide and arrows for assembly order and direction of the
Bed
Follow steps as described below. rail (Fig. II-9•25).
1 Wipe off the rust preventive oil from the rail and The interchangeable rails for butting specification
ball slide. are only marked with the arrows.
Fig. I
I-9•19 Recommended method 2 Please match an groove mark for datum face of • The pitch of the rail mounting hole on the butting
bearing with a rail to become an assembling state section should be as F in Fig. II-9•26. When two
• A tapered block is squeezed in. But the slightest
desired. rails are used in parallel, the butted sections should
tightening of the bolt generates a large pressing
Table 3 Align the provisional rail to the rail in the bottom not align. This is to avoid change in the running
force to the side. Too much tightening may cause
and side faces. Press the provisional rail lightly accuracy of the table at the butted sections.
the rail to deform, or the land (shown in the figure
against the rail, and move the ball slide over the • We recommend shifting the butting sections more
left) to warp to the right. This method requires
rail (Fig. II-9•23). than the length of a ball slide. If the higher running
caution.
accuracy is required, consider installing the ball
Land slides into the table so that they do not
Bed
simultaneously pass the butting sections.
Fig. I
I-9•20 Installation that requires caution
• The bolt that presses rail must be thin due to

I ns
e rt
io n Surface B 67-001KL-C 67-001KL-B 67-001KL-A
Table limited space. Ra
il
25
e
LS
End cap lid
ll s
Ba Datum face
Provisional rail LS 67-002-C 67-002-B 67-002-A

(plastic) 25
Confirm alphabetical code Datum face Mark

Bed Surface A and numerals.
Push slightly Grease fitting Datum face
Fig. I
I-9•21 Fig. I
I-9•23 Inserting interchangeable ball Fig. I
I-9•25
slide into the rail
• Press a needle-shape roller with a taper section of
Table the head of a slotted pan head screw. Watch out
for the position of the screw. Put the datum of rail and
ball slide on the same side.
Shift
F/2 F/2
Put the datum of rail and

ball slide on the same side. F F
Bed
Fig. I
I-9•22 Fig. I
I-9•24 Fig. I
I-9•26
A205 A206
A-II-9.6 Handling Preloaded Assembly
I-10 Drills to Select Linear Guide
A-I
• In case of the preloaded assembly (non A-II-10.1 Single Axis Material Handling Specification of Single axis material handling system
interchangeable), do not remove ball slides from the Inserting jig System
rail as a general rule. This section explains linear guide selection, life Table weight W1 : 150 (N)
A
• If it is unavoidable to remove ball slide from the rail, calculation, and deformation at load acting point for Weight of the work W2 : 200 (N) 208
make certain to use a provisional rail (a tool used to a single axis material handling system equipped Acting load F : 200 (N)
insert a ball slide to the rail) as shown in Fig. II- with linear guide.
9•27. Ball slide span Lb : 100 (mm)
• Provisional rail for each model is in stock. Rail span L r : 90 (mm)
• Pay due attention to the assembly mark when Fig. I
I-9•27
X
returning the ball slide back to the rail. Follow the
90
cautions described below. Y2
01
Load point coordinates from the table center (mm)
-0
67 Brg1 Brg3
Mark for assembling ball slide and rail A Load X coordinate Y coordinate Z coordinate
1
• Rails of preloaded assembly (not interchangeable) -0 0 20 W2
67
Y1 W1 30 – 20 20
L
80
X2
are marked with a reference number and a serial -00
1K
67 W2 80 – 90 120
K..
30
X1
number on the opposite of the datum face. NS W1
Y
Lb
F – 50 – 135 30
• Ball slide to be combined are also marked with the -00
1
67
50
X3
same serial number (reference number is not Brg2 Brg4
2
-0 0 F
Stroke: 1000 mm
marked). 67
2
• Furthermore, ball slides are marked with an arrow. 7 -0 0 (1 cycle: 2000 mm)
K ..6
Ball slides should be positioned with their arrows NS
135
facing each other. Y3
Fig. I
I-9•28 Environment : 10-30 (°C)
• In case that the ball slides had to be removed from
the rail, confirm their serial numbers and the Travel speed : 12 (m/min)
directions of arrows for re-assembly (Fig. II-9•28). Time to reach travel speed : 0.25 (sec)
• When two or more rails are used in a single set, 1 Operating hour : 16 (hr/day)
-0 0
67
serial numbers are in sequence if their reference
1
numbers are the same. The linear guide with -0 0 2 (1) Selection of linear guide model
67 -0 0
smallest serial number has the "KL" mark (Fig. II- L 67
0 1K Select a type of linear guide from "A-I-2.1 Types
7 -0
9•29). K ..6 0 2
and Characteristics of Linear Guide." Since this
NS 6 7 -0 Z W2
• When two or more rails of different reference 2 A material handling system has 2 rails and 4 ball
-0 0
number are used in a single set, the rails and ball 67
K .. slides, LH, LS, and LU Series are suitable.
NS
120
slides have the same serial number. In this case,
Z2
F
when ball slide is removed from the rail, it is Fig. I
I-9•29 When two rails have the same W1
Z1
Z3
confusing which rail each ball slide was previously reference number
20
30
installed. When removing ball slides from the rail Lr
for an unavoidable reason (Fig. II-9•30), sufficient 1
-0 0
precaution is required. 67
1
-0 0 1 Fig. I
I-10•1 Single axis material handling
67 -0 0
67
01
KL system
-0
K. .6 7 1 The work load is applied only to one way of stroke.
NS -0 0
67
1 Assume that the load is acting in full stroke as the
-0 0
67 condition of acting load is unknown.
K ..
NS
Fig. I
I-9•30 When two rails have different
reference number
A207 A208
(2) Selection of size (model number) From the time to reach travel speed and the travel n Lateral direction loads
Select a size (model number) from "A-II-3.2
2
speed, the table acceleration is 0.8m/sec . Therefore, ∑F yj
{ }
M3 n n
M 3 = − ∑ Fxi ⋅ (Yxi − Yb ) + ∑ (Fyj ⋅ X yj )
j =1
Calculation of Life Expectancy (3) Calculating loads it is not necessary to take into account inertial force Fs 1 = Fs 3 = +
2⋅ l
4 i =1 j =1
to a ball slide." brought about by table mass. F M3
Calculating load P per ball slide Calculation of the load applied to ball slide = + =F ⋅X3 A
4 2Lb
Find out potential coefficients Kp1 (for vertical load Calculate two occasions: = −200 × ( −50 ) 210
−200 10000
W1), Kp2 (for vertical load W2) and Kp3 (load F right 1. There is the work mounted on the table. = + = 10000 (N⋅mm)
4 2 × 100
angle direction to the axis). 2. No work mounted on the table.
= 0 (N)
From load point coefficients, the potential From Pattern 4 in Table I I-3•2
coefficient Kp1 of vertical direction load W1 is: n
There is a work mounted on the table Similarly ∑F M3 yj
X 1 Y1 30 20 j =1
Kp1= + = + = 0.52 Vertical direction loads Fs2 = Fs4 = –100 (N) Fs 1 = Fs 3 = +
Lb L r 100 90 2⋅ l
4
F M3
n n No work mounted on the table = +
From load point coefficients, the potential M 1 = ∑ (Fyj ⋅ Z yj ) + ∑ (Fzk ⋅Y zk ) 4 2 ⋅ Lb
j =1 k =1
Vertical direction load
coefficient Kp2 of vertical load W2 is: −200 10000
= F ⋅ Z 3 + W 1⋅Y1 + W 2 ⋅Y2 n n = +
X Y 80 90 M 1 = ∑ (Fyj ⋅ Z yj ) + ∑ (Fzk ⋅Y zk ) 4 2 × 100
Kp2 = 2 + 2 = + = 1.80 = −200 × 30 +150 × ( −20 ) + 200 × ( −90 ) j =1 k =1 = 0 (N)
Lb L r 100 90
= −27000 (N⋅mm) = F ⋅ Z 3 + W 1⋅Y1
= −200 × 30 +150 × ( −20 )
From load point coefficients, the potential
coefficient F of lateral load is:
{ } = −9000 (N⋅mm)
n n
M 2 = ∑ Fxi ⋅ ( Z xi − Z b ) + ∑ (Fzk ⋅ X zk )
Similarly
X Z 50 30 i =1 k =1 Fs2 = Fs4 = – 100 (N)
Kp3 = 3 + 3 = + = 0.83
Lb L r 100 90 = W 1⋅ X 1 + W 2 ⋅ X 2
{ }
n n
= 150 × 30 + 200 × 80 M 2 = ∑ Fxi (Z xi − Z b ) + ∑ (Fzk ⋅ X zk )
Therefore, load P per ball slide is: For calculation, take into consideration the
F Kp ⋅ F = 20500 (N⋅mm) i =1 k =1 positive or negative signs (+, -) for load point
P = ∑ +∑ = W 1⋅ X 1 coordinate.
4 2
W1+ W2 + F Kp1⋅ W1+ Kp2 ⋅ W2 + Kp3 ⋅ F
n
= 150 × 30
=
4
+
2
∑F M1 M 2 zk
= 4500 (N⋅mm)
Fr 1 = k =1
+ +
150 + 200 + 200 4 2 ⋅L 2 ⋅ l
= W 1+ W 2 M 1 M 2
4 = + + n
2 ⋅ Lr 2 ⋅ Lb
+
0.52 × 150 +1.8 × 200 + 0.83 × 200 4
∑F zk
M1 M 2
2 150 + 200 −27000 20500 Fr 1 = k =1
+ +
= + + 4 2 ⋅L 2 ⋅ l
= 439.5(N) 4 2 × 90 2 × 100
W 1 M1 M 2
Based on this, select LU15AL from "Fig. I-3•4 = 40 (N) = + +
4 2 ⋅ Lr 2 ⋅ Lb
Selection based on the load "
Similarly 150 −9000 4500
= + +
(3) Calculating life Fr2= –165 (N) 4 2 × 90 2 ×100
Fr3= 340 (N) = 10 (N)
Calculate life of the selected LU15AL based on "A-
II-3.2 Calculation of Life Expectancy." Fr4= 135 (N)
Linear guide LU15AL
Lateral direction loads Similarly
Basic dynamic load rating : 5550 (N)
Basic static load rating : 6600 (N) Fr2= –35 (N)
{ } Fr3= 110 (N)

n n
Load conditions of the linear guide M 3 = − ∑ Fxi ⋅ (Yxi − Yb ) + ∑ (Fyj ⋅ X yj )
Table weight W1 : 150 (N) i =1 j =1
Fr4= 65 (N)
Weight of the work W2 : 200 (N) =F ⋅X3
Applied load F : 200 (N) = −200 × ( −50 )
Rail span Lr : 90 (mm) = 10000 (N⋅mm)
Ball slide span Lb : 100 (mm)
A209 A210
Calculation of dynamic equivalent load In case of LU15AL, From the cycle pattern, the mean effective load Examine static load
Use "A-II-3.2 (4) Calculation of dynamic equivalent Vertical direction dynamic equivalent load matches "1 When load and running distance vary Based on "A-II-3.2 (8) Examination of static load,"
load." Fr = Fr by phase." Therefore, use the following formula. find out on which ball slide the static equivalent
It matches Position 4 in "Table II-3•3 Loads in the Lateral direction dynamic equivalent load Assuming that L is: L = L1 + L2. load Po becomes largest.
arrangement of linear guides." Ball slide loads that Fse = Fs tanα= Fs Linear guide LU15AL's basic static load rating Co: A
( )
3
must be considered are vertical and lateral direction Use the formula for full dynamic equivalent load 1 3 6600 (N) 212
Fm = F L +F3 L
loads. (Page A173) to calculate Fe. L e1 1 e2 2 Ball slide No. 3 bears the largest load.
Results are shown in the table below. 3 Po at this time:
Unit: N
=
1
2000
(
340 3 × 1000 + 1103 × 1000 ) P0=Fr+Fs=340
Work mounted Brg1 Brg2 Brg3 Brg4 Therefore, static permissible load coefficient f s is:
= 273 (N)
Fr (Fr1~Fr4) 40 – 165 340 135 C0 6600
Determine various coefficients f s= = =19.4
P0 340
Fse (Fs1~Fs4) 0 – 100 0 – 100 Determine applicable coefficients from "A-II-3.2 (6)
Various coefficients." There is no problem at this value.
Fe 40 215 340 185
Load factors
No work mounted Brg1 Brg2 Brg3 Brg4 (4) Selection of accuracy grade and preload
Use conditions are: Travel speed -- 12 m/min;
Fr (Fr1~Fr4) 10 – 35 110 65
2
Acceleration -- 0.8m/ sec (0.082G). As the load Based on "A-I-3.4 (2) Application examples of
factor f w is in the range of 1.0 ~ 1.5, use common accuracy grade and preload," select accuracy grade
Fse (Fs1~Fs4) 0 – 100 0 – 100
value f w = 1.2. PN and preload Z1 for material handling system.
Fe 10 118 110 133 Hardness coefficient
The hardness of NSK linear guides is HRC58 ~ 62. (5) Calculation of deformation
Based on the results of calculations, a ball slide that Calculation of mean effective load Use a hardness coefficient f H= 1 and take the value Calculate deformation by the weight of the mounted
bears the maximum dynamic equivalent load shall Based on "A-II-3.2 (5) Calculation of mean effective of basic dynamic load rating as it is. work W2. From "Table II-2•11" in "A-II-2 Preload
be taken as the representative of the linear guides load," calculate from the largest full dynamic Calculate rating life and Rigidity," the rigidity of linear guide LU15AL
for further life calculation. For this case, we take the equivalent loads. Use "A-II-3.2 (7) Calculation of rating life." with Z1 preload is:
Brg3. Linear guide LU15AL's basic dynamic load rating C Ks=Kr=45 (N / µ m) = 45000 (N / mm)
Therefore; : 5550 (N) Deformation by the weight of the mounted work W2
Work mounted Fe1 = 340 (N) Mean effective load Fm : 273 (N) can be obtained as the difference in deformation
No work mounted Fe2 = 110 (N) Load factor f w : 1.2 when W2 applies or does not apply.
Hardness coefficient f H : 1 From Pattern 4 in Table II-3•2 (Page A168)
Work mounted:
L=50×  ————
fH · C 3 Fs 2 − Fs 1 F −F
340 Rating fatigue life
 fw · Fm  δ x 1 = Yd ⋅ + Zd ⋅ r 1 r 2
Lb ⋅ K s Lb ⋅ K r
Fe1
=50×—————
1×5550 3 −100 − 0 40 − ( −165 )
 1.2×273  = −90 × + 120 ×
100 × 45000 100 × 45000
= 0.0075 (mm)= 7.5 ( µ m)
Fe (N)
=approximately 243110 (km)

Travel speed: 12 m/min; Operating hours: 16hr/day.
Fe2 Convert the above rating fatigue life into hours: Similarly, δ y1 = – 0.0082 (mm) = – 8.2 ( µ m)
110 243110×1000 δ z1 = 0.0123 (mm) = 12.3 ( µ m)

———————— =approximately 21100 (days)
12×60×16
0 1000 0 (mm)
Forward (work mounted) Backward (no work mounted)
Cycle patterns of full dynamic equivalent load
A211 A212
No work mounted:
240
Fs2 − Fs1 F −F δy
δ x2 = Yd ⋅ + Z d ⋅ r1 r2
Lb ⋅ K s L b ⋅ Kr Y axis ball screw 230
−100 − 0 10 − (− 35)
= −90 × + 120 × 205 A
100 × 45000 100 × 45000
= 0.0032(mm)= 3.2 (µ m) 214
δx
Similarly,δy2=–0.0023 (mm) =–2.3 (µm)
δz2= 0.0039 (mm) = 3.9 (µm)
Therefore, the difference in deformation by
whether there is a mounted work or not is as
Y axis
follows: Fy
δx=δx1 – δx2= 7.5 –3.2 = 4.3 (µm) Fx
308
δy=δy1 – δy2= –8.2 –(–2.3) =–5.9 (µm)
244
230
δz=δz1 – δz2= 12.3 –3.9 = 8.4 (µm)
Wy
A-II-10.2 Machining Center
The following is a case calculation for a horizontal
type machining center. Arrangements of each axis
are shown in Fig. II-10•2 and Fig. II-10•3.
410
Operating conditions
Dimensions and load conditions are: 50
Cutting load Wx
X axis column's weight Wx : 7500 (N)
Milling process Fx=Fy= 1000 (N)
Y axis spindle head's weight Wy : 2500 (N) X axis
Drilling process Fz= 3000 (N)
Z axis table's weight Wz : 5500 (N) 155 375~–25
X axis rail span XLr : 450 (mm)
X axis ball slide span XLb : 310 (mm)
Y axis rail span YLr : 410 (mm)
Y axis ball slide span YLb : 308 (mm)
X axis ball screw 310
Z axis rail span ZLr : 660 (mm)
Z axis ball slide span ZLb : 420 (mm)
Wz
X axis stroke : 400 (mm)

Y axis stroke : 350 (mm)
Z axis stroke : 500 (mm)
Average rapid traverse speed : 15 (m/min)

(Max. 30 (m/min)) 660
Starting accelerating speed : 1 (G)
Z axis ball screw 330
Milling speed : 2.5 (m/min)
Drilling speed : 0.8 (m/min)
Fig. I
I-10•2 Machining center (front view)
A213 A214
(1) Selection of linear guide model YFZ X 90 35
From the operating conditions, the linear guide Kpy4 = + FZ = + = 0.29 + 0.09 = 0.38
YLb YL r 308 410
should be LY Series which is suitable for the
machining center. Therefore, load volume Pyd is:
(2) Selection of linear guide size (model F Kp ⋅ F
A
Y axis ball screw number) Pyd = ∑ +∑
δy
4 2 216
323 Start selection from Y axis which has fewer acting W y + Fz Kpx1⋅W y + Kpy4 ⋅ Fz
30 = +
loads. 4 2
Coordinates of load points are as follows. 2500 + 3000 0.18 × 2500 + 0.38 × 3000
= +
δz Wy(XWY, YWY, ZWY) = ( – 25, 76, – 30)(mm) 4 2
Fx (XFX, YFX, ZFX) = ( – 35, 90, – 323)(mm) = 2170 (N)
Fy (XFY, YFY, ZFY) = ( – 35, 90, – 323)(mm)
Fy From the above results, for milling process with
Fz (XFZ, YFZ, ZFZ) = ( – 35, 90, – 323)(mm)
large values, select a model LY 35 from Fig. I-3•4.
Fz Ball slide span : YLb = 308 mm
for Y axis.
308
Rail span : YL r = 410 mm
Wy First, find out the load volume P per ball slide in
Next, determine the linear guide size for X axis. As
Y axis stroke
milling process (Pyf) and drilling process (Pyd).

with Y axis, the distance from the center of the table
Refer to "A-I-3.2 Selection of linear guide size
to the loads and their load points are shown. The
(model code)."
160 stroke position on Y axis is the top point which
imposes strict condition.
Position coefficients at time of milling process
Wx (XWX, YWX, ZWX) = ( 0, 510, – 65) (mm)
(Wy, Fx and Fy must be considered.)
Wx Wy (XWY, YWY, ZWY) = ( – 25, 916, – 325) (mm)
336~686
Regarding Wy: From load application coordinates
Fx (XFX, YFX, ZFX) = ( – 35, 930, – 618) (mm)
Z WY X WY
Kpy1= + = 30 + 25 = 0.10 + 0.08 = 0.18 Fy (XFY, YFY, ZFY) = ( – 35, 930, – 618) (mm)
YLb YLb 308 308 Fz (XFZ, YFZ, ZFZ) = ( – 35, 930, – 618) (mm)
510
Regarding F x: From load point coordinates Ball slide span : YLb = 310 (mm)
70 450
Rail span : YLr = 450 (mm)
YFX Z 90 323
Kpy2 = + FY = + = 0.29 + 0.79 = 1.08 Also, determine per-ball slide load volume Pxf
YLb YLb 308 410
and Pxd.
Regarding F y: From load point coordinates Position coefficients at time of milling process
15
Z FY X (W x, W y, F x and F y must be considered)
Z axis 210 X axis ball screw Kpy3 = + FY = 323 + 35 = 1.05 + 0.11 = 1.16
YLb YLb 308 308 Regarding W x: From load point coordinates
220
Therefore, load volume Pfy is: XWX Z WX 0 65

Kpx1= + = + = 0 + 0.14 = 0.14
Wz XLb XL r 310 450
120
F Kp ⋅ F
Pyf = ∑
4 ∑ 2
+
Regarding W y: From load point coordinates
420 Z axis ball screw Wy + Fx + Fy Kpy1 ⋅Wy + Kp y 2 ⋅ Fx + Kpy 3 ⋅ Fy
= + XWY Z 25 325
4 2 Kpx2 = + WY = + = 0.08 + 0.72 = 0.8
XLb XL r 310 450
2500 + 1000 + 1000
=
4 Regarding F x: From load point coordinates
0.18 × 2500 + 1.08 × 1000 + 1.16 × 1000
+ YFX Z 930 618
2 Kpx3 = + FX = + = 3.00 + 1.99 = 4.99
= 2470 (N) XLb XLb 310 310
Position coefficients at time of drilling processing Regarding F y: From load point coordinates
(Wy and Fz must be considered.) XFY Z 35 618
Regarding Wy, as in the case for milling process, Kpx4 = + FY = + = 0.11+ 1.37 = 1.48
XLb XL r 310 450
Kpy1 = 0.18
Therefore,
Fig. I
I-10•3 Machining center (side view) Regarding F z: From load point coefficient
A215 A216
Ball slide span : ZLb = 420 (mm)
F Kp ⋅ F
Pxf = ∑ +∑ Rail span : ZLr = 660 (mm) Pzd = ∑
F
+∑
Kp ⋅ F (3) Calculation of life expectation
4 2 4 2
Determine per-ball slide lode volume Pzf, Pzd Examination shall be done in three cases, no
Wx + Wy + Fx + Fy Wx + Wy + Wz + Fz
= Position coefficients at time of milling process cutting load; milling process; and drilling process.
4 =
Kpx1 ⋅Wx + Kpx2 ⋅ Wy + Kpx3 ⋅ Fx + Kpx4 ⋅ Fy (W x, W y, W z, F x and F y must be considered)
4
Inertial force associated with the starting A
+ Kpz1 ⋅Wx + Kpz2 ⋅Wy + Kpz3 ⋅Wz + Kpz6 ⋅ Fz
2 Regarding W x: From load point coordinates + acceleration is not considered in this case. But it 218
2
7500 + 2500 + 1000 + 1000 must be calculated for more accurate figures.
= Z WX X WX 65 200 7500 + 2500 + 5500 + 3000
4 Kpz1= + = + = 0.15 + 0.30 = 0.45 = Calculation of the loads that apply to the ball slide
ZLb ZL r 420 660 4
0.14 × 7500 + 0.8 × 2500 + 4.99 × 1000 + 1.48 × 1000
+ 0.45 × 7500 + 1.11× 2500 + 0 × 5500 + 3.30 × 3000 In case of no cutting load: Fx = Fy = Fz = 0
2 Regarding W y: From load point coordinates +
2 Calculate load on X, Y, Z axes using "Table II-3•1" in
= 7760 (N)
Z WY X WY 325 225 = 12650 (N) "A-II-3.2 (3) Calculating load to a ball slide."
Kpz2 = + = + = 0.77 + 0.34 = 1.11
Position coefficients at time of drilling process ZLb Z Lr 420 660 X axis: Loads to consider Wx, and Wy
(Wx, Wy and F z must be considered) From the above results, for drilling process Y axis: Loads to consider Wy
Regarding W z: From load point coordinates with large values, select a model LY 65 from
Regarding W x: Kpx1=0.14 Z axis: Loads to consider Wx, Wy, and Wz
Z WZ X WZ 0 0 Fig. I-3•4. for Z axis.
(same as milling process) Kpz3 = + = + = 0+0= 0
Regarding W y: Kpx2=0.80 ZLb ZL r 420 660 The selected linear guides are: The table below shows calculation of each load
(same as milling process) Regarding F x: From load point coordinates X axis LY55 coordinates at stroke end which imposes most
Regarding F z: From the load point coordinates Y axis LY35 strict condition.
Z FX Y 618 1150
Kpz4 = + FX = + = 1.47 + 1.74 = 3.21 Z axis LY65
X Y 35 930 ZLb Z L r 420 660
Kpx5 = FZ + FZ = + = 0.11+ 2.07 = 2.18
XLb XL r 310 450 Unit: N
Regarding F y: From load point coordinates
Therefore, Axis Load direction Brg1 Brg2 Brg3 Brg4
ZFY X 618 235
Kpx4 = + FY = + = 1.47 + 0.36 = 1.83
F Kp ⋅ F
Pxd = ∑ + ∑ ZLb ZL r 420 660
X axis
Vertical direction Fr 1156 955 4045 3844
4 2
Therefore, Lateral direction Fs 0 0 0 0
Wx + Wy + Fz
=
4 F Kp ⋅ F Vertical direction Fr 122 – 122 122 – 122
Pzf = ∑ +∑ Y axis
Kpx1 ⋅Wx + Kpx2 ⋅Wy + Kpx5 ⋅ Fz 4 2
+ W x + W y + W z + Fx + Fy
Lateral direction Fs 102 – 102 102 – 102
2 =
4
7500 + 2500 + 3000 Vertical direction Fr 765 3860 3890 6985
= +
Kpz1⋅W x + Kpz2 ⋅W y + Kpz3 ⋅ W z + Kpz4 ⋅ Fx + Kpz5 ⋅ Fy Z axis
4 2 Lateral direction Fs 0 0 0 0
0.14 × 7500 + 0.8 × 2500 + 2.18 × 3000 =
7500 + 2500 + 5500 + 1000 + 1000
+ 4
2 0.45 × 7500 + 1.11 × 2500 + 0 × 5500 + 3.21 ×1000 + 1.83 × 1000
+ In case of milling process: F x = F y = 1000 (N) The table below shows calculation of each load
= 8045 (N) 2
= 9970 (N) Similarly, coordinates at stroke end which imposes most
From the above results, for drilling process with
large values, select a model from Fig. I-3•4. and X axis: Loads to consider W x, W y, F x, and F y strict condition.
Position coefficients at time of drilling process
LY55 is chosen for X axis. (W x, W y, W z and F z must be considered) Y axis: Loads to consider W y, F x, and F y
Regarding W x: Kpz1 = 0.45 Z axis: Loads to consider W x, W y, W z, F x, and F y
Finally, determine Z axis. Similarly, the Regarding W y: Kpz2 = 1.11 Unit: N
distance from the center of the table to the Regarding W z: Kpz3 = 0
loads and their loading points are shown. The Axis Load direction Brg1 Brg2 Brg3 Brg4
Regarding F z: From the load point coordinates
stroke positions on Y and X axes are at stroke Vertical direction Fr 2277 – 1039 6539 3224
end which imposes strict condition. YFZ X 1150 235 X axis
Kp6 = + FZ = + = 2.74 + 0.56 = 3.30 Lateral direction Fs 997 – 997 997 – 997
W x (XWX, YWX, ZWX) = ( – 200, 730, – 65) (mm) ZLb ZLb 420 420
W y (XWY, YWY, ZWY) = ( – 225, 1136, – 325) (mm) Vertical direction Fr 252 – 1040 1040 – 252
Therefore, Y axis
W z (XWZ, YWZ, ZWZ) = ( 0, 120, 0) (mm) Lateral direction Fs 54 – 554 54 – 554
F x (XFX, YFX, ZFX) = ( – 235, 1150, – 618) (mm)
F y (XF Y, YF Y, ZF Y) = ( – 235, 1150, – 618) (mm) Vertical direction Fr – 771 3796 4453 9020
Z axis
F z (XF Z, YF Z, ZF Z) = ( – 235, 1150, – 618) (mm) Lateral direction Fs 486 – 986 486 – 986
A217 A218
In case of drilling process: F z = 3000 (N) The table below shows calculation of each load Determine various coefficients Examination of static loads based on "A-II-3.2 (8)"
X axis: Loads to consider W x, W y, and F z coordinates at a stroke end which imposes most Determine based on "A-II-3.2 (6) Various Basic static load rating C 0
coefficients." (X axis linear guide LY 55): 165000
Y axis: Loads to consider W y, and F z strict condition.
In this occasion, Basic static load rating C 0
Z axis: Loads to consider W x, W y, W z, and F z
Load coefficient f W : 1.5 (Y axis linear guide LY 35): 75000 (N) A
Hardness coefficient f H : 1 Basic static load rating C 0 220
Unit: N (Z axis linear guide LY 65): 340000 (N)
Axis Load direction Brg1 Brg2 Brg3 Brg4 Calculation of rating life Examine for milling process with large load.
Based on the calculated loads and various C C0
X axis f s = 0 = = 165000 = 21.9
P0 (Fr + Fs ) (6539 + 997)
Vertical direction Fr 4256 4055 945 744
X axis coefficients, calculate life from "A-II-3.2 (7)
Lateral direction Fs 919 581 919 581 Calculation of rating life."
Similarly,
Vertical direction Fr 305 938 561 1195 Y axis f s = 47.0
Y axis Basic dynamic load rating C
Z axis f s = 34.0
Lateral direction Fs 102 – 102 102 – 102 (X axis linear guide LY 55): 103000 (N)
Therefore, there is no problem.
Vertical direction Fr 4872 – 247 7997 2878 Basic dynamic load rating C
Z axis (Y axis linear guide LY 35): 46000 (N)
Lateral direction Fs 839 – 839 839 – 839 (4) Selection of accuracy grade and preload
Basic dynamic load rating C
For machining center, select accurate grade P5,
(Z axis linear guide LY 65): 212000 (N)
Calculation of dynamic equivalent load Vertical dynamic equivalent load and Preload Z3.
Load coefficient f W: 1.5
Next, find dynamic equivalent load under Fr = Fr Hardness coefficient f H: 1
each cutting condition. From "Table I I-3•2" in Lateral dynamic equivalent load (5) Calculation of deformation
L=50×———— 
f ·C 3
Calculate deformation at processing points (stroke
F se = F s • tan α = F s
H
"A-II-3.3 (4) Calculation of dynamic equivalent Rating fatigue life
load," necessary load F r, F se are, as the linear From above, calculate F e using formulas for full
 f ·F 
w m position is the stroke end positions on Y axis and X
guide model is LY Series, obtained as follows. dynamic equivalent loads shown in Page A173. axis)
From this, Rigidity of X axis linear guide LY55Z3 : 880 (N/ µ m)
From calculation, the largest full dynamic
In case of X axis Lx = 135350 (km) Rigidity of Y axis linear guide LY35Z3 : 580 (N/ µ m)
equivalent loads are as follows.
In case of Y axis Ly =1839800 (km) Rigidity of Z axis linear guide LY65Z3 : 1340 (N/ µ m)
In case of Z axis Lz = 478050 (km)
Largest full dynamic equivalent load F e (N)
No cutting load For milling process For drilling process Calculate using Pattern 4 in Table I
I-3•1.
X axis 4045 7038 4716
Y axis 173 1317 1246
Load conditions Deformation Deformation of each axis (µm) Total deformation
Z axis 6985 9513 8417
direction X axis Y axis Z axis (µm)
Calculation of mean effective load processes.Therefore, Table weight δx –0.7 –0.1 –4.1 –4.9
Calculate the mean effective loads from full X axis: 7038 x 0.7 = 4927 (N) alone δy –7.4 –0.5 –7.1 –15.0
dynamic equivalent loads. If duty cycle in the Y axis: 1317 x 0.7 = 922 (N) δz –6.8 –0.1 –6.3 –13.2
cutting process is not clear, set at 70% of the Z axis: 9513 x 0.7 = 6659 (N) Milling process δx –15.8 –1.8 –8.6 –26.2
largest full dynamic equivalent load in all δy –10.2 –2.5 –9.5 –22.2
δz –9.8 –0.5 –8.7 –19.0
Drilling process δx –1.5 –0.4 –5.9 –7.8
δy 2.3 1.1 1.9 5.3
δz 8.7 1.6 11.2 21.5
A219 A220
Therefore, deformation at processing points at If a life of this long period is not required, select a
time of milling is: smaller linear guide model, and calculate life
δ x= – 26.2 – ( – 4.9) = – 21.3 ( µ m) again.
To reduce deformation at processing point, select
δ y= – 22.2 – ( – 15.0) = – 7.2 ( µ m)
δ z= – 19.0 – ( – 13.2) = – 5.8 ( µ m)
a linear guide model with higher rigidity. Then A
calculate life again.
222
Deformation at processing points at time of milling:
δ x= – 7.8 – ( – 4.9) = – 2.9 ( µ m)
δ y= 5.3 – ( – 15.0) = 20.3 ( µ m)
δ z= 21.5 – ( – 13.2) = 34.7 ( µ m)
I-11 Reference
A-I
The articles in "Motion & Control (NSK Technical Journals)" which refer to NSK linear guides are listed in the
table below for user convenience.
"Motion & Control" is compiled to introduce NSK products and its technologies.
For inquiries and orders of "Motion & Controls," please contact your local NSK sales offices, or representatives.
Table I
I-11•1 Motion & Control (NSK Technical Journal): Articles relating to linear guides (1997 ~)
Issue No. Date of Publication Articles related to linear guides
No.5 May. 1998 Development of the NSK K1 Seal for Linear Guides
No.8 May. 2000 NSK Linear Guides for High-Temperature Environments
No.9 Oct. 2000 Recent Developments in Highly Precise NSK Linear Guides
No.9 Oct. 2000 High-Performance Seals for NSK Linear Guides
No.11 Oct. 2001 High Load Capacity Mini LH Series of NSK Linear Guides
No.12 Apr. 2002 NSK Linear Guides & Ball Screws Equipped with NSK K1_ Lubrication Unit
No.12 Apr. 2002 NSK S1 Series˛ NSK Linear Guides and Ball Screws
No.13 Oct. 2002 Translide˛ -New Rolling Element Linear Motion Bearing-
No.14 May. 2003 New Generation of NSK Linear Guides miniature PU Series
No.15 Dec. 2003 Ultra-Precision NSK Linear Guides for Machine Tools-the HA Series
No.16 Aug. 2004 Numerical analysis Technology & NSK Linear Guides for Machine Tools
No.16 Aug. 2004 NSK RA Series Roller Guide
No.18 Aug. 2005 New Generation of NSK linear Guides Miniature PU Series/PE Series
A221 A222
I
A-II Other Linear Rolling
Guide Products A-III-1.3 Accuracy
I
A-II-1 Linear Rolling Bushing (1) Accuracy grades
A-III-1.1 Features • Standard type LB • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • High precision grade S, and super precision grade SP are available.
• Space adjustment type LB-T • • • • • • • •
(1) Low friction
Low friction owes to its design: Balls come into
(2) Adjustable clearance type LB-T (Fig. III-1•2)
A part of the outer sleeve is cut open toward the }
• Open type LB-K • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
High precision grade S is available.
axial direction. Used with a housing which can

point contacts with raceway surface: the balls adjust inside diameter, it makes minute adjustment (2) Tolerance of rolling linear bushing, linear shaft and housing
smoothly re-circulate. There is very little stick slip. of the clearance between the linear shaft and the Table I
II-1•1 Tolerance for inscribed circle of the linear rolling bushing and shaft diameter
(2) Low noise inscribed circle (an imaginary circle that connects Unit: µ m A
the summit of the ball) of linear rolling bushing. Tolerance/slot distance Recommended tolerance /
Noise level is low due to the ball retainer which is Nominal dimension/ Tolerance / inscribed circle diameter Tolerance / width B
(1)
of retaining rings Bn shaft diameter 224
made of a synthetic resin. inscribed circle diameter
/ shaft diameter (mm) High precision Super high precision High precision grade S High precision grade S High precision Super high precision
(3) High precision grade S grade SP Super high precision grade SP Super high precision grade SP grade S grade SP
Due to NSK's superb quality control, precision is over or less upper lower upper lower upper lower upper lower upper lower upper lower
2.5 6 -6 -14 -4 -9
guaranteed.
6 10 0 -8 0 -5 -6 -15 -4 -10
(4) Dust prevention
10 18 0 -120 +240 -240 -6 -17 -4 -12
Series with seal is available. The seal has small 18 30 0 -10 0 -6 -6 -19 -4 -13
friction, and is highly durable. Highly dust- 30 50 0 -12 0 -8 -7 -23 -5 -16
preventive double-lip system has been adopted.
(5) Superb durability Table I
II-1•2 Tolerance of linear rolling bush outside diameter, and housing inside diameter
Unit: µ m
The material of outer sleeve is vacuum degassed,
Nominal dimension / Tolerance / outside diameter D(1) ccentricity(2) Tolerance / housing inside diameter
highly pure, and is heat-treated with good expertise.
outside diameter / housing High precision Super high precision Super high precision High precision Super high precision
Fig. I
II-1•2 Adjustable Clearance type LB-T inside diameter (mm) grade S grade SP grade SP grade S grade SP
A-III-1.2 Models over or less upper lower upper lower Maximum upper lower upper lower
There are three models (3) Open type LB-K (Fig. III-1•3) 2.5 6 +12 0 +8 0
A cut is made in the outer sleeve and retainer, to a 6 10 0 -10 0 -7 8 +15 0 +9 0
(1) Standard type LB (Fig. III-1•1) width equivalent to one row of the retainer, to the 10 18 +18 0 +11 0
This model is the most commonly used, and is the axial direction. The opening is used to hold this 18 30 0 -12 0 -8 9 +21 0 +13 0
only model that comes with a seal and in super linear rolling bushing by a support or base to 30 50 0 -14 0 -9 10 +25 0 +16 0
precision grade. prevent a long linear shaft from bending.
Notes: (1) For adjustable clearance type and open type, figures indicate tolerances before the cut is made.
(2) Eccentricity means the run-out of offset between the centers of outer sleeve diameter and inscribed
circle diameter.
A-III-1.4 Composition of Reference Number

Example LB 35 N K Y S
Linear rolling bushing No code • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • No seal
D • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Single-side seal
Nominal inscribed circle diameter
(linear shaft nominal diameter) DD • • • • • • • • • • • Double-side seal
Accuracy grade
N • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • With retaining ring groove S • • • • • • • • High precision grade
No code• • • • • Without retaining ring groove SP Super precision grade
• • • •
No code• • • • • Standard type LB Plastic retainer

T • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Adjustable clearance type LB-T
K • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Open type LB-K
Fig. I
II-1•1 Standard type LB Fig. I
II-1•3 Open type LB-K
A223 A224
A-III-1.5 Lubrication and Friction A-III-1•6 Range of Conditions to Use A-III-1.8 Basic Load Rating and Rated Life
(1) Grease lubrication (3) Friction coefficient Generally, use under the following conditions. (1) Basic dynamic load rating
1 Supply in initial stage The linear rolling bushing has a small dynamic Please consult NSK when values below exceed these Basic dynamic load rating C is: A radial load which
At time of delivery, the linear rolling bushing has a friction coefficient. This contributes to low power ranges. allows 90% of a group of linear rolling bush to run a
coat of rust preventive agent. Wipe it off with clean loss and temperature rise. Temperature • • • • • • • Minus 30 °C to plus 80 °C distance of 50 km without suffering damage when
kerosene or organic solvent. Dry with an air blower, Fig. III-4•1 indicates dynamic friction coefficient is Speed • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Up to 120 m/min they are moved individually.
etc., then apply grease. merely 0.001-0.004. Also, at the speed of under 60 (excluding oscillation and short strokes) There is a relationship as below between C and the
Lithium soap based greases with consistency level m/min, there is no danger for the temperature rise. life
of 2 are generally used (e.g. NSK Grease LR 3, PS 2, Friction force can be obtained by the following A-III-1•7 Preload and Rigidity L = 50 f L3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (3)
and AS2). formula. f L = C /P • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (4)
F = µ • P • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (1) The linear rolling bushing is normally used without In this formula: A
2 Replenishment In this formula: applying preload. If high positioning accuracy is L : Rated life (km)
required, set the clearance between the linear rolling P : Radial load (N) 226
• Sealed linear rolling bushing is designed to be a F : Friction force (N)
disposal item. Therefore, a replenishing grease is P : Load (vertical load to the shaft center line) (N) bush and the shaft at the range of 0 ~ 5 µ m. Slight f L : Life factor (Refer to Fig. III-1•5)
considered to be not required. However, if µ : Friction coefficient (dynamic or static) preload is a general rule (1% of basic dynamic load This formula is used provided that the shaft hardness
replenishment becomes necessary due to dirty For a seal type, a seal resistance of 0.3 ~ 2.40N is rating C -- see the dimension table). is HRC58 or higher. Rated life is shorter if the shaft is
environment or wear of the seal, remove the linear added to the above. The dimension table shows theoretical rigidity K softer. In this case, find the hardness factor f H from
bushing from the shaft and replenish lubricant in when clearance with the shaft is zero, and a load of Fig. III-1•6, and multiply the value.
the same manner as the initial lubricating. 0.1C is applied to the summit of the ball. f L = ·C · f H/P • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (5)
• For items without seal, wipe off old grease from the Rigidity KN, when load is not 0.1C, is obtained by the Or
0.005
linear shaft, and apply new grease. following formula. C = P · f L /f H • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (6)
1
• Intervals of replenishments is every 100 km in an 2 1 Lubricant
KN = K (P /0.1C)1/3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (2) Life in time can be obtained by the following formula,
dirty environment, 500 km in a slightly dirty 0.004 2 Grease In this formula: substituting for given stroke length, cycle numbers,
environment, 1,000 km or no replenishing for a
3 Non-lubricant K : Rigidity value in the dimension table (N/µ m) and running distance:
P : Radial load (N) L h = (L /1.2 · S · n) x 104 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (7)
Friction coefficient
normal environment.
4 rows When the load is applied between the ball raws, the In this formula:
0.003 5 rows
(2) Oil lubricantion 6 rows load becomes 1.122 times for 4 ball rows; 0.959 times L h : Life hours (h)
3
It is not necessary to wash off the rust preventive for 5 ball rows; 0.98 times for 6 ball rows. L : Rated life (km)
agent applied before delivery. 0.002 S : Stroke (mm)
Use an oil of ISO viscosity grade VG15-100. Drip the n : Cycles per minute (cpm)
oil on the linear shaft by an oil supply system.
0.001
Temperature to use
–30 °C to 50 °C Viscosity VG15 - 46 10 1.0
50 °C to 80 °C Viscosity VG46 - 100 0
25 50 75 100 125% 7
0.9
5
Coefficient of hardness f H
4 0.8
P
Lubricant is removed by the seal if the linear ball Load ratio
C ( P : Radial load
C : Basic dynamic load rating ) 3
Coefficient of life f L
0.7
2
bearing has a seal. Therefore, the drip method 0.6
cannot be used except for single-seal types. 1 0.5
Fig. I
II-1•4 Dynamic friction coefficient of linear
0.4
0.6
rolling bushing
0.3
0.2
0.1
60 50 40 30
10 50 100 500 1 000 5 000 10 000
Hardness:Rockwell C scale
Running distance L (km)
Fig. I
II-1•5 Relationship between life factor and running distance Fig. I
II-1•6 Hardness factor
A225 A226
A-III-1.9 Shaft Specification
(2) Basic static load rating Harden the shaft surface, where the balls run, with Linear shaft
Linear rolling
It is a load that the total permanent deformation of From Fig. 5 and Fig. 6, heat treatment to provide the following values. bushing
outer sleeve, ball and shaft, at the contact point, Life factor f L = 5.6 • Surface hardness • • • • • • • • • • • HRC58 or over
becomes 0.01% of the ball diameter when this load is Hardness factor f H = 0.65 • Depth of core hardness at HRC50 or higher
applied to the rolling bushing. It is understood in Therefore, from Formula (6), Depth for LB3 ; 0.3 mm or deeper
general that this is the applicable load limit which C=P × f L / f H Depth for LB50 ; 1.2 mm or deeper
causes this much permanent deformation, =150 × 5.6/0.65=1292 (N)
nevertheless not hampering operation. Roughness of the surface should be:
Based on the above, select linear rolling bushing
• For SP grade, and "the clearance for fit" with the ball
LB30NY with shaft diameter of 30 mm, basic dynamic
(3) Calculation example bushing less than 5 µ m -
What is the appropriate rolling bushing size if
load rating of 1400 N.
Less than 0.8S
A
required life is 5,000 hours? (4) Compensating load rating by ball raw • For SP grade with "the clearance" of more than 5 µ Fig. I
II-1•8 Installation example 228
Conditions are: (circuit) position m, and for S grade -
• Three linear rolling bushings are installed in two Less than 1.2S (2) Installation of linear rolling bushing
Load rating of the linear rolling bushing changes by
parallel shafts, and support a reciprocating table. Bending should be: 1 Standard type installation
the position of the ball circuit rows.
• Load 450N is equally distributed to the three • LB3 -- 15 µ m/100 mm Fig. III-1•9 shows a method using a retainer ring.
Permissible load is larger when it is applied to the
bushings. • LB50 -- 100 µ m/1000 mm Linear rolling bushing can also be secured to the
middle of the ball circuit rows than when it is applied
• The table is required to reciprocate on the shafts at housing using a stop plate and/or screw.
directly above the ball row (Fig. III-1•7).
200 times per minute, at a stroke of 70 mm. (Radial clearance set at zero in this case.) An appropriate clearance for normal use conditions
• Hardness of the shaft: HRC 55 Load ratings in the dimension table are in case "A" can be obtained when the tolerance in shaft diameter
450/3=150 (N) when it is applied directly above the ball circuit row. remains within the recommended range (refer to
• Load per linear rolling bushing is: If used as in case "B," the load rating becomes larger Table III-1•1 in Page A224). For operations which
From Formula (7), the required life, when indicated (Refer to Fig. III-1•7). require particular accuracy, select the shaft diameter
in distance, is: which creates a clearance in the range of 0 ~ 0.005
(mm) for example, when assembled with the rolling
L=5 × 103 × 1.2 × 70 × 200/104=8.4 × 103 (km)
bushing.
A B
Load is directly above Load is applied at the Increase rate of load rating ( B ) Retaining ring method (1)
the ball rows middle between the A A-III-1.10 Dust Proof
ball rows Dynamic load rating Static load rating
Select a linear rolling bushing with seals to prevent
P 1.414P
moisture or foreign matters, which are floating in the
air, from entering.
4 rows 1.15 1.41
P P
P
A-III-1.11 Installation
1.106P 1.618P
(1) Combination of shaft and linear rolling Retaining ring method (2)
bushing
When the linear rolling bushing is installed in a linear Fig. I
II-1•9 Installation using retaining rings
5 rows 1.19 1.46
P1 P1 motion table for its reciprocating movement, it is
a Housing inside diameter should be of a
P P necessary to prevent the table from rotating.
P recommended value (Table III-1•2, Page A224). The
1.354P 1.732P
In general, for this reason, two shafts, installed with
entire rolling bushing contracts and gives excessive
two linear rolling bushings on each, are used.
preload if: the inside diameter is small ; the
Fig. III-1•8 is an installation example.
6 rows 1.06 1.28 roundness or cylindricity is excessive. This may
P1 P1
result in an unexpected failure.
P P b To install linear rolling bushing, use a tool (Fig. III-
P
1•10) and squeeze it in, or use a holder and lightly
Fig. I
II-1.7 Increasing rate of load rating by position of ball row (B/A) pound it.
A227 A228
3 Installation of open type A-III-1.12
Use with clearance or with light preload. Model LB (standard type), no seal
Keep the tolerance in shaft diameter within the
recommended range (Refer to Table III-1.1 in Page
D – 0.3 A224), so the preload shall not become excessive. B
(Unlike the adjustable clearance type, clearance Bn m
cannot be narrowed by rotating the shaft because the
state of shaft rotation does not indicate how narrow
the space has become. Narrowing clearance requires A
caution for open type.)
A
Fw
jD n
jD
230
Fw – 0.3
A
Section A-A
Unit: mm
Inscribed Outside Length Retaining ring groove Stiffness(1) Number Weight Basic dynamic Basic static
Fig. I
II-1•10 Tool to install a linear rolling bushing Model No. circle diameter Distance With Bottom of ball (kg) load rating load rating
diameter diameter (N/ µ m) circuit (Reference only) C C0
Fig. I
II-1•11 Installation example of an open type Fw D B Bn m Dn (N) (N)
2 Installation of adjustable clearance type LB3Y 3 7 10 — — — 3 4 0.0016 20 39
Use a housing which can adjust the inside diameter (3) Precaution for installing a shaft in the LB4Y 4 8 12 — — — 4.5 4 0.0022 29 59
of the rolling bushing. This way, the clearance linear rolling bushing LB6NY 6 12 19 11 1.15 11.5 7 4 0.0074 74 147
between the rolling bushing and the linear shaft can a To install two shafts parallel to each other, first (2)
LB8ANY 8 15 17 09 1.15 14.3 5.5 4 0.0094 78 118
be easily adjusted. Arrange the cut-open section of install one shaft accurately. Use this as a LB8NY 8 15 24 15 1.15 14.3 9.5 4 0.014 118 226
reference, and install the other parallel to the first LB10NY 10 19 29 19 1.35 18.0 12 4 0.025 206 355
the rolling bushing at a 90-degree angle to the
shaft. This makes installation easy. LB12NY 12 21 30 20 1.35 20.0 13 4 0.028 265 500
housing's cut-open section. This is the most effective
LB13NY 13 23 32 20 1.35 22.0 13 4 0.040 294 510
way to evenly distribute deformation toward b Do not incline the shaft when inserting it into the
LB16NY 16 28 37 23 1.65 26.6 14 4 0.063 440 635
circumferential direction. linear rolling bushing. Do not force it to enter by
LB20NY 20 32 42 27 1.65 30.3 19 5 0.088 610 1010
The tolerance of shaft diameter of the adjustable twisting. This deforms the retainer, and causes
LB25NY 25 40 59 37 1.90 38.0 35 6 0.267 1000 1960
clearance type should be within the recommended the balls to fall out.
LB30NY 30 45 64 40 1.90 42.5 41 6 0.305 1400 2500
range (Refer to Table III-1.1 in Page A224). As a c Do not use the shaft for rotating movement after LB35NY 35 52 70 45 2.20 49.0 48 6 0.440 1510 2800
general rule, set the preload at slight or light volume. the shaft is in the linear rolling bushing. The balls LB40NY 40 60 80 56 2.20 57.0 54 6 0.520 2230 4000
(Do not provide excessive preload.) Use a dial gauge slip and damage the shaft. LB50NY 50 80 100 68 2.70 76.5 69 6 1.770 4100 7100
to measure and adjust clearance. However, here is an d Do not twist the shaft after it is in the linear rolling
easy method to adjust . bushing. The pressure scars the shaft. Note (1): Refer to Section I
II-1•7.
First, loosen the housing until shaft turns freely. Then (2): Semi-standard item of which length B is shorter than standard.
narrow the clearance gradually. Stop at the point
when the shaft rotation becomes heavy. This creates
a clearance zero or light preload.
A229 A230
Model LB (standard type), with seal Model LB-T (Adjustable clearance type)
B
B
Bn m
Bn m
Fw
A
jD n
jD
Fw
jD n
jD
232
A
A
Section A-A
Section A-A
E
Unit: mm Unit: mm
Inscribed Outside Length Retaining ring groove Number Weight Basic dynamic Basic static Inscribed Outside Length Opening Retaining ring groove Number Weight Basic dynamic Basic static
(1)
Model No. circle diameter Distance With Bottom of ball (kg) load rating load rating Model No. circle diameter width Distance With Bottom of ball (kg) load rating load rating
diameter diameter circuit (Reference only) C C0 diameter diameter circuit (Reference only) C C0
Fw D B Bn m Dn (N) (N) Fw D B E Bn m Dn ( N) ( N)
LB6NYDD 6 12 19 11 1.15 11.5 4 0.0074 74 147 LB6NTY 6 12 19 0.8 11 1.15 11.5 4 0.0073 74 147
LB8ANYDD 8 15 17 9 1.15 14.3 4 0.0094 78 118 LB8ANTY 8 15 17 1 9 1.15 14.3 4 0.0093 78 118
LB8NYDD 8 15 24 15 1.15 14.3 4 0.014 118 226 LB8NTY 8 15 24 1 15 1.15 14.3 4 0.014 118 226
LB10NYDD 10 19 29 19 1.35 18 4 0.025 206 355 LB10NTY 10 19 29 1.5 19 1.35 18 4 0.025 206 355
LB12NYDD 12 21 30 20 1.35 20 4 0.028 265 500 LB12NTY 12 21 30 1.5 20 1.35 20 4 0.028 265 500
LB13NYDD 13 23 32 20 1.35 22 4 0.040 294 510 LB13NTY 13 23 32 1.5 20 1.35 22 4 0.040 294 510
LB16NYDD 16 28 37 23 1.65 26.6 4 0.063 440 635 LB16NTY 16 28 37 1.5 23 1.65 26.6 4 0.062 440 635
LB20NYDD 20 32 42 27 1.65 30.3 5 0.088 610 1010 LB20NTY 20 32 42 2 27 1.65 30.3 5 0.087 610 1010
LB25NYDD 25 40 59 37 1.9 38 6 0.267 1000 1960 LB25NTY 25 40 59 2 37 1.9 38 6 0.265 1000 1960
LB30NYDD 30 45 64 40 1.9 42.5 6 0.305 1400 2500 LB30NTY 30 45 64 2 40 1.9 42.5 6 0.302 1400 2500
LB35NYDD 35 52 70 45 2.2 49 6 0.440 1510 2800 LB35NTY 35 52 70 3 45 2.2 49 6 0.44 1510 2800
LB40NYDD 40 60 80 56 2.2 57 6 0.520 2230 4000 LB40NTY 40 60 80 3 56 2.2 57 6 0.52 2230 4000
LB50NYDD 50 80 100 68 2.7 76.5 6 1.770 4100 7100 LB50NTY 50 80 100 3 68 2.7 76.5 6 1.75 4100 7100
Note (1) Single-seal type is indicated as LB-D.
A231 A232
I
A-II-2 Crossed Roller Guide
Model LB-K (Open type) A-III-2.1 Structure
Rollers with a retainer (hereinafter refer to as minimal, and the bolt hole pitch for installation is
"retainer") are assembled in a pair of rails which have precise.
B a V-shape groove. ( the grooves form a 90-degree (5) Long durability
Bn m angle. Refer to Fig. III-2•1, III-2•2). Rollers are placed The material is vacuum-degassed and highly pure,
crisscrossed, and are able to support load in all and is hardened by carburized heat treatment for
directions, including moment loads. superb resistance to wear and fatigue.
A-III-2.3 Accuracy
A
Accuracy grade P5 super precision and high precision A
Fw
jD n
jD
grade P6 are available.
234
A Fig. III-2•3 shows parallelism of the roller's rolling
surface to the mounting datum face.
E 1 +10 Section A-A B A
( m)
θ High precision
10 (P6)
8
Fig. I
II-2•1 Structure of crossed roller guide
Parallelism of groove
6 Super precision
(P5)
4
Unit: mm
2
Inscribed Outside Length Opening Opening Retaining ring groove Number Weight Basic dynamic Basic static 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Model No. circle diameter width angle Distance Width Bottom of ball (kg) load rating load rating Rail length (mm)
diameter diameter circuit (Reference C C0
Fw D B E1 θ Bn m Dn only) (N) (N)
Fig. III-2•3 Parallelism of the roller rolling surface
LB20NKY 20 32 42 11 60° 27 1.65 30.3 4 0.072 610 1010
LB25NKY 25 40 59 13 50° 37 1.9 38 5 0.220 1000 1960
LB30NKY 30 45 64 15 50° 40 1.9 42.5 5 0.260 1400 2500 A-III-2.4 Rigidity
LB35NKY 35 52 70 17 50° 45 2.2 49 5 0.370 1510 2800 The number of the load rollers changes by the
LB40NKY 40 60 80 20 50° 56 2.2 57 5 0.440 2230 4000 direction of the load. This is because the rollers are
LB50NKY 50 80 100 25 50° 68 2.7 76.5 5 1.480 4100 7100 Fig. III-2•2 Cross section of a crossed roller guide
positioned crisscross.
A-III-2.2 Features That is, in case of Fig. III-2•4:
(1) High rigidity The number of load rollers =1/2 x total roller number
This is attributable to the long contact area • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (1)
between the rollers and their accurately ground In case of Fig. III-2•5:
rolling surface. The number of load rollers = Total roller number
(2) Superbly smooth movement, low noise • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (2)
The window which directly embraces the roller is Fig. III-2•6 shows changes in elastic deformation
made of plastic for smooth and quiet operation, when there are 20 load rollers. If the total number of
lowering clatter when the retainer and the rollers rollers is other than 20, use the graph in Fig. III-2•7.
come into contact. Obtain the compensation factor which converts the
(3) Less micro-slip elastic deformation value at time of 20 load rollers
Occasionally, a minute continuous slippage of the into the value when a specific number of rollers are
retainer to one one direction, called "micro-slip," is loaded. That is, obtain a compensation factor on the
caused due to installation error of the rail. After ordinate that correspond to the number of load
years of testing and research, NSK has developed rollers on the abscissa. Then, multiply this factor by
technology to minimize this. the elastic deformation value (on ordinates) which
(4) Easy installation corresponds to the load (on abscissa) shown in Fig.
Installation is easy because the rail bending is III-2•6.
A233 A234
A-III-2.8 Installation
Fig. III-2•11 shows the standard installation

L
Load 3 procedures.
Load a Secure Rail 1 and 2 to the bed using the fixing
Compensation factor
bolts. . Secure Rail 3 to the table with the bolts.
2
K S Temporarily secure Rail 4 and loosen the side
L 2 bolt.
1.3
1 b Match the bed and the table. Insert the retainer in
S
the roller space. At this time, measure the
distance from the rail end to the retainer end with
0 a depth gauge to determine its position.
Load 0 10 15 20 30 40 50
Load Number of load rollers If the roller space is too narrow and the retainer
A
L
does not go inside, slide Rail 4 toward the side 236
Fig. I
II-2•4 Fig. I
II-2•5 Fig. I
II-2.7 Compensation factor to obtain Fig. I
II-2.9 Relationship of rail and retainer bolt, then insert the retainer.
elastic deformation c Follow the reading of dial gauge which is
[ Calculation example: Elastic deformation] previously set, and squeeze in all side bolts until
A retainer which contains 30 rollers (roller Applied load A-III-2.7 Lubrication and Dust Proof they stop rattling. Do not apply excessive force.
diameter 6 mm) is installed on both right and left 4KN When the side bolts are tightened, the rollers
side (Fig. III-2.8). How large is the elastic For grease lubrication, lithium soap based greases should be in the vicinity of the bolt position.
deformation of the crossed roller guide when a of consistency 1 or 2 are used. Then, secure Rail 4 with the fixing bolts.
load of 4kN is applied to the table center? For example; NSK Grease LR 3, Finally, install a stopper to the rail end.
[Answer] NSK Grease PS 2,
A load of 2kN is applied to each side of the crossed NSK Grease AS 2
roller guide. The elastic deformation value on the For oil lubrication, JIS viscosity 32 to 150 is Rail 3 Rail 4
Table Fixing bolt
ordinate which corresponds to the load 2kN on the recommended.
Fig. I
II-2.8 Example calculation of elastic (a)
abscissa (in Fig. III-2•6) is: deformation (illustration) When necessary, install a bellows on the rail, or
4.5µ m install a seal on the side of the rail to arrest foreign
This application of load is the same as in Fig. III- matters and dust as shown in Fig. III-2•10.
A-III-2.5 Friction Force
2•4. Therefore, the number of load rollers is one-
Rail 1 Rail 2
half of 30, or 15. From Fig. III-2•7, the compensation If installation and lubrication are appropriate, the Bed Side bolt
factor on the ordinate which corresponds to 15 starting friction coefficient is markedly small as (b)
rollers on abscissa is: shown below:
1.3
µ = 0.005
Multiply 1.3 by 4.5 µ m obtained above. The
answer is: Room for roller
A-III-2.6 Lengths of Rail and Retainer
4.5 × 1.3H6 µ m (c)
Rail 4
30 The relationship of rail length L with stroke S is as
CRG09
Elastic deformation ( m)
25 follows:
CRG06 When S≤400 mm, L≥1.5S • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (3)
20
When S>400mm, L≥S • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (4)
Side bolt
15 CRG04 Since the retainer travels a distance of half of the
stroke, the retainer length K is: Fig. I
II-2•10 Dust prevention (example)
10
K<L– S 2
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (5) Fig. I
II-2•11 Standard installation procedures
5 CRG12
4.5 The retainer does not detach from the rail when
0 condition in Formula (5) is satisfied (Refer to Fig.
0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 50 III-2.9).
Load F (kN)
Fig. I
II-2•6 Elastic deformation with 20 rollers
A235 A236
[Regarding preload] Therefore, C15 is obtained from the following formula.
As crossed roller guide has higher rigidity than Rated life (km) is shown in the formula below.
other linear rolling guides, it does not need pre- In this formula: A-III-2.11 Reference Number and Standard Set for "One-Axis"
load. It is also difficult to apply preload accurately. Cn 10
Crossed roller guide is usually used without

clearance. For highly accurate applications, it is
L = 5x0
( ƒw · Fc )3• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (7)
Specifications are indicated as a reference number as shown below.

desirable to press the crossed roller guide by
means of a bolt over the gib as shown in Fig. III-
ƒw : Load factor. 1.0 ~ 1.2 under smooth operation CRG06-380 A P5 N
Fc : Computed load which applies to the guide (kN)
2•12.
Please refer to NSK Linear Guide Technical
Description for details.
Model number Holes for
mounting [ Tap hole: N
Drill hole: D
A
Rail length (mm)
Shape of the rail cross section

Accuracy
grade [ P5 • • • Super precision grade
P6 • • • High precision grade 238
Standard: A Semi-standard: T
2
Gib
Note (1) : Semi-standard T, a shape of rail cross section, is available only for CRG04. It is lower in H
Compensation factor
1.5 dimension, and wider in W dimension compared with A.
Remarks : Standard set for "one axis" of the guide refers to 4 rails and 2 retainers which usually comprise the
guide way for a one axis.
1
0.8
0.5
Fig. I
II-2•12 Tightening using a gib
0
10 15 20 30 40 50
A-III-2.9 Basic Static Load Rating Number of load rollers
Fig. I
II-2•13 Compensation factor for basic
Basic static load rating becomes larger in proportion
dynamic load rating
to the number of the load rollers "n." Obtain basic
static load rating per roller C01. Then the basic static
load rating Con when the numbers of rollers is n can
be obtained as follows.
C0n = n×C01 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (6)
Values of C01 are shown in the dimension table.
A-III-2.10 Basic Dynamic Load Rating and

Rated Life
Basic static load rating is based on a rated traveled

distance of 50 km. The dimension table shows the
value with 20 load rollers. When the number of load
rollers is other than 20, a basic dynamic load rating
Cn can be obtained by multiplying a compensation
factor (obtained from Fig.III-2•13.) by C in the
dimension table.
(Suffix 'n' is to refer the number of load rollers.)
As an example; Number of load rollers: n = 15.
The compensation factor from Fig. III-2•13 is 0.8.
C15 = 0.8 × C
A237 A238
A-III-2.12 Dimension Table I
A-II-3 Roller Pack
Crossed roller guide: Model CRG A-III-3.1 Structure down, to apply preload, by turning the adjust screw.
A roller pack comprises a main body which supports

load from the guide way block via two rows of rollers;
L
an end cap which change the direction of the re-
t G (n × F ) (G ) t
F
circulation of rollers at the end of the main body; a
side plate which guides the rollers. (Fig. III-3•1).
Roller pack is one of linear rolling guide of which
rollers are allowed to re-circulate infinitely for free
from restriction of running range (stroke).
Stopper There is a plate spring attached to a side of roller A
W W pack to prevent roller pack from falling out when it is 240
w E w E P1 P turned upside down after assembly.
d d
Other component of the roller pack is spring pin.
4-C 4-C
h h Spring pin is on the top surface of the roller pack, and
H H
makes installation of wedge block and fitting plate
d1 d2 easier.
M
jD w jD w Photo 1 Roller pack
Wedge block is a unit to provide preload (Fig. III-3•3)
When mounting bolt hole code is N When mounting bolt hole code is D
to roller pack; a fitting plate (Fig.III-3•2), functioning
like a pivot, adjusts misalignment of roller pack
Unit: mm automatically. Wedge of wedge block moves up and
Dynamic Static load L
load rating rating Max length
Model C
Dw W H w C E d h d1 d2 M G F t P P1 when when C01 High Saper Spring pin Mounting datum
No. roller preci high
rollers are is one pre
20 sion cision
(N) (N) P5 P6
CRG04…A 4 24 12 11.3 0.5 5 8 4.2 4.3 5 M 5×0.8 20 40 2.3 6.5 3.8 9800 665 200 300 Photo 2 Wedge block
CRG04…T 4 26 10 12.3 0.5 5 8 4.2 4.3 5 M 5×0.8 12/15 38/40 2.3 6.5 3.8 9800 665 200 300
Flat spring
CRG06…A 6 31 15 14.5 0.8 6 9.5 5.2 5.2 5.5 M 6×1 25 50 3.2 9.5 5.8 26700 1510 400 600 A End cap
CRG09…A 9 44 22 20.7 1 9 11 6.2 6.8 7 M 8×1.25 50 100 4 14 8 72500 3400 600 900
CRG12…A 12 58 28 27.6 1.5 12 14 8.2 8.5 9 M10×1.5 50 100 5 20 12 130000 6050 900 1200
Remarks: The area which embraces the roller is plastic for the standard retainer. A solid type made of steel Pull-out holes
A
plate is available for high temperature resistance.
Top cover Fig. I
II-3•2 Fitting plate
Roller
Main body Adjust screw Wedge

Side plate
Base
Retaining plate
Section A-A
Fig. I
II-3•1 Roller pack Fig. I
II-3•3 Wedge block
A239 A240
I
A-II-3.2 Features A-III-3.4 Rigidity A-III-3.6 Friction and Lubrication
Roller pack has two remarkable characteristics other Fig. III-3•4 shows the relationship between load and (1) Lubricants and volume (2) Friction coefficient
linear roller guide bearings do not have. deformation. This includes deformation caused by Mineral oils are commonly used. Since roller pack is Starting friction coefficient is significantly small at
contact between: the rollers and main body; the used under a relatively heavy load, the oil should, under 0.005.
1 No roller skewing rollers and guide way surface; the main body and ideally, have high viscosity and provide a strong film.
If the roller is long relative to its diameter, the fitting plate. Select from JIS viscosity 32-150. (3) Seal
roller inclines during operation. This phenomenon Criteria of oil supply per roller pack Q (cc/h) can be It is necessary to install a wiper seal to the guide way
is called skewing. Skewing causes problems such 120 calculated by the following formula. surface to prevent foreign matters (swarf from
as sudden rise in friction force. However, a short Q≥S x 1/4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • (1) cutting, and other dust) from entering to roller pack
100
roller lacks large load carrying capacity. The roller
WRP383310
In this formula, S (stroke) is shown in meters. The oil to enjoy the full benefit of the designed life of it. The
introduced here solved the skewing problem, yet 80 volume, when the stroke is 1m, per roller pack is material of the seal should have strong resistance to
has a large load carrying capacity:
WRP312609 WRP454014
more than 0.25 (cc/h). It is more desirable to supply a oil and wear. Felt and synthetic rubber (acrylonitril
A
60
short rollers are combined into double rows. WRP251907
small amount of oil at short intervals than supplying butadiene rubber) are some of the suitable materials. 242
40
2 Load is applied equally. a large amount at one time. In case of grease Fig. III-3•6 shows a general method to install the
This is due to a "fitting plate," a result of "changed 20 lubrication, use a grease of consistency 2. Albania seals.
way of conceiving." Installation is quite easy: EP2 is widely used.
0
Merely place the fitting plate through the two holes 0 20 40 60 80 100
Load (kN)
to spring pins. The stop pins are inserted to holes
on the top surface of the roller pack. The contact Fig. I
II-3•4 Elastic deformation of the roller pack
area between the fitting plate and the main body is
made small. This way, the self-alignment is
A-III-3•5 Preload
automatically accomplished by elastic contact of
both parts. Fig. III-3•5 shows conversions of tightening torque of
This distributes an equal load to the rollers, far the wedge block adjust screw into preload volume.
extending the life, compared to conventional roller Use a dial gauge for accurate measurement.
linear guides.
Other characteristics include: Easy to provide
preload by the wedge block; can be installed to Wedge block Wiper seal
vertical shaft; and reduction in noise level. Adjusting screw P1
25 T 1=0.2
A-III-3.3 Accuracy
=0.25 P1
20 WED45
Preload P1 (kN)
The height tolerance of roller pack is 10 µ m. Roller WED38

15 Roller pack
packs are grouped into a size difference of every 2 µ
WED31
m (corded by A ~ E) before delivery (Table III-3•1). 10
WED25
5
Table I
II-3•1 Height Classification 2.5
0 Wiper seal
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Unit: µ m
Bolt torque T (N-cm)
Category Code
Fig. I
II-3•5 Tightening torque of the adjust
over or less
screw, and preload volume
+3 ~ +5 A
+1 ~ +3 B
Fig. I
II-3•6 Installation of seal
-1 ~ +1 C
-3 ~ -1 D
-5 ~ -3 E
A241 A242
A-III-3.7 Installation A-III-3.8 Rated life A-III-3.9 Disassembly
(1) Installation and applying preload (2) Accuracy of way block Rated life L (km) is shown in the following formula. For the roller pack preloaded by the wedge block,
As shown in Fig. III-3•7, it is basic that a fitting plate The following is the ideal accuracy specification and In this formula: remove it in the following manner.
is installed on the roller pack which receives load, installation accuracy of way block as a guide face. C 10 • Loosen the adjust screw of the wedge block. Lightly
and a wedge block is installed on the roller pack Hardness by heat treatment
L=50
( f w · Fc )3
(2)
tap the wedge. In case of light preload, the wedge
loosens, and the roller pack can be pulled out.
which receives no load, but only for preload. All : More than HRC58 hardened depth
components should be secured with a stop pin, 2 mm or more C : Basic dynamic load rating (kN) • When pulling, put the bolt in the tap hole at the end
facing toward the direction of movement. To cut Surface roughness f w : Load factors. 1.0-~ 1.2 at time of smooth of the end cap, and tug the bolt.
costs for processing, it is recommended to divide the : Less than 1.6S • In case of heavy load, the roller pack could not be
operation
pocket (which contains roller pack) into some blocks Parallelism as a single unit: Less pulled out by the above method. Hook a tool to the
F c : Calculated load (kN) applied to the roller
and secure them with bolts (Fig. III-3•7). Preload is than 0.010 mm per meter pull-out hole (Fig. III-3.1) on the side plate of the
provided by the wedge block. Estimate the actual Parallelism after installation
pack
roller pack, and pull out the roller pack.
A
load beforehand, so the preload shall not be lost : Less than 0.020 mm per meter 244
when a load is applied. A load variation equivalent to Please consult NSK when using cast iron or cast steel
up to two times of the preload volume can be guide face.
absorbed in this case.
(Take into consideration the life in A-III-3•8 in (3) Pocket accuracy
determining preload volume.) Accuracy of the pocket in which the roller pack is
mounted should satisfy the following conditions.
Pocket width
: Roller pack width + 0.10 mm ~ 0.20 mm
Parallelism of the pocket side faces to the guide
way face
: Less than 0.010 mm per 100 mm.
Parallelism of the fitting plate (pocket bottom)
mounting face to the guide way face and
parallelism of the wedge block mounting face to
the guide way face :
: Less than 0.040 mm per 100 mm.
Fitting plate
Roller pack
Way block
Wiper seal
Wiper seal
Stop pin Wedge block
Fig. I
II-3•7 Design of the roller pack pocket (example)
A243 A244
A-III-3.10 Dimension Table
Roller pack: Model WRP Fitting plate: Model WFT
L L H
Fitting plate
A
H1
W
Roller pack
A
A Unit: mm
Wedge block
246
W Flat spring
Height
Width Length
Model No. (±0.01) Applicable Roller pack
W L
H
H2
Mounting datum
WFT 25 10 5 20 WRP 251907
H
WFT 31 12 5 26 WRP 312609

WFT 38 12.8 5.6 29 WRP 383310
Section A-A WFT 45 16 5 40 WRP 454014
Unit: mm
Width Height Length Applicable Assembled Applicable Assembled Basic dynamic Basic static
load rating load rating Wedge block: Model WED
Model No. ±0.005 fitting plate height wedge height
C C0
W H L reference No. H1 reference No. H2 (N) (N)
31
WRP 251907 25 19 65.5 WFT 25 24 WED 25 31000 40500
(30.4~31.6)
W
40
WRP 312609 31 26 85 WFT 31 31 WED 31 57000 73000
(39.4~40.6)
50.8
WRP 383310 38.1 33.31 104 WFT 38 38.91 WED 38 91000 113000
(50~51.5)
60
WRP 454014 45 40 138 WFT 45 45 WED 45 151000 191000 L
(59.2~60.8)
Remarks : Numbers in the parentheses in column H 2 show the adjustable height range of the wedge block.
H
Unit: mm
Width Height Length

Model No. Applicable Roller pack
W H L
WED 25 23 12(11.5~12.5) 47 WRP 251907

WED 31 28 14(13.5~14.5) 63 WRP 312609
WED 38 35 17.47(16.9~18.1) 76 WRP 383310
WED 45 40 20(19.2~20.8) 95 WRP 454014
Remarks : Numbers in the parentheses in column H 2 show adjustable height range of the wedge block.
A245 A246
I
A-II-4 Linear Roller Bearings A-III-4.2 Features A-III-4.4 Rigidity
In addition to the general features of a roller bearing Fig. III-4•2 shows elastic deformation.
A-III-4.1 Structure guide such as no-stick slip, small friction resistance,
and easy maintenance, the linear roller bearing has 50 132
38×
Linear roller bearing comprises: A single row of (Photo 2) to provide a slight preload to the bearing. LRB
2
rollers; the main body which supports load via Basically, the preload pad comprises parallel plates several more advantages. 40 9 ×9
B2
9 LR
×6
rollers; the end cap which turns the roller re- and bellevile springs, which are installed between a 30 19
53
(1) No trouble by roller skewing B
4×
LR
circulating direction at the end of the main body parallel plates, and are adjusted its spring rate.
B1
20
LR
Skewing is the inclination of the rollers during
from the loaded zone to the unloaded zone; a Preloaded pad can be used in a machine tool in the
operation. It causes friction force to suddenly soar. 10
retaining wire which prevents rollers from falling out following manner.
Skewing is apt to occur when the roller is long 0
(Fig. III-4•1). The main body, as the cylindrical roller When two bearings are installed with one on the top 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
relative to its diameter. The proportion of the Load (kN)
bearing, has a rib at both sides. The rib guides the and the other under the way block (the bearings A
length and diameter is 1:2 for the products in this
rollers to travel correctly, and assist the rollers to comprise a set), a preloaded pad is used at the Fig. I
II-4•2 Elastic deformation
circulate infinitely in the bearing in a stable manner. bottom bearing. This provides an equal preload to
series. This is superior to the commonly used 1:3 248
ratio. A-III-4.5 Friction and Lubrication
This contributes to the bearing's linear movement the top and bottom bearings. This way, to a certain
without the restriction of travel range. extent, the variation in the load and the uneven
(2) Highly reliable (1) Lubricants and volume
NSK also developed a highly functional preload pad thickness of the way block can be absorbed.
Retaining the rollers without allowing them to fall Mineral oils are used in general. The linear roller
out bearing is a crucial function of the linear guide bearing is used under relatively heavy load. An oil
bearing. The simple and highly effective retaining which has high viscosity and creates a strong oil
End cap Main body
wire has solved such problem for this product film is ideal for linear roller guides. Select from JIS
series. viscosity 32-150.
General oil supply for a linear roller bearing Q
(3) Compact design (cc/h) can be calculated by the following formula.
Despite the load carrying capacity, this series is Q≥S × 1/4 (1)
smaller in size than any other models. This In this formula, S (stroke) is shown in meters.
contributes to the application which requires Therefore, when the stroke is 1m, the volume of
Roller Retaining wire compact design. lubricant per roller bearing is more than 0.25 (cc/h).
It is recommended to supply a small amount of oil
(4) High rigidity at short intervals rather than supplying a large
Fig. I
II-4•1 Linear roller bearing The contact area between the bearing and the
amount at one time. In case of grease lubrication, a
mounting surface is large to increase rigidity.
grease of consistency degree 2, such as Albania
EP2, is generally used.
A-III-4.3 Accuracy
The nominal height difference between bearings is
(2) Friction coefficient
10 µ m. The bearings are grouped into every 2 µ m,
Starting friction coefficient is significantly small at
and are coded before delivery (Table III-4•1).
under 0.005.
(3) Seal
Install a wiper seal on the way block surface to
prevent foreign matters (swarf from cutting, other
dust) to realize a full life of the linear roller bearing.
Table I
II-4•1 Classification of height The material of the seal should have strong
Unit: µ m
resistance against oil and wear. Felt and synthetic
Category Code rubber (acrylonitril-butadien rubber) are some of
over or less the suitable materials.
Photo 1 Linear roller bearing Photo 2 Preload pad 0 ~ –2 A
–2 ~ –4 B
–4 ~ –6 C
–6 ~ –8 D
–8 ~ –10 E
A247 A248
A-III-4.8 Dimension Table
A-III-4.6 Installation Linear roller bearing Model: LRB

Secure the linear roller bearing using four bolts. The
bearing main body has four holes for mounting. A H
Accuracy of way block

The ideal accuracy specification and mounting
accuracy of a way block as a guide way surface are as
follows.
W
B
Hardness by heat treatment
:More than HRC58 hardened depth A
2 mm or more 250
D
Surface roughness
: Less than 1.6S
Parallelism as a single unit L1
:Less than 0.010 mm per 1 m
L
Parallelism after installation
:Less than 0.020 mm per 1 m
Please consult NSK when using cast iron or cast steel
guide way.
Unit: mm
A-III-4.7 Rated life Roller Basic dynamic Basic static
Mounting Bolt hole distance
Width Height Length load rating load rating
Model No. 0 L1 Diameter × bolt hole
Rated life L (km) is shown in the following formula. W H-0.010 L C C0
length D A B
In this formula: (N) (N)
10
C
L=50
( f w · Fc )
3
(2) LRB 14×53 26.5 14.29 52.8 32.8 φ 4×8 φ 3.4 19 19.3 15400 21900
C : Basic dynamic load rating (N)

f w : Load factor. 1.0 ~ 1.2 at time of smooth LRB 19×69 30.5 19.05 68.6 44.6 φ 5×10 φ 3.4 25.4 23.3 27000 39000
operation
Fc : Calculated load applied on the bearing (N) LRB 29×92 41.5 28.58 92.0 59 φ 7.5×15 φ 4.5 38.1 32.7 57500 76500
LRB 38×132 51.4 38.10 132.0 88 φ 10×20 φ 5.5 50.8 41.5 119000 159000
Remarks: Bearings are grouped into heights of every 2 µ m before delivery.
A249 A250
I
A-II-5 Cam Follower
Preload pad Model: PRP A-III-5.1 Structure and Characteristics
d The outer ring of the bearing functions as a rolling

ring (Fig. III-5•1). This rolling ring is thick and tough.
The rollers are crowned needle rollers, and have a
large load carrying capacity. This provides high
impact load resistance. The surface of the stud is
W
b
core-hardened to provide durability against wear, and
toughness.
a
A
L
s Rolling ring Stud Oil hole 252
h
Unit: mm Slot for screw
h min s driver
Height Compress Load when
Applicable linear Hex. Needle roller bearing
Model No. (no-load) ed height fully W L d a b
roller bearing Socket
h max h min compressed
(N) cap screw Fig. I
II-5.1 Structure of Cam follower
PRP 14×53 LRB 14×53 10.23 9.53 1570 26 72 φ 4.5 62 14 M3×16
A-III-5.2 Types
PRP 19×69 LRB 19×69 11.53 11.10 2650 30 96 φ 4.5 86 18 M3×19
PRP 29×92 LRB 29×92 13.13 12.70 6450 41 120 φ 4.5 110 27 M3×25 (1) Bearing models
PRP 38×132 LRB 38×132 16.28 15.88 12000 51 157 φ 4.5 147 35 M5×38
There are four models: With/ without a retainer and
oil/grease lubricant (Table III-5•1).
Table I
II-5.1. Bearing models
Bearing model Description
FCR Full complement of rollers, no seal
(oil is supplied later)
FCRS Full complement of rollers, with seal
(grease is sealed in)
FCJ With retainer, no seal (oil is supplied later)
FCJS With retainer, with seal (grease is sealed in)
A251 A252
A-III-5.3 Reference Number for Ordering
(2) Appearances Codes for (1) Bearing models, (2) Appearances, (3) used in ordering. If accessory is not required, omit
Accessories constitute a reference number to be codes after the "+" sign.
Specifications of the exterior appearance include:
Shape of the slot for the "screw driver" on the end of
the stud; With/without an eccentric bush to be
secured to the stud; Oil hole; Shape of outer surface Reference number Bearing model (Table III-5•1) Appearance (Table III-5•2) Accessory (TableIII-5•3)

































of the rolling ring. composition
FCRS B E P – 16 R + I N Z
R
Fig. I
II-5•2 Cam follower with sphere shaped Bearing Grease fitting
outer surface FCR : Full complement rollers, no seal
Spring washer A
Table I
II-5•2 Exterior appearances
FCRS : Full complement of rollers, with seal
Nut 254
Deference in appearance Code for (grease is sealed in)
Description FCJ : With retainer, no seal
appearance (omitted): Cylindrical outer surface
Screw driver slot at (no code) Hole for cross recessed screwdriver FCJS : With retainer, with seal
R: Sphere shaped surface
(grease is sealed in) (sphere radius 500 mm)
the end of stud B Hole for hexagonal socket screw keys
Out side diameter (unit: mm)
Eccentric bush to be (no code) No eccentric bush
(omitted): Oil hole (round)
secured to the stud E With eccentric bush
P: Pipe tap for oil hole
(no code) Simple round hole
Oil hole (omitted): No eccentric bush
P Pipe tap for oil hole E: With eccentric bush
(no code) Cylindrical shaped outer surface (omitted): Hole for Philip's screwdriver
Rolling ring outer surface
R Sphere shape: Sphere radius 500 m (Fig. I
II-5•2) B: Hexagonal hole for socket head keys
(Example) FCJSP-16RZ: With retainer and seal (grease is sealed in); Pipe tap for oil hole; Outer diameter 16 mm,
(3) Accessories its face forms an arc; With grease nipple
Table I
II-5•3 Accessory codes FCRS-16-N: Full complement of rollers; With a hole for screwdriver; With eccentric bush; Outer
A blind plug comes with order. Nut, spring washer, diameter 16 mm; With spring washer
Nut Spring washer Grease nipple
and grease fitting are available on request. Table III-
5•3 shows accessory codes. Code I N Z
A-III-5.4 Accuracy
Table III-5.4 shows the dimensional tolerances of

(4) Special products cam follower.
Running accuracy grade is the same as JIS 0 Grade.
Please consult NSK for the following items
Table I
II-5•4 Dimensional tolerance of cam follower Unit: µ m
manufactured by NSK.
• Items in inch sizes Variation of single plane mean outside diameter Variation of outer ring
Tolerance of stud diameter
∆ Dmp width
• Items with black film coating on exposed Model code ∆ d mp ∆ Cs
Cylindrical outer surface Sphere-shaped outer surface
Fit tolerance grade
surface. Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower
• Items in special shape. FCR, FCRS
h7 Same as JIS 0 Grade 0 –50 Same as JIS 0 Grade
FCJ, FCJS
A253 A254
A-III-5.5 Permissible Load A-III-5.7 Permissible Rotational Speed A-III-5.8 Precautions for Installation
(1) Permissible load of cam follower Cam followers with seal are suitable for high (1) Fits
Maximum radial load the cam follower can support is rotational operation. Table III-5•6 shows their The stud of cam follower is held on one side fixed. Fit
determined by the stud strength to bending or permissible rotational speed. Permissible rotational between the stud and the bore where the stud enters
shearing force. Maximum values are shown in the speed of full complement roller bearings are 1/3 of must be in close tolerance.
dimension table. those with retainer. For grease lubrication, Table III-5•7 shows a recommended fit value.
permissible rotational speed is 60% of the values The chamfer of the bore where the stud enters should
(2) Permissible load of the rail track shown in the Table. be as small as possible, and the surface should be
Permissible load of the rail track where the bearing Table I
II-5•6 Permissible rotational speed of free of burrs.
ring rolls are determined by the surface hardness, the bearing with retainer When the fit is to be interference, press the stud into
roughness, and state of lubrication of the rail surface. Permissible rotational the hole, pushing the center of the end face.
Table III-5.5 shows load factors that correspond to
Reference No.
speed (min–1) To make the support face sufficiently large for the
A
the hardness of the track surface when the surface of FCJB-10 34000 side plate, the surface diameter of the support end 256
the track is lubricated. Multiply the track's permissible should be larger than F shown in the dimension
FCJ-12 26000
load value shown in the dimension table by the table.
FCJ-16 16000
coefficient that corresponds to the hardness.
FCJ-19 12000
Hardness of HRC40 is the standard for these values. (2) Maximum tightening torque of the stud
FCJ-22 10000 Stud receives bending and tensile stress from the
Table III-5.5 Permissible load factor of the track FCJ-26 10000 load to the bearing. Therefore, a screw tightening
FCJ-30 7500 torque must not exceed values in the dimension
Hardness
Load factor FCJ-32 7500 table. (These values are when oil is applied to the
(HRC)
FCJ-35 6000 screw section. Double the value when dry.)
20 0.4
25 0.5 FCJ-40 5300
30 0.6 FCJ-47 4800 Table I

II-5.7 Recommended fitt for stud
installation
35 0.8 FCJ-52 4800
Fit tolerance, class and
40 (Standard) 1.0 FCJ-62 3800 Model code
grade of installation hole
45 1.4 FCJ-72 3800
FCR, FCJ, FCRS, FCJS JS7(J7)
50 1.9 FCJ-80 3000
55 2.6 FCJ-85 3000
58 3.2 FCJ-90 3000
A-III-5.6 Lubrication
A lithium soap based grease is sealed inside the cam

follower which has seals. The range of temperature
to use this grease is -10 to 110 °C. (Cam follower
without seal uses oil lubrication, and does not have
grease inside.)
Keep the lubricated track surface free of foreign
mattersa.
A255 A256
Cam follower
jF
B1 (Mounting face)
0
C B3 B 4 –0.25 Eccentric bush
FCR : Full complement of rollers jM 2
G1
jM 1
FCRS : Full complement of
jM 1
jd 1 –0.05
E
0
jD
rollers, with seal and
G
jd
Rc Rc
thrust washer B2
X
r
FCJ : With retainer
r
FCJS : With retainer, seal, and
thrust washer FCR FCRS FCRB FCRE FCRSP
Unit: mm A
Model No. Main dimension Detail dimension
Basic dynamic Permissible Permissible
load ratiing maximum load
Weight Hexagon socket Eccentric bush Diameter, Thread 258
Tap hole for lubrication pipe
track load (kg) hole supporting surface tightening
Cr Pmax
(width across flat) torque(4)
FCR FCRS Thread Y (2) (Reference × F (N · cm)
D C d G1 B1 B2 B3 M2 M1 (N) (N) (N) only) B4 d1 E PT
FCJ FCJS G (Min.) (Min.) (Max.)
FCJB-10 — 10 7 3 M3×0.5 5 17 9.0 — — — 0.3 1390 590 1320 0.005 2.5 — — — — 7.5 00028
FCJ-12 — 8 4 M4×0.7 6 20 11.0 — — — 0.3 1970 1050 1860 0.008 — — — — — 9.0 00064
12
FCJB-12 — 8 4 M4×0.7 6 20 11.0 — — — 0.3 1970 1050 1860 0.008 2.5 — — — — 9.0 00064
FCR-16 FCRS-16 11 6 M6×1.0 8 28 16.0 — — 4(1) 0.3 5800 2360 3350 0.020 4.0 8.0 9 0.5 M6×0.75(3) 11.0 00226
16
FCJ-16 FCJS-16 11 6 M6×1.0 8 28 16.0 — — 4(1) 0.3 2830 2360 3350 0.018 4.0 8.0 9 0.5 M6×0.75(3) 11.0 00226
FCR-19 FCRS-19 11 8 M8×1.25 10 32 20.0 — — 4(1) 0.3 6600 4200 4150 0.031 4.0 10.0 11 0.5 M6×0.75(3) 13.0 00550
19
FCJ-19 FCJS-19 11 8 M8×1.25 10 32 20.0 — — 4(1) 0.3 3450 4200 4150 0.030 4.0 10.0 11 0.5 M6×0.75(3) 13.0 00550
FCR-22 FCRS-22 12 10 M10×1.25 12 36 23.0 — — 4(1) 0.3 8550 6550 5300 0.047 5.0 11.0 13 0.5 M6×0.75(3) 15.0 01060
22
FCJ-22 FCJS-22 12 10 M10×1.25 12 36 23.0 — — 4(1) 0.3 4350 6550 5300 0.045 5.0 11.0 13 0.5 M6×0.75(3) 15.0 01060
FCR-26 FCRS-26 12 10 M10×1.25 12 36 23.0 — — 4(1) 0.3 8550 6550 6000 0.060 5.0 11.0 13 0.5 M6×0.75(3) 15.0 01060
26
FCJ-26 FCJS-26 12 10 M10×1.25 12 36 23.0 — — 4(1) 0.3 4350 6550 6000 0.058 5.0 11.0 13 0.5 M6×0.75(3) 15.0 01060
FCR-30 FCRS-30 14 12 M12×1.5 13 40 25.0 6 3 6 0.6 12500 9250 7800 0.088 6.0 12.0 17 1.0 M6×0.75(3) 20.0 01450
30
FCJ-30 FCJS-30 14 12 M12×1.5 13 40 25.0 6 3 6 0.6 7200 9250 7800 0.086 6.0 12.0 17 1.0 M6×0.75(3) 20.0 01450
FCR-32 FCRS-32 14 12 M12×1.5 13 40 25.0 6 3 6 0.6 12500 9250 8050 0.099 6.0 12.0 17 1.0 M6×0.75(3) 20.0 01450
32
FCJ-32 FCJS-32 14 12 M12×1.5 13 40 25.0 6 3 6 0.6 7200 9250 8050 0.096 6.0 12.0 17 1.0 M6×0.75(3) 20.0 01450
FCR-35 FCRS-35 18 16 M16×1.5 17 52 32.5 8 3 6 0.6 18600 17000 11800 0.170 10.0 15.5 22 1.0 Rc 1/8 24.0 04000
35
FCJ-35 FCJS-35 18 16 M16×1.5 17 52 32.5 8 3 6 0.6 9700 17000 11800 0.165 10.0 15.5 22 1.0 Rc 1/8 24.0 04000
FCR-40 FCRS-40 20 18 M18×1.5 19 58 36.5 8 3 6 1 20500 21700 14300 0.250 10.0 17.5 24 1.0 Rc 1/8 26.0 05950
40
FCJ-40 FCJS-40 20 18 M18×1.5 19 58 36.5 8 3 6 1 10300 21700 14300 0.240 10.0 17.5 24 1.0 Rc 1/8 26.0 05950
FCR-47 FCRS-47 24 20 M20×1.5 21 66 40.5 9 4 8 1 28200 26400 20800 0.390 12.0 19.5 27 1.0 Rc 1/8 31.0 08450
47
FCJ-47 FCJS-47 24 20 M20×1.5 21 66 40.5 9 4 8 1 19200 26400 20800 0.380 12.0 19.5 27 1.0 Rc 1/8 31.0 08450
FCR-52 FCRS-52 24 20 M20×1.5 21 66 40.5 9 4 8 1 28200 26400 22900 0.470 12.0 19.5 27 1.0 Rc 1/8 31.0 08450
52
FCJ-52 FCJS-52 24 20 M20×1.5 21 66 40.5 9 4 8 1 19200 26400 22900 0.455 12.0 19.5 27 1.0 Rc 1/8 31.0 08450
FCR-62 FCRS-62 29 24 M24×1.5 25 80 49.5 11 4 8 1 40000 38500 34000 0.800 14.0 24.5 34 1.0 Rc 1/8 45.0 15200
62
FCJ-62 FCJS-62 29 24 M24×1.5 25 80 49.5 11 4 8 1 24900 38500 34000 0.790 14.0 24.5 34 1.0 Rc 1/8 45.0 15200
FCR-72 FCRS-72 29 24 M24×1.5 25 80 49.5 11 4 8 1 40000 38500 38000 1.050 14.0 24.5 34 1.0 Rc 1/8 45.0 15200
72
FCJ-72 FCJS-72 29 24 M24×1.5 25 80 49.5 11 4 8 1 24900 38500 38000 1.050 14.0 24.5 34 1.0 Rc 1/8 45.0 15200
FCR-80 FCRS-80 35 30 M30×1.5 32 100 63.0 15 4 8 1 60500 61000 52000 1.550 17.0 31.0 40 1.5 Rc 1/8 52.0 30500
80
FCJ-80 FCJS-80 35 30 M30×1.5 32 100 63.0 15 4 8 1 39000 61000 52000 1.550 17.0 31.0 40 1.5 Rc 1/8 52.0 30500
FCR-85 FCRS-85 35 30 M30×1.5 32 100 63.0 15 4 8 1 60500 61000 55500 1.750 17.0 31.0 40 1.5 Rc 1/8 52.0 30500
85
FCJ-85 FCJS-85 35 30 M30×1.5 32 100 63.0 15 4 8 1 39000 61000 55500 1.750 17.0 31.0 40 1.5 Rc 1/8 52.0 30500
FCR-90 FCRS-90 35 30 M30×1.5 32 100 63.0 15 4 8 1 60500 61000 59000 1.950 17.0 31.0 40 1.5 Rc 1/8 52.0 30500
90
FCJ-90 FCJS-90 35 30 M30×1.5 32 100 63.0 15 4 8 1 39000 61000 59000 1.950 17.0 31.0 40 1.5 Rc 1/8 52.0 30500
Note (1) Oil hole is only on the front face of the head.
(2) Use a value larger than γ (minimum).
(3) Pipe tap screw for oil supply is only on the front face of the head.
(4) Values are when oil is applied to the screw section. Double (approx.) the value when dry.
Remarks : Grease is sealed in for the cam follower with seals. Cam follower without seal does not have grease.
A257 A258
I
A-II-6 Roller Follower A-III-6.3 Reference Number for Ordering
Codes shown in (1) Bearing models, (2) Exterior

A-III-6.1 Structure and Characteristics Appearances constitute a reference number for
ordering.
The outer ring of the bearing functions as a rolling
ring (Fig. III-6•1). This rolling ring is thick and tough. Reference number composition
Exterior
The rollers are crowned needle rollers, and have a
Bearing model appearance
large load carrying capacity. This provides high












impact resistance.
FYCR – 5 R
Rolling ring Bearing

A
FYCR : Full complement of rollers, no seal (omitted) : Cylindrical outer surface
(oil is supplied later) 260
R FYCRS : Full complement of rollers, with seal G : Spherical outer surface, radius of 500 mm (R)
(grease is sealed in) Internal diameter (unit: mm)
Fig. I
II-6•2 Sphere shaped rolling ring FYCJ : With retainer, no seal Note: Different from cam follower which uses outer diameter .
(2) Exterior appearances FYCJS : With retainer, with seal
(grease is sealed in)
There are two types as shown in Table III-6•2.
(Example) FYCR-5 : Full complement of rollers; with seal (grease is sealed in); internal diameter 5 mm
FYCJ-5R : With retainer, no seal (oil is supplied later), internal diameter 5 mm; Spherical outer
Table I
II-6•2 Types of exterior appearance surface rolling ring
Needle roller bearing
Code for Description
Fig. I
II-6•1 Structure of Roller Follower appearance A-III-6.4 Accuracy A-III-6.6 Lubrication
(no code) Cylindrical shaped outer surface
A-III-6.2 Types Dimension tolerance and running accuracy are the A lithium soap based grease is sealed inside the
R Sphere shaped: Outer surface forms a
part of sphere with arc of radius 500 mm. same as JIS 0 grade. However, the admissible Roller Follower which has seals. The range of
(1) Bearing models (Fig. I
II-6•2) difference in single plane mean outside diameter of temperature to use this grease is -10 to 110 °C.
There are four models: With/ without a retainer and
spherical outer surface is 0.0 to -(minus) 0.05 mm. Supply oil to the Roller Follower which does not
oil/grease lubricant (Table III-6•1).
have a seal.
(3) Special products A-III-6.5 Permissible Load
The track surface for lubrication should be nearly
Table I
II-6•1 Bearing models NSK manufactures the following items. Please free of foreign matters.
(1) Permissible load of roller follower
consult NSK.
Bearing model Description As a bearing, allowable load is determined by basic
• Items in inch sizes
load rating. Refer to load rating values in the
FYCR Full complement of rollers, no seal • Black film coating on exposed surface
(oil is supplied later) dimension table.
• Special-shaped items.
FYCRS Full complement of rollers, with seal
(grease is sealed in) (2) Permissible load of rail track
FYCJ With retainer, no seal (oil is supplied later) The concept is the same as for cam follower. Refer to
FYCJS With retainer, with seal (grease is sealed in) Page A239 for permissible load values.
A259 A260
A-III-6.7 Permissible Rotational Speed
Roller Follower models with retainer are suitable for Table I

II-6•4 Recommended fit for shaft
high rotational operations. Table III-6•3 shows their
Load Tolerance grade of shaft (class)
permissible rotational speed. Permissible rotational
speed of a roller follower with full complement of Light load, medium load g6 or h6
roller is 1/3 of those with retainer. In case of grease Heavy load k6
lubrication, permissible speed is 60% of the values
shown in the Table.
Table I
II-6•3 Permissible rotational speed of
the bearing with retainer
Permissible rotational
A
Reference No.
speed (min–1) 262
FYCJ-5 16000
FYCJ-6 12000
FYCJ-8 10000
FYCJ-10 8000
FYCJ-12 7100
FYCJ-15 6300
FYCJ-17 5600
FYCJ-20 5000
FYCJ-25 4000
FYCJ-30 3200
FYCJ-35 2800
FYCJ-40 2400
FYCJ-45 2000
FYCJ-50 1900
A-III-6.8 Precautions for Installation
Roller Follower is generally operated by outer ring

rotation. The shaft is used by "medium fit" or
"clearance fit." For heavy load, the shaft is hardened
by heat-treatment, and is used by "interference fit."
Table III-6•4 shows recommended fit values.
Secure both sides of the inner ring to a flat surface
which is at right angle to the center axis.
To make the support face sufficiently large for the
side plate, the end face of the support should be
larger than F shown in the dimension table.
A261 A262
B B
Roller Follower C C
FYCR : Full complement of rollers

FYCRS : Full complement of rollers, with
jD
jD
jF
jd
jd
seal, thrust washer
FYCJ : With retainer
FYCJS : With retainer, seal, thrust washer
r r
FYCR FYCRS A
264
Unit: mm
Model No. Main dimension Basic load rating (N) Track permissible load Weight Diameter, Model No.
supporting surface
FYCR FYCRS d D C B r Dynamic Static (N) (kg) F FYCR FYCRS
0
FYCJ FYCJS –0.38 (Min.) Cr C0r (Reference only) (Min.) FYCJ FYCJS
FYCR-5 FYCRS-5 16 11 12 0.3 05800 008000 03350 0.016 10 FYCR-5 FYCRS-5
FYCJ-5 FYCJS-5 05 16 11 12 0.3 02830 002620 03350 0.014 10 FYCJ-5 FYCJS-5
Remarks : Grease is sealed in for the Roller follower with seals. Roller follower without seal does not have
grease.
A263 A264
MEMO
A265
B-I Selection Guide to NSK Ball Screw 6.4 V Series B232
1. Features of NSK Ball Screws B1 6.5 Rolled Ball Screw R Series B255
2. Structure of a Ball Screw B3 6.6 Accessories B273
2.1 Ball Recirculation System B4 6.7 Thrust Angular Contact Ball Bearing for Ball Screw B299
2.2 Preload System B5 7. Custom Made Ball Screw Series:
3. Ball Screw Classification and Series B7 Dimension Table and Model Number B307
3.1 Ball Screw Classification B7 7.1 T Type (Return tube type, fine lead) Ball Screws B309
3.2 Ball Screw Series B9 7.2 D Type (Deflector type, fine lead) Ball Screws B353
4. Procedures to Select Ball Screw B16 7.3 M Type (Miniature ･ fine lead) Ball Screws B375
4.1 Flow Chart for Selection B16 7.4 L Type (Medium ･ high helix lead) Ball Screws B383
4.2 Accuracy Grades B17 7.5 U Type (High helix ･ ultra high helix lead) Ball Screws B399
4.3 Axial Play B18 7.6 HMC Series (Ball screw for high-speed machine tools) B405
4.4 Screw Shaft Diameter, Lead, and Stroke B19 7.7 HTF Series (Ball screw for high load drive) B411
4.5 Manufacturing Capability for Screw Shaft B25 8. Special Ball Screws:
4.6 Outside Shapes of Ball Nut B26 Dimension Table and Model Numbers B417
4.7 Shaft End Configuration B27 8.1 MF Series (Ball screw equipped with NSK K1TM
5. When Placing Orders B31 lubrication unit) B419
5.1 When Ordering Standard Series B31 8.2 NSK S1TMSeries Precision Ball Screw B455
5.2 When Ordering Custom Made Ball Screws B33 8.3 NDT,NDD Series (Ball screw with rotatable nut) B469
6. Dimension Table and Reference Number of 8.4 Ball Screw with Spline: "Robotte" B477
Standard Stock Ball Screws B37 8.5 Hollow Shaft Ball Screw B489
8.6 Special Ball Screws B495
B-001
B
6.1 A Series B39
6.2 KA Series: Ball Screws Made of Stainless Steel B155 9. Guide to Technical Services B496
6.3 S Series B181 10. Precautions When Handling Ball Screws B497 -498
BLOCK
B-499
Ball Screws 6. Preload and Rigidity
6.1 Elastic Deformation of the
B518 13. Installation of Ball Screw
13.1 Recommendation of
B531
-553
Preloaded Ball Screw B518 Installation Accuracy B531

B-II Technical Description of Ball Screws 6.2 Rigidity of the Feed Screw 13.2 Adjustment and Test Operation B534
1. Accuracy B499 System B519 13.3 Inserting Ball Nut into
1.1 Lead Accuracy B499 7. Friction Torque and Drive Torque B523 Rolled Screw Shaft B535
1.2 Thermal Expansion and Target Value of Specified Travel B501 7.1 Friction Torque B523 13.4 Installation of Standard Ball
1.3 Mounting Accuracy and Tolerance of Ball Screws B502 7.2 Drive Torque B524 Screw and Support Unit B537
2. Static Load Limitation B505 8. Lubrication of Ball Screw B525 14. Precautions for Designing Ball Screw B538
2.1 Buckling Load B505 9. Dust Prevention for Ball Screw B526 14.1 Safety System B538
2.2 Yield by Tensional/Compressive Load B508 10. Rust Prevention and Surface 14.2 Design Cautious to
2.3 Permanent Deformation of the Ball Contact Point B508 Treatment of Ball Screws B526 Assembling Ball Screw B538
3. Permissible Rotational Speed B509 11. Ball Screw Specifications for 14.3 Effective Stroke of
3.1 Critical speed of the Screw Shaft B509 Special Environments B527 Ball Screw B539
3.2 d • n Value B512 11.1 Clean Environment B527 14.4 Matching after Delivery B539
4. Supporting conditions for Calculation of Buckling 11.2 Measures for Use under Vacuum B528 15. Drills for Selecting Ball Screw B540
Load and Critical Speed B513 12. Noise and Vibration B529 16. Reference B550
5. Life (dynamic load limitation) B515 12.1 Consideration to Lowering
5.1 Life of Ball Screw B515 Noise B529
5.2 Fatigue Life B515 12.2 Consideration to Ball Screw
5.3 Materials and Hardness B517 Support System B530
5.4 Wear Life B517
B-I Selection Guide to NSK
Ball Screw 6 Smooth movement
efficiency
assures high 7 Abundant accessory units available
Utilizing bearing technology, NSK produces high
B-I-1 Features of NSK Ball Screws Balls are slightly wedging into grooves of the nut quality support units ( for light load type to be used
and screw, as they enter to load zone at their for small equipment and heavy load type to be used
1 Quick delivery 4 Superb durability recirculation, causing minute vibration, when the for machine tools ) which are exclusive for ball
Standardized items are in stock for short lead time. NSK uses thoroughly purified alloy steel, and applies circular-arc groove is used. But this phenomenon screws. These units are standardized and always in
• Precision ball screws: • • • A Series, KA Series, special case hardening heat treatment to it for does not happen in the gothic-arch groove. This, stock.
S Series, V Series, superb durability. along with the low friction that is the inherent nature NSK also offers quality-assured accessories such as
• Rolled ball screws: • • • • • • R Series of the ball screw, is accountable for the smooth and lock nuts to tighten bearings, travel stoppers to
5 No backlash, and unparalleled rigidity highly efficient conversion of motion as shown in prevent overrun, and sealing units to cool hollow
2 Competitive prices NSK ball screws use gothic-arch groove as shown in Fig. I-1•2. shaft ball screws.
NSK reduces cost by well-planned mass production Fig. I-1.1. Providing controlled preload is easy, thanks
of standardized items. We rank the best in the world to this gothic-arch groove, and appropriate rigidity
production of ordered items. We are able to offer our with no backlash can be obtained. As the Gothic-arch
products at competitive prices by producing similar also minimizes the clearance between the balls and
items in the same production group. the grooves, the back lash is controlled to minimal
100 03 100
without applying preload. 03
3 Unparalleled accuracy 0 .0 0 .0
＝＝
90 μ 05 .0 1 90 μ 05
When the accuracy is required, NSK utilizes its 0.0 μ＝0 0 .0 Ball screw B
＝
μ μ＝
unique grinding technique and measuring
80 80
equipment for the product in the topnotch precision. 2
Back drive efficiency η2 (%)

Ball screw
70 70
0.01
Efficiency η1 (%)
μ＝
60 60
0.1 Acme screw
50 μ＝ 50
40 40
0.2
30 μ＝
0 .1
30
＝
μ
20 20
Acme screw
10 10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Lead angle (degree) Lead angle (degree)
Efficiency of normal operation Back drive efficiency
Fig. I-1•1 Ball groove profile of NSK ball screw (Converting rotary motion to linear motion) (Converting linear motion to rotary motion)
μ: Friction coefficient μ: Friction coefficient
Fig. I-1•2 Mechanical efficiency of ball screws
B1 B2
B-I-2 Structure of a Ball Screw
Balls are placed between the screw shaft and nut, motion to rotary motion efficiently (back-drive B-I-2.1 Ball Recirculation System
and roll. This system is called a "ball screw." To keep operation). Ball recirculation system is categorically most
the balls recirculating continually, this system 2 Increasing power: A small torque is converted to a important, as well as the preload system, to classify
requires a screw shaft, a nut, balls, and recirculation large thrust force. the structure of ball screw.
components as basic items. A ball screw has the 3 Positioning: Sets accurate position in linear As shown in Table I-2.1, three types of ball
following functions. motion. recirculation system are used for NSK ball screw.
1 Converting motion: Changing rotary motion to
linear motion (normal operation); Changing linear
Table I-2•1 Ball screw recirculation system
Recirculation method Ball return tube type Deflector type End cap type
Structure Return tube
Example: 2.5 turns ball

recirculation circuit B
4
A Ball recirculation hole
B
Ball nut B
Ball nut
End cap End cap
B Deflector
Return tube Screw shaft
Screw shaft
A
Screw shaft A
Number of turns of balls i1: Number of turns between A to B Number of turns of balls i1: 1(one) for deflector type, Number of turns of balls i1: Number of turns of
Number of circuit i2: Number of the tube the number of turns is between A to B. balls is A to B
Effective turns of balls i0 : i0=i1 x i2 Number of circuit i2: number of deflector Number of circuit i2: Number of start i1, which is the
Effective turns i0 : i0 = 1 x i2 number of independent threads of the screw
In the above Figure, i2 = 2.5; i2 = 2. Therefore i0 = 5 Effective turns i0 : i0 = i1 x i2 = i1 x i3
Characteristics Suitable for mass production which cuts costs Compact nut outside diameter For small lead For screws with high helix lead and multiple start threads
Number of turns of balls Several types Only one turn Several types
Circuit (number of rows) Several types Several types Several types
Nut outside diameter Large Small Medium size
Output High Low Somewhat suitable
B3 B4
B-I-2.2 Preload system
There are four methods to apply preload for the NSK ball screw depending on the application.
Table I-2•2 Preload system for ball screw
Preload system Double nut preload (D Preload) Spring preloaded double nut (J Preload) Offset preload (Z Preload) Oversize ball preload (P Preload)
Structure
Ball nut B Spacer Ball nut A Ball nut B Spring Ball nut A
Fa 2
Fa 0 Fa 0 Fa 0 Fa 0−Fa 2
Fa 0−Fa' Fa 0＋Fa−Fa' Fa 0
Fa 0＋Fa 1
Fa Fa 1
Main external load

Double nut preload Spring preloaded double nut (J Preload) Offset preload (Z Preload) Oversize ball preload
(D Preload) (P Preload)
Tension Tension
Tension
Spacer
Tension Lead Lead＋α Lead Lead Lead B
Spring
Ball nut B Ball nut A
Ball nut A Ball nut B Ball nut Ball nut 6
Screw shaft
Screw shaft Screw shaft Screw shaft
Ball contact under double Ball contact under the spring Ball contact under Ball contact under oversize ball P Preload
nut D Preload preloaded double nut (J Preload) offset Z Preload
Spacer ball (1:1) is standard to improve

smoothness in operation, excluding those with
short turns of balls.
Ball nut Spacer ball
Screw shaft Load ball
Description Uses two nuts, and insert a spacer between them to apply A spring is used as a spacer of D Preload. To apply preload, the lead near the center of Balls slightly larger than the space of the ball
preload. (Must be used with discretion in its varied the nut is enlarged by the volume equivalent groove (over-size balls) are inserted to apply
In general, a spacer is thicker (by the deformation equivalent rigidity by load direction.) to preload (α). preload by balls' four-point contact.
to the preload) than the actual space between two nuts. (Uses a single nut to create a preload similar
On the contrary, a thin spacer is inserted in some cases. to D preload.)
Nut length Long Long Medium Short
Torque
characteristics Fair Excellent Fair Fair
Rigidity Excellent Poor Excellent Fair
B5 B6
B-I-3 Ball Screw Series
B-I-3.1 Ball Screw Classification
Standard stock series
(screw shaft and
standard nut)
A Series (T, D, L, U, M Types)
Finished shaft end （Can
Accuracy grade: C5 grade or better
be combined with support units.
Page B39
KA Series (T, D, L, U, M Types) Uses stainless steel, highly effective in rust-prevention. Page B155
Finished shaft end
Ball screw
S Series (T, D, L, U, M Types)
Blank shaft end （Custom-ordered
Accuracy grade: C5 grade or better
shaft end processing is available
Page B181
V Series VFA (finished shaft end) Low price, accuracy grade Ct7 Page B232
(low-priced standard ball screws) RMA (precision rolled miniature ball screw, finished shaft end) Page B240
RMS (precision rolled miniature ball screw, blank shaft end)
R Series (T and U Types)/ Blank shaft end Low-price (Rolled ball screw) Page B255
Standard accessory Support units For small equipment, light load Support bearing units for ball screw Page B273
For machine tools, heavy load
Lock nut Page B295
Grease unit Lubricant grease for ball screws Page B297
Travel stopper (by order) Safety measure against overrun Page B298
Custom Ball screw support bearing, thrust angular contact ball bearings Support bearing for ball screws Page B299
Standard
made ball T Type This ball recirculation type is ideal for large volume production for cost reduction. Page B309
nut series
screws (Tube type standard ball screws)
B
D Type Compact nut outside diameter Page B353
(Deflector type standard ball screws)
8
M Type Accurate positioning for small equipment Page B375
(Precision miniature, fine lead ball screws)
L Type - Lead is larger than 50% of the shaft Page B383
diameter and smaller than shaft diameter
(Precision, medium lead and high helix lead ball screws) Ideal for high-speed feed
U Type - Lead exceeds the shaft diameter Page B399
Application (Precision, high helix and sultra high helix lead ball screws)
oriented HMC Series High-speed, low vibration, low noise Page B405
nut series (Ball screws for high-speed machine tools) High rigidity, high load carrying capacity, compact nut
HTF Series Exclusively developed for high loads: Page B411
(Ball screws for high-load drive) Electric drive became possible for the use under high load.
Special ball screws MF Series (Ball screw equipped with NSK K1 Lubrication Unit) Maintenance-free, environment-friendly Page B419
Custom-made item Page B425

Standardized in stock WFA Series (T and U Types) Accuracy grade C5, can be combined with support units Page B441
Finished shaft end
NSK S1TM Series Precision ball screw Low noise, highly smooth operation Page B455
NDT, NDD Series (Nut-rotating ball screws) Long stroke, for high-speed operation Page B469
Ball screw with a spline "Robotte" For various actuators Page B475
Table I-3.1 shows basic types of NSK ball screws. Hollow shaft ball screw Prevents thermal expansion of the ball Page B489
Table I-3•1 Basic NSK ball screws screw to achieve highly precise positioning.
Remarks Table I-3•2 Lead classification
Type Lead size Recirculation component Preload method
T Type Fine, Medium Tube D, P, Z

Classification Lead ratio
K=lead l / shaft diameterd
D Type Fine, Medium Deflector D, P, Z
Fine K＜0.5
L Type Medium, High helix Tube D, P
Medium 0.5≦K＜1
U Type High helix, Ultra high helix Tube, end cap P
High helix 1≦K＜2
M Type Fine Deflector P Ultra high helix 2≦K
B7 B8
B-I-3.2 Ball Screw Series
(1) Standard stock series (immediate delivery, low-price)
●Ball screws
Fig. I-3•1 A Series Finished shaft end Page B39
Fig. I-3•5 V Series RMA finished shaft end RMS blank shaft end Page B240
B
10
Fig. I-3•2 KA Series Finished shaft end Page B155
Fig. I-3•6 R Series Blank shaft end Page B255
Fig. I-3•3 S Series Blank shaft end Page B181
Fig. I-3•7 R Series Nut assembly
Fig. I-3•4 V Series VFA finished shaft end Page B232
B9 B10
●Standard accessory
Fig. I-3•8 Support unit, for small equipment Fig. I-3•9 Support unit for VFA Fig. I-3•14 Grease unit Page D20 Fig. I-3•15 NSK grease Page B297, D20
(light load) Page B281 (simple support side) Page B288
B
12
Fig. I-3•16 Travel stopper (by order) Fig. I-3•17 Ball screw support bearing, thrust
Fig. I-3•10 Support bearing kit for RMA Fig. I-3•11 Support unit, for machine tools Page B298 angular contact ball bearings Page B299
Page B287 (heavy load) Page B293
Components for ball screw support bearing are available.
Fig. I-3•12 Lock nuts A Type Fig. I-3•13 Lock nuts S Type
Page B295 Page B296
B11 B12
(2) Custom made ball screws: Standard ball nut series (3) Custom made ball screws: Application oriented nut series
Fig. I-3•18 T Type Fig. I-3•19 D Type Fig. I-3•23 Ball screw for high-speed machine Fig. I-3•24 Ball screw for high load drive
(Tube type, standard ball screw) Page B309 (Deflector type, standard ball screw) Page B353 tools (HMC Series) Page B405 (HTF Series) Page B411
B
14
Fig. I-3•20 L Type (Precision, medium and Fig. I-3•21 U Type (Precision, high helix and
high helix lead ball screws) Page B383 ultra high helix lead ball screws) Page B399
Fig. I-3•22 M Type

(Precision miniature, fine lead ball screws)
Page B375
B13 B14
B-I-4 Procedures to Select Ball Screw
(4) Special ball screws B-I-4.1 Flow Chart for Selection
There are several methods to select a ball screw standardized series that are available in stock.
which is most suitable both in type and size for a NSK offers a ball screw selection program, and also
specific use. The chart below is one of the selection has a service to select appropriate items using data
methods. To take advantage of prompt delivery and file compiled by our knowledge and experience.
reasonable prices, this method focuses on the
Use conditions
Load, speed, stroke, accuracy,
required life (environment)
Fig. I-3•25 NDT, NDD Series (Rotatable nut ball screws) Page B469
Basic factors
Accuracy grade (C0-Ct10) Pages B17 and B499
Screw shaft diameter
Lead
Stroke
B
Are there standard items in stock? NO 16
A Series (high accuracy, finished shaft end)
S Series (high accuracy, blank shaft end)
Fig. I-3•26 Ball screw with spline "Robotte" Page B477 KA Series (stainless steel)
V Series (low price)
R Series (rolled ball screw)
Pages B19-22
YES
Basic safety checks
NG Is it in the dimension table for
1 Limitation of buckling load
Page B505 custom made ball screws? Nut
2 Critical speed
Page B509 shape, shaft end.
3 Life expectancy
Page B515
OK
Fig. I-3•27 Hollow shaft ball screw Page B489
Factors to be checked to satisfy a need YES NO
1 Thermal expansion and lead accuracy Page B501
NG 2 Rigidity Page B519 See Page B23. Consult NSK.
3 Drive torque Page B523
4 Lubrication, rust prevention, dust Page B525
prevention
5 Safety system, Consideration to assembly Page B538
OK
Summary of technical data for ordering Page B31
NSK
B15 B16
B-I-4.2 Accuracy Grades B-I-4.3 Axial Play
Table I-4•1 shows examples of how to select grade of ball screws temporarily. To confirm whether
Table I-4•2 indicates combinations of NSK ball accuracy grade and axial play are shown in Table I-
accuracy grade for a specific use. These practical a specific ball screw accuracy grade satisfies
screw accuracy grades and axial play. Select an axial 4•3. Please note that if the effective length exceeds
cases are based on NSK's experience. Circle requirements in positioning accuracy in actual use,
play which satisfies the required accuracy in the range, the axial play may become partially
indicates the range of the accuracy grade in actual refer to "Technical Description" and "Mean travel
backlash, positioning and repeatability. Ranges of negative (preloaded condition).
use. Double circle indicates accuracy grades most deviation and travel variation." (Page B499)
available ball thread effective length in relation to
frequently used among cases marked with a single
circle. These symbols help to select the accuracy
Table I-4•1 Accuracy grades of ball screw and their application
NC machine tools Table I-4•2 Combinations of accuracy grades and axial play Unit: mm
Woodworking machine
Laser cutting machine
Axial Z T S N L
Wire cutting machine

Jig boring machine
Electric discharge
Electric discharge
Machining center
Drilling machine
Milling machine
Boring machine
Application
play 0 0.005 0.020 0.050 0.3
Punch press
machine
machine
Grinder
Lathe
Accuracy grade (Preload) or under or under or under or under

C0 C0Z C0T — — —
C1 C1Z C1T — — —
C2 C2Z C2T — — — B
Name of axis X Z XY Z XY Z XY Z XY Z XY Z XY Z XY Z XY XY Z
C0 ○ ○ ○ ○ C3 C3Z C3T C3S — —
18
C1 ○ ○ ○ ◎ ◎ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ C5 C5Z C5T C5S C5N —
Accuracy grade
C2 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ◎ ○ ○ ○ ◎ ○ Ct7 — — C7S C7N C7L

Grade
C3 ◎ ○ ◎ ○ ○ ○ ○ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ ○ ○
C5 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
Ct7 ○ ◎
Ct10 ○
Table I-4•3 Maximum effective thread length in combination of accuracy grade and axial play
Unit: mm
Semiconductor/associated industry Industrial robots Nuclear power
Three-dimensional coordinate
Image processing equipment

General industrial machines ,
Machines for specific use
Effective length of the screw thread (maximum)

Plastic injection molding
Printed circuit board drilling
Steel mills equipment
Screw shaft
Articulate type
Cartesian type
measuring machine
Electronic component
Lithographic machine
Chemical processing
Mechanical snubber
Axial play T Axial play S
Office machine
inserting machine
Fuel rod control
diameter
Application
Wire bonder
SCARA type
machine
Aircraft C0∼C3 C5 C3 C5 Ct7

equipment
machine
Prober
4∼6 80 100 80 100 —

8∼10 250 200 250 300 —
Assembly
Assembly
purposes
purposes
other
other
12∼16 500 400 500 600 700

20∼25 800 700 1000 1000 1000
C0 ○ ○ ○ ○
C1 ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ ◎ ◎
32∼40 1000 800 2000 1500 1500
Accuracy grade
C2 ○ ◎ ○ ○ ○ ○ 50∼63 1200 1000 2500 2000 2000

Grade
C3 ○ ○ ○ ◎ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 80∼125 — — 4000 3000 3000

C5 ◎ ○ ◎ ○ ◎ ○ ◎ ○ ○ ○ ○ ◎ ◎ Remarks: Refer to Table I-4.12 (Page B25) for the available length of screw shaft (maximum length). Also, axial
Ct7 ◎ ◎ ○ ◎ ○ ◎ ◎ ○ ◎ ◎ ○ ◎ play of code N does not become partial negative play if it is within the available range of effective ball
Ct10 ○ ○ ○ ◎ ○ ○ ○ thread length.
B17 B18
(1) Standard stock series Strips in the Tables indicate a range of maximum stroke of each series and each model number. Page numbers
B-I-4.4 Screw Shaft Diameter, Lead, and are shown at the end of the strips.
Stroke
Table I-4•6 Maximum stroke of standard stock ball screws A and S series
First, temporarily choose a screw shaft diameter and Table I-4•5 and 6 show "combinations of ball screw Unit: mm
stroke based on the allowable space for ball screw shaft diameter and leads" and "range of stroke."
20
40
50
70
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2650
Maximum stroke
range
installation. Lead should be set based on the From these tables, select closest values to the shaft Screw Shaft dia. x lead
required running speed, and should give some diameter, lead, and stroke which temporarily had
φ 4x1 B41
allowance to the maximum rotational speed of the been selected previously. Also, confirm detailed φ 6x1
B183
B43 Upper: A series
motor. specifications and sizes in "Dimensional table of
B183 Lower: S series
φ 8x1 B45
B183
Table I-4•4 shows the classification of lead. standard items" (Page B39). φ 8x1.5 B47
B185
φ 8x2 B49
B185
φ10x2 B51
B185 Range of maximum stroke for each reference number
φ10x2.5 B53
B187
φ10x4 B55
B189
φ12x2 B57
B187
Page to refer
Table I-4•4 Lead classification φ12x2.5 B59
B187
φ12x5 B61
B189
φ12x10 B63
Classification Lead ratio φ14x5
B189
B65
K= lead l / shaft diameter d φ14x8
B191
B67
B191
φ15x10 B69
Fine lead K＜0.5 B191
φ15x20 B71
B195
Medium lead 0.5≦K＜1 φ16x2 B73

B193
φ16x2.5 B75
B193 B
High helix lead 1≦K＜2 φ16x5 B77
B197
φ16x16 B79
B197 20
Ultra high helix lead 2≦K φ16x32 B81
B195
φ20x4 B83
B199
φ20x5 B85
B199
Table I-4•5 Standard stock ball screws: Combinations of screw shaft diameter and leads φ20x10 B87
B197
Unit: mm φ20x20 B89
B197
Lead 1 1.5 2 2.5 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 φ20x40 B91
B195
Screw shaft diameter φ25x4 B93

B201
φ25x5 B95
4 ● φ25x6
B201，
B97
203
B201
6 ● φ25x10 B99
B203，
207
8 ● ● ● φ25x20 B101
B205
10 ● ● ● φ25x25 B103
B205
φ25x50 B105
12 ● ● ● ● φ28x5 B107，109
B205
B207，209
14 ● ● φ28x6 B111，113
B207，209
15 ● ● φ32x5 B115，
117
B211，
213，215
16 ● ● ● ● ● φ32x6 B119，
B211，
121
213
20 ● ● ● ● ●
φ32x8 B123
B213
φ32x10 B125，
127
25 ● ● ● ● ● ● φ32x25
B215，
217，
219
B129
B221
28 ● ● φ32x32 B131
B221
32 ● ● ● ● ● ● φ36x10 B133，
B217，
135
219
36 ● φ40x5 B137
B217
φ40x8 B139
40 ● ● ● ● B223
φ40x10 B141、
143
B223，225，
227
45 ● φ40x12 B145，147
B223，
225
50 ● φ45x10 B149
B229
φ50x10 B151，
153
B227，
229
Remark: See Table I-4•7 for KA (stainless) Series.

20
40
50
70
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2650
Refer to Table I-4•9 for KA series.
B19 B20
Table I-4•7 KA Series: Combinations of Screw Table I-4•9 Range of maximum stroke of the stainless A series (KA series)
shaft diameter and leads Unit: mm Unit: mm
Range of maximum
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
Lead 1 2 4 5 10 20 stroke
Screw shaft diameter Screw shaft dia. X lead
6 ●
φ 6×1 B157
8 ● ● φ 8×1 B159
10 ● ● φ 8×2 B161
12 ● ● ● φ10×2 B163
φ10×4 B165
15 ● ● φ12×2 B167
16 ● φ12×5 B169
20 ● φ12×10 B171
φ15×10 B173
φ15×20 B175
φ16×2 B177
φ20×20 B179
Maximum stroke range for S series is shown in the preceiding page.
Table I-4•8 Rolled ball screw: Combinations of Screw shaft diameter and leads Table I-4•10 Maximum stroke range of standard stock rolled ball screw
Unit: mm Unit: mm
Shaft
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
5000
Lead 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 64 80 Screw Shaft dia.
length
Screw shaft diameter X lead B
10 ● ● φ10×3 B257，265
12 ● ● φ10×6 B257，263 22
φ12×8 B257，263
14 ● ● φ12×12 B261，269
15 ● φ14×4 B257，263，265，267
16 ● ● ● φ14×5 B257，263，265，267
Page to refer
18 ● φ15×20 B269
φ16×10 B257
20 ● ● ● ●
φ16×16 B261，269
25 ● ● ● ● φ16×32 B271 Medium shaft length
28 ● φ18×8 B257
32 ● ● ● φ20×5 B257，263，265，267 Maximum shaft length
36 ●
φ20×10 B216，263，267
φ20×20 B261，269
40 ● ● ● φ20×40 B271
45 ● φ25×5 B257，263，265，267
50 ● ● ● φ25×10 B257，263，265，267
φ25×25 B261，269
φ25×50 B271
φ28×6 Minimum B259，263，265，267
φ32×10 shaft length B259，263，265，267
φ32×32 B261，269
φ32×64 B271
φ36×10 B259，263，265，267
φ40×10 B259，263，265
φ40×40 B261，269
φ40×80 B271
φ45×12 B259，265，267
φ50×10 B259，265
φ50×16 B259，265
φ50×50 B269
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
5000
B21 B22
(2) Custom made standard series Table I-4•11 "Combinations of screw shaft diameter and leads for typical ball screw"
Unit: mm
Lead
If the item you need is not in the standard series, you Screw
shaft 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 64 80
require to set each specification for the ball screw. diameter
Follow the selection procedures shown below. 4 M M
Refer to Page B540 for drills to practice selection. 6 M M M
8 M M M M
10 M M M T T T
12 M M M M T T T L L U
14 M M T T L
15 L U U
Table I-4•11 "Combinations of screw shaft diameter of basic
Select screw shaft diameter, 16 M M T T T T L U U
type ball screws and leads" • • • • • • • See Page B24.
lead, nut. 18 T
"Dimension of nut" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • See Page B307.
20 M T T,D T,D T L L L U U
25 M T T,D T,D T T,D L L L U U
Table I-4•12 "Range of available screw shaft dimensions" 28 T T T
Select screw shaft length. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • See Page B25.
32 M T T,D T,D T,D T,D T L,N L,N L,N U
(setting stroke)
36 T T T
40 M T,D T,D T,D T,D T T H L,N L,N L,N U
B
"Exterior shapes of nut" • • • • • • • • • • • • See Page B26.

45 T T H H 24
T,D T,D T,D T,D T,D T,F T,D L,H H L,N L,N L,N
Select the shape of nut. "Dimension table of nut" • • • • • • • • • • See Page B307. 50
N
55 T F
D D T,D T,D T,F T,D L L
63
Table I-4•13, 14 "Shapes of standard shaft ends" • • • See Page B27. F
Select the shaft end shape. Table I-4•15, 16 "Configuration of rolled ball screw shaft end" T,D T,D T T,D
80
(reference) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • See Page B29. F
D T,D T T,D F
100
F
(1) Permissible axial load See Page B505.
125 T T T T
Check for basic safety. (2) Critical speed See Page B509.
140 T T T T
(3) Life See Page B515.
160 T T T
200 T T T
(1) Thermal displacement and lead accuracy See Page B501.
(2) Rigidity See Page B519. 250 T T
Check the factors satisfy (3) Drive torque See Page B523.
required functions? (4) Lubrication, rust prevention, dust prevention T : T Type (Tube type ball screws)
See Page B525. D : D Type (Deflector type ball screws)
(5) Safety system, Consideration to assembly See Page B538.
L : L Type (High helix lead ball screws)
"When placing orders" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • See Page B31.
U : U Type (Ultra high helix lead ball screws)
Conclusion
M: M Type (Deflector type miniature ball screws)
H : HMC Series (Ball screws for high-speed machine tools)
F : HTF Series (Ball screws for high load)
Table I-4•11 is "Combinations of screw shaft diameter and leads for basic type ball screw." Please consult NSK if
N : NDT Series (Nut rotatable ball screws)
you require the types that are not listed in the Table.
B23 B24
B-I-4.5 Manufacturing Capability for Screw Shaft B-I-4.6 Outside Shapes of Ball Nut
Table I-4•12 shows the manufacturing capability for diameter exceeds 100 mm is limited due to the (1) Flange shape (Fig. I-4•1) (2) Shapes of nut cross section (Fig. I-4•2)
the screw shaft overall length for each accuracy weight. Please consult NSK in such case. Also Following types are available. For detailed Following types are available. For detailed
grade. consult NSK if the screw shaft size you desire dimensions, refer to "Dimension table of nut" in Page dimensions, refer to "Dimension table of nut.."
The capability of large ball screw whose shaft exceeds the size listed in Table I-4•12. B307 and following pages.
Table I-4•12 Manufacturing capability of screw shaft

Unit: mm 1 Circular shape I 1 Circular (round)
Applicable to shaft diameter of 20 mm and larger The ball recirculation components are contained
Accuracy rolled
inside the circumference of the nut. It can be
Screw grade C0 C1 C2 C3 C5 Ct7 ball screw
2 Circular shape II inserted in a round hole.
shaft diameter (Ct10)
A flatted round flange. Applicable to the screw
4 90 110 120 140 140 140 — shaft diameter of 20 mm and larger 2 Tube-projecting type
6 150 180 200 250 250 250 — This shape is peculiar to the tube recirculation
8 240 280 340 340 340 340 — 3 Circular shape III type. The nut outside diameter is small. However
A circle with two sides flatted. Applicable to M some recess must be given for housing because
10 350 400 500 500 500 550 800
(miniature) Type the ball recirculation tube protrudes from the
12 450 500 650 700 750 800 800 circumference of the nut.
14 600 650 750 800 1000 1000 1000 4 Rectangular shape
Applicable to screw shaft diameter of 16 mm and
B
15 600 700 800 900 1250 1250 1500
16 600 750 900 1000 1500 1500 1500
smaller 26
18 — — — — — — 1500
20 850 1000 1200 1400 1900 1900 2000
25 1100 1400 1600 1900 2500 2500 2500
Mounting center
28 1100 1400 1600 1900 2500 2500 2500 height of ball screw
32 1500 1750 2250 2500 3200 3200 3000（4000）

36 1500 1750 2250 2500 3200 3500 3000
Circular shape I Circular shape II
40 2000 2400 3000 3400 3800 4300 4000（5000）
45 2000 2400 3000 3400 4000 4500 4000
50 2000 3200 4000 4500 5000 5750 4000
63 2000 4000 5000 6000 6800 7700
80 4000 6300 8200 9200 10000
100 4000 6300 10000 12500 14000
125 10000 14000 14000
Circular shape III Rectangular
Remarks: Values in parentheses of rolled ball screw are applicable to the ultra high helix lead (l/d≧2). Refer to Fig. I-4.1 Flange shape and an installation example
dimension tables in B255 and following pages for details. Please note that the range for small leads (3
mm or under) are also limited by the screw length.
Fig. I-4.2 Shape of the cross section of nut
B25 B26
B-I-4.7 Shaft End Configuration
Table I-4•13 and 14 show shaft end types for NSK Refer to the dimension tables below also in
standard support units. Table I-4•15 and 16 show designing shaft ends of standardized S Series.
rolled screw shaft ends for the same occasion.
φdn
m2
(1) Standard shaft end dimensions
φd 3
X
φd 3
φd 3
m1
φd
φd
φd 1
φd 2
φd
B h n
mL 1 h B
X mL 2 nL
H S L1 L2
L3 L3
Section X-X
Fig. I-4•3 Configuration of standard shaft end (drive side) Fig. I-4•4 Standard shaft end configuration (opposite to the drive side)
B
Table I-4•13 Dimensions of shaft ends (drive side) Table I-4•14 Dimensions of shaft ends (opposite to the drive side) 28
Unit: mm Unit: mm
Screw Bearing journal Thread Drive section Seal section Hexagon hole Wrench flats Support Screw shaft Bearing journal Thread for lock nut Retainer ring groove Hexagonal hole Support unit
shaft Outside Outside Outside Width across Width across diameter diameter
Outside Groove
Length Nominal spec. Length Width diameter Groove position Widthflats
across Reference No.
Depth Numbers in parentheses are
unit
diameter diameter Length Nominal spec. Length diameter Length diameter flats Depth flats Length
d d3 L3 m2 mL2 n dn nL B h bearing reference number.
d d1 L1 m1 mL1 d2 L2 d3 B h H S Reference No.
8 6 9 — — 0.8 5.7 6.8 — — WBK08S-01
4 6 22.5 M6×0.75 7 4.5 7.5 9.5 8 4.5 WBK06-01A WBK06-11
10 6 9 — — 0.8 5.7 6.8 — — WBK08S-01
6 6 22.5 M6×0.75 7 4.5 7.5 9.5 8 4.5 WBK06-01A WBK06-11
8 8 27 M8×1 9 6 10 11.5 10 5.5 WBK08-01A WBK08-11 12 8 10 — — 0.9 7.6 7.9 — — WBK10S-01
10 8 27 M8×1 9 6 10 11.5 10 5.5 WBK08-01A WBK08-11 14 10 22(12) — — 1.15 9.6 9.15 4 6 WBK12S-01
12 10 30 M10×1 10 8 15 14 12 6.5 WBK10-01A WBK10-11 15 10 22(12) — — 1.15 9.6 9.15 4 6 WBK12S-01
14 12 30 M12×1 10 10 15 15 4 6 12 6.5 WBK12-01A WBK12-11 16 10 22(12) — — 1.15 9.6 9.15 4 6 WBK12S-01
15 12 30 M12×1 10 10 15 15 4 6 12 6.5 WBK12-01A WBK12-11 20 15 25(13) — — 1.15 14.3 10.15 5 7 WBK15S-01
16 12 30 M12×1 10 10 15 15 4 6 12 6.5 WBK12-01A WBK12-11
20 19 — — 1.35 19 15.35 6 8 WBK20S-01
15 40 M15×1 15 12 20 19.5 5 7 17 8.5 WBK15-01A WBK15-11
20 25 20 53 M20×1 16 — — — 6 8 WBK20-01 WBK20-11
17 81 M17×1 23 12 29 20 5 7 22 10 WBK17DF-31
20 53 M20×1 16 15 27 25 6 8 22 10 WBK20-01 WBK20-11 20 81 M20×1 23 — — — 6 8 WBK20DF-31
25
20 81 M20×1 23 15 39 25 6 8 22 10 WBK20DF-31 20 19 — — 1.35 19 15.35 6 8 WBK20S-01
20 53 M20×1 16 15 27 25 6 8 22 10 WBK20-01 WBK20-11 28 20 53 M20×1 16 — — — 6 8 WBK20-01 WBK20-11
28
20 81 M20×1 23 15 39 28 6 8 24 12 WBK20DF-31 20 81 M20×1 23 — — — 6 8 WBK20DF-31
25 62 M25×1.5 20 20 33 32 8 10 27 12 WBK25-01 WBK25-11
25 20 — — 1.35 23.9 16.35 8 10 WBK25S-01
32 25 89 M25×1.5 26 20 51 32 8 10 27 12 WBK25DF-31
25 104 M25×1.5 26 20 51 32 8 10 27 12 WBK25DFD-31 32 25 62 M25×1.5 20 — — — 8 10 WBK25-01 WBK25-11
30 89 M30×1.5 26 25 61 36 10 12 30 13 WBK30DF-31 25 89 M25×1.5 26 — — — 8 10 WBK25DF-31
36
30 104 M30×1.5 26 25 61 36 10 12 30 13 WBK30DFD-31 25 20 — — 1.35 23.9 16.35 10 12 (6205)
30 89 M30×1.5 26 25 61 40 10 12 WBK30DF-31 36
40 25 89 M25×1.5 26 — — — 10 12 WBK30DF-31
30 104 M30×1.5 26 25 61 40 10 12 WBK30DFD-31 30 22 — — 1.75 28.6 17.75 10 12 (6206)
35 92 M35×1.5 30 30 63 45 12 14 WBK35DF-31 40
45 30 89 M30×1.5 26 — — — 10 12 WBK30DF-31
35 107 M35×1.5 30 30 63 45 12 14 WBK35DFD-31
40 92 M40×1.5 30 35 78 50 14 18 WBK40DF-31 35 25 — — 1.75 33 18.75 12 14 (6207)
50 45
40 107 M40×1.5 30 35 78 50 14 18 WBK40DFD-31 35 92 M35×1.5 30 — — — 12 14 WBK35DF-31
40 25 — — 1.95 38 19.95 14 18 (6208)
50
40 92 M40×1.5 30 — — — 14 18 WBK40DF-31
B27 B28
(2) Shaft end configuration of rolled ball screw
φdn
X m1 k
φd 3
φd 1
φd 2
φd
φd
E mL 1 h B B n
X
H S L1 L2 nL
L3
Section X-X
Fig. I-4•5 Rolled ball screw shaft end (drive side) Fig. I-4•6 Shaft end configuration of rolled ball screw (opposite to the drive side)
Table I-4•15 Dimensions of rolled ball screw shaft ends (drive side) Table I-4•16 Dimensions of rolled ball screw shaft ends (opposite to the drive side)
Unit: mm Unit: mm
Screw Bearing journal Thread for lock nut Spacer Drive section Hexagonal hole Wrench flat Support Screw shaft Bearing journal Retaining ring groove Hexagonal hole Support unit
shaft Outside Length Nominal spec Length Width Outside Length Key Width Depth Width Length unit diameter Outside Length Width Groove Groove Width Depth B
Numbers in parentheses are
diameter diameter diameter width across flats across flats diameter diameter position across flats
d d1 L1 m1 mL1 E d2 L2 k B h H S Reference No. d d3 L3 n dn nL B h
bearing reference numbers. 30
10 6 27 M6×0.75 7 5.0 4.5 7.5 — — — 8 4.5 WBK06-01A WBK06-11 10 6 9 0.8 5.7 6.8 − − WBK08S-01(606)
12 8 32 M8×1 9 5.5 6 10 — — — 10 5.5 WBK08-01A WBK08-11 12 8 10 0.9 7.6 7.9 − − WBK10S-01(608)
14 10 35 M10×1 10 5.5 8 15 — — — 12 6.5 WBK10-01A WBK10-11 14 10 12 1.15 9.6 9.15 4 6 WBK12S-01(6000)
15 10 35 M10×1 10 5.5 8 15 — — — 12 6.5 WBK10-01A WBK10-11 15 10 12 1.15 9.6 9.15 4 6 WBK12S-01(6000)
16 12 35 M12×1 10 5.6 10 15 3 4 6 12 6.5 WBK12-01A WBK12-11 16 10 12 1.15 9.6 9.15 4 6 WBK12S-01(6000)
18 12 35 M12×1 10 5.6 10 15 3 4 6 12 6.5 WBK12-01A WBK12-11 18 10 12 1.15 9.6 9.15 4 6 WBK12S-01(6000)
20 15 50 M15×1 15 10 12 20 4 5 7 17 8.5 WBK15-01A WBK15-11 20 15 13 1.15 14.3 10.15 5 7 WBK15S-01(6002)
17 53 M7×1 17 7 15 27 5 6 8 22 10 WBK17-01A — 17 16 1.15 16.2 13.15 6 8 WBK17S-01(6203)
25 25
20 64 M20×1 16 11 15 27 5 6 8 22 10 WBK20-01 WBK20-11 20 19 1.35 19 15.35 6 8 WBK20S-01(6204)
28 20 64 M20×1 16 11 15 27 5 6 8 22 10 WBK20-01 WBK20-11 28 20 19 1.35 19 15.35 6 8 WBK20S-01(6204)
32 25 76 M25×1.5 20 14 20 33 6 8 10 27 12 WBK25-01 WBK25-11 32 25 20 1.35 23.9 16.35 8 10 WBK25S-01(6205)
36 25 76 M25×1.5 20 14 20 33 6 8 10 27 12 WBK25-01 WBK25-11 36 25 20 1.35 23.9 16.35 8 10 WBK25S-01(6205)
40 30 89 M30×1.5 26 — 25 61 8 10 12 — — WBK30DF-31 40 30 22 1.75 28.6 17.75 10 12 (6206)
45 35 92 M35×1.5 30 — 30 63 8 12 14 — — WBK35DF-31 45 35 23 1.75 33 18.75 12 14 (6207)
50 35 92 M35×1.5 30 — 30 63 8 12 14 — — WBK35DF-31 50 35 23 1.75 33 18.75 12 14 (6207)
Note : The dimension d1 shall be smaller enough than the minor diameter of the ball screw thread to provide sufficient shoulder
surface for the spacer.
Refer to "B-II-14 Precautions for Designing Ball Screw (B538 page)".
B29 B30
B-I-5 When Placing Orders (3) Example of reference number for a rolled ball screw
Nut assembly
In order to avoid confusion, please use "reference number" or "specification number" when inquiring of NSK the
factors of the desired ball screw specifications.
RNFTL2510A5S
◇ Reference number : Alpha-numeric codes are assigned to each ball screw. Product code (nut assembly) Seal code S: With seal
No code: Without seal
◇ Specification number : Specification factors are identified by alpha-numeric codes. Codes are for easy Nut model: FTL, FBL, Effective turns of balls(number of
explanation of your requirements. STL, CT, FCL turns of balls x number of circuit)
(If you do not use these numbers, please itemize your requirements.) Screw shaft diameter (mm) Internal design specification code
Lead (mm)
Screw shaft
B-I-5.1 When Ordering Standard Series
RS2510A20
Find the reference number from the dimension table. Enter the reference number in the "Order Form by Fax" Product code (screw shaft) Screw shaft length (x 100)
(Page B34). Send the fax to a NSK agency (branch office, sales office, or your local representative.).
Screw shaft diameter (mm) Internal design specification code
Lead (mm)
(1) Example of reference number of A/S Series ball screw Please identify the nut assembly and screw shaft reference number when ordering.
W 1 6 0 3 FA - 7 P G X - C 5 Z 3 2
B
Product code (ball screw) Lead (mm)
Screw shaft diameter (mm) Axial play

32
Effective threaded length
(by the unit of 100 mm) Accuracy grade
A Series: MA, FA, SA, KA Ball screw specification/appearance

S Series: MS, FS, SS
Design serial number
(2) Example of reference number of V Series ball screw
V FA 1 5 1 0 C 7 S - 5 0 0
V Series: VFA, RMA, RMS Screw shaft length (mm)
Screw shaft diameter (mm) Axial play
Lead (mm) Accuracy grade
B31 B32
B-I-5.2 When Ordering Custom Made Ball Screws Fax Order Form (Make copies for future orders)
(1) Specification number NSK such as for obtaining a price estimate. If you (1) Standard series
Use a specification number for inquiry prior to desire to discuss with NSK technical points
determining your specifications. A specification regarding specifications, use the NSK ball screw
number reveals general information on the technical data sheet as an aid (Page B35).
specification. This is useful for communication with
Company name : Date: Day Month Year
An example of specification number
D FT 5 0 1 0 - 5 L C 3 Z - 8 5 0 / 1 2 3 0 Address : Telephone :
Nut model Screw shaft length (mm)

Name of person in charge : Section :
Screw shaft diameter (mm) Threaded length (mm)
Lead (mm) Axial play Desired delivery

Product name Specification number Quantity date
Effective turns of balls (number of
turns of balls x number of circuit) Accuracy grade
Precision ball screw
Direction of turn No code: Right L: Left
Rolled ball screw Nut
(2) Reference number Rolled ball screw Screw shaft

After specifications are determined, a reference number such as below is assigned to each ball screw.
Support unit
For detailed specifications, check the specification drawing, which NSK will issue for individual ball screw to
confirm your requirements. Lock nut B
When placing order, please use this reference number.
An example of reference number Grease pack 34
W5012-26LD-C1Z10 Describe the shaft end configuration if processing is required (S Series, R Series). In this case, specify
for what ball screw in the above list the shaft end shall be processed.
Product code (Ball Screw) Lead (mm)
Refer to Page 27-30 for shaft end configuration. These pages also show reference number of support
Screw shaft diameter (mm) Axial play units.
Effective threaded length
(by the unit of 100 mm) Accuracy grade
Design serial number Ball screw specification/appearance Drive side
Direction of turn No code: Right L: Left
Opposite of drive side
B33 B34
NSK Ball Screw Technical Data Sheet (example) NSK Ball Screw Technical Data Sheet (example)
(2) Custom made ball screw (2) Custom made ball screw
Company name Date: Day Month Year Company name Date: Day Month Year
Address Telephone Address Telephone
Person in charge Section Person in charge Section

Machine which uses the ball screw Machining center Model MC-- Application Table left/right movement (X axis) Machine which uses the ball screw Application
Drawing/rough sketch attached? Yes No Drawing/rough sketch attached? Yes No
Note: Either unit system can be used. Note: Either unit system can be used.
Use conditions Use conditions
Axial load Rotational speed Operating hours Axial load Rotational speed Operating hours
Maximum load 9000 N 20 min–1 15 ％ Shaft rotation - Moving nut Normal operation Maximum load N min–1 ％ Shaft rotation - Moving nut Normal operation
Shaft rotation - Moving shaft Back drive operation Shaft rotation - Moving shaft Back drive operation
Load in normal use 4000 N 360 min–1 60 ％ Operating conditions Nut rotation - Moving nut Load in normal use N min–1 ％ Operating conditions Nut rotation - Moving nut
Nut rotation - Moving shaft Oscillation Nut rotation - Moving shaft Oscillation
Minimum load 2000 N 1000 min–1 25 ％ Minimum load N min–1 ％
Degree of vibration shock Normal Degree of vibration shock

B
Maximum 1000 min–1 Required life 20000h Maximum min–1 Required life
rotational speed rotational speed 36
Lubricant Grease/oil (Brand name: Alvania No. 2) Motor in use Company A, Model 1 Lubricant Grease/oil ( ) Motor in use
Seal Yes No Control system Company B, Model 2 ( resolution:1μm) Seal Yes No Control system ( )
Support bearing Drive side 3 5 T A C 6 2 D F Opposite to drive side 35TAC62DF Support bearing Drive side Opposite to drive side
Guide way Rolling Sliding（ L Y 4 5 1 5 0 0 H L 2 - P 4 Z 3 - Ⅱ ） Guide way Rolling Sliding（）
Environment Temperature (Normal temperature in degrees Celsius) Dust Humidity Gas Liquid (where?) Clean room In vacuum Environment Temperature (Normal temperature in degrees Celsius) Dust Humidity Gas Liquid (where?) Clean room In vacuum
Schedule for Day Month Year (approx.) Quantity used Piece Schedule for Day Month Year (approx.) Quantity used Piece
prototype prototype
Date, going in /Month /Year /Lot per machine Date, going in /Month /Year /Lot per machine
production/Quantity production/Quantity
Specification factors of the ball screw Specification factors of the ball screw
Screw shaft diameter 50mm Direction of turn right Accuracy grade C2 Screw shaft length 880mm Preload 3000N Screw shaft diameter Direction of turn Accuracy grade Screw shaft length Preload
Effective turns Effective turns
Lead 10mm of balls Axial play 0mm Overall shaft length 1335mm Required torque Lead of balls Axial play Overall shaft length Required torque
Nut model DFT5010-5 Flange type Circular I Nut orientation Same as shown in the dimension table Opposite Nut model Flange type Nut orientation Same as shown in the dimension table Opposite
Supplemental explanation/requests Supplemental explanation/requests
B35 B36
A Series B39
KA Series B155
S Series B181
V Series B232
R Series B255
(Rolled Ball Screws)
Accessory B273
B-I-6 Dimension Table and Reference

Number of Standard Stock Ball Screws
Ball Screws
B37 B38
B-I-6.1 A Series
◇Ball screw sizes are arranged in order of the page ●Stroke ●Permissible rotational speed ◇Other
number. Nominal stroke: A reference for your use. d • n: Limited by the relative peripheral Seal of the ball screw, ball recirculating deflector, and
Table begins with the smallest shaft diameter ball Maximum stroke: The limit stroke that the nut speed between the screw shaft and end cap are made of synthetic resin. Consult NSK
screw, and proceeds to the larger sizes. If ball screws can move. The figure is the nut. when using our ball screws under extreme
have the same shaft diameter, those with smaller obtained by subtracting the nut Critical speed: Limited by the natural frequency of a environment or in special environment, or if using
leads appear first. Page numbers of shaft diameter length from the effective ball screw shaft. Critical speed special lubricant or oil.
and lead combinations are shown in Table I-6•1. threaded length (L1). depends on the supporting condition For special environment, refer to Pages B527 and D2.
●Lead accuracy of screw shaft. For lubricants, refer to Pages B525 and D13.
◇Dimension tables Lead accuracy is C3 and C5 grades
Dimension tables show shapes/sizes as well as T : Travel compensation; Use under either, but the smaller permissible
specification factors of each shaft diameter/lead e p : Tolerance on specified travel; rotational speed. For details, see "Technical
combination. Tables also contain data as follows: υ u : Travel variation description: Permissible rotational speed" (Page B509).
See "Technical Description: Lead accuracy" (Page
B499) for the details of the codes.
Table I-6-1 Combinations of screw shaft diameter and lead
Lead (mm)
Screw shaft diameter (mm)
1 1.5 2 2.5 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 B
4 B41 40
6 B43
8 B45 B47 B49
10 B51 B53 B55
12 B57 B59 B61 B63
14 B65 B67
15 B69 B71
16 B73 B75 B77 B79 B81
20 B83 B85 B87 B89 B91
25 B93 B95 B97 B99 B101 B103 B105
B107 B111
28
B109 B113
B115 B119 B123 B125 B129 B131
32
B117 B121 B127
B133
36
B135
B137 B139 B141 B145
40
B143 B147
45 B149
B151
50
B153
B39 B40
A Series: Finished shaft end (Fine lead) Dia. 4, Lead 1 Nut models: MPFD, MSFD
φ4×1
Unit: mm
0 4-2.9 drill thru. Ball screw specifications
φ0.009 A 8−0.2 φ0.005 E
Standard
＊
＊
G 0.008 A ° 30° Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance stock
X 30
φ4.5h6
−0.008
Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 4×1 / Right
φ10g6
−0.005
−0.014
0
Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Deflector
C 0.2 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 0.800 / 4.2

C 0.2 C 0.3 C 0.3 5 Effective turns of balls 1×2
φ4 PCD 1
−0.002
−0.007
φ9.5
φ20
φ6
Accuracy grade / Preload / Axial play C3 / Z C3 / T
R 0.2 Basic load DynamicCa 315

max. rating
(N) StaticC0a 370
0.008 A A G （3） E 7
X 0 0.005 or less
M6×0.75 14 Axial play
9 3 Dynamic friction torque,
~1.0 ~0.3
12 View X-X (N･cm)
0.0025 E
Spacer ball None
L1 (Hardened) 4（7） 22.5 7.5 Factory packed grease NSK grease PS2
L2 30
L3
B
42
Unit: mm
Stroke Shaft run- Permissible rotational speed N (min-1)

Ball screw No. Screw shaft length Lead accuracy out ** Mass
Maximum Supporting condition
Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (MPFD) Precise clearance (MSFD) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Free
W0400MA-1PY-C3Z1 W0400MA-2Y-C3T1 20 32 44 55 85 0 0.008 0.008 0.015 0.024 3000
W0400MA-3PY-C3Z1 W0400MA-4Y-C3T1 40 52 64 75 105 0 0.008 0.008 0.020 0.026 3000
W0401MA-1PY-C3Z1 W0401MA-2Y-C3T1 70 82 94 105 135 0 0.008 0.008 0.025 0.028 3000
Remarks: 1. We recommend NSK support unit WBK06-01A (square type, fixed side) or WBK06-11 (round type, fixed side).
2. NSK grease PS2 is recommended. Apply to the screw shaft surface when replenishing.
3. Nut does not have a seal.
4. Permissible rotational speed is determined by a d・n value and a critical speed. See page B509.
Root diameter of screw shaft (dr) is 3.2 mm.
B41 B42
φ6×1
Unit: mm
0 4-3.4 drill thru. Ball screw specifications
φ0.009 A 8−0.2 φ0.005 E
Standard
＊
＊
G 0.008 A ° 30° Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance
stock
X 30
φ4.5h6
−0.008
Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 6×1/Right
φ12g6
−0.006
−0.017
0
C 0.2 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 0.800/6.2
C 0.2 C 0.3 C 0.3 8
PCD 1 Effective turns of balls 1×3
−0.002
−0.007
φ9.5
φ24
φ6
φ6
Accuracy grade / Preload / Axial play C3/Z C3/T

max. rating
0.008 A A G E (N) StaticC0a 925

（3） 7
X
M2.5×0.45 M6×0.75 16 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
11.5 3.5
Depth 5 Dynamic friction torque,
15 View X-X ∼1.3 ∼0.3
0.0025 E (N･cm)
Spacer ball None
L1 (Hardened) 3（7） 22.5 7.5
Factory packed grease NSK grease PS2
L2 30
L3
B
44
Unit: mm
Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (MPFD) Precise clearance (MSFD) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Free
W0600MA-1PY-C3Z1 W0600MA-2Y-C3T1 40 50 65 75 105 0 0.008 0.008 0.015 0.039 3000
W0601MA-1PY-C3Z1 W0601MA-2Y-C3T1 70 80 95 105 135 0 0.008 0.008 0.020 0.045 3000
W0601MA-3PY-C3Z1 W0601MA-4Y-C3T1 100 110 125 135 165 0 0.010 0.008 0.025 0.051 3000
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit WBK06-01A (square type, fixed side), and WBK06-11 (round type, fixed side).
B43 B44
φ8×1
Unit: mm
Ball screw specifications
0
−0.2 4-3.4 drill thru. Standard
φ0.009 A
10 Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance stock
＊
＊
0.008 A G 0.008 A φ0.005 E ° 30°
X 30 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 8×1/Right
φ6h6
−0.008
φ14g6
Preload / Ball recirculation
−0.006
−0.017
−0.06 P preload / Deflector
0
φ5.7
0
Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 0.800/8.2

C 0.2 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 21 Effective turns of balls 1×3
PCD
−0.002
−0.010
φ27
φ11.5
−0.002
−0.008
φ8
φ8
φ6
C 0.5 R 0.2 max. R 0.2 Basic load DynamicCa 670

＋0.1
max. rating
0
F 0.8 （4） E 9 (N) StaticC0a 1290

0.008 A A G
＋0.1 X
0 M8×1 18 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
6.8 12 4
Dynamic friction torque,
16 View X-X ∼1.8 ∼0.5
0.0025 E (N･cm)
0.0025 F
L 1 (Hardened) 4（8） 27 10 Spacer ball None
9 L2 37
L3
B
46
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (MPFD) Precise clearance (MSFD) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support
W0800MA-1PY-C3Z1 W0800MA-2Y-C3T1 40 64 80 92 138 0 0.008 0.008 0.025 0.073 3000
W0801MA-1PY-C3Z1 W0801MA-2Y-C3T1 70 94 110 122 168 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.084 3000
W0801MA-3PY-C3Z1 W0801MA-4Y-C3T1 100 124 140 152 198 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.095 3000
W0802MA-1PY-C3Z1 W0802MA-2Y-C3T1 150 174 190 202 248 0 0.010 0.008 0.035 0.11 3000
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit WBK08-01A (square type, fixed side), WBK08S-01 (square type, simple support
side), and WBK08-11 (round type, fixed side).
B45 B46
A Series: Finished shaft end (Fine lead) Dia. 8, Lead 1.5 Nut models: MPFD, MSFD
φ8×1.5
Unit: mm
0
4-3.4 drill thru. Standard
−0.2 Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance
φ0.009 A
10 stock
＊
＊
0.008 A Seals (two places) G 0.008 A φ0.005 E ° 30°
30 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 8×1.5/Right
X
φ6h6
−0.008
φ15g6
P preload / Deflector
−0.006
−0.017
−0.06
0
φ5.7
0

PCD
−0.002
−0.010
φ28
φ11.5
−0.002
−0.008
φ8
φ8
φ6

＋0.1
max. rating
0
F 0.8 （4） E 9 (N) StaticC0a 1980

0.008 A A G
＋0.1
X
6.8 18 4
22 View X-X ∼2.0 ∼0.5
0.0025 E (N･cm)
0.0025 F
9 L2 37
L3
B
48
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W0800MA-3PY-C3Z1.5 W0800MA-4Y-C3T1.5 40 58 80 92 138 0 0.008 0.008 0.025 0.082 3000
W0801MA-5PY-C3Z1.5 W0801MA-6Y-C3T1.5 70 88 110 122 168 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.093 3000
W0801MA-7PY-C3Z1.5 W0801MA-8Y-C3T1.5 100 118 140 152 198 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.10 3000
W0802MA-3PY-C3Z1.5 W0802MA-4Y-C3T1.5 150 168 190 202 248 0 0.010 0.008 0.035 0.12 3000
B47 B48
φ8×2
Unit: mm
0 4-3.4 drill thru. Standard
−0.2 Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance
10 stock
＊
＊
0.008 A φ0.009 A Seals (two places) G 0.008 A φ0.005 E ° 30°
φ6h6
−0.008
φ16g6
−0.006
−0.017
−0.06
0
φ5.7 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia.
0
1.200/8.3
PCD
−0.002
−0.010
φ29
φ11.5
−0.002
−0.008
φ8
φ8
φ6

＋0.1
max. rating
0
F 0.8 （4） E 9 (N) StaticC0a 2210

0.008 A A G
＋0.1 X
6.8 22 4
26 View X-X ∼2.0 ∼0.5
0.0025 E (N･cm)
0.0025 F
Spacer ball None
L 1 (Hardened) 4（8） 27 10
9 L2 37
L3
B
50
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W0800MA-5PY-C3Z2 W0800MA-6Y-C3T2 40 54 80 92 138 0 0.008 0.008 0.025 0.09 3000
W0801MA-9PY-C3Z2 W0801MA-10Y-C3T2 70 84 110 122 168 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.10 3000
W0801MA-11PY-C3Z2 W0801MA-12Y-C3T2 100 114 140 152 198 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.11 3000
W0802MA-5PY-C3Z2 W0802MA-6Y-C3T2 150 164 190 202 248 0 0.010 0.008 0.035 0.13 3000
B49 B50
φ10×2
Unit: mm
0
−0.2
Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance
10
° 30° stock
＊
＊
0.007 A φ0.009 A Seals (two places) G 0.007 A φ0.005 E
−0.008
φ6h6
φ18g6
−0.006
−0.017
−0.06
0
φ5.7
0
C 0.2 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 1.200/10.3

C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 27
PCD Effective turns of balls 1×3
−0.002
−0.010
φ11.5
φ35
φ10
−0.002
−0.008
φ8
φ6
C 0.5 R 0.2 max. R 0.2

＋0.1
max. Basic load DynamicCa 1490
0
0.8 rating
F 0.008 A A G （4） E 9
X (N) StaticC0a 2850
＋0.1
0 M8×1
6.8 23 5 22
Axial play 0 0.005 or less
28 0.0025 E View X-X Dynamic friction torque,
0.0025 F 0.1∼2.4 ∼0.5
L 1 (Hardened) 4（8） 27 10 (N･cm)
Spacer ball None
9 L2 37
L3
B
52
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W1001MA-1PY-C3Z2 W1001MA-2Y-C3T2 50 72 100 112 158 0 0.008 0.008 0.020 0.13 3000
W1001MA-3PY-C3Z2 W1001MA-4Y-C3T2 100 122 150 162 208 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.16 3000
W1002MA-1PY-C3Z2 W1002MA-2Y-C3T2 150 172 200 212 258 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.19 3000
W1002MA-3PY-C3Z2 W1002MA-4Y-C3T2 200 222 250 262 308 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.22 3000
B51 B52
φ10×2.5
Unit: mm
0
10 stock
＊
＊
0.007 A φ0.010 A Seals (two places) G 0.007 A φ0.005 E ° 30°
X 30 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 10×2.5/Right
−0.008
φ6h6
φ19g6
−0.007
−0.020
−0.06
0
φ5.7
0

C 0.2 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 28
−0.002
−0.010
φ36
φ10
φ11.5
−0.002
−0.008
φ8
φ6

＋0.1
0 max. rating
F 0.8 （4） E 9 (N)
0.008 A A G StaticC0a 3640
＋0.1 X M8×1
0
6.8 27 5 23 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
32 Dynamic friction torque,
0.0025 E 0.2∼2.9 ∼0.5
0.0025 F View X-X (N･cm)
9 L2 37 Factory packed grease NSK grease PS2
L3
B
54
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W1001MA-5PY-C3Z2.5 W1001MA-6Y-C3T2.5 50 68 100 112 158 0 0.008 0.008 0.020 0.14 3000
W1001MA-7PY-C3Z2.5 W1001MA-8Y-C3T2.5 100 118 150 162 208 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.17 3000
W1002MA-5PY-C3Z2.5 W1002MA-6Y-C3T2.5 150 168 200 212 258 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.20 3000
W1002MA-7PY-C3Z2.5 W1002MA-8Y-C3T2.5 200 218 250 262 308 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.23 3000
B53 B54
A Series: Finished shaft end (Fine lead) Dia. 10, Lead 4 Nut models: PFT, SFT
φ10×4
Unit: mm
M6×1 4-4.5 drill thru., Standard
0
−0.25
(Oil hole) C'bore 8×4.5
Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance stock
Seals (two places) ° 30 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 10×4/Right
φ0.010 A 12 φ0.005 E 30 °
＊
＊
0.007 A X G 0.010 A
Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Return tube
φ8h6
−0.009
−0.08
φ26g6
−0.007
−0.020
0
0
φ7.6
C 0.2 36 Effective turns of balls 2.5×1

C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
14
−0.004
−0.012
φ10
φ46
φ10
−0.002
−0.008
φ14
42
φ8
Basic load DynamicCa 1730 2740

C 0.5 R 0.2 max. R 0.2 rating
max.
＋0.1
0 (N) StaticC0a 2230 4450
F 0.9 A G （5） E 10
0.008 A Axial play 0 0.005 or less
＋0.1 X M10×1
0 28
7.9 24 10 Dynamic friction torque,
0.5∼3.9 ∼1.0
34 0.003 E View X-X (N･cm)
0.003 F
L 1 (Hardened) 5 （10） 30 15 Spacer ball Yes None

Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3） 0.8
L3
B
56
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (PFT) Precise clearance (SFT) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support
W1001FA-1P-C3Z4 W1001FA-2-C3T4 50 76 110 125 180 0 0.010 0.008 0.020 0.26 3000
W1001FA-3P-C3Z4 W1001FA-4-C3T4 100 126 160 175 230 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.28 3000
W1002FA-1P-C3Z4 W1002FA-2-C3T4 150 176 210 225 280 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.31 3000
W1002FA-3P-C3Z4 W1002FA-4-C3T4 200 226 260 275 330 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.34 3000
W1003FA-1P-C3Z4 W1003FA-2-C3T4 250 276 310 325 380 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.37 3000
W1003FA-3P-C3Z4 W1003FA-4-C3T4 300 326 360 375 430 0 0.013 0.010 0.050 0.39 3000
2. NSK grease PS2 is recommended. The amount for replenishing should be about 50% of nut internal space capacity.
B55 B56
φ12×2
Unit: mm
0
−0.25
12
° 30°
stock
＊
＊
0.007 A φ0.010 A Seals (two places) G 0.007 A φ0.005 E
30 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 12×2/Right
X
−0.009
φ8h6
φ20g6
−0.007
−0.020
−0.08
0
φ7.6
0

C 0.2 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 29
−0.004
−0.012
φ37
φ12
φ10
−0.002
−0.008
φ8
φ14
＋0.1
0 max. rating
F 0.9 （5） E 10 (N)
0.008 A A G StaticC0a 3620
＋0.1 X M10×1
0
7.9 23 5 24 Axial play 0 0.005 or less

0.003 E View X-X 0.4∼3.4 ∼1.0
0.0025 F (N･cm)
L3
B
58
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W1201MA-1PY-C3Z2 W1201MA-2Y-C3T2 50 82 110 125 180 0 0.010 0.008 0.020 0.20 3000
W1201MA-3PY-C3Z2 W1201MA-4Y-C3T2 100 132 160 175 230 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.24 3000
W1202MA-1PY-C3Z2 W1202MA-2Y-C3T2 150 182 210 225 280 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.28 3000
W1202MA-3PY-C3Z2 W1202MA-4Y-C3T2 200 232 260 275 330 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.32 3000
W1203MA-1PY-C3Z2 W1203MA-2Y-C3T2 250 282 310 325 380 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.36 3000
B57 B58
φ12×2.5
Unit: mm
0
φ0.010 A 12 φ0.005 E stock
＊
＊
0.007 A Seals (two places) G 0.007 A ° 30°
X 30 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 12×2.5/Right
φ8h6
−0.009
φ21g6
−0.007
−0.020
P preload / Deflector
−0.08
0
φ7.6
0

C 0.2 C 0.2
C 0.5 C 0.5 30 Effective turns of balls 1×3
PCD
−0.004
−0.012
−0.002
−0.008
φ12
φ38
φ10
φ14
φ8
C 0.5 R 0.2 Basic load DynamicCa 2360

R 0.2 max.
＋0.1 max. rating
0
F 0.9 A G （5） E 10 (N) StaticC0a 4540
0.008 A X
＋0.1 M10×1 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
0 25
0.003 E 0.4∼3.4 ∼1.0
32 View X-X (N･cm)
0.003 F
L1 (Hardened) 5 （10） 30 15 Spacer ball None
L3
B
60
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W1201MA-5PY-C3Z2.5 W1201MA-6Y-C3T2.5 50 78 110 125 180 0 0.010 0.008 0.020 0.21 3000
W1201MA-7PY-C3Z2.5 W1201MA-8Y-C3T2.5 100 128 160 175 230 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.25 3000
W1202MA-5PY-C3Z2.5 W1202MA-6Y-C3T2.5 150 178 210 225 280 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.29 3000
W1202MA-7PY-C3Z2.5 W1202MA-8Y-C3T2.5 200 228 260 275 330 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.33 3000
W1203MA-3PY-C3Z2.5 W1203MA-4Y-C3T2.5 250 278 310 325 380 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.37 3000
B59 B60
φ12×5
Unit: mm
0
−0.25
(Oil hole) C'bore 8×4.5 stock
Seals (two places) ° 30 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 12×5/Right
φ0.010 A 12 φ0.005 E 30 °
＊
＊
0.007 A X G 0.010 A
φ8h6
−0.009
φ30g6
−0.007
−0.020
−0.08
0
0
φ7.6

C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
15
−0.004
−0.012
φ12
φ50
φ10
−0.002
−0.008
φ14
φ8
45
＋0.1 max.
0 (N) StaticC0a 3160 6310
F 0.9 A G （5） E 10
＋0.1 X M10×1
0 32
1.0∼4.4 ∼1.0
40 0.003 E (N･cm)
0.003 F View X-X
L3
B
62
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (PFT) Precise clearance (SFT) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support
W1201FA-1P-C3Z5 W1201FA-2-C3T5 50 70 110 125 180 0 0.010 0.008 0.020 0.35 3000
W1201FA-3P-C3Z5 W1201FA-4-C3T5 100 120 160 175 230 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.38 3000
W1202FA-1P-C3Z5 W1202FA-2-C3T5 150 170 210 225 280 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.42 3000
W1202FA-3P-C3Z5 W1202FA-4-C3T5 200 220 260 275 330 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.46 3000
W1203FA-1P-C3Z5 W1203FA-2-C3T5 250 270 310 325 380 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.50 3000
W1204FA-1P-C3Z5 W1204FA-2-C3T5 350 370 410 425 480 0 0.015 0.010 0.050 0.58 3000
W1205FA-1P-C3Z5 W1205FA-2-C3T5 450 470 510 525 580 0 0.016 0.012 0.065 0.66 3000
2. NSK grease PS2 is recommended. The amount for replenishing should be about 50% of nut internal space capacity.
B61 B62
A Series: Finished shaft end (Medium lead) Dia. 12, Lead 10 Nut models: LPFT, LSFT
φ12×10
Unit: mm
Seals (two places)
0
−0.25
(Oil hole)
° 30
C'bore 8×4.5 stock
φ0.012 A 12 φ0.008 E 30 ° Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 12×10/Right
＊
＊
0.010 A X G 0.015 A
φ8h6
−0.009
φ30g6
−0.007
−0.020
Ball dia. / Ball circle dia.
−0.08
2.381/12.5
0
φ7.6
0

C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 PC D
15
−0.004
−0.012
−0.002
−0.008
φ12
φ50
φ10
φ14
φ8
45
max. (N)
＋0.1
0 StaticC0a 3240 6480
F 0.9 A G （5） E 10
＋0.1 X M10×1
0
7.9 40 10 32 Dynamic friction torque,
1.0∼4.9 ∼1.5
50 0.003 E (N･cm)
0.003 F View X-X
Spacer ball Yes None
L 1 (Hardened) 5 （10） 30 15
Factory packed grease NSK grease LR3
10 L2 45
L3
B
64
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (LPFT) Precise clearance (LSFT) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support
W1201FA-5P-C5Z10 W1201FA-6-C5T10 100 110 160 175 230 0 0.020 0.018 0.035 0.43 3000
W1202FA-5P-C5Z10 W1202FA-6-C5T10 150 160 210 225 280 0 0.023 0.018 0.035 0.47 3000
W1203FA-3P-C5Z10 W1203FA-4-C5T10 250 260 310 325 380 0 0.023 0.018 0.050 0.56 3000
W1204FA-3P-C5Z10 W1204FA-4-C5T10 350 360 410 425 480 0 0.027 0.020 0.060 0.64 3000
W1205FA-3P-C5Z10 W1205FA-4-C5T10 450 460 510 525 580 0 0.030 0.023 0.075 0.72 3000
2. NSK grease LR3 is recommended. The amount for replenishing should be about 50% of nut internal space capacity.
B63 B64
φ14×5
Unit: mm
Seals (two places) 0
−0.25
(Oil hole)
30
C'bore 9.5×5.5 stock
° Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 14×5/Right
φ0.010 A 6 12 φ0.006 E 30 °
＊
＊
0.010 A X G 0.010 A
φ10h6
−0.009
0
φ34g6
−0.009
−0.025
−0.09
φ9.6
0
C 0.2 4 5 Effective turns of balls 2.5×1

C 0.5 C 0.5 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
17
−0.004
−0.012
−0.003
−0.011
φ14
φ57
φ12
φ10
φ15
50
R 0.2 max. R 0.2 rating
＋0.14
max. (N)
0 StaticC0a 5840 11700
F 1.15 A G （5） E 10
M5×0.8 0.008 A
M12×1 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
＋0.1
0
X 34
Depth 12 9.15 29 11 Dynamic friction torque,
1.5∼6.9 ∼2.0
40 0.003 E (N･cm)
0.003 F View X-X
L 1 (Hardened) 5（10） 30 15
22 L2 45
L3
B
66
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (PFT) Precise clearance (SFT) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support Fixed - Fixed
W1401FA-1P-C3Z5 W1401FA-2-C3T5 100 149 189 204 271 0 0.010 0.008 0.020 0.52 3000 3000
W1402FA-1P-C3Z5 W1402FA-2-C3T5 150 199 239 254 321 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.57 3000 3000
W1403FA-1P-C3Z5 W1403FA-2-C3T5 250 299 339 354 421 0 0.013 0.010 0.035 0.67 3000 3000
W1404FA-1P-C3Z5 W1404FA-2-C3T5 350 399 439 454 521 0 0.015 0.010 0.045 0.77 3000 3000
W1405FA-1P-C3Z5 W1405FA-2-C3T5 450 499 539 554 621 0 0.016 0.012 0.045 0.87 3000 3000
W1406FA-1P-C3Z5 W1406FA-2-C3T5 600 649 689 704 771 0 0.018 0.013 0.055 1.0 3000 3000
B65 B66
φ14×8
Unit: mm
Seals (two places) 0 (Oil hole) C'bore 9.5×5.5 stock
−0.25
° 30 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 14×8/Right
φ0.015 A 6 12 φ0.009 E 30 °
＊
＊
0.014 A X G 0.014 A
φ10h6
−0.009
0
φ34g6
−0.009
−0.025
−0.09
φ9.6
0
45 Effective turns of balls 2.5×1

C 0.5 C 0.5 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
17
−0.004
−0.012
−0.003
−0.011
φ14
φ57
φ12
φ10
φ15
50
max.
＋0.14
0
(N) StaticC0a 5840 11700
F 1.15 A G （5） E 10
M5×0.8 ＋0.1 X M12×1 34
0
1.5∼7.8 ∼2.4
46 0.004 E View X-X (N･cm)
0.004 F
L 1 (Hardened) 5（10） 30 15 Spacer ball Yes None
22 L2 45
L3
B
68
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (LPFT) Precise clearance (LSFT) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support Fixed - Fixed
W1401FA-3P-C5Z8 W1401FA-4-C5T8 100 143 189 204 271 0 0.020 0.018 0.025 0.56 3000 3000
W1402FA-3P-C5Z8 W1402FA-4-C5T8 150 193 239 254 321 0 0.023 0.018 0.035 0.61 3000 3000
W1402FA-5P-C5Z8 W1402FA-6-C5T8 200 243 289 304 371 0 0.023 0.018 0.035 0.67 3000 3000
W1403FA-3P-C5Z8 W1403FA-4-C5T8 250 293 339 354 421 0 0.025 0.020 0.040 0.72 3000 3000
W1403FA-5P-C5Z8 W1403FA-6-C5T8 300 343 389 404 471 0 0.025 0.020 0.040 0.78 3000 3000
W1404FA-3P-C5Z8 W1404FA-4-C5T8 350 393 439 454 521 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 0.83 3000 3000
W1404FA-5P-C5Z8 W1404FA-6-C5T8 400 443 489 504 571 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 0.88 3000 3000
W1405FA-3P-C5Z8 W1405FA-4-C5T8 450 493 539 554 621 0 0.030 0.023 0.050 0.94 3000 3000
W1405FA-5P-C5Z8 W1405FA-6-C5T8 500 543 589 604 671 0 0.030 0.023 0.065 0.99 3000 3000
W1406FA-3P-C5Z8 W1406FA-4-C5T8 550 593 639 654 721 0 0.035 0.025 0.065 1.0 3000 3000
W1406FA-5P-C5Z8 W1406FA-6-C5T8 600 643 689 704 771 0 0.035 0.025 0.065 1.1 3000 3000
W1407FA-1P-C5Z8 W1407FA-2-C5T8 700 743 789 804 871 0 0.035 0.025 0.085 1.2 2800 3000
B67 B68
φ15×10
Unit: mm
M6×1 4-5.5 drill thru,
Standard
Seals (two places) 0 (Oil hole) C'bore 9.5×5.5 stock
−0.25
φ0.015 A 6 12 φ0.009 E 30 °
＊
＊
0.014 A X G 0.014 A
φ10h6
−0.009
0
φ34g6
−0.009
−0.025
−0.09
φ9.6
0

C 0.5 C 0.5 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
17
−0.004
−0.012
−0.003
−0.011
φ15
φ57
φ12
φ10
φ15
50
＋0.14
max. (N)
0 StaticC0a 6380 12800
F 1.15 A G （5） E 10
M5×0.8 0.011 A
M12×1 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
＋0.1
0
X 34
1.5∼7.8 ∼2.4
51 0.004 E View X-X (N･cm)
0.004 F
L 1 (Hardened) 5（10） 30 15 Spacer ball Yes None
22 L2 45
L3
B
Unit: mm
Shaft run-
70
Stroke Permissible rotational speed N (min-1)
Nominal (Kg)
W1501FA-1P-C5Z10 W1501FA-2-C5T10 100 138 189 204 271 0 0.020 0.018 0.025 0.61 3000 3000
W1502FA-1P-C5Z10 W1502FA-2-C5T10 150 188 239 254 321 0 0.023 0.018 0.035 0.67 3000 3000
W1502FA-3P-C5Z10 W1502FA-4-C5T10 200 238 289 304 371 0 0.023 0.018 0.035 0.74 3000 3000
W1503FA-1P-C5Z10 W1503FA-2-C5T10 250 288 339 354 421 0 0.025 0.020 0.040 0.80 3000 3000
W1503FA-3P-C5Z10 W1503FA-4-C5T10 300 338 389 404 471 0 0.025 0.020 0.040 0.86 3000 3000
W1504FA-1P-C5Z10 W1504FA-2-C5T10 350 388 439 454 521 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 0.93 3000 3000
W1504FA-3P-C5Z10 W1504FA-4-C5T10 400 438 489 504 571 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 1.0 3000 3000
W1505FA-1P-C5Z10 W1505FA-2-C5T10 450 488 539 554 621 0 0.030 0.023 0.050 1.1 3000 3000
W1505FA-3P-C5Z10 W1505FA-4-C5T10 500 538 589 604 671 0 0.030 0.023 0.065 1.1 3000 3000
W1506FA-1P-C5Z10 W1506FA-2-C5T10 550 588 639 654 721 0 0.035 0.025 0.065 1.2 3000 3000
W1506FA-3P-C5Z10 W1506FA-4-C5T10 600 638 689 704 771 0 0.035 0.025 0.065 1.2 3000 3000
W1507FA-1P-C5Z10 W1507FA-2-C5T10 700 738 789 804 871 0 0.035 0.025 0.085 1.4 3000 3000
W1508FA-1P-C5Z10 W1508FA-2-C5T10 800 838 889 904 971 0 0.040 0.027 0.085 1.5 2400 3000
W1510FA-1P-C5Z10 W1510FA-2-C5T10 1000 1038 1089 1104 1171 0 0.046 0.030 0.110 1.8 1590 2250
B69 B70
A Series: Finished shaft end (High helix lead) Dia. 15, Lead 20 Nut models: UPFC, USFC
φ15×20
Unit: mm
M6×1 4-5.5 drill thru. Standard
0
−0.25
(Oil hole)
° 30
stock
φ0.015 A 5 12 φ0.009 E 30 ° Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 15×20/Right
＊
＊
0.014 A X G 0.014 A
Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / End cap
φ10h6
−0.009
0
φ34g6
−0.009
−0.025
−0.09

φ9.6
0
C 0.5 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 45 Effective turns of balls 1.7×1

C 0.5 PC D
−0.004
−0.012
−0.003
−0.011
φ15
φ55
φ12
φ10
φ15
50
＋0.14 max.
0 (N) StaticC0a 5820 8730
F 1.15 A G （5） E 10
M5×0.8 ＋0.10
0.011 A M12×1 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
0 X
Depth 12 9.15 24 10 11 36 Dynamic friction torque,
1.5∼7.8 ∼2.4
45 0.004 E (N･cm)
0.004 F
View X-X Spacer ball Yes None
L 1 (Hardened) 8 （10） 30 15
22 L2 45 Factory packed grease NSK grease LR3
L3
B
Unit: mm
Shaft run-
72
Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (UPFC) Precise clearance (USFC) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support Fixed - Fixed
W1501FA-3PG-C5Z20 W1501FA-4G-C5T20 100 141 186 204 271 0 0.020 0.018 0.025 0.61 3000 3000
W1502FA-5PG-C5Z20 W1502FA-6G-C5T20 150 191 236 254 321 0 0.023 0.018 0.035 0.68 3000 3000
W1502FA-7PG-C5Z20 W1502FA-8G-C5T20 200 241 286 304 371 0 0.023 0.018 0.035 0.75 3000 3000
W1503FA-5PG-C5Z20 W1503FA-6G-C5T20 250 291 336 354 421 0 0.025 0.020 0.040 0.81 3000 3000
W1503FA-7PG-C5Z20 W1503FA-8G-C5T20 300 341 386 404 471 0 0.025 0.020 0.040 0.88 3000 3000
W1504FA-5PG-C5Z20 W1504FA-6G-C5T20 350 391 436 454 521 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 0.95 3000 3000
W1504FA-7PG-C5Z20 W1504FA-8G-C5T20 400 441 486 504 571 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 1.0 3000 3000
W1505FA-5PG-C5Z20 W1505FA-6G-C5T20 450 491 536 554 621 0 0.030 0.023 0.050 1.1 3000 3000
W1505FA-7PG-C5Z20 W1505FA-8G-C5T20 500 541 586 604 671 0 0.030 0.023 0.065 1.1 3000 3000
W1506FA-5PG-C5Z20 W1506FA-6G-C5T20 550 591 636 654 721 0 0.035 0.025 0.065 1.2 3000 3000
W1506FA-7PG-C5Z20 W1506FA-8G-C5T20 600 641 686 704 771 0 0.035 0.025 0.065 1.3 3000 3000
W1507FA-3PG-C5Z20 W1507FA-4G-C5T20 700 741 786 804 871 0 0.035 0.025 0.085 1.4 3000 3000
W1508FA-3PG-C5Z20 W1508FA-4G-C5T20 800 841 886 904 971 0 0.040 0.027 0.085 1.5 2400 3000
W1510FA-3PG-C5Z20 W1510FA-4G-C5T20 1000 1041 1086 1104 1171 0 0.046 0.030 0.110 1.8 1590 2240
B71 B72
φ16×2
Unit: mm
0
M6×1 4-5.5 drill thru. Standard
φ0.010 A Seals (two places)
−0.25
12 φ0.005 E
(Oil hole) stock
＊
＊
0.007 A G 0.010 A ° 30° Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 16×2/Right
X 30
φ10h6
−0.009
φ25g6
−0.007
−0.020
0
−0.09
φ9.6
0
1.588/16.4
C 0.5 C 0.2 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 35 Effective turns of balls 1×4
PCD
16
−0.004
−0.012
−0.003
−0.011
φ16
φ44
φ12
φ10
φ15
R 0.2 max. R 0.2 Basic load DynamicCa 3510
＋0.14 max. rating
0
F 1.15 A G 35 E 10 (N) StaticC0a 8450
0.008 A X
M5×0.8 ＋0.10 M12×1
Depth 12 0 29 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
9.15 30 10
40 0.003 E View X-X 0.5∼4.9 ∼1.5
0.003 F (N･cm)
L 1 (Hardened) 5（10） 30 15
Spacer ball None
L3 Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3） 1.6
B
74
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (MPFD) Precise clearance (MSFD) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support Fixed - Fixed
W1601MA-1PY-C3Z2 W1601MA-2Y-C3T2 50 99 139 154 221 0 0.010 0.008 0.020 0.41 3000 3000
W1601MA-3PY-C3Z2 W1601MA-4Y-C3T2 100 149 189 204 271 0 0.010 0.008 0.020 0.48 3000 3000
W1602MA-1PY-C3Z2 W1602MA-2Y-C3T2 150 199 239 254 321 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.55 3000 3000
W1602MA-3PY-C3Z2 W1602MA-4Y-C3T2 200 249 289 304 371 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.62 3000 3000
W1603MA-1PY-C3Z2 W1603MA-2Y-C3T2 300 349 389 404 471 0 0.013 0.010 0.035 0.77 3000 3000
side), and WBK12-11(round type, fixed side).
2. NSK grease PS2 is recommended. The amount for replenishing should be about 50% of the nut internal space
capacity.
B73 B74
φ16×2.5
Unit: mm
0
M6×1
(Oil hole)
φ0.010 A Seals (two places)
−0.25
12 φ0.005 E
stock
＊
＊
0.007 A G 0.010 A ° 30°
30 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 16×2.5/Right
X
φ10h6
−0.009
φ25g6
−0.007
−0.020
0
−0.09
φ9.6
0

C 0.2 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5
C 0.5 35
16
−0.004
−0.012
−0.003
−0.011
φ16
φ44
φ12
φ10
φ15
R 0.2 max. R 0.2 Basic load DynamicCa 3510

＋0.14 max. rating
0
F 1.15 A G 35 E 10
(N) StaticC0a 8450
0.008 A X
M5×0.8 ＋0.10 M12×1
Depth 12 0 29
9.15 34 10 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
44 0.003 E Dynamic friction torque,

0.003 F View X-X 0.5∼4.9 ∼1.5
(N･cm)
L 1 (Hardened) 5（10） 30 15
Spacer ball None
22 L2 45
L3
B
76
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (MPFD) Precise clearance (MSFD) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support Fixed - Fixed
W1601MA-5PY-C3Z2.5 W1601MA-6Y-C3T2.5 50 95 139 154 221 0 0.010 0.008 0.020 0.42 3000 3000
W1601MA-7PY-C3Z2.5 W1601MA-8Y-C3T2.5 100 145 189 204 271 0 0.010 0.008 0.020 0.49 3000 3000
W1602MA-5PY-C3Z2.5 W1602MA-6Y-C3T2.5 150 195 239 254 321 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.57 3000 3000
W1602MA-7PY-C3Z2.5 W1602MA-8Y-C3T2.5 200 245 289 304 371 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.64 3000 3000
W1603MA-3PY-C3Z2.5 W1603MA-4Y-C3T2.5 300 345 389 404 471 0 0.013 0.010 0.035 0.79 3000 3000
2. NSK grease PS2 is recommended. The amount for replenishing should be about 50% of the nut internal space
capacity.
B75 B76
φ16×5
Unit: mm
Seals (two places) 0
6 X
−0.25
12
(Oil hole)
30
° 30
°
φ0.010 A φ0.006 E
＊
＊
0.010 A G 0.010 A Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 16×5/Right
φ10h6
−0.009
φ40g6
−0.009
−0.025
0
−0.09
φ9.6
0
51
C 0.5
C 0.5 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 PC D Effective turns of balls 2.5×1
17
−0.004
−0.012
−0.003
−0.011
φ16
φ63
φ12
φ10
φ15
55
max.
＋0.14
0 (N) StaticC0a 6750 13500
F 1.15 A G （5） E 10
M5×0.8 ＋0.1 M12×1
0
Depth 12 9.15 31 11 X 40 Dynamic friction torque,
1.5∼7.8 ∼2.0
0.003 E (N･cm)
42
0.003 F View X-X Spacer ball Yes None
L 1 (Hardened) 5（10） 30 15
22 L2 45 Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3） 2.6
L3
B
78
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (PFT) Precise clearance (SFT) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support Fixed - Fixed
W1601FA-1P-C3Z5 W1601FA-2-C3T5 100 147 189 204 271 0 0.010 0.008 0.020 0.70 3000 3000
W1602FA-1P-C3Z5 W1602FA-2-C3T5 200 247 289 304 371 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.83 3000 3000
W1603FA-1P-C3Z5 W1603FA-2-C3T5 300 347 389 404 471 0 0.013 0.010 0.035 0.97 3000 3000
W1604FA-1P-C3Z5 W1604FA-2-C3T5 400 447 489 504 571 0 0.015 0.010 0.045 1.1 3000 3000
W1606FA-1P-C3Z5 W1606FA-2-C3T5 600 647 689 704 771 0 0.018 0.013 0.055 1.4 3000 3000
W1608FA-1P-C3Z5 W1608FA-2-C3T5 800 847 889 904 971 0 0.021 0.015 0.075 1.6 2570 3000
B77 B78
A Series: Finished shaft end (High helix lead) Dia. 16, Lead 16 Nut models: LPFT, LSFT
φ16×16
Unit: mm
M6×1 4-5.5 drill thru.,
Standard
Seals (two places) 0 (Oil hole) C'bore 9.5×5.5 stock Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance
−0.25
φ0.015 A 8 12 φ0.009 E 30 °
＊
＊
0.014 A X G 0.014 A .009 E Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Return tube
φ10h6
−0.009
0
φ34g6
−0.009
−0.025
−0.09
φ9.6
0
Effective turns of balls 1.5×1
C 0.5 C 0.2
R
C 0.5 C 0.5 C 0.5
8
17
−0.004
−0.012
20 max.
20 max.
21 min.
34 min.
−0.003
−0.011
φ16
φ57
φ12
φ10
φ15
50
R 0.2 max. R 0.2 5 5 rating
D4 D4
＋0.14
max. PC PC
0 (N) StaticC0a 5410 8110
F 1.15 A G （5） E 10
20 min.
0.011 A 0 0.005 or less
M5×0.8 ＋0.1 X M12×1 Axial play
0
Depth 12 9.15 44 12 19 max. Housing hole and its clearance Dynamic friction torque,
0.004 E 1.5∼7.8 ∼2.4
56 34 (N･cm)
0.004 F
View X-X
B
Unit: mm
Shaft run-
80
Nominal (Kg)
W1601FA-3P-C5Z16 W1601FA-4-C5T16 100 128 184 204 271 0 0.020 0.018 0.025 0.69 3000 3000
W1602FA-3P-C5Z16 W1602FA-4-C5T16 150 178 234 254 321 0 0.023 0.018 0.035 0.77 3000 3000
W1602FA-5P-C5Z16 W1602FA-6-C5T16 200 228 284 304 371 0 0.023 0.018 0.035 0.84 3000 3000
W1603FA-3P-C5Z16 W1603FA-4-C5T16 250 278 334 354 421 0 0.025 0.020 0.040 0.92 3000 3000
W1603FA-5P-C5Z16 W1603FA-6-C5T16 300 328 384 404 471 0 0.025 0.020 0.040 0.99 3000 3000
W1604FA-3P-C5Z16 W1604FA-4-C5T16 350 378 434 454 521 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 1.1 3000 3000
W1604FA-5P-C5Z16 W1604FA-6-C5T16 400 428 484 504 571 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 1.1 3000 3000
W1605FA-1P-C5Z16 W1605FA-2-C5T16 450 478 534 554 621 0 0.030 0.023 0.050 1.2 3000 3000
W1605FA-3P-C5Z16 W1605FA-4-C5T16 500 528 584 604 671 0 0.030 0.023 0.065 1.3 3000 3000
W1606FA-3P-C5Z16 W1606FA-4-C5T16 550 578 634 654 721 0 0.035 0.025 0.065 1.4 3000 3000
W1606FA-5P-C5Z16 W1606FA-6-C5T16 600 628 684 704 771 0 0.035 0.025 0.065 1.4 3000 3000
W1607FA-1P-C5Z16 W1607FA-2-C5T16 700 728 784 804 871 0 0.035 0.025 0.085 1.6 3000 3000
W1608FA-3P-C5Z16 W1608FA-4-C5T16 800 828 884 904 971 0 0.040 0.027 0.085 1.7 2690 3000
W1610FA-1P-C5Z16 W1610FA-2-C5T16 1000 1028 1084 1104 1171 0 0.046 0.030 0.110 2.0 1770 2480
B79 B80
A Series: Finished shaft end (Ultra high helix lead) Dia. 16, Lead 32 Nut models: UPFC, USFC
φ16×32
Unit: mm
M6×1 4-5.5 drill thru. Ball screw specifications
0 (Oil hole) Standard
φ0.015 A 5
−0.25
12 φ0.009 E 30
° 30
°
Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance stock
＊
＊
0.014 A X G 0.014 A Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 16×32/Right
φ10h6
−0.009
0
φ34g6
−0.009
−0.025
−0.09

φ9.6
0
C 0.5 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 4 5 Effective turns of balls 0.7×2

C 0.5 PCD
−0.004
−0.012
−0.003
−0.011
φ16
φ55
φ12
φ10
φ15
50
Basic load DynamicCa 4000
＋0.14 max.
0 (N) StaticC0a 6690
F 1.15 A G （5） E 10
M5×0.8 0.011 A M12×1 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
＋0.10
0 X
Depth 12 9.15 Dynamic friction torque,
13.5 10 10.5 36 1.5∼9.8 ∼2.4
0.004 E (N･cm)
34
0.004 F Spacer ball None
View X-X
L 1 (Hardened) 12 （10） 30 15
L3
B
82
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W1603FA-7PGX-C5Z32 W1603FA-8GX-C5T32 300 348 382 404 471 0 0.025 0.020 0.040 0.90 3000 3000
B81 B82
A Series: Finished shaft end (Fine lead) Dia. 20, Lead 4 Nut models: PFT
φ20×4
Unit: mm
Standard
φ0.015 A Seals (two places) φ0.012 E 6-5.5 drill thru.,
stock
＊
＊
0.014 A G 0
−0.25
0.018 A
17 C'bore 9.5×5.5 Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Return tube
X 4
5° 5°
4 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 2.381/20.3
φ12h6
−0.011
0
−0.11 Effective turns of balls 2.5×2
φ14.3 D5
1
0
C 0.3 C 0.3 C 0.5 PC Accuracy grade / Preload C5/Z

C 0.5 C 0.5
φ40g6
φ19.5
−0.009
−0.025
−0.004
−0.012
−0.004
−0.012
φ63
φ15
φ15
φ20
rating
R 0.2 max. R 0.2
＋0.14 max. M6×1.0 (N) StaticC0a 10700
0
F 1.15 A G 8 9 E (Oil hole)
15
M6×1 ＋0.1
0.011 A Preload (N) 294
Depth 15
0 M15×1
10.15 38 11 X 24 Dynamic friction torque, median,
3.9
49 (N･cm)
0.005 E
0.005 F Spacer ball Yes
View X-X
L 1 (Hardened) 25 40 20 Factory packed grease Refer to Remarks 2.

L3
B
84
Unit: mm

Screw shaft length Lead accuracy out ** Mass
Ball screw No. Maximum Supporting condition
Nominal (Kg)
(L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support Fixed - Fixed
W2002SA-1P-C5Z4 150 176 225 250 335 –0.005 0.023 0.018 0.045 1.1 3000 3000
W2002SA-2P-C5Z4 200 226 275 300 385 –0.007 0.023 0.018 0.045 1.2 3000 3000
W2003SA-1P-C5Z4 300 326 375 400 485 –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.055 1.5 3000 3000
W2004SA-1P-C5Z4 400 426 475 500 585 –0.011 0.027 0.020 0.070 1.7 3000 3000
W2005SA-1P-C5Z4 500 526 575 600 685 –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.085 1.9 3000 3000
W2006SA-1P-C5Z4 600 626 675 700 785 –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.085 2.1 3000 3000
2. Only rust preventive agent is applied at time of delivery. Please apply lubricant (oil or grease) before use.
B83 B84
φ20×5
Unit: mm
Seals (two places) φ0.012 E 6-5.5 drill thru., Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 20×5/Right
Standard
φ0.015 A
＊
＊
0.014 A G 0
−0.25
17
0.018 A
C'bore 9.5×5.5
stock
X 4 Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Return tube
5° 5°
φ12h6
−0.011
0
−0.11
φ14.3 5 Effective turns of balls 2.5×2
D5
0
C 0.5 C 0.3 C 0.3 C 0.5 PC Accuracy grade / Preload C5/Z

C 0.5
φ44g6
φ19.5
−0.009
−0.025
−0.004
−0.012
−0.004
−0.012
φ67
φ15
φ15
φ20
rating
R 0.2 max. R 0.2
＋0.14 max. M6×1.0 (N) StaticC0a 17100
0
F 1.15 A G 8 9 E (Oil hole)
15
M6×1 0.011 A Preload (N) 490
＋0.1
Depth 15
0 M15×1
7.8
56 (N･cm)
0.005 E
0.005 F
View X-X Spacer ball Yes
L3
B
86
Unit: mm

Screw shaft length Lead accuracy out ** Mass
Nominal (Kg)
W2002SA-3P-C5Z5 150 169 225 250 335 -0.005 0.023 0.018 0.045 1.3 3000 3000
W2002SA-4P-C5Z5 200 219 275 300 385 -0.007 0.023 0.018 0.045 1.4 3000 3000
W2003SA-2P-C5Z5 300 319 375 400 485 -0.009 0.025 0.020 0.055 1.6 3000 3000
W2004SA-2P-C5Z5 400 419 475 500 585 -0.011 0.027 0.020 0.070 1.8 3000 3000
W2005SA-2P-C5Z5 500 519 575 600 685 -0.014 0.030 0.023 0.085 2.0 3000 3000
W2007SA-1P-C5Z5 700 719 775 800 885 -0.019 0.035 0.025 0.110 2.5 3000 3000
B85 B86
φ20×10
Unit: mm
Seals (two places) M6×1 4-6.6 drill thru., Standard
6
0
−0.25
17
(Oil hole)

C'bore 11×6.5 stock
° 30° Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 20×10/Right
φ0.015 A φ0.009 E 30
＊
＊
0.014 A X G 0.014 A
φ12h6
−0.011
P preload / Return tube
0
φ46g6
−0.009
−0.025
−0.11
φ14.3
Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 3.969/21
0
C 0.3 C 0.3 59
C 0.5 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD Effective turns of balls 2.5×1
24
−0.004
−0.012
Accuracy grade/ Preload / Axial play C5/Z C5/T
φ19.5
−0.004
−0.012
φ20
φ74
φ15
φ15
66
＋0.14
max.
0 (N) StaticC0a 10800 21700
F 1.15 A G （5） E 15
0.011 A 0 0.005 or less
M6×1.0 ＋0.1 X M15×1 Axial play
Depth 15
0
10.15 46
0.004 E
2.0∼11.8 ∼2.9
54 (N･cm)
0.004 F
L 1 (Hardened) 10 （15） 40 20 View X-X Spacer ball Yes None
L3
Unit: mm
88
Nominal (Kg)
W2002FA-1P-C5Z10 W2002FA-2-C5T10 200 235 289 314 399 0 0.023 0.018 0.035 1.4 3000 3000
W2003FA-1P-C5Z10 W2003FA-2-C5T10 300 335 389 414 499 0 0.025 0.020 0.040 1.6 3000 3000
W2004FA-1P-C5Z10 W2004FA-2-C5T10 400 435 489 514 599 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 1.9 3000 3000
W2005FA-1P-C5Z10 W2005FA-2-C5T10 500 535 589 614 699 0 0.030 0.023 0.065 2.1 3000 3000
W2006FA-1P-C5Z10 W2006FA-2-C5T10 600 635 689 714 799 0 0.035 0.025 0.065 2.3 3000 3000
W2007FA-1P-C5Z10 W2007FA-2-C5T10 700 735 789 814 899 0 0.035 0.025 0.085 2.5 3000 3000
W2008FA-1P-C5Z10 W2008FA-2-C5T10 800 835 889 914 999 0 0.040 0.027 0.085 2.8 3000 3000
W2009FA-1P-C5Z10 W2009FA-2-C5T10 900 935 989 1014 1099 0 0.040 0.027 0.110 3.0 2680 3000
W2010FA-1P-C5Z10 W2010FA-2-C5T10 1000 1035 1089 1114 1199 0 0.046 0.030 0.110 3.2 2210 3000
W2011FA-1P-C5Z10 W2011FA-2-C5T10 1100 1135 1189 1214 1299 0 0.046 0.030 0.150 3.4 1840 2570
W2012FA-1P-C5Z10 W2012FA-2-C5T10 1200 1235 1289 1314 1399 0 0.054 0.035 0.150 3.7 1570 2190
B87 B88
φ20×20
Unit: mm
M6×1 4-6.6 drill thru.,
Standard
Seals (two places) Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance
0
−0.25 (Oil hole) C'bore 11×6.5 stock
φ0.015 A 8 17 φ0.009 E 3 0 ° 30° Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 20×20/Right
＊
＊
0.014 A X G 0.014 A
φ12h6
−0.011
0
φ46g6
−0.009
−0.025
−0.11
φ14.3
0
C 0.3 C 0.3 59 Effective turns of balls 1.5×1
C 0.5 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
24
−0.004
−0.012
φ19.5
−0.004
−0.012
φ20
φ74
φ15
φ15
66
＋0.14
max.
0 (N) StaticC0a 8450 12700
F 1.15 A G （5） E 15
0.011 A
M6×1.0 ＋0.1 X M15×1 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
0
Depth 15 10.15 46
0.004 E 2.0∼11.8 ∼2.9
63 (N･cm)
0.004 F
L 1 (Hardened) 10 （15） 40 20 View X-X Spacer ball Yes None
Unit: mm
90
Nominal (Kg)
W2003FA-3P-C5Z20 W2003FA-4-C5T20 200 247 310 335 420 0 0.023 0.018 0.040 1.6 3000 3000
W2004FA-3P-C5Z20 W2004FA-4-C5T20 300 347 410 435 520 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 1.8 3000 3000
W2005FA-3P-C5Z20 W2005FA-4-C5T20 400 447 510 535 620 0 0.030 0.023 0.050 2.0 3000 3000
W2006FA-3P-C5Z20 W2006FA-4-C5T20 500 547 610 635 720 0 0.030 0.023 0.065 2.3 3000 3000
W2007FA-3P-C5Z20 W2007FA-4-C5T20 600 647 710 735 820 0 0.035 0.025 0.085 2.5 3000 3000
W2008FA-3P-C5Z20 W2008FA-4-C5T20 700 747 810 835 920 0 0.040 0.027 0.085 2.7 3000 3000
W2009FA-3P-C5Z20 W2009FA-4-C5T20 800 847 910 935 1020 0 0.040 0.027 0.110 3.0 3000 3000
W2010FA-3P-C5Z20 W2010FA-4-C5T20 900 947 1010 1035 1120 0 0.046 0.030 0.110 3.2 2590 3000
W2011FA-3P-C5Z20 W2011FA-4-C5T20 1000 1047 1110 1135 1220 0 0.046 0.030 0.110 3.4 2140 2970
W2012FA-3P-C5Z20 W2012FA-4-C5T20 1100 1147 1210 1235 1320 0 0.046 0.030 0.150 3.7 1790 2500
W2015FA-1P-C5Z20 W2015FA-2-C5T20 1400 1447 1510 1535 1620 0 0.054 0.035 0.180 4.4 1140 1610
B89 B90
φ20×40
Unit: mm
0
−0.25 M6×1 4-5.5 drill thru. Standard
5 17 Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance
φ0.015 A φ0.009 E (Oil hole) stock
＊
＊
0.014 A X G 0.014 A
3 0 ° 30°
φ12h6
−0.011
0
φ38g6
−0.009
−0.025
−0.11
φ14.3
0
C 0.3 C 0.3 48
C 0.5 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD Effective turns of balls 0.7×2
−0.004
−0.012
φ19.5
−0.004
−0.012
φ20
φ58
φ15
φ15
52
R 0.2 max. rating
＋0.14
max.
0
F 1.15 A G E (N) StaticC0a 8640
（5） 15
0.011 A 40
M6×1.0 ＋0.1 X M15×1 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
0
Depth 15 10.15 20 10 11 Dynamic friction torque,
2.0∼11.8 ∼2.9
41 0.004 E (N･cm)
0.004 F View X-X
Spacer ball None
L 1 (Hardened) 14 （15） 40 20
25 L2 60
L3
B
92
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
B91 B92
φ25×4
Unit: mm
L3 Ball screw specifications
19 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn
Standard
25×4/Right
0.014 A ＋0.1
0
15.35
stock
φ0.015 A Seals (two places) 6-5.5 drill thru., Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Return tube
＊
＊
G 0 0.017 A φ0.012 E 012 E
1.35 ＋0.14 −0.35
C'bore 9.5×5.5
φ19
−0.21
0
0
C 0.3 X 4
5° 5° 5° Effective turns of balls 2.5×2
4 4
φ15h6
−0.011
−0.005
−0.014
φ20
Shape II Accuracy grade / Preload C5/Z
0
C 0.5 C 0.3 C 0.5 57
C 0.5 PCD Basic load DynamicCa 6020
φ46g6
−0.009
−0.025
rating
−0.005
−0.014
φ69
φ20
φ25
0.017 A
(N) StaticC0a
−0.005
−0.014
φ19
13600
−0.21
φ20
0
C 0.5 C 0.3 R 0.2

max. M6×1.0
A G E (Oil hole)
Preload (N) 290
Shape I 10 14 16
0.011 A Dynamic friction torque, median,
X M20×1 4.9
R 0.2 max. (N･cm)
＋0.14
37 11 26
M20×1 16 F Spacer ball
0
1.35 48 Yes
0.005 E
＋0.1
0 View X-X Factory packed grease Refer to Remarks 2.
15.35
0.005 F L 1 (Hardened) 30 53 27
53 L2 80
L3
B
94
Unit: mm
Stroke Shaft Permissible rotational speed N (min-1)

Screw shaft length Left side Lead accuracy Mass
Ball screw No. Maximum run-out ** Supporting condition
Nominal shaft end (Kg)
W2502SA-1P-C5Z4 150 172 220 250 349 Ⅱ –0.005 0.023 0.018 0.035 1.6 2800 —
W2502SA-2P-C5Z4 200 222 270 300 399 Ⅱ –0.006 0.023 0.018 0.035 1.8 2800 —
W2503SA-1P-C5Z4 300 322 370 400 499 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.040 2.2 2800 —
W2504SA-1P-C5Z4 400 422 470 500 599 Ⅱ –0.011 0.027 0.020 0.050 2.5 2800 —
W2505SA-1P-C5Z4 500 522 570 600 733 Ⅰ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 3.0 2800 2800
W2507SA-1P-C5Z4 700 722 770 800 933 Ⅰ –0.018 0.035 0.025 0.075 3.7 2800 2800
B93 B94
φ25×5
Unit: mm

Standard
0.014 A ＋0.1
0
15.35
stock
φ0.015 A Seals (two places) 6-5.5 drill thru., Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Return tube
＊
＊
G 0 0.017 A φ0.012 E 012 E
1.35 ＋0.14 −0.35
C'bore 9.5×5.5
φ19
−0.21
0
0
C 0.3 X 4
5° 5° 5° Effective turns of balls 2.5×2
4 4
φ15h6
−0.011
−0.005
−0.014
φ20
0
C 0.5 R 0.2 C 0.3 C 0.5 61
以下
φ50g6
−0.009
−0.025
rating
−0.005
−0.014
φ73
φ20
φ25
0.017 A
(N)
−0.005
−0.014
StaticC0a 21900
φ20
φ19
−0.21
0
C 0.5 C 0.3 R 0.2

max. M6×1.0
A G E Preload (N) 540
Shape I 10 14 16 (Oil hole)
M20×1 8.8
R 0.2 max. X (N･cm)
＋0.14
44 11 2 28
M20×1 16 F 0 Spacer ball Yes
1.35 55
0.005 E
＋0.1
0
View X-X
Factory packed grease Refer to Remarks 2.
15.35
0.005 F L 1 (Hardened) 30 53 27
53 L2 80
L3
B
Unit: mm
96
W2502SA-3P-C5Z5 150 165 220 250 349 Ⅱ –0.005 0.023 0.018 0.035 1.8 2800 —
W2502SA-4P-C5Z5 200 215 270 300 399 Ⅱ –0.006 0.023 0.018 0.035 2.0 2800 —
W2503SA-2P-C5Z5 300 315 370 400 499 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.040 2.3 2800 —
W2504SA-2P-C5Z5 400 415 470 500 599 Ⅱ –0.011 0.027 0.020 0.050 2.7 2800 —
W2505SA-2P-C5Z5 500 515 570 600 733 Ⅰ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 3.1 2800 2800
W2506SA-1P-C5Z5 600 615 670 700 833 Ⅰ –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.075 3.4 2800 2800
W2507SA-2P-C5Z5 700 715 770 800 933 Ⅰ –0.018 0.035 0.025 0.075 3.8 2800 2800
W2509SA-1P-C5Z5 900 915 970 1000 1133 Ⅰ –0.023 0.040 0.027 0.090 4.5 2800 2800
W2511SA-1P-C5Z5 1000 1115 1170 1200 1333 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 5.2 2480 2800
B95 B96
φ25×6
Unit: mm
Seals (two places) 6-5.5 drill thru.,
Standard
＊
＊
φ0.019 A G φ0.012 E
0.017 A 0
−0.35
22
0.017 A 012 E
X 5°
4
5°
4 4
φ15h6
−0.011
0
−0.005
−0.014
φ20
φ19
−0.21
C 0.3 C 0.3 C 0.5 64 Accuracy grade / Preload C5/Z
0
C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
φ53g6
−0.010
−0.029
−0.005
−0.014
φ76
φ20
φ25
rating
R 0.2 max. R 0.2
max. M6×1.0 (N) StaticC0a 26800
M20×1 16 F ＋0.14 A G E (Oil hole)
0 10 14 16
1.35 0.013 A
M20×1 Preload (N) 685
＋0.1
0 X
15.35 51 11 29 Dynamic friction torque, median,
13.8
62 (N･cm)
0.005 E
0.005 F View X-X Spacer ball Yes
L 1 (Hardened) 30 53 27
53 L2 80
L3
Unit: mm
98
Screw shaft length Lead accuracy run-out ** Mass
Nominal (Kg)
W2503SA-3P-C5Z6 250 308 370 400 533 –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.050 2.5 2800 2800
W2505SA-3P-C5Z6 450 508 570 600 733 –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 3.2 2800 2800
W2507SA-3P-C5Z6 650 708 770 800 933 –0.018 0.035 0.025 0.075 3.9 2800 2800
W2511SA-2P-C5Z6 1050 1108 1170 1200 1333 –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 5.2 2410 2800
B97 B98
φ25×10
Unit: mm
Seals (two places) 6-6.6 drill thru., Standard
＊
＊
0.017 A φ0.019 A G 0 0.017 A φ0.012 E 12 E
X
−0.35
22 C'bore 11×6.5
4 stock
45° 5° Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Return tube
φ15h6
−0.011
0
−0.005
−0.014
φ19
φ20
−0.21
C 0.3 C 0.3 C 0.5 71

0
C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD Accuracy grade / Preload C5/Z
φ58g6
−0.010
−0.029
−0.005
−0.014
φ85
φ20
φ25
max. M6×1.0
M20×1 16 F (N) StaticC0a 19000
＋0.14 A G E (Oil hole)
0 10 14 16
1.35 0.013 A
＋0.1
M20×1 Preload (N) 585
0
13.8
81 (N･cm)
0.005 E
0.005 F View X-X Spacer ball Yes
L3
B
100
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W2503SA-4P-C5Z10 250 289 370 400 533 –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.050 3.2 2800 2800
W2505SA-4P-C5Z10 450 489 570 600 733 –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 3.8 2800 2800
W2507SA-4P-C5Z10 650 689 770 800 933 –0.018 0.035 0.025 0.075 4.5 2800 2800
W2509SA-2P-C5Z10 850 889 970 1000 1133 –0.023 0.040 0.027 0.090 5.2 2800 2800
W2511SA-3P-C5Z10 1050 1089 1170 1200 1333 –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 5.9 2340 2800
W2514SA-1P-C5Z10 1350 1389 1470 1500 1633 –0.035 0.054 0.035 0.150 6.9 1470 2050
B99 B100
φ25×20
Unit: mm
Standard Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance
0
−0.35
M6×1
(Oil hole)
4-6.6 drill thru.
stock Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 25×20/Right
φ0.015 A Seals (two places) 22 φ0.010 E 30° 30°
＊
＊
0.013 A X G 0.018 A
φ15h6
−0.011
φ44g6
−0.009
−0.025
0
−0.21
φ20
φ19
−0.005
−0.014
R
57
0
12
C 0.3 C 0.3 Effective turns of balls 2.5×1
C 0.5 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
34 max.
35 min.
44 min.
φ25
φ44
φ71
φ25
φ20
−0.005
−0.014
R 0.2 max. R 0.2 Basic load DynamicCa 9900 15700
＋0.14 max. rating
0
M20×1 16 F 1.35 A G （10） E 16 32 min.
(N) StaticC0a 16400 32800
0.011 A 31 max. 23 Housing hole and its clearance
＋0.1 X M20×1
0
15.35 76 12 8 View X-X Axial play 0 0.005 or less
96 0.004 E
0.004 F Dynamic friction torque,
L 1 (Hardened) 10（20） 53 27 3.9∼24.5 4.9
(N･cm)
53 L2 80
L3
Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3） 12
Unit: mm
102
Ball screw No. Screw shaft length Lead accuracy run-out ** Mass
Nominal (Kg)
W2507FA-1P-C5Z20 W2507FA-2-C5T20 600 654 750 780 913 0 0.035 0.025 0.055 4.0 2800 2800
W2509FA-1P-C5Z20 W2509FA-2-C5T20 800 854 950 980 1113 0 0.040 0.027 0.070 4.7 2800 2800
W2511FA-1P-C5Z20 W2511FA-2-C5T20 1000 1054 1150 1180 1313 0 0.046 0.030 0.090 5.4 2560 2800
W2513FA-1P-C5Z20 W2513FA-2-C5T20 1200 1254 1350 1380 1513 0 0.054 0.035 0.090 6.2 1840 2550
W2515FA-1P-C5Z20 W2515FA-2-C5T20 1400 1454 1550 1580 1713 0 0.054 0.035 0.120 6.9 1390 1940
W2517FA-1P-C5Z20 W2517FA-2-C5T20 1600 1654 1750 1780 1913 0 0.065 0.040 0.120 7.6 1080 1520
W2521FA-1P-C5Z20 W2521FA-2-C5T20 2000 2054 2150 2180 2313 0 0.077 0.046 0.160 9.1 710 1000
B101 B102
φ25×25
Unit: mm
M6×1 4-6.6 drill thru.
Standard
0
−0.35
22
(Oil hole)
° 30°
stock
φ0.015 A Seals (two places) φ0.010 E 30 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 25×25/Right
＊
＊
0.013 A X G 0.018 A
φ15h6
−0.011
φ44g6
−0.009
−0.025
0
φ20
−0.005
−0.014
−0.21
φ19
R
57
12
0
C 0.5 C 0.3 C 0.3 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD Effective turns of balls 1.5×1
34 max.
35 min.
44 min.
φ25
φ44
φ71
φ25
φ20
−0.005
−0.014
R 0.2
＋0.14
R 0.2 max.
max. Basic load DynamicCa 7730 10100
M20×1 16 F
0
1.35 A G （10） E 16 32 min. rating
0.011 A
M20×1 31 max. 23 Housing hole and its clearance (N) StaticC0a 12700 19100
＋0.1
0
X
15.35 68 12 10 View X-X
0.004 E Axial play 0 0.005 or less
90
0.004 F
R
L 1 (Hardened) 10（20） 53 27 Dynamic friction torque,
3.9∼24.5 4.9
53 L2 80 (N･cm)
L3 Spacer ball Yes None
Unit: mm
104
Nominal (Kg)
W2507FA-3P-C5Z25 W2507FA-4-C5T25 600 660 750 780 913 0 0.035 0.025 0.055 4.0 2800 2800
W2509FA-3P-C5Z25 W2509FA-4-C5T25 800 860 950 980 1113 0 0.040 0.027 0.070 4.7 2800 2800
W2511FA-3P-C5Z25 W2511FA-4-C5T25 1000 1060 1150 1180 1313 0 0.046 0.030 0.090 5.4 2540 2800
W2513FA-3P-C5Z25 W2513FA-4-C5T25 1200 1260 1350 1380 1513 0 0.054 0.035 0.090 6.2 1830 2540
W2515FA-3P-C5Z25 W2515FA-4-C5T25 1400 1460 1550 1580 1713 0 0.054 0.035 0.120 7.0 1380 1930
W2517FA-3P-C5Z25 W2517FA-4-C5T25 1600 1660 1750 1780 1913 0 0.065 0.040 0.120 7.7 1080 1510
W2521FA-3P-C5Z25 W2521FA-4-C5T25 2000 2060 2150 2180 2313 0 0.077 0.046 0.160 9.1 710 1000
B103 B104
φ25×50
Unit: mm
0
M6×1 4-6.6 drill thru. Ball screw specifications
6
−0.35
22 (Oil hole)
Standard
φ0.015 A φ0.010 E
＊
＊
0.013 A G 0.018 A Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance
X
30
° 30° stock
φ15h6
−0.011
φ46g6
−0.009
−0.025
0
φ20
−0.005
−0.014
−0.21
φ19
0
C 0.5 C 0.3 C 0.3 C 0.5 C 0.5 58
PCD Effective turns of balls 0.7×2
φ25
φ70
φ25
φ20
−0.005
−0.014
63
＋0.14 max.
M20×1 16 F 1.35 A G （10） E 16
0.011 A 48 Axial play 0 0.005 or less
＋0.1 X M20×1
0
15.35 25 12 13 Dynamic friction torque,
2.9∼21.5 ∼4.9
View X-X (N･cm)
50 0.004 E
0.004 F Spacer ball None
L 1 (Hardened) 16 （20） 53 27 Factory packed grease NSK grease LR3
L3
B
Unit: mm
106
Nominal (Kg)
Preloaded (UPFC) Precise clearance (USGC) (L1–Nut length) L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support Fixed - Fixed
B105 B106
φ28×5
Unit: mm
0.014 A
19 L1
Standard
15.35 ＋0.1
0
φ0.019 A Seals (two places) 6-6.6 drill thru.,
stock
＊
＊
G 0.017 A φ0.012 E 2E Preload / Ball recirculation
0
−0.35
P preload / Return tube
1.35 ＋0.14 C'bore 11×6.5
φ19
−0.21
0
X 22
0
C 0.5 4
3.175/28.5
5° 5°
4 4 Effective turns of balls 2.5×2
φ15h6
−0.011
−0.005
−0.014
φ20
Shape II
0
Accuracy grade / Preload C5/Z
C 0.3 69
C 0.5 R 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
φ55g6
−0.010
−0.029
−0.005
−0.014
φ85
φ20
φ28
φ25
0.017 A rating
−0.005
−0.014
φ20
φ19
−0.21
(N) StaticC0a 24400

0
C 0.5 C 0.3 R 0.2

max. M6×1.0
φ25
Shape I A G E (Oil hole) Preload (N) 540

10 14 16
M20×1
R 0.2 max. 9.8
＋0.14
44 12 X 31 (N･cm)
M20×1 16 F 0
1.35 56
0.005 E
Spacer ball Yes
＋0.1
15.35
0
View X-X Factory packed grease Refer to Remarks 2.
0.005 F 12 L 1 (Hardened) 30 53 27 Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3） 6.0

53 L2 80
L3
Unit: mm
108
W2802SA-1P-C5Z5 200 214 270 300 399 Ⅱ –0.006 0.023 0.018 0.035 2.5 2500 —
W2803SA-1P-C5Z5 300 314 370 400 499 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.040 2.9 2500 —
W2804SA-1P-C5Z5 400 414 470 500 599 Ⅱ –0.011 0.027 0.020 0.050 3.3 2500 —
W2805SA-1P-C5Z5 450 502 558 600 733 Ⅰ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 3.8 2500 2500
W2807SA-1P-C5Z5 650 702 758 800 933 Ⅰ –0.018 0.035 0.025 0.075 4.7 2500 2500
W2809SA-1P-C5Z5 850 902 958 1000 1133 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.090 5.6 2500 2500
W2811SA-1P-C5Z5 1050 1102 1158 1200 1333 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 6.5 2500 2500
B107 B108
A Series: Finished shaft end (Fine lead) Dia. 28, Lead 5 Nut models: ZFT
φ28×5
Unit: mm
19 L1 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 28×5/Right
Standard
0.014 A
15.35 ＋0.1
0
φ0.019 A Seals (two places) 6-6.6 drill thru., Preload / Ball recirculation Z preload / Return tube
stock
＊
＊
G 0 0.017 A φ0.012 E 012 E
−0.35
1.35 ＋0.14 C'bore 11×6.5
φ19
−0.21
0
X 22 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 3.175/28.5
0
C 0.5 4
5° 5° Effective turns of balls 2.5×2
4 4
φ15h6
−0.011
−0.005
−0.014
φ20
Shape II
0
C 0.3 69
C 0.5 R 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
φ55g6
−0.010
−0.029
−0.005
−0.014
φ85
rating
φ20
φ28
φ25
0.017 A
−0.005
−0.014
(N)
φ20
φ19
−0.21
StaticC0a 48800
0
C 0.5 C 0.3 R 0.2

max. M6×1.0
Preload (N) 1220
φ25
Shape I A G E (Oil hole)

10 14 16
M20×1 21.5
R 0.2 max. (N･cm)
＋0.14
74 12 X 31
M20×1 16 F 0
1.35 86 Spacer ball Yes
0.005 E
＋0.1
0
15.35
0.005 F 12 L 1 (Hardened) 30 53 27
53 L2 80
L3
Unit: mm
110
W2802SA-2Z-C5Z5 150 184 270 300 399 Ⅱ –0.006 0.023 0.018 0.035 2.8 2500 —
W2803SA-2Z-C5Z5 250 284 370 400 499 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.040 3.2 2500 —
W2804SA-2Z-C5Z5 350 384 470 500 599 Ⅱ –0.011 0.027 0.020 0.050 3.7 2500 —
W2805SA-2Z-C5Z5 450 472 558 600 733 Ⅰ –0.013 0.030 0.023 0.060 4.2 2500 2500
W2807SA-2Z-C5Z5 650 672 758 800 933 Ⅰ –0.018 0.035 0.025 0.075 5.1 2500 2500
W2809SA-2Z-C5Z5 850 872 958 1000 1133 Ⅰ –0.023 0.040 0.027 0.090 5.9 2500 2500
W2811SA-2Z-C5Z5 1050 1072 1158 1200 1333 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 6.8 2500 2500
B109 B110
φ28×6
Unit: mm
19 L1 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 28×6/Right
Standard
0.014 A
15.35 ＋0.1
0
φ0.019 A Seals (two places) 6-6.6 drill thru.,
stock
＊
＊
G 0 0.017 A φ0.012 E 12 E P preload / Return tube
−0.35
1.35 ＋0.14 C'bore 11×6.5
φ19
−0.21
0
0
C 0.5 4
5° 5°
φ15h6
−0.011
−0.005
−0.014
φ20
Shape II
0
C 0.3 69
C 0.5 R 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
φ55g6
−0.010
−0.029
−0.005
−0.014
φ85
φ20
φ28
φ25
0.017 A rating
−0.005
−0.014
φ19
φ20
−0.21
(N) StaticC0a 24400

0
C 0.5 C 0.3 R 0.2

max. M6×1.0
Preload (N)
φ25
Shape I A G
10 14
E
16 (Oil hole) 540
M20×1
R 0.2 max. 11.8
＋0.14
51 12 X 31 (N･cm)
M20×1 16 F 0
1.35 63 Spacer ball Yes
0.005 E
＋0.1
15.35
0 View X-X Factory packed grease Refer to Remarks 2.
12 L 1 (Hardened) 30 53 27
0.005 F
53 L2 80
L3
Unit: mm
112
W2803SA-3P-C5Z6 250 307 370 400 499 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.040 3.0 2500 —
W2805SA-3P-C5Z6 450 507 570 600 699 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 3.9 2500 —
W2807SA-3P-C5Z6 650 695 758 800 933 Ⅰ –0.018 0.035 0.025 0.075 4.9 2500 2500
W2809SA-3P-C5Z6 850 895 958 1000 1133 Ⅰ –0.023 0.040 0.027 0.090 5.8 2500 2500
W2811SA-3P-C5Z6 1050 1095 1158 1200 1333 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 6.6 2500 2500
B111 B112
φ28×6
Unit: mm
L3
Standard
0.014 A
15.35 ＋0.1
L1
stock
0
φ0.019 A Seals (two places) 6-6.6 drill thru., Preload / Ball recirculation Z preload / Return tube
＊
＊
G 0 0.017 A φ0.012 E E
−0.35
1.35 ＋0.14 C'bore 11×6.5
φ19
−0.21
0
0
C 0.5 4
4 4
φ15h6
−0.011
−0.005
−0.014
φ20
Shape II
0
C 0.3 69
C 0.5 R 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD
φ55g6
−0.010
−0.029
−0.005
−0.014
φ85
rating
φ20
φ28
φ25
0.017 A
−0.005
−0.014
(N)
φ20
φ19
−0.21
StaticC0a 48800
0
C 0.5 C 0.3 R 0.2

max. M6×1.0
Preload (N) 1220
φ25
Shape I A G E (Oil hole)

10 14 16
0.013 A
M20×1 Dynamic friction torque, median,
R 0.2 max. 23.5
＋0.14
87 12 X 31 (N･cm)
M20×1 16 F 0
1.35 99 Spacer ball None
0.005 E
＋0.1
15.35
0
12 L 1 (Hardened) 30 53 27
0.005 F
53 L2 80
L3
Unit: mm
114
W2803SA-4Z-C5Z6 250 271 370 400 499 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.040 3.4 2500 —
W2805SA-4Z-C5Z6 450 471 570 600 699 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 4.3 2500 —
W2807SA-4Z-C5Z6 650 659 758 800 933 Ⅰ –0.018 0.035 0.025 0.075 5.3 2500 2500
W2809SA-4Z-C5Z6 850 859 958 1000 1133 Ⅰ –0.023 0.040 0.027 0.090 6.2 2500 2500
W2811SA-4Z-C5Z6 1050 1059 1158 1200 1333 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 7.1 2500 2500
B113 B114
φ32×5
Unit: mm
L3
Standard
0.014 A ＋0.1
0
16.35
stock
φ0.019 A φ0.013 E Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Return tube
＊
＊
Seals (two places) G 0 0.017 A 013 E 6-6.6 drill thru.,
φ23.9
−0.21
＋0.14 −0.35
1.35 0 27
0
C'bore 11×6.5
C 0.5 4
X 5°
4 4
5° Effective turns of balls 2.5×2
φ25h6
−0.013
φ20h6
−0.013
Shape II
0
0
C 0.5 71
C 1 R 0.3 C1 PCD
max.
C1 Basic load DynamicCa 11600
φ58g6
−0.010
−0.029
rating
φ32
φ85
φ25
−0.005
−0.014
0.017 A
φ23.9
−0.21
(N)
φ25
−0.005
−0.014
StaticC0a 28000
0
C1 C 0.5
M6×1.0
A G 12 15 2 E 20 (Oil hole) Preload (N) 590
Shape I
X M25×1.5 11.8
R 0.3 max. (N･cm)
＋0.14
44 12 32
M25×1.5 20 F 0
Spacer ball Yes
1.35 56
＋0.1
0.006 E
0 Factory packed grease Refer to Remarks 2.
16.35 View X-X
0.006 F L 1 (Hardened) 35 62 33
62 L2 95
L3
B
116
Unit: mm

W3202SA-1P-C5Z5 150 209 265 300 415 Ⅱ –0.006 0.023 0.018 0.040 3.1 2180 —
W3203SA-1P-C5Z5 250 309 365 400 515 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.050 3.7 2180 —
W3204SA-1P-C5Z5 350 409 465 500 615 Ⅱ –0.011 0.027 0.020 0.050 4.2 2180 —
W3205SA-1P-C5Z5 450 509 565 600 715 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 4.8 2180 —
W3206SA-1P-C5Z5 550 609 665 700 857 Ⅰ –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.075 5.6 2180 2180
W3207SA-1P-C5Z5 650 709 765 800 957 Ⅰ –0.018 0.035 0.025 0.075 6.1 2180 2180
W3209SA-1P-C5Z5 850 909 965 1000 1157 Ⅰ –0.023 0.040 0.027 0.090 7.3 2180 2180
W3211SA-1P-C5Z5 1050 1109 1165 1200 1357 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 8.5 2180 2180
W3214SA-1P-C5Z5 1350 1409 1465 1500 1657 Ⅰ –0.035 0.054 0.035 0.150 10.2 2070 2180
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit WBK25-01 (square type, fixed side), WBK25S-01 (square type, simple support
B115 B116
φ32×5
Unit: mm
20
Standard
0.014 A ＋0.1
0
16.35
stock
φ0.019 A φ0.013 E Preload / Ball recirculation Z preload / Return tube
＊
＊
Seals (two places) G 0.017 A 6-6.6 drill thru.,
φ23.9
−0.21
＋0.14
1.35 0
0
C'bore 11×6.5
C 0.5 4
X 5° 5°
φ25h6
−0.013
φ20h6
−0.013
Shape II
0
0
C 0.5 71
C 1 R 0.3 C1 C1 PCD
φ25h5
−0.009
φ58g6
−0.010
−0.029
φ32
φ85
0.017 A rating
0
(N) StaticC0a 56100
C 0.5
C1
＋0.2
M6×1.0
φ25h5
−0.009
0
A G 2 E 10 8 (Oil hole) Preload (N) 1270
Shape I
0
0.013 A
＋0.2
Dynamic friction torque, median,
0
R 0.3 X M25×1.5 26 23.5
8 max. (N･cm)
74 12 32
10 F Spacer ball None
86
26 M25×1.5 0.006 E
View X-X
0.006 F Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3） 10
L 1 (Hardened) 20 89 51
89 L2 140
L3
Unit: mm
118
W3202SA-2Z-C5Z5 150 194 280 300 460 Ⅱ –0.007 0.023 0.018 0.040 3.5 2180 —
W3203SA-2Z-C5Z5 250 294 380 400 560 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.050 4.1 2180 —
W3204SA-2Z-C5Z5 350 394 480 500 660 Ⅱ –0.012 0.027 0.020 0.060 4.7 2180 —
W3205SA-2Z-C5Z5 450 494 580 600 760 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 5.3 2180 —
W3206SA-2Z-C5Z5 550 594 680 700 929 Ⅰ –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.075 6.1 2180 2180
W3207SA-2Z-C5Z5 650 694 780 800 1029 Ⅰ –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 6.7 2180 2180
W3209SA-2Z-C5Z5 850 894 980 1000 1229 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.090 7.9 2180 2180
W3211SA-2Z-C5Z5 1050 1094 1180 1200 1429 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 9.0 2180 2180
W3214SA-2Z-C5Z5 1350 1394 1480 1500 1729 Ⅰ –0.036 0.054 0.035 0.150 10.8 2040 2180
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit WBK25DF-31 (round type).

B117 B118
φ32×6
Unit: mm
Standard
0.014 A ＋0.1
0
16.35
stock
φ0.019 A φ0.013 E Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Return tube
＊
＊
Seals (two places) G 0 0.017 A 3E 6-6.6 drill thru.,
φ23.9
−0.21
＋0.14 −0.35
1.35 0 27
0
C'bore 11×6.5
C 0.5 4
X
4 4
φ25h6
−0.013
φ20h6
−0.013
Shape II
0
0
C 0.5 75
C 1 R 0.3 C1 PCD
max.
φ62g6
−0.010
−0.029
rating
φ32
φ89
φ25
−0.005
−0.014
0.017 A
φ23.9
−0.21
φ25
−0.005
−0.014
(N) StaticC0a 34700

0
C1 C 0.5
M6×1.0
A G 12 15 2 E 20 (Oil hole) Preload (N) 780
Shape I
X M25×1.5 15.7
R 0.3 max. (N･cm)
＋0.14
51 12 34
M25×1.5 20 F 0
Spacer ball Yes
1.35 63
＋0.1
0.006 E
0 Factory packed grease Refer to Remarks 2.
16.35 View X-X
0.006 F L 1 (Hardened) 35 62 33
62 L2 95
L3
Unit: mm
120
W3203SA-3P-C5Z6 250 302 365 400 515 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.050 3.8 2180 —
W3205SA-3P-C5Z6 450 502 565 600 715 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 5.0 2180 —
W3207SA-3P-C5Z6 650 702 765 800 957 Ⅰ –0.018 0.035 0.025 0.075 6.3 2180 2180
W3209SA-3P-C5Z6 850 902 965 1000 1157 Ⅰ –0.023 0.040 0.027 0.090 7.4 2180 2180
W3211SA-3P-C5Z6 1050 1102 1165 1200 1357 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 8.5 2180 2180
W3214SA-3P-C5Z6 1350 1402 1465 1500 1657 Ⅰ –0.035 0.054 0.035 0.150 10.2 2020 2180
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit WBK25-01 (square type, fixed side), WBK25S-01 (square type, simple support
B119 B120
φ32×6
Unit: mm
20
Standard
0.014 A ＋0.1
0
16.35
stock
＊
＊
Seals (two places) G 0.017 A 6-6.6 drill thru.,
φ23.9
−0.21
＋0.14
1.35 0
0
C'bore 11×6.5
C 0.5 X 4
4
φ25h6
−0.013
φ20h6
−0.013
Shape II
0
0
C 0.5 75
C 1 R 0.3 C1 PCD
max.
φ25h5
−0.009
φ62g6
−0.010
−0.029
rating
φ32
φ89
0.017 A
0
(N) StaticC0a 69400
C 0.5
C1
＋0.2
M6×1.0
φ25h5
−0.009
0
Shape I
0

＋0.2
0
R 0.3 X
M25×1.5 26 35.0
8 max. (N･cm)
87 12 34
99
26 M25×1.5 0.006 E
View X-X
L 1 (Hardened) 20 89 51
89 L2 140
L3
Unit: mm
122
W3203SA-4Z-C5Z6 250 281 380 400 560 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.050 4.5 2180 —
W3205SA-4Z-C5Z6 450 481 580 600 760 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 5.6 2180 —
W3207SA-4Z-C5Z6 650 681 780 800 1029 Ⅰ –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 7.0 2180 2180
W3209SA-4Z-C5Z6 850 881 980 1000 1229 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.090 8.1 2180 2180
W3211SA-4Z-C5Z6 1050 1081 1180 1200 1429 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 9.3 2180 2180
W3214SA-4Z-C5Z6 1350 1381 1480 1500 1729 Ⅰ –0.036 0.054 0.035 0.150 11.0 2000 2180

B121 B122
φ32×8
Unit: mm
20
Standard
0.017 A ＋0.1
0
16.35
stock
＊
＊
Seals (two places) G 0.017 A 6-9 drill thru.,
φ23.9
−0.21
＋0.14
1.35 0
0
C'bore 14×8.5
C 0.5 5° 5°
4
φ25h6
−0.013
φ20h6
−0.013
Shape II
0
0
82
C 1 R 0.3 C 0.5
C1 PCD
C1
φ25h5
−0.009
φ66g6
−0.010
−0.029
φ100
φ32
0.017 A rating
0
(N) StaticC0a 41000
C 0.5
C1
＋0.2
M6×1.0
φ25h5
−0.009
0
Shape I
0
＋0.2 0.013 A Dynamic friction torque, median,

0
R 0.3 M25×1.5 26 31.0
8 max. X (N･cm)
67 15 38
82
26 M25×1.5 0.006 E
View X-X
L 1 (Hardened) 20 89 51
89 L2 140
L3
Unit: mm
124
W3203SA-5Z-C5Z8 250 298 380 400 560 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.050 4.7 2180 —
W3205SA-5Z-C5Z8 450 498 580 600 760 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 5.8 2180 —
W3207SA-5Z-C5Z8 650 698 780 800 1029 Ⅰ –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 7.2 2180 2180
W3209SA-5Z-C5Z8 850 898 980 1000 1229 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.090 8.3 2180 2180
W3214SA-5Z-C5Z8 1350 1398 1480 1500 1729 Ⅰ –0.036 0.054 0.035 0.150 11.1 1920 2180

B123 B124
φ32×10
Unit: mm
20 Standard
0.017 A ＋0.1
0
16.35
φ0.019 A φ0.013 E
stock
＊
＊
Seals (two places) G 0.022 A 6-9 drill thru., Preload / Ball recirculation Z preload / Return tube
φ23.9
−0.21
＋0.14
1.35 0
0
C'bore 14×8.5
X 4 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 6.35/33
C 0.5 5° 5°
4
φ25h6
−0.013 Effective turns of balls 2.5×1
φ20h6
−0.013
Shape II
0
0
90
C 1 R 0.3 C 0.5
C1 PCD
C1
φ25h5
−0.009
φ74g6
−0.010
−0.029
φ108
φ32
0.017 A rating
0
(N) StaticC0a 54000
C 0.5
C1
＋0.2
M6×1.0
φ25h5
−0.009
0
A G 2 E 10 8 (Oil hole)
Preload (N) 1960
Shape I
0

＋0.2
0
R 0.3 0.013 A M25×1.5 26 54.0
8 max.
(N･cm)
85 15 X 41
100
26 M25×1.5 0.006 E
View X-X
L 1 (Hardened) 20 89 51
89 L2 140
L3
B
Unit: mm
126
W3203SA-6Z-C5Z10 250 280 380 400 560 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.050 5.5 2180 —
W3204SA-3Z-C5Z10 350 380 480 500 660 Ⅱ –0.012 0.027 0.020 0.060 6.0 2180 —
W3205SA-6Z-C5Z10 450 480 580 600 760 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 6.6 2180 —
W3206SA-3Z-C5Z10 550 580 680 700 929 Ⅰ –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.075 7.4 2180 2180
W3207SA-6Z-C5Z10 650 680 780 800 1029 Ⅰ –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 7.9 2180 2180
W3209SA-6Z-C5Z10 850 880 980 1000 1229 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.090 9.0 2180 2180
W3211SA-5Z-C5Z10 1050 1080 1180 1200 1429 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 10.1 2180 2180
W3214SA-6Z-C5Z10 1350 1380 1480 1500 1729 Ⅰ –0.036 0.054 0.035 0.150 11.7 1860 2180
W3217SA-1Z-C5Z10 1650 1680 1780 1800 2029 Ⅰ –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.200 13.3 1280 1820

B125 B126
A Series: Finished shaft end (Fine lead) Dia. 32, Lead 10 Nut models: DFT
φ32×10
Unit: mm
L3
20 Standard
0.017 A Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 32×10/Right
stock
＋0.1
0
16.35
φ0.019 A φ0.013 E
＊
＊
G 0.022 A 6-9 drill thru., Preload / Ball recirculation D preload / Return tube
φ23.9
−0.21
＋0.14
1.35 0
0
C'bore 14×8.5
Seals (two places) X 4 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 6.35/33
C 0.5
45 ° 5°
φ25h6
−0.013
φ20h6
−0.013
Shape II
0
0
0
C 0.5 PC D9
C 1 R 0.3 C1 C1
φ25h5
−0.009
φ74g6
−0.010
−0.029
φ108
φ32
0.017 A rating
0
C 0.5 (N) StaticC0a 108000
C1
＋0.2
M6×1.0
φ25h5
−0.009
0
Shape I
0
＋0.2
0.013 A M25×1.5 26 Dynamic friction torque, median,
0
8
R 0.3 83.0
max. 91 6 78 15 X 41 (N･cm)
10 F
190 Spacer ball None
26 M25×1.5 0.006 E
0.006 F
L 1 (Hardened) 20 104 51
104 L2 155
L3
Unit: mm
128
W3203SA-7D-C5Z10 150 190 380 400 575 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.050 7.5 2180 —
W3204SA-4D-C5Z10 250 290 480 500 675 Ⅱ –0.012 0.027 0.020 0.060 8.1 2180 —
W3205SA-7D-C5Z10 350 390 580 600 775 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.060 8.6 2180 —
W3206SA-4D-C5Z10 450 490 680 700 959 Ⅰ –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.075 9.5 2180 2180
W3207SA-7D-C5Z10 550 590 780 800 1059 Ⅰ –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 10.0 2180 2180
W3209SA-7D-C5Z10 750 790 980 1000 1259 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.120 11.1 2180 2180
W3211SA-6D-C5Z10 950 990 1180 1200 1459 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 12.2 2180 2180
W3214SA-7D-C5Z10 1250 1290 1480 1500 1759 Ⅰ –0.036 0.054 0.035 0.150 13.8 1980 2180
W3217SA-2D-C5Z10 1550 1590 1780 1800 2059 Ⅰ –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.200 15.4 1350 1910

B127 B128
φ32×25
Standard
0
−0.35
M6×1
(Oil hole)
4-9 drill thru. stock
27 0 ° 3 0
φ0.019 A Seals (two places) φ0.010 E 3 °
＊
＊
0.013 A X G 0.018 A
φ20h6
−0.013
Unit: mm
−0.21
φ23.9
0
φ25
−0.005
−0.014
0
R
C 0.5 C 0.5 67 Ball screw specifications
12
C1 C1 C1 PCD
42 max.
43 min.
51 min.
φ51g6
−0.010
−0.029
φ32
φ51
φ85
φ32
φ25
−0.005
−0.014
R 0.3 max.
＋0.14
M25×1.5 20 F 1.35 A G （12） 2 E 20 35 min.
0.013 A
M25×1.5 34 max. 26 Housing hole and its clearance
＋0.1 X
0
16.35 92 15 10 Accuracy grade / Axial play C5/Z C5/T
View X-X
117 0.004 E
0.004 F Basic load DynamicCa 11300 17900
L 1 (Hardened) 12 （27） 62 33 rating
62 L2 95 (N) StaticC0a 20900 41800
L3
6.8∼31.5 ∼7.8
(N･cm)
Spacer ball Yes None B
Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3）
130
17.5
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W3211FA-1P-C5Z25 W3211FA-2-C5T25 1000 1063 1180 1219 1376 0 0.046 0.030 0.090 9.3 2180 2180
W3216FA-1P-C5Z25 W3216FA-2-C5T25 1500 1563 1680 1719 1876 0 0.065 0.040 0.120 12.3 1580 2180
W3221FA-1P-C5Z25 W3221FA-2-C5T25 2000 2063 2180 2219 2376 0 0.077 0.046 0.160 15.4 930 1300
W3227FA-1P-C5Z25 W3227FA-2-C5T25 2600 2663 2780 2819 2976 0 0.093 0.054 0.200 19.1 560 800
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit WBK25-01 (square type, fixed side), and WBK25S-01 (square type, simple support
2. NSK grease LR3 is recommended. The amount for replenishing should be about 50% of the nut internal space
capacity.
B129 B130
φ32×32
Standard
0
−0.35
M6×1
(Oil hole)
4-9 drill thru.
stock
φ0.019 A Seals (two places) 27 φ0.010 E 30° 30°
＊
＊
0.013 A X G 0.018 A
φ20h6
−0.013
Unit: mm
−0.21
φ23.9
0
φ25
−0.005
−0.014
0 Ball screw specifications
R
C 0.5 C 0.5 67
12
C1 C1 C1 PCD Product classification Preloaded Precise clearance
42 max.
43 min.
51 min.
φ51g6
−0.010
−0.029
φ32
φ51
φ85
φ32
φ25
−0.005
−0.014
R 0.3 max.
＋0.14
0
M25×1.5 20 F 1.35 A G （12） 2 E 20 35 min.
0.013 A 34 max. 26 Housing hole and its clearance
＋0.1 X M25×1.5 Accuracy grade / Axial play C5/Z C5/T
0
16.35 82 15 12 View X-X
0.004 E
0.004 F
109 Basic load DynamicCa 8800 11500
L 1 (Hardened) 12 （27） 62 33 rating
62 L2 95 (N) StaticC0a 16600 24800
L3
6.9∼31.5 ∼7.8
(N･cm)
Spacer ball Yes None B
Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3） 14 132
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W3211FA-3P-C5Z32 W3211FA-4-C5T32 1000 1071 1180 1219 1376 0 0.046 0.030 0.090 9.3 2180 2180
W3216FA-3P-C5Z32 W3216FA-4-C5T32 1500 1571 1680 1719 1876 0 0.065 0.040 0.120 12.3 1570 2180
W3221FA-3P-C5Z32 W3221FA-4-C5T32 2000 2071 2180 2219 2376 0 0.077 0.046 0.160 15.4 920 1290
W3227FA-3P-C5Z32 W3227FA-4-C5T32 2600 2671 2780 2819 2976 0 0.093 0.054 0.200 19.1 560 790
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit WBK25-01 (square type, fixed side), and WBK25S-01 (square type, simple support
2. NSK grease LR3 is recommended. The amount for replenishing should be about 50% of the nut internal space
capacity.
B131 B132
φ36×10
Unit: mm
20
Standard
0.018 A ＋0.1
0
16.35
stock
＊
＊
φ23.9
−0.21
＋0.14
1.35 0 C'bore 17.5×11
0
φ25h6
−0.013
0 C1 X 4
5° 5°
φ25h6
−0.013
0
C 1 R 0.3 98
C 0.5 C1 C1 PCD
φ75g6
−0.010
−0.029
φ30h5
−0.009
φ120
rating
φ36
0.018 A
0
(N)
φ25h5
−0.009
StaticC0a 61300
C1
0
C1 ＋0.2
0 M6×1.0
Shape I
＋0.2
0 R 0.3 0.013 A M30×1.5 26 59.0
10 max. X (N･cm)
85 18 45
103
26 M25×1.5 0.006 E
View X-X
L 1 (Hardened) 20 89 61
89 L2 150
L3
Unit: mm
134
W3604SA-1Z-C5Z10 350 377 480 500 670 Ⅱ –0.012 0.027 0.020 0.040 7.4 1940 —
W3606SA-1Z-C5Z10 550 577 680 700 870 Ⅱ –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.050 8.8 1940 —
W3609SA-1Z-C5Z10 850 877 980 1000 1239 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.065 11.1 1940 1940
W3613SA-1Z-C5Z10 1250 1277 1380 1400 1639 Ⅰ –0.033 0.054 0.035 0.100 13.9 1940 1940
W3617SA-1Z-C5Z10 1650 1677 1780 1800 2039 Ⅰ –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.130 16.6 1480 1940
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit round type WBK30DF-31 and WBK25DF-31.
B133 B134
φ36×10
Unit: mm
L3
0.018 A
20 Standard
＋0.1
0
16.35
φ0.019 A φ0.013 E
stock
＊
＊
G 0.022 A 6-11 drill thru., Preload / Ball recirculation D preload / Return tube
φ23.9
−0.21
＋0.14
1.35 0 C'bore 17.5×11
0
φ25h6
−0.013
Seals (two places)
X 4 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 6.35/37
0
C1 5° 5°
4
φ25h6
−0.013
Shape II
0
C 1 R 0.3 98
C 0.5 C1 C1 PCD
max.
φ75g6
−0.010
−0.029
φ30h5
−0.009
φ120
φ36
0.018 A rating
0
φ25h5
−0.009
C1 (N) StaticC0a 123000

0
C1 ＋0.2
0 M6×1.0
Shape I
＋0.2
0 R 0.3 0.013 A M30×1.5 26 Dynamic friction torque, median,
10 max. X 93.0
91 6 78 18 45 (N･cm)
12 F
193
0.006 E Spacer ball None
26 M25×1.5
0.006 F
L 1 (Hardened) 20 104 61
104 L2 165
L3
Unit: mm
136
W3604SA-2D-C5Z10 250 287 480 500 685 Ⅱ –0.012 0.027 0.020 0.040 9.3 1940 —
W3606SA-2D-C5Z10 450 487 680 700 885 Ⅱ –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.050 10.7 1940 —
W3609SA-2D-C5Z10 750 787 980 1000 1269 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 13.1 1940 1940
W3613SA-2D-C5Z10 1150 1187 1380 1400 1669 Ⅰ –0.033 0.054 0.035 0.100 15.9 1940 1940
W3617SA-2D-C5Z10 1550 1587 1780 1800 2069 Ⅰ –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.130 18.6 1540 1940
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit round type WBK30DF-31 and WBK25DF-31.
B135 B136
φ40×5
Unit: mm
22
Standard
0.016 A ＋0.1
0
17.75
stock
φ0.019 A φ0.013 E Preload / Ball recirculation
＊
＊
Seals (two places) G 0.018 A 6-9 drill thru., Z preload / Return tube
φ28.6
−0.21
＋0.14
1.75 0
0
C'bore 14×8.5
C1 4 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 3.175/40.5
X 5° 5°
φ30h6
−0.013
φ25h6
−0.013
Shape II
0
0
C 1 R 0.3 C1 83
C1 C1 PCD
max.
φ67g6
−0.010
−0.029
φ30h5
−0.009
φ101
φ40
0.018 A
0
rating
C1 C1 (N) StaticC0a 70600
＋0.2
0 Rc 1/8
φ30h5
−0.009
Shape I
0
Preload (N) 1420

＋0.2
0 R 0.3 0.013 A X M30×1.5 26 Dynamic friction torque, median,
10 max. 29.5
74 15 39
12 F (N･cm)
89
26 M30×1.5 0.006 E Spacer ball None
View X-X
0.006 F Factory packed grease Refer to Remarks 2.
L 1 (Hardened) 20 89 61
89 L2 150
L3
Unit: mm
138
W4003SA-1Z-C5Z5 250 291 380 400 572 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.035 6.3 1750 —
W4005SA-1Z-C5Z5 450 491 580 600 772 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.040 8.1 1750 —
W4007SA-1Z-C5Z5 650 691 780 800 1039 Ⅰ –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.065 10.3 1750 1750
W4009SA-1Z-C5Z5 850 891 980 1000 1239 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.065 12.2 1750 1750
W4011SA-1Z-C5Z5 1050 1091 1180 1200 1439 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.080 14.0 1750 1750
W4015SA-1Z-C5Z5 1450 1491 1580 1600 1839 Ⅰ –0.038 0.054 0.035 0.100 17.7 1750 1750
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit round type WBK30DF-31.

B137 B138
φ40×8
Unit: mm
L3
Standard
0.018 A
22 ＋0.1
0
17.75
stock
＊
＊
φ28.6
−0.21
＋0.14
1.75 0 C'bore 14×8.5
0
C1 4
X 5° 5°
φ30h6
−0.013
φ25h6
−0.013
Shape II
0
0
C 1 R 0.3 90
C1 C1 C1 PCD
φ74g6
−0.010
−0.029
φ30h5
−0.009
φ108
φ40
0.018 A rating
0
C1 (N) StaticC0a 103000
C1
＋0.2
0 Rc 1/8
φ30h5
−0.009
Shape I Preload (N) 2450
0
＋0.2
0 R 0.3 0.015 A X M30×1.5 26 Dynamic friction torque, median,
10 max. 115 15 41
64.0
(N･cm)
12 F
130
26 M30×1.5 0.006 E Spacer ball None
0.006 F
L 1 (Hardened) 20 89 61 Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3） 27
89 L2 150
L3
Unit: mm
140
W4003SA-2Z-C5Z8 200 250 380 400 572 Ⅱ –0.009 0.025 0.020 0.035 7.4 1750 —
W4005SA-2Z-C5Z8 400 450 580 600 772 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.040 9.2 1750 —
W4007SA-2Z-C5Z8 600 650 780 800 1039 Ⅰ –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.065 11.3 1750 1750
W4009SA-2Z-C5Z8 800 850 980 1000 1239 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.065 13.1 1750 1750
W4011SA-2Z-C5Z8 1000 1050 1180 1200 1439 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.080 14.9 1750 1750
W4015SA-2Z-C5Z8 1400 1450 1580 1600 1839 Ⅰ –0.038 0.054 0.035 0.100 18.5 1750 1750

B139 B140
φ40×10
Unit: mm
L3 Standard
0.018 A
22 ＋0.1
0
stock
17.75
φ0.025 A φ0.013 E
Preload / Ball recirculation Z preload / Return tube
＊
＊
φ28.6
−0.21
＋0.14
1.75 0 C'bore 17.5×11 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 6.35/41
0
C1 X 4
4
φ30h6
−0.013
φ25h6
−0.013
0
0
C 1 R 0.3 102
C1 C1 PCD
max.
φ82g6
−0.012
−0.034
φ30h5
−0.009
φ124
rating
φ40
0.018 A
0
(N) StaticC0a 68600
C1 C1
＋0.2
0 Rc 1/8
φ30h5
−0.009
Shape I A G 2 E 12 10 (Oil hole) Preload (N) 2160

0
＋0.2
0.015 A M30×1.5 26 Dynamic friction torque, median,
0 R 0.3 64.0
10 max. X
85 18 47 (N･cm)
12 F
103
0.006 E Spacer ball None
26 M30×1.5
0.006 F
L 1 (Hardened) 20 89 61 Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3） 30
89 L2 150
L3
Unit: mm
142
W4004SA-1Z-C5Z10 350 377 480 500 672 Ⅱ –0.012 0.027 0.020 0.040 8.7 1750 —
W4005SA-3Z-C5Z10 450 477 580 600 772 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.040 9.6 1750 —
W4006SA-1Z-C5Z10 550 577 680 700 872 Ⅱ –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.050 10.4 1750 —
W4007SA-3Z-C5Z10 650 677 780 800 1039 Ⅰ –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.065 11.7 1750 1750
W4009SA-3Z-C5Z10 850 877 980 1000 1239 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.065 13.4 1750 1750
W4011SA-3Z-C5Z10 1050 1077 1180 1200 1439 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.080 15.1 1750 1750
W4013SA-1Z-C5Z10 1250 1277 1380 1400 1639 Ⅰ –0.033 0.054 0.035 0.100 16.9 1750 1750
W4015SA-3Z-C5Z10 1450 1477 1580 1600 1839 Ⅰ –0.038 0.054 0.035 0.100 18.6 1750 1750
W4017SA-1Z-C5Z10 1650 1677 1780 1800 2039 Ⅰ –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.130 20.3 1670 1750
W4023SA-1Z-C5Z10 2250 2277 2380 2400 2639 Ⅰ –0.057 0.077 0.046 0.170 25.5 930 1320

B141 B142
φ40×10
L3 Unit: mm
22 Ball screw specifications
0.018 A ＋0.1
0
17.75
Standard
φ0.025 A φ0.013 E
stock
＊
＊
G 0.022 A 6-11 drill thru.,
φ28.6
−0.21
＋0.14
1.75 C'bore 17.5×11
0
0
Seals (two places)
X
Preload / Ball recirculation D preload / Return tube
C1 4
5° 5°
4 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 6.35/41
φ30h6
−0.013
φ25h6
−0.013
Shape II 0 Effective turns of balls 2.5×2
0
C 1 R 0.3 102 Accuracy grade / Preload C5/Z
C1 C1 C1 PCD
max.
φ82g6
−0.012
−0.034
φ30h5
−0.009
φ124
φ40
0.018 A Basic load DynamicCa 52000
0
rating
C1 C1
＋0.2
Rc 1/8
(N) StaticC0a 137000
0
φ30h5
−0.009
Shape I
0
Preload (N) 3630

＋0.2
0 R 0.3 0.015 A M30×1.5 26
10 max. X Dynamic friction torque, median,
91 6 78 18 47 108
12 F (N･cm)
193
26 M30×1.5 0.006 E
Spacer ball None
View X-X
0.006 F Factory packed grease Refer to Remarks 2.
L 1 (Hardened) 20 104 61
104 L2 165
L3
Unit: mm
144
W4004SA-2D-C5Z10 250 287 480 500 687 Ⅱ –0.012 0.027 0.020 0.040 11.0 1750 —
W4005SA-4D-C5Z10 350 387 580 600 787 Ⅱ –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.040 11.9 1750 —
W4006SA-2D-C5Z10 450 487 680 700 887 Ⅱ –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.050 12.7 1750 —
W4007SA-4D-C5Z10 550 587 780 800 1069 Ⅰ –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.065 14.1 1750 1750
W4009SA-4D-C5Z10 750 787 980 1000 1269 Ⅰ –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 15.8 1750 1750
W4011SA-4D-C5Z10 950 987 1180 1200 1469 Ⅰ –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.080 17.5 1750 1750
W4013SA-2D-C5Z10 1150 1187 1380 1400 1669 Ⅰ –0.033 0.054 0.035 0.100 19.3 1750 1750
W4015SA-4D-C5Z10 1350 1387 1580 1600 1869 Ⅰ –0.038 0.054 0.035 0.100 21.0 1750 1750
W4017SA-2D-C5Z10 1550 1587 1780 1800 2069 Ⅰ –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.130 22.7 1750 1750
W4023SA-2D-C5Z10 2150 2187 2380 2400 2669 Ⅰ –0.057 0.077 0.046 0.170 27.9 960 1370

B143 B144
φ40×12
Unit: mm
φ0.025 A φ0.013 E Standard
＊
＊
0.018 A Seals (two places) G 0.022 A 6-11 drill thru.,
X
C'bore 17.5×11
4
stock
5° 5° Preload / Ball recirculation Z preload / Return tube
4
φ25h6
−0.013
0
C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 PCD
φ86g6
−0.012
−0.034
φ30h5
φ30h5
−0.009
−0.009
φ128
φ40
0
0
R 0.3 rating
＋0.2 max. ＋0.2
Rc 1/8
0 0
10 12 F A G 2 E 12 10 (Oil hole) (N) StaticC0a 77500
26 M30×1.5 0.015 A M30×1.5 26 Preload (N) 2550

99 18 X 48
117 83.0
0.006 F 0.006 E (N･cm)
View X-X Spacer ball None
89 L2 150 Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3） 33
L3
B
146
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W4006SA-3Z-C5Z12 500 563 680 700 939 –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.050 11.6 1750 1750
W4009SA-5Z-C5Z12 800 863 980 1000 1239 –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.065 14.2 1750 1750
W4013SA-3Z-C5Z12 1200 1263 1380 1400 1639 –0.033 0.054 0.035 0.100 17.7 1750 1750
W4017SA-3Z-C5Z12 1600 1663 1780 1800 2039 –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.130 21.2 1670 1750
W4024SA-1Z-C5Z12 2300 2363 2480 2500 2739 –0.060 0.077 0.046 0.170 27.2 850 1220

B145 B146
φ40×12
Unit: mm
＊
＊
X
C'bore 17.5×11
4
stock
5° 5° Preload / Ball recirculation D preload / Return tube
4
φ25h6
−0.013
0
C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 PCD
φ86g6
−0.012
−0.034
φ30h5
φ30h5
−0.009
−0.009
φ128
φ40
0
0
R 0.3 rating
＋0.2 max. ＋0.2
Rc 1/8
0 0
10 12 F A G 2 E 12 10 (Oil hole)
(N) StaticC0a 155000
26 M30×1.5 0.015 A M30×1.5 26 Preload (N) 4310

105 12 90 18 X 48
225 137
0.006 F 0.006 E (N･cm)
L3
Unit: mm
148
Nominal (Kg)
W4006SA-4D-C5Z12 400 455 680 700 969 –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.050 14.8 1750 1750
W4009SA-6D-C5Z12 700 755 980 1000 1269 –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 17.4 1750 1750
W4013SA-4D-C5Z12 1100 1155 1380 1400 1669 –0.033 0.054 0.035 0.100 20.9 1750 1750
W4017SA-4D-C5Z12 1500 1555 1780 1800 2069 –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.130 24.3 1750 1750
W4024SA-2D-C5Z12 2200 2255 2480 2500 2769 –0.060 0.077 0.046 0.170 30.4 880 1260

B147 B148
φ45×10
Unit: mm
＊
＊
X
C'bore 17.5×11
4
stock
5° 5° Preload / Ball recirculation Z preload / Return tube
4
φ30h6
−0.013
0
C1 C1 C1 C1 PCD
C1
φ35h5
φ88g6
φ35h5
−0.011
−0.012
−0.034
−0.011
φ132
φ45
0
0
R 0.3 rating
＋0.3
0
max. ＋0.3
0 Rc 1/8
12 14 F A G 2 E 14 12 (N) StaticC0a 77300
(Oil hole)
30 M35×1.5 0.015 A M35×1.5 30 Preload (N) 2260

85 18 X 50 Dynamic friction torque, median,
103 69.0
0.006 F 0.006 E (N･cm)
L3
Unit: mm
150
Nominal (Kg)
W4506SA-1Z-C5Z10 550 577 680 700 947 –0.016 0.035 0.025 0.050 13.4 1550 1550
W4509SA-1Z-C5Z10 850 877 980 1000 1247 –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.065 16.7 1550 1550
W4513SA-1Z-C5Z10 1250 1277 1380 1400 1647 –0.033 0.054 0.035 0.100 21.2 1550 1550
W4517SA-1Z-C5Z10 1650 1677 1780 1800 2047 –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.130 25.6 1550 1550
W4524SA-1Z-C5Z10 2350 2377 2480 2500 2747 –0.060 0.077 0.046 0.170 33.4 980 1400

B149 B150
φ50×10
Unit: mm
φ0.025 A φ0.015 E
＊
＊
X
C'bore 17.5×11 Standard
4
5°
4
5° stock
Preload / Ball recirculation Z preload / Return tube
φ35h6
−0.016
0
C1 C1 113
C1 C1 C1 PCD Effective turns of balls 2.5×1
φ40h5
φ93g6
φ40h5
−0.011
−0.012
−0.034
−0.011
φ135
φ50
0
0
＋0.3 ＋0.3
0 max. 0 Rc 1/8 rating
14 18 F A G 2 E 18 14 (Oil hole)
(N) StaticC0a 87400
30 M40×1.5 0.015 A M40×1.5 30
X
85 18 51 Preload (N) 2450
0.006 F
103
0.006 E Dynamic friction torque, median,
79.0
View X-X (N･cm)
L 1 (Hardened) 20 92 78
Spacer ball None
92 L2 170 Factory packed grease Refer to Remarks 2.
L3 Internal spatial volume of nut（cm3） 37
B
152
Unit: mm

Nominal (Kg)
W5005SA-1Z-C5Z10 450 477 580 600 862 –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.050 14.8 1400 1400
W5007SA-1Z-C5Z10 650 677 780 800 1062 –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.065 17.6 1400 1400
W5009SA-1Z-C5Z10 850 877 980 1000 1262 –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 20.3 1400 1400
W5011SA-1Z-C5Z10 1050 1077 1180 1200 1462 –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.080 23.1 1400 1400
W5014SA-1Z-C5Z10 1350 1377 1480 1500 1762 –0.036 0.054 0.035 0.100 27.3 1400 1400
W5019SA-1Z-C5Z10 1850 1877 1980 2000 2262 –0.048 0.065 0.040 0.130 34.2 1400 1400
W5025SA-1Z-C5Z10 2450 2477 2580 2600 2862 –0.062 0.093 0.054 0.170 42.5 1020 1400

B151 B152
φ50×10
Unit: mm
φ0.025 A φ0.015 E
Standard
＊
＊
C'bore 17.5×11 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 50×10/Right
X
5°
4
5°
stock
4 Preload / Ball recirculation Z preload / Return tube
φ35h6
−0.016
0
C1 C1 113 Effective turns of balls 2.5×2
C1 C1 C1 PCD
φ40h5
φ93g6
φ40h5
−0.011
−0.012
−0.034
−0.011
φ135
φ50
0
0
R 0.3 rating
＋0.3 ＋0.3
0 max. 0 Rc 1/8
14 18 F A G 2 E 18 14 (Oil hole) (N) StaticC0a 175000
30 M40×1.5 0.015 A M40×1.5 30
X Preload (N) 4020
145 18 51
0.006 F
163
0.006 E
137
(N･cm)
View X-X
Spacer ball None
107 L2 185
L3
Unit: mm
154
Nominal (Kg)
W5005SA-2Z-C5Z10 350 417 580 600 892 –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.050 16.8 1400 1400
W5007SA-2Z-C5Z10 550 617 780 800 1092 –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.065 19.6 1400 1400
W5009SA-2Z-C5Z10 750 817 980 1000 1292 –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 22.3 1400 1400
W5011SA-2Z-C5Z10 950 1017 1180 1200 1492 –0.028 0.046 0.030 0.080 25.1 1400 1400
W5014SA-2Z-C5Z10 1250 1317 1480 1500 1792 –0.036 0.054 0.035 0.100 29.3 1400 1400
W5019SA-2Z-C5Z10 1750 1817 1980 2000 2292 –0.048 0.065 0.040 0.130 36.2 1400 1400
W5025SA-2Z-C5Z10 2350 2417 2580 2600 2892 –0.062 0.093 0.054 0.170 44.6 1040 1400
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit round type WBK40DFD-31.

B153 B154
B-I-6.2 KA Series: Ball Screws Made of Stainless Steel
◇ Ball screw sizes are arranged in the order of the ●Lead accuracy ◇ Material
page number. Lead accuracy is C3 and C5 grades. A martensitic stainless steel is used. A special heat
Table begins with the smallest shaft diameter ball T : Travel compensation; treatment technology provides the ball groove
screw, and proceeds to larger sizes. If ball screws ep : Tolerance on specified travel; section with sufficient hardness which produces high
have the same shaft diameter, those with smaller υu: Travel variation load carrying capacity and durability.
leads appear first. Page numbers of shaft diameter See "Technical Description: Lead error" (Page B499)
and lead combinations are shown in Table I-6•2. for details of the codes. ◇ Other
Seal of the ball screw, ball recirculating deflector, and
◇ Dimension tables ●Permissible rotational speed end cap are made of synthetic resin. Consult NSK
Dimension tables show shapes/sizes as well as d•n : Limited by the relative peripheral when using the ball screws under extreme
specification factors of each shaft diameter/lead speed between screw shaft and nut. environment or special environment, or using special
combination. Tables also contain data as follows: Critical speed : Limited by the natural frequency of a lubricant or oil.
ball screw shaft. Critical speed For special environment, refer to Pages B527 and D2.
●Stroke depends on the supporting condition Refer to Pages B525 and D13 for lubricants.
Nominal stroke : A reference for your use. of screw shaft.
Maximum stroke : The stroke limit that the nut can Use under either, but the smaller permissible rotational
move. The figure is obtained by speed. For details, see "Technical Description:
subtracting the nut length (plus Permissible rotational speed" (Page B509).
B
some allowance) from the screw
threaded length (L1). 156
Table I-6•2 KA Series "Screw shaft diameter x lead" See relevant list.
Lead (mm)
1 2 4 5 10 20
Screw shaft diameter (mm)
6 B157
8 B159 B161
10 B163 B165
12 B167 B169 B171
15 B173 B175
16 B177
20 B179
B155 B156
KA Series: Stainless steel product (finished shaft end) (Fine lead) Dia. 6, Lead 1 Nut models: MPFD
Stainless :φ6×1
Unit: mm
Standard
（15） St (stroke range) 8 0
−0.2 M3×0.5 stock
8 4 4-3.4 drill thru. (Oil hole) Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Deflector
° 30°
φ0.009 A
3.5
φ0.005 E 30 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 0.800/6.2
＊
＊
0.008 A G X 0.008 A E
φ4.5h6
−0.008
Effective turns of balls 1×3
0
−0.04
Accuracy grade / Preload

0
C3/Z
φ3.8
C 0.2
C 0.2 C 0.3 C 0.3
C 0.3
−0.008
−0.006
−0.017
φ12g6
−0.002
−0.007
φ24
φ9.5
0
φ6
φ4
φ6
rating
PC
R 0.2 D1
R1 R 0.2 8 (N) StaticC0a 680
max.
＋0.1 （3） max. 7
F 0 G A E
0.5 0.008 A M6×0.75 Axial play 0
＋0.1
0 15 6 X Dynamic friction torque,
4.5 21 16 ∼1.3
0.0025 E
(N･cm)
0.0025 F View X-X
L1 3 Spacer ball None
L2 （7） 22.5 7.5 Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
9 L3 30
L4
Unit: mm
158
Thread length Lead accuracy run-out ** Mass
Ball screw No. Supporting condition
Nominal Maximum (Kg)
L1 L2 L3 L4 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support
W0601KA-3PY-C3Z1 100 102 125 128 135 174 0 0.010 0.008 0.025 0.06 3000
Remarks 1. Only rust preventive agent is applied at time of delivery. Please apply lubricant (oil or grease) before use. NSK
Clean Grease LG2 is recommended.
B157 B158
Stainless :φ8×1
Unit: mm
（20） St (stroke range) 15 0 Standard
4-3.4 drill thru. Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 8×1/Right
−0.2
10 M3×0.5
(Oil hole)
stock
X Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Deflector
＊
＊
0.008 A φ0.009 A G 0.008 A φ0.005 E ° 30
3.5 30 ° Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 0.800/8.2
Effective turns of balls 1×3
φ6h6
−0.008
−0.06
φ5.7
0
0
C 0.2 Accuracy grade / Preload C3/Z
C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5
Basic load DynamicCa
−0.002
−0.010
545
−0.002
−0.008
−0.006
−0.017
φ14g6
φ11.5
φ27
φ6
φ8
φ8
rating
PCD
C 0.5 R 0.2
F max. R 0.2
＋0.1 A G max. E 9
0 Axial play 0
0.8
＋0.1 0.008 A （4） M8×1 Dynamic friction torque,
0 ∼1.8
6.8 15 6 18 (N･cm)
X
21 Spacer ball None
0.0025 F 0.0025 E View X-X
Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
L1 4
L2 （8） 27 10
9 L3 37
L4
B
160
Unit: mm

W0802KA-1PY-C3Z1 150 155 190 194 202 248 0 0.010 0.008 0.035 0.12 3000
B159 B160
Stainless :φ8×2
Unit: mm
Standard
（22） St (stroke range) 14
0
−0.2
M3×0.5 stock
10 (Oil hole) Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Deflector
° 30
φ0.009 A 30 °
＊
＊
0.008 A Seals 3 G 0.008 A φ0.005 E 4-3.4 drill thru.
(two places) X Effective turns of balls 1×3
−0.06
φ5.7
0
C 0.2
C 0.2 C 0.5
C 0.5 Basic load DynamicCa 1080
−0.002
−0.010
rating
−0.002
−0.008
−0.006
−0.017
φ16g6
φ6h6
−0.008
φ11.5
φ29
φ8
φ6
φ8
0
(N) StaticC0a 1630
PCD
C 0.5 R 0.2 23
F max. R 0.2 Axial play 0
＋0.1 A G max. E 9
0
0.8 Dynamic friction torque,
（4） ∼2.0
＋0.1
0 0.008 A M8×1 (N･cm)
6.8 X
22 6 20 Spacer ball None
28 Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
0.0025 F 0.0025 E
View X-X
L1 4
L2 （8） 27 10
9 L3 37
L4
B
162
Unit: mm

W0802KA-5PY-C3Z2 150 154 190 194 202 248 0 0.010 0.008 0.035 0.13 3000
B161 B162
Stainless :φ10×2
Unit: mm
Standard
(33) St (stroke range) 14 10
0
−0.2
4-4 4-4.5 drill thru. M3×0.5
stock
(Oil hole)
φ0.009 A Seals ＊＊G φ0.005 E Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 1.200/10.3
0.007 A 0.007 A 5E ° 30°
(two places)
3 30 Effective turns of balls 1×3
X
−0.06
Accuracy grade / Preload
φ11.5
C3/Z
φ5.7
0
C 0.2 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5

−0.002
−0.010
φ18g6
−0.006
−0.017
φ35
−0.002
−0.008
φ10
−0.008
φ8
φ6
rating
φ6h6
0
PC
C 0.5 R 0.2 D2 (N) StaticC0a 2110
max. R 0.2 7
＋0.1 max. 9
F 0
A G E
0.8 0.008 G Axial play 0
＋0.1
X (Width of flats) (6) 4 M8×1
0 23 6 Dynamic friction torque,
6.8
29 22 0.10∼2.5
(N･cm)
0.0025 E View X-X Spacer ball None
0.0025 F L1 4
L2 (8) 27 10 Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
9 L3 37
L4
Unit: mm
164
W1002KA-3PY-C3Z2 200 203 250 254 262 308 0 0.012 0.008 0.030 0.22 3000
B163 B164
KA Series: Stainless steel product (finished shaft end) (Fine lead) Dia. 10, Lead 4 Nut models: PFT
Stainless :φ10×4
Unit: mm
Standard
stock
（37） St (stroke range) 13 M6×1.0 Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Return tube
0
(Oil hole) Ball dia. / Ball circle dia.
12−0.25 5E 30
2.000/10.3
°
0.007 A φ0.010 A Seals X 0.010 A φ0.005 E 30 °
＊
＊
5 G 4-4.5 drill thru., Effective turns of balls 2.5×1
(two places)
C'bore 8×4
−0.08
φ7.6
0
C 0.2
C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 36 Basic load DynamicCa 2250
PCD
−0.009
−0.004
−0.012
rating
φ8h6
−0.002
−0.008
φ10
−0.007
−0.020
φ46
φ10
0
φ26g6
φ8
φ14
(N) StaticC0a 3290
C 0.5 R 0.2
＋0.1 R 0.2
0 max. （5） max. 10 Axial play 0
F 0.9 A G E
＋0.1
0.008 A M10×1 Dynamic friction torque,
0
7.9 0.5∼3.9
24 10 (N･cm)
28
34 X
Spacer ball None
0.003 F 0.003 E View X-X
L1 5 Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
L2 （10） 30 15
L4
Unit: mm
166
W1001KA-3P-C3Z4 100 110 160 165 175 230 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.29 3000
W1003KA-3P-C3Z4 300 310 360 365 375 430 0 0.013 0.008 0.050 0.39 3000
B165 B166
Stainless :φ12×2
Unit: mm
Standard
stock
−0.25 M3×0.5 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 1.200/12.3
12 (Oil hole)
° 30° Effective turns of balls 1×3
φ0.010 A Seals 3 30
＊
＊
0.007 A G 0.007 A φ0.005 E E 4-4.5 drill thru.
(two places) X Accuracy grade / Preload C3/Z
−0.08
φ7.6
0
C 0.2 C 0.2 Basic load DynamicCa 1360

C 0.5 C 0.5
rating
φ8h6
−0.009
−0.004
−0.012
−0.007
−0.020
φ20g6
φ37
−0.002
−0.008
φ14
φ12
φ10
φ8
0
PCD (N) StaticC0a 2680
C 0.5 29
R 0.2
max. R 0.2
max. 10 Axial play 0
F ＋0.1
E
0.9 0 A G
0.008 A
X M10×1
＋0.1 0.4∼3.4
0 23 6 24 (N･cm)
7.9
29 (Width of flats) （7） 5
0.003 E View X-X Spacer ball None
L1 5
0.003 F Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
L2 （10） 30 15
10 L3 45
L4
Unit: mm
168
W1201KA-3PY-C3Z2 100 109 160 165 175 230 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.24 3000
W1203KA-1PY-C3Z2 250 259 310 315 325 380 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.36 3000
B167 B168
KA Series: Stainless steel product (finished shaft end) (Fine lead) Dia. 12, Lead 5 Nut models: PFT
Stainless :φ12×5
Unit: mm
Standard
stock
（40） St (stroke range) 0
M6×1.0 4-4.5 drill thru., Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / Return tube
12 −0.25
(Oil hole) C'bore 8×4
12 ° 30 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 2.381/12.3
φ0.010 A φ0.005 E 30 °
＊
＊
0.007 A Seals 5 X G 0.010 A
(two places) Effective turns of balls 2.5×1
−0.009
φ8h6
−0.08
φ7.6
0
0
C 0.2 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 40

PCD Basic load DynamicCa 3070
φ30g6
−0.007
−0.020
rating
−0.004
−0.012
−0.002
−0.008
φ10
φ50
φ12
φ14
φ8
(N) StaticC0a 4670

C 0.5 ＋0.1 R 0.2 R 0.2
0 max. max. 10
F 0.9 A G Axial play 0
＋0.1
E
7.9 0 M10×1 Dynamic friction torque,
0.008 A
1.0∼4.4
30 10 X (Width of flats) （7）5 32 (N･cm)
40
0.003 F 0.003 E View X-X Spacer ball None
L1 5
Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
L2 （10） 30 15
L4
Unit: mm
170
W1202KA-3P-C3Z5 200 208 260 265 275 330 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.47 3000
W1205KA-1P-C3Z5 450 458 510 515 525 580 0 0.016 0.012 0.065 0.66 3000
B169 B170
KA Series: Stainless steel product (finished shaft end) (Medium lead) Dia. 12, Lead 10 Nut models: LPFT
Stainless :φ12×10
Unit: mm
Standard
M6×1.0
stock
−0.25
(Oil hole)
12 ° 30 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 2.381/12.5
X 30 ° 4-4.5 drill thru.,
＊
＊
0.010 A φ0.012 A Seals 5 G 0.015 A φ0.008 E
C'bore 8×4 Effective turns of balls 2.5×1
(two places)
−0.009
φ8h6
0
−0.08
φ7.6
0
C 0.2 C 0.2 C 0.5 40 Basic load DynamicCa 3070

C 0.5 PCD
−0.004
−0.012
rating
φ30g6
−0.007
−0.020
−0.002
−0.008
φ10
φ50
φ12
φ14
φ8
(N) StaticC0a 4790

C 0.5 ＋0.1 R 0.2 R 0.2
0 max. max. 10 Axial play 0
F 0.9 A G
＋0.1
E
7.9 0 Dynamic friction torque,
0.010 A M10×1 1.0∼4.9
40 10 (Width of flats) （7）5 (N･cm)
X 32
50 0.003 E Spacer ball None
0.003 F View X-X
L1 5 Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
L2 （10） 30 15
L4
Unit: mm
172
W1203KA-3P-C5Z10 250 253 310 315 325 380 0 0.023 0.018 0.050 0.56 3000
W1205KA-3P-C5Z10 450 453 510 515 525 580 0 0.030 0.023 0.075 0.72 3000
B171 B172
Stainless :φ15×10
Unit: mm
Standard
stock
(Oil hole) C'bore 9.5×5.5
−0.25
° 30 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 3.175/15.5
6
X 12 30 °
＊
＊
0.014 A φ0.015 A Seals G φ0.009 E Effective turns of balls 2.5×1
(two places) 0.014 A
−0.009
φ10h6
0
−0.09
φ9.6
0
C 0.5 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 45 Basic load DynamicCa 5780

PCD
rating
φ34g6
−0.009
−0.025
−0.003
−0.011
−0.004
−0.012
φ57
φ12
φ15
φ15
φ10
(N) StaticC0a 9430

C 0.5 R 0.2
＋0.14
max. R 0.2
0
max. Axial play 0
F 1.15 10
＋0.1 A G E
9.15 （8） 5 M12×1 1.5∼7.9
0.011 A (N･cm)
40 11 34 Spacer ball
0.004 F X 0.004 E
None
51
L1 （15） 30 15 View X-X Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
L3
Unit: mm
174
L1 L2 L3 T ep υu Fixed - Simple support
W1504KA-3P-C5Z10 400 427 489 504 561 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 0.99 3000
W1506KA-3P-C5Z10 600 627 689 704 761 0 0.035 0.025 0.065 1.2 3000
W1510KA-1P-C5Z10 1000 1027 1089 1104 1161 0 0.046 0.030 0.110 1.7 1610
B173 B174
KA Series: Stainless steel product (finished shaft end) (Ultra high helix lead) Dia. 15, Lead 20 Nut models: UPFC
Stainless :φ15×20
Unit: mm
Standard
M6×1.0 4-5.5 drill thru. stock
（34） St (stroke range) 28 (Oil hole) Preload / Ball recirculation P preload / End cap
0
° 30
30 °
−0.25
5 12 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 3.175/15.5
X φ0.005 E
＊
＊
0.014 A φ0.015 A G
0.014 A
φ10h6
−0.009
0
−0.09
φ9.6
0
C 0.5 C 0.2 C 0.5 45

−0.009
−0.025
−0.004
−0.012
φ34g6
−0.003
−0.011
φ55
rating
φ10
φ15
φ12
φ15
(N) StaticC0a 6450
C 0.5 R 0.2
＋0.14
max. R 0.2
0 max.
F 1.15 ＋0.10
A G （8） 6 E 10 Axial play 0
0
9.15 M12×1
0.011 A Dynamic friction torque,
1.5∼7.9
24 10 11 X 36 (N･cm)
0.004 F 45 0.004 E
L1 （18） 30 15 View X-X Spacer ball None
12 L2 45 Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
L3
Unit: mm
176
L1 L2 L3 T eP υu Fixed - Simple support
W1504KA-7PG-C5Z20 400 424 486 504 561 0 0.027 0.020 0.050 1.0 3000
W1506KA-7PG-C5Z20 600 624 686 704 761 0 0.035 0.025 0.065 1.3 3000
W1510KA-3PG-C5Z20 1000 1024 1086 1104 1161 0 0.046 0.030 0.110 1.8 1610
B175 B176
Stainless :φ16×2
Unit: mm
Standard
0 stock
−0.25
M6×1.0 30 4-5.5 drill thru.
(Oil hole) 30° ° Effective turns of balls 1×4
＊
＊
0.007 A φ0.010 A Seals G 0.010 A φ0.005 E
φ10h6
(two places) 5 X
−0.009
E Accuracy grade / Preload C3/Z
0
−0.09
φ15
φ9.6
0
C 0.3 C 0.2 C 0.5 C 0.5 Basic load DynamicCa 2870

rating
φ25g6
−0.004
−0.012
−0.007
−0.020
φ44
−0.003
−0.011
φ10
φ16
φ12
PCD (N) StaticC0a 6250
35
C 0.5 R 0.2 R 0.2
max.＋0.14 max. 10 Axial play 0
F 0 E
1.15 A G （8） 6 M12×1
0.008 A X Dynamic friction torque,
＋0.10 29 0.5∼4.9
0 30 10 (N･cm)
9.15
40 View X-X Spacer ball None
0.003 E
0.003 F Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
L1 5 （10） 30 15
12 L2 45
L3
Unit: mm
178
W1601KA-3PY-C3Z2 100 137 189 204 261 0 0.010 0.008 0.020 0.46 3000
W1603KA-1PY-C3Z2 300 337 389 404 461 0 0.013 0.010 0.035 0.75 3000
B177 B178
Stainless :φ20×20
Unit: mm
Standard
stock
（61） St (stroke range) 15 0 (Oil hole) C'bore 11×6.5 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 3.969/21
X −0.25
° 30
8 17 30 °
φ0.015 A φ0.009 E
＊
＊
0.014 A Seals G Effective turns of balls 1.5×1
(two places) 0.014 A
−0.011
φ12h6
−0.11
0
φ14.3
0
C 0.3 C 0.3 59
C 0.5 C 0.5 PCD Basic load DynamicCa 5760
rating
−0.004
−0.012
φ46g6
−0.004
−0.012
−0.009
−0.025
φ19.5
φ15
φ74
φ15
φ20 (N) StaticC0a 9370
C 0.5 R 0.2 R 0.2
max. max. Axial play 0
＋0.14
F 0 A G （10）10 E 15
1.15 Dynamic friction torque,
＋0.1 M15×1 2.0∼11.8
0 0.011 A (N･cm)
10.15 0.004 E
50 13 46
X Spacer ball None
0.004 F 63
L1 10 （15） 40 20 View X-X Factory packed grease Refer to the remarks 1. below.
L3
Unit: mm
180
W2005KA-3P-C5Z20 400 434 510 535 608 0 0.030 0.023 0.050 2.0 3000
W2007KA-3P-C5Z20 600 634 710 735 808 0 0.035 0.025 0.085 2.5 3000
W2011KA-3P-C5Z20 1000 1034 1110 1135 1208 0 0.046 0.030 0.110 3.4 2160
B179 B180
B-I-6.3 S Series
◇ Ball screw sizes are arranged in order of the page ● Lead accuracy ball screw shaft. Critical speed pages) when using a support unit. See "Technical
number. Lead accuracy is C3 and C5 grades. depends on the supporting condition Description: Shaft end processing" (Page B537) for
Dimension table begins with the smallest shaft T : Travel compensation; of screw shaft. procedures of shaft end processing and precautions.
diameter ball screw, and proceed to larger sizes. If ep : Tolerance of specified travel; Always operate under either, but the smaller ◇ Other
ball screws have the same shaft diameter, those with υu : Travel variation permissible rotational speed. For details, see Seal of the ball screw, ball recirculating deflector and
smaller leads appear first. Page numbers of shaft See "Technical description: Lead accuracy" (Page "Technical description: Permissible rotational speed" end cap are made of synthetic resin. Consult NSK
diameter and lead combinations are shown in the B499) for details of the codes. (Page B509). when using the ball screws under extreme
Table I-6•3. environment or special environment, or using special
● Permissible rotational speed ◇ Shaft end processing lubricant or oil.
◇ Dimension tables d • n: Limited by the relative peripheral S Series requires shaft end processing to your For special environment, refer to Pages B527 and D2.
Dimension tables show shapes/sizes as well as speed between the screw shaft and specification. Exclusive support unit (Page B273) is Refer to Pages B525 and D13 for lubricants.
specification factors of each shaft diameter/lead the nut. available to design the shaft end support section. See
combination. Tables also contain data as follows: Critical speed : Limited by the natural frequency of a "Configuration of shaft end" (Page B27 and following
Table I-6•3 S Series "Screw shaft diameter x lead" See relevant list.
Lead(mm)
Screw
shaft diameter (mm)
1 1.5 2 2.5 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 B
4 B183 182
6 B183
8 B183 B185 B185
10 B185 B187 B189
12 B187 B187 B189 B189
14 B191 B191
15 B191 B195
16 B193 B193 B197 B197 B195
20 B199 B199 B197 B197 B195
B201 B203
25 B201 B201 B205 B205 B205
B203 B207
B207 B207
28
B209 B209
B211 B215
B211
32 B213 B213 B217 B221 B221
B213
B215 B219
B217
36
B219
B223
B223
40 B217 B223 B225
B225
B227
45 B229
B227
50
B229
B181 B182
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine lead: Deflector type) Nut model: MSFD
φ4×1、φ6×1、φ8×1
Standard
φJ A I G 4-X drill thru. stock
° 30°
X 30
C 0.1 C 0.2 C 0.5
φD g6
φd 3
φd 1
φd 2
φd r
φA
(or ∼)
Center hole K A A G Center hole

X
B H
Min.
Ln L1 W
L3 L t (Hardened) L2
No case hardening No case hardening View X-X
L0
Nut type code: MSFD

B
184
Unit: mm
Basic load rating Permissible

Stroke Screw Ball Ball Root Effective Axial Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Run out
Ball screw No. Max. shaft dia. Lead dia. circle dia. ball (N)
play
Mass rotational
dia. Dynamic Static Max. Outside dia. Flange Overall
Bolt hole Threaded
Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Deviation Variation Shaft Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw dm dr turns length length length straightness eccentricity perpendicularity
N(min-1)
Ca C0a D A H B Ln W X Lt d2 L1 L2 d3 L3 L0 T ep υu I J K
W0400MS-1Y-C3T1 68 4 1 0.8 4.2 3.2 2 315 370 0.005 10 20 14 3 12 15 2.9 80 6.0 4 40 3.3 10 130 0 0.008 0.008 0.030 0.009 0.008 0.026
W0601MS-1Y-C3T1 110 6 1 0.8 6.2 5.2 3 575 925 0.005 12 24 16 3.5 15 18 3.4 125 8.0 4 50 5.3 15 190 0 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.009 0.008 0.063 3000
W0801MS-1Y-C3T1 94 110 195 0.030 0.11
8 1 0.8 8.2 7.2 3 670 1290 0.005 14 27 18 4 16 21 3.4 10.2 4 60 7.3 25 0 0.010 0.008 0.009 0.008
W0802MS-1Y-C3T1 174 190 275 0.050 0.14
Remarks: 1. NSK support unit is recommended.

B183 B184
φ8×1.5、φ8×2、φ10×2
Standard
φJ
stock
A Seals (two places) I G 4-X drill thru.
° 30°
X 30
C 0.1 C 0.2 C 0.5
φD g6
φd 3
φd 1
φd 2
φd r
φA
(or ∼)

X
B H
Min.
Ln L1 W
L0
Nut type code: MSFD
B
186
Unit: mm
Basic load rating Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Run out Permissible
Stroke Screw Ball Ball Root Effective Axial
Max. shaft dia. Lead dia. circle dia. ball (N) Mass rotational
Ball screw No. play Overall Threaded
dia. Dynamic Static Max. Outside dia. Flange length Bolt hole length Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Deviation Variation Shaft Nut O.D. Flange
(Kg) speed
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw dm dr turns Lt
length
T ep υu
straightness eccentricity perpendicularity
N(min-1)
Ca C0a D A H B Ln W X d2 L1 L2 d3 L0 L3 I J K
W0801MS-2Y-C3T1.5 88 110 195 0.030 0.12
8 1.5 1.0 8.3 7.0 3 1080 1980 0.005 15 28 19 4 22 22 3.4 10.2 4 60 7.2 25 0 0.010 0.008 0.009 0.008
W0802MS-2Y-C3T1.5 168 190 275 0.050 0.15
W0801MS-3Y-C3T2 84 110 195 0.030 0.12
8 2 1.2 8.3 6.9 3 1320 2210 0.005 16 29 20 4 26 23 3.4 10.2 4 60 7.0 25 0 0.010 0.008 0.009 0.008 3000
W0802MS-3Y-C3T2 164 190 275 0.050 0.15
W1001MS-1Y-C3T2 122 150 250 0.010 0.035 0.22
10 2 1.2 10.3 8.9 3 1490 2850 0.005 18 35 22 5 28 27 4.5 12.2 4 70 9.0 30 0 0.008 0.009 0.008
W1002MS-1Y-C3T2 222 250 350 0.012 0.050 0.27
B185 B186
φ10×2.5、φ12×2、φ12×2.5
Standard
φJ A Seals (two places) I G 4-X drill thru. stock
° 30°
X 30
C 0.1 C 0.2 C 0.5
φD g6
φd 3
φd 1
φd 2
φd r
φA
(or ∼)
Center hole K A A G Center hole ter hole

X
B H
Min.
Ln L1 W
L0
Nut type code: MSFD
B
188
Unit: mm
Basic load rating Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Run out Permissible
Stroke Screw Ball Ball Root Effective Axial
Max. shaft dia. Lead dia. circle dia. ball (N) Mass rotational
Ball screw No. dia. play Flange Overall
Bolt hole Threaded Shaft end, right Shaft Nut O.D. Flange speed
Dynamic Static Max. Outside dia. length length Shaft end, left Overall Deviation Variation eccentricity perpendicularity (Kg)
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw dm dr turns Lt
length
T ep υu
straightness
N(min -1)
Ca C0a D A H B Ln W X d2 L1 L2 L0 d3 L3 I J K
W1001MS-2Y-C3T2.5 118 150 250 0.010 0.035 0.23
10 2.5 1.588 10.4 8.6 3 2130 3640 0.005 19 36 23 5 32 28 4.5 12.2 4 70 8.7 30 0 0.008 0.010 0.008
W1002MS-2Y-C3T2.5 218 250 350 0.012 0.050 0.28
W1202MS-1Y-C3T2 182 210 325 0.050 0.36
12 2 1.200 12.3 10.9 3 1660 3620 0.005 20 37 24 5 28 29 4.5 14.2 5 80 11.0 35 0 0.012 0.008 0.010 0.008 3000
W1203MS-1Y-C3T2 282 310 425 0.060 0.44
W1202MS-2Y-C3T2.5 178 210 325 0.050 0.37
12 2.5 1.588 12.4 10.6 3 2360 4540 0.005 21 38 25 5 32 30 4.5 14.2 5 80 10.7 35 0 0.012 0.008 0.010 0.008
W1203MS-2Y-C3T2.5 278 310 425 0.060 0.45
B187 B188
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine • medium lead: Tube type) Nut models: SFT, LSFT
φ10×4、φ12×5、φ12×10
Q 4-X drill thru.,

Standard
φJ A Seals (two paces) I G
(O (Oil hole) C'bore Y ×Z
stock
0 ° 30
φd 2＋0.2 3 °
X
D g6
C 0.2 C 0.5
φd r φ
C 0.5
T
φd 3
φd 1
φd 2
φA
K
Center hole K A A G Center hole e
X
B H
Min.
Ln Lu L1 W
L0
Nut type code: SFT, LSFT B

190
Unit: mm
Effective ball turns Basic load rating
Stroke Screw Ball Ball Rood Axial Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Run out Permissible
shaft Lead (N) Mass rotational
Ball screw No. Max. dia. circle dia. Turns play
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static Max. Outside
Flange Overall
Bolt hole Oil hole Threaded Overall Shaft
Deviation Variation straightness Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed -1
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw d m d r dia. length length Shaft end, right Shaft end, left length eccentricity perpendicularity N(min )
Circuits Ca C0a D A H K B Ln W X Y Z Lt
Q T d2 Lu L1 L2 d3 L3 L0 T ep υu I J K
W1001FS-1-C3T4 126 160 265 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.34
W1002FS-1-C3T4 226 10 4 2.000 10.3 8.2 2.5×1 2470 4450 0.005 26 46 28 42 10 34 36 4.5 8 4.5 M6×1 14 260 14 5 40 70 8.2 35 365 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.010 0.008 0.39
W1003FS-1-C3T4 326 360 465 0.013 0.010 0.050 0.45
W1201FS-1-C3T5 110 150 255 0.010 0.008 0.030 0.44
3000
W1202FS-1-C3T5 210 12 5 2.381 12.3 9.8 2.5×1 3760 6310 0.005 30 50 32 45 10 40 40 4.5 8 4.5 M6×1 15 250 14 5 40 70 9.8 35 355 0 0.012 0.008 0.040 0.010 0.008 0.52
W1204FS-1-C3T5 410 450 555 0.015 0.010 0.065 0.67
W1202FS-2-C5T10 200 250 355 0.023 0.018 0.050 0.57
12 10 2.381 12.5 10.0 2.5×1 3750 6480 0.005 30 50 32 45 10 50 40 4.5 8 4.5 M6×1 15 14 8 40 70 10.0 35 0 0.012 0.010
W1204FS-2-C5T10 400 450 555 0.027 0.020 0.075 0.74

B189 B190
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine • medium lead: Tube type) Nut models: SFT, LSFT
φ14×5、φ14×8、φ15×10
Standard
φJ A Seals (two places) I G
Q 4-X drill thru., stock
(O (Oil hole) C'bore Y ×Z
φd 2＋0.2 30 ° 30°
X
φd r φD g6
C 0.5 C 0.2 C 0.5
T
φd 3
φd 1
φd 2
φA
K
X
B H
Min.
Ln Lu L1 W
L0
Nut type code: SFT, LSFT B

192
Unit: mm
Stroke Screw Ball Ball Root Axial Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Run out Permissible
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static Max. Outside Flange Overall
Bolt hole Oil hole Threaded Overall
Deviation Variation straightness
Shaft Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed -1
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw d m dr dia. length length Shaft end, right Shaft end, left length eccentricity perpendicularity N(min )
Circuits Ca C0a D A H K B Ln W X Y Z Q LtT L0
d2 Lu L1 L2 d3 L3 T ep υu I J K
W1403FS-1-C3T5 310 350 490 0.013 0.010 0.035 0.78
14 5 3.175 14.5 11.2 2.5×1 6790 11700 0.005 34 57 34 50 11 40 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 17 15 5 40 100 11.2 40 0 0.012 0.008 1.0
W1406FS-1-C3T5 560 600 740 0.016 0.012 0.055
W1405FS-1-C5T8 454 500 640 0.027 0.020 0.065 1.0
14 8 3.175 14.5 11.2 2.5×1 6790 11700 0.005 34 57 34 50 11 46 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 17 15 8 40 100 11.2 40 0 0.015 0.011 1.3
W1408FS-1-C5T8 754 800 940 0.035 0.025 0.085
3000
W1504FS-1-C5T10 349 400 570 0.025 0.020 0.050 1.0
W1506FS-1-C5T10 549 600 770 0.030 0.023 0.065 1.3
15 10 3.175 15.5 12.2 2.5×1 7070 12800 0.005 34 57 34 50 11 51 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 17 15 8 40 120 12.2 50 0 0.015 0.011 1.7
W1509FS-1-C5T10 849 900 1070 0.040 0.027 0.110
W1511FS-1-C5T10 1049 1100 1270 0.046 0.030 0.150 1.9

B191 B192
φ16×2、φ16×2.5
φJ A Seals (two places) I G 4-X drill thru.
Standard
3 0° 30 ° stock
X
C 0.1 C 0.2 C 0.5
φD g6
φd 3
φd 1
φd 2
φd r
φA
T
(or ∼)
Center hole K A A G Center hole Q

X
B H (Oil hole)
Min.
Ln L1 W
L0
Nut type code: MSFD
B
194
Unit: mm
Basic load rating
Stroke Screw Ball Ball Root Axial Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Run out
Max. shaft
Lead dia. circle dia. Effective (N) Mass Permissible
Ball screw No. play rotational speed
dia. dia. ball turns
Dynamic Static Max.
Outside
dia. Flange Overall
length Bolt hole Oil hole ThreadedShaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Deviation Variation Shaft Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) N(min-1)
Dw length length straightness eccentricity perpendicularity
Lt-Ln d1 l dm dr Ca C0a D A H B Ln W X Q T Lt d2 L1 L2 d3 L3 L0 T ep υu I J K
W1602MS-1Y-C3T2 210 250 390 0.012 0.008 0.035 0.71
16 2 1.588 16.4 14.6 4 3510 8450 0.005 25 44 29 10 40 35 5.5 M6×1 16 16.2 30 100 14.7 40 0 0.010 0.008
W1604MS-1Y-C3T2 360 400 540 0.013 0.010 0.050 0.93
3000
W1602MS-2Y-C3T2.5 206 250 390 0.012 0.008 0.035 0.73
16 2.5 1.588 16.4 14.6 4 3510 8450 0.005 25 44 29 10 44 35 5.5 M6×1 16 16.2 30 100 14.7 40 0 0.010 0.008
W1604MS-2Y-C3T2.5 356 400 540 0.013 0.010 0.050 0.95

B193 B194
S Series: Blank shaft end (Ultra high helix lead: End cap type) Nut model: USFC
φ15×20、φ16×32、φ20×40
Q 4-X drill thru.
φ J A I G
(Oil hole) Standard
T

30° 30° stock
φD g6
X
C 0.5 C 0.3 C 0.5
φd 3
φd 1
φd 1
φd 2
φd r
φA
K
X
B C H
Min.
Ln Lu L1 W
L0
Nut type code: USFC
B
196
Unit: mm
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static Max. Outside Flange Overall
Bolt hole Oil hole Threaded
Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Travel Shaft
Variation straightness
Deviation
compe
Nut O.D. Flange
(Kg) speed -1
dia. length length length nsation eccentricity perpendicularity
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw dm dr Circuits C N(min )
a C0a D A H K B C Ln W X Q Lt
T d2 Lu L1 L2 d3 L3
L0 T ep υu I J K
W1504FS-2G-C5T20 355 400 570 0.025 0.020 0.050 1.0
W1506FS-2G-C5T20 555 600 770 0.030 0.023 0.065 1.3
15 20 3.175 15.5 12.2 1.7×1 5070 8730 0.005 34 55 36 50 10 11 45 45 5.5 M6×1 5 15.2 13 40 120 12.2 50 0 0.015 0.011 3000
W1509FS-2G-C5T20 855 900 1070 0.040 0.027 0.110 1.7
W1511FS-2G-C5T20 1055 1100 1270 0.046 0.030 0.150 2.0
W1609FS-2GX-C5T32 866 900 1110 0.040 0.027 0.110 1.9
16 32 3.175 16.75 13.4 0.7×2 4000 6690 0.005 34 55 36 50 10 10.5 34 45 5.5 M6×1 5 16.2 19 40 150 13.4 60 0 0.015 0.011 3000
W1613FS-1GX-C5T32 1266 1300 1510 0.054 0.035 0.150 2.5
W2011FS-1GX-C5T40 1059 1100 1330 0.046 0.030 0.150 3.5
20 40 3.175 20.75 17.4 0.7×2 4490 8640 0.005 38 58 40 52 10 11 41 48 5.5 M6×1 5 20.2 22 60 150 17.4 80 0 0.015 0.011 3000
W2017FS-1GX-C5T40 1659 1700 1930 0.065 0.040 0.200 4.9

B195 B196
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine, medium, high helix lead: Tube type) Nut models: SFT, LSFT
φ16×5、φ16×16、φ20×10、φ20×20
Q Q 4-X drill thru.,

φ J A Seals (two places) I G Standard
(Oil hole) (Oil hole) C'bore Y×Z
3 30° stock
X 30° 30°
φD g6
C 0.3 C 0.5
R
C 0.5
T
V max.
V max.
D min.
V min.
V min.
φd 3
φd 1
φd 1
φd 2
φd r
φA
K
U min.
Center hole K A A G Center hole U max. er hole U max.
X
B H H Housing Housing hole and its clearance
Min.
(Only applic (Only applicable to shaft dia. 16×lead 16)
Ln Lu L1 W W
View X View X-X
No case hardening L0 No case hardening
Nut type code: SFT, LSFT

B
Unit: mm
198
Stroke Screw Ball Ball Root Axial Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Run out
Max. shaft Lead dia. circle dia. Turns (N) Mass Permissible
Ball screw No. play Outside rotational speed
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static Max. dia. Flange Overall hole Projecting tube Oil hole Threaded
Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Shaft
Variation straightness
Deviation Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) N(min-1)
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw dr Circuits length Bolt length length eccentricity perpendicularity
dm
Ca C0a D A H K B Ln W X Y Z U V R Q T Lt d2 Lu L1 L2 d3 L3 L0 T ep υu I J K
W1605FS-1-C3T5 458 500 710 0.015 0.010 0.055 1.4
16 5 3.175 16.5 13.2 2.5×1 7330 13500 0.005 40 63 40 55 11 42 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 — — — M6×1 17 16.2 5 40 150 13.2 60 0 0.012 0.008 3000
W1609FS-1-C3T5 858 900 1110 0.021 0.015 0.095 1.9
W1606FS-1-C5T16 544 600 810 0.030 0.023 0.085 1.5
16 16 3.175 16.75 13.4 1.5×1 4710 8110 0.005 34 57 34 50 12 56 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 19 20 8 M6×1 17 16.2 10 40 150 13.4 60 0 0.015 0.011 3000
W1611FS-1-C5T16 1044 1100 1310 0.046 0.030 0.150 2.3
W2009FS-1-C5T10 846 900 1130 0.040 0.027 0.110 3.2
20 10 3.969 21 16.9 2.5×1 10900 21700 0.005 46 74 46 66 13 54 59 6.6 11 6.5 — — — M6×1 24 20.2 10 60 150 16.9 80 0 0.015 0.011 3000
W2013FS-1-C5T10 1246 1300 1530 0.054 0.035 0.150 4.1
W2010FS-1-C5T20 937 1000 1230 0.040 0.027 0.110 3.6
20 20 3.969 21 16.9 1.5×1 7040 12700 0.005 46 74 46 66 13 63 59 6.6 11 6.5 — — — M6×1 24 20.2 13 60 150 16.9 80 0 0.015 0.011 3000
W2015FS-1-C5T20 1437 1500 1730 0.054 0.035 0.200 4.8

B197 B198
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine lead: Tube type) Nut models: PFT
φ20×4、φ20×5
φJ A Seals (two places) I G 6-X drill thru.,

C'bore Y ×Z
Standard
X 5°
4
5°
stock
4
C1 C 0.5 C1
W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
Center hole K A A G Center hole le
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1
L3 L t (Hardened) L2 View X-X

No case hardening No case hardening
L0
Nut type code: PFT

B
200
Unit: mm
Effective ball turns Basic load rating Dynamic
Stroke Screw Ball Ball Root Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Run out Permissible
shaft Lead (N) friction torque, Mass rotational
Ball screw No. Max. dia. circle dia. Turns Preload
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static (N) median dia. Outside
Flange Overall Bolt hole Oil hole Threaded Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Travel
Deviation Variation Shaft Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed -1
length length length compensation straightness eccentricity perpendicularity
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw dm dr Circuits N(min )
Ca C 0a (N・cm) D A G B Ln W X Y Z Q Lt d2 L1 L2 d3 L3 L0 T ep υu I J K
W2003SS-1P-C5Z4 251 300 150 — 450 -0.007 0.023 0.018 0.055 1.5
W2005SS-1P-C5Z4 451 20 4 2.381 20.3 17.8 2.5×2 542010700 290 3.9 40 63 24 11 49 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 500 20.2 40 150 17.8 50 700 -0.012 0.027 0.020 0.085 0.015 0.011 2.0 3000
W2008SS-1P-C5Z4 751 800 200 100 1100 -0.019 0.035 0.025 0.140 2.9
W2003SS-2P-C5Z5 244 300 150 — 450 -0.007 0.023 0.018 0.055 1.6
W2005SS-2P-C5Z5 444 500 150 50 700 -0.012 0.027 0.020 0.085 2.2
20 5 3.175 20.5 17.2 2.5×2 941017100 490 7.8 44 67 26 11 56 55 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 20.2 40 17.2 0.015 0.011 3000
W2007SS-1P-C5Z5 644 700 200 100 1000 -0.017 0.035 0.025 0.110 2.8
W2010SS-1P-C5Z5 944 1000 200 100 1300 -0.024 0.040 0.027 0.180 3.5

B199 B200
φ25×4、φ25×5、φ25×6
φJ A Seals (two places) I G 6-X drill thru., Standard

C'bore Y ×Z stock
4
X 5° 5°
4
C1 C 0.5 C1
W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
Center hole K A A G Center hole hole
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: PFT

B
202
Unit: mm
shaft Lead (N) Preload friction torque, Mass rotational
Ball screw No. Max. dia. circle dia. Turns
dia. dia. Static (N) median dia. Outside Overall Threaded
Shaft end, left Overall Travel Shaft Nut O.D. Flange speed
Lt-Ln d1
×
Dw dm dr Circuits Dynamic
Flange length Bolt hole Oil hole length Shaft end, right length compensation Deviation Variation straightness eccentricity perpendicularity (Kg)
l N(min-1)
Ca C0a (N・cm) D A G B Ln W X Y Z Q Lt d2 L1 L2 d3 L3 L0 T ep υu I J K
W2503SS-1P-C5Z4 252 300 150 — 450 -0.007 0.023 0.018 0.040 2.2
W2506SS-1P-C5Z4 552 25 4 2.381 25.3 22.8 2.5×2 6020 13600 290 4.9 46 69 26 11 48 57 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 600 25.2 40 200 22.8 100 900 -0.014 0.030 0.023 0.075 0.015 0.011 3.8 2800
W2510SS-1P-C5Z4 952 1000 200 100 1300 -0.024 0.040 0.027 0.120 5.2
W2503SS-2P-C5Z5 245 300 200 — 500 -0.007 0.023 0.018 0.040 2.5
W2505SS-1P-C5Z5 445 500 200 50 750 -0.012 0.027 0.020 0.060 3.4
25 5 3.175 25.5 22.2 2.5×2 10400 21900 540 8.8 50 73 28 11 55 61 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 25.2 40 22.2 0.015 0.011 2800
W2508SS-1P-C5Z5 745 800 250 100 1150 -0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 4.8
W2512SS-1P-C5Z5 1145 1200 300 100 1600 -0.029 0.046 0.030 0.120 6.3
W2504SS-1P-C5Z6 338 400 200 — 600 -0.010 0.025 0.020 0.050 3.0
W2508SS-2P-C5Z6 738 25 6 3.969 25.5 21.4 2.5×2 14100 26800 690 13.8 53 76 29 11 62 64 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 800 25.2 40 250 21.4 100 1150 -0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 0.019 0.013 4.8 2800
W2512SS-2P-C5Z6 1138 1200 300 100 1600 -0.029 0.046 0.030 0.120 6.3

B201 B202
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine lead: Deflector type) Nut model: ZFD
φ25×5、φ25×10

C'bore Y ×Z
4
stock
X 5° 5°
4
C 0.5 C 0.5 C1
W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
Center hole K A A G Center hole le
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: ZFD
B
204
Unit: mm
Flange Overall Bolt hole Oil hole Threaded Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Travel Deviation Variation Shaft Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed -1
Lt-Ln d1 Dw d m d r length length length compensation straightness eccentricity perpendicularity
l N(min )
Circuits Ca C0a (N・cm) D A G B Ln W X Y Z Q Lt d2 L1 L2 d3 L3 L0 T ep υu I J K
W2502SS-1ZY-C5Z5 184 250 200 — 450 -0.005 0.023 0.018 0.040 2.1
W2504SS-3ZY-C5Z5 334 400 200 50 650 -0.009 0.025 0.020 0.060 2.8
W2506SS-2ZY-C5Z5 534 25 5 3.175 25.75 22.4 1×3 9790 22900 740 13.8 40 63 24 11 66 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 600 25.2 40 250 22.4 100 950 -0.013 0.030 0.023 0.075 0.015 0.011 3.9 2800
W2509SS-1ZY-C5Z5 834 900 250 100 1250 -0.021 0.040 0.027 0.090 4.9
W2512SS-3ZY-C5Z5 1134 1200 300 100 1600 -0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 6.2
W2504SS-4ZY-C5Z10 312 400 200 50 650 -0.008 0.025 0.020 0.060 3.0
W2506SS-3ZY-C5Z10 512 600 250 100 950 -0.012 0.030 0.023 0.075 4.1
W2508SS-3ZY-C5Z10 712 25 10 4.762 26.25 21.3 1×2 11400 21400 880 21.5 42 69 26 15 88 55 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 800 25.2 60 250 21.3 100 1150 -0.017 0.035 0.025 0.090 0.015 0.011 4.8 2800
W2511SS-1ZY-C5Z10 1012 1100 300 100 1500 -0.024 0.046 0.030 0.120 6.0
W2515SS-2ZY-C5Z10 1412 1500 300 100 1900 -0.034 0.054 0.035 0.150 7.4

B203 B204
S Series: Blank shaft end (Medium • high helix • ultra high helix lead: End cap type) Nut models: LSFT, USFC
φ25×20、φ25×25、φ25×50
Standard
Q
φ J A Seals (two places) I G
(Oil h
Q
(Oil hole)
4-X drill thru.,
φ J A Q
(Oil hole)
4-X drill thru. stock
° 30°
X
3
30° 0° T Y 30
φD g6
C 0.5 C 0.3 C 0.5
R
W
V max.
V max.
D min.
V min.
φD g6
φd 1
φd 3
φd 1
φd 2
φd r
φD
φA
φA
K
Center hole K A X A G Center hole er hole K A
Y
B C U max. G U min. B C H
Min.
Ln Lu L1 Ln W
No case hardening No case hardening View X-X Housing hole and its clearance View Y-Y
L0
Nut type code: LSFT Nut type code: USFC
B
206
Unit: mm
shaft Lead dia. circle dia. Turns (N) Mass rotational
Ball screw No. Max. play
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static Max. Nut type Outside Flange Overall
Bolt hole Projecting tube Oil hole Threaded
Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Shaft
Deviation Variation straightness Nut O.D. Flange
(Kg) speed -1
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw dm dr dia. length length length eccentricity perpendicularity
Circuits Ca C0a code υu N(min )
D A G H K B C Ln W X U V R Lt Q T d2 Lu L1 L2 d3 L3
L0 T ep I J K
W2513FS-1-C5T20 1254 1350 1650 0.054 0.035 0.120 6.8
25 20 4.762 26.25 21.3 2.5×115700 32800 0.005 LSFT 44 71 23 — — 12 8 96 57 6.6 31 35 12 M6×1 — 25.2 13 70 200 21.3 100 0 0.015 0.011 2800
W2521FS-1-C5T20 2054 2150 2450 0.077 0.046 0.160 9.8
W2513FS-2-C5T25 1260 1350 1650 0.054 0.035 0.120 6.8
25 25 4.762 26.25 21.3 1.5×110100 19100 0.005 LSFT 44 71 23 — — 12 10 90 57 6.6 32 34 12 M6×1 — 25.2 15 70 200 21.3 100 0 0.015 0.011 2800
W2521FS-2-C5T25 2060 2150 2450 0.077 0.046 0.160 9.8
W2515FS-1GX-C5T50 1450 1500 1800 0.054 0.035 0.120 7.3
25 50 3.969 26 21.9 0.7×2 6700 13500 0.005 USFC 46 70 — 48 63 12 13 50 58 6.6 — — — M6×1 6 25.2 26 70 200 21.9 100 0 0.015 0.011 2800
W2521FS-3GX-C5T50 2100 2150 2450 0.077 0.046 0.160 9.8

B205 B206
φ25×10、φ28×5、φ28×6

C'bore Y ×Z stock
4
X 5° 5°
4
C1 C 0.5 C1
W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
Center hole K A A G Center hole r hole
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: PFT

B
Unit: mm
208
(N)
Ball screw No. Max. shaft Lead dia. circle dia. Turns Preload friction torque, Mass rotational
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static (N) median dia. Outside Overall Threaded
Oil hole length Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Travel Shaft Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed
Lt-Ln d1 Dw dm dr Circuits
Flange length Bolt hole length compensation Deviation Variation straightness eccentricity perpendicularity
l N(min-1)
W2504SS-2P-C5Z10 319 400 200 50 650 –0.010 0.025 0.020 0.060 3.8
W2507SS-1P-C5Z10 619 700 250 100 1050 –0.017 0.035 0.025 0.090 5.1
25 10 4.762 25.5 20.5 1.5×2 11600 19000 590 13.8 58 85 32 15 81 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 25.2 60 20.5 0.019 0.013 2800
W2510SS-2P-C5Z10 919 1000 250 100 1350 –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.120 6.1
W2515SS-1P-C5Z10 1419 1500 300 100 1900 –0.036 0.054 0.035 0.150 8.0
W2804SS-1P-C5Z5 344 400 200 − 600 –0.010 0.025 0.020 0.050 3.7
W2806SS-1P-C5Z5 544 600 250 100 950 –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.075 5.2
28 5 3.175 28.5 25.2 2.5×2 11000 24400 540 9.8 55 85 31 12 56 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 28.2 40 25.2 0.019 0.013 2500
W2808SS-1P-C5Z5 744 800 250 100 1150 –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 6.1
W2812SS-1P-C5Z5 1144 1200 300 100 1600 –0.029 0.046 0.030 0.120 8.1
W2804SS-3P-C5Z6 337 400 200 − 600 –0.010 0.025 0.020 0.050 3.8
W2806SS-3P-C5Z6 537 600 250 100 950 –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.075 5.3
28 6 3.175 28.5 25.2 2.5×2 11000 24400 540 10.8 55 85 31 12 63 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 28.2 40 25.2 0.019 0.013 2500
W2808SS-3P-C5Z6 737 800 250 100 1150 –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 6.2
W2812SS-3P-C5Z6 1137 1200 300 100 1600 –0.029 0.046 0.030 0.120 8.2
B207 B208
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine lead: Tube type) Nut models: ZFT
φ28×5、φ28×6
Standard
stock
C'bore Y ×Z
4
X 5° 5°
4
C1 C 0.5 C1 W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: ZFT

B
Unit: mm 210
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static (N) median dia. Flange Overall Outside
Oil hole Threaded Overall Travel Shaft
Deviation Variation straightness Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed -1
Lt-Ln d1 Dw dm dr Circuits length Bolt hole length Shaft end, right Shaft end, left length compensation eccentricity perpendicularity
l N(min )
W2804SS-2Z-C5Z5 314 400 200 − 600 –0.010 0.025 0.020 0.050 4.7
W2806SS-2Z-C5Z5 514 600 250 100 950 –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.075 5.5
28 5 3.175 28.5 25.2 2.5×2 17400 48800 1225 21.5 55 85 31 12 86 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 28.2 40 25.2 0.019 0.013 2500
W2808SS-2Z-C5Z5 714 800 250 100 1150 –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 6.4
W2812SS-2Z-C5Z5 1114 1200 300 100 1600 –0.029 0.046 0.030 0.120 8.4
W2804SS-4Z-C5Z6 301 400 200 − 600 –0.010 0.025 0.020 0.050 4.2
W2806SS-4Z-C5Z6 501 600 250 100 950 –0.014 0.030 0.023 0.075 5.7
28 6 3.175 28.5 25.2 2.5×2 17400 48800 1225 22.5 55 85 31 12 99 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 28.2 40 25.2 0.019 0.013 2500
W2808SS-4Z-C5Z6 701 800 250 100 1150 –0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 6.6
W2812SS-4Z-C5Z6 1101 1200 300 100 1600 –0.029 0.046 0.030 0.120 8.6
B209 B210
φ32×5、φ32×6
Standard
φJ A Seals (two places) I G 6-X drill thru., stock
C'bore Y ×Z
4
X 5° 5°
4
C1 C 0.5 C1
W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: PFT B
Unit: mm
212
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static (N) median dia. Outside Overall
Flange length Bolt hole
Threaded
Oil hole length Shaft end, right Shaft end, left
Overall Travel
Lt-Ln d1 length compensation straightness eccentricity perpendicularity
l Dw dm dr Circuits N(min )
W3204SS-1P-C5Z5 344 400 200 50 650 -0.010 0.025 0.020 0.060 4.8
W3206SS-1P-C5Z5 544 600 250 100 950 -0.014 0.030 0.023 0.075 6.5
W3208SS-1P-C5Z5 744 32 5 3.175 32.5 29.2 2.5×2 11600 28000 590 10.8 58 85 32 12 56 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 800 32.3 40 250 29.2 100 1150 -0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 0.019 0.013 7.7 2180
W3212SS-1P-C5Z5 1144 1200 300 100 1600 -0.029 0.046 0.030 0.120 10.3
W3215SS-1P-C5Z5 1444 1500 300 100 1900 -0.036 0.054 0.035 0.150 12.1
W3206SS-3P-C5Z6 537 600 250 950 -0.014 0.030 0.023 0.075 6.7
W3210SS-1P-C5Z6 937 32 6 3.969 32.5 28.4 2.5×2 15500 34700 780 15.6 62 89 34 12 63 75 6.6 11 6.5 M6×11000 32.3 40 300 28.4 100 1400 -0.024 0.040 0.027 0.120 0.019 0.013 9.2 2180
W3215SS-3P-C5Z6 1437 1500 300 1900 -0.036 0.054 0.035 0.150 12.1

B211 B212
φ32×5、φ32×6、φ32×8
Standard
C'bore Y ×Z
X 4
5° 5°
4
C1 C 0.5 C1 W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: ZFT

B
Unit: mm
214
Flange
Overall
Bolt hole
Threaded
Oil hole length Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Travel
length length compensation straightness eccentricity perpendicularity
W3204SS-2Z-C5Z5 314 400 200 50 650 -0.010 0.025 0.020 0.060 5.1
W3206SS-2Z-C5Z5 514 600 250 100 950 -0.014 0.030 0.023 0.075 6.9
W3208SS-2Z-C5Z5 714 32 5 3.175 32.5 29.2 2.5×2 18500 56100 1270 22.5 58 85 32 12 86 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 800 32.3 40 250 29.2 100 1150 -0.019 0.035 0.025 0.090 0.019 0.013 8.0 2180
W3212SS-2Z-C5Z5 1114 1200 300 100 1600 -0.029 0.046 0.030 0.120 10.1
W3215SS-2Z-C5Z5 1414 1500 300 100 1900 -0.036 0.054 0.035 0.150 12.4
W3206SS-4Z-C5Z6 501 600 250 950 -0.014 0.030 0.023 0.075 7.1
W3210SS-2Z-C5Z6 901 32 6 3.969 32.5 28.4 2.5×2 24700 69400 1720 34.5 62 89 34 12 99 75 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 1000 32.3 40 300 28.4 100 1400 -0.024 0.040 0.027 0.120 0.019 0.013 9.7 2180
W3215SS-4Z-C5Z6 1401 1500 300 1900 -0.036 0.054 0.035 0.150 12.6
W3206SS-5Z-C5Z8 518 600 250 950 -0.014 0.030 0.023 0.075 7.3
W3210SS-3Z-C5Z8 918 32 8 4.762 32.5 27.5 2.5×1 17500 41000 1320 30.5 66 100 38 15 82 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1 1000 32.3 50 300 27.5 100 1400 -0.024 0.040 0.027 0.120 0.019 0.013 9.8 2180
W3215SS-5Z-C5Z8 1418 1500 300 1900 -0.036 0.054 0.035 0.150 12.6
B213 B214
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine lead: Deflector type) Nut models: ZFD
φ32×5、φ32×10
Standard
stock
C'bore Y ×Z
4
X 5° 5°
4
C 0.5 C 0.5 C1
W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
Center hole K A A G Center hole ole
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: ZFD

B
216
Unit: mm
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static (N) median dia.
Outside
Flange Overall
length Bolt hole Oil hole Threaded Overall
length Shaft end, right Shaft end, left length
Travel
compensation Deviation Variation Shaft Nut O.D. Flange
straightness eccentricity perpendicularity (Kg) speed -1
Lt-Ln d1 l D dm d υu N(min )
w r Circuits Ca C0a (N・cm) D A G B Ln W X Y Z Q Lt d2 L1 L2 d 3 L 3 L0 T ep I J K
W3204SS-3ZY-C5Z5 323 400 200 50 650 -0.009 0.025 0.020 0.060 4.6
W3206SS-6ZY-C5Z5 523 600 250 100 950 -0.013 0.030 0.023 0.075 6.4
W3209SS-1ZY-C5Z5 823 32 5 3.175 32.75 29.4 4 14200 40700 1080 19.6 48 75 29 12 77 61 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 900 32.3 40 250 29.4 100 1250 -0.021 0.040 0.027 0.090 0.015 0.011 8.1 2180
W3212SS-3ZY-C5Z5 1123 1200 300 100 1600 -0.028 0.046 0.030 0.120 10.2
W3216SS-1ZY-C5Z5 1523 1600 300 100 2000 -0.037 0.054 0.035 0.150 12.6
W3205SS-3ZY-C5Z10 380 500 250 100 850 -0.010 0.027 0.020 0.075 6.2
W3207SS-3ZY-C5Z10 580 700 250 100 1050 -0.015 0.035 0.025 0.090 7.3
W3210SS-6ZY-C5Z10 880 32 10 6.35 33.75 27.1 3 25900 52800 1860 49.0 54 88 34 15 120 70 9 14 8.5 M6×1 1000 32.3 60 300 27.1 100 1400 -0.022 0.040 0.027 0.120 0.019 0.013 9.3 2180
W3214SS-3ZY-C5Z10 1280 1400 350 120 1870 -0.032 0.054 0.035 0.150 11.9
W3218SS-3ZY-C5Z10 1680 1800 350 120 2270 -0.041 0.065 0.040 0.200 14.1
B215 B216
φ32×10、φ36×10、φ40×5

C'bore Y ×Z
Standard
X 5°
4
5°
stock
4
C1 C 0.5 C1 W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: ZFT
B
218
Unit: mm
Effective ball turns Basic load rating Dynamic Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Run out
Stroke Screw Ball Ball Root Permissible
(N)
Ball screw No. Max. shaft Lead dia. circle dia. Turns Preload friction torque, Overall
Mass rotational
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static (N) median dia.
Outside
Flange Bolt hole Oil hole Threaded Overall
Travel
Variation Shaft Nut O.D. Flange
(Kg) speed -1
compensation Deviation
length straightness eccentricity perpendicularity
W3205SS-1Z-C5Z10 400 500 250 100 850 -0.012 0.027 0.020 0.075 7.5
W3207SS-1Z-C5Z10 600 700 250 100 1050 -0.017 0.035 0.025 0.090 8.5
W3210SS-4Z-C5Z10 900 32 10 6.350 33 26.4 2.5×1 25500 54000 1960 50 74 108 41 15 100 90 9 14 8.5 M6×1 1000 32.3 60 300 26.4 100 1400 -0.024 0.040 0.027 0.120 0.019 0.013 10.5 2180
W3214SS-1Z-C5Z10 1300 1400 350 120 1870 -0.034 0.054 0.035 0.150 13.1
W3218SS-1Z-C5Z10 1700 1800 350 120 2270 -0.043 0.065 0.040 0.200 15.2
W3607SS-1Z-C5Z10 597 700 300 100 1100 -0.017 0.035 0.025 0.065 10.9
W3612SS-1Z-C5Z10 1097 36 10 6.350 37 30.4 2.5×1 27200 61300 2060 56 75 120 45 18 103 98 11 17.5 11 M6×1 1200 36.3 60 350 30.4 120 1670 -0.029 0.046 0.030 0.100 0.019 0.013 14.9 1940
W3620SS-1Z-C5Z10 1897 2000 350 120 2470 -0.048 0.065 0.040 0.130 20.4
W4006SS-1Z-C5Z5 511 600 300 1000 -0.014 0.030 0.023 0.050 11.1
W4010SS-1Z-C5Z5 911 40 5 3.175 40.5 37.2 2.5×2 20200 70600 1420 28.5 67 101 39 15 89 83 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8 1000 40.3 50 300 37.2 100 1400 -0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 0.019 0.013 14.8 1750
W4016SS-1Z-C5Z5 1511 1600 350 2050 -0.038 0.054 0.035 0.130 20.8

B217 B218
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine lead: Tube type) Nut models: DFT
φ32×10、φ36×10

C'bore Y ×Z
Standard
X 5°
4
5°
stock
4
C1 C 0.5 C1 W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: DFT
B
220
Unit: mm
Basic load rating Dynamic

Stroke Screw Ball Ball Root Effective ball turns (N)
Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Run out Permissible
dia. dia. Outside
Flange Overall
Bolt hole Oil hole Threaded Overall
Travel Shaft
Deviation Variation straightness
Nut O.D. Flange speed
× Dynamic Static (N) median dia. length compensation eccentricity perpendicularity (Kg)
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw dm dr Circuits N(min-1)
W3205SS-2D-C5Z10 310 500 250 100 850 -0.012 0.027 0.020 0.075 9.5
W3207SS-2D-C5Z10 510 700 250 100 1050 -0.017 0.035 0.025 0.090 10.6
W3210SS-5D-C5Z10 810 32 10 6.350 33 26.4 2.5×2 46300 108000 3240 83 74 108 41 15 190 90 9 14 8.5 M6×1 1000 32.3 60 300 26.4 100 1400 -0.024 0.040 0.027 0.120 0.019 0.013 12.5 2180
W3214SS-2D-C5Z10 1210 1400 350 120 1870 -0.034 0.054 0.035 0.150 15.1
W3218SS-2D-C5Z10 1610 1800 350 120 2270 -0.043 0.065 0.040 0.200 17.2
W3607SS-2D-C5Z10 507 700 300 100 1100 -0.017 0.035 0.025 0.065 12.8
W3612SS-2D-C5Z10 1007 36 10 6.350 37 30.4 2.5×2 49300 123000 3430 93 75 120 45 18 193 98 11 17.5 11 M6×1 1200 36.3 60 350 30.4 120 1670 -0.029 0.046 0.030 0.100 0.019 0.013 16.8 1940
W3620SS-2D-C5Z10 1807 2000 350 120 2470 -0.048 0.065 0.040 0.130 22.3

B219 B220
S Series: Blank shaft end (MediumÅEhigh helix lead: Tube type) Nut models: LSFT
φ32×25、φ32×32
Q Q 4-X drill thru.,

φ J A Seals (two places) I G Standard
(Oil hole) (Oil hole) stock
3 3
X 30° 30° 0°
φD g6
C 0.3 C 0.5
R
R
C 0.5 W
V max.
V max.
D min.
V min.
V min.
φd 1
φd 3
φd 1
φd 2
φd r
φD
φA
Center hole K A X A G Center hole hole
B C U max. U max. G Um U min.
Min.
Ln Lu L1
No case hardening No case hardening View X View X-X Housing hol Housing hole and its clearance
L0
Nut type code: LSFT

B
222
Unit: mm
dia. dia. × Dynamic Static Max. dia. Outside
Flange Overall
Bolt hole Projecting tube Oil hole Threaded
Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall
Travel
compen Deviation Variation
Shaft Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed
Lt-Ln d1 l length length length sation straightness eccentricity perpendicularity
Dw dm dr Circuits N(min-1)
Ca C0a D A G B C Ln W X U V R Q Lt d2 Lu L1 L2 d3 L3 L 0 T e p υu I J K
W3217FS-1-C5T25 1583 1700 2070 0.065 0.040 0.160 13.8
32 25 4.762 33.25 28.3 2.5×1 17900 41800 0.005 51 85 26 15 10 117 67 9 34 42 12 M6×1 32.3 15 70 250 28.3 120 0 0.019 0.013 2180
W3227FS-1-C5T25 2583 2700 3070 0.093 0.054 0.210 20.0
W3217FS-2-C5T32 1591 1700 2070 0.065 0.040 0.160 13.9
32 32 4.762 33.25 28.3 1.5×1 11500 24800 0.005 51 85 26 15 12 109 67 9 34 42 12 M6×1 32.3 19 70 250 28.3 120 0 0.019 0.013 2180
W3227FS-2-C5T32 2591 2700 3070 0.093 0.054 0.210 20.0
B221 B222
φ40×8、φ40×10、φ40×12

Standard
C'bore Y ×Z stock
X 4
5° 5°
4
C1 C 0.5 C1 W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: ZFT
Unit: mm
224
(N)
dia. dia. Outside Overall Threaded Overall Travel Shaft
Deviation Variation straightness Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw dm dr × Dynamic Static (N) median dia. Flange length Bolt hole Oil hole length Shaft end, right Shaft end, left length compensation eccentricity perpendicularity
N(min-1)
W4007SS-1Z-C5Z8 570 700 300 100 1100 –0.017 0.035 0.025 0.065 13.0
W4012SS-1Z-C5Z8 1070 40 8 4.762 40.5 35.5 2.5×2 34900 103000 2450 64 74 108 41 15 130 90 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8 1200 40.3 50 350 35.5 100 1650 –0.029 0.046 0.030 0.100 0.019 0.013 18.0 1750
W4018SS-1Z-C5Z8 1670 1800 350 120 2270 –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.130 23.5
W4007SS-2Z-C5Z10 597 700 300 100 1100 –0.017 0.035 0.025 0.065 13.3
W4010SS-2Z-C5Z10 897 1000 300 100 1400 –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 15.9
W4014SS-1Z-C5Z10 1297 40 10 6.350 41 34.4 2.5×1 28600 68600 2160 64 82 124 47 18 103 102 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8 1400 40.3 60 350 34.4 120 1870 –0.034 0.054 0.035 0.100 0.025 0.015 20.0 1750
W4018SS-2Z-C5Z10 1697 1800 350 120 2270 –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.130 23.4
W4024SS-1Z-C5Z10 2297 2400 400 150 2950 –0.058 0.077 0.046 0.170 29.4
W4010SS-4Z-C5Z12 883 1000 300 100 1400 –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 16.7
W4016SS-2Z-C5Z12 1483 40 12 7.144 41.5 34.1 2.5×1 33600 77500 2550 83 86 128 48 18 117 106 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8 1600 40.3 70 350 34.1 150 2100 –0.038 0.054 0.035 0.130 0.025 0.015 22.9 1750
W4025SS-1Z-C5Z12 2383 2500 400 150 3050 –0.060 0.077 0.046 0.170 31.1

B223 B224
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine lead: Tube type) Nut models: DFT
φ40×10、φ40×12
Standard
C'bore Y ×Z
X 4
5° 5°
4
C1 C 0.5 C1 W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: DFT

B
Unit: mm
226
shaft Lead dia. circle dia. Turns (N) Preload friction torque, Mass rotational
Ball screw No. Max.
dia. dia. Outside Overall Threaded Overall Travel Shaft
Deviation Variation straightness Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw dm dr × Dynamic Static (N) median dia. Flange length Bolt hole Oil hole length Shaft end, right Shaft end, left length compensation eccentricity perpendicularity
N(min-1)
W4007SS-3D-C5Z10 507 700 300 100 1100 –0.017 0.035 0.025 0.065 15.5
W4010SS-3D-C5Z10 807 1000 300 100 1400 –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 18.1
W4014SS-2D-C5Z10 1207 40 10 6.350 41 34.4 2.5×2 52000 137000 3630 108 82 124 47 18 193 102 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8 1400 40.3 60 350 34.4 120 1870 –0.034 0.054 0.035 0.100 0.025 0.015 22.2 1750
W4018SS-3D-C5Z10 1607 1800 350 120 2270 –0.043 0.065 0.040 0.130 25.6
W4024SS-2D-C5Z10 2207 2400 400 150 2950 –0.058 0.077 0.046 0.170 31.6
W4010SS-5D-C5Z12 775 1000 300 100 1400 –0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 19.7
W4016SS-3D-C5Z12 1375 40 12 7.144 41.5 34.1 2.5×2 61000 155000 4310 138 86 128 48 18 225 106 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8 1600 40.3 70 350 34.1 150 2100 –0.038 0.054 0.035 0.130 0.025 0.015 25.8 1750
W4025SS-2D-C5Z12 2275 2500 400 150 3050 –0.060 0.077 0.046 0.170 34.0
B225 B226
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine lead: Deflector type) Nut model: ZFD
φ40×10、φ50×10

Standard
C'bore Y ×Z stock
4
X 5° 5°
4
C 0.5 C 0.5 C1
W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
Center hole K A A G Center hole ole
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: ZFD
Unit: mm
228
Basic load rating Dynamic
Stroke Screw Ball Ball Root Effective Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Run out Permissible
Ball screw No. Max. dia. circle dia. ball
dia. dia. Dynamic Static (N) median dia. Outside Overall Threaded
Oil hole length Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Travel Shaft
Variation straightness Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed
Lt-Ln d1 Dw dm dr turns
Flange length Bolt hole length compensation Deviation eccentricity perpendicularity
l N(min-1)
W4007SS-4ZY-C5Z10 557 700 300 100 1100 –0.015 0.035 0.025 0.065 12.1
W4010SS-6ZY-C5Z10 857 1000 300 100 1400 –0.022 0.040 0.027 0.080 14.7
W4014SS-3ZY-C5Z10 1257 40 10 6.350 41.75 35.1 4 38400 93300 2840 83 62 104 40 18 143 82 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8 1400 40.3 60 350 35.1 120 1870 –0.032 0.054 0.035 0.100 0.019 0.013 18.9 1750
W4018SS-4ZY-C5Z10 1657 1800 350 120 2270 –0.041 0.065 0.040 0.130 22.5
W4024SS-3ZY-C5Z10 2257 2400 400 150 2950 –0.056 0.077 0.046 0.170 28.5
W5007SS-1ZY-C5Z10 557 700 300 100 1100 –0.015 0.035 0.025 0.065 18.3
W5010SS-3ZY-C5Z10 857 1000 300 100 1400 –0.022 0.040 0.027 0.080 22.5
W5015SS-3ZY-C5Z10 1357 50 10 6.350 51.75 45.1 4 43600 122000 3240 108 72 114 44 18 143 92 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8 1500 50.3 60 400 45.1 150 2050 –0.034 0.054 0.035 0.130 0.019 0.013 31.8 1400
W5020SS-3ZY-C5Z10 1857 2000 400 150 2550 –0.046 0.065 0.040 0.170 38.9
W5026SS-3ZY-C5Z10 2457 2600 500 200 3300 –0.060 0.093 0.054 0.220 49.5

B227 B228
S Series: Blank shaft end (Fine lead: Tube type) Nut models:ZFT
φ45×10、φ50×10
Standard
φJ Seals (two places)
stock
A I G 6-X drill thru.,
C'bore Y ×Z
X 4
5° 5°
4
C1 C 0.5 C1
W
φD g6
φd 2
φd 3
φd 1
φd r
φA
Q
(Oil hole)
X
B G
Ln Min. L 1

L0
Nut type code: ZFT

B
230
Unit: mm

(N)
Flange
Overall
Bolt hole Oil hole
Threaded
Shaft end, right Shaft end, left Overall Travel
Deviation Variation Shaft Nut O.D. Flange (Kg) speed
length length length compensation straightness eccentricity perpendicularity
Lt-Ln d1 l Dw d m d r N(min-1)
W4510SS-1Z-C5Z10 897 1000 300 100 1400 -0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 19.7
W4516SS-1Z-C5Z10 1497 45 10 6.350 46 39.4 2.5×1 29900 77300 2260 69 88 132 50 18 103 110 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8 1600 45.3 60 400 39.4 150 2150 -0.038 0.054 0.035 0.130 0.025 0.015 28.1 1550
W4525SS-1Z-C5Z10 2397 2500 450 150 3100 -0.060 0.077 0.046 0.170 38.8
W5010SS-1Z-C5Z10 897 1000 300 100 1400 -0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 23.8
W5015SS-1Z-C5Z10 1397 1500 400 150 2050 -0.036 0.054 0.035 0.130 32.9
50 10 6.350 51 44.4 2.5×1 31800 87400 2450 78 93 135 51 18 103 113 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8 50.3 60 44.4 0.025 0.015 1400
W5020SS-1Z-C5Z10 1897 2000 400 150 2550 -0.048 0.065 0.040 0.170 39.8
W5026SS-1Z-C5Z10 2497 2600 450 150 3200 -0.062 0.093 0.054 0.220 48.9
W5010SS-2Z-C5Z10 837 1000 300 100 1400 -0.024 0.040 0.027 0.080 25.5
W5015SS-2Z-C5Z10 1337 1500 400 150 2050 -0.036 0.054 0.035 0.130 34.6
50 10 6.350 51 44.4 2.5×2 57700 175000 4020 138 93 135 51 18 163 113 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8 50.3 60 44.4 0.025 0.015 1400
W5020SS-2Z-C5Z10 1837 2000 400 150 2550 -0.048 0.065 0.040 0.170 41.5
W5026SS-2Z-C5Z10 2437 2600 450 150 3200 -0.062 0.093 0.054 0.220 50.7

B229 B230
B-I-6.4 V Series ◇Dimension tables
Dimension tables show shapes/sizes as well as
(1) VFA ball screws: Standard, low-priced FA ball specification factors of shaft diameter/lead
screws combinations. Tables also contain data as shown
◇Features below:
●Accuracy: Ct7 grade ●Lead accuracy
Ct7 grade series demonstrates high ball screw Lead accuracy is Ct7 Grade.
performance for transporting mechanism of T : Travel compensation
Cartesian type robots and single axis actuators. ep : Tolerance on specified travel
●High speed traveling υ300 : Travel variation
The high helix, 10 mm and 20 mm leads make high Refer to "Technical Description: Lead accuracy"
speed feed possible. (Page B499) for details of codes.
●Functional shaft end configuration ●Permissible rotational speed
Screw shaft outside surface is used for the support d・n : Limited by the relative peripheral
bearing seat. Thus, the exclusive support unit speed between the screw shaft
installed on the simple support side allows flexible
and the nut.
stroke. (Current support units can be used on the
Critical speed : Limited by the natural frequency
fixed support side.)
of a ball screw shaft. Critical
Refer to Page B273 for details of support units.
speed depends on the supporting B
●Low price condition of screw shaft.
Prices are 40% lower than other existing A series.
232
Use under either, but the smaller permissible
rotational speed. For details, see "Technical
description: Permissible rotational speed" (Page
B509).
B231 B232
V Series: Finished shaft end (Medium lead) Shaft diameter 12, Lead 10 VFA: Low price
VFA φ12×10
Standard
stock
° 30°
2-seals X Collar (14.5 dia.) 30 4-4.5 drill thru.
＊＊ G 0.025 A φ0.014 E φ0.014 E
MAX (Synthetic resin)
φ30 4 drill 9 deep 7
φ8h7
−0.015
PC PC
φ12h8
−0.027
D4 D4
0
0
0
C 0.5 C 0.5 C 0.5
（φ29）
−0.002
−0.008
φ50
φ10
45
φ3 A 5.5 E 10 G
(Oil hole)
Unit: mm
Min 180 0.014 A 5.5 M10×1 32
Ball screw specification
(Range of 12h8 dia.) 40 4.5
View X-X Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 12×10/Right
50 X 0.008 E
25 L 1 (Hardened) 30 30 15 Ball recirculation Return tube
L2 45 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 2.381/12.5
L3 Root dia. 10.0
Effective turns of balls 2.5×1 B
Accuracy grade / Axial play code Ct7/S
234
rating
(N) StaticC0a 6480
Axial play 0.010 or less

Dynamic friction torque
∼1.5
(N･cm)
Spacer ball None
Internal spatial volume of nut (cm3) 1.4
Unit: mm
Screw shaft length Lead accuracy run-out** Mass
Nominal (Kg)
（ 1−Nut length）
L L1 L2 L3 T ep υ300 Fixed - Simple support Fixed - Free
VFA1210C7S-410 250 260 310 365 410 0 0.085 0.052 0.100 0.56 3000 3000
VFA1210C7S-610 450 460 510 565 610 0 0.155 0.052 0.160 0.73 3000 1300
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support units WBK10-01A (square type, fixed support side), WBK12SF-01(simple support side),
and WBK10-11 (round type, fixed support side). WBK12SF-01 (on the simple support side) is a unit that supports the
shaft outside surface by the bearing.
2. NSK grease LR3 is recommended.
B233 B234
V Series: Finished shaft end (Medium lead) Shaft diameter 15, Lead 10 VFA: Low price
VFA φ15×10
Standard
stock
X ° 30°
2-seals 4 drill 12 deep 30 4-6 drill thru.
＊＊G 0.030 A φ0.014 E φ0.014 E
MAX
φ34
(Synthetic resin)
φ10h7
−0.015
12.5 PC PC
D4 D4
0
C 0.5 C 0.3 5 5
C 0.5 C 0.5
（φ32）
φ15h8
−0.027
−0.003
−0.014
φ55
φ12
50
0
φ3.5 A G E 10
(Oil hole)
Min. 230 0.018 A M12×1 34
X Unit: mm
(Range of 15h8 dia.) 40 7 5
View X-X Ball screw specification
52 0.008 E
25 L 1 (Hardened) 30 30 15
L2 45 Ball recirculation Return tube
L3 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 3.175/15.5
Root dia. 12.2
236
rating
(N) StaticC0a 12800

∼2.5
(N･cm)
Spacer ball None
Unit: mm
Nominal (Kg)
VFA1510C7S-500 300 348 400 455 500 0 0.120 0.052 0.075 0.89 3000 2600
VFA1510C7S-700 500 548 600 655 700 0 0.195 0.052 0.110 1.1 3000 1150
VFA1510C7S-1000 800 848 900 955 1000 0 0.310 0.052 0.180 1.5 2340 510
B235 B236
V Series: Finished shaft end (High helix lead) Shaft diameter 15, Lead 20 VFA: Low price
VFA φ15×20
Standard
stock
X ° 30°
2-seals 4 drill 12 deep 30 4-6 drill thru.
＊＊G 0.030 A φ0.014 E φ0.014 E
MAX
φ34
(Synthetic resin)
φ10h7
−0.015
12.5 PC PC
D4 D4
0
C 0.5 C 0.3 5 5
C 0.5 C 0.5
（φ32）
φ15h8
−0.027
−0.003
−0.014
φ55
φ12
50
0
φ3.5 A G E 10
(Oil hole)
Min. 230 0.018 A X M12×1 34 Unit: mm
(Range of 15h8 dia.) 45 7 5 Ball screw specification
57 0.008 E View X-X
25 L 1 (Hardened) 30 30 15
Ball recirculation Return tube
L2 45
L3
Root dia. 12.2
238
rating
(N) StaticC0a 7730

∼2.5
(N･cm)
Spacer ball None
Unit: mm
Nominal (Kg)
VFA1520C7S-500 300 343 400 455 500 0 0.120 0.052 0.075 0.94 3000 2630
VFA1520C7S-700 500 543 600 655 700 0 0.195 0.052 0.110 1.2 3000 1160
VFA1520C7S-1000 800 843 900 955 1000 0 0.310 0.052 0.180 1.6 2350 510
B237 B238
(2) RMA, RMS precision rolled miniature ball screws ●Lead precision
◇Features Lead precision is Ct7 Grade.
T : Travel compensation;
●Low prices
ep : Tolerance in specified travel;
The screw shaft is processed by precision rolling,
υ300 : Travel variation
and has come up to the accuracy grade of Ct7.
Refer to "Technical Description: Lead accuracy"
●Compact
(Page B499) for details of codes.
Uses deflector ball recirculation for the compact
ball nut.
●Easy to handle
RMA series has a finished shaft end. They can be
used without further processing. It can be
combined with the exclusive support kit (Page
B287) and support units (Page B273).
Shaft ends of the RMS Series are unprocessed
blank. It is necessary to design and machine prior to
use.
◇Dimension tables
Dimension tables show shapes/sizes as well as B
specification factors of shaft diameter/lead
240
combinations. Tables also contain the following
data:
B239 B240
V Series: Finished shaft end (Fine lead) Dia.6, Lead 1 RMA: Precision rolled miniature
RMA φ6×1
Standard
stock
X
＊＊ G
R0.15 M4×0.5
C 0.3
or less C 0.3 C 0.3
φ5.3
φ24
−0.05
−0.10
φ12
φ6
18
−0.025
φ4f8−0.010
−0.028
φ3h9 0
Unit: mm
G 7.5 Ball screw specification
2-3.4 drill thru. Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 6×1/Right
3.5 X
Not case hardened Not case hardened 16 Ball recirculation Deflector
Max.7 15 Max.7 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 0.800/6.2
L 1 (Hardened) 15 6 Root dia. 5.3
View X-X
＋2 Effective turns of balls 1×3 B
L 2 0
242
Basic load Dynamic Ca 520
rating
(N) Static C0a 925

∼1.0
(N･cm)
Spacer ball None
Factory pre-packed grease Refer to the remarks 2.
Unit: mm
Stroke Shaft
Screw shaft length Lead accuracy Permissible rotational
run-out** Mass
Ball screw No. Maximum speed
Nominal (Kg)
L L1 L2 Target compensation T Deviation ep Variation υ300 N（min-1）
RMA0601C7S-160 100 124 139 160 0 0.052 0.052 0.060 0.045 3000
RMA0601C7S-260 200 224 239 260 0 0.085 0.052 0.090 0.065 3000
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support bearing kit WBK04R-11 (round type, fixed support side).
2. Only rust preventive oil is applied at time of delivery. Please apply lubricant (oil or grease) before use.
B241 B242
RMA φ8×1
Standard
X stock
＊＊ G
C 0.3 C 0.3 M6×0.75
C 0.3 C 0.3
φ7.3
−0.05
−0.10
φ27
φ14
φ10
φ8
21
−0.030
φ6f8−0.010
−0.028
φ4.5h9 0
G 9 7.5
4 X 2-3.4 drill thru.
Not case hardened Not case hardened Unit: mm
18
Max.7 16 Max7 Ball screw specification
L 1 (Hardened) 26 8 View X-X Ball recirculation Deflector
＋2
L 2 0 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 0.800/8.2
Root dia. 7.3
Effective turns of balls 1×3 B
244
rating
(N) Static C0a 1290

∼1.0
(N･cm)
Spacer ball None
Unit: mm
Stroke Shaft
run-out** Mass
Nominal (Kg)
RMA0801C7S-180 100 130 146 180 0 0.052 0.052 0.060 0.085 3000
RMA0801C7S-280 200 230 246 280 0 0.085 0.052 0.090 0.12 3000
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK round support kit WBK06R-11 (fixed support side).
B243 B244
V Series: Finished shaft end (Fine lead) Dia.8, Lead 1.5 RMA: Precision rolled miniature
RMA φ8×1.5
Standard
stock
X
＊＊ G
C 0.3 C 0.3 M6×0.75
C 0.3 C 0.3
φ7.2
φ28
−0.05
−0.10
φ15
φ10
φ8
22
−0.030
φ6f8−0.010
−0.028
φ4.5h9 0
G 9 7.5
4 X 2-3.4 drill thru. Unit: mm
Not case hardened Not case hardened 19 Ball screw specification
Max.7 22 Max.7 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 8×1.5/Right
L 1 (Hardened) 26 8 View X-X Ball recirculation Deflector
＋2 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 1.000/8.3
L 2 0
Root dia. 7.2
246
rating
(N) Static C0a 1590

∼1.0
(N･cm)
Spacer ball None
Unit: mm
Stroke Shaft
run-out** Mass
Nominal (Kg)
RMA0801.5C7S-180 100 124 146 180 0 0.052 0.052 0.060 0.093 3000
RMA0801.5C7S-280 200 224 246 280 0 0.085 0.052 0.090 0.13 3000
B245 B246
RMA φ8×2
X Standard
stock
＊＊ G
C 0.3 C 0.3 M6×0.75
C 0.3 C 0.3
φ7.0
φ29
−0.05
−0.10
φ16
φ10
φ8
23
−0.030
φ6f8−0.010
−0.028
φ4.5h9 0
G 9 7.5
4 X 2-3.4 drill thru.
Not case hardened Not case hardened 20 Unit: mm
Max.7 26 Max.7
Ball screw specification
L 1 (Hardened) 26 8 View X-X Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 8×2/Right
＋2
L 2 0 Ball recirculation Deflector
Root dia. 7.0
248
rating
(N) Static C0a 1950

∼1.0
(N･cm)
Spacer ball None
Unit: mm
Stroke Shaft
run-out** Mass
Nominal (Kg)
RMA0802C7S-180 100 120 146 180 0 0.052 0.052 0.060 0.10 3000
RMA0802C7S-280 200 220 246 280 0 0.085 0.052 0.090 0.14 3000
B247 B248
RMA φ10×2
Standard
° 30° stock
X 30
＊＊ G
C 0.3 C 0.3 M8×1
C 0.5 C 0.5
φ11.5
φ9.0
−0.05
−0.10
φ35
φ10
φ18
27
−0.030
φ8f8−0.013
−0.035
φ6h9 0
G 12 9
Max.7 28 Max.7 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 10×2/Right
L 1 (Hardened) 39 10 Ball recirculation Deflector

View X-X Ball dia. / Ball circle dia.
＋2 1.200/10.3
L 2 0 Root dia. 9.0
250
rating
(N) Static C0a 2510

∼1.0
(N･cm)
Spacer ball None
Unit: mm
Stroke Shaft
run-out** Mass
Nominal (Kg)
RMA1002C7S-250 150 173 201 250 0 0.085 0.052 0.070 0.19 3000
RMA1002C7S-350 250 273 301 350 0 0.085 0.052 0.100 0.25 3000
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support kit WBK08-01A (square type, fixed support side) and WBK08-11 (round type, fixed
support side).
B249 B250
RMA φ12×2
Standard
° 30° stock
X 30
＊＊ G
C 0.3 C 0.3 M10×1
C 0.5 C 0.5
φ37
−0.05
−0.10
φ11
φ12
φ20
φ14
29
−0.036
φ10f8−0.013
−0.035
φ8h9 0
G 15 10
Max.7 28 Max.7 Shaft dia.×Lead / Direction of turn 12×2/Right
L 1 (Hardened) 45 15 Ball recirculation Deflector
View X-X
＋2 Ball dia. / Ball circle dia. 1.200/12.3
L 2 0
Root dia. 11.0
252
rating
(N) Static C0a 3190

∼1.0
(N･cm)
Spacer ball None
Unit: mm
Stroke Shaft
run-out** Mass
Nominal (Kg)
RMA1202C7S-250 150 162 190 250 0 0.060 0.052 0.070 0.26 3000
RMA1202C7S-350 250 262 290 350 0 0.085 0.052 0.100 0.34 3000
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit WBK10-01A (square type, fixed support side) and WBK10-11 (round type, fixed
support side).
B251 B252
V Series: Blank shaft end (Fine lead) RMS: Precision rolled miniature
φ6×1, φ8×1, φ8×1.5
φ8×2, φ10×2, φ12×2
° 30°
X 30 Standard
＊＊ G
stock
C 0.3 C 0.3
φd 2
−0.05
−0.10
φd r
φA
φA
φD
φd
W
5
G
B X 2-3.4 drill thru. 4-4.5 drill thru.
Not case hardened Not case hardened H H
Max.7 Ln Max.7
L t (Hardened) L 1 (Anti-carburizing area) View X-X View X-X
＋5
L 0 0 (For screw shaft of 6 and 8 dia.) (For screw shaft of 10 and 12 dia.)
B
254
Unit: mm
Basic load rating
Stroke Shaft Ball dia. Ball circle Root Effective Nut dimensions Screw shaft dimensions Lead accuracy Shaft Permissible
Axial
Max. dia. Lead Dw dia. dia. turns of (N) run-out** Mass rotational
Ball screw No. play
balls Dynamic Static Effective Shaft end Overall Target Deviation Variation speed
Lt-Ln d l dm dr Max. thread length length compensation (Kg)
Ca C0a D A H B Ln W Lt L1 d2 L0 T ep υ300 N (min-1)
RMS0601C7S-300 235 6 1 0.800 6.2 5.3 3 520 925 0.02 12 24 16 3.5 15 18 250 50 4 300 0 0.085 0.052 0.09 0.075
RMS0801C7S-300 234 1 0.800 8.2 7.3 600 1290 14 27 18 16 21 0.13
RMS0801.5C7S-300 228 8 1.5 1.000 8.3 7.2 3 810 1590 0.02 15 28 19 4 22 22 250 50 6 300 0 0.085 0.052 0.09 0.14 3000
RMS0802C7S-300 224 2 1.200 8.3 7.0 1070 1950 16 29 20 26 23 0.15
RMS1002C7S-350 262 10 2 1.200 10.3 9.0 3 1210 2510 0.02 18 35 22 5 28 27 290 60 8 350 0 0.085 0.052 0.10 0.25
RMS1202C7S-350 262 12 2 1.200 12.3 11.0 3 1350 3190 0.02 20 37 24 5 28 29 290 60 10 350 0 0.085 0.052 0.10 0.35
Remarks 1. We recommend NSK support unit or support kit.

3. Seal is not installed.
B253 B254
Rolled ball screws
B-I-6.5 Rolled Ball Screw R Series (7) Reference number

(1) Product classification Reference number of rolled ball screw is described below.
NSK rolled ball screws are classified by nut model as shown in Table I-6.4. Please use reference number to order, or for a price inquiry.
Table I-6•4 Classification of rolled ball screws
Nut model Nut shape
Recirculation Lead
Page
Nut assembly (example)
system classification
RNFTL 25 10 A5 S
Fine, Product code (rolled nut) Seal code S: With seal
Flanged, Return tube medium No code: Without seal
RNFTL Tube projecting type type lead B257
Effective turns of balls (turns of
High Nut model FTL, FBL, STL, balls x number of circuit)
helix lead B261 CT、FCL
Internal design code

Fine,
Flanged Return tube medium Screw shaft (example)
RNFBL B263
Circular type lead
RS2510A20
Product code (Rolled screw shaft) Screw shaft length (x 100 mm)
Screw shaft diameter (mm) Internal design code
V-thread Lead (mm)

RNCT (no flange) Return tube Fine lead B265
Projecting tube type type
(8) Combinations of shaft diameter/lead B

Small,
Combinations are shown below in Table I-6.5. The table
RNSTL Square type Return tube medium also indicates nut model codes and page numbers to be 256
type leads B267 referred.
Table I-6.5 Combinations of shaft diameter/lead
End cap High helix Lead (mm)
Screw shaft
Flanged type lead B269
RNFCL diameter (mm) 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 64 80
Circular
Ultra high ○B257 ○B257●B263
10 △B265
helix lead B271
12 ○B257●B263 ○B261◎B269
○B257●B263 ○B257●B263
(2) Features ◇Axial play: Varies with internal specification. Refer to the 14 △B265□B267 △B265□B267
●Short delivery time: R Series is standardized, and available dimension tables (Page B257). 15 ◎B269
○B257 ○B261 ◎B271
in stock. ◇Run out of screw shaft center: Ct10 grade 16
◎B269
●Interchangeable screw shaft and ball nut: Screw shaft and ○B257●B263
18
nut assembly components are sold separately, and (4) Nut installation △B265□B267
randomly-matched. The maximum axial play after Refer to "Technical Description: Installation" (Page B531). ○B257●B263 ○B257●B263 ○B261 ◎B271
20
△B265□B267 □B267 ◎B269
assembly is shown in the dimension tables (from Page ○B257●B263 ○B257●B263 ○B261 ◎B271
25
B257 ~ B272). (5) Shaft end machining △B265□B267 △B265□B267 ◎B269
●Low prices: Screw shaft is processed by rolling. This is It is necessary to machine screw shaft end of the ○B259●B263
28
△B265□B267
why prices are lower than those of precision types. rolled ball screw. ○B259●B263 ○B261 ◎B271
●Abundant series: There are 128 types of nut assembly Refer to "Configuration of rolled ball screw shaft end" (Page 32
△B265□B267 ◎B269
combinations in the series. Each combination has two to B29) if you use standard support unit. Refer to "Technical ○B259●B263
36
△B265□B267
three different lengths in screw shaft. Description: Shaft end machining" (Page B537) for
○B259△B265 ○B261 ◎B271
procedures and precautions. 40
●B263 ◎B269
(3) Accuracy 45
○B259
△B265□B267
◇Lead accuracy: Ct10 grade (υ300=0.210). (6) Rust prevention
○B259 ○B259 ◎B269
Refer to "Technical Description: Lead Accuracy" (Page Rust prevention agent is applied at time of delivery. 50
△B265 △B265
B499) for details. ○：RNFTL ●：RNFBL △：RNCT □：RNSTL ◎：RNFCL
B255 B256
R Series : Rolled ball screws Tube type : Flanged nut (fine, medium lead) Nut model: RNFTL
Standard
stock
T
Oil hole Q
° 30°
Arbor 30
5-X drill thru. drill thru.
φd m
φd m
φd o
φd r
φd r
φd i
φD
φA
φd
V
R U Ls
B G
Ln . W
B
Unit: mm
258
Effective turns
Basic load rating Ball nut dimensions Ball nut dimensions Arbor Screw shaft
Shaft dia. Lead Ball dia. Ball circle Root dia. of balls
Nut Shaft
dia. Turns (N) Axial play
Ball nut No.
× Dynamic Static Max.
Outside
dia. Flange Length Bolt hole Oil hole Projecting tube Mass. Outside
dia. Bore Standard length Screw shaft mass/m
d l Dw dm dr (kg) (kg)
Circuits Ca C0a D A G B Ln W X Q T U V R d0 di Ls No.
RNFTL 1003A3.5 10 3 2.381 10.65 8.1 3.5×1 3780 6730 0.10 20 40 15 6 34 30 4.5 M3×0.5 3.0 15 15 7 0.092 8.1 6.1 400 800 RS1003A** 0.50
RNFTL 1006A2.5S 10 6 2.381 10.65 8.1 2.5×1 2830 4810 0.10 20 40 15 6 36 30 4.5 M3×0.5 3.5 15 15 5 0.095 8.1 6.1 400 800 RS1006A** 0.56
RNFTL 1208A2.5S 12 8 2.778 12.65 9.6 2.5×1 3730 6560 0.10 25 45 19 8 46 35 4.5 M3×0.5 5.5 19 18 7 0.18 9.6 7.6 400 800 RS1208A** 0.74
RNFTL 1404A3.5S 14 4 2.778 14.5 11.5 3.5×1 5370 10800 0.10 25 50 19 10 43 40 4.5 M6×1 5.0 19 20 7 0.20 11.5 9.5 500 1000 RS1404A** 1.02
RNFTL 1405A2.5S 14 5 3.175 14.5 11.0 2.5×1 5260 9720 0.10 30 50 22 10 45 40 4.5 M6×1 5.0 22 21 8 0.26 11.0 9.0 500 1000 RS1405A** 1.00
RNFTL 1610A2.5
16 10 3.175 16.75 13.3 2.5×1 5660 11500 0.10 30 53 23 10 54 41 5.5 M6×1 5.5 23 22.5 8 0.28 13.3 11.3 500 1000 1500 RS1610A** 1.37
RNFTL 1610A2.5S
RNFTL 1808A3.5
18 8 4.762 18.5 13.6 3.5×1 13200 25800 0.15 34 63 27 12 58 49 6.6 M6×1 6.0 27 27 8 0.43 13.6 11.6 500 1000 1500 RS1808A** 1.60
RNFTL 1808A3.5S
RNFTL 2005A2.5
20 5 3.175 20.5 17.0 2.5×1 6360 14200 0.10 40 60 28 10 46 50 4.5 M6×1 5.0 28 27 10 0.42 17.0 14.6 500 1000 2000 RS2005A** 2.17
RNFTL 2005A2.5S
RNFTL 2010A2.5
20 10 4.762 21.25 16.2 2.5×1 10900 21800 0.15 40 67 30 12 59 53 6.6 M6×1 6.0 30 29 12 0.55 16.2 13.8 500 1000 2000 RS2010A** 2.18
RNFTL 2010A2.5S
RNFTL 2505A5
25 5 3.175 25.5 22.0 2.5×2 12800 36300 0.10 42 71 28 12 66 57 6.6 M6×1 6.0 28 31 10 0.62 22.0 19.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2505A** 3.47
RNFTL 2505A5S
RNFTL 2510A2.5
2.5×1 17500 35200 80 34 15 62 62 9 M6×1 7.5 34 37 17
RNFTL 2510A2.5S
25 10 6.35 26 19.0 0.20 44 0.75 19.0 16.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2510A** 3.13
RNFTL 2510A5
2.5×2 31800 70300 80 34 15 92 62 9 M6×1 7.5 34 37 17
RNFTL 2510A5S
Remarks 1. Protruding portion of the tube does not have any interference with the ball nut housing if its dimensions Remarks 4. Nut assembly with arbor and the screw shaft are separated at time of delivery.
corresponding to U and V are large enough. 5. At the end of the screw shaft reference number where marked with "**", fill with the value obtained by dividing the
2. The actual entire screw shaft length may become slightly longer than nominal length Ls due to manufacturing standard screw shaft length by 100 mm.
tolerance. 6. Items in stock are not applied surface treatment.
3. Seal are provided in the nut. Therefore, the external dimensions of those with the seals are the same as those
without.
In the side view drawing of ball nut, the above of the center line is with seal, and beneath is without seal.
Seal for those with the shaft diameter of 14 mm or less is made of synthetic resin. Seal for those of 16 mm or over is
B257 a "Brush-seal." B258
R Series : Rolled ball screws Tube type : Flanged nut (fine, medium lead) Nut model: RNFTL
Standard
stock
T
Oil hole Q
° 30°
Arbor 30
5-X drill thru. rill thru.
φd m
φd m
φd o
φd r
φd r
φd i
φD
φd
φA
V
R U Ls
B G
Ln W
B
260
Effective turns
Shaft dia. Lead Ball dia. Ball circle Root dia. of balls
Nut Shaft
dia. Turns (N) Axial play
Ball nut No.
× Dynamic Static Max.
Outside
dia. Flange Length Bolt hole Oil hole Projecting tube Mass. Outside
d l Dw dm dr (kg) (kg)
Circuits Ca C0a D A G B Ln W X Q T U V R d0 di Ls No.
RNFTL 2806A2.5
2.5×1 7430 20300 50 79 33 15 55 65 6.6 M6×1 7.5 33 34 10 0.85
RNFTL 2806A2.5S
28 6 3.175 28.5 25.0 0.10 25.0 22.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2806A** 4.47
RNFTL 2806A5
2.5×2 13500 40600 50 79 33 15 79 65 6.6 M6×1 7.5 33 34 10 1.07
RNFTL 2806A5S
RNFTL 3210A5
32 10 6.35 33.75 27.0 2.5×2 35700 92200 0.20 55 97 39 18 97 75 11 M6×1 9.0 39 42 17 1.55 27.0 24.6 1000 2000 3000 RS3210A** 5.53
RNFTL 3210A5S
RNFTL 3610A2.5
2.5×1 21000 51000 60 102 42 18 68 80 11 M6×1 9.0 42 46 17 1.47
RNFTL 3610A2.5S
36 10 6.35 37 30.0 0.20 30.0 27.6 1000 2000 3000 RS3610A** 6.91
RNFTL 3610A5
2.5×2 38100 102000 60 102 42 18 98 80 11 M6×1 9.0 42 46 17 1.80
RNFTL 3610A5S
RNFTL 4010A7
40 10 6.35 41.75 35.0 3.5×2 53500 164000 0.20 65 114 44 20 120 90 14 M6×1 10.0 44 50 20 2.49 35.0 31.8 2000 3000 4000 RS4010A** 8.87
RNFTL 4010A7S
RNFTL 4512A5
45 12 7.144 46.5 39.0 2.5×2 49600 147000 0.23 70 130 47 22 116 100 18 M6×1 11.0 47 55 20 3.07 39.0 35.8 2000 3000 4000 RS4512A** 11.16
RNFTL 4512A5S
RNFTL 5010A7
50 10 6.35 51.75 45.0 3.5×2 59500 205000 0.20 80 140 52 22 122 110 18 M6×1 11.0 52 59 20 4.06 45.0 41.8 2000 3000 4000 RS5010A** 14.15
RNFTL 5010A7S
RNFTL 5016A5
50 16 9.525 52 42.0 2.5×2 99900 293000 0.23 85 163 57 28 146 125 22 M6×1 14.0 57 63 25 6.42 42.0 38.8 2000 3000 4000 RS5016A** 13.48
RNFTL 5016A5S
Remarks 1. The protruding portion of the tube does not interfere with nut housing if its corresponding dimensions to U and V are Remarks 4. Nut assembly with arbor and the screw shaft are separated at time of delivery.
large enough. 5. At the end of the screw shaft reference number where marked with "**", fill with the value obtained by dividing the
2. The actual screw shaft length may become slightly longer than nominal length of Ls due to manufacturing tolerance. standard screw shaft length by 100 mm.
3. Seal are provided in the nut. Therefore, the external dimensions of those with the seals are the same as those 6. Items in stock are not applied surface treatment.
without.
In the side view drawing of the nut, the above of the center line is with seal, and beneath is without seal.
Seal is "Brush-seal".
B259 B260
R Series : Rolled ball screws Tube type : Flanged nut (High helix lead) Nut model: RNFTL
Standard
stock
T
Oil hole Q
° 30° thru.
30
Arbor 4-X drill thru.
φd m
φd r
φd
φd m
φd o
φd i
φD
φA
φd
V
V
Ls
R U U R
B G
Ln W
Unit: mm
262
Effective turns
of balls Basic load rating Ball nut
Shaft dia. Ball dia. Ball circle Root dia. Ball nut dimensions Arbor Screw shaft
Lead dimensions Nut Shaft
dia.
(N) Axial play
Ball nut No. Projecting tube Mass.
Turns
Dynamic Static Max.
Outside
dia. Flange Length Bolt hole Oil hole Outside
d l Dw dm dr × (kg) (kg)
Circuits Ca C0a D A G B Ln W X Q T U V R d0 di L No.
s
RNFTL 1212A3 12 12 2.381 12.65 10.1 1.5 × 2 3360 6270 0.10 24 44 17 8 44 34 4.5 M3 × 0.5 4.0 17 16 5 0.16 10.1 8.1 400 800 RS1212A** 0.74
RNFTL 1616A3
16 16 2.778 16.65 13.6 1.5 × 2 4880 9650 0.10 30 55 22 10 50 43 6.6 M6 × 1 5.0 22 22 7 0.29 13.6 11.6 500 1000 1500 RS1616A** 1.37
RNFTL 1616A3S
RNFTL 2020A3
20 20 3.175 20.75 17.3 1.5 × 2 7010 15400 0.10 35 68 25 12 59 52 9 M6 × 1 6.0 25 27 8 0.49 17.3 14.9 500 1000 2000 RS2020A** 2.19
RNFTL 2020A3S
RNFTL 2525A3
25 25 3.969 26 22.0 1.5 × 2 10500 24100 0.12 45 80 31 12 69 63 9 M6 × 1 6.0 31 32 10 0.80 22.0 19.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2525A** 3.43
RNFTL 2525A3S
RNFTL 3232A3
32 32 4.762 33.25 28.0 1.5 × 2 15300 37100 0.15 55 100 37 15 84 80 11 M6 × 1 7.5 37 40 12 1.46 28.0 25.6 1000 2000 3000 RS3232A** 5.71
RNFTL 3232A3S
RNFTL 4040A3
40 40 6.35 41.75 35.0 1.5 × 2 24400 61600 0.20 70 120 46 18 103 95 14 M6 × 1 9.0 46 49 15 2.69 35.0 31.8 2000 3000 4000 RS4040A** 8.82
RNFTL 4040A3S
Remarks 1. Protruding portion of the tube does not have any interference with the ball nut housing if its dimensions Remarks 4. Nut assembly with arbor and the screw shaft are separated at time of delivery.
corresponding to U and V are large enough. 5. At the end of the screw shaft reference number where marked with "**", fill with the value obtained by dividing the
2. The actual entire screw shaft length may become slightly longer than nominal length Ls due to manufacturing standard screw shaft length by 100 mm.
tolerance. 6. Items in stock are not applied surface treatment.
3. Seal are provided in the nut. Therefore, the external dimensions of those with the seals are the same as those
without.
In the side view drawing of ball nut, the above of the center line is with seal, and beneath is without seal.
Seal for those with the shaft diameter of 14 mm or less is made of synthetic resin. Seal for those of 16 mm or over is
a "Brush-seal."
B261 B262
R Series : Rolled ball screws Return tube type, embedded -tube, Flanged (Fine, medium lead) Nut model: RNFBL
Oil hole Q Standard

T
30°
30
°
stock
Seals (both ends) 4-X drill thru. X drill thru.
φD
Arbor
φd o
φd m
φd m
φd r
φA
φd r
φd
φd i
Ls
B （C ） H
Ln W
Unit: mm
Lead Ball dia. Ball circle Root dia.
Effective turns
Shaft dia. of balls
Nut Shaft
Ball nut No. dia. Turns (N) Axial play Outside
dia. Flange Length Bolt hole Oil hole
Mass.
Outside
dia. Bore Standard length mass/m
B
Overall
dr × Dynamic Static Max. Screw shaft No. (kg)
d l Dw dm length
(kg)
Circuits Ca C0a D A H B L (C ) W X Q T d0 di Ls 264
RNFBL 1006A2.5S 10 6 2.381 10.65 8.1 2.5×1 2830 4810 0.10 26 42 29 8 36 3 34 4.5 M3×0.5 5.0 0.16 8.1 6.1 400 800 RS1006A** 0.56
RNFBL 1208A2.5S 12 8 2.778 12.65 9.6 2.5×1 3730 6560 0.10 29 45 32 8 44 3 37 4.5 M3×0.5 5.5 0.21 9.6 7.6 400 800 RS1208A** 0.81
RNFBL 1404A3.5S 14 4 2.778 14.5 11.5 3.5×1 5370 10800 0.10 31 50 37 10 40 4 40 4.5 M6×1 5.0 0.25 11.5 9.5 500 1000 RS1404A** 1.02
RNFBL 1405A2.5S 14 5 3.175 14.5 11.0 2.5×1 5260 9720 0.10 32 50 38 10 40 4 40 4.5 M6×1 5.0 0.26 11.0 9.0 500 1000 RS1405A** 1.00
RNFBL 1808A3.5S 18 8 4.762 18.5 13.6 3.5×1 13200 25800 0.15 50 80 60 12 61 4 65 6.6 M6×1 6.0 1.00 13.6 11.6 500 1000 1500 RS1808A** 1.60
RNFBL 2005A2.5S 20 5 3.175 20.5 17.0 2.5×1 6360 14200 0.10 40 60 46 10 40 4 50 4.5 M6×1 5.0 0.37 17.0 14.6 500 1000 2000 RS2005A** 2.17
RNFBL 2010A2.5S 20 10 4.762 21.25 16.2 2.5×1 10900 21800 0.15 52 82 64 12 61 5 67 6.6 M6×1 6.0 1.05 16.2 13.8 500 1000 2000 RS2010A** 2.18
RNFBL 2505A2.5S 2.5×1 7070 18200 40 0.40
25 5 3.175 25.5 22.0 0.10 43 67 50 10 4 55 5.5 M6×1 5.0 22.0 19.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2505A** 3.47
RNFBL 2505A5S 2.5×2 12800 36300 55 0.50
RNFBL 2510A2.5S 2.5×1 17500 35200 66 1.52
25 10 6.35 26 19.0 0.20 60 96 72 15 5 78 9.0 M6×1 7.5 19.0 16.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2510A** 3.13
RNFBL 2510A5S 2.5×2 31800 70300 96 1.99
RNFBL 2806A2.5S 2.5×1 7430 20300 47 0.70
28 6 3.175 28.5 25.0 0.10 50 80 60 12 5 65 6.6 M6×1 6.0 25.0 22.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2806A** 4.47
RNFBL 2806A5S 2.5×2 13500 40600 65 0.87
RNFBL 3210A2.5S 2.5×1 19700 46100 67 1.72
32 10 6.35 33.75 27.0 0.20 67 103 78 15 5 85 9.0 M6×1 7.5 27.0 24.6 1000 2000 3000 RS3210A** 5.53
RNFBL 3210A5S 2.5×2 35700 92200 97 2.25
RNFBL 3610A2.5S 2.5×1 21000 51000 69 1.97
36 10 6.35 37 30.0 0.20 70 110 82 17 5 90 11.0 M6×1 8.5 30.0 27.6 1000 2000 3000 RS3610A** 6.91
RNFBL 3610A5S 2.5×2 38100 102000 99 2.53
RNFBL 4010A5S 40 10 6.35 41.75 35.0 2.5×2 40100 116000 0.20 76 116 88 17 99 5 96 11.0 M6×1 8.5 2.86 35.0 31.8 2000 3000 4000 RS4010A** 8.87
Remarks 1. The actual screw shaft length may be slightly longer than nominal length Ls due to manufacturing tolerance. Remarks 4. Items in stock are not applied surface treatment.
2. Nut assembly with arbor and screw shaft are separated at time of delivery. 5. Seal for those with the shaft diameter of 14 mm or less is made of synthetic resin. Seal for those with 16 mm or
3. The value obtained by dividing the standard screw length by 100 mm will be entered at the end of the reference larger is "Brush-seal."
number where marked with "* *."
B263 B264
R Series : Rolled ball screws Return tube type, Nut with V-thread, (Fine lead) Nut model: RNCT
Standard
stock
Seals (both ends) Arbor
φd m
φd o
φd r
φd i
φD
φS
φd
M
V
B
Ln R U Ls
Unit: mm
Effective turns
Basic load rating Ball nut dimensions Ball nut dimensions
Shaft dia.
Lead Ball dia. Ball circle Root dia. of balls
Nut Seal dimensions Arbor Screw shaft Shaft
dia. Turns (N) Axial play Outside
Ball nut No
d Flange Length Projecting tube Mass. Diameter Thickness Outside
dia. Bore Standard length mass/m
dr × Dynamic Static Max. dia.
Screw shaft No. (kg)
l Dw dm (kg)
Circuits Ca C0a D M B Ln U V R S T d0 di Ls
RNCT 1003A3.5 10 3 2.381 10.65 8.1 3.5 × 1 3780 6730 0.10 20 M18 × 1 10 38 15 15 7 0.049 8.1 6.1 400 800 RS1003A** 0.50
B
RNCT 1404A3.5S 14 4 2.778 14.5 11.5 3.5 × 1 5370 10800 0.10 25 M24 × 1 10 43 19 20 7 0.083 11.5 9.5 500 1000 RS1404A** 1.02
266
RNCT 1405A2.5S 14 5 3.175 14.5 11.0 2.5 × 1 5260 9720 0.10 30 M26 × 1.5 10 45 22 21 8 0.15 11.0 9.0 500 1000 RS1405A** 1.00
RNCT 1808A3.5
18 8 4.762 18.5 13.6 3.5 × 1 13200 25800 0.15 34 M32 × 1.5 12 58 27 27 8 0.21 28.5 2.5 13.6 11.6 500 1000 1500 RS1808A** 1.60
RNCT 1808A3.5S
RNCT 2005A2.5
20 5 3.175 20.5 17.0 2.5 × 1 6360 14200 0.10 40 M36 × 1.5 12 48 28 27 10 0.28 29.5 2.5 17.0 14.6 500 1000 2000 RS2005A** 2.17
RNCT 2005A2.5S
RNCT 2505A5
25 5 3.175 25.5 22.0 2.5 × 2 12800 36300 0.10 42 M40 × 1.5 15 69 28 31 10 0.38 34.5 2.5 22.0 19.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2505A** 3.47
RNCT 2505A5S
RNCT 2510A5
25 10 6.35 26 19.0 2.5 × 2 31800 70300 0.20 44 M42 × 1.5 15 92 34 37 17 0.49 38.5 2.5 19.0 16.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2510A** 3.13
RNCT 2510A5S
RNCT 2806A5
28 6 3.175 28.5 25.0 2.5 × 2 13500 40600 0.10 50 M45 × 1.5 15 79 33 34 10 0.68 37.5 2.5 25.0 22.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2806A** 4.47
RNCT 2806A5S
RNCT 3210A5
32 10 6.35 33.75 27.0 2.5 × 2 35700 92200 0.20 55 M50 × 1.5 18 97 39 42 17 0.79 45.5 2.5 27.0 24.6 1000 2000 3000 RS3210A** 5.53
RNCT 3210A5S
RNCT 3610A5
36 10 6.35 37 30.0 2.5 × 2 38100 102000 0.20 60 M55 × 2 18 98 42 46 17 0.97 50.5 3.0 30.0 27.6 1000 2000 3000 RS3610A** 6.91
RNCT 3610A5S
RNCT 4010A7
40 10 6.35 41.75 35.0 3.5 × 2 53500 164000 0.20 65 M60 × 2 25 125 44 50 20 1.37 54.5 3.0 35.0 31.8 2000 3000 4000 RS4010A** 8.87
RNCT 4010A7S
RNCT 4512A5
45 12 7.144 46.5 39.0 2.5 × 2 49600 147000 0.23 70 M65 × 2 30 124 47 55 20 1.42 60.5 3.0 39.0 35.8 2000 3000 4000 RS4512A** 11.16
RNCT 4512A5S
RNCT 5010A7
50 10 6.35 51.75 45.0 3.5 × 2 59500 205000 0.20 80 M75 × 2 40 140 52 59 20 2.41 64.5 3.0 45.0 41.8 2000 3000 4000 RS5010A** 14.15
RNCT 5010A7S
RNCT 5016A5
50 16 9.525 52 42.0 2.5 × 2 99900 293000 0.23 85 M80 × 2 40 158 57 63 25 3.14 68.5 3.0 42.0 38.8 2000 3000 4000 RS5016A** 13.48
RNCT 5016A5S
Remarks 1. Protruding portion of the tube does not have any interference with the ball nut housing if its dimensions Seal for those with the shaft diameter of 14 mm or less is made of synthetic resin. Seal for those of 16 mm or over is
corresponding to U and V are large enough. a "Brush-seal."
2. The actual entire screw shaft length may become slightly longer than nominal length Ls due to manufacturing There is no seal on the V-thread side for RNCT1404A3.5S and RNCT1405A2.5S.
tolerance. 4. Nut assembly with arbor and the screw shaft are separated at time of delivery.
3. A seal cannot be installed in the V thread side. It may be installed in the opposite side. 5. At the end of the screw shaft reference number where marked with "**", fill with the value obtained by dividing the
Seal is provided in the nut. Therefore, the external dimensions of those with a seal are the same as those without. standard screw shaft length by 100 mm.
In the side view drawing of ball nut, the above of the center line is with seal, and beneath is without seal. 6. Items in stock are not applied surface treatment.
B265 B266
R Series : Rolled ball screws Return tube type, Square nut (Fine, medium lead) Nut model: RNSTL
Standard
C A Seals (both ends) F stock
E Arbor M6×1 (oil hole) 4-J tap hole, K deep hole, K deep
φd m
φd m
φd r
φd r
φd o
φd i
φd
W
B
Ls
Ln U max. H
Unit: mm
Lead Ball dia. Ball circle Root dia.

Effective turns
Basic load rating
of balls Ball nut dimensions Ball nut dimensions Arbor Screw shaft B
Nut Outside Shaft
Ball nut No.
Shaft dia. dia. Turns (N) Axial play Length Width Center
height Bolt hole Oil hole Mass. dia. Bore Standard length mass/m
d
l Dw dm dr × Dynamic Static Max. (kg) Screw shaft No. (kg) 268
Circuits Ca C0a Ln W H A B C J K E F U d0 di Ls
RNSTL 1404A3.5S 14 4 2.778 14.5 11.5 3.5×1 5370 10800 0.10 38 34 13 22 26 8 M4 7 7 3 20 0.20 11.5 9.5 500 1000 RS1404A** 1.02
RNSTL 1405A2.5S 14 5 3.175 14.5 11.0 2.5×1 5260 9720 0.10 38 34 13 22 26 8 M4 7 7 3 21 0.20 11.0 9.0 500 1000 RS1405A** 1.00
RNSTL 1808A3.5S 18 8 4.762 18.5 13.6 3.5×1 13200 25800 0.15 56 48 17 35 35 10.5 M6 10 8 3 26 0.31 13.6 11.6 500 1000 1500 RS1808A** 1.60
RNSTL 2005A2.5S 20 5 3.175 20.5 17.0 2.5×1 6360 14200 0.10 38 48 17 22 35 8 M6 9 6 2 27 0.24 17.0 14.6 500 1000 2000 RS2005A** 2.17
RNSTL 2010A2.5S 20 10 4.762 21.25 16.2 2.5×1 10900 21800 0.15 58 48 18 35 35 11.5 M6 10 10 2 28 0.35 16.2 13.8 500 1000 2000 RS2010A** 2.18
RNSTL 2505A2.5S 25 5 3.175 25.5 22.0 2.5×1 7070 18200 0.10 35 60 20 22 40 6.5 M8 10 6 0 27 0.31 22.0 19.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2505A** 3.47
RNSTL 2510A5S 25 10 6.35 26 19.0 2.5×2 31800 70300 0.20 94 60 23 60 40 17 M8 12 10 0 32 1.32 19.0 16.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2510A** 3.13
RNSTL 2806A2.5S 2.5×1 7430 20300 42 60 22 18 40 12 0.65
28 6 3.175 28.5 25.0 0.10 M8 12 8 0 32 25.0 22.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2806A** 4.47
RNSTL 2806A5S 2.5×2 13500 40600 67 60 22 40 40 13.5 1.04
RNSTL 3210A2.5S 2.5×1 19700 46100 64 70 26 45 50 9.5 1.12
32 10 6.35 33.75 27.0 0.20 M8 12 10 0 38 27.0 24.6 1000 2000 3000 RS3210A** 5.53
RNSTL 3210A5S 2.5×2 35700 92200 94 70 26 60 50 17 1.75
RNSTL 3610A2.5S 2.5×1 21000 51000 64 86 29 45 60 9.5 1.76
36 10 6.35 37 30.0 0.20 M10 16 11 0 41 30.0 27.6 1000 2000 3000 RS3610A** 6.91
RNSTL 3610A5S 2.5×2 38100 102000 96 86 29 60 60 18 2.64
RNSTL 4512A5S 45 12 7.144 46.5 39.0 2.5×2 49600 147000 0.23 115 100 36 75 75 20 M12 20 13 0 46 1.22 39.0 35.8 2000 3000 4000 RS4512A** 11.16
2. Nut assembly with arbor and screw shaft are separated at time of delivery. 5. Seal for those with the shaft diameter of 14 mm or less is made of synthetic resin. Seal for those with 18 mm or
3. The value obtained by dividing the standard screw length by 100 mm will be entered at the end of the reference larger is "Brush-seal."
B267 B268
R Series : Rolled ball screws End cap type, Flanged nut (High helix lead) Nut model: RNFCL
Standard
Oil hole Q stock
T ° 30°
Arbor 30 4-X drill thru. 4-X drill thru.
φd m
φd o
φd r
φd m
φd i
φD
φA
φd r
φd
E B H Ls
M Ln M W
Unit: mm
Effective turns
Shaft dia. Lead Ball dia. Ball circle Root dia. of balls Basic load rating Ball nut dimensions Ball nut dimensions Arbor Screw shaft
Nut Shaft
dia. Turns (N) Axial play Outside Mass. Outside
Ball nut No.
Dynamic Static Max. Flange Length Bolt hole Oil hole dia. Bore Standard length Screw shaft mass/m
d l Dw dm dr ×
C0a
dia.
(kg) No. (kg) B
Circuits Ca D A H B E Ln M W X Q T d0 di Ls
RNFCL 1212A3 1.7 × 2 3740 6640 270
12 12 2.381 12.65 10.1 0.10 26 44 28 6 9 30 − 35 4.5 M3 × 0.5 3.0 0.12 10.1 8.1 400 800 RS1212A** 0.74
RNFCL 1212A6 1.7 × 4 6780 13300
RNFCL 1520A3 −
15 20 3.175 15.5 12.2 1.7 × 2 6730 12300 0.10 33 51 35 10 11 45 42 4.5 M6 × 1 5.0 0.28 12.2 10.2 500 1000 1500 RS1520A** 1.15
RNFCL 1520A3S 3
RNFCL 1616A3 −
1.7 × 2 5430 10400
RNFCL 1616A3S 3
16 16 2.778 16.65 13.5 0.10 32 53 34 10 10 38 42 4.5 M6 × 1 5.0 0.23 13.5 11.5 500 1000 1500 RS1616A** 1.37
RNFCL 1616A6 −
1.7 × 4 9860 20800
RNFCL 1616A6S 3
RNFCL 2020A3 −
1.7 × 2 7810 16500
RNFCL 2020A3S 3
20 20 3.175 20.75 17.3 0.10 39 62 41 10 11.5 46 50 5.5 M6 × 1 5.0 0.37 17.3 14.9 500 1000 2000 RS2020A** 2.19
RNFCL 2020A6 −
1.7 × 4 14200 33000
RNFCL 2020A6S 3
RNFCL 2525A3 −
1.7 × 2 11700 25800
RNFCL 2525A3S 3
25 25 3.969 26 22.0 0.12 47 74 49 12 13 55 60 6.6 M6 × 1 6.0 0.62 22.0 19.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2525A** 3.43
RNFCL 2525A6 −
1.7 × 4 21200 51500
RNFCL 2525A6S 3
RNFCL 3232A3 −
1.7 × 2 17100 40500
RNFCL 3232A3S 3
32 32 4.762 33.25 28.0 0.15 58 92 60 12 16 70 74 9 M6 × 1 5.5 1.10 28.0 25.6 1000 2000 3000 RS3232A** 5.71
RNFCL 3232A6 −
1.7 × 4 31000 81000
RNFCL 3232A6S 3
RNFCL 4040A3 −
1.7 × 2 27200 67900
RNFCL 4040A3S 3.5
40 40 6.35 41.75 35.0 0.20 73 114 75 15 19.5 85 93 11 M6 × 1 6.5 2.09 35.0 31.8 2000 3000 4000 RS4040A** 8.82
RNFCL 4040A6 −
1.7 × 4 49300 136000
RNFCL 4040A6S 3.5
RNFCL 5050A3 −
1.7 × 2 40600 106000
RNFCL 5050A3S 3.5
50 50 7.938 52.25 44.0 0.25 90 135 92 20 21.5 107 112 14 M6 × 1 7.0 3.90 44.0 40.8 2000 3000 4000 RS5050A** 13.81
RNFCL 5050A6 −
1.7 × 4 73700 212000
RNFCL 5050A6S 3.5
2. Nut assembly with arbor and screw shaft are separated at time of delivery. 5. The entire length of the nut becomes longer by "2 x M " for those with a seal. The seal is "Brush-seal."
3. The value obtained by dividing the standard screw length by 100 mm will be entered at the end of the reference
B269 B270
R Series : Rolled ball screws End cap type, Flanged nut (Ultra high helix lead) Nut model: RNFCL
Oil hole Q Arbor 30 4-X drill thru.

Standard
° -X drill thru. stock
T 30 °
φd m
φd o
φd r
φd m
φd i
φD
φA
φd r
φd
E B H Ls
M Ln M W
Unit: mm
Effective turns
Shaft dia. Lead Ball dia. Ball circle Root dia. Basic load rating
of balls Ball nut dimensions Ball nut dimensions Nut Arbor Screw shaft Shaft
dia. Turns (N) Axial play Outside
Mass. Outside B
Ball nut No.
× Dynamic Static Max. dia. Flange Length Bolt hole Oil hole dia. Bore Standard length Screw mass/m
d l Dw dm dr C0a (kg) shaft No. (kg)
Circuits Ca D A H B E Ln M W X Q T d0 di Ls 272
RNFCL 1632A2 −
0.7 × 4 4600 8460 34 0.21
RNFCL 1632A2S 3
RNFCL 1632A3 −
16 32 2.778 16.65 13.5 1.7 × 2 5430 10400 0.10 32 50 34 10 10 66 41 4.5 M6 × 1 5.5 0.33 13.5 11.5 500 1000 1500 RS1632A** 1.34
RNFCL 1632A3S 3
RNFCL 1632A6 −
1.7 × 4 9860 20800 66 0.33
RNFCL 1632A6S 3
RNFCL 2040A2 −
0.7 × 4 6610 13600 41 0.31
RNFCL 2040A2S 3
RNFCL 2040A3 −
20 40 3.175 20.75 17.3 1.7 × 2 7810 16500 0.10 38 58 40 10 11 81 48 5.5 M6 × 1 5.5 0.53 17.3 14.9 500 1000 1500 2000 RS2040A** 2.15
RNFCL 2040A3S 3
RNFCL 2040A6 −
1.7 × 4 14200 33000 81 0.53
RNFCL 2040A6S 3
RNFCL 2550A2 −
0.7 × 4 9870 21200 50 0.53
RNFCL 2550A2S 3
RNFCL 2550A3 −
25 50 3.969 26 22.0 1.7 × 2 11700 25800 0.12 46 70 48 12 13 100 58 6.6 M6 × 1 7.0 0.91 22.0 19.6 1000 2000 2500 RS2550A** 3.37
RNFCL 2550A3S 3
RNFCL 2550A6 −
1.7 × 4 21200 51500 100 0.91
RNFCL 2550A6S 3
RNFCL 3264A3 −
1.7 × 2 17100 40500
RNFCL 3264A3S 3
32 64 4.762 33.25 28.0 0.15 58 92 60 12 15.5 126 74 9 M6 × 1 7.5 1.76 28.0 25.6 1000 2000 3000 4000 RS3264A** 5.63
RNFCL 3264A6 −
1.7 × 4 31000 81000
RNFCL 3264A6S 3
RNFCL 4080A3 −
1.7 × 2 27200 67900
RNFCL 4080A3S 3.5
40 80 6.350 41.75 35.0 0.20 73 114 75 15 19 158 93 11 M6 × 1 10 3.44 35.0 31.8 2000 3000 4000 5000 RS4080A** 8.69
RNFCL 4080A6 −
1.7 × 4 49300 136000
RNFCL 4080A6S 3.5
2. Nut assembly with arbor and screw shaft are separated at time of delivery. 5. The entire length of the nut becomes longer by "2 x M " for those with a seal. The seal is "Brush-seal."
3. The value obtained by dividing the standard screw length by 100 mm will be entered at the end of the reference
B271 B272
B-I-6.6 Accessories
Accessories to use with ball screw are available in stock.
Table I-6•6 Support unit categories
Bearing bore Bearing Bearing bore Bearing

Application Shape Support side Bearing in use Page Application Shape Support side Bearing in use Page
seat diameter seat diameter
WBK**-01 WBK**R-11 (Support kit) Deep groove

Fixed support Angular contact ball bearing
B281
j6~j25 (arranged to j4, j6 B287
~
side ball bearing have angular (Exclusive for
Fixed support RMA and RMS
Small contact)
Series)
equipment, Round
light load
WBK**S-01 WBK**-11 side
Deep groove Angular contact
Small B283
equipment, Square j6~j25 B285
~ j6~j25
light load ~
ball bearing ball bearing
Simple support
B
WBK**SF-01 side WBK**DF*-31 Thrust angular 274
Deep groove Fixed support
Machine
j12, j15 B288 tools, Round contact ball j17~j40 B291
heavy load ~
ball bearing side
(Exclusive for VFA Series) bearing
1 Classification 2 Features
Ball screw support units are classified into AShort delivery time: Standardized items in stock AHigh dust prevention, and low friction torque
categories by their shape (Table I-6.6). Select the Oil seal is installed on the fixed support side. A
AUse most suitable bearings
type that is appropriate for you to use. deep-groove ball bearing with a shield on both
On the fixed support side, the angular contact ball
bearing is used. It has great rigidity and low friction sides is used on the simple support side. This
torque which match the rigidity of the ball screw. minimizes friction torque.
The thrust angular contact ball bearing with high ALock nut is provided.
precision and great rigidity is another choice for the A lock nut of fine grade finish is provided to fix the
fixed support side. bearing with high precision.
3 Configuration of reference number
B273 B274
3 Reference number coding (1) Support Units for Light Load and Small Equipment
Support units for light load and small equipment provide both fixed and support side bearing
(For light load)
assemblies to support screw shafts. They provide all required parts such as bearing locknuts so that
Example : WBK 08 S - 01 A you can mount them directly to NSK standard ball screws, of which shaft ends are machined.
Product code for support unit No code or A: For general use Please refer to the dimensions listed on the dimension table for configuration of standard screw
C: For clean environment use
shaft ends for NSK standard ball screws with blank shaft ends. For rolled ball screws, you require
Nominal size code✽
01: Square type optional spacers when mounting fixed support side support units.
Mounting code 11: Round type
No code:Fixed support unit 1Features
S:Simple support unit APrompt delivery
SF:Simple support unit (for VFA)
All support units are standard stocked items.
R:Fixed support unit (support kit for miniature ball screws)
✽ In case of simple support unit, be careful that 12 or less size codes do not represent internal bores of bearing. ABest selection of bearings for your application
Please refer to the dimensional table for internal bore of bearing. General use support units for fixed support side are equipped with highly rigid angular contact
ball bearings that have been assembled with proper preload, and packed with the appropriate
volume of grease. On the other hand, clean support units for fixed support side uses low dust
(For heavy load) emission grease, and low torque special bearings. Sealed deep groove ball bearings are used for B
simple support side units for both general and clean environment use.
Example : WB/BK 25 DF - 31 276
Product code for support unit Design serial number
Nominal size code (internal bore of bearing)
Bearing combination code

DF : Face to face duplex combination
DFD : Face to face triplex combination
DFF : Face to face quadruplex combination
B275 B276
AAccessories 6Features of Clean Support Unit
Support units provide everything necessary for mounting ball screws to machines. AOutstanding low dust emission Particle size: 0.1 µm or over, rotational speed: 1000 min-1
10 000
(Please refer to the table below.) Clean support unit uses “NSK clean grease
WBK10-01A
Particle count no./cf

1 000
* Do not disassemble fixed support side units as they are equipped with bearings and oil seals. LG2” which has a proven feature of low
dust emission. It reduces dust emission to 100
WBK10-01C
1/10 of general support units.

10
4 3 2 1 5 6 7 ALow torque 1
0 50 100 150 200 250
It features low torque characteristics Time, hr
because of special bearings. (50% lower

than general support unit.)
Rotational speed: 10 min-1

3
AHigh antirust specification
Dynamic torque, N• cm
WBK10-01A WBK10-01C
2
Low temperature chrome plating is applied
1
to bearing housings, retaining plates,
0
locknuts and spacers to improve antirust
—1
properties. Moreover, bolts and snap rings
—2
are made of stainless steel.
—3
B
The table below shows the surface 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
treatment of the bearing housing and

Time, sec
278
material of small parts.
Clean support unit

Bearing • grease Special bearings, LG2
Surface treatment Low temperature chrome plating
Set screw and snap ring material Stainless steel
AAntirust treatment Fixed support side Simple support side
The table on the right shows the surface Part no. Name of parts Part no. Name of parts
treatment for the bearing housing, and 1 Bearing housing 5 Bearing housing
material of small parts. 2 Spacer 6 Bearing
3 Locknut 7 Snap ring
Set screw
4
with set piece
General support unit

Bearings and grease Angular contact ball bearings, PS2
Surface treatment Black oxide
Screws and snap rings Standard material
B277 B278
TableI-6 · 7 Specifications of support unit for general use TableI-6 · 8 Clean support unit specifications
Fixed support side support unit Simple support side support unit Fixed support side support unit Simple support side support unit
Axial direction Maximum Bearing Radial direction Axial direction Maximum Bearing Radial direction
Reference no. Basic dynamic Load limit Stiffness starting torque Reference no. reference no. Basic dynamic Reference no. Basic dynamic Load limit Stiffness starting torque Reference no. reference no. Basic dynamic
load rating Ca [N] [N] [N/µm] [N·cm] load rating C [N] load rating Ca [N] [N] [N/µm] [N·cm] load rating C [N]
WBK06-01A (SQUARE) WBK08-01C (SQUARE)
2 670 1 040 28 0.49 — — — 3 100 1 100 36 0.52 WBK08S-01C 606VV 2 260
WBK06-11 (ROUND) WBK08-11C (ROUND)
WBK08-01A (SQUARE) WBK08S-01 WBK10-01C (SQUARE)
4 400 1 450 49 0.88 606ZZ 2 260 4 250 1 364 50 1.10 WBK10S-01C 608VV 3 300
WBK08-11 (ROUND) (SQUARE) WBK10-11C (ROUND)
6 600 2 730 94 1.9 608ZZ 3 300 4 700 2 443 57 1.20 WBK12S-01C 6000VV 4 550
7 100 3 040 104 2.1 6000ZZ 4 550 5 100 2 757 63 1.30 WBK15S-01C 6002VV 5 600
WBK15-01A (SQUARE) WBK15S-01
7 600 3 380 113 2.4 6002ZZ 5 600
WBK15-11 (ROUND) (SQUARE)
WBK17S-01
WBK17-01A (SQUARE) 13 400 5 800 120 3.5 6203ZZ 9 550
(SQUARE)
WBK20-01 (SQUARE) WBK20S-01
B
17 900 8 240 155 6.0 6204ZZ 12 800
WBK20-11 (ROUND) (SQUARE) 280
WBK25-01 (SQUARE) WBK25S-01
20 200 10 000 192 7.2 6205ZZ 14 000
WBK25-11 (ROUND) (SQUARE)
WBK04R-11 (ROUND) 615 490 6.5 0.59 — — —
WBK06R-11 (ROUND) 1 280 930 9 0.59 — — —
B279 B280
Support Unit (Support Units for Light Load and Small Equipment )
Fixed support side support unit (square type)
Locknut tightening Set screw tightening

Reference no. torque (reference) torque (reference)
K J [N·cm] [N·cm]
WBK06- * * 245 69 (M3)
E L
WBK08- * * 490 69 (M3)
F Set screw S Set screw N WBK10- * * 930 147 (M4)
WBK12- * * 1 370 147 (M4)
Set piece S Set piece WBK15- * * 2 350 147 (M4)
WBK17- * * 3 145 147 (M4)
WBK20- * * 4 700 147 (M4)
φ d1
WBK25- * * 8 400 490 (M6)
B
—0.05
D
0
C
M
4-φ X drill thru. 2-φ X drill thru.

W Y C’bore, Z deep Q P Q Y C’bore, Z deep L/2 L/2
A A (WBK17, 20 and 25) (WBK06 to 15)
B
282
Units: mm
Reference no. Fixed support side support unit (square type)

For general use For clean environment use d1 A B C D E F J K L N P Q W X Y Z M
WBK06-01A ———— 6 42 25 13 20 18 12 20 5.5 20 3.5 — — 30 5.5 9.5 11 M6×0.75
WBK08-01A WBK08-01C 8 52 32 17 26 25 14 23 7 23 4 — — 38 6.6 11 12 M8×1
WBK10-01A WBK10-01C 10 70 43 25 35 36 17 30 5.5 24 6 — — 52 9 14 11 M10×1
WBK12-01A WBK12-01C 12 70 43 25 35 36 19 30 5.5 24 6 — — 52 9 14 11 M12×1
WBK15-01A WBK15-01C 15 80 50 30 40 41 22 31 12 25 5 — — 60 11 17 15 M15×1
WBK17-01A ———— 17 86 64 39 55 50 24 44 7 35 7 19 8 68 9 14 11 M17×1
WBK20-01 ———— 20 95 58 30 45 56 30 52 10 42 10 22 10 75 11 17 15 M20×1
WBK25-01 ———— 25 105 68 35 25 66 36 61 13 48 14 30 9 85 11 No counter bores M25×1.5
Notes: 1. Use datum face A to mount a machine base.
2. Tighten a set screw after a locknut is adjusted and tightened.
3. Insert the set piece that is provided with support unit to a screw hole, and then tighten the set screw.
B281 B282
Simple support side support unit (square type)
2-φ X drill thru.

Y C’bore, Z deep
φ d2
—0.05
D
C
R/2 R/2 W
B
R A
B
284
Units: mm
Reference no. Simple support side support unit (square type)

For general use For clean environment use d2 R A B C D E W X Y Z
WBK08S-01 WBK08S-01C 6 15 52 32 17 26 25 38 6.6 11 12
WBK10S-01 WBK10S-01C 8 20 70 43 25 35 36 52 9 14 11
WBK12S-01 WBK12S-01C 10 20 70 43 25 35 36 52 9 14 11
WBK15S-01 WBK15S-01C 15 20 80 50 30 40 41 60 9 14 11
WBK17S-01 ———— 17 23 86 64 39 55 50 68 9 14 11
WBK20S-01 ———— 20 26 95 58 30 45 56 75 11 17 15
WBK25S-01 ———— 25 30 105 68 35 25 66 85 11 No counter bores
Notes: 1. Use datum face B to mount a machine base.
B283 B284
Fixed support side support unit (round type)
Locknut tightening Set screw tightening

Reference no. torque (reference) torque (reference)
[N·cm] [N·cm]
4-φ X drill thru. WBK06- * * 245 69 (M3)
45˚ Y C’bore,
L K Q P WBK08- * * 490 69 (M3)
φ D1g6
Z deep P.C.D. W WBK10- * * 930 147 (M4)
Set screw WBK12- * * 1 370 147 (M4)
Set screw WBK15- * * 2 350 147 (M4)
Set piece Set piece WBK17- * * 3 145 147 (M4)
WBK20- * * 4 700 147 (M4)
U
φ d1
WBK25- * * 8 400 490 (M6)
φC
M
A/2 A/2 J H
A F E Example 1 N H J Example 2
B
286
Units: mm
Reference no. Fixed support side support unit (round type)

For general use For clean environment use d1 A C D1 E F H J K L N P Q U W X Y Z M
WBK06-11 ———— 6 28 35 22 20 5.5 13 7 3.5 9.5 6.5 4.5 2.5 12 28 2.9 5.5 3.5 M6×0.75
WBK08-11 WBK08-11C 8 35 43 28 23 7 14 9 4 10 8 5 4 14 35 3.4 6.5 4 M8×1
WBK10-11 WBK10-11C 10 42 52 34 27 7.5 17 10 5 12 8.5 6 4 17 42 4.5 8 4 M10×1
WBK12-11 WBK12-11C 12 44 54 36 27 7.5 17 10 5 12 8.5 6 4 19 44 4.5 8 4 M12×1
WBK15-11 WBK15-11C 15 52 63 40 32 12 17 15 6 11 14 8 7 22 50 5.5 9.5 6 M15×1
WBK20-11 ———— 20 68 85 57 52 10 30 22 10 20 14 14 8 30 70 6.6 11 10 M20×1
WBK25-11 ———— 25 79 98 63 57 13 30 27 10 20 20 17 10 36 80 9 15 13 M25×1.5
Notes: 1. Tighten a set screw after a locknut is adjusted and tightened.

B285 B286
Support kits for miniature ball screws Simple support side support units for VFA ball screws
Support kits are for the RMS precision rolled miniature ball screw series.
However, please use support units for general use in case of RMA1002 or larger rolled ball screws.
2- φ 3.4 G H
36 2-φ 9 drill thru.
Set screw φ 14 C’bore, 11 deep
φ D2
Set piece
0.05
0
PCD W
φd
φ D—
1
43
φd
φC
—0.05
35
25
M
10 10 52
A
U F E 20 70
A
B
Units: mm
288
Units: mm
Notes:
Reference no. d Applicable ball screw
1. Use datum face A for mounting to a machine base.
WBK12SF-01 12 VFA1210 2. This type is exclusively made for simple support side units
Reference no. A C d D1 D2 E F G H W U M VFA1510
WBK15SF-01 15 for NSK VFA ball screws. This unit supports a ball screw
VFA1520 outside of a screw shaft.
WBK04R-11 14 25 4 13 12.5 9 5 5 2.5 19 10 M4×0.5
WBK06R-11 19 30 6 18 17 11 5 6.8 2.5 24 12 M6×0.75 Spacer

It requires an optional spacer to the side where ball thread is cut through, such as a rolled ball screw
shaft when mounting the support unit for fixed support side.
Locknut Setscrew Units: mm

Applicable ball
Reference no. tightening torque tightening torque
screw Reference no. Internal Outside Width Applicable
(reference) [N·cm] (reference) [N·cm]
diameter, d diameter, D B support unit
WBK04R-11 RMA0601 147 38 (M2.5)
WBK06K 6 9.5 5.0 WBK06- * *
RMA0801
WBK08K 8 11.5 5.5 WBK08- * *
WBK06R-11 RMA0801.5 245 69 (M3)
WBK10K 10 14.5 5.5 WBK10- * *
RMA0802
φ D h9
WBK12K 12 15.0 5.6 WBK12- * *
φd
Notes: WBK15K 15 19.5 10.0 WBK15- * *
1. Oscillate bearings slowly so that they fall into a place to make run-out of mounting face minimal, and then WBK17K 17 24.4 7.0 WBK17- * *
tighten a locknut. WBK20K 20 25.5 11.0 WBK20- * *
2. A support kit is put on a provisional shaft (bolt) for shipping. WBK25K 25 32.0 14.0 WBK25- * *
B
B287 B288
Screw shaft end configuration

Dimensions of shaft end configurations are shown on the table below for the light load and small
equipment support units. Add a spacer width (B on the table for spacers on page 288) to L1 dimension
below when using a spacer for a rolled ball screw.
φ dn —0.21
0
φ d 2h9
φ d 1g6
m1
φ d 3h7
C2
R0.2 or less ✽,
or provide recess R0.2 or less, or provide recess
n + 00.14
C1
mL 1 h9 applicable zone nL + 00.1
Fixed support side L1 N L2 Simple support side
B
Radius marked with ] above is 0.15 or less for WBK04R-11 and WBK06R-11. 290
Units: mm Units: mm
Fixed support side Simple support side

Bearing journal Locknut thread Sealing part Chamfer Bearing journal Snap ring groove Chamfer
Reference no. Reference no.
d1 L1 m1 mL1 d2 N C1 d3 L2 n dn nL C2
WBK06- * * 6 22.5 M6×0.75 7 9.5 3.5 0.2 —————— — — — — — —
WBK08- * * 8 27 M8×1 9 11.5 4 0.2 WBK08S- * * 6 9 0.8 5.7 6.8 0.2
WBK10- * * 10 30 M10×1 10 14 6 0.2 WBK10S- * * 8 10 0.9 7.6 7.9 0.2
WBK12- * * 12 30 M12×1 10 15 6 0.2 WBK12S- * * 10 22 1.15 9.6 9.15 0.5
WBK15- * * 15 40 M15×1 15 19.5 5 0.3 WBK15S- * * 15 25 1.15 14.3 10.15 0.5
WBK17- * * 17 46 M17×1 17 24 7 0.3 WBK17S- * * 17 16 1.15 16.2 13.15 0.5
WBK20- * * 20 53 M20×1 16 25 10 0.3 WBK20S- * * 20 19 1.35 19 15.35 0.5
WBK25- * * 25 62 M25×1.5 20 32 14 0.5 WBK25S- * * 25 20 1.35 23.9 16.35 0.5
WBK04R-11 4 15 M4×0.5 7.5 — — 0.3
WBK06R-11 6 17 M6×0.75 7.5 — — 0.3
B289 B290
(2) Dimensions of support unit: heavy-load / for machine tools
Support units for heavy-load / machine tools use a thrust angular contact ball 1 3 7 2 6 4 5 8
bearing (TAC Series) with high rigidity and accuracy. The thrust angular contact ball
bearing has very suitable functions and structure as a ball screw support bearing.
There are three combinations as shown below.
B
292
DFD combination
DF combination B
A
Parts list
Remarks
Part number Part name Quantity
1. Mount sections A and B to the machine base.
1 Housing 1 2. NSK support units are precisely preloaded and
adjusted. Components 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 are
2 Retaining cover 1
assembled into a unit. Do not disassemble.
3 High accuracy thrust angular contact ball bearing One set 3. Grease is packed into the bearings.
4. Lock nut 8 is exclusively prepared for ball screw.
4 Dust seal 2
The end face of the nut is in strict control being
5 Collar 2 precisely perpendicular to the V thread. Secure
the lock nut using the set screw.
6 Preload bolt 6 or 8
DFF combination Lock nut is also available as an accessory (See
7 Shim One set page B295). Refer to Page B299 as well for high-
precision thrust angular contact ball bearing (TAC
8 Lock nut 1
Series).
B291 B292
Support unit For heavy load f/ machine tools WBK**DF, DFD, DFF
Standard
stock
L L3 15° 15°
45°
45°
° 30
°
30
4-P * tap, Q 4-P * tap, Q * deep. 4-P * tap, Q * deep.

(both sid (both sides) (both sides)
jd 1*H8
jd 1*H8
jD g6
jD 2
jD 1
jD 3
jd
jd
V*
V*
W
W
M
M
L5
L3 L4
l* l*
L1 L2 6-X dri 6-X drill thru., 8-X drill thru.,
L C'bore C'bore Y × Z A C'bore Y × Z A
Lock nut Dimensions of bearing seat Bearing bore d ≤30 Bearing bore d ≥35
B
294
Unit: mm
Basic dynamic Permissible Maximum Bearing seat
Support unit Support unit Preload Axial rigidity Lock nut Mass
load rating axial load Starting torque for unit
No.
d D D1 D2 L L1 L2 A W X Y Z d 1* l* V* P* Q* Ca (N) (N) (N) (N/µm) (N · cm) M D3 L3 (kg) d L4 L5
WBK 17DF-31 17 70 106 72 60 32 15 080 088 09 14.0 08.5 45 3 58 M5 10 21900 026600 2150 0750 19 M17×1 37 18 1.9 17 081 23
WBK 20DF-31 20 70 106 72 60 32 15 080 088 09 14.0 08.5 45 3 58 M5 10 21900 026600 2150 0750 19 M20×1 40 18 1.9 20 081 23
WBK 25DF-31 66 33 .0 28500 040500 3150 1000 29 3.1 089
25 85 130 90 18 100 110 11 17.5 11 57 4 70 M6 12 M25×1.5 45 20 25 26
WBK 25DFD-31 81 48 46500 081500 4300 1470 39 3.4 104
WBK 30DF-31 66 33 .0 29200 043000 3350 1030 30 3.0 089
30 85 130 90 18 100 110 11 17.5 11 57 4 70 M6 12 M30×1.5 50 20 30 26
WBK 30DFD-31 81 48 47500 086000 4500 1520 40 3.3 104
WBK 35DF-31 66 33 31000 050000 3800 1180 34 3.4 092
WBK 35DFD-31 35 95 142 102 81 48 18 106 121 11 17.5 11.0 69 4 80 M6 12 50500 100000 5200 1710 45 M35×1.5 55 22 4.3 35 107 30
WBK 35DFF-31 96 48 50500 100000 7650 2350 59 5.0 122
WBK 40DF-31 66 33 31500 052000 3900 1230 36 3.6 092
WBK 40DFD-31 40 95 142 102 81 48 18 106 121 11 17.5 11.0 69 4 80 M6 12 51500 104000 5300 1810 47 M40×1.5 60 22 4.2 40 107 30
WBK 40DFF-31 96 48 51500 104000 7850 2400 61 4.7 122
Remarks 1. Rigidity Remarks 4. Dimensions with * (asterisk) mark

Values in the Table are theoretical values obtained from the elastic deformation between the groove and the balls. *Pilot diameter and tapped screws marked with "asterisk *" are used for seal unit installation for NSK standard hollow
2. Starting torque shaft ball screws. They also can be used for dust cover and damper installation.
Starting torque indicates torque due to the preload of the bearing. It does not include seal torque. 5. Grease is packed into the bearing. It is not necessary to apply grease before use.
3. The tolerance of the shaft bearing seat
We recommend h5 class of the fits tolerance.
B293 B294
Lock nut, grease unit, and travel stopper
In addition to the support units, NSK has other components for the ball screw as shown below.
(3) Lock nuts
Ball screw support bearing must be installed with minimum inclination. NSK lock nuts exclusive for
ball screw help to reduce this inclination.
2-S B1
1-S B1 X Set screw
Set screw
X
D —0.1
0
d3
d2
d1
G
D
d
G
F
X
X B Set piece 4- d 4 B1 Set piece
4- d 5 B
F Section X-X
Section X-X
A Type Shapes and dimensions A Type lock nuts S Type Shapes and dimensions S Type lock nuts
Unit: mm
Lock nut reference number G D F B d B1 S
Tightening torque (N · cm)
(for reference)
Set screw tightening torque
(reference) [N · cm]
B
WBK06L-01 M6×0.75 14.5 12 5 10 2.7 M3, with brass made set piece 245 69 (M3)
296
WBK08L-01 M8×1 17 14 6.5 13 4 M3, with brass made set piece 490 69 (M3)
WBK10L-01 M10×1 20 17 8 16 5 M4, with brass made set piece 930 147 (M4)
WBK25L-01 M25×1.5 42 36 16 34 10 M6, with brass made set piece 8400 490 (M6)
Remarks: Insert a set piece (brass pad) and tighten the securing set screw.
Unit: mm
Lock nut reference number G D -0.1
0
B d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 B1 S Tightening torque (N · cm) (for reference) Set screw tightening torque (reference) [N · cm]
WBK17L-31 M17×1 37 18 30 18 27 4.3 4 10 M6 5400 490 (M6)

WBK20L-31 M20×1 40 18 30 21 30 4.3 4 10 M6 7350 490 (M6)
WBK25L-31 M25×1.5 45 20 40 26 35 4.3 4 11 M6 13200 490 (M6)

WBK30L-31 M30×1.5 50 20 40 31 40 4.3 5 11 M6 19600 490 (M6)
WBK35L-31 M35×1.5 55 22 50 36 45 4.3 5 12 M6 29400 490 (M6)
WBK40L-31 M40×1.5 60 22 50 41 50 4.3 5 12 M6 39200 490 (M6)
B295 B296
(4) Grease unit (5) Travel stopper (by order)
NSK has various grease units exclusive for ball screw lubricant. They come in a bellows-shaped container which A travel stopper is installed in some cases to prevent the nut from overrunning due to the malfunction of the
can be attached to the grease gun instantly. There are another compact grease pump. For details, refer to Page safety system of the equipment or by human error. NSK has several types of series of shock-absorbing travel
D20. stoppers. Please request NSK for installation. The travel stopper is not sold as a single item since it does not
have a general use. Also, a travel stopper cannot be used for end cap type recirculation system, because the
stopper would come directly into contact with the ball recirculating portion.
d
B
298
NSK greases
L l
Table I-6•11 Lubricant greases
Base oil viscosity

Name Use
mm2/s (40°C)
NSK Grease AS2 For heavy load 130 Travel stopper dimensions Unit: mm
NSK Grease PS2 High-speed, light load 15 Applicable Shaft end
stopper No. Outer dia. Length
shaft dia. width (Min.)
NSK Grease LR3 High-speed, medium load 30 d D L l
NSK Grease LG2 Clean environment 30 BSR 20 20 32 16 5
NSK Grease LGU Clean environment 100 BSR 25 25 38 16 5
BSR 32 32 46 20 6
BSR 40 40 60 22 6
BSR 50 50 72 24 7
BSR 63 63 85 25 7
Remarks: This stopper is patented by NSK Ltd.
Shock-absorbing travel stopper
B297 B298
B-I-6.7 Thrust Angular Contact Ball Bearing for Ball Screw
(1) Features Table I-6•12 Comparison with other types of bearings

This is highly rigid and accurate ball screw support
Bearing rigidity Preload Installation
Bearing type Starting torque
ring
bearing often used for the machine tool driving
rin 0)
(See Fig. 1.1) adjustment structure
ea 6
arin80)
g
mechanism.
ll bea
g
Thrust angular contact ball bearing for High Low Not required Simple
ct ba80)
1 High axial rigidity
ba 40
20 le )
ll b
NSK precision ball screw support unit
Uses many balls, and set high contact angle at 60 in g
r be
rolle 40
st (
) (s
ru 8
Combined angular contact ball bearing Low Low Not required Simple
7 2 in g
Th 10
degrees.
lar c 0
onta
Angu8B ( 4
51
r
(
) Combination of tapered roller bearings Low High Complicated Simple
2 Small friction torque ea 72 ex)
J
40 rt b
Axial deformation ( m)
8
pl
0
Friction torque is smaller than that of tapered or 15 Thrust ball bearing and radial bearing High Low Complicated Complicated
ered
( po 0 (d u
2
B p
2
4
720
cylindrical roller bearing. This contributes to
72 w s u g
HR3
( r in Thrust cylindrical roller bearing and radial bearing Extremely high Extremely high Complicated Complicated
Tap
accurate rotation by a small driving power.
T AC c r e 10 b e a
3 Axial play is pre-adjusted 4 0 a ll
s FC rt
10 B B D ppo Note : Consult NSK when you use these bearings other than the purpose of ball screw support.
Combination bearings are already adjusted to a
72 su
suitable preload. Universal combination bearing A C ew
T scr
(SU) furnishes certain preload for all combinations 4 0 a ll
(DB, DF, and other). B 7 8 ) e a r in g
5 4 0 o lle r b B
4 Simple mounting structure
3 ( al r
A duplex combination of bearings can receive axial M P 9 l in d r i c (2) Composition of reference number
300
T
40 ru s t c y
and radial loads. Therefore, the installation
Th 3 0 TA C 6 2 B D F C 1 0 P N 7 A
structure is simpler than when both a thrust bearing 0
and a radial bearing are used. 0 5000 10000 15000
Bearing bore (mm) Accuracy
5 Easy handling Axial load (N)
Inner and outer rings are inseparable, and are easy Bearing model code Axial play code
to handle.
6 Superb polyamide resin retainer Fig. I-6•1 Axial rigidity of various bearings Bearing outside diameter (mm) Combination code
Uses polyamide resin retainer which is superb to
Internal design code
friction and furnishes high precision rotations.
Remark : As "30 TAC 62 B," any part of the first half of the reference number is referred to as "nominal size" in
this catalogue.
B299 B300
(3) Bearing combinations 2. Universal combination bearing (SU)
• Unlike the above case, marks on the bearing outside surface do not form a letter "V." The tip of the "V" on each
bearing simply indicates the direction to which axial load can be applied.
Generally, a set uses more than two
pieces (referred to as 'two rows') of
bearings and, thus the preload is
applied.
There are two types of combination: DF DFD DB DF DFD
• Bearing combination
Bearings are adjusted as a single
combined set. Since the bearing
alignment is pre-set, there is no
interchangeability;
• Universal combination bearing
(SU)
A combination of independent
bearings, which is manufactured
as a single bearing. Bearings are
randomly-matched to obtain
required preload by more than B
one of randomly picked up
bearings.
302
Fig. I-6•2 Examples of combination and "V" mark Fig. I-6•3 Example of universal combination (SU) and "V" mark
1. Bearing combination
• Figure I-6•2 shows examples of combinations. There is "V" mark on the outside surface of the bearing to avoid
misarrangement. A complete letter "V" should be formed when all bearings align correctly to form a set.
• DF combination which easily absorbs misalignment with the ball screw nut is used in general.
B301 B302
(4) Preload, rigidity, and starting torque
The table below shows preload, rigidity (spring higher when oil is used as a lubricant.)
modulus), and starting torque with grease Consult NSK for the bearing combinations not
lubrication. (The starting torque should be 1.4 times included in the Table.
Table I-6•13 Preload, rigidity, and starting torque
Duplex combination DF Triplex combination DFD Quadruplet combination DFF
Reference
Preload Rigidity Preload Rigidity Starting torque Preload Rigidity
number Axial play code Starting torque Axial play code (N・m) Axial play code Starting torque
(N) (N/μm) (N・m) (N) (N/μm) (N) (N/μm) (N・m)
15TAC 47B C10 2150 750 0.14 C10 2950 1080 0.20 C10 4300 1470 0.29
17TAC 47B C10 2150 750 0.14 C10 2950 1080 0.20 C10 4300 1470 0.29
20TAC 47B C10 2150 750 0.14 C10 2950 1080 0.20 C10 4300 1470 0.29
25TAC 62B C10 3150 1000 0.23 C10 4300 1470 0.31 C10 6250 1960 0.46
30TAC 62B C10 3350 1030 0.24 C10 4500 1520 0.33 C10 6650 2010 0.49
35TAC 72B C10 3800 1180 0.28 C10 5200 1710 0.37 C10 7650 2350 0.55
40TAC 72B C10 3900 1230 0.28 C10 5300 1810 0.38 C10 7850 2400 0.57
40TAC 90B C10 5000 1320 0.48 C10 6750 1960 0.65 C10 10300 2650 0.96
45TAC 75B C10 4100 1270 0.29 C10 5600 1910 0.40 C10 8250 2550 0.59
45TAC 100B C10 5900 1520 0.58 C10 8050 2210 0.78 C10 11800 3000 1.16 B
50TAC 100B C10 6100 1570 0.60 C10 8250 2300 0.80 C10 12300 3100 1.18 304
55TAC 100B C10 6100 1570 0.60 C10 8250 2300 0.80 C10 12300 3100 1.18
55TAC 120B C10 6650 1760 0.64 C10 9100 2650 0.86 C10 13200 3550 1.27
60TAC 120B C10 6650 1760 0.64 C10 9100 2650 0.86 C10 13200 3550 1.27
(5) Accuracy
1 Accuracy grades regarding the tolerance of the bore and outside
Uses NSK standard PN7A and PN7B which are diameter (Table I-6•14).
equivalent to JIS4 grade of the radial ball bearing.
Combined bearing –––––––––––––––––––– PN7A 2 Fits
Universal combination bearing ––––––– PN7B Table I-6•15 shows recommended values of the
However, PN7A is stricter than JIS4 grade regarding tolerance of shaft and housing bore.
axial run out of inner and outer rings. PN7B is stricter
Table I-6•14 Tolerance: thrust angular contact ball bearing for ball screw support Table I-6•15 Tolerance of shaft bearing seat
Unit: µ m and housing bore Unit: µ m
Tolerance of inner Axial run out of inner Size of shaft or housing Tolerance of shaft Tolerance of
Nominal size of Tolerance of bore Tolerance of outside diameter
ring width or outer ring bore bearing seat housing hole
bearing bore or Accuracy grade
outside diameter Accuracy grade Accuracy grade Accuracy grade (mm) h5 H6
(mm) PN7A PN7A
PN7A PN7B PN7A PN7B PN7B PN7B over or less upper lower upper lower
over or less upper lower upper lower upper lower upper lower upper lower Maximum 10 18 0 –8 – –
18 30 0 –9 – –
10 18 0 –4 0 –4 – – – – 0 –80 2.5
30 50 0 –11 +16 0
18 30 0 –5 0 –4 – – – – 0 –120 2.5
50 80 0 –13 +19 0
30 50 0 –6 0 –4 0 –6 0 –4 0 –120 2.5
80 120 0 –15 +22 0
50 80 0 –7 0 –5 0 –7 0 –5 0 –150 2.5
80 120 0 –8 0 –6 0 –8 0 –6 0 –200 2.5
Remarks : The tolerance of the outer ring width is the same as that of the inner ring width of the same bearing.
B303 B304
Thrust angular contact ball bearing for ball screw support
**TAC**B
Nominal contact angle 60 degrees
B Dynamic equivalent load Pa＝XFr×Fa
r r1
Bearing configuration
Duplex Triplex Quadruplet
Com
Num bina
ber o tion
f the cod DF DT DFD DTD DFT DFF DFT
row e
that
receiv
es ax
ial lo One row Two rows One row Two rows Three rows One row Two rows Three rows
ad
r e＝2.17
r X 1.9 – 1.43 2.33 – 1.17 2.33 2.53
Fa /Fr≦e
Y 0.54 – 0.77 0.35 – 0.89 0.35 0.26
φD 1
φD 2
φd 1
φd 2
φD
φd
X 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92
Fa /Fr＞e
Y 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
External dimensions Dimensions Permissible rotational speed Basic dynamic load rating Ca Permissible axial load Mass B
(mm) (mm) (min-1) One row Two rows Three rows One row Two rows Three rows (kg)
r r1
sustaining load sustaining load sustaining load sustains load sustain load sustain load 306
d D B d1 d2 D1 D2 Grease lubrication Oil lubrication Bearing No. DF DT、DFD、DFF DTD、DFT DF DT、DFD、DFF DTD、DFT
Min. Min. (N) (N) (N) (N) (N) (N) (Reference)
15 47 15 1 0.6 27.2 34 34 39.6 6000 8000 15TAC 47B 21900 35500 47500 26600 53000 79500 0.144
17 47 15 1 0.6 27.2 34 34 39.6 6000 8000 17TAC 47B 21900 35500 47500 26600 53000 79500 0.144
20 47 15 1 0.6 27.2 34 34 39.6 6000 8000 20TAC 47B 21900 35500 47500 26600 53000 79500 0.135
25 62 15 1 0.6 37 45 45 50.7 4500 6000 25TAC 62B 28500 46500 61500 40500 81500 122000 0.252
30 62 15 1 0.6 39.5 47 47 53.2 4300 5600 30TAC 62B 29200 47500 63000 43000 86000 129000 0.224
35 72 15 1 0.6 47 55 55 60.7 3600 5000 35TAC 72B 31000 50500 67000 50000 100000 150000 0.310
40 72 15 1 0.6 49 57 57 62.7 3600 4800 40TAC 72B 31500 51500 68500 52000 104000 157000 0.275
40 90 20 1 0.6 57 68 68 77.2 3000 4000 40TAC 90B 59000 95500 127000 89500 179000 269000 0.674
45 75 15 1 0.6 54 62 62 67.7 3200 4300 45TAC 75B 33000 53500 71000 57000 114000 170000 0.270
45 100 20 1 0.6 64 75 75 84.2 2600 3600 45TAC 100B 61500 100000 133000 99000 198000 298000 0.842
50 100 20 1 0.6 67.5 79 79 87.7 2600 3400 50TAC 100B 63000 102000 136000 104000 208000 310000 0.778
55 100 20 1 0.6 67.5 79 79 87.7 2600 3400 55TAC 100B 63000 102000 136000 104000 208000 310000 0.714
55 120 20 1 0.6 82 93 93 102.2 2200 3000 55TAC 120B 67500 109000 145000 123000 246000 370000 1.23
60 120 20 1 0.6 82 93 93 102.2 2200 3000 60TAC 120B 67500 109000 145000 123000 246000 370000 1.16
Note : (1) Values are based on a standard preload (C10). * "Row" means the quantity of bearings that receive axial load. "Two rows" means two bearings are receiving
axial load.
B305 B306
T Type B309
D Type B353
M Type B375
L Type B383
U Type B399
HMC B405
HTF B411
B-I-7 Custom Made Ball Screw Series :

Dimension Table and Model Number
BALL SCREWS
Custom-Made Items
B307 B308
B-I-7.1 T Type (Return tube type, fine lead) Ball Screws (2) Special ball screw specifications
Other than specified in "Screw shaft diameter/lead
(1) Product categories
combinations" of JIS B1192, the combinations of
T Type ball screws use return tube recirculation
medium size screw shaft diameter are added to T
system which is price competitive and suitable for
type series as the standard specifications.
large volume production. There are several models
◇Appearance of ball nut
by difference in the preload system (Table I-7•1).
In the standard specification, the recirculation return
Table I-7•1 Classification of T Type ball screws tube is contained within the outer circumference of
Nut models Shape Flange Preload Nut Page the ball nut. On request, NSK also makes "projecting-
shape system length tube" type for smaller outside diameter.
Flanged ◇Shaft diameter/lead combinations
d=16 or under Non-preload, NSK makes non-standard shaft diameter/lead
Rectangle Slight axial play Short B311 Fig. I-7•1 Nut appearance
SFT combinations as well as leads of special
d=20 or over
specifications such as "inch" leads and "π"- leads on
Circular I
Circular II request.
Flanged ◇Flange shape/size

d=16 or under P preload NSK makes nut flanges of special shapes and sizes.
Rectangle (light preload) Short B323 Please consult NSK.
PFT
d=20 or over Spacer
Circular I ball B
Circular II 1:1 (3) Ball nut model number
A model number that indicates specification factors is structured as shown below. 310
Flanged
d=20 or over Z preload Medium B329 (Example) Nut model SFT; shaft diameter 10 mm; lead 4 mm; effective turns of balls 2.5* (Note)
ZFT
Circular I (medium preload)
Circular II SFT 10 04 – 2.5
Nut model Effective turns of balls
Flanged Screw shaft diameter (mm) Lead (mm)
d=20 or over D preload Long B335 * Note: In case of Z preload, the number here is twice as large as the effective turns of balls.
DFT
Circular II (heavy preload)
Flanged to
flanged
D preload Long B345
DFFT
(heavy preload)
Accuracy grade is Ct10.

GSCT
(General industrial No Non-preload, Projecting- B351
use, extra-large) flange Slight axial play tube type
B309 B310
Return tube type, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: T Type Nut model: SFT (non-preloaded)
G Z
° 30
30 ° Oil hole Oil hole Seals (both ends)
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
W
Q
Q
K
T
4
Q Oil hole 5° 5°
4 Without seal
H W W B M
Rectangular shape Circular shape II (semi-circular) Circular shape I L
Screw shaft dia. d ≦16mm
B
Unit: mm 312
Shaft dia. Ball circle Root dia. Effective turns of balls Basic load rating Axial rigidity Ball nut dimensions
Model No. Lead Ball dia. dia. Turns (N) K
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A G H K B L M W X Y Z Q T
SFT 1004-2.5 10 4 2.000 10.3 8.2 2.5×1 2740 4450 90 26 46 — 28 42 10 34 — 36 4.5 8 4.5 M6×1 14
SFT 1204-2.5 2.5×1 3760 6310 106 38
SFT 1204-3 4 2.381 12.3 9.8 1.5×2 4390 7580 126 30 50 — 32 45 10 44 — 40 4.5 8 4.5 M6×1 15
12
SFT 1205-2.5 2.5×1 3760 6310 106 40
SFT 1205-3 5 2.381 12.3 9.8 1.5×2 4390 7580 126 30 50 — 32 45 10 48 — 40 4.5 8 4.5 M6×1 15
SFT 1405-2.5 2.5×1 6790 11700 140 40
14 5 3.175 14.5 11.2 34 57 — 34 50 11 — 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 17
SFT 1405-5 2.5×2 12300 23400 274 55
SFT 1604-2.5 2.5×1 4300 8530 134 38
SFT 1604-3 4 2.381 16.3 13.8 1.5×2 5040 10300 160 34 57 — 34 50 11 45 — 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 17
SFT 1605-2.5 2.5×1 7330 13500 158 42
SFT 1605-3 16 5 3.175 16.5 13.2 1.5×2 8570 16200 188 40 63 — 40 55 11 52 — 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 20
SFT 1605-5 2.5×2 13300 27000 307 57
SFT 1606-2.5 2.5×1 7330 13500 158 44
SFT 1606-3 6 3.175 16.5 13.2 1.5×2 8570 16200 188 40 63 — 40 55 11 56 — 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 20
SFT 2004-2.5 2.5×1 4740 10700 160 37
SFT 2004-5 4 2.381 20.3 17.8 2.5×2 8600 21500 309 40 63 24 — — 11 49 3 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
SFT 2005-2.5 2.5×1 8230 17100 190 41
SFT 2005-3 5 3.175 20.5 17.2 1.5×2 9620 20600 227 44 67 26 — — 11 52 3 55 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
SFT 2005-5 20 2.5×2 14900 34300 370 56
SFT 2006-2.5 2.5×1 11000 21100 195 44
SFT 2006-3 6 3.969 20.5 16.4 1.5×2 12800 25300 232 48 71 27 — — 11 56 3 59 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
SFT 2008-2.5 2.5×1 11000 21100 195 54
SFT 2008-3 8 3.969 20.5 16.4 1.5×2 12800 25300 232 48 75 28 — — 13 64 5 61 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 —
Remarks 1. Flanges for the shaft diameter of 16 mm and smaller are rectangular. There are Circular I and Circular II for 4. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
those with 20 mm and larger. when the axial load is 30% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca). Refer to "Technical Description" (Page B521) if
Select a flange shape which is suitable for the nut installation space. axial load differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the deformation of the ball nut itself.
2. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the size of "M" than those with a seal.
3. The right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for the left turn screw.
B311 B312
G Z
Oil hole Oil hole Seals (both ends)
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
4 Without seal
W W B M
Circular shape II (semi-circular) Circular shape I L
B
314
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A G B L M W X Y Z Q
SFT 2504-2.5 2.5×1 5270 13600 193 36
SFT 2504-5 4 2.381 25.3 22.8 2.5×2 9560 27200 374 46 69 26 11 48 3 57 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
SFT 2505-2.5 2.5×1 9130 21900 231 40
SFT 2505-3 5 3.175 25.5 22.2 1.5×2 10700 25700 271 50 73 28 11 52 3 61 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
SFT 2505-5 2.5×2 16600 43700 447 55
SFT 2506-2.5 2.5×1 12300 26800 235 44
SFT 2506-3 25 6 3.969 25.5 21.4 1.5×2 14400 32100 280 53 76 29 11 56 3 64 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
SFT 2506-5 2.5×2 22300 53500 456 62
SFT 2508-2.5 2.5×1 15800 32000 242 56
SFT 2508-3 8 4.762 25.5 20.5 1.5×2 18500 38100 286 58 85 32 13 69 5 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
SFT 2510-2.5 2.5×1 15800 32000 242 67
SFT 2510-3 10 4.762 25.5 20.5 1.5×2 18500 38100 286 58 85 32 15 81 8 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
SFT 2510-3.5 3.5×1 21100 44200 330 77
SFT 2805-2.5 2.5×1 9600 24400 252 41
SFT 2805-5 5 3.175 28.5 25.2 2.5×2 17400 48800 487 55 85 31 12 56 3 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
SFT 2806-2.5 2.5×1 9600 24400 252 45
SFT 2806-3 28 6 3.175 28.5 25.2 1.5×2 11200 29300 300 55 85 31 12 57 3 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
SFT 2806-5 2.5×2 17400 48800 487 63
SFT 2810-2.5 2.5×1 16700 36100 265 68
SFT 2810-3 10 4.762 28.5 23.5 1.5×2 19500 43000 314 60 94 36 15 82 7 76 9 14 8.5 M6×1
Remarks 1. Flange comes in Circular I and Circular II shape. Select a flange that is suitable for the nut installation space. 4. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
2. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the length of "M" than those with a seal. when the axial load is 30% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca). Refer to "Technical Description" (Page B521) if
3. The right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for the left turn screw. axial load differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the deformation of the ball nut itself.
B313 B314
G Z
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
4 Without seal
W W B M
Unit: mm
B
Shaft dia. Ball circle Root dia. Effective turns of balls Basic load rating Axial rigidity Ball nut dimensions 316
× Dynamic Static
SFT 3204-2.5 2.5×1 5800 17500 234 37
SFT 3204-5 4 2.381 32.3 29.8 2.5×2 10500 35100 454 54 81 31 12 49 3 67 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
SFT 3205-2.5 2.5×1 10200 28000 281 41
SFT 3205-3 1.5×2 11900 33600 333 53
SFT 3205-5 5 3.175 32.5 29.2 2.5×2 18500 56100 543 58 85 32 12 56 3 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
SFT 3205-7.5 2.5×3 26200 84100 799 71
SFT 3206-2.5 2.5×1 13600 34700 287 45
SFT 3206-3 6 3.969 32.5 28.4 1.5×2 15900 41200 339 62 89 34 12 57 3 75 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
SFT 3206-5 32 2.5×2 24700 69400 555 63
SFT 3208-2.5 2.5×1 17500 41000 292 58
SFT 3208-3 8 4.762 32.5 27.5 1.5×2 20400 49500 349 66 100 38 15 71 5 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1
SFT 3208-5 2.5×2 31700 82000 565 82
SFT 3210-2.5 2.5×1 25500 54000 302 70
SFT 3210-3 1.5×2 29900 64800 360 87
SFT 3210-3.5 10 6.35 33 26.4 3.5×1 34100 77000 422 74 108 41 15 80 7 90 9 14 8.5 M6×1
SFT 3210-5 2.5×2 46300 108000 585 100
SFT 3212-2.5 2.5×1 25500 54000 302 81
SFT 3212-3 12 6.35 33 26.4 1.5×2 29900 64800 360 74 108 41 18 97 9 90 9 14 8.5 M6×1
SFT 3605-5 2.5×2 19400 63300 597 59
SFT 3605-7.5 5 3.175 36.5 33.2 2.5×3 27500 95000 878 65 100 38 15 74 3 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1
SFT 3606-5 2.5×2 26500 78500 615 66
SFT 3606-7.5 36 6 3.969 36.5 32.4 2.5×3 37600 118000 905 65 100 38 15 84 3 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1
SFT 3610-2.5 2.5×1 27200 61300 334 73
SFT 3610-3 10 6.35 37.0 30.4 1.5×2 31800 73500 397 75 120 45 18 90 7 98 11 17.5 11 M6×1
SFT 3610-5 2.5×2 49300 123000 647 103
B315 B316
G Z
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
4 Without seal
W W B M
B
318
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static D A G B L M W X Y Z Q
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm）
SFT 4005-2.5 2.5×1 11100 35300 336 44
SFT 4005-3 1.5×2 13000 42400 399 56
SFT 4005-5 5 3.175 40.5 37.2 2.5×2 20200 70600 649 67 101 39 15 59 3 83 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
SFT 4005-7.5 2.5×3 28700 106000 956 74
SFT 4006-3 1.5×2 17800 52600 411 60
SFT 4006-5 6 3.969 40.5 36.4 2.5×2 27600 87600 668 70 104 40 15 66 3 86 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
SFT 4006-7.5 2.5×3 39100 131000 984 84
SFT 4008-2.5 2.5×1 19200 51600 349 58
SFT 4008-3 40 8 4.762 40.5 35.5 1.5×2 22500 62600 418 74 108 41 15 71 5 90 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
SFT 4008-5 2.5×2 34900 103000 675 82
SFT 4010-2.5 2.5×1 28600 68600 365 73
SFT 4010-3 1.5×2 33500 82300 434 90
SFT 4010-3.5 10 6.35 41.0 34.4 3.5×1 38300 96000 503 82 124 47 18 83 7 102 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
SFT 4010-5 2.5×2 52000 137000 706 103
SFT 4012-2.5 2.5×1 33600 77500 373 81
SFT 4012-5 12 7.144 41.5 34.1 2.5×2 61000 155000 722 86 128 48 18 117 9 106 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
SFT 4016-2.5 2.5×1 33600 77500 373 102
SFT 4016-3 16 7.144 41.5 34.1 1.5×2 39300 93100 440 86 128 48 22 118 14 106 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
SFT 4510-5 2.5×2 54200 155000 772 103
SFT 4510-7.5 10 6.35 46.0 39.4 2.5×3 76800 232000 1140 88 132 50 18 133 7 110 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
45
SFT 4512-2.5 2.5×1 35400 88500 412 83
SFT 4512-5 12 7.144 46.5 39.1 2.5×2 64200 177000 798 90 132 50 18 119 8 110 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
B317 B318
G Z
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
4 Without seal
W W B M
B
320
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
SFT 5005-3 1.5×2 14200 52500 472 58
SFT 5005-4.5 5 3.175 50.5 47.2 1.5×3 20200 78800 696 80 114 43 15 68 3 96 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
SFT 5006-3 1.5×2 19500 65100 486 62
SFT 5006-5 6 3.969 50.5 46.4 2.5×2 30300 109000 794 84 118 45 15 68 3 100 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
SFT 5006-7.5 2.5×3 42900 164000 1170 86
SFT 5008-3 1.5×2 25000 77400 496 74
SFT 5008-5 8 4.762 50.5 45.5 2.5×2 38700 131000 815 87 129 49 18 85 5 107 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
SFT 5008-7.5 2.5×3 54900 197000 1200 109
SFT 5010-2.5 50 2.5×1 31800 87400 440 73
SFT 5010-3 1.5×2 37200 103000 517 90
SFT 5010-5 10 6.35 51 44.4 2.5×2 57700 175000 853 93 135 51 18 103 7 113 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
SFT 5010-7.5 2.5×3 81800 262000 1250 133
SFT 5012-2.5 2.5×1 42800 107000 449 87
SFT 5012-5 12 7.938 51.5 43.2 2.5×2 77600 214000 869 100 146 55 22 123 8 122 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFT 5016-2.5 2.5×1 42800 107000 449 104
SFT 5016-5 16 7.938 51.5 43.2 2.5×2 77600 214000 869 100 146 55 22 152 14 122 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFT 5020-2.5 2.5×1 42800 107000 449 127
SFT 5020-3 20 7.938 51.5 43.2 1.5×2 50000 129000 534 100 146 55 28 147 17 122 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFT 5510-5 2.5×2 59500 192000 916 103
SFT 5510-7.5 55 10 6.35 56.0 49.4 2.5×3 84300 288000 1350 102 144 54 18 133 7 122 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
B319 B320
G Z
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
4 Without seal
W W B M
Unit: mm
Model No. Lead Ball dia. dia. Turns (N) K B
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A G B L M W X Y Z Q 322
SFT 6310-2.5 2.5×1 34800 111000 528 77
SFT 6310-5 10 6.35 64.0 57.4 2.5×2 63200 221000 1020 108 154 58 22 107 7 130 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFT 6310-7.5 2.5×3 89500 332000 1500 137
SFT 6312-2.5 2.5×1 47400 137000 542 87
12 7.938 64.5 56.2 115 161 61 22 8 137 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFT 6312-5 2.5×2 86000 273000 1050 123
63
SFT 6316-2.5 2.5×1 79500 228000 713 110
16 9.525 65.0 55.2 122 180 69 28 10 150 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
SFT 6316-5 2.5×2 144000 455000 1380 158
SFT 6320-2.5 2.5×1 79500 228000 713 127
20 9.525 65.0 55.2 122 180 69 28 17 150 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
SFT 6320-5 2.5×2 144000 455000 1380 187
SFT 8010-5 2.5×2 70500 282000 1240 107
10 6.35 81.0 74.4 130 176 66 22 7 152 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFT 8010-7.5 2.5×3 99800 424000 1830 137
SFT 8012-5 2.5×2 96000 350000 1280 123
12 7.938 81.5 73.2 136 182 68 22 8 158 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFT 8012-7.5 2.5×3 136000 526000 1880 159
80
SFT 8016-5 2.5×2 162000 582000 1680 158
16 9.525 82.0 72.2 143 204 77 28 10 172 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
SFT 8016-7.5 2.5×3 230000 874000 2470 206
SFT 8020-5 2.5×2 162000 582000 1680 187
20 9.525 82.0 72.2 143 204 77 28 17 172 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
SFT 8020-7.5 2.5×3 230000 874000 2470 247
SFT 10012-5 2.5×2 105000 441000 1530 129
12 7.938 101.5 93.2 160 220 82 28 8 188 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
SFT 10012-7.5 2.5×3 149000 662000 2250 165
SFT 10016-5 2.5×2 176000 737000 2010 162
100 16 9.525 102 92.2 170 243 91 32 10 205 22 32 21.5 Rc1/8
SFT 10016-7.5 2.5×3 250000 1100000 2950 210
SFT 10020-5 2.5×2 176000 737000 2010 191
20 9.525 102 92.2 170 243 91 32 17 205 22 32 21.5 Rc1/8
SFT 10020-7.5 2.5×3 250000 1100000 2950 251
SFT 12516-5 2.5×2 195000 918000 2390 170
16 9.525 127 117.2 200 290 109 36 10 243 26 39 25.5 Rc1/8
SFT 12516-7.5 2.5×3 277000 1380000 3520 218
125
SFT 12520-5 2.5×2 195000 918000 2390 199
20 9.525 127 117.2 200 290 109 36 12 243 26 39 25.5 Rc1/8
SFT 12520-7.5 2.5×3 277000 1380000 3520 259
B321 B322
Return tube type, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: T Type Nut model: PFT (Oversize ball, P preload)
G Z
° 30
30 ° Oil hole Oil hole Seals (both ends)
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
W
Q
Q
K
T
4
Q Oil hole 5° 5°
4 Without seal
H W W B M
Screw shaft dia. d ≦16mm
Unit: mm
B
Shaft dia. Ball circle Root dia. Effective turns of balls Basic load rating Axial rigidity Ball nut dimensions 324
× Dynamic Static
PFT 1004-2.5 10 4 2.000 10.3 8.2 2.5×1 1730 2230 76 26 46 — 28 42 10 34 — 36 4.5 8 4.5 M6×1 14
PFT 1204-2.5 2.5×1 2370 3160 89 38
4 2.381 12.3 9.8 30 50 — 32 45 10 — 40 4.5 8 4.5 M6×1 15
PFT 1204-3 1.5×2 2770 3790 106 44
12
PFT 1205-2.5 2.5×1 2370 3160 89 40
5 2.381 12.3 9.8 30 50 — 32 45 10 — 40 4.5 8 4.5 M6×1 15
PFT 1205-3 1.5×2 2770 3790 106 48
PFT 1405-2.5 2.5×1 4280 5840 116 40
14 5 3.175 14.5 11.2 34 57 — 34 50 11 — 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 17
PFT 1405-5 2.5×2 7770 11700 225 55
PFT 1604-3 1.5×2 3170 5150 135 45
4 2.381 16.3 13.8 34 57 — 34 50 11 — 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 17
PFT 1604-5 2.5×2 4920 8530 215 50
PFT 1605-3 16 1.5×2 5400 8100 158 52
5 3.175 16.5 13.2 40 63 — 40 55 11 — 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 20
PFT 1605-5 2.5×2 8380 13500 258 57
PFT 1606-2.5 6 3.175 16.5 13.2 2.5×1 4620 6750 133 40 63 — 40 55 11 44 — 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 20
PFT 2004-5 4 2.381 20.3 17.8 2.5×2 5420 10700 260 40 63 24 — — 11 49 3 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
PFT 2005-3 1.5×2 6060 10300 191 52
5 3.175 20.5 17.2 44 67 26 — — 11 3 55 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
PFT 2005-5 2.5×2 9410 17100 311 56
20
PFT 2006-2.5 2.5×1 6900 10500 164 44
6 3.969 20.5 16.4 48 71 27 — — 11 3 59 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
PFT 2006-3 1.5×2 8080 12700 195 56
PFT 2008-2.5 8 3.969 20.5 16.4 2.5×1 6900 10500 164 48 75 28 — — 13 54 5 61 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 —
PFT 2504-5 4 2.381 25.3 22.8 2.5×2 6020 13600 312 46 69 26 — — 11 48 3 57 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
PFT 2505-3 1.5×2 6730 12800 223 52
5 3.175 25.5 22.2 50 73 28 — — 11 3 61 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
PFT 2505-5 25 2.5×2 10400 21900 372 55
PFT 2506-3 1.5×2 9070 16100 235 56
6 3.969 25.5 21.4 53 76 29 — — 11 3 64 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
PFT 2506-5 2.5×2 14100 26800 383 62
Remarks 1. Flanges for shaft diameter of 16 mm and smaller are rectangle. There are Circular I and Circular II for those with 4. Load balls and spacer balls are installed at a ratio of 1:1. Therefore, the basic load rating differs from those of
20 mm and larger. Select a flange shape which is suitable for the nut installation space. other models.
2. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the length of "M" than those with a seal. 5. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
3. Right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for left turn screw. when the preload is 5% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca), and the axial load is applied to it. Refer to
"Technical description" (Page B521) if preload differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in
the deformation of the ball nut itself.
B323 B324
G Z
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
4 Without seal
W W B M
B
Unit: mm 326
× Dynamic Static
PFT 2508-2.5 2.5×1 9940 16000 203 56
8 4.762 25.5 20.5 58 85 32 13 5 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
PFT 2508-3 1.5×2 11600 19000 234 69
25
PFT 2510-2.5 2.5×1 9940 16000 203 67
10 4.762 25.5 20.5 58 85 32 15 8 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
PFT 2510-3 1.5×2 11600 19000 234 81
PFT 2805-5 5 3.175 28.5 25.2 2.5×2 11000 24400 410 55 85 31 12 56 3 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
PFT 2806-3 1.5×2 7080 14600 252 57
6 3.175 28.5 25.2 55 85 31 12 3 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
PFT 2806-5 28 2.5×2 11000 24400 410 63
PFT 2810-2.5 2.5×1 10500 18000 220 68
10 4.762 28.5 23.5 60 94 36 15 7 76 9 14 8.5 M6×1
PFT 2810-3 1.5×2 12300 21500 265 82
PFT 3204-5 4 2.381 32.3 29.8 2.5×2 6630 17500 382 54 81 31 12 49 3 67 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
PFT 3205-3 1.5×2 7490 16800 281 53
PFT 3205-5 5 3.175 32.5 29.2 2.5×2 11600 28000 455 58 85 32 12 56 3 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
PFT 3205-7.5 2.5×3 16500 42100 672 71
PFT 3206-3 1.5×2 10000 20600 285 57
6 3.969 32.5 28.4 62 89 34 12 3 75 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
PFT 3206-5 2.5×2 15500 34700 468 63
PFT 3208-3 32 1.5×2 12900 24800 294 71
8 4.762 32.5 27.5 66 100 38 15 5 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1
PFT 3208-5 2.5×2 20000 41000 470 82
PFT 3210-2.5 2.5×1 16100 27000 255 70
PFT 3210-3 10 6.35 33.0 26.4 1.5×2 18800 32400 303 74 108 41 15 87 7 90 9 14 8.5 M6×1
PFT 3210-5 2.5×2 29200 54000 494 100
PFT 3212-2.5 2.5×1 16100 27000 255 81
12 6.35 33.0 26.4 74 108 41 18 9 90 9 14 8.5 M6×1
PFT 3212-3 1.5×2 18800 32400 303 97
Remarks 1. Flange comes in Circular I and Circular II shape. Select a flange that is suitable for the nut installation space. 4. Load balls and spacer balls are installed at a ratio of 1:1. Therefore, the basic load rating differs from those of
2. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the length of "M" than those with a seal. other models.
3. The right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for the left turn screw. 5. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
when the preload is 5% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca), and the axial load is applied to it. Refer to
B325 B326
G Z
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
4 Without seal
W W B M
B
328
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
PFT 3605-5 2.5×2 12200 31700 504 59
5 3.175 36.5 33.2 65 100 38 15 3 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1
PFT 3605-7.5 2.5×3 17300 47500 740 74
PFT 3606-5 2.5×2 16700 39300 518 66
6 3.969 36.5 32.4 65 100 38 15 3 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1
PFT 3606-7.5 36 2.5×3 23700 58900 763 84
PFT 3610-2.5 2.5×1 17100 30600 278 73
PFT 3610-3 10 6.35 37.0 30.4 1.5×2 20000 36800 327 75 120 45 18 90 7 98 11 17.5 11 M6×1
PFT 3610-5 2.5×2 31100 61300 537 103
PFT 4005-3 1.5×2 8210 21200 337 56
PFT 4005-5 5 3.175 40.5 37.2 2.5×2 12700 35300 548 67 101 39 15 59 3 83 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
PFT 4005-7.5 2.5×3 18100 53000 806 74
PFT 4006-5 2.5×2 17400 43800 564 66
6 3.969 40.5 36.4 70 104 40 15 3 86 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
PFT 4006-7.5 2.5×3 24600 65700 827 84
PFT 4008-3 40 1.5×2 14200 31300 352 71
8 4.762 40.5 35.5 74 108 41 15 5 90 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
PFT 4008-5 2.5×2 22000 51600 570 82
PFT 4010-2.5 2.5×1 18000 34300 307 73
PFT 4010-3 10 6.35 41.0 34.4 1.5×2 21100 41100 366 82 124 47 18 90 7 102 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
PFT 4010-5 2.5×2 32800 68600 595 103
PFT 4012-2.5 2.5×1 21200 38800 310 81
12 7.144 41.5 34.1 86 128 48 18 9 106 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
PFT 4012-5 2.5×2 38400 77500 600 117
Remarks 1. Flange comes in Circular I and Circular II shape. Select a flange that is suitable for the nut installation space. 4. Load balls and spacer balls are installed at a ratio of 1:1. Therefore, the basic load rating differs from those of
2. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the length of "M" than those with a seal. other models.
3. The right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for the left turn screw. 5. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
B327 B328
Return tube type, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: T Type Nut model: ZFT (Offset lead, Z preload)
Z
G
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
4
Without seal
W W B M
B
Unit: mm
330
× Dynamic Static
ZFT 2504-5 2.5×1 5270 13600 379 48
4 2.381 25.3 22.8 46 69 26 11 3 57 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
ZFT 2504-10 2.5×2 9560 27200 735 72
ZFT 2505-5 2.5×1 9130 21900 454 55
5 3.175 25.5 22.2 50 73 28 11 3 61 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
ZFT 2505-10 2.5×2 16600 43700 876 85
25
ZFT 2506-5 2.5×1 12300 26800 462 62
6 3.969 25.5 21.4 53 76 29 11 3 64 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
ZFT 2506-10 2.5×2 22300 53500 896 98
ZFT 2508-5 8 4.762 25.5 20.5 2.5×1 15800 32000 476 58 85 32 13 80 5 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
ZFT 2510-3 10 4.762 25.5 20.5 1.5×1 10200 19000 291 58 85 32 15 81 8 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
ZFT 2805-5 2.5×1 9600 24400 495 56
5 3.175 28.5 25.2 55 85 31 12 3 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
ZFT 2805-10 2.5×2 17400 48800 959 86
ZFT 2806-5 28 2.5×1 9600 24400 495 63
6 3.175 28.5 25.2 55 85 31 12 3 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
ZFT 2806-10 2.5×2 17400 48800 959 99
ZFT 2810-3 10 4.762 28.5 23.5 1.5×1 10800 21500 320 60 94 36 15 82 7 76 9 14 8.5 M6×1
ZFT 3204-5 2.5×1 5800 17500 461 49
4 2.381 32.3 29.8 54 81 31 12 3 67 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
ZFT 3204-10 2.5×2 10500 35100 892 73
ZFT 3205-5 2.5×1 10200 28000 552 56
5 3.175 32.5 29.2 58 85 32 12 3 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
ZFT 3205-10 2.5×2 18500 56100 1070 86
ZFT 3206-5 2.5×1 13600 34700 563 63
6 3.969 32.5 28.4 62 89 34 12 3 75 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
ZFT 3206-10 2.5×2 24700 69400 1090 99
32
ZFT 3208-5 2.5×1 17500 41000 573 82
8 4.762 32.5 27.5 66 100 38 15 5 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1
ZFT 3208-6 1.5×2 20400 49500 686 111
ZFT 3210-3 1.5×1 16400 32400 365 87
10 6.35 33.0 26.4 74 108 41 15 7 90 9 14 8.5 M6×1
ZFT 3210-5 2.5×1 25500 54000 594 100
ZFT 3212-3 12 6.35 33.0 26.4 1.5×1 16400 32400 365 74 108 41 18 97 9 90 9 14 8.5 M6×1
2. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the length of "M" than those with a seal. when the preload is 10% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca), and axial load is applied to it. Refer to "Technical
3. The right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for the left turn screw. Description" (Page B521) if preload differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the
deformation of the ball nut itself.
B329 B330
Z
G
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
4
Without seal
W W B M
B
332
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
ZFT 3605-5 2.5×1 10700 31700 607 59
5 3.175 36.5 33.2 65 100 38 15 3 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1
ZFT 3605-10 2.5×2 19400 63300 1170 89
ZFT 3606-5 36 2.5×1 14600 39300 625 66
6 3.969 36.5 32.4 65 100 38 15 3 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1
ZFT 3606-10 2.5×2 26500 78500 1210 102
ZFT 3610-3 1.5×1 17500 36800 404 90
10 6.35 37.0 30.4 75 120 45 18 7 98 11 17.5 11 M6×1
ZFT 3610-5 2.5×1 27200 61300 657 103
ZFT 4005-5 2.5×1 11100 35300 661 59
5 3.175 40.5 37.2 67 101 39 15 3 83 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
ZFT 4005-10 2.5×2 20200 70600 1280 89
ZFT 4006-5 2.5×1 15200 43800 679 66
6 3.969 40.5 36.4 70 104 40 15 3 86 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
ZFT 4006-10 2.5×2 27600 87600 1320 102
ZFT 4008-5 2.5×1 19200 51600 687 82
8 4.762 40.5 35.5 74 108 41 15 5 90 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
ZFT 4008-10 40 2.5×2 34900 103000 1330 130
ZFT 4010-5 2.5×1 28600 68600 717 103
ZFT 4010-6 10 6.35 41.0 34.4 1.5×2 33500 82300 854 82 124 47 18 140 7 102 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFT 4010-7 3.5×1 38300 96000 988 123
ZFT 4012-5 12 7.144 41.5 34.1 2.5×1 33600 77500 733 86 128 48 18 117 9 106 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFT 4016-3 16 7.144 41.5 34.1 1.5×1 21700 46500 451 86 128 48 22 118 14 106 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFT 4510-5 45 10 6.35 46 39.4 2.5×1 29900 77300 784 88 132 50 18 103 7 110 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFT 4512-5 12 7.144 46.5 39.1 2.5×1 35400 88500 811 90 132 50 18 119 8 110 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
B331 B332
Z
G
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
4 Without seal
W W B M
B
334
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
ZFT 5005-6 1.5×2 14200 52500 930 83
5 3.175 50.5 47.2 80 114 43 15 3 96 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
ZFT 5005-9 1.5×3 20200 78800 1360 103
ZFT 5006-10 6 3.969 50.5 46.4 2.5×2 30300 109000 1562 84 118 45 15 104 3 100 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
ZFT 5008-10 8 4.762 50.5 45.5 2.5×2 38700 131000 1600 87 129 49 18 133 5 107 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFT 5010-5 50 2.5×1 31800 87400 866 103
ZFT 5010-7 10 6.35 51.0 44.4 3.5×1 42500 122000 1190 93 135 51 18 123 7 113 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFT 5010-10 2.5×2 57700 175000 1677 163
ZFT 5012-5 12 7.938 51.5 43.2 2.5×1 42800 107000 883 100 146 55 22 123 8 122 14 20 13 Rc1/8
ZFT 5016-5 16 7.938 51.5 43.2 2.5×1 42800 107000 883 100 146 55 22 152 14 122 14 20 13 Rc1/8
ZFT 5020-3 20 7.938 51.5 43.2 1.5×1 27600 64300 542 100 146 55 28 147 17 122 14 20 13 Rc1/8
ZFT 5510-5 2.5×1 32800 96100 929 103
55 10 6.35 56.0 49.4 102 144 54 18 7 122 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFT 5510-10 2.5×2 59500 192000 1800 163
ZFT 6310-5 2.5×1 34800 111000 1038 107
10 6.35 64.0 57.4 108 154 58 22 7 130 14 20 13 Rc1/8
ZFT 6310-10 63 2.5×2 63200 221000 2000 167
ZFT 6312-5 12 7.938 64.5 56.2 2.5×1 47400 137000 1060 115 161 61 22 123 8 137 14 20 13 Rc1/8
B333 B334
Return tube type, flanged double nut Precision ball screw: T Type Nut model: DFT (spacer, D preload)
G Z
Q Oil hole Oil hole Oil hole Keys to secure preload Seal (both ends)
(2 places)
X
T
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
W
Q
K
4
30
° 30° 5° 5°
4 Spacer Without seal
H W W B M
Screw shaft dia. d ≦16mm Screw shaft dia. d≧20mm
B
Unit: mm
336
× Dynamic Static
DFT 1604-2.5 2.5×1 4300 8530 263 70
4 2.381 16.3 13.8 36 57 — 36 50 11 — 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 17
DFT 1604-3 1.5×2 5040 10300 315 85
DFT 1605-2.5 2.5×1 7330 13500 311 77
DFT 1605-3 16 5 3.175 16.5 13.2 1.5×2 8570 16200 370 40 63 — 40 55 11 97 — 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 20
DFT 1605-5 2.5×2 13300 27000 603 107
DFT 1606-2.5 2.5×1 7330 13500 311 86
6 3.175 16.5 13.2 40 63 — 40 55 11 — 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 20
DFT 1606-3 1.5×2 8570 16200 370 110
DFT 2004-2.5 2.5×1 4740 10700 315 69
4 2.381 20.3 17.8 40 63 24 — — 11 3 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
DFT 2004-5 2.5×2 8600 21500 608 93
DFT 2005-2.5 2.5×1 8230 17100 376 76
DFT 2005-3 5 3.175 20.5 17.2 1.5×2 9620 20600 446 44 67 26 — — 11 97 3 55 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
DFT 2005-5 20 2.5×2 14900 34300 726 106
DFT 2006-2.5 2.5×1 11000 21100 384 86
6 3.969 20.5 16.4 48 71 27 — — 11 3 59 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
DFT 2006-3 1.5×2 12800 25300 456 110
DFT 2008-2.5 2.5×1 11000 21100 384 102
8 3.969 20.5 16.4 48 75 28 — — 13 5 61 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 —
DFT 2008-3 1.5×2 12800 25300 456 120
DFT 2504-2.5 2.5×1 5270 13600 379 68
4 2.381 25.3 22.8 46 69 26 — — 11 3 57 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
DFT 2504-5 2.5×2 9560 27200 735 92
DFT 2505-2.5 2.5×1 9130 21900 453 75
DFT 2505-3 25 5 3.175 25.5 22.2 1.5×2 10700 25700 532 50 73 28 — — 11 102 3 61 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
DFT 2505-5 2.5×2 16600 43700 876 105
DFT 2506-2.5 2.5×1 12300 26800 462 86
DFT 2506-3 6 3.969 25.5 21.4 1.5×2 14400 32100 551 53 76 29 — — 11 110 3 64 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 —
DFT 2506-5 2.5×2 22300 53500 896 122
Remarks 1. Flanges come in Circular I and Circular II. Select a flange which is suitable for the nut installation space. Those 4. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
with shaft diameter of 16 mm and smaller are rectangle. when the preload is 10% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca), and axial load is applied to it. Refer to "Technical
2. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the length of "M" than those with a seal. Description" (Page B521) if preload differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the
3. Right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for left turn screw. deformation of the ball nut itself.
B335 B336
Z
G
Oil hole Oil hole Keys to secure preload Seal (both ends)
(2 places)
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
W W B M
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
DFT 2508-2.5
8 4.762 25.5 20.5
2.5×1 15800 32000 475
58 85 32 13
104
5 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1 B
DFT 2508-3 1.5×2 18500 38100 562 133
DFT
DFT
2510-2.5
2510-3
25
10 4.762 25.5 20.5
2.5×1
1.5×2
15800
18500
32000
38100
475
562 58 85 32 15
127
151 8 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
338
DFT 2510-3.5 3.5×1 21100 44200 649 147
DFT 2805-2.5 2.5×1 9600 24400 495 76
5 3.175 28.5 25.2 55 85 31 12 3 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
DFT 2805-5 2.5×2 17400 48800 959 106
DFT 2806-2.5 2.5×1 9600 24400 495 87
DFT 2806-3 28 6 3.175 28.5 25.2 1.5×2 11200 29300 590 55 85 31 12 111 3 69 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
DFT 2806-5 2.5×2 17400 48800 959 123
DFT 2810-2.5 2.5×1 16700 36100 522 128
10 4.762 28.5 23.5 60 94 36 15 7 76 9 14 8.5 M6×1
DFT 2810-3 1.5×2 19500 43000 618 152
DFT 3204-2.5 2.5×1 5800 17500 461 69
4 2.381 32.3 29.8 54 81 31 12 3 67 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
DFT 3204-5 2.5×2 10500 35100 892 93
DFT 3205-2.5 2.5×1 10200 28000 552 76
DFT 3205-3 1.5×2 11900 33600 655 103
5 3.175 32.5 29.2 58 85 32 12 3 71 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
DFT 3205-5 2.5×2 18500 56100 1067 106
DFT 3205-7.5 2.5×3 26200 84100 1572 136
DFT 3206-2.5 2.5×1 13600 34700 563 87
DFT 3206-3 6 3.969 32.5 28.4 1.5×2 15900 41200 666 62 89 34 12 111 3 75 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
DFT 3206-5 2.5×2 24700 69400 1092 123
32
DFT 3208-2.5 2.5×1 17500 41000 573 106
DFT 3208-3 8 4.762 32.5 27.5 1.5×2 20400 49500 686 66 100 38 15 135 5 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1
DFT 3208-5 2.5×2 31700 82000 1110 154
DFT 3210-2.5 2.5×1 25500 54000 594 130
DFT 3210-3 1.5×2 29900 64800 707 167
10 6.35 33.0 26.4 74 108 41 15 7 90 9 14 8.5 M6×1
DFT 3210-3.5 3.5×1 34100 77000 829 150
DFT 3210-5 2.5×2 46300 108000 1150 190
DFT 3212-2.5 2.5×1 25500 54000 603 153
12 6.35 33.0 26.4 74 108 41 18 9 90 9 14 8.5 M6×1
DFT 3212-3 1.5×2 29900 64800 707 181
B337 B338
Z
G
(2 places)
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
W W B M
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
DFT 3605-5
5 3.175 36.5 33.2
2.5×2 19400 63300 1170
65 100 38 15
109
3 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1 B
DFT 3605-7.5 2.5×3 27500 95000 1730 139
DFT 3606-5 2.5×2 26500 78500 1210 126 340
6 3.969 36.5 32.4 65 100 38 15 3 82 9 14 8.5 M6×1
DFT 3606-7.5 36 2.5×3 37600 118000 1780 162
DFT 3610-2.5 2.5×1 27200 61300 656 133
DFT 3610-3 10 6.35 37.0 30.4 1.5×2 31800 73500 781 75 120 45 18 170 7 98 11 17.5 11 M6×1
DFT 3610-5 2.5×2 49300 123000 1270 193
DFT 4005-2.5 2.5×1 11100 35300 660 79
DFT 4005-3 1.5×2 13000 42400 785 106
5 3.175 40.5 37.2 67 101 39 15 3 83 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
DFT 4005-5 2.5×2 20200 70600 1280 109
DFT 4005-7.5 2.5×3 28700 106000 1870 139
DFT 4006-3 1.5×2 17800 52600 807 114
DFT 4006-5 6 3.969 40.5 36.4 2.5×2 27600 87600 1310 70 104 40 15 126 3 86 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
DFT 4006-7.5 2.5×3 39100 131000 1940 162
DFT 4008-2.5 2.5×1 19200 51600 686 106
DFT 4008-3 40 8 4.762 40.5 35.5 1.5×2 22500 62600 822 74 108 41 15 135 5 90 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
DFT 4008-5 2.5×2 34900 103000 1330 154
DFT 4010-2.5 2.5×1 28600 68600 717 133
DFT 4010-3 1.5×2 33500 82300 853 170
10 6.35 41.0 34.4 82 124 47 18 7 102 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFT 4010-3.5 3.5×1 38300 96000 988 153
DFT 4010-5 2.5×2 52000 137000 1390 193
DFT 4012-2.5 2.5×1 33600 77500 733 153
12 7.144 41.5 34.1 86 128 48 18 9 106 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFT 4012-5 2.5×2 61000 155000 1420 225
DFT 4016-2.5 2.5×1 33600 77500 733 182
16 7.144 41.5 34.1 86 128 48 22 14 106 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFT 4016-3 1.5×2 39300 93100 872 214
DFT 4510-5 2.5×2 54200 155000 1520 193
10 6.35 46.0 39.4 88 132 50 18 7 110 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFT 4510-7.5 45 2.5×3 76800 232000 2230 253
DFT 4512-2.5 2.5×1 35400 88500 811 155
12 7.144 46.5 39.1 90 132 50 18 8 110 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFT 4512-5 2.5×2 64200 177000 1570 227
B339 B340
Z
G
(2 places)
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
W W B M
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
DFT 5005-3 1.5×2 14200 52500 929 108
5 3.175 50.5 47.2 80 114 43 15 3 96 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
DFT 5005-4.5 1.5×3 20200 78800 1370 128
DFT 5006-3 1.5×2 19500 65100 956 116
DFT 5006-5 6 3.969 50.5 46.4 2.5×2 30300 109000 1560 84 118 45 15 128 3 100 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
DFT 5006-7.5 2.5×3 42900 164000 2300 164
DFT 5008-3 1.5×2 25000 77400 975 138
DFT 5008-5 8 4.762 50.5 45.5 2.5×2 38700 131000 1600 87 129 49 18 157 5 107 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFT 5008-7.5 2.5×3 54900 197000 2350 205
DFT 5010-2.5 50 2.5×1 31800 87400 866 133
DFT 5010-3 1.5×2 37200 103000 1010 170
10 6.35 51.0 44.4 93 135 51 18 7 113 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFT 5010-5 2.5×2 57700 175000 1680 193
DFT 5010-7.5 2.5×3 81800 262000 2460 253
DFT 5012-2.5 2.5×1 42800 107000 883 159
12 7.938 51.5 43.2 100 146 55 22 8 122 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFT 5012-5 2.5×2 77600 214000 1710 231
DFT 5016-2.5 2.5×1 42800 107000 883 184
16 7.938 51.5 43.2 100 146 55 22 14 122 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFT 5016-5 2.5×2 77600 214000 1710 280
DFT 5020-2.5 2.5×1 42800 107000 883 227
20 7.938 51.5 43.2 100 146 55 28 17 122 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFT 5020-3 1.5×2 50000 129000 1050 267
DFT 5510-5 2.5×2 59500 192000 1800 193
55 10 6.35 56.0 49.4 102 144 54 18 7 122 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFT 5510-7.5 2.5×3 84300 288000 2650 253
DFT 6310-2.5 2.5×1 34800 111000 1040 137
DFT 6310-5 10 6.35 64.0 57.4 2.5×2 63200 221000 2000 108 154 58 22 197 7 130 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFT 6310-7.5 63 2.5×3 89500 332000 2950 257
DFT 6312-2.5 2.5×1 47400 137000 1060 159
12 7.938 64.5 56.2 115 161 61 22 8 137 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFT 6312-5 2.5×2 86000 273000 2060 231
B341 B342
Z
G
(2 places)
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
Q
Q
4
5° 5°
W W B M
B
344
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
DFT 6316-2.5 2.5×1 79500 228000 1400 206
16 9.525 65.0 55.2 122 180 69 28 10 150 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
DFT 6316-5 2.5×2 144000 455000 2710 302
63
DFT 6320-2.5 2.5×1 79500 228000 1400 227
20 9.525 65.0 55.2 122 180 69 28 17 150 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
DFT 6320-5 2.5×2 144000 455000 2710 347
DFT 8010-5 2.5×2 70500 282000 2430 197
10 6.35 81.0 74.4 130 176 66 22 7 152 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFT 8010-7.5 2.5×3 99800 424000 3590 257
DFT 8012-5 2.5×2 96000 350000 2500 231
12 7.938 81.5 73.2 136 182 68 22 8 158 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFT 8012-7.5 80 2.5×3 136000 526000 3690 303
DFT 8016-5 2.5×2 162000 582000 3300 302
16 9.525 82.0 72.2 143 204 77 28 10 172 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
DFT 8016-7.5 2.5×3 230000 874000 4850 398
DFT 8020-5 2.5×2 162000 582000 3300 347
20 9.525 82.0 72.2 143 204 77 28 17 172 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
DFT 8020-7.5 2.5×3 230000 874000 4850 467
DFT 10012-5 2.5×2 105000 441000 2990 237
12 7.938 101.5 93.2 160 220 82 28 8 188 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
DFT 10012-7.5 2.5×3 149000 662000 4400 309
DFT 10016-5 2.5×2 176000 737000 3930 306
100 16 9.525 102.0 92.2 170 243 91 32 10 205 22 32 21.5 Rc1/8
DFT 10016-7.5 2.5×3 250000 1100000 5790 402
DFT 10020-5 2.5×2 176000 737000 3930 351
20 9.525 102.0 92.2 170 243 91 32 17 205 22 32 21.5 Rc1/8
DFT 10020-7.5 2.5×3 250000 1100000 5780 471
DFT 12516-5 2.5×2 195000 918000 4690 314
16 9.525 127.0 117.2 200 290 109 36 10 243 26 39 25.5 Rc1/8
DFT 12516-7.5 125 2.5×3 277000 1380000 6890 410
DFT 12520-5 2.5×2 195000 918000 4690 379
20 9.525 127.0 117.2 200 290 109 36 12 243 26 39 25.5 Rc1/8
DFT 12520-7.5 2.5×3 277000 1380000 6890 499
B343 B344
Return tube type, flanged to flanged double nut Precision ball screw: T Type Nut model: DFFT (spacer, D preload)
Oil hole Bolts to secure preload (4 places) Spacer Seals (both ends)
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φD
φA
φd
Q
Without seal
W Key to secure preload B E B F
M
L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A B F E L M W X Q
DFFT2004-2.5
4 2.381 20.3 17.8
2.5×1 4740 10700 315
40 63 11
23 3 77
3 51 5.5 M6×1
B
DFFT2004-5 2.5×2 8600 21500 608 35 3 101
DFFT2005-2.5 2.5×1 8230 17100 376 27 5 87 346
DFFT2005-3 20 5 3.175 20.5 17.2 1.5×2 9620 20600 446 44 67 11 38 4 108 3 55 5.5 M6×1
DFFT2005-5 2.5×2 14900 34300 726 42 5 117
DFFT2006-2.5 2.5×1 11000 21100 384 30 7 95
6 3.969 20.5 16.4 48 71 11 3 59 5.5 M6×1
DFFT2006-3 1.5×2 12800 25300 456 42 7 119
DFFT2504-2.5 2.5×1 5270 13600 379 22 4 76
4 2.381 25.3 22.8 46 69 11 3 57 5.5 M6×1
DFFT2504-5 2.5×2 9560 27200 735 34 4 100
DFFT2505-2.5 2.5×1 9130 21900 453 26 6 86
DFFT2505-3 5 3.175 25.5 22.2 1.5×2 10700 25700 532 50 73 11 38 4 108 3 61 5.5 M6×1
DFFT2505-5 2.5×2 16600 43700 876 41 6 116
DFFT2506-2.5 25 2.5×1 12300 26800 462 30 7 95
DFFT2506-3 6 3.969 25.5 21.4 1.5×2 14400 32100 551 53 76 11 42 7 119 3 64 5.5 M6×1
DFFT2506-5 2.5×2 22300 53500 896 48 7 131
DFFT2508-2.5 2.5×1 15800 32000 475 38 5 117
8 4.762 25.5 20.5 58 85 13 5 71 6.6 M6×1
DFFT2508-3 1.5×2 18500 38100 562 51 8 146
DFFT2510-2.5 2.5×1 15800 32000 475 44 11 145
10 4.762 25.5 20.5 58 85 15 8 71 6.6 M6×1
DFFT2510-3 1.5×2 18500 38100 562 58 7 169
DFFT3204-2.5 2.5×1 5800 17500 461 22 6 80
4 2.381 32.3 29.8 54 81 12 3 67 6.6 M6×1
DFFT3204-5 2.5×2 10500 35100 892 34 6 104
DFFT3205-2.5 2.5×1 10200 28000 552 26 4 86
DFFT3205-3 1.5×2 11900 33600 655 38 7 113
5 3.175 32.5 29.2 58 85 12 3 71 6.6 M6×1
DFFT3205-5 2.5×2 18500 56100 1070 41 4 116
DFFT3205-7.5 2.5×3 26200 84100 1570 56 4 146
DFFT3206-2.5 2.5×1 13600 34700 563 30 5 95
DFFT3206-3 32 6 3.969 32.5 28.4 1.5×2 15900 41200 666 62 89 12 42 5 119 3 75 6.6 M6×1
DFFT3206-5 2.5×2 24700 69400 1090 48 5 131
DFFT3208-2.5 2.5×1 17500 41000 573 38 9 125
DFFT3208-3 8 4.762 32.5 27.5 1.5×2 20400 49500 686 66 100 15 51 12 154 5 82 9 M6×1
DFFT3208-5 2.5×2 31700 82000 1110 62 9 173
DFFT3210-2.5 2.5×1 25500 54000 594 48 8 148
DFFT3210-3 10 6.35 33.0 26.4 1.5×2 29900 64800 707 74 108 15 65 11 185 7 90 9 M6×1
DFFT3210-5 2.5×2 46300 108000 1150 78 8 208
Remarks 1. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the length of "2M" than those with a seal. 3. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
2. Right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for left turn screw. when the preload is 10% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca), and axial load is applied to it. Refer to "Technical
Description" (Page B521) if preload differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the
B345 deformation of the ball nut itself. B346
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φD
φA
φd
Q
Without seal
M
L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A B F E L M W X Q
DFFT4005-2.5 2.5×1 11100 35300 660 26 8 96 B
DFFT4005-3 1.5×2 13000 42400 785 38 6 118
5 3.175 40.5 37.2 67 101 15 3 83 9 Rc1/8
DFFT4005-5 2.5×2 20200 70600 1280 41 8 126
DFFT4005-7.5 2.5×3 28700 106000 1870 56 8 156
348
DFFT4006-3 1.5×2 17800 52600 807 42 5 125
DFFT4006-5 6 3.969 40.5 36.4 2.5×2 27600 87600 1310 70 104 15 48 5 137 3 86 9 Rc1/8
DFFT4006-7.5 2.5×3 39100 131000 1940 66 5 173
DFFT4008-2.5 40 2.5×1 19200 51600 686 38 9 125
DFFT4008-3 8 4.762 40.5 35.5 1.5×2 22500 62600 822 74 108 15 51 12 154 5 90 9 Rc1/8
DFFT4008-5 2.5×2 34900 103000 1330 62 9 173
DFFT4010-2.5 2.5×1 28600 68600 717 48 12 158
DFFT4010-3 10 6.35 41.0 34.4 1.5×2 33500 82300 853 82 124 18 65 5 185 7 102 11 Rc1/8
DFFT4010-5 2.5×2 52000 137000 1390 78 12 218
DFFT4012-2.5 2.5×1 33600 77500 733 54 12 174
12 7.144 41.5 34.1 86 128 18 9 106 11 Rc1/8
DFFT4012-5 2.5×2 61000 155000 1420 90 12 246
DFFT5005-3 1.5×2 14200 52500 929 40 9 125
5 3.175 50.5 47.2 80 114 15 3 96 9 Rc1/8
DFFT5005-4.5 1.5×3 20200 78800 1370 50 9 145
DFFT5006-3 1.5×2 19500 65100 956 44 9 133
DFFT5006-5 6 3.969 50.5 46.4 2.5×2 30300 109000 1560 84 118 15 50 9 145 3 100 9 Rc1/8
DFFT5006-7.5 2.5×3 42900 164000 2300 68 9 181
DFFT5008-3 1.5×2 25000 77400 975 51 6 154
DFFT5008-5 8 4.762 50.5 45.5 2.5×2 38700 131000 1600 87 129 18 62 11 181 5 107 11 Rc1/8
DFFT5008-7.5 50 2.5×3 54900 197000 2350 86 11 229
DFFT5010-2.5 2.5×1 31800 87400 866 48 12 158
DFFT5010-3 1.5×2 37200 103000 1010 65 5 185
10 6.35 51.0 44.4 93 135 18 7 113 11 Rc1/8
DFFT5010-5 2.5×2 57700 175000 1680 78 12 218
DFFT5010-7.5 2.5×3 81800 262000 2460 108 12 278
DFFT5012-2.5 2.5×1 42800 107000 883 57 14 188
12 7.938 51.5 43.2 100 146 22 8 122 14 Rc1/8
DFFT5012-5 2.5×2 77600 214000 1710 93 14 260
DFFT5016-2.5 2.5×1 42800 107000 883 68 6 214
16 7.938 51.5 43.2 100 146 22 14 122 14 Rc1/8
DFFT5016-5 2.5×2 77600 214000 1710 116 6 310
B347 B348
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φD
φA
φd
Q
Without seal
M
L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A B F E L M W X Q 350
DFFT6310-2.5 2.5×1 34800 111000 1040 48 14 168
DFFT6310-5 10 6.35 64.0 57.4 2.5×2 63200 221000 2000 108 154 22 78 14 228 7 130 14 Rc1/8
DFFT6310-7.5 2.5×3 89500 332000 2950 108 14 288
DFFT6312-2.5 2.5×1 47400 137000 1060 57 14 188
12 7.938 64.5 56.2 115 161 22 8 137 14 Rc1/8
DFFT6312-5 63 2.5×2 86000 273000 2060 93 14 260
DFFT6316-2.5 2.5×1 79500 228000 1400 72 10 230
16 9.525 65.0 55.2 122 180 28 10 150 18 Rc1/8
DFFT6316-5 2.5×2 144000 455000 2710 120 10 326
DFFT6320-2.5 2.5×1 79500 228000 1400 82 10 264
20 9.525 65.0 55.2 122 180 28 17 150 18 Rc1/8
DFFT6320-5 2.5×2 144000 455000 2710 142 10 384
DFFT8010-5 2.5×2 70500 282000 2430 78 14 228
10 6.35 81.0 74.4 130 176 22 7 152 14 Rc1/8
DFFT8010-7.5 2.5×3 99800 424000 3590 108 14 288
DFFT8012-5 2.5×2 96000 350000 2500 93 14 260
12 7.938 81.5 73.2 136 182 22 8 158 14 Rc1/8
DFFT8012-7.5 2.5×3 136000 526000 3700 129 14 332
80
DFFT8016-5 2.5×2 162000 582000 3300 120 10 326
16 9.525 82.0 72.2 143 204 28 10 172 18 Rc1/8
DFFT8016-7.5 2.5×3 230000 874000 4850 168 10 422
DFFT8020-5 2.5×2 162000 582000 3300 142 10 384
20 9.525 82.0 72.2 143 204 28 17 172 18 Rc1/8
DFFT8020-7.5 2.5×3 230000 874000 4850 202 10 504
DFFT10012-5 2.5×2 105000 441000 2990 93 14 272
12 7.938 101.5 93.2 160 220 28 8 188 18 Rc1/8
DFFT10012-7.5 2.5×3 149000 662000 4400 129 14 344
DFFT10016-5 2.5×2 176000 737000 3930 120 18 342
100 16 9.525 102.0 92.2 170 243 32 10 205 22 Rc1/8
DFFT10016-7.5 2.5×3 250000 1100000 5790 168 18 438
DFFT10020-5 2.5×2 176000 737000 3930 142 22 404
20 9.525 102.0 92.2 170 243 32 17 205 22 Rc1/8
DFFT10020-7.5 2.5×3 250000 1100000 5790 202 22 524
DFFT12516-5 2.5×2 195000 918000 4690 124 22 362
16 9.525 127.0 117.2 200 290 36 10 243 26 Rc1/8
DFFT12516-7.5 2.5×3 277000 1380000 6890 172 22 458
125
DFFT12520-5 2.5×2 195000 918000 4690 151 10 408
20 9.525 127.0 117.2 200 290 36 12 243 26 Rc1/8
DFFT12520-7.5 2.5×3 277000 1380000 6890 211 10 528
B349 B350
Return tube type, extra large cylindrical single nut Ball screw for general industrial use: T Type (normal grade) Nut model: GSCT (non-preloaded)
V max.
φd m
φD
φd
G
L U max. R
Unit: mm
Shaft dia. Ball circle Root dia. Effective turns of Axial Basic load rating Ball nut dimensions
Model No. Lead Ball dia. dia. balls play (N) B
Turns
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits (Max.) Ca C0a D L G T U V R (MS) 352
GSCT12525-5 2.5×2 190000 1010000 197
25 12.7 128 115.0 0.20 180 32 11 100 136 40 40
GSCT12525-7.5 2.5×3 252000 1520000 272
125
GSCT12532-5 2.5×2 259000 1250000 248
32 15.875 128 111.0 0.25 185 32 11 107 140 45 48
GSCT12532-7.5 2.5×3 344000 1880000 344
GSCT14025-5 2.5×2 272000 1400000 200
25 15.875 143 126.0 0.25 210 32 11 115 154 50 40
GSCT14025-7.5 2.5×3 362000 2090000 275
GSCT14032-5 2.5×2 428000 1920000 252
32 22.225 144 121.0 0.35 220 32 11 135 163 60 48
GSCT14032-7.5 2.5×3 568000 2880000 348
140
GSCT14040-5 2.5×2 428000 1920000 306
40 22.225 144 121.0 0.35 220 32 11 135 163 60 58
GSCT14040-7.5 2.5×3 568000 2880000 426
GSCT14050-5 2.5×2 518000 2190000 377
50 25.4 145 119.0 0.40 225 32 11 141 167 70 70
GSCT14050-7.5 2.5×3 688000 3290000 527
GSCT16032-5 2.5×2 458000 2210000 252
32 22.225 164 141.0 0.35 245 36 12 141 180 60 48
GSCT16032-7.5 2.5×3 608000 3310000 348
GSCT16040-5 2.5×2 458000 2210000 306
160 40 22.225 164 141.0 0.35 245 36 12 141 180 60 58
GSCT16040-7.5 2.5×3 608000 3310000 426
GSCT16050-5 2.5×2 544000 2560000 377
50 25.4 165 139.0 0.40 250 36 12 147 185 70 70
GSCT16050-7.5 2.5×3 722000 3840000 527
GSCT20032-5 2.5×2 509000 2820000 252
32 22.225 204 181.0 0.35 295 45 15 162 216 70 48
GSCT20032-7.5 2.5×3 676000 4230000 348
GSCT20040-5 2.5×2 509000 2820000 306
200 40 22.225 204 181.0 0.35 295 45 15 162 216 70 58
GSCT20040-7.5 2.5×3 676000 4230000 426
GSCT20050-5 2.5×2 604000 3200000 377
50 25.4 205 179.0 0.40 300 45 15 168 221 70 70
GSCT20050-7.5 2.5×3 802000 4800000 527
GSCT25040-5 2.5×2 662000 4000000 312
40 25.4 255 229.0 0.40 355 50 17 194 266 70 58
GSCT25040-7.5 2.5×3 879000 6000000 432
250
GSCT25050-5 2.5×2 825000 5000000 385
50 31.75 256 223.0 0.51 370 50 17 206 274 90 70
GSCT25050-7.5 2.5×3 1100000 7500000 535
Remarks 1. Precision grade is equivalent to Ct10 grade of JIS B1192 (Refer to Page B499)
2. The entire nut length (L) is the size without seal. The size with a seal is longer by the size of "MS."
B351 B352
B-I-7.2 D Type (Deflector type, fine lead) Ball Screws (2) Benefit of design and precautions (3) Special ball screw specifications
Internal recirculation contributes to the compact D Series is based on the JIS B1192 combinations
design. Please note that it is impossible to assemble (shaft diameter/lead). However, NSK manufactures
D Type ball screws use the deflector recirculation are several models by difference in the preload
the nut unless one end of ball thread on the screw combinations other than shown in the Dimension
system. This can make the ball nut outside diameter system as shown below (Table I-7•2).
shaft is cut through, and, unless the shaft end of this Tables, as well as flanges of special shape. Please
smaller than the other recirculation systems. There
side is smaller than the ball groove root diameter. consult NSK.
Table I-7•2 Classification of D Type ball screws
Nut models Shape Flange Preload Nut Page
shape system length (4) Model number
A model number that indicates dimension factors is structured as shown below.
Flanged
d=16 or under Non-preload,
Rectangle Slight axial play Short B355
SFD d=20 or over (Example) Nut model SFD shaft diameter 20 mm; lead 5 mm; effective turns of balls 3* (Note)
Circular I
Circular II
SFD 20 05 – 3
Flanged
Circular I Z preload Medium B359
ZFD Circular II (medium preload)
B
* Note: In case of Z preload, the number here is twice as large as the effective turns of balls.
354
Flanged
Circular I D preload Long B363

DFD Circular II (medium preload)
(heavy preload)
Flanged to
flanged
D preload Long B367
DFFD Circular I (medium preload)
(heavy preload)
No D preload Long B371

DCD flange (medium preload)
(heavy preload)
→ ←
Preload direction
B353 B354
Deflector type, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: D Type Nut model: SFD (non-preloaded)
Z Seals (both ends)

G Oil hole Oil hole
X
6×60°
Q
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
4
5° 5°
4
Without seal
W W B M
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
SFD 2005-3
5 3.175 20.75 17.4
1×3 8620 17500 196
35 58 22.5 11
46
5 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 B
SFD 2005-4 1×4 11000 23300 255 51
20
SFD
SFD
2006-3
2006-4
6 3.969 21.0 16.9
1×3
1×4
11100
14300
20600
27500
196
255
35 58 22.5 11
52
60
6 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1 356
SFD 2505-3 1×3 9790 22900 245 46
5 3.175 25.75 22.4 40 63 24 11 5 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
SFD 2505-4 1×4 12500 30500 323 51
SFD 2506-3 25 1×3 12900 27300 245 52
6 3.969 26.0 21.9 40 63 24 11 6 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
SFD 2506-4 1×4 16500 36500 323 60
SFD 2510-3 10 4.762 26.25 21.3 1×3 16100 32000 245 42 69 26 15 80 10 55 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
SFD 3205-3 1×3 11100 30500 304 47
SFD 3205-4 5 3.175 32.75 29.4 1×4 14200 40700 409 48 75 29 12 52 5 61 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
SFD 3205-6 1×6 20200 61000 588 62
SFD 3206-3 1×3 15000 37500 314 53
SFD 3206-4 32 6 3.969 33.0 28.9 1×4 19200 49900 412 48 75 29 12 61 6 61 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
SFD 3206-6 1×6 27200 74900 598 73
SFD 3208-3 1×3 18300 41800 304 67
8 4.762 33.25 28.3 50 84 32 15 8 66 9 14 8.5 M6×1
SFD 3208-4 1×4 23500 55800 392 76
SFD 3210-3 1×3 25900 52800 300 80
10 6.35 33.75 27.1 54 88 34 15 10 70 9 14 8.5 M6×1
SFD 3210-4 1×4 33200 70300 392 90
SFD 4005-4 1×4 15800 52300 490 55
5 3.175 40.75 37.4 56 90 34 15 5 72 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
SFD 4005-6 1×6 22400 78400 725 65
SFD 4006-4 1×4 21300 63500 490 64
6 3.969 41.0 36.9 56 90 34 15 6 72 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
SFD 4006-6 1×6 30100 95300 725 76
40
SFD 4008-4 1×4 27200 75200 500 76
8 4.762 41.25 36.3 60 94 36 15 8 76 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
SFD 4008-6 1×6 38500 113000 735 93
SFD 4010-3 1×3 30000 70000 372 83
10 6.35 41.75 35.1 62 104 40 18 10 82 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
SFD 4010-4 1×4 38400 93300 490 93
B355 B356
Deflector type, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: D Type Nut model: SFD (non-preloaded)
Z Seals (both ends)

G Oil hole Oil hole
X
6×60°
Q
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
4
5° 5°
4
Without seal
W W B M
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
SFD 5005-4
5 3.175 50.75 47.4
1×4 17500 66800 593
66 100 38 15
55
5 82 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8 B
SFD 5005-6 1×6 24800 100000 872 65
SFD
SFD
5006-4
5006-6
6 3.969 51.0 46.9
1×4
1×6
23600
33500
81700
122000
598
892
66 100 38 15
64
76
6 82 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8 358
SFD 5008-4 1×4 29900 94800 598 79
8 4.762 51.25 46.3 70 112 43 18 8 90 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
SFD 5008-6 50 1×6 42400 142000 887 96
SFD 5010-3 1×3 34100 91600 461 83
SFD 5010-4 10 6.35 51.75 45.1 1×4 43600 122000 608 72 114 44 18 93 10 92 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
SFD 5010-6 1×6 61800 183000 902 114
SFD 5012-3 1×3 44800 109000 461 99
12 7.938 52.25 44.0 75 121 47 22 12 97 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFD 5012-4 1×4 57300 146000 608 111
SFD 5020-3 20 7.938 52.25 44.0 1×3 44800 109000 461 75 121 47 28 146 20 97 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFD 6306-4 1×4 26100 104000 735 67
6 3.969 64.0 59.9 80 122 47 18 6 100 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
SFD 6306-6 1×6 36900 157000 1180 79
SFD 6308-4 1×4 33600 124000 745 79
8 4.762 64.25 59.3 82 124 47 18 8 102 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
SFD 6308-6 1×6 47600 186000 1100 96
SFD 6310-4 63 1×4 49700 163000 764 97
10 6.35 64.75 58.1 85 131 50 22 10 107 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFD 6310-6 1×6 70500 244000 1130 118
SFD 6312-4 1×4 65100 191000 755 111
12 7.938 65.25 57.0 90 136 52 22 12 112 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFD 6312-6 1×6 92200 286000 1110 136
SFD 6320-3 20 9.525 65.75 56.0 1×3 83700 232000 735 95 153 59 28 146 20 123 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
SFD 8010-4 1×4 55100 209000 931 97
10 6.35 81.75 75.1 105 151 57 22 10 127 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFD 8010-6 1×6 78000 314000 1370 118
SFD 8012-4 80 1×4 74000 254000 941 111
12 7.938 82.25 74.0 110 156 59 22 12 132 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFD 8012-6 1×6 105000 381000 1392 136
SFD 8020-3 1×3 96600 313000 931 146
20 9.525 82.75 73.0 115 173 66 28 20 143 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
SFD 8020-4 1×4 124000 417000 1230 168
SFD 10010-6 10 6.35 101.75 95.1 1×6 86200 401000 1670 125 171 64 22 118 10 147 14 20 13 Rc1/8
SFD 10012-6 100 12 7.938 102.25 94.0 1×6 117000 490000 1680 130 188 71 28 142 12 158 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
SFD 10020-4 20 9.525 102.75 93.0 1×4 136000 526000 1470 135 205 79 32 172 20 169 22 32 21.5 Rc1/8
B357 B358
Deflector type, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: D Type Nut model: ZFD (Offset lead, Z preload)
Z Seals (both ends)

G Oil hole Oil hole
X
6×60°
Q
Q
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
4
5° 5°
4
Without seal
W W
B M
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
ZFD 2005-6 5 3.175 20.75 17.4 1×3 8620 17500 382 35 58 22.5 11 66 5 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
20
ZFD 2006-6 6 3.969 21.0 16.9 1×3 11100 20600 382 35 58 22.5 11 76 6 46 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
ZFD 2505-6 5 3.175 25.75 22.4 1×3 9790 22900 480 40 63 24 11 66 5 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
ZFD 2506-6 25 6 3.969 26.0 21.9 1×3 12900 27300 470 40 63 24 11 76 6 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
ZFD 2510-4 10 4.762 26.25 21.3 1×2 11400 21400 323 42 69 26 15 88 10 55 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
ZFD 3205-6 1×3 11100 30500 598 67
5 3.175 32.75 29.4 48 75 29 12 5 61 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
ZFD 3205-8 1×4 14200 40700 784 77
ZFD 3206-6 1×3 15000 37500 608 77
6 3.969 33.0 28.9 48 75 29 12 6 61 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
ZFD 3206-8 32 1×4 19200 49900 804 90
ZFD 3208-6 1×3 18300 41800 588 99
8 4.762 33.25 28.3 50 84 32 15 8 66 9 14 8.5 M6×1
ZFD 3208-8 1×4 23500 55800 774 116
ZFD 3210-6 10 6.35 33.75 27.1 1×3 25900 52800 588 54 88 34 15 120 10 70 9 14 8.5 M6×1
ZFD 4005-8 1×4 15800 52300 960 80
5 3.175 40.75 37.4 56 90 34 15 5 72 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
ZFD 4005-12 1×6 22400 78400 1410 101
ZFD 4006-8 1×4 21300 63500 970 93
6 3.969 41.0 36.9 56 90 34 15 6 72 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
ZFD 4006-12 40 1×6 30100 95300 1431 118
ZFD 4008-8 8 4.762 41.25 36.3 1×4 27200 75200 990 60 94 36 15 116 8 76 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
ZFD 4010-6 1×3 30000 70000 735 123
10 6.35 41.75 35.1 62 104 40 18 10 82 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFD 4010-8 1×4 38400 93300 970 143
B359 B360
Deflector type, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: D Type Nut model: ZFD (Offset lead, Z preload)
Z Seals (both ends)

G Oil hole Oil hole
X
6×60°
Q
Q
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
4
5° 5°
4 Without seal
W W B M
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
ZFD 5005-8 1×4 17500 66800 1170 80
5 3.175 50.75 47.4 66 100 38 15 5 82 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
ZFD 5005-12 1×6 24800 100000 1720 101
ZFD 5006-8 1×4 23600 81700 1190 93
6 3.969 51.0 46.9 66 100 38 15 6 82 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
ZFD 5006-12 1×6 33500 122000 1750 118
50
ZFD 5008-8 8 4.762 51.25 46.3 1×4 29900 94800 1180 70 112 43 18 119 8 90 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFD 5010-6 1×3 34100 91600 914 123
10 6.35 51.75 45.1 72 114 44 18 10 92 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFD 5010-8 1×4 43600 122000 1200 143
ZFD 5012-6 12 7.938 52.25 44.0 1×3 44800 109000 906 75 121 47 22 147 12 97 14 20 13 Rc1/8
ZFD 6306-8 1×4 26100 104000 1430 96
6 3.969 64.0 59.9 80 122 47 18 6 100 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFD 6306-12 1×6 36900 157000 2110 121
ZFD 6308-8 63 8 4.762 64.25 59.3 1×4 33600 124000 1460 82 124 47 18 119 8 102 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
ZFD 6310-8 10 6.35 64.75 58.1 1×4 49700 163000 1510 85 131 50 22 147 10 107 14 20 13 Rc1/8
ZFD 6312-6 12 7.938 65.25 57.0 1×3 50800 143000 1120 90 136 52 22 147 12 112 14 20 13 Rc1/8
B361 B362
Deflector type, flanged double nut Precision ball screw: D Type Nut model: DFD (spacer, D preload)
Z Keys to secure preload Seal (both ends)

G Oil hole Oil hole (2 places)
X
6×60°
Q
Q
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
4
5° 5°
W W
B M
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
DFD 2005-3 1×3 8620 17500 386 81
5 3.175 20.75 17.4 41 64 25 11 5 52 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
DFD 2005-4 1×4 11000 23300 509 91
20
DFD 2006-3 1×3 11100 20600 378 92
6 3.969 21.0 16.9 42 65 25 11 6 53 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
DFD 2006-4 1×4 14300 27500 498 108
DFD 2505-3 1×3 9790 22900 479 81
5 3.175 25.75 22.4 46 69 26 11 5 57 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
DFD 2505-4 1×4 12500 30500 630 91
DFD 2506-3 25 1×3 12900 27300 475 92
6 3.969 26.0 21.9 47 70 27 11 6 58 5.5 9.5 5.5 M6×1
DFD 2506-4 1×4 16500 36500 626 108
DFD 2510-3 10 4.762 26.25 21.3 1×3 16100 32000 479 47 74 28 15 140 10 60 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
DFD 3205-3 1×3 11100 30500 600 82
DFD 3205-4 5 3.175 32.75 29.4 1×4 14200 40700 784 53 80 30 12 92 5 66 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
DFD 3205-6 1×6 20200 61000 1160 112
DFD 3206-3 1×3 15000 37500 613 93
DFD 3206-4 32 6 3.969 33.0 28.9 1×4 19200 49900 806 54 81 31 12 109 6 67 6.6 11 6.5 M6×1
DFD 3206-6 1×6 27200 74900 1190 133
DFD 3208-3 1×3 18300 41800 591 116
8 4.762 33.25 28.3 54 88 34 15 8 70 9 14 8.5 M6×1
DFD 3208-4 1×4 23500 55800 777 134
DFD 3210-3 1×3 25900 52800 587 140
10 6.35 33.75 27.1 54 88 34 15 10 70 9 14 8.5 M6×1
DFD 3210-4 1×4 33200 70300 773 160
DFD 4005-4 1×4 15800 52300 962 95
5 3.175 40.75 37.4 62 96 37 15 5 78 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
DFD 4005-6 1×6 22400 78400 1410 115
DFD 4006-4 1×4 21300 63500 973 112
6 3.969 41.0 36.9 62 96 37 15 6 78 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
DFD 4006-6 1×6 30100 95300 1430 136
40
DFD 4008-4 1×4 27200 75200 989 134
8 4.762 41.25 36.3 62 96 37 15 8 78 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8
DFD 4008-6 1×6 38500 113000 1460 168
DFD 4010-3 1×3 30000 70000 738 143
10 6.35 41.75 35.1 62 104 40 18 10 82 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFD 4010-4 1×4 38400 93300 970 163
Remarks 1. Flanges for the shaft diameter of 16 mm and smaller are rectangular. There are Circular I and Circular II for 4. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
those with 20 mm and larger. when the preload is 10% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca), and axial load is applied to it. Refer to "Technical
Select a flange shape which is suitable for the nut installation space. Description" (Page B521) if preload differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the
2. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the size of "M" than those with a seal. deformation of the ball nut itself.
3. The right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for the left turn screw.
B363 B364
Deflector type, flanged double nut Precision ball screw: D Type Nut model: DFD (spacer, D preload)
Z Keys to secure preload Seal (both ends)

G Oil hole Oil hole (2 places)
X
6×60°
Q
Q
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
4
5° 5°
W W
B M
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
DFD 5005-4
5 3.175 50.75 47.4
1×4 17500 66800 1170
72 106 40 15
95
5 88 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8 B
DFD 5005-6 1×6 24800 100000 1720 115
DFD
DFD
5006-4
5006-6
6 3.969 51.0 46.9
1×4
1×6
23600
33500
81700
122000
1190
1750
72 106 40 15
112
136
6 88 9 14 8.5 Rc1/8 366
DFD 5008-4 1×4 29900 94800 1180 137
8 4.762 51.25 46.3 72 114 44 18 8 92 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFD 5008-6 50 1×6 42400 142000 1740 171
DFD 5010-3 1×3 34100 91600 914 143
DFD 5010-4 10 6.35 51.75 45.1 1×4 43600 122000 1200 72 114 44 18 163 10 92 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFD 5010-6 1×6 61800 183000 1770 205
DFD 5012-3 1×3 44800 109000 906 171
12 7.938 52.25 44.0 75 121 47 22 12 97 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFD 5012-4 1×4 57300 146000 1200 195
DFD 5020-3 20 7.938 52.25 44.0 1×3 44800 109000 908 75 121 47 28 253 20 97 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFD 6306-4 1×4 26100 104000 1430 118
6 3.969 64.0 59.9 85 127 48 18 6 105 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFD 6306-6 1×6 36900 157000 2110 142
DFD 6308-4 1×4 33600 124000 1460 141
8 4.762 64.25 59.3 85 127 48 18 8 105 11 17.5 11 Rc1/8
DFD 6308-6 1×6 47600 186000 2150 175
DFD 6310-4 63 1×4 49700 163000 1510 172
10 6.35 64.75 58.1 85 131 50 22 10 107 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFD 6310-6 1×6 70500 244000 2210 214
DFD 6312-4 1×4 65100 191000 1480 195
12 7.938 65.25 57.0 90 136 52 22 12 112 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFD 6312-6 1×6 92200 286000 2180 248
DFD 6320-3 20 9.525 65.75 56.0 1×3 83700 232000 1440 95 153 59 28 253 20 123 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
DFD 8010-4 1×4 55100 209000 1840 172
10 6.35 81.75 75.1 105 151 57 22 10 127 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFD 8010-6 1×6 78000 314000 2710 214
DFD 8012-4 1×4 74000 254000 1860 195
80 12 7.938 82.25 74.0 110 156 59 22 12 132 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFD 8012-6 1×6 105000 381000 2730 248
DFD 8020-3 1×3 96600 313000 1830 253
20 9.525 82.75 73.0 115 173 66 28 20 143 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
DFD 8020-4 1×4 124000 417000 2410 297
DFD 10010-6 10 6.35 101.75 95.1 1×6 86200 401000 3270 125 171 64 22 214 10 147 14 20 13 Rc1/8
DFD 10012-6 100 12 7.938 102.25 94.0 1×6 117000 490000 3320 130 188 71 28 254 12 158 18 26 17.5 Rc1/8
DFD 10020-4 20 9.525 102.75 93.0 1×4 136000 526000 2890 135 205 79 32 301 20 169 22 32 21.5 Rc1/8
B365 B366
Deflector type, flanged to flanged double nut Precision ball screw: D Type Nut model: DFFD (spacer, D preload)
Bolt to secure preload (4 places) Spacer Seals (both sides)

Oil hole
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φD
φA
φd
Key to secure preload
W Without seal
B E B F
M
L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
DFFD 2005-3 1×3 8620 17500 386 30 100
5 3.175 20.75 17.4 35 58 11 8 5 46 5.5 M6×1
DFFD 2005-4 1×4 11000 23300 509 35 110
20
DFFD 2006-3 1×3 11100 20600 378 35 111
6 3.969 21.0 16.9 35 58 11 7 6 46 5.5 M6×1
DFFD 2006-4 1×4 14300 27500 498 43 127
DFFD 2505-3 1×3 9790 22900 479 30 100
5 3.175 25.75 22.4 40 63 11 8 5 51 5.5 M6×1
DFFD 2505-4 1×4 12500 30500 630 35 110
25
DFFD 2506-3 1×3 12900 27300 475 35 111
6 3.969 26.0 21.9 40 63 11 7 6 51 5.5 M6×1
DFFD 2506-4 1×4 16500 36500 626 43 127
DFFD 3205-3 1×3 11100 30500 600 30 100
DFFD 3205-4 5 3.175 32.75 29.4 1×4 14200 40700 784 48 75 12 35 6 110 5 61 6.6 M6×1
DFFD 3205-6 1×6 20200 61000 1160 45 130
DFFD 3206-3 1×3 15000 37500 613 35 111
DFFD 3206-4 32 6 3.969 33.0 28.9 1×4 19200 49900 806 48 75 12 43 5 127 6 61 6.6 M6×1
DFFD 3206-6 1×6 27200 74900 1190 55 151
DFFD 3208-3 1×3 18300 41800 591 44 139
8 4.762 33.25 28.3 50 84 15 5 8 66 9 M6×1
DFFD 3208-4 1×4 23500 55800 777 53 157
DFFD 3210-3 1×3 25900 52800 587 55 165
10 6.35 33.75 27.1 54 88 15 5 10 70 9 M6×1
DFFD 3210-4 1×4 33200 70300 773 65 185
DFFD 4005-4 1×4 15800 52300 962 35 5 115
5 3.175 40.75 37.4 56 90 15 5 72 9 Rc1/8
DFFD 4005-6 1×6 22400 78400 1410 45 5 135
DFFD 4006-4 1×4 21300 63500 973 43 5 133
6 3.969 41.0 36.9 56 90 15 6 72 9 Rc1/8
DFFD 4006-6 1×6 30100 95300 1430 55 5 157
40
DFFD 4008-4 1×4 27200 75200 989 53 5 157
8 4.762 41.25 36.3 60 94 15 8 76 9 Rc1/8
DFFD 4008-6 1×6 38500 113000 1460 70 5 191
DFFD 4010-3 1×3 30000 70000 738 55 9 175
10 6.35 41.75 35.1 62 104 18 10 82 11 Rc1/8
DFFD 4010-4 1×4 38400 93300 972 65 9 195
B367 B368
Deflector type, flanged to flanged double nut Precision ball screw: D Type Nut model: DFFD (spacer, D preload)
Bolt to secure preload (4 places) Spacer Seals (both sides)

Oil hole
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φD
φA
φd
Key to secure preload
W Without seal
B E B F
M
L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
DFFD 5005-4 1×4 17500 66800 1170 35 5 115
5 3.175 50.75 47.4 66 100 15 5 82 9 Rc1/8
DFFD 5005-6 1×6 24800 100000 1720 45 5 135
DFFD 5006-4 1×4 23600 81700 1190 43 8 136
6 3.969 51.0 46.9 66 100 15 6 82 9 Rc1/8
DFFD 5006-6 1×6 33500 122000 1750 55 8 160
DFFD 5008-4 1×4 29900 94800 1180 53 7 165
8 4.762 51.25 46.3 70 112 18 8 90 11 Rc1/8
DFFD 5008-6 50 1×6 42400 142000 1740 70 7 199
DFFD 5010-3 1×3 34100 91600 914 55 9 175
DFFD 5010-4 10 6.35 51.75 45.1 1×4 43600 122000 1200 72 114 18 65 9 195 10 92 11 Rc1/8
DFFD 5010-6 1×6 61800 183000 1770 86 7 235
DFFD 5012-3 1×3 44800 109000 906 65 5 203
12 7.938 52.25 44.0 75 121 22 12 97 14 Rc1/8
DFFD 5012-4 1×4 57300 146000 1200 77 5 227
DFFD 6306-4 1×4 26100 104000 1430 43 8 142
6 3.969 64.0 59.9 80 122 18 6 100 11 Rc1/8
DFFD 6306-6 1×6 36900 157000 2110 55 8 166
DFFD 6308-4 1×4 33600 124000 1460 53 7 165
8 4.762 64.25 59.3 82 124 18 8 102 11 Rc1/8
DFFD 6308-6 63 1×6 47600 186000 2150 70 7 199
DFFD 6310-4 1×4 49700 163000 1510 65 11 205
10 6.35 64.75 58.1 85 131 22 10 107 14 Rc1/8
DFFD 6310-6 1×6 70500 244000 2210 86 9 245
DFFD 6312-4 1×4 65100 191000 1480 77 8 230
12 7.938 65.25 57.0 90 136 22 12 112 14 Rc1/8
DFFD 6312-6 1×6 92200 286000 2180 102 8 280
DFFD 8010-4 1×4 55100 209000 1840 65 11 205
10 6.35 81.75 75.1 105 151 22 10 127 14 Rc1/8
DFFD 8010-6 1×6 78000 314000 2710 86 9 245
DFFD 8012-4 1×4 74000 254000 1860 77 8 230
80 12 7.938 82.25 74.0 110 156 22 12 132 14 Rc1/8
DFFD 8012-6 1×6 105000 381000 2730 102 8 280
DFFD 8020-3 1×3 96600 313000 1830 98 9 301
20 9.525 82.75 73.0 115 173 28 20 143 18 Rc1/8
DFFD 8020-4 1×4 124000 417000 2410 120 10 346
DFFD 10010-6 10 6.35 101.75 95.1 1×6 86200 401000 3270 125 171 22 86 9 245 10 147 14 Rc1/8
DFFD 10012-6 100 12 7.938 102.25 94.0 1×6 117000 490000 3320 130 188 28 102 8 292 12 158 18 Rc1/8
DFFD 10020-4 20 9.525 102.75 93.0 1×4 136000 526000 2890 135 205 32 120 12 356 20 169 22 Rc1/8
B369 B370
370
Deflector type, cylindrical double nut Precision ball screw: D Type Nut model: DCD (spacer, D preload)
J K Keys Seals (both ends)

Oil hole
Q
G h9
4×90°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φd
H
Spacer Without seal

M F E
L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D F E L M J K G H Q 372
DCD 2005-3 1×3 8620 17500 386 30 75 20 5
5 3.175 20.75 17.4 35 5 5 4 1.5 3
DCD 2005-4 1×4 11000 23300 509 35 85 20 7.5
20
DCD 2006-3 1×3 11100 20600 378 35 87 20 7.5
6 3.969 21.0 16.9 35 5 6 4 1.5 3
DCD 2006-4 1×4 14300 27500 498 43 103 25 9
DCD 2505-3 1×3 9790 22900 479 30 75 20 5
5 3.175 25.75 22.4 40 5 5 4 1.5 3
DCD 2505-4 1×4 12500 30500 630 35 85 20 7.5
25
DCD 2506-3 1×3 12900 27300 475 35 87 20 7.5
6 3.969 26.0 21.9 40 5 6 4 1.5 3
DCD 2506-4 1×4 16500 36500 626 43 103 25 9
DCD 3205-3 1×3 11100 30500 600 30 75 20 5
DCD 3205-4 5 3.175 32.75 29.4 1×4 14200 40700 784 48 35 5 85 5 20 7.5 4 1.5 3
DCD 3205-6 1×6 20200 61000 1160 45 105 25 10
DCD 3206-3 1×3 15000 37500 613 35 87 20 7.5
DCD 3206-4 32 6 3.969 33.0 28.9 1×4 19200 49900 806 48 43 5 103 6 25 9 4 1.5 3
DCD 3206-6 1×6 27200 74900 1190 55 127 25 13
DCD 3208-3 1×3 18300 41800 591 44 109 25 9.5
8 4.762 33.25 28.3 50 5 8 5 2 3
DCD 3208-4 1×4 23500 55800 777 53 127 25 14
DCD 3210-3 1×3 25900 52800 587 55 135 25 15
10 6.35 33.75 27.1 54 5 10 5 2 3
DCD 3210-4 1×4 33200 70300 773 65 155 32 16.5
DCD 4005-4 1×4 15800 52300 962 35 85 20 7.5
5 3.175 40.75 37.4 56 5 5 5 2 3
DCD 4005-6 1×6 22400 78400 1410 45 105 25 10
DCD 4006-4 1×4 21300 63500 973 43 103 25 9
6 3.969 41.0 36.9 56 5 6 5 2 3
DCD 4006-6 1×6 30100 95300 1430 55 127 25 13
40
DCD 4008-4 1×4 27200 75200 989 53 127 25 14
8 4.762 41.25 36.3 60 5 8 5 2 3
DCD 4008-6 1×6 38500 113000 1460 70 161 32 19
DCD 4010-3 1×3 30000 70000 738 55 135 25 15
10 6.35 41.75 35.1 62 5 10 5 2 3
DCD 4010-4 1×4 38400 93300 972 65 155 32 16.5
3. Preload direction differs from that of other D preloaded items. The ball nuts are adjusted to a compressing Description" (Page B521) if preload differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the
preload. Apply a compressive load to the ball nuts when installing in the housing. deformation of the ball nut itself.
B371 B372
372
Deflector type, cylindrical double nut Precision ball screw: D Type Nut model: DCD (spacer, D preload)
J K Keys Seals (both ends)

Oil hole
Q
G h9
4×90°
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φd
H
Spacer Without seal

M F E
L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D F E L M J K G H Q 374
DCD 5005-4 1×4 17500 66800 1170 35 85 5 20 7.5
5 3.175 50.75 47.4 66 5 5 2 3
DCD 5005-6 1×6 24800 100000 1720 45 105 5 25 10
DCD 5006-4 1×4 23600 81700 1190 43 103 6 25 9
6 3.969 51.0 46.9 66 5 5 2 3
DCD 5006-6 1×6 33500 122000 1750 55 127 6 25 13
DCD 5008-4 1×4 29900 94800 1180 53 127 8 25 14
8 4.762 51.25 46.3 70 5 5 2 3
DCD 5008-6 50 1×6 42400 142000 1740 70 161 8 32 19
DCD 5010-3 1×3 34100 91600 914 55 135 10 25 15
DCD 5010-4 10 6.35 51.75 45.1 1×4 43600 122000 1200 72 65 5 155 10 32 16.5 5 2 3
DCD 5010-6 1×6 61800 183000 1770 86 197 10 40 23
DCD 5012-3 1×3 44800 109000 906 65 161 12 32 16.5
12 7.938 52.25 44.0 75 7 5 2 4
DCD 5012-4 1×4 57300 146000 1200 77 185 12 40 18.5
DCD 6306-4 1×4 26100 104000 1430 43 106 6 25 9
6 3.969 64.0 59.9 80 8 6 2.5 4
DCD 6306-6 1×6 36900 157000 2110 55 130 6 25 15
DCD 6308-4 1×4 33600 124000 1460 53 131 8 25 14
8 4.762 64.25 59.3 82 9 6 2.5 4
DCD 6308-6 63 1×6 47600 186000 2150 70 165 8 32 19
DCD 6310-4 1×4 49700 163000 1510 65 160 10 32 16.5
10 6.35 64.75 58.1 85 10 6 2.5 4
DCD 6310-6 1×6 70500 244000 2210 86 202 10 40 23
DCD 6312-4 1×4 65100 191000 1480 77 7 185 12 40 18.5
12 7.938 65.25 57.0 90 6 2.5 4
DCD 6312-6 1×6 92200 286000 2180 102 10 238 12 40 31
DCD 8010-4 1×4 55100 209000 1840 65 160 10 32 16.5
10 6.35 81.75 75.1 105 10 8 3 4
DCD 8010-6 1×6 78000 314000 2710 86 202 10 40 23
DCD 8012-4 1×4 74000 254000 1860 77 7 185 12 40 18.5
80 12 7.938 82.25 74.0 110 8 3 4
DCD 8012-6 1×6 105000 381000 2730 102 10 238 12 40 31
DCD 8020-3 1×3 96600 313000 1830 98 245 20 50 24
20 9.525 82.75 73.0 115 9 8 3 4
DCD 8020-4 1×4 124000 417000 2410 120 289 20 50 35
DCD 10010-6 10 6.35 101.75 95.1 1×6 86200 401000 3270 125 86 10 202 10 40 23 8 3 4
DCD 10012-6 100 12 7.938 102.25 94.0 1×6 117000 490000 3320 130 102 10 238 12 40 31 10 3 4
DCD 10020-4 20 9.525 102.75 93.0 1×4 136000 526000 2890 135 120 9 289 20 50 35 10 3 4
3. Preload direction differs from that of other D preloaded items. The ball nuts are adjusted to a compressing Description" (Page B521) if preload differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the
preload. Apply a compressive load to the ball nuts when installing in the housing. deformation of the ball nut itself.
B373 B374
374
B-I-7.3 M Type (Miniature・fine lead) Ball Screws (3) Precaution in designing
◇ When designing the screw shaft end, please note
that it is impossible to assemble the nut unless one
Like D Type, M Type ball screws use internal
end of the ball thread is cut through, and, unless this
recirculation deflector type. There are several models Main external load
side of shaft end is smaller than the ball groove root
by the difference in the preload system (Table I-7•3).
diameter.
◇ When using nut model MJFD, it is recommended
applying major external load to the direction as
Table I-7•3 Product categories of M Type ball screws
shown in Fig. I-7•3 in order to effectively use the
Nut models Shape Flange Preload Nut Page characteristic of the constant pressure pre-load.
shape system length
Flanged (4) Model number
A model number that indicates specification factors is
Non-preload, Short B377 structured as shown below.
MSFD Circular III Slight axial play Fig. I-7•3 Constant pressure pre-load and
major external load direction
(example) Nut model MSFD; shaft diameter 4 mm; lead 1 mm; effective turns of balls 3
Flanged
P preload
(light preload), Short B377
MSFD 04 01 – 3 B
MPFD Circular III no spacer Nut model Effective turns of balls
ball Screw shaft diameter (mm) Lead (mm) 376
Flanged
J preload
MJFD Circular III (spring preload) Long B381
(medium preload)
(2) Features
● Internal recirculation system contributes to the

compact nut outside diameter.
● Synthetic resin that shows superb characteristics
against wear is used in the recirculation deflector,
and has enhanced the smooth recirculation of balls.
NSK has a patent for this product.
Fig. I-7•2 M type recirculation system
B375 B376
Deflector type, miniature fine lead, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: M Type Nut model: MSFD (non-preloaded); Nut model: MPFD (Oversize ball, P preload)
2-X drill thru.

° 30
30 °
Seals (both ends)
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
4-X drill thru.
Without seal
H
B H
W
L W
For 1mm lead or higher
For 0.5mm lead
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A H B L W X 378
MSFD 0400.5-3 30
0.5 0.400 4.1 3.6 1×3 170 280 10 22 11 3 13 16 3.4
MPFD 0400.5-3 47
4
MSFD 0401-2 22
1 0.800 4.2 3.2 1×2 315 370 10 20 14 3 12 15 2.9
MPFD 0401-2 34
MSFD 0600.5-3 42
0.5 0.400 6.1 5.6 1×3 205 430 12 24 13 3 13 18 3.4
MPFD 0600.5-3 66
MSFD 0601-3 49
6 1 0.800 6.2 5.2 1×3 575 925 12 24 16 3.5 15 18 3.4
MPFD 0601-3 76
MSFD 0602-3 49
2 0.800 6.2 5.2 1×3 575 925 13 25 17 4 17 19 3.4
MPFD 0602-3 76
MSFD 0800.5-3 54
0.5 0.400 8.1 7.6 1×3 230 595 14 27 15 3 13 21 3.4
MPFD 0800.5-3 85
MSFD 0801-3 64
1 0.800 8.2 7.2 1×3 670 1290 14 27 18 4 16 21 3.4
MPFD 0801-3 99
8
MSFD 0801.5-3 76
1.5 1.000 8.3 7.0 1×3 1080 1980 15 28 19 4 22 22 3.4
MPFD 0801.5-3 117
MSFD 0802-3 73
2 1.200 8.3 6.9 1×3 1320 2210 16 29 20 4 26 23 3.4
MPFD 0802-3 113
MSFD 1001-3 77
1 0.800 10.2 9.2 1×3 745 1660 16 29 20 4 16 23 3.4
MPFD 1001-3 120
MSFD 1002-3 91
10 2 1.200 10.3 8.9 1×3 1490 2850 18 35 22 5 28 27 4.5
MPFD 1002-3 138
MSFD 1002.5-3 90
2.5 1.588 10.4 8.6 1×3 2130 3640 19 36 23 5 32 28 4.5
MPFD 1002.5-3 140
Remarks 1. Seal is not put on the lead is 1 mm or smaller, or if the shaft outer diameter is 6 mm or smaller. (Refer to Page 3. For MSFD, rigidity in the Table is theoretical value when an axial load equivalent to 30% of the dynamic load
B526 for dust protection.) rating (Ca) is applied. For MPFD, the rigidity is theoretical value when the axial load is applied and the preload is
2. Right turn screw is standard. Please consult NSK for left turn screw. 0.05Ca. Refer to "Technical Explanation" (Page B521) if axial load differs from the conditions above, or when
considering change in the deformation of the ball nut itself.
B377 B378
Deflector type, miniature fine lead, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: M Type Nut model: MSFD (non-preloaded); Nut model: MPFD (Oversize ball, P preload)
° 30
30 °
Seals (both ends)
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
T
Oil hole Q 4-X drill thru.
Without seal
H
B
W
L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A H B L W X Q T 380
MSFD 1201-3 88
1 0.800 12.2 11.2 1×3 795 1980 18 31 22 4 16 25 3.4 — —
MPFD 1201-3 137
MSFD 1202-3 108
2 1.200 12.3 10.9 1×3 1660 3620 20 37 24 5 28 29 4.5 — —
MPFD 1202-3 168
12
MSFD 1202.5-3 107
2.5 1.588 12.4 10.6 1×3 2360 4540 21 38 25 5 32 30 4.5 — —
MPFD 1202.5-3 167
MSFD 1203-3 107
3 2.000 12.5 10.2 1×3 3120 5420 22 39 26 5 36 31 4.5 — —
MPFD 1203-3 166
MSFD 1402-3 122
2 1.200 14.3 12.9 1×3 1780 4270 22 41 26 6 29 32 5.5 — —
MPFD 1402-3 191
14
MSFD 1403-3 127
3 2.000 14.5 12.2 1×3 3400 6490 24 43 28 6 37 34 5.5 — —
MPFD 1403-3 196
MSFD 1602-4 185
2 1.588 16.4 14.6 1×4 3510 8450 25 44 29 10 40 35 5.5 M6×1 16
MPFD 1602-4 288
16
MSFD 1602.5-4 185
2.5 1.588 16.4 14.6 1×4 3510 8450 25 44 29 10 44 35 5.5 M6×1 16
MPFD 1602.5-4 288
MSFD 2002-4 225
20 2 1.588 20.4 18.6 1×4 3910 10900 30 49 34 10 40 40 5.5 M6×1 18.5
MPFD 2002-4 351
MSFD 2502-4 273
25 2 1.588 25.4 23.6 1×4 4310 13900 36 55 40 10 40 46 5.5 M6×1 21.5
MPFD 2502-4 425
MSFD 3202-6 494
32 2 1.588 32.4 30.6 1×6 6790 27200 42 65 46 10 50 54 6.6 M6×1 26.5
MPFD 3202-6 769
MSFD 4002-6 588
40 2 1.588 40.4 38.6 1×6 7380 33900 51 74 55 10 50 63 6.6 M6×1 31
MPFD 4002-6 916
Remarks 1. Seal is not put on the lead is 1 mm or smaller. (Refer to Page B526 for dust protection.) 4. For MSFD, rigidity in the Table is theoretical value when an axial load equivalent to 30% of the dynamic rating
2. Those with shaft diameter of 14 mm or smaller do not have lubrication oil hole. It is recommended to use those load (Ca) is applied. For MPFD, rigidity is theoretical value when an axial load is applied and the pre-load is 0.05Ca.
with seal when shaft diameter is 16 mm or larger and have lubrication oil hole. Refer to "Technical Description" (Page B521) if axial load differs from the conditions above, or when considering
3. The right turn screw is standard. Please consult NSK for left turn screw. change in the deformation of the ball nut itself.
B379 B380
Deflector type, miniature fine lead, flanged double nut Precision ball screw: M Type Nut model: MJFD (Constant pressure spring, J preload)
° 30
30 °
Seals (both ends)
Main external load
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
T
Without seal
H
B
W
Max. L
B
382
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A H B L W X Q T
MJFD 0801.5-3 8 1.5 1.000 8.3 7 1×3 1080 1980 103 18 31 22 4 47 25 3.4 — —
MJFD 1002-3 10 2 1.200 10.3 8.9 1×3 1490 2850 125 21 38 25 5 58 30 4.5 — —
MJFD 1202-3 2 1.200 12.3 10.9 1×3 1660 3620 148 23 40 27 5 58 32 4.5 — —
MJFD 1202.5-3 12 2.5 1.588 12.4 10.6 1×3 2360 4540 147 24 41 28 5 68 33 4.5 — —
MJFD 1203-3 3 2.000 12.5 10.2 1×3 3120 5420 146 25 42 29 5 75 34 4.5 — —
MJFD 1402-3 2 1.200 14.3 12.9 1×3 1780 4270 168 25 44 29 6 59 35 5.5 — —
14
MJFD 1403-3 3 2.000 14.5 12.2 1×3 3400 6490 168 27 46 31 6 76 37 5.5 — —
MJFD 1602-4 2 1.588 16.4 14.6 1×4 3510 8450 257 28 47 32 10 79 38 5.5 M6×1 17.5
16
MJFD 1602.5-4 2.5 1.588 16.4 14.6 1×4 3510 8450 257 28 47 32 10 87 38 5.5 M6×1 17.5
MJFD 2002-4 20 2 1.588 20.4 18.6 1×4 3910 10900 308 34 53 38 10 79 44 5.5 M6×1 20.5
MJFD 2502-4 25 2 1.588 25.4 23.6 1×4 4310 13900 373 40 59 44 10 80 50 5.5 M6×1 23.5
MJFD 3202-6 32 2 1.588 32.4 30.6 1×6 6790 27200 676 46 69 50 10 98 58 6.6 M6×1 28.5
MJFD 4002-6 40 2 1.588 40.4 38.6 1×6 7380 33900 805 56 79 60 10 98 68 6.6 M6×1 33.5
Remarks 1. Those under the shaft diameter of 14 mm do not have an oil hole. It is recommended to use those with seal 3. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value when the axial load of 0.30Ca is applied to the major external load (above
when shaft diameter is 16 mm or larger and have the oil hole. figure), and the preload is 0.10Ca. Consult NSK if preload differs from above condition.
2. Right turn thread screw is standard. Please consult NSK for left turn screw.
B381 B382
B-I-7.4 L Type (Medium・high helix lead) Ball Screws Nut models Shape Flange Nut Recirculation system Page
shape shape Preload system
There are several L Type models by difference in shaft diameter (medium・high helix lead), L Type Flanged End
the preload system (Table I-7•4). Since the leads ball screws are suitable for high-speed operation. cap
are in the range from 1/2 to the same length of the
LSFC Circular III Circular Non preloaded, B397
Table I-7•4 Classification of L Type ball screws slight axial play
Nut models Shape Flange Nut Recirculation system Page
shape shape Preload system
Flanged End
Flanged d=20 or under Return tube cap
Circular P preload
d=20 or under d=25 or over Non preloaded, B385 LPFC Circular III Circular (light preload) B397
LSFT Rectangle Projecting- slight axial play No spacer ball
d=25 or over tube type
Circular II
Flanged Tube
d=20 or under (2) Accuracy (4) Special ball screw specifications
d=20 or under Circular P preload B389 Grades of C1, C2, C3, C5, Ct7 are available. L Series is based on the combinations of dimensional
LPFT Rectangle d=25 or over (light preload) * Please consult NSK for C0 grade. factors in the table. However, NSK manufactures B
d=25 or over Projecting- Spacer
other combinations, as well as flanges in special
Circular II tube type ball 384
1:1 (3) Precaution in designing shapes. Please consult NSK.
For end cap system, please note that it is impossible
Flanged Return tube
to assemble the nut unless one end of ball thread of (5) Model number
Circular D preload B393 screw shaft is cut through, and unless the shaft end A model number that indicates specification factors is
LDFT Circular II (medium preload) of this side is smaller than the ball groove root structured as shown below.
(heavy preload) diameter.
Flanged to Return tube (Example) Nut model LSFT; shaft diameter 12 mm; lead 10 mm; effective turns of balls 2.5
flanged
Projecting- D preload B395
LFFT Circular I tube type (medium preload) L S F T 1 2 1 0 – 2.5
(heavy preload) Nut model Effective turns of balls
B383 B384
Return tube type, medium/high helix lead, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: L Type Nut model: LSFT (non-preloaded)
30° 30°
4-X drill thru.,
C'bore Y×Z Seals (both ends)
A
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φd
K
T
M6×1.0 H
(Oil hole) B
W L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A H K B L W X Y Z T 386
LSFT 1210-2.5 12 10 2.381 12.5 10.0 2.5×1 3750 6480 110 30 50 32 45 10 50 40 4.5 8 4.5 15
LSFT 1408-2.5 14 8 3.175 14.5 11.2 2.5×1 6790 11700 140 34 57 34 50 11 46 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 17
LSFT 1510-2.5 15 10 3.175 15.5 12.2 2.5×1 7070 12800 150 34 57 34 50 11 51 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 17
LSFT 1616-1.5 16 16 3.175 16.75 13.4 1.5×1 4710 8110 100 40 63 40 55 12 56 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 17
LSFT 2010-2.5 10 3.969 21.0 16.9 2.5×1 10900 21700 202 46 74 46 66 13 54 59 6.6 11 6.5 24
LSFT 2016-2.5 20 16 3.969 21.0 16.9 2.5×1 10900 21700 202 46 74 46 66 13 72 59 6.6 11 6.5 24
LSFT 2020-1.5 20 3.969 21.0 16.9 1.5×1 7040 12700 127 46 74 46 66 13 63 59 6.6 11 6.5 24
Remarks 1. Ball screw with a shaft diameter of 12 mm has one lubrication oil hole on the flange surface.(position T). 4. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
2. Seal is standard. Outside dimensions does not change when the seal is removed. when the axial load is 30% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca). Refer to "Technical Description" (Page B521) if
3. Right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for left turn screw. axial load differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the deformation of the ball nut itself.
B385 B386
Return tube type, medium/high helix lead, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: L Type Nut model: LSFT (non-preloaded)

Seals (both ends)
3 0° 30 °
R
Max. V
φD g6
Min. D
Min. V
φd m
φd r
φD
φA
φd
Min. U G Max. U Without seal
W M B C
Housing hole and its clearance

L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A G B C L M W X U V R Q 388
LSFT 2516-2.5 2.5×1 15700 32800 250 84
16 4.762 26.25 21.3 44 71 23 12 8 6 57 6.6 31 35 12 M6×1
LSFT 2516-3 1.5×2 18400 38200 295 100
LSFT 2520-2.5 2.5×1 15700 32800 250 96
25 20 4.762 26.25 21.3 44 71 23 12 8 7 57 6.6 31 35 12 M6×1
LSFT 2520-3 1.5×2 18400 38200 295 116
LSFT 2525-1.5 25 4.762 26.25 21.3 1.5×1 10100 19100 157 44 71 23 12 10 90 10 57 6.6 32 34 12 M6×1
LSFT 3220-2.5 2.5×1 17900 41800 300 99
20 4.762 33.25 28.3 51 85 26 15 8 7 67 9 34 42 12 M6×1
LSFT 3220-3 1.5×2 21000 49600 360 119
LSFT 3225-2.5 2.5×1 17900 41800 300 117
32 25 4.762 33.25 28.3 51 85 26 15 10 10 67 9 34 42 12 M6×1
LSFT 3225-3 1.5×2 21000 49600 360 142
LSFT 3232-1.5 32 4.762 33.25 28.3 1.5×1 11500 24800 190 51 85 26 15 12 109 13 67 9 34 42 12 M6×1
LSFT 4025-2.5 2.5×1 28500 70000 375 123
25 6.35 41.75 35.1 64 106 33 18 10 10 84 11 42 52 15 Rc1/8
LSFT 4025-3 1.5×2 33400 82400 444 148
40
LSFT 4032-2.5 32 6.35 41.75 35.1 2.5×1 28500 70000 375 64 106 33 18 12 146 13 84 11 42 52 15 Rc1/8
LSFT 4040-1.5 40 6.35 41.75 35.1 1.5×1 18400 41200 237 64 106 33 18 14 133 16 84 11 42 52 15 Rc1/8
LSFT 5025-2.5 2.5×1 42700 109000 462 129
25 7.938 52.25 44.0 80 126 41 22 11 11 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LSFT 5025-3 1.5×2 49900 133000 547 154
LSFT 5032-2.5 2.5×1 42700 109000 462 151
50 32 7.938 52.25 44.0 80 126 41 22 12 14 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LSFT 5032-3 1.5×2 49900 133000 547 183
LSFT 5040-2.5 40 7.938 52.25 44.0 2.5×1 42700 109000 462 80 126 41 22 14 178 17 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LSFT 5050-1.5 50 7.938 52.25 44.0 1.5×1 27500 66500 290 80 126 41 22 16 161 21 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LSFT 6340-2.5 2.5×1 48500 139000 560 178
40 7.938 65.25 57.0 97 144 49 22 14 15 120 14 58 77 19 Rc1/8
LSFT 6340-3 1.5×2 56800 165000 667 218
63
LSFT 6350-1.5 1.5×1 31300 82500 346 161
50 7.938 65.25 57.0 97 144 49 22 16 19 120 14 58 77 19 Rc1/8
LSFT 6350-2.5 2.5×1 48500 139000 560 211
Remarks 1. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the lengths of "M" and "C" than those with a seal. 3. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
2. Right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for left turn screw. when the axial load is 30% of the basic dynamic load rating (Ca). Refer to "Technical Description" (Page B521) if
axial load differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the deformation of the ball nut itself.
B387 B388
Return tube type, medium/high helix lead, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: L Type Nut model: LPFT (Oversize ball, P preload)
30° 30°
4-X drill thru.,
C'bore Y×Z Seals (both ends)
A
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φd
K
T
M6×1.0 H
(Oil hole) B
W L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A H K B L W X Y Z T 390
LPFT 1210-2.5 12 10 2.381 12.5 10.0 2.5×1 2360 3240 90 30 50 32 45 10 50 40 4.5 8 4 15
LPFT 1408-2.5 14 8 3.175 14.5 11.2 2.5×1 4280 5840 120 34 57 34 50 11 46 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 17
LPFT 1510-2.5 15 10 3.175 15.5 12.2 2.5×1 4450 6380 127 34 57 34 50 11 51 45 5.5 9.5 5.5 17
LPFT 1616-1.5 16 16 3.175 16.75 13.4 1.5×1 3600 5410 110 40 63 40 55 12 56 51 5.5 9.5 5.5 17
LPFT 2010-2.5 10 3.969 21.0 16.9 2.5×1 6880 10800 169 46 74 46 66 13 54 59 6.6 11 6.5 24
LPFT 2016-2.5 20 16 3.969 21.0 16.9 2.5×1 6880 10800 169 46 74 46 66 13 72 59 6.6 11 6.5 24
LPFT 2020-1.5 20 3.969 21.0 16.9 1.5×1 5370 8450 137 46 74 46 66 13 63 59 6.6 11 6.5 24
Remarks 1. Ball screw with a shaft diameter of 12 mm has one lubrication oil hole on the flange surface.(position T). 4. Load balls and spacer balls are installed at a ratio of 1:1. Therefore, the basic load rating differs from those of
2. Seal is standard. Outside dimensions does not change when the seal is removed. other models.
3. Right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for left turn screw. 5. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
B389 B390
Return tube type, medium/high helix lead, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: L Type Nut model: LPFT (Oversize ball, P preload)

Seals (both ends)
3 0° 30 °
R
Max. V
φD g6
Min. D
Min. V
φd m
φd r
φD
φA
φd
Min. U G Max. U Without seal
W M B C
Housing hole and its clearance

L
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A G B C L M W X U V R Q 392
LPFT 2516-2.5 2.5×1 9900 16400 210 84
16 4.762 26.25 21.3 44 71 23 12 8 6 57 6.6 31 35 12 M6×1
LPFT 2516-3 1.5×2 11600 19100 247 100
LPFT 2520-2.5 2.5×1 9900 16400 210 96
25 20 4.762 26.25 21.3 44 71 23 12 8 7 57 6.6 31 35 12 M6×1
LPFT 2520-3 1.5×2 11600 19100 247 116
LPFT 2525-1.5 25 4.762 26.25 21.3 1.5×1 6380 9540 127 44 71 23 12 10 90 10 57 6.6 32 34 12 M6×1
LPFT 3220-2.5 2.5×1 11300 20900 251 99
20 4.762 33.25 28.3 51 85 26 15 8 7 67 9 34 42 12 M6×1
LPFT 3220-3 1.5×2 13200 24800 297 119
LPFT 3225-2.5 2.5×1 11300 20900 251 117
32 25 4.762 33.25 28.3 51 85 26 15 10 10 67 9 34 42 12 M6×1
LPFT 3225-3 1.5×2 13200 24800 297 142
LPFT 3232-1.5 32 4.762 33.25 28.3 1.5×1 7280 12400 161 51 85 26 15 12 109 13 67 9 34 42 12 M6×1
LPFT 4025-2.5 2.5×1 18000 35000 315 123
25 6.35 41.75 35.1 64 106 33 18 10 10 84 11 42 52 15 Rc1/8
LPFT 4025-3 1.5×2 21000 41200 347 148
40
LPFT 4032-2.5 32 6.35 41.75 35.1 2.5×1 18000 35000 315 64 106 33 18 12 146 13 84 11 42 52 15 Rc1/8
LPFT 4040-1.5 40 6.35 41.75 35.1 1.5×1 11600 20600 199 64 106 33 18 14 133 16 84 11 42 52 15 Rc1/8
LPFT 5025-2.5 2.5×1 26900 54700 388 129
25 7.938 52.25 44.0 80 126 41 22 11 11 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LPFT 5025-3 1.5×2 31400 66500 450 154
LPFT 5032-2.5 2.5×1 26900 54700 388 151
50 32 7.938 52.25 44.0 80 126 41 22 12 14 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LPFT 5032-3 1.5×2 31400 66500 450 183
LPFT 5040-2.5 40 7.938 52.25 44.0 2.5×1 26900 54700 388 80 126 41 22 14 178 17 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LPFT 5050-1.5 50 7.938 52.25 44.0 1.5×1 17300 33200 245 80 126 41 22 16 161 21 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LPFT 6340-2.5 2.5×1 30600 69500 466 178
40 7.938 65.25 57.0 97 144 49 22 14 15 120 14 58 77 19 Rc1/8
LPFT 6340-3 1.5×2 35800 82500 551 218
63
LPFT 6350-1.5 1.5×1 19700 41200 285 161
50 7.938 65.25 57.0 97 144 49 22 16 19 120 14 58 77 19 Rc1/8
LPFT 6350-2.5 2.5×1 30600 69500 478 211
Remarks 1. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the lengths of "M" and "C" than those with a seal. 3. Load balls and spacer balls are installed at a ratio of 1:1. Therefore, the basic load rating differs from those of
2. Right turn screw is standard. "L" is added to the end of the model code for left turn screw. other models.
4. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
B391 B392
Return tube type, medium/high helix lead, flanged double nut Precision ball screw: L Type Nut model: LDFT (spacer, D preload)
Key to secure preload Q Oil hole 4-X drill thru.

Seals Bolts to secure preload Spacer (2 places)
(both ends) (3 places) 5°
4
5°
φD g6
4
φd m
φd r
φS
φS
φA
φd
Without seal J
G
M BC
L W
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A S G B J L C M W X Q 394
LDFT 2516-2.5 2.5×1 15700 32800 490 152
16 4.762 26.25 21.3 62 89 44 34 12 18 8 6 75 6.6 M6×1
LDFT 2516-3 1.5×2 18400 38200 577 181
LDFT 2520-2.5 25 2.5×1 15700 32800 490 177
20 4.762 26.25 21.3 62 89 44 34 12 18 8 7 75 6.6 M6×1
LDFT 2520-3 1.5×2 18400 38200 577 217
LDFT 2525-1.5 25 4.762 26.25 21.3 1.5×1 10100 19100 308 62 89 44 34 12 18 166 10 10 75 6.6 M6×1
LDFT 3220-2.5 2.5×1 17900 41800 604 179
20 4.762 33.25 28.3 68 102 51 39 15 20 8 7 84 9 M6×1
LDFT 3220-3 1.5×2 21000 49600 708 219
LDFT 3225-2.5 32 2.5×1 17900 41800 604 218
25 4.762 33.25 28.3 68 102 51 39 15 20 10 10 84 9 M6×1
LDFT 3225-3 1.5×2 21000 49600 708 268
LDFT 3232-1.5 32 4.762 33.25 28.3 1.5×1 11500 24800 376 68 102 51 39 15 20 205 12 13 84 9 M6×1
LDFT 4025-2.5 2.5×1 28500 70000 737 223
25 6.35 41.75 35.1 84 126 64 48 18 22 10 10 104 11 Rc1/8
LDFT 4025-3 1.5×2 33400 82400 873 273
40
LDFT 4032-2.5 32 6.35 41.75 35.1 2.5×1 28500 70000 737 84 126 64 48 18 22 274 12 13 104 11 Rc1/8
LDFT 4040-1.5 40 6.35 41.75 35.1 1.5×1 18400 41200 465 84 126 64 48 18 22 253 14 16 104 11 Rc1/8
LDFT 5025-2.5 2.5×1 42700 109000 905 229
25 7.938 52.25 44.0 106 152 80 56 22 25 11 11 128 14 Rc1/8
LDFT 5025-3 1.5×2 49900 133000 1070 279
LDFT 5032-2.5 2.5×1 42700 109000 905 279
50 32 7.938 52.25 44.0 106 152 80 56 22 25 12 14 128 14 Rc1/8
LDFT 5032-3 1.5×2 49900 133000 1070 343
LDFT 5040-2.5 40 7.938 52.25 44.0 2.5×1 42700 109000 922 106 152 80 56 22 25 338 14 17 128 14 Rc1/8
LDFT 5050-1.5 50 7.938 52.25 44.0 1.5×1 27500 66500 572 106 152 80 56 22 25 312 16 21 128 14 Rc1/8
LDFT 6340-2.5 2.5×1 48500 139000 1100 339
40 7.938 65.25 57.0 122 168 97 62 22 29 14 15 144 14 Rc1/8
LDFT 6340-3 1.5×2 56800 165000 1310 419
63
LDFT 6350-1.5 1.5×1 31300 82500 678 311
50 7.938 65.25 57.0 122 168 97 62 22 29 16 19 144 14 Rc1/8
LDFT 6350-2.5 2.5×1 48500 139000 1120 411
Remarks 1. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the lengths of "M" and "C" than those with a seal. 3. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
B393 B394
Return tube type, medium/high helix lead, flanged to flanged double nut Precision ball screw: L Type Nut model: LFFT (spacer, D preload)
4-X drill thru. Seals Bolts to secure preload Spacer

° 30°
30 (both ends)
Q
Oil hole
φA
Max.V
Min. D
φD g6
Min. V
φd m
φd r
φD
φd
Min. U Key to secure preload Without seal BE B F M
(2 places) Max. U
L
Housing hole and its clearance W
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A B F E L M W X U V R Q 396
LFFT 2516-2.5 2.5×1 15700 32800 490 58 155
16 4.762 26.25 21.3 44 71 11 5 6 57 6.6 31 35 12 M6×1
LFFT 2516-3 1.5×2 18400 38200 577 74 187
LFFT 2520-2.5 25 2.5×1 15700 32800 490 74 189
20 4.762 26.25 21.3 44 71 11 5 7 57 6.6 31 35 12 M6×1
LFFT 2520-3 1.5×2 18400 38200 577 94 229
LFFT 2525-1.5 25 4.762 26.25 21.3 1.5×1 10100 19100 308 44 71 11 68 5 183 10 57 6.6 32 34 12 M6×1
LFFT 3220-2.5 2.5×1 17900 41800 604 71 189
20 4.762 33.25 28.3 51 85 13 7 7 67 9 34 42 12 M6×1
LFFT 3220-3 1.5×2 21000 49600 708 91 229
LFFT 3225-2.5 32 2.5×1 17900 41800 604 90 233
25 4.762 33.25 28.3 51 85 13 7 10 67 9 34 42 12 M6×1
LFFT 3225-3 1.5×2 21000 49600 708 115 283
LFFT 3232-1.5 32 4.762 33.25 28.3 1.5×1 11500 24800 376 51 85 13 69 6 196 13 67 9 34 42 12 M6×1
LFFT 4025-2.5 2.5×1 28500 70000 737 87 236
25 6.35 41.75 35.1 64 106 17 8 10 84 11 42 52 15 Rc1/8
LFFT 4025-3 1.5×2 33400 82400 873 112 286
40
LFFT 4032-2.5 32 6.35 41.75 35.1 2.5×1 28500 70000 737 64 106 17 114 8 296 13 84 11 42 52 15 Rc1/8
LFFT 4040-1.5 40 6.35 41.75 35.1 1.5×1 18400 41200 465 64 106 17 85 7 243 16 84 11 42 52 15 Rc1/8
LFFT 5025-2.5 2.5×1 42700 109000 905 85 238
25 7.938 52.25 44.0 80 126 20 6 11 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LFFT 5025-3 1.5×2 49900 133000 1070 110 288
LFFT 5032-2.5 2.5×1 42700 109000 905 110 298
50 32 7.938 52.25 44.0 80 126 20 10 14 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LFFT 5032-3 1.5×2 49900 133000 1070 142 362
LFFT 5040-2.5 40 7.938 52.25 44.0 2.5×1 42700 109000 922 80 126 18 125 6 326 17 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LFFT 5050-1.5 50 7.938 52.25 44.0 1.5×1 27500 66500 572 80 126 20 104 10 300 21 102 14 52 64 19 Rc1/8
LFFT 6340-2.5 2.5×1 48500 139000 1100 127 326
40 7.938 65.25 57.0 97 144 18 6 15 120 14 58 77 19 Rc1/8
LFFT 6340-3 1.5×2 56800 165000 1310 167 406
63
LFFT 6350-1.5 1.5×1 31300 82500 678 105 300
50 7.938 65.25 57.0 97 144 20 12 19 120 14 58 77 19 Rc1/8
LFFT 6350-2.5 2.5×1 48500 139000 1120 155 400
Remarks 1. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the length of "2 x M" than those with a seal. 3. Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball
B395 B396
End cap type, high helix lead, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: L Type Nut models: LSFC (non-preloaded); LPFC (Oversize ball, P preload)
Q ° 30
(Oil hole)
4-X drill thru. 30 °
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φA
φd
B E H
L W
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A H B E L W X Q 398
LSFC 1616-3 188
1.7×2 6380 12500
LPFC 1616-3 293
16 16 2.778 16.65 13.7 32 53 34 10 10 38 42 4.5 M6×1
LSFC 1616-6 365
1.7×4 11600 25000
LPFC 1616-6 567
LSFC 2020-3 260
1.7×2 9620 21000
LPFC 2020-3 404
20 20 3.175 20.75 17.4 39 62 41 10 11.5 46 50 5.5 M6×1
LSFC 2020-6 505
1.7×4 17500 42000
LPFC 2020-6 784
LSFC 2525-3 320
1.7×2 14400 32800
LPFC 2525-3 499
25 25 3.969 26.0 21.9 47 74 49 12 13 55 60 6.6 M6×1
LSFC 2525-6 620
1.7×4 26100 65600
LPFC 2525-6 965
LSFC 3232-3 400
1.7×2 21000 51600
LPFC 3232-3 623
32 32 4.762 33.25 28.3 58 92 60 12 16 70 74 9 M6×1
LSFC 3232-6 775
1.7×4 38100 103000
LPFC 3232-6 1210
LSFC 4040-3 497
1.7×2 33500 86500
LPFC 4040-3 773
40 40 6.35 41.75 35.2 73 114 75 15 19.5 85 93 11 M6×1
LSFC 4040-6 962
1.7×4 60800 173000
LPFC 4040-6 1500
LSFC 5050-3 611
1.7×2 50000 135000
LPFC 5050-3 952
50 50 7.938 52.25 44.1 90 135 92 20 21.5 107 112 14 M6×1
LSFC 5050-6 1180
1.7×4 90800 270000
LPFC 5050-6 1840
Remarks 1. For LSFC, rigidities in the Table are theoretical values obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove
and balls when the axial load is 30% of the dynamic load rating (Ca). For LPFC, rigidities are theoretical values when a
preload is 5% of the dynamic load rating, and axial load is applied to it. Refer to "Technical Description" (Page B521) if
axial load and preload differ from the conditions above, or when considering change in the deformation of the ball nut
itself.
2. The right turn screw is standard. Please consult NSK for left turn screw.
B397 B398
B-I-7.5 U Type (High helix • ultra high helix lead) Ball Screws (3) Accuracy grades
Three-times lead • • • • C5, Ct7 grades are available.
Other• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • C3, C5, Ct7 grades are available.
U Type ball screws use end cap recirculation shaft diameter, U Type is even more suitable than L
※ Please consult NSK for C2 or higher grades.
system. There are several models by difference in Type for high-speed operation.
the preload system (Table I-7•5). Since the leads
are in the range larger than 1.3 times of the screw
(4) Precaution in designing shaft end
Table I-7•5 Classification of U Type ball screws
Please note that it is impossible to assemble nut
Nut models Shape Flange Nut Recirculation system Page unless one end of ball thread of screw shaft is cut
shape shape Preload system through, and unless the shaft end of this side is
Flanged End smaller than the ball groove root diameter.
cap
Circular B401
(5) Models number
USFC Rectangle Non-pre-loaded,
slight axial play A model number that indicates specification factors is
structured as shown below.
Flanged End
cap (Example) Nut model USFC; shaft diameter 12 mm; lead 20 mm; effective turns of balls 1.5
Circular P Preload B401
UPFC Rectangle (light load) B
No spacer
ball
U S F C 1 2 2 0 – 1.5 400
(2) Features
80
● High-speed operation
The ratio of lead to screw shaft diameter is larger
than 1. This is a quite suitable specification for high- 75
Noise level dB (A)
speed feed. The lead with the ratio of three times or

larger than screw shaft diameter (three-times lead) is 70
particularly ideal for high-speed operation.
(Example) High-speed feed at 180 m/min. 65

Lead 50 mm → 3600 min-1
60 mm → 3000 min-1 60
80 mm → 2250 min-1
: Screw shaft dia.φ20×Lead 60
55
● Low noise : Screw shaft dia.φ20×Lead 40
The three-times lead significantly reduces noise more
than the 2-times lead under the same traveling speed.
0 50 100 150
Travel speed (m/min)
Fig. I-7•4 Noise levels by ultra high helix lead
B399 B400
End cap type, High helix/ultra high helix lead, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: U Type Nut models: USFC (non-preloaded); UPFC (Oversize ball preload)
° 30
Q 30 °
(Oil hole) 4-X drill thru.
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φd
K
B E
A
L
H
W
B
402
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A H K B E L W X Q
USFC 1220-1.5 83
12 20 2.381 12.5 9.9 1.7×1 2690 4420 26 44 28 40 10 9 44 35 4.5 M6×1
UPFC 1220-1.5 129
USFC 1520-1.5 113
20 3.175 15.5 12.2 1.7×1 5070 8730 34 55 36 50 10 11 45 45 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 1520-1.5 176
USFC 1540-1 105
15 15.75 12.2 0.7×2 3860 6050 32 53 33 48 10 12 40 43 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 1540-1 163
40 3.175
USFC 1540-2 203
15.75 12.2 0.7×4 7000 12100 32 53 33 48 10 12 40 43 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 1540-2 315
USFC 1632-1 102
16.75 13.4 0.7×2 4000 6690 34 55 36 50 10 10.5 34 45 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 1632-1 159
USFC 1632-3 240
32 3.175 16.75 13.4 1.7×2 8580 17000 34 55 36 50 10 10.5 66 45 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 1632-3 374
USFC 1632-6 466
16 16.75 13.4 1.7×4 15600 34100 34 55 36 50 10 10.5 66 45 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 1632-6 725
USFC 1650-1 124
16.75 13.4 0.7×2 4000 6690 34 55 36 50 10 12 50 45 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 1650-1 194
50 3.175
USFC 1650-2 240
16.75 13.4 0.7×4 7260 13400 34 55 36 50 10 12 50 45 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 1650-2 374
USFC 2040-1 122
20.75 17.4 0.7×2 4490 8640 38 58 40 52 10 11 41 48 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 2040-1 191
USFC 2040-3 290
20 40 3.175 20.75 17.4 1.7×2 9620 21000 38 58 40 52 10 11 81 48 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 2040-3 451
USFC 2040-6 562
20.75 17.4 1.7×4 17500 42000 38 58 40 52 10 11 81 48 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 2040-6 875
Remarks 1. For USFC, rigidities in the Table are theoretical values obtained from the elastic deformation between screw applied to it. Refer to "Technical Description" (Page B521) if axial load and preload differ from the
groove and balls when axial load is 30% of the dynamic load rating (Ca). conditions above, or when considering change in the deformation of the ball nut itself.
For UPFC, rigidities are theoretical values when preload is 5% of the dynamic load rating, and axial load is 2. The right turn screw is standard. Please consult NSK for left turn screw.
B401 B402
End cap type, High helix/ultra high helix lead, flanged single nut Precision ball screw: U Type Nut models: USFC (non-preloaded); UPFC (Oversize ball preload)
° 30
Q 30 °
(Oil hole) 4-X drill thru.
φD g6
φd m
φd r
φd
K
B E
A
L
H
W
B
404
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static
d l Dw dm dr Circuits Ca C0a （N/µm） D A H K B E L W X Q
USFC 2060-1 143
20.75 17.4 0.7×2 4490 8640 38 58 40 52 10 12.3 58 48 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 2060-1 224
20 60 3.175
USFC 2060-2 278
20.75 17.4 0.7×4 8140 17300 38 58 40 52 10 12.3 58 48 5.5 M6×1
UPFC 2060-2 433
USFC 2550-1 150
26 21.9 0.7×2 6700 13500 46 70 48 63 12 13 50 58 6.6 M6×1
UPFC 2550-1 234
USFC 2550-3 363
50 3.969 26 21.9 1.7×2 14400 32800 46 70 48 63 12 13 100 58 6.6 M6×1
UPFC 2550-3 565
USFC 2550-6 703
25 26 21.9 1.7×4 26100 65600 46 70 48 63 12 13 100 58 6.6 M6×1
UPFC 2550-6 1090
USFC 2580-1 184
26 21.9 0.7×2 6700 13500 46 70 48 63 12 14.5 75 58 6.6 M6×1
UPFC 2580-1 288
80 3.969
USFC 2580-2 359
26 21.9 0.7×4 12200 27000 46 70 48 63 12 14.5 75 58 6.6 M6×1
UPFC 2580-2 558
USFC 3264-1 196
33.25 28.3 0.7×2 9800 20900 58 92 60 82 12 15.5 62 74 9 M6×1
UPFC 3264-1 305
USFC 3264-3 452
32 64 4.762 33.25 28.3 1.7×2 21000 51600 58 92 60 82 12 15.5 126 74 9 M6×1
UPFC 3264-3 703
USFC 3264-6 879
33.25 28.3 1.7×4 38100 103000 58 92 60 82 12 15.5 126 74 9 M6×1
UPFC 3264-6 1360
Remarks 1. For USFC, rigidities in the Table are theoretical values obtained from the elastic deformation between screw applied to it. Refer to "Technical Description" (Page B521) if axial load and preload differ from the
groove and balls when axial load is 30% of the dynamic load rating (Ca). conditions above, or when considering change in the deformation of the ball nut itself.
For UPFC, rigidities are theoretical values when preload is 5% of the dynamic load rating, and axial load is 2. The right turn screw is standard. Please consult NSK for left turn screw.
B403 B404
B-I-7.6 HMC Series (Ball screws for high-speed machine tools) 4000
Ball screw for high
Allowable rotational speed (min-1)

HMC Series ball screws use return tube recirculation
speed machine tools
system. There are several models by difference in 3500
(HZF, HDF)
the preload system (Table I-7•6).
Table I-7•6 Classification of HMC Series 3000

Nut models Shape Flange Preload Nut Page dn: 135000
shape system length
2500
Flanged
Ball screw for high dn: 100000

HZC Z preload Medium B407 2000 speed machine tools
(HZC, HDC)
HZF Circular I (medium preload)
1500 Other ball dn: 70000

screw series
1000
Flanged 36 40 45 50 55 B
Screw shaft dia. (mm)
406
HDC Z preload Long B409 Fig. I-7•5 Comparison of permissible
HDF Circular I (medium preload) rotational speed
(4) Permissible rotational speed

HMC ball screws are made to high-speed specifications.
Use under the conditions below (Refer to Fig. I-7•5).
HZC, HDC • • • • d • n≦100 000
HZF, HDF • • • • • d • n≦135 000
(2) Features ● Compact nut ※ Consider critical speed after deciding on the travel and screw shaft support conditions.
● High-speed traveling The size of nut diameter and length were reduced. For details, see "Technical Description: Permissible rotational speed" (Page B509).
High helix leads of 16 mm to 36 mm are used. Comparison with current products -- about 50%
Furthermore, the ball recirculation return tube is reduction in volume.
reinforced to make a high-speed traveling of 40 m ~ (5) Model number
● Measures against thermal expansion
120 m/min. possible. A model number that indicates specification factors is
As measures against thermal error, a hollow shaft
● Low vibration, low noise structured as shown below.
ball screw for forced cooling is optional. Please
Vibration and noise are reduced by NSK's consult NSK.
accumulated know-how.
● High rigidity, high load carrying capacity (3) Accuracy grades (Example) Nut model HZF; shaft diameter 40 mm; lead 20 mm; effective turns of balls 3.5
Double start thread increases the number of C3 and C5 are available.
effective turns of balls, and a smaller ball size
increases the number of the balls. Together they
※ Please consult NSK for C2 or higher accuracy H Z F 4 0 2 0 – 3.5
grades.
contribute to have high rigidity and high load Nut model Effective turns of balls
carrying capacity, despite the high helix lead. Screw shaft diameter (mm) Lead (mm)
B405 B406
Return tube type, flanged single nut HMC Series (Ball screws for high-speed machine tools) Nut models: HZC, HZF (Offset lead, Z preload)
Nut model I Nut model I

I
Offset preload Offset preload
Z Z
Rc1/8 Seals (both ends)
(Oil hole) Seals (both ends)
X
6×60°
φD g6
φD g6
φd r
φd r
φA
φA
φd
φd
B F B F
W
L L
Unit: mm
Shaft Effective Nut Root dia. Basic load rating Axial rigidity Ball nut dimensions Max. feeding B
Model No. dia. Lead turns of model (N) (N/µ m) speed
balls Dynamic Static 408
d l dr Ca C0a 5%Ca 10%Ca D A S B F L E W X Y Z [m/min]
HZF3616-5 78 120 98 60
16 5 Ⅱ 31.7 40200 102000 1130 1420 — 18 116 134 — 11 17.5 11
HZC3616-5 71 113 91 44
36
HZF3620-3.5 94 136 114 75
20 3.5 Ⅰ 30.6 44000 98500 830 1050 — 18 103 121 — 11 17.5 11
HZC3620-3.5 78 120 98 56
HZF4016-5 79 121 99 54
16 5 Ⅱ 35.7 41200 112000 1230 1550 — 18 116 134 — 11 17.5 11
HZC4016-5 76 118 96 40
HZF4020-3.5 96 138 116 67
40 3.5 Ⅰ 34.6 46100 107000 900 1130 — 18 103 121 — 11 17.5 11
HZC4020-3.5 82 124 102 50
20
HZF4020-5 96 138 116 67
5 Ⅱ 34.6 62600 153000 1260 1590 — 18 143 161 — 11 17.5 11
HZC4020-5 82 124 102 50
HZF4516-5 5 43800 127000 1340 1690 82 124 — 18 116 134 — 102 11 17.5 11 48
16 Ⅱ 40.7
HZF4516-7.5 7.5 62100 191000 1960 2470 82 128 — 22 165 187 — 104 14 20 13 48
HZF4520-3.5 98 140 118 60
3.5 Ⅰ 39.6 47600 120000 990 1240 — 18 104 122 — 11 17.5 11
HZC4520-3.5 88 130 108 44
45 20
HZF4520-5 98 140 118 60
5 Ⅱ 39.6 64700 170000 1380 1740 — 18 144 162 — 11 17.5 11
HZC4520-5 88 130 108 44
HZF4525-3.5 101 143 121 75
25 3.5 Ⅰ 39.3 56800 137000 1010 1280 — 18 123 141 — 11 17.5 11
HZC4525-3.5 92 134 112 56
HZF5020-3.5 101 143 121 54
3.5 Ⅰ 44.6 50400 133000 1080 1360 — 18 104 122 — 11 17.5 11
HZC5020-3.5 95 137 115 40
20
HZF5020-5 101 143 121 54
5 Ⅱ 44.6 68500 191000 1520 1910 — 18 144 162 — 11 17.5 11
HZC5020-5 95 137 115 40
HZF5025-3.5 103 145 123 67
50 3.5 Ⅰ 44.3 58900 152000 1100 1390 — 18 123 141 — 11 17.5 11
HZC5025-3.5 98 140 118 50
25
HZF5025-5 103 145 123 67
5 Ⅱ 44.3 80100 216000 1540 1940 — 18 173 191 — 11 17.5 11
HZC5025-5 98 140 118 50
HZF5030-3.5 103 145 123 81
30 3.5 Ⅰ 44.3 58900 152000 1100 1390 — 18 141 159 — 11 17.5 11
HZC5030-3.5 98 140 118 60
HZF5520-3.5 3.5 Ⅰ 51600 145000 1150 1450 103 145 — 18 104 122 — 123 11 17.5 11 49
20 49.6
HZF5520-5 5 Ⅱ 70200 208000 1630 2050 103 145 — 18 144 162 — 123 11 17.5 11 49
HZF5525-3.5 55 3.5 Ⅰ 62600 165000 1190 1560 105 147 — 18 123 141 — 125 11 17.5 11 61
25 49.3
HZF5525-5 5 Ⅱ 85000 238000 1680 2120 105 147 — 18 173 191 — 125 11 17.5 11 61
HZF5530-3.5 30 3.5 Ⅰ 49.3 62600 165000 1190 1560 105 147 — 18 141 159 — 125 11 17.5 11 73
Remarks 1. Ball screws of 32 or 36mm lead have triple start threads. Others have double start threads. TM
3. Please consult NSK about special sizes, higher speed or high load drive, and installation of "NSK K1 " Lubrication Unit.
2. Rigidity listed under the 5%Ca column is when a 5% dynamic load rating is applied as preload. Similarly, those listed
under the 10%Ca column means a 10% dynamic load rating is applied.
B407 B408
Return tube type, flanged single nut HMC Series (Ball screws for high-speed machine tools) Nut models: HDC, HDF (Double nut preload)
Nut model I
II
Double nut spacer, preload
(the figure indicates use of double start threads)
Z
Rc1/8
Seals (both ends)
(Oil hole)
X
6×60°
φD g6
φd r
φA
φS
φd
W B F E
L
Unit: mm
Shaft Effective Nut Root dia. Basic load rating Axial rigidity Ball nut dimensions Max. feeding
Model No. dia. Lead turns of model (N) (N/µ m) speed B
balls Dynamic Static
d l dr Ca C0a 5%Ca 10%Ca D A S B F L E W X Y Z [m/min] 410
HDF3620-5 94 136 76 114 75
36 20 5 Ⅲ 30.6 59800 138000 1160 1460 18 77 191 5 11 17.5 11
HDC3620-5 78 120 60 98 56
HDF4025-5 98 140 80 118 84
25 5 Ⅲ 34.3 74000 175000 1320 1660 18 91 228.5 13.5 11 17.5 11
HDC4025-5 86 128 68 106 63
HDF4030-5 98 140 80 118 101
30 5 Ⅲ 34.3 74000 175000 1320 1660 18 104 248 8 11 17.5 11
HDC4030-5 40 86 128 68 106 75
HDF4032-7.5 96 142 78 118 108
32 7.5 Ⅲ 34.6 88700 230000 1920 2420 22 109 265 11 14 20 13
HDC4032-7.5 82 128 64 106 80
HDF4036-4.5 36 4.5 Ⅲ 34.6 57200 138000 1170 1480 96 138 78 18 83 200 4 116 11 17.5 11 120
HDF4525-5 101 143 83 121 75
25 5 Ⅲ 39.3 77200 197000 1430 1800 18 91 228.5 13.5 11 17.5 11
HDC4525-5 92 134 74 112 56
HDF4530-5 101 143 83 121 90
30 5 Ⅲ 39.3 77200 197000 1430 1800 18 104 248 8 11 17.5 11
HDC4530-5 45 92 134 74 112 67
HDF4532-7.5 98 144 80 120 96
32 7.5 Ⅲ 39.6 91700 256000 2090 2630 22 109 266 11 14 20 13
HDC4532-7.5 88 134 70 110 71
HDF4536-4.5 36 4.5 Ⅲ 39.6 59100 155000 1280 1620 98 140 80 18 83 200 4 118 11 17.5 11 108
HDF5030-5 103 145 85 123 81
30 5 Ⅲ 44.3 80100 216000 1540 1940 18 104 249 8 11 17.5 11
HDC5030-5 98 140 80 118 60
50
HDF5032-7.5 101 147 83 123 86
32 7.5 Ⅲ 44.6 97100 286000 2270 2860 22 109 266 11 14 20 13
HDC5032-7.5 95 141 77 117 64
HDF5530-5 30 5 Ⅲ 49.3 85000 238000 1680 2120 105 147 87 18 104 249 8 125 11 17.5 11 73
55
HDF5532-7.5 32 7.5 Ⅲ 49.6 99500 313000 2420 3050 103 149 85 22 109 266 8 125 14 20 13 78
Remarks 1. Ball screws of 32 or 36mm lead have triple start threads. Others have double start threads. TM
3. Please consult NSK about special sizes, higher speed or high load drive, and installation of "NSK K1 " Lubrication Unit.
2. Rigidity listed under the 5%Ca column is when a 5% dynamic load rating is applied as preload. Similarly, those listed
under the 10%Ca column means a 10% dynamic load rating is applied.
B409 B410
B-I-7.7 HTF Series (Ball screws for high load drive)

HTF Series ball screws use return tube recirculation system. Their structure and features are as follows. (5) Precautions for designing machine
For designing shaft end configuration, you should take into account that the HTF Series ball screws are
Table I-7•7 HTF Series
dedicated to high load drive.
Nut models Shape Flange Preload Page The HTF Series is designed to distribute the load uniformly to the load balls for high load drive mechanism. (This
shape system product is patented by NSK.)
We recommend installing the ball screws in the way shown below for the full use of this characteristic. In
addition, we will make full analysis when you use the HTF Series under extreme conditions such as application
Flanged of extremely high load or operating in short stroke.
Non-
B413
HTF preloaded Bracket
Fixed support bearing,
motor side
Circular I
Motor
(2) Features
B
● High load carrying capacity
Main external load
Has an ideal design to bear heavy load. It significantly enhances load rating as well as maximum permissible 412
load.
● Abundant types Fig. I-7•7 Recommended installing direction of HTF Series
Twenty five types of shaft diameter/lead combinations are available. (6) Model number
● Respond to various shaft end configuration
Additional ball screw shaft machining is not required. HTF Series responds to various shaft ends that convey A model number that indicates specification factors is structured as shown below.
high torque.
HTF Series can be used with: Key seat, involute spline (JIS B 1603), Nut model HTF; shaft diameter 63 mm; lead 20 mm; effective turns of balls 7.5
straight sided spline (JIS B 1601), spur gear, etc. H T F 6 3 2 0 - 7 . 5
(3) Application
HTF ball screws have made electric drive under high load possible that had previously been unattainable. Screw shaft diameter (mm) Lead (mm)
Therefore, they are capable of highly precise positioning without relying on a hydraulic cylinder. They also
reduce equipment sizes, and increase maintenance efficiency.
Major applications: Injection molding machine, press machine, IC molding
press, die cast machine, power cylinder, friction
welding machine, etc.
Example
Fig. I-7•6
(4) Accuracy grade • Axial play
C5 and Ct7 are applicable as the standard accuracy grade. (gPlease consult NSK for the accuracy grade of C3 or better.)
Standard axial play is “0.020 mm or less” and “0.050 mm or less.”
B411 B412
Return tube type, flanged single nut HTF Series (Ball screws for high load drive) Nut model: HTF (non-preloaded)
Nut model I
80° 4-φX drill T1 T2
Q (Oil hole)
D）
PC
φW（
(Max. projection dia.)

φDh
φD
φA
φd
V
U B M
Nut model I
I
T1
Q (Oil hole)

φDh
φD
φA
φd
B
B M 414
L
Unit: mm
Effective turns of balls Basic load rating Ball nut dimensions
Model No. Shaft dia. Lead Turns Nut model (N)
× Dynamic Static MAX MAX MAX
d l Circuits Ca C0a D A B L M W X U V Dh Q T1 T2
HTF4510-10 45 10 2.5×4 Ⅰ 174000 567000 70 104 18 173 7 87 9 94 52 95 M6×1 84 —
HTF5010-10 10 181000 633000 75 109 18 173 7 92 9 98 56 99 M6×1 84 —
2.5×4 Ⅰ
HTF5012-10 12 210000 700000 77 111 22 207 8 94 9 104 58 105 M6×1 77 60
50
HTF5014-7.5 14 211000 623000 80 114 28 200 10 97 9 110 60 111 M6×1 105 —
2.5×3 Ⅱ
HTF5016-7.5 16 306000 818000 95 129 28 223 10 112 9 136 66 137 PT1/8 117 —
HTF5510-10 10 188000 699000 80 114 18 173 7 97 9 103 60 104 M6×1 84 —
2.5×4 Ⅰ
HTF5512-10 12 220000 781000 82 116 22 207 8 99 9 109 62 110 M6×1 77 60
55
HTF5514-7.5 14 216000 696000 85 119 28 200 10 102 9 115 64 116 M6×1 105 —
2.5×3 Ⅱ
HTF5516-7.5 16 319000 922000 99 133 28 223 10 116 9 140 70 141 PT1/8 117 —
HTF6312-10 12 232000 891000 92 126 22 207 8 109 9 117 69 118 M6×1 77 60
2.5×4 Ⅰ
HTF6314-10 14 298000 1070000 94 128 28 242 10 111 9 123 71 124 M6×1 91 70
HTF6316-7.5 63 2.5×3 Ⅱ 343000 1050000 105 139 28 223 10 122 9 145 76 146 PT1/8 117 —
16
HTF6316-10 2.5×4 Ⅰ 439000 1410000 105 139 28 271 10 122 9 145 76 146 PT1/8 101 80
HTF6320-7.5 20 2.5×3 Ⅱ 457000 1320000 117 157 32 273 12 137 11 167 81 168 PT1/8 143 —
HTF8014-10 14 2.5×4 Ⅰ 335000 1360000 116 150 28 242 10 133 9 144 86 146 M6×1 91 70
HTF8016-7.5 2.5×3 Ⅱ 382000 1340000 120 154 32 227 10 137 9 160 92 160 PT1/8 121 —
16
HTF8016-10 2.5×4 Ⅰ 490000 1790000 120 154 32 275 10 137 9 160 92 160 PT1/8 105 80
80
HTF8020-7.5 2.5×3 Ⅱ 511000 1690000 130 170 32 273 12 150 11 179 96 181 PT1/8 143 —
20
HTF8020-10 2.5×4 Ⅰ 655000 2250000 130 170 32 333 12 150 11 179 96 181 PT1/8 123 100
HTF8025-7.5 25 2.5×3 Ⅱ 663000 2020000 145 185 40 338 17 165 11 204 100 206 PT1/8 178 —
Remarks 1. Right turn screw is standard.
2. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the lengths of "M" than those with a seal.
B413 B414
Return tube type, flanged single nut HTF Series (Ball screws for high load drive) Nut model: HTF (non-preloaded)
Nut model I
80° 4-φX drill T1 T2
Q (Oil hole)
D）
PC
φW（

φDh
φD
φA
φd
V
U B M
Nut model I
I
T1
Q (Oil hole)

φDh
φD
φA
φd
B
B M 416
L
単位：mm
Effective turns of balls Basic load rating Ball nut dimensions
Model No. Shaft dia. Lead Turns Nut model (N)
× Dynamic Static MAX MAX MAX
d l Circuits Ca C0a D A B L M W X U V Dh Q T1 T2
HTF10016-7.5 2.5×3 Ⅱ 423000 1710000 145 185 32 227 10 165 11 182 109 184 Rc1/8 121 —
16
HTF10016-10 2.5×4 Ⅰ 542000 2280000 145 185 32 275 10 165 11 182 109 184 Rc1/8 105 080
HTF10020-7.5 2.5×3 Ⅱ 571000 2140000 145 185 32 273 12 165 11 195 113 195 Rc1/8 143 —
100 20
HTF10020-10 2.5×4 Ⅰ 731000 2850000 145 185 32 333 12 165 11 195 113 195 Rc1/8 123 100
HTF10025-7.5 2.5×3 Ⅱ 734000 2550000 159 199 40 338 17 179 11 217 118 219 Rc1/8 178 —
25
HTF10025-10 2.5×4 Ⅰ 940000 3400000 159 199 40 413 17 179 11 217 118 219 Rc1/8 153 125
HTF12016-7.5 2.5×3 Ⅱ 457000 2050000 173 213 32 227 10 193 11 208 126 210 Rc1/8 121 —
16
HTF12016-10 2.5×4 Ⅰ 586000 2730000 173 213 32 275 10 193 11 208 126 210 Rc1/8 105 080
HTF12020-7.5 2.5×3 Ⅱ 620000 2550000 173 213 40 281 12 193 11 222 130 223 Rc1/8 151 —
120 20
HTF12020-10 2.5×4 Ⅰ 794000 3400000 173 213 40 341 12 193 11 222 130 223 Rc1/8 131 100
HTF12025-7.5 2.5×3 Ⅱ 792000 3080000 173 213 40 338 17 193 11 232 134 233 Rc1/8 178 —
25
HTF12025-10 2.5×4 Ⅰ 1010000 4110000 173 213 40 413 17 193 11 232 134 233 Rc1/8 153 125
HTF14020-10 20 2.5×4 Ⅰ 849000 4000000 204 250 40 341 12 226 14 245 147 248 Rc1/8 131 100
140
HTF14025-10 25 2.5×4 Ⅰ 1080000 4810000 204 250 40 413 17 226 14 255 151 258 Rc1/8 153 125
Remarks 1. Right turn screw is standard.
2. If there is no seal, the nut length is shorter by the lengths of "M" than those with a seal.
B415 B416
MF Series B419
S1 Series B455
NDT, NDD Series B469
ΣSeries: “Robotte” B477
Hollow Shaft Ball Screws B489
Ball Screws in Special Shape B495
B-I-8 Special Ball Screws:

Dimension Table and Model Numbers
SPECIAL
BALL SCREWS
B417 B418
MF Series (equipped with NSK K1TM Lubrication Unit)
B-I-8.1 MF Series (Ball screw equipped ● Does not pollute the environment (3) Performances Graph 1 Duration test results on ball screws without lubricant
with "NSK K1TM" Lubrication ◇Comparative duration test of samples with and
Unit) A very small volume of grease combined with NSK without NSK K1 and testing conditions
(1) Structure of Ball Screw equipped with "NSK K1 Seal can provide sufficient lubrication in the NSK K1
K1TM" Lubrication Unit environment where grease is undesirable as well as in Ball screw Shaft dia. 20mm, lead 20mm
The structure makes it possible to have a stable the environment where high cleanliness is required.
Lubrication Comparison with only NSK K1 against no lubrication Without
contact between the NSK K1 and outside of a ball
lubricant
screw with moderate force by a garter spring which Speed 4 000min-1 (80m/min)
Food processing/medical equipment, liquid crystal
fits onto outside of the NSK K1. display/semiconductor manufacturing equipment, etc. Stroke 600mm
0 10 100 1000 10000 100000
Running distance (km)
● Fits right in the environment where ◇Test results

lubricant is washed away Without lubricant, operation became impossible NSK conducts various tests under different
after running 8.6 km. With NSK K1 alone, it was conditions. Please consult NSK.
Used with grease, life of the machine is prolonged even
when the machine is washed entirely by water, or in an possible to continue running exceeding 10,000 km.
environment where the machine is exposed to rain or wind.
(4) Application examples

Food processing equipment, housing/construction Ball screws equipped with NSK K1 are maintenance-free for a long period of time. Its application is expanding
machines, etc. in various industries.
B
420
● Maintains efficiency in dusty Semiconductor/liquid crystal Wood working Automobile
environment display manufacturing Industrial robot Machine tools
equipment machines manufacturing machines
(2) Features
In environment where oil- and grease-absorbing dust
"NSK K1TM" is a new, efficient lubrication unit. Equipped
is produced, long-term efficiency in lubrication and
with "NSK K1TM", the ball screws demonstrate a superb
prevention from foreign inclusions are maintained by
performance as shown below. Precautions for handling
using the “NSK K1TM” in combination with grease.
● Long-term, maintenance-free usage To extend high functions of NSK K1 Seal, please observe the following precautions.
Woodworking machines, etc. 1. Temperature range for use: Maximum temperature for use: 50℃
In mechanical environments where lubrication is
Momentary maximum temperature in use: 80℃
difficult to apply, long-term running efficiency is
maintained by using the "NSK K1TM" in combination 2. Chemicals that should not come to contact:
with grease.
Do not leave K1 Seal in organic solvent, white kerosene such
as hexane, thinner which removes oil, and rust preventive oil
For automotive component processing lines, etc. which contains white kerosene.
Note: Water-type cutting oil, oil-type cutting oil, grease such as mineral-type AV2 and ester-type
PS2 do not damage K1 Seal.
B419 B420
(5) Specifications and reference number ●Reference number

1 MF Series: Custom made ball screws (Specifications and reference number)
● Specifications
* Ball screw is equipped with "NSK K1TM" Lubrication Unit.
Example of a reference number： WFA –––
––––– 10 –––
04 –––
C5 ––
Z - ––––
230 –––
K1
NSK K1 is installed between the ball screw nut and the labyrinth seal. Therefore, the overall nut length is WFA Series NSK K1 equipped
slightly longer than other types. Screw shaft dia. (mm) Overall screw shaft length (mm)
* Combination of NSK standard grease (factory-packed in the nut) and NSK K1 is standard specifications.
Lead (mm) Axial play
* Accuracy grade, clearance, preload specifications remain unchanged. There is a slight increase in torque
due to the equipped NSK K1. Accuracy grade
Optional specifications * "K1" is added at the end of "nut model code" and "specifications number."
Please consult NSK for mounting NSK K1 on ball screws other than MF Series (in respect to size and
accuracy rate), those with stainless steel specifications, and those with surface treatment.
● Reference number
Reference number(example)： W2003

––––––– - –––
1P –––
K1 - –––––––
C5Z10
NSK K1-equipped ball screw
B
* "K1" is added at the end of "nut model code" and "specifications number". 422
2 MF Series: Standardized ball screws in stock; WFA Series: Specifications and reference number
● Specifications
* Ball screw is equipped with "NSK K1TM" Lubrication Unit.
NSK K1 is installed between the ball screw nut and the labyrinth seal in standard specifications. Therefore,
overall nut length is slightly longer than other types.
* Combination of NSK standard grease (factory-packed in the nut) and NSK K1 is the standard specifications.
* Accuracy grade and preload specifications
Accuracy grade Preload code

JIS C5 Z (clearance 0)
*There is a slight increase in dynamic friction torque due to the equipped NSK K1. (See Note for
ball screw specifications list in pages B441-B454.)
B421 B422
Table I-8.1 MF Series Standardized ball screws in stock WFA Series

Reference numbers (combinations of "stroke" and "shaft dia. x lead")
（Unit: mm）
Shaft dia. x lead
(Pages to be referrsed) φ10×04 φ12×05 φ12×10 φ15×10 φ15×20 φ20×10 φ20×20
Stroke Max. B441 B443 B445 B447 B449 B451 B453
(nominal) stroke
83 WFA1210C5Z-230K1
80 94 WFA1205C5Z-230K1
98.5 WFA1004C5Z-230K1
198.5 WFA1004C5Z-330K1
190
205 WFA1520C5Z-371K1
210 213 WFA1510C5Z-371K1
233 WFA1210C5Z-380K1
230
244 WFA1205C5Z-380K1
290 298.5 WFA1004C5Z-430K1
400 411 WFA2010C5Z-599K1
433 WFA1210C5Z-580K1
430 B
444 WFA1205C5Z-580K1
605 WFA1520C5Z-771K1 424
600 613 WFA1510C5Z-771K1
626 WFA2020C5Z-820K1
700 711 WFA2010C5Z-899K1
1005 WFA1520C5Z-1171K1
1000 1013 WFA1510C5Z-1171K1
1026 WFA2020C5Z-1220K1
1200 1211 WFA2010C5Z-1399K1
1400 1426 WFA2020C5Z-1620K1
WBK10-01A ○ ○ ○
Reference numbers of the
recommended support
units (on fixed side)
WBK10-10 ○ ○ ○
WBK12-01A ○ ○
WBK12-11 ○ ○
WBK15-01A ○ ○
WBK15-11 ○ ○
"K1 Kit" can be equipped on NSK standard ball screws

"K1 Kit" is a lubrication unit which can be equipped on NSK standardized ball screws in stock.
Ball screws compatible with "K1 Kit": Ball screws in A Series. Their reference numbers contain "FA" as
shown below.
Example of a reference number： W2507 FA - 3P - C5Z25

NSK installs "K1 Kit" for customers. Ball nut dimensions are different from the WFA series.
Please consult NSK for details.
B423 B424
MF Series: Custom made ball screws (equipped with NSK K1TM Lubrication Unit) Return tube type, square flanged single nut Nut model: PFT, LPFT
(6) MF Series: Dimension Table of custom made ball screws
Oil hole ４−φＸDrill thru.

2-seal 2-NSK K1
30°
30°
φA
W
PCD
φDg6
φd m
φd r
φd
K
C' H
F B C
L
B
426
Unit: mm
Screw shaft Ball circle Effective turns of balls Basic load rating Axial play Ball nut dimensions
Model No. dia. Lead Ball dia. dia. Root dia. Turns (N) hardness
× Dynamic Static K
d l Dw dm dr Circuit number Ca C0a (N/µm) D A H K B F L W X C C'
PFT1004-2.5 10 4 2.000 10.3 8.2 2.5×1 1730 2230 76 26 46 28 42 10 37.5 61.5 36 4.5 14 15
PFT1205-2.5 12 5 2.381 12.3 9.8 2.5×1 2370 3160 89 30 50 32 45 10 42 66 40 4.5 14 15
LPFT1210-2.5 12 10 2.381 12.5 10.0 2.5×1 2360 3240 90 30 50 32 45 10 55 79 40 4.5 14 17
PFT1405-2.5 14 5 3.175 14.5 11.2 2.5×1 4280 5840 116 34 57 34 50 10 41 65 45 5.5 14 15
LPFT1510-2.5 15 10 3.175 15.5 12.2 2.5×1 4450 6380 127 34 57 34 50 10 52 76 45 5.5 14 15
PFT1605-2.5 16 5 3.175 16.5 13.2 2.5×1 4620 6750 137 40 63 40 55 10 43 67 51 5.5 14 15
PFT2005-5 20 5 3.175 20.5 17.2 2.5×2 9410 17100 311 44 67 46 59 10 57 81 55 5.5 14 14
LPFT2010-2.5 20 10 3.969 21.0 16.9 2.5×1 6880 10800 169 46 74 46 66 10 54 78 59 6.6 14 14
LPFT2020-1.5 20 20 3.969 21.0 16.9 1.5×1 5370 8450 137 46 74 46 66 10 60 84 59 6.6 14 14
* Sizes not listed in the Table are also available. Please consult NSK.
* "NSK K1" can be installed on other types not listed in the Table. Please consult NSK.
* Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball when the
preload is 5% of the dynamic load rating (Ca), and an axial load is applied to it. Refer to "Technical description" (B521) if
preload differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the deformation of the ball nut itself.
B425 B426
MF Series: Custom made ball screws (equipped with NSK K1TM Lubrication Unit) Return tube type, flanged single nut Nut model: PTT, LPFT
2-seal 2-NSK K1 ６−φＸDrill thru.

4
5° 5°
4
φA
W
PCD
φDg6
φd m
φd r
φd
Oil hole
C'
F B C
G
L
B
428
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static K
d l Dw dm dr Circuit number Ca C0a (N/µm) D A G B F L W X C C'
PFT2506-5 25 6 3.969 25.5 21.4 2.5×2 14100 26800 383 53 76 29 12 65 93 64 5.5 16 17
PFT2510-2.5 25 10 4.762 25.5 20.5 2.5×1 9940 16000 203 58 85 32 12 61 89 71 6.6 16 17
PFT2810-2.5 28 10 4.762 28.5 23.5 2.5×1 10500 18000 220 60 94 36 12 62 90 76 9 16 17
PFT3206-5 32 6 3.969 32.5 28.4 2.5×2 15500 34700 468 62 89 34 12 65 93 75 6.6 16 17
PFT3210-5 32 10 6.35 33.0 26.4 2.5×2 29200 54000 494 74 108 41 12 94 122 90 9 16 17
PFT3212-3 32 12 6.35 33.0 26.4 1.5×2 18800 32400 303 74 108 41 12 86 114 90 9 16 17
PFT3610-5 36 10 6.35 37.0 30.4 2.5×2 31100 61300 537 75 120 45 15 97 131 98 11 19 20
PFT4008-5 40 8 4.762 40.5 35.5 2.5×2 22000 51600 570 74 108 41 16 82 117 90 9 19 20
PFT4012-5 40 12 7.144 41.5 34.1 2.5×2 38400 77500 600 86 128 48 16 109 144 106 11 19 20
* Sizes not listed in the Table are also available. Please consult NSK.
* "NSK K1" can be installed on other types not listed in the Table. Please consult NSK.
* Rigidity in the Table is theoretical value obtained from the elastic deformation between screw groove and ball when the
preload is 5% of the dynamic load rating (Ca), and an axial load is applied to it. Refer to "Technical description" (B521) if
preload differs from the conditions above, or when considering change in the deformation of the ball nut itself.
B427 B428
MF Series: Custom made ball screws (equipped with NSK K1TM Lubrication Unit) Return tube type, flanged single nut Nut model: LPFT (protruding tube)
Oil hole ４−φＸDrill thru.
30°
2-seal 2-NSK K1 30°
DW
φA
PC
φDg6
φd m
φd r
φd
G
C'
F B C
B
430
Unit: mm
× Dynamic Static K
d l Dw dm dr Circuit number Ca C0a (N/µm) D A G B F L W X C C'
LPFT2520-2.5 25 20 4.762 26.25 21.3 2.5×1 9900 16400 210 44 71 23 12 85 109 57 6.6 12 12
LPFT2525-1.5 25 25 4.762 26.25 21.3 1.5×1 6380 9540 127 44 71 23 12 74 98 57 6.6 12 12
LPFT3225-2.5 32 25 4.762 33.25 28.3 2.5×1 11300 20900 251 51 85 26 12 98 122 67 9.0 12 12
LPFT3232-1.5 32 32 4.762 33.25 28.3 1.5×1 7280 12400 161 51 85 26 12 85 109 67 9.0 12 12

Precision Machine Components NSK

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Precision Machine Components NSK

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Precision Machine

CAT. No. E3161d 2007 E-5 Printed in Japan©NSK Ltd. 2003

A. NSK Linear Rolling Guide Product

E. Appendices and Product Index E1

High-speed and Low-noise Ball Screw

High Dust-resistant Ball Screws

NSK Linear Guides™ Roller Guide RA Series 30

NSK Linear Guides™

NSK Linear Guides™

New Type of Rolling Element Linear Motion Bearing

NSK Linear Guides™ for Contaminated Environments

10%–30% more compact ball nut Specifications

High-speed operation of up to 5 000 min-1

Grease fitting provided as standard equipment

New type of contact seal

Ball screw specification Recommended support unit

Screw shaft φ12

Ball screw specification Recommended support unit

Ball screw specification Recommended support unit

Screw shaft φ15 0.017 A

1.15 2-high performance seal 0

Shape II φ 9.5 c’bore, 5.5 depth

6 (8.7) Grease nipple

Ball screw specification Recommended support unit

Ball screw specification Recommended support unit

Ball screw specification Recommended support unit

Fixed side support unit

K L P Q 4-φ Xdrill thru

Simple side support unit

Specifications of support unit

Fixed side support unit Simple side support unit

Screw Axial load

Maximum Tightening torque [N·cm] Radial load

shaft Support unit starting Support unit Bearing

Quieter by 6 dB; nearly silent in typical applications Application

Noise Level Comparison Sealing

Average value, Options

long-term, maintenance-free usage. Please contact NSK when using

Before passage through After passage through 3. Recirculation method

Fig. 2 Extreme durability test results using iron particles Protector

Example: VSS 32 16 - C5 Z 850 / 1234

Type I Flange Type II Flange L

Basic load rating Nut dimensions (mm)

A roller guide series employing advanced analysis technology offers Extended

Super-high load capacity 45˚

Used in Many Fields

80 Comparison of measured motion accuracy

Competitor’s products Mounting dimensions compatibility

Low friction Measurement conditions 1. Roller Slide Types and Shapes

40 40 Fig. 1 Square type Roller slide shape code

Distance of movement, mm Distance of movement, mm

Highly dust-proof and maintenance-free Fig. 2 Low-profile type

Roller slides include high performance seals as 0.060

Fig. 3 Flange type

Lubrication: Oil (VG68) Example measurement of noise test

2. Accuracy 3. Preload and Rigidity

Table 2 Running parallelism Unit: µm RA20 1 920 2 400

RA25 2 920 3 540

250 – 315 2 2.5 5 8

1 600 – 2 000 4.5 7 13 21

Standard Semi-standard RA45BN RA55BN

4. Basic Load Rating and Rated Life 7. Installation

Square type (tapped mounting holes)

∗ : two rails per axis